Skip to main content

Full text of "University of Massachusetts Dartmouth General Catalogue, 2003-2004"

See other formats


For  University  of  Massachusetts  policies 
see  http://www.umassp.edu/policy/ 


Accreditation 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth  is 
accredited  by  the  New  England  Association 
of  Schools  and  Colleges,  which  accredits 
schools  and  colleges  in  the  six  New  England 
states.  Membership  in  the  Association 
indicates  that  the  institution  has  been 
carefully  evaluated  and  found  to  meet 
standards  agreed  upon  by  qualified 
educators.  Many  specific  programs  are  also 
accredited  by  professional  or  educational 
associations,  as  stated  in  the  college  and 
departmental  sections  of  this  publication. 

Compliance 

The  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
complies  with  both  the  intent  and  spirit  of 
appropriate  federal  and  state  antidiscrimina- 
tion laws  including  Title  VII  of  the  Civil 
Rights  Act,  Title  IX  of  the  Educational 
Amendments  of  1972,  Section  504  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973,  and  the 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1990 

Statement  of  Equal  Opportunity  and 
Affirmative  Action 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
wholeheartedly  supports  and  encourages 
the  development  of  action  programs 
designed  to  promote  the  employment  and 
advancement  of  women,  Blacks,  Latino, 
Asians,  Native  Americans,  persons  with 
disabilities,  and  Vietnam-era  Veterans  as  a 
means  of  assuring  compliance  with  the 
provisions  of  campus  Affirmative  Action 
plans. 

The  University  firmly  supports  the  concept 
of  equal  opportunity  without  regard  to  an 
individual's  race,  color,  age,  religion, 
gender,  sexual  orientation,  national  origin, 
disability,  or  veteran  status  as  it  applies  to 
his/her  employment,  admission  to  and 
participation  in  the  University's  programs 
and  activities,  provision  of  services,  and 
selection  of  vendors  who  provide  services  or 
products  to  the  University. 

The  following  person  has  been  designated 
to  handle  inquiries  regarding  the  nondis- 
crimination policies:  Assistant  Chancellor  for 
Equal  Opportunity/Diversity/Outreach,  Foster 
Administration  Building,  Room  323, 
University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth,  285 
Old  Westport  Road,  North  Dartmouth,  MA 
02747.  Telephone  508  910-6405. 

Inquiries  concerning  the  application  of 
nondiscrimination  policies  may  also  be 
referred  to  the  Regional  Director,  Office  for 
Civil  Rights,  US  Department  of  Education,  J. 
W.  McCormack  Building,  Room  222, 
Boston,  MA  02203. 

Resolution  in  Support  of  Pluralism 

The  Board  of  Trustees  affirms  its  commit- 


ment to  maintaining  an  academic  environ- 
ment which  fosters  pluralism,  mutual 
respect,  appreciation  of  divergent  views, 
and  awareness  of  the  importance  of 
individual  rights.  To  this  end,  we  reassert 
the  importance  of  civility  and  the  valuable 
contribution  that  diversity  in  race,  ethnicity, 
religion,  sexual  orientation  and  culture 
brings  to  the  University  community,  and 
therefore  we  strongly  encourage  and 
support  racial,  ethnic,  cultural  and  religious 
pluralism.  (University  of  Massachusetts,  6/3/ 
92) 

Policy  Against  Intolerance 

The  Board  of  Trustees  denounces  intoler- 
ance, particularly  that  based  on  ethnicity, 
culture,  religion,  race  or  sexual  orientation 
which  interferes  with  those  rights  guaran- 
teed by  law,  and  insists  that  such  conduct 
has  no  place  in  a  community  of  learning. 
We  also  recognize  the  obligation  of  the 
University  to  protect  the  rights  of  free 
inquiry  and  expression,  and  nothing  in  the 
Resolution  in  Support  of  Pluralism  or  Policy 
Against  Intolerance  shall  be  construed  or 
applied  so  as  to  abridge  the  exercise  of 
rights  under  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  and  other  Federal  and  State  laws. 
(University  of  Massachusetts,  6/3/92) 

Statement  on  Cultural 
Diversity  and  Inclusion 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
affirms  its  strong  support  and  deep 
commitment  to  the  continued  development 
and  maintenance  of  an  academic  commu- 
nity in  which  the  individual  dignity  and 
potential  of  each  of  its  members  are  given 
full  respect,  recognition,  and  encourage- 
ment. Our  goal  is  an  institution  in  which  all 
may  study,  live,  and  work  securely  and 
productively  in  an  atmosphere  characterized 
by  civility  and  openness  to  the  pursuit  of 
academic  excellence  in  the  finest  tradition  of 
academia. 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth  is 
opposed  to  and  condemns  racism.  Acts  of 
harassment,  intimidation,  or  invasion  of 
privacy  which  interfere  with  the  rights  of  an 
individual  or  group  to  participate  in  the 
activities  of  the  academic  community  shall 
be  considered  to  be  in  violation  of  this 
policy  and  may  be  dealt  with  appropriately 
under  applicable  University  codes  and  as 
regulated  by  statute. 

We  recognize  the  affirmative  obligation  of 
the  University  to  foster  a  diverse  and 
integrated  learning  environment.  To  this 
end,  the  University  has  a  responsibility  to 
vigorously  pursue  efforts  to  attract 
minorities,  women,  and  members  of  other 
historically  disadvantaged  groups  as 
students,  faculty  members,  and  staff  in 
sufficient  numbers  to  alleviate  isolation  and 
to  ensure  real  integration  and  diversity  in 


academic  life.  We  also  recognize  our 
obligation  to  nurture  community-wide 
appreciation  of  cultural  diversity  and  will 
dedicate  appropriate  resources  to  meet  this 
commitment  on  an  on-going  basis. 

Statement  on  Sexual  Harassment 

Sexual  harassment  is  sex  discrimination  and, 
therefore,  a  violation  of  federal  and  state 
law.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of 
Massachusetts  that  no  member  of  the 
University  community  may  sexually  harass 
another.  For  purposes  of  this  policy  and 
consistent  with  federal  regulations,  sexual 
harassment  is  defined  as  follows: 

Unwelcomed  sexual  advances,  requests  for 
sexual  favors  and  other  verbal  or  physical 
conduct  of  a  sexual  nature  constitute  sexual 
harassment  when: 
1. 

submission  to  such  conduct  is  made  either 
explicitly  or  implicitly  a  term  or  condition  of 
an  individual's  employment  or  academic 
work, 
2. 

submission  to  or  rejection  of  such  conduct 
by  an  individual  is  used  as  the  basis  for 
employment  or  academic  decisions  affecting 
such  individual  or 
3. 

such  conduct  has  the  purpose  or  effect  of 
unreasonably  interfering  with  an  individual's 
work  performance  or  creating  an  intimidat- 
ing, hostile  or  offensive  working  or 
academic  environment. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts to  protect  the  rights  of  all  persons 
within  the  University  community  by 
providing  fair  and  impartial  investigations  of 
all  complaints  brought  to  the  attention  of 
appropriate  officials.  Any  member  of  the 
University  community  found  to  have  violated 
this  sexual  harassment  policy  will  be  subject 
to  disciplinary  action. 

Chancellors  are  directed  to  take  appropriate 
measures  to  inform  each  member  of  the 
University  community  of  this  policy 
statement  and  to  develop  procedures,  in 
conjunction  with  the  President's  Office,  for 
filing,  hearing,  and  resolving  complaints. 
(University  of  Massachusetts,  6/3/92) 

Statement  on 
Gender  Discrimination 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth  is 
committed  to  ensuring  equality  and 
avoiding  gender  discrimination.  Therefore,  it 
is  the  University  policy  to  avoid,  in  all 
University  publications  and  communications, 
the  use  of  language  that  perpetuates 
gender  bias.  University  employees  are 
encouraged  to  use  gender-neutral  language 
In  selecting  textbooks  and  readings  of  the 
very  highest  quality,  faculty  are  urged  to 
select  those  that  are  free  of  gender  bias. 


University  of  Massachusetts 
Dartmouth 


General  Catalogue 
2003—2004 


Undergraduate  Programs 
and 

Courses,  Policies,  and 
Procedures 


University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth  (USPS  #015-139) 
Volume  7,  Number  6,  July  2003 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth  is  published  twice 

in  March,  once  in  May,  twice  in  June,  once  in  July,  once  in 

August,  once  in  September,  and  once  in  December  by  the 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 

285  Old  Westport  Road 

North  Dartmouth,  MA  02747-2300 

Periodicals  postage  paid  at 

New  Bedford,  Massachusetts  02740 

POSTMASTER 

Send  address  corrections  to  the 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth, 

285  Old  Westport  Road 

North  Dartmouth,  Massachusetts  02747-2300 


Purposes  of  this  Catalogue 


More  information  available  on 
World  Wide  Web 


The  2003-2004 
General  Catalogue 
was  produced  using 
Aldus  PageMaker  6.5 
in  Frutiger  Light  type. 


Editorial  responsibilities 
for  the  publication 
reside  with  the 
Office  of  Academic  Affairs 


General  Editor 
Richard  Panofsky 
Associate  Vice  Chancellor 
for  Academic  Affairs  and 
Graduate  Studies 

Managing  Editor 
Catherine  Sullivan 

Design  and  Editorial  Assistance 
Margo  J.  Moore 


This  catalogue  is  the  official  source  of 
information  about  the  University's  under- 
graduate academic  programs,  its  approved 
courses,  and  associated  policies  and 
procedures.  Its  purpose  is  to  guide  students 
in  planning  a  course  of  study  and  in  meeting 
program,  department,  and  University 
requirements;  and  to  provide  information 
about  the  University  to  students,  employees, 
applicants,  parents,  teachers,  counselors, 
and  the  general  public.  See  the  table  of 
contents  and  index  for  an  outline  of  the 
information  provided. 

This  catalogue  emphasizes  the  university's 
undergraduate  programs.  For  centrality  of 
reference,  however,  it  lists  all  current 
graduate  as  well  as  undergraduate  courses 
of  the  university.  Please  consult  the 
Graduate  Catalogue  for  detailed  graduate 
program  information. 

The  information  in  this  catalogue  should  be 
current  for  the  time  of  publication,  although 
some  changes  may  have  occurred  between 
the  time  of  going  to  press  and  the  opening 
of  the  academic  year.  The  University  reserves 
the  right  to  change  at  any  time  the  degrees, 
programs,  and  services  offered,  the 
requirements,  and  the  courses.  Corrections 
of  errors  may  also  be  made.  All  official 
changes  and  corrections  will  be  filed  with 
the  Office  of  Academic  Affairs/Graduate 
Studies  and  the  Registrar. 


The  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
home  page  can  be  reached  on  the  Internet's 
World  Wide  Web  at: 

http://www.umassd.edu 

This  complete  catalogue,  plus  much  more 
information  about  different  aspects  of  the 
University,  can  be  found  from  our  home 
page. 

As  this  catalogue  went  to  press,  our 
constantly  growing  Web  pages  included  not 
only  detailed  information  about  administra- 
tive and  student  offices  and  programs 
(Admissions,  Career  Services,  Financial  Aid, 
Sports,  Student  Organizations,  to  list  just  a 
few)  but  also  specific  sites  or  home-pages 
for  many  academic  programs,  special 
research  or  outreach  projects,  University 
news  releases,  personnel  announcements, 
special  events  announcements,  and  a  large 
variety  of  publications.  Applicants  can  apply 
for  admission  using  forms  and  instructions 
available  on  the  Web 

Most  UMass  Dartmouth  programs  host  web 
sites  of  their  own,  accessible  from  our 
general  site  referenced  above  There  are  also 
links  to  the  other  UMass  campuses  and  to 
general  information  about  the  University  of 
Massachusetts. 


Such  charges  as  tuition  and  fees,  the 
policies  associated  with  such  charges,  and 
academic  or  general  University  policies  are 
subject  to  change  without  notice.  There  will 
be  no  refund  of  tuition,  fees,  charges,  or 
any  other  payments  made  to  the  University 
in  the  event  that  the  operation  of  the 
University  is  suspended  at  any  time  as  a 
result  of  any  act  of  God,  strike,  riot,  or 
disruption,  or  for  any  other  reasons  beyond 
the  control  of  the  University. 

The  information  in  this  publication  is 
provided  solely  for  the  convenience  of  the 
reader,  and  the  University  expressly  disclaims 
any  liability  which  may  otherwise  be 
incurred.  This  publication  is  neither  a 
contract  nor  an  offer  to  make  a  contract. 


Table  of  Contents 


Programs  and  Accreditations 

4 

College  of  Engineering 

205 

f~  i\/il  ^nH  Fn\/irnnmpntP)l  Fnninppnnn 

V  1  v  F 1   CJ  1  1  LJ    LI  1  VII  Ul  II  1  ICl  1  iOI  LllyMICCMIILJ 

Z.  1  u 

Institutional  History  Mission  Vision 

7 

("ommitpr  ^nH  Information  Sripnrp 

L_  Ul  1  I  L/  U  I C  1    CJ  1  1  LJ    IIMWIIIIOLIvJII    JLICI  ILt 

?  1  5 

Flprtnr^l  ^inH  i~ommitpr  Fnninppnnn 
l icl l i  ilcj i  ai  iu  l_  L"  1 1  lj  u  ici  Liiyiiiccniiy 

£.  Z.  J 

Academic  Calendar 

10 

Mechanical  Engineering 

247 

Physics 

?56 

AHmi«inn  to  thp  I  Iniv/pr^itv 

1 1 

Tpytjlp  Sripnrpc, 

I  CAUIC  JLICI  ILCj 

Fynpn^PC  ^nd  ^tnrlpnt  Financial  ^prvirpc, 

LAUCI  1  jC3  CI  1  1  LI    JIUUCIIl   1  II  lal  IV.IOI    JCI  VILC3 

17 

CoIIpop  of  Nnr^inn 

\—  *ji  icy  c  ui  iiUi  j  1 1  iu 

277 

Adult  and  Child  Nursing;  Community  Nursing 

278 

The  Campus  Experience:  Services  and 

24 

Ci  innnrt 

CoHpop  of  V/iqmaI  and  Pprfnrminn  Arte 
v_uncyc  \J  i   v  i  j  u  a  i  ciiivi  rciivjiiiiiiiy      i  i.  j 

Art  Fducation 

295 

Academic  Rpaulations  and  Procedures 

t  \  \_  U  VI       1  1  1  IV    1  *^  VI  VI  IUI>I  \-f  I  ■  J    U  1  1  VI    I    I      '  \-  ^-  VI  VI  1  ^~  -J 

36 

Art  Historv 

L   1  1 1  j  IL* 1  y 

300 

Dp<;inn 
L-/c ji y  1 1 

D  \J  _J 

*inpcial  L earninn  Onnortunitips 

~j  yj  Cr  \-  1  CJ  1    LCQI  1  III  IU    V  VJ  yJ  \J  1  LUI  II  IIC  J 

56 

Fmp  ArK 

1  1 1  1  C  i\ 1  Lj 

370 

Music 

J 

Outrparh*  fpntprs  1  ahoratorips 

W  vIIIvtCIv.II*    V.CI  1  ICI  J,    LaUV/l  ulUI  IC3f 

60 

Theater 

JJ  J 

Pronramc,  ^nH  Fx/pnts 

xrhnnl  for  IV/l^rinp  ^.ripnrpc.  and 

JLI  IUU1    1  \J  1    IVI  a  1  1  1  IC    JL  1  C  1  1  L  C  ->   C1I  Ivl 

33fi 

Kpv  to  C ni  irc.p  1  ictinoc 

66 

Tpc  h  noloov/ 
i  cli  ii  luiuy  y 

foil  pop  of  Arte,  anrl  ^cipnrps 

V.UUCUC  ui  f-\i  ld  ai  iu  jlici  i  l  cr  j 

67 

Div/icion  of  fontinnino  FHur^tion 

\J  1  V  1  jIUI  1   \J\    V.UI  1  L  1  1  1  U  1  1  1  y    L.  LJ  LI  LCI  L  1  \J  1  1 

J*tU 

Rinlonv 

70 

("hprni^trv  pmd  Rinrhpmi^trv 

v_iiciiiijiiy  a i  i kj  uiL/Liiciiiijiiy 

78 

/  L) 

IntPrriisrinlinarx/  AnH  ^npri^l  Prnnram? 
hi  lci  L4i_>Lijjiiiiciiy  ciiivi  jfJCLicj  i  ri  uyi  aiiij 

Frnnnmirc, 

1—  LVJ  1  1  VJI  1  t 1  l_> 

African  and  Af nr^n-Ampnr^n  ^tiidipc.  Minor 

1  1  1 LCI  1  1   Ol  IU        1  1  1 LO  1  l   rAI  1  IC  1  1  LCI  1  1   JLUUIlj  IVIIIIlJI 

343 

Education 

98 

Gprontolonv  Minor  ^nd  Cprtifir^tp 

n — 1  L  1  vl  1  LUIUU  y    IVIIIIL/I    ClIILI    LCI  U  1  ILO  It 

346 

English 

108 

Honors  Program 

350 

Foreign  Literature  and  Languages 

121 

International  Marketing/French  Certificate 

352 

Histnrv 

i  ii  jlui  y 

128 

liid^ir  ^tiidip^  Kylmor 

JLILJalL   J  LUUIC  j  IV1IIIL/I 

353 

Hiim^nitip^  and  ^ori^l  ^ripnrps 

i  luiiiaiiiLicj  aiiu  jULiui  jlici  ilcj 

1  36 

1  phnr  ^tiiHipc.  N/linnr  ^nH  Pprtifir^tp 

LaUUl    JLUUICj  IVI  1 1  1 LJ 1    CIMU   LCI  LM  ILOLC 

3RR 

J  J  J 

Mathpmatics 

1  37 

Individi i^lizpd  Pn^t-R^rr^l^urp^tp  ("prtifir^tp 

II  ILJIvlLILICJ!li_L7LI    1  LJjL    UuLLOIQUI  CU  LC   L  CI  1 1  1  1  LO  IC 

361 

MpHir^l  1  ^hnr^tnrv  ^ripnrp 

ivicuiv.ai  louui  a  lui  y  jl ici  ilc 

145 

Prp_|  3\A/ 
r  i  c  Law 

36? 

Multidiscinlinarv  Studies 

1 52 

Pre-Medical 

362 

Philosophy 

153 

Women's  Studies  Minor 

363 

Political  Science 

159 

UMass  Dartmouth/Southern  New  England 

Portuguese 

165 

School  of  Law  Three-Plus-Three  Program 

367 

Psychology 

170 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 

176 

Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 

370 

Charlton  College  of  Business 

184 

Index 

384 

Accounting  and  Finance 

189 

Management 

194 

Marketing  and  Business  Information  Systems 

198 

Directions  for  Travel  and 

inside 

Correspondence                                back  cover 

Academic  Programs  at  UMass  Dartmouth 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Department  of  Biology 
Biology  BS 

Students  may  select  an  option: 
Marine  Biology 
Biology/Marine  Biology  MS 

Department  of  Chemistry 
Chemistry  BS 

Students  may  select  one  of  these  options: 

Biochemistry 

Environmental  Chemistry 

Pre-Medical  Chemistry 

BS-MS  Option 
Biochemistry  Minor 
Chemistry  Minor 
Chemistry  MS 

Chemistry  PhD,  Joint  Program  with  UMass 
Lowell 

Department  of  Economics 
Economics  BA 
Economics  Minor 

Department  of  Education 

Through  either  undergraduate  or  post- 
baccalaureate  certificate  programs, 
students  may  prepare  for  initial 
licensure  as: 

Elementary  Education  Teacher  (1-6) 
Teacher  of  Biology  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  English  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  French  (5-12) 
Teacher  of  History  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Mathematics  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Music  (preK-12) — see  Music 
below 

Teacher  of  Physics  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Political  Science/Political 

Philosophy  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Portuguese  (5-12) 
Teacher  of  Spanish  (5-12) 
Teacher  of  Visual  Art  (preK-8)  (5-12)— 

see  Art  Education  below 

Department  of  English 
English  BA 

Students  will  select  one  of  these  options: 

Drama/Film  Studies 

Literature 

Writing/Communication 
Drama/Film  Studies  Minor 
Literature  Minor 
Writing/Communication  Minor 
Professional  Writing  MA 


Department  of  Foreign  Literature  and 

Languages 

French  BA 

French  Minor 

German  Minor 

Spanish  BA 

Spanish  Minor 

Department  of  History 
History  BA 
History  Minor 

Department  of  Mathematics 
Mathematics  BS  or  BA 

Students  may  select  an  option: 

Computer-Oriented  Mathematics  (BS 
only) 

Mathematics  Minor 

Department  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  BS 
Students  will  select  one  of  these  options: 
Biotechnology 
Clinical 

Cytotechnology 
Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Molecular 
Forensics 

Department  of  Philosophy 
Philosophy  BA 
Philosophy  Minor 

Department  of  Political  Science 
Political  Science  BA 
Political  Science  Minor 

Department  of  Portuguese 
Portuguese  BA 
Portuguese  Minor 

Department  of  Psychology 
Psychology  BA 
Psychology  BA-MA  option 
Psychology  MA 

Students  will  select  one  of  these  options: 
Clinical/Behavioral  Psychology 
General  Psychology 

Department  of  Sociology 
Sociology  BA 

Students  may  select  one  of  these  options: 
Anthropology 
Criminal  Justice 
Anthropology  Minor 
Sociology  Minor 


Interdepartmental 

Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  BA 

Multidisoplmary  Studies  BA  or  BS 

Master  of  Art  in  Teaching  MAT 
Students  prepare  for  professional 
licensure  in: 

Elementary  Education  Teacher  (1-6) 
Teacher  of  Biology  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  English  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  French  (5-12) 
Teacher  of  General  Science  (5-8) 
Teacher  of  History  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Mathematics  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Physics  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Political  Science/Political 

Philosophy  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Portuguese  (5-12) 
Teacher  of  Spanish  (5-12) 
Teacher  of  Visual  Art  (preK-8)  (5-12) — 
see  Art  Education  below 

Pre-Law  Program 

Pre-Medical  Program 

African  and  African-American  Studies  Minor 
Gerontology  Certificate 
Gerontology  Minor 

International  Marketing/French  Certificate 
Judaic  Studies  Minor 
Labor  Studies  Certificate 
Labor  Studies  Minor 
Women's  Studies  Minor 

Charlton  College  of  Business 

Department  of  Accounting  and  Finance 
Accounting  BS 
Finance  BS 

Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Accounting 

Department  of  Management 
Management  BS 

Department  of  Marketing  and  Business 
Information  Systems 
Business  Information  Systems  BS 
Marketing  BS 

Interdepartmental 

Master  of  Business  Administration  MBA 
Master  of  Business  Administration/Juris  Doctor 
MBA/JD  (joint  program  with  Southern  New 
England  School  of  Law) 
Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Management 
Business  Administration  Minor 
International  Business  Certificate 


4 


Listed  by  college  and  department  are  undergraduate  majors  and  their  formal  options,  with 
the  degree  offered;  undergraduate  minors;  graduate  programs  and  their  formal  options, 
with  the  degree  offered;  and  formal  certificate  programs. 


College  of  Engineering 

Department  of  Civil  and  Environmental 

Engineering 

Civil  Engineering  BS 

Department  of  Computer  and  Electrical 
Engineering 

Computer  Engineering  BS 
Electrical  Engineering  BS 
Computer  Engineering  Minor 
Electrical  Engineering  Minor 
Computer  Engineering  MS 
Electrical  Engineering  MS 
Electrical  Engineering  PhD 

Students  will  select  one  of  these  options: 
Electrical  Engineering 
Computer  Engineering 
Post-Baccalaureate  Certificates  in  Acoustics, 

Communications,  Computer  Systems 

Engineering,  Digital  Signal  Processing, 

Electrical  Engineering  Systems 

Department  of  Computer  and  Information 
Science 

Computer  Science  BS 
Computer  Science  Minor 
Software  Engineering  Minor 
System  Software  Minor 
Computer  Science  MS 
Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Computer 
Science 

Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Mechanical  Engineering  BS 
Students  may  select  an  option: 
Manufacturing 
Mechanical  Engineering  MS 

Department  of  Physics 
Physics  BS 

Students  may  select  an  option: 
Materials  Science 
Environmental  Physics  Minor 
Physics  Minor 
Physics  MS 

Department  of  Textile  Sciences 
Textile  Chemistry  BS 
Textile  Science  BS 

Students  may  select  an  option: 
Applied  Fiber  Materials 
Textile  Chemistry  MS 
Textile  Technology  MS 

Interdepartmental 

Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Computer 
Systems  (Departments  of  Computer  and 
Information  Science  and  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering) 


College  of  Nursing 

Departments  of  Adult  and  Child  Nursing  and 
Community  Nursing 
Nursing  BS 

Students  are  accepted  into  either  the  Basic 

Program  or  the  RN  track 

RN  track  students  may  select  an  option: 
BS-MS  option 
Nursing  MS 

Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Nursing 
Education 

Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Nursing 

Leadership/Management 
Post-MS  Adult  Nursing  Practitioner  Certificate 

College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

Department  of  Art  Education 
Art  Education  BFA 
Art  Education  MAE 

Department  of  Art  History 
Art  History  BA 
Art  History  Minor 

Department  of  Design 
Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts  BFA 
Visual  Design  BFA 

Students  will  select  one  of  these  options: 

Ceramics 

Electronic  Imaging 

Graphic  Design 

Illustration 

Jewelry/Metals 

Photography 

Department  of  Fine  Arts 
Painting/2D  Studies  BFA 
Sculpture/3D  Studies  BFA 

Department  of  Music 
Music  BA 

Students  may  add  one  of  these  options: 
Music  Education 
Music  Technology 
Western  Music 

World/African-American  Music 
Music  Minor 
Music  Therapy  Minor 

Interdepartmental 
Master  of  Fine  Arts  MFA 

Students  will  select  one  of  these  studios: 
Artisanry  Studios 

Ceramics,  Jewelry/Metals,  Fibers/Textile 
Design,  Wood  and  Furniture  Design 
Fine  Arts  Studios 

Drawing,  Painting,  Printmaking, 
Sculpture 


Visual  Design  Studios 

Graphic  Design,  Electronic  Imaging, 
Illustration,  Multi-Media,  Photography, 
Typography 

Certificate  in  Artisanry 

Certificate  in  Fine  Arts 

School  of  Marine  Sciences  and 
Technology 

Marine  Sciences  and  Technology  MS 
(jointly  with  UMass  Amherst,  Boston,  and 
Lowell) 

Students  will  select  one  of  these  options: 
Modelling  Marine  and  Atmospheric 
Systems 

Biogeochemical  Cycles,  Environmental 

Changes 
Coastal  Systems  Science 
Ocean  and  Human  Health 
Integrated  Coastal  Management 
Living  Marine  Resources  Science/ 

Management 
Marine  Observation  Biotechnology 

Marine' Sciences  and  Technology  PhD 
(jointly  with  UMass  Amherst,  Boston,  and 
Lowell) 

Students  will  select  one  of  these  options: 
Modelling  Marine  and  Atmospheric 
Systems 

Biogeochemical  Cycles,  Environmental 

Changes 
Coastal  Systems  Science 
Ocean  and  Human  Health 
Integrated  Coastal  Management 
Living  Marine  Resources  Science/ 

Management 
Marine  Observation  Biotechnology 

Interdisciplinary  Graduate  Program 

Biomedical  Engineering/Biotechnology  PhD 
(jointly  with  UMass  Boston,  Lowell,  and 
Worcester) 

Interdisciplinary  Special  Programs/ 
Curricula 

Honors  Program 

Individualized  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate 
Program  (allows  individuals  with  bachelor's 
degrees  to  design  their  own  certificate 
program) 

UMass  Dartmouth/Southern  New  England 
School  of  Law  Three-Plus-Three  Program 


5 


Accreditations 


UMass  Dartmouth  has  full  accreditation  from  the  regional  accrediting  organization  for  New 
England  higher  education  institutions: 

New  England  Association  of  School  and  Colleges  (NEASC). 


Some  academic  fields  have  external  accrediting  agencies  which  review  and  accredit  academic 
programs  or  the  campus,  in  addition  to  regional  accreditation.  These  agencies  accredit 
programs  either  at  the  undergraduate  level  only  or  at  all  levels  of  study. 


The  following  specific  UMass  Dartmouth  programs  are  accredited: 

Art  Education,  Art  History,  Visual  Design,  National  Association  of  Schools 

Textile  Design,  Artisanry,  and  Fine  Arts  of  Arts  and  Design  (NASAD) 


Chemistry  (BS  level) 

Civil  Engineering,  Computer  Engineering, 
Computer  Science,  Electrical  Engineering, 
Mechanical  Engineering  (BS  levels) 

MBA,  Accounting,  Business  Information 
Systems,  Finance,  Management,  Marketing 

Medical  Laboratory  Science 


Nursing 


American  Chemical  Society  (ACS) 

Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering 
and  Technology 


AACSB  International  (Association  to 
Advance  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business) 

National  Accrediting  Agency  for 
Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences  (NAACLS) 

The  National  League  for  Nursing 
Accrediting  Commission  (NLNAC) 


Teacher  Certification  program.  Master's  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts 

of  Art  in  Teaching,  Art  Education  Department  of  Education/National 

Association  of  Departments  of 
Teacher  Education  (NASDTEC) 


UMass  Dartmouth 's 

External  Identification  Numbers 

College  Board 

3786 

FAFSA 

002210 

IPEDS  UNITID 

167987 

FICE/OPEID 

002210 

Federal  TIN 

04-3167352 

DUNS 

78-395-6568 

(Dunn  &  Bradstreet) 

Carnegie  Classification 

Master's  (Comprehensive) 

Universities  and  Colleges  1 

6 


Introduction  to  the  University 


The  University  of  Massachusetts  The  University  of  Massachusetts 

Dartmouth 


Founded  as  an  agriculture  college  in  Amherst 
in  1 863,  the  University  of  Massachusetts  is  a 
uniquely  American  institution,  a  public  land- 
grant  university.  Such  institutions  have  three 
basic  characteristics: 
• 

First,  they  are  "people's  universities," 
intended  to  serve  all  students  who  can  do  the 
academic  work. 
• 

Second,  they  are  committed  to  practical  as 

well  as  theoretical  education. 

• 

Third,  they  put  new  knowledge  to  work  for 
the  common  good. 

With  those  firm  guidelines  and  a  modest  start 
from  the  sale  of  federal  lands,  the  Amherst 
college  grew  to  become  the  modern 
University  of  Massachusetts,  the  largest 
university,  public  or  private,  in  New  England. 
The  UMass  of  today  includes  campuses  in 
Amherst,  Boston,  Dartmouth,  and  Lowell  and 
a  medical  school  in  Worcester. 


UMass  Dartmouth  provides  educational 
programs,  research,  and  continuing 
education  services  in  the  liberal  and  creative 
arts  and  sciences  and  in  the  professions.  It 
offers  a  broad  range  of  baccalaureate  and 
graduate  degrees  vital  to  the  economic  and 
cultural  well-being  of  the  region  and  the 
Commonwealth. 

The  Dartmouth  campus  traces  its  roots  to 
1895.  In  that  year  the  legislature  chartered 
the  New  Bedford  Textile  School  and  the 
Bradford  Durfee  Textile  School  in  Fall  River. 

As  the  region's  economic  base  shifted  from 
textiles  to  more  diverse  manufacturing  and 
service  industries,  the  colleges  changed  too. 
They  diversified  their  curricula,  responding  to 
the  needs  of  new  generations  of  students.  By 
the  middle  of  the  20th  century  they  were 
growing  rapidly,  spurred  by  such  forces  as 
the  Gl  Bill  and  the  clear  economic  and  social 
advantages  of  a  well-educated  citizenry.  They 
had  become  multipurpose  institutions, 
preparing  engineers,  health  care  workers, 
teachers,  and  business  leaders. 

In  1962  the  state  legislature  created 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  Technological 
Institute  by  merging  the  New  Bedford  Textile 
School  and  the  Bradford  Durfee  Textile 
School.  The  710  acre  campus  in  North 
Dartmouth,  part  way  between  New  Bedford 
and  Fall  River,  was  begun  in  1964.  The 
dramatic  campus  design  was  the  work  of 
architect  Paul  Rudolph,  then  dean  of  Yale's 
School  of  Art  and  Architecture. 

There  was  a  clear  public  demand  for  a 
comprehensive  university,  and  in  1969  SMTI 
became  Southeastern  Massachusetts 
University. 

The  university  continued  to  grow  through  the 
1970s  when  its  residence  halls  were  finished 
and  through  the  '80s  as  research  and  studio 
facilities  came  into  being.  In  1988  the  Dion 
Science  and  Engineering  Building  was 
opened,  as  was  the  Cedar  Dell  Townhouse 
Complex.  Also  in  1988,  the  Swam  School  of 
Design  merged  with  the  university's  College 
of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts,  strengthening 
programs  in  art  and  artisanry.  The  Swain 
merger  brought  additional  art  facilities  in 
New  Bedford  to  the  university. 


In  1991  a  new  University  of  Massachusetts 
structure  combined  the  Amherst,  Boston,  and 
Worcester  campuses  with  Southeastern 
Massachusetts  University  and  the  University 
of  Lowell.  Thus  Southeastern  Massachusetts 
University  became  the  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts Dartmouth. 

In  1994  UMass  Dartmouth  received  approval 
to  offer  its  first  PhD  degree,  in  Electrical 
Engineering.  It  also  offers  several  joint 
doctoral  programs  with  other  UMass 
campuses. 

In  1997  construction  was  completed  of  the 
building  for  the  present  School  for  Marine 
Science  and  Technology,  located  on  2.6  acres 
in  New  Bedford  near  Buzzards  Bay.  A  full 
program  of  research  and  development  is 
supported  in  this  facility.  Two  new  student 
residence  buildings  were  completed  in  2002. 
Starting  in  1997,  student/faculty  teams  have 
engaged  in  landscaping  beautification 
projects  across  campus. 

UMass  Dartmouth  has  more  than  8,000 
students,  3,200  of  whom  live  on  campus.  It 
offers  37  undergraduate  majors,  19  master's 
degree  programs,  four  PhD  degree  programs, 
and  has  more  than  320  full-time  faculty. 


7 


Mission  Statement  of  the  University  of  Massachusetts 


Strategic  Priorities  of  the  University 
of  Massachusetts 


The  University's  mission  is  to  provide  an 
affordable  education  of  high  quality  and 
conduct  programs  of  research  and 
public  service  that  advance  our  knowl- 
edge and  improve  the  lives  of  the 
people  of  the  Commonwealth. 

"...it  is  for  life,  not  only  for  a  living,  that 
we  must  prepare  our  students. " 
—  William  M.  Bulger,  President 


1) 

The  University  shall  maintain  the  highest 
standard  of  academic  excellence. 

The  University  of  Massachusetts  shall  provide 
a  quality,  affordable  university  education  to 
the  citizens  of  the  Commonwealth.  The 
University  shall  strive  to  serve  all  qualified 
students  regardless  of  their  economic  means. 
The  University  shall  pursue  distinction  in  its 
research  and  scholarship. 
2) 

The  University  shall  maintain  an 
atmosphere  where  each  person, 
regardless  of  religious,  ethnic,  economic 
or  social  background,  will  be  comfort- 
able. 

The  University  shall  enroll  and  employ  a 
diverse  community  of  people. 


3) 

The  University  shall  offer  and  promote 
distinctive  forms  of  public  service. 

The  University  of  Massachusetts  shall  provide 
the  state  with  policy  research,  programs,  and 
leadership  to  address  public  needs.  The 
University  shall  support  efforts  to  improve 
primary  and  secondary  education  and  shall 
expand  its  continuing  education  programs  to 
encourage  lifelong  learning.  The  University 
shall  continue  to  promote  the  economic 
development  of  the  state  and  its  regions 
4) 

The  University  shall  develop  and  manage 
its  resources  effectively. 

The  University  shall  wisely  manage  existing 
resources  and  aggressively  develop  new 
sources  of  revenue  to  meet  operating  and 
capital  needs. 
5) 

The  University  shall  demonstrate  the 
excellence  and  advance  the  unique 
missions  of  its  five  campuses. 

The  University  shall  encourage  its  five 
campuses  to  pursue  with  distinction  their 
respective  strengths  and  strive  to  serve  the 
best  interests  of  their  communities. 


8 


Mission  and  Vision  Statements 

of  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 


Mission  Statement 

The  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
distinguishes  itself  as  a  vibrant  public 
university  actively  engaged  in  personalized 
teaching  and  innovative  research,  and  acting 
as  an  intellectual  catalyst  for  regional 
economic,  social,  and  cultural  development. 


Vision  Statement 

Within  a  climate  that  is  inclusive,  open,  and 
diverse,  UMass  Dartmouth  will  be  the 
university  of  choice  for  students  seeking  high 
quality  liberal  arts  and  science  programs  as 
well  as  professional  academic  programs  that 
build  a  foundation  for  civic  responsibility, 
individual  skills  and  professional  success. 

UMass  Dartmouth  will  distinguish  itself  by 
providing  a  personalized  academic 
environment  where  the  scholarly  research 
and  creative  activities  of  faculty  and  graduate 
students  are  interwoven  with  the 
undergraduate  experience. 


UMass  Dartmouth  aspires  to  create  additional 
Masters  and  Doctoral  programs,  with 
commensurate  support,  in  addition  to 
enhanced  technological  capabilities  for  the 
delivery  of  our  educational  and  outreach 
programs. 


9 


Academic  Calendar 


2003-2004 


First  Semester  -  Fall  2003 

Monday,  September  1 
Monday,  September  1 
Tuesday,  September  2 

Monday,  October  13 
Wednesday,  October  1 5 
Tuesday,  November  1 1 
Wednesday,  November  26 

Monday,  December  1 
Friday,  December  12 
Tuesday,  December  16 
Monday,  December  22 


Academic  year  commences 
Labor  Day,  no  classes 
Fall  classes  begin 
Freshman  Convocation 
Columbus  Day,  no  classes 
Follow  Monday's  schedule 
Veterans'  Day,  no  classes 
Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
(after  last  class  or  lab) 
Class  resume,  8:00  am 
Fall  classes  end 
Examinations  begin 
Examinations  end 


Intersession  2004 


Friday,  January  2 
Monday,  January  19 

Thursday,  January  22 
Friday,  January  23 


Intersession  commences 
Martin  Luther  King  Jr/s  Birthday 
University  closed 
Last  intersession  class  day 
Intersession  Final  examinations 


Second  Semester  -  Spring  2004 


Monday,  January  26 
Monday,  February  16 
Friday,  March  12 

Monday,  March  22 
Monday,  April  19 
Tuesday,  April  20 
Wednesday,  May  5 
Tuesday,  May  1 1 
Wednesday,  May  12 
Thursday,  May  13 
Wednesday,  May  19 
Sunday,  May  23 


Spring  classes  begin 
Presidents'  Day,  no  classes 
Spring  vacation  begins 
(after  last  class  or  lab) 
Classes  resume,  8:00  am 
Patriots'  Day,  no  classes 
Follow  Monday's  schedule' 
Honors  Convocation 
Spring  classes  end 
Study  Day 
Examinations  begin 
Examinations  end 
Commencement 


10 


Admission  to  the  University 


Phone:  508-999-8605  General  Application  Procedures  Applicant  Types 

www:umassd.edu 


Undergraduate  admission  to  the  university  is 
selective,  based  on  academic  performance 
and  promise.  The  university  is  interested  in 
applicants  whose  scholastic  performance, 
aptitude,  interests,  character,  and  study 
habits  give  promise  of  success. 

UMass  Dartmouth  admits  its  applicants  into 
a  specific  curriculum,  which  is  either  a 
certain  major  or  a  cluster  of  majors. 
Applicants  are  evaluated  both  by  general 
standards  of  qualification  to  do  university 
work  and  by  special  standards  for  admission 
into  the  academic  areas  that  they  request. 
Access  to  programs  may  be  limited  by 
constraints  of  space  and  financing. 

Each  applicant's  overall  record  is  assessed 
for  both  strengths  and  weaknesses  as 
indicated  by  such  records  as  the  candidate's 
secondary  school  class  standing;  subjects 
completed,  curricular  levels,  and  grades 
received,  SAT  or  ACT  scores;  college-level 
records  for  transfer  applicants;  and  other 
appropriate  indicators.  This  approach  gives 
attention  to  each  applicant  as  an  individual. 
We  do  not  make  admissions  decisions  based 
on  quotas  or  formulas. 

UMass  Dartmouth  admits  applicants  by 
"rolling  admission."  This  means  that  there  is 
no  set  deadline  and  qualified  candidates  will 
be  accepted  until  the  time  when  the 
university's  capacity  has  been  reached  in  the 
program  of  choice. 

Interviews  and  Campus  Visits 

We  invite  applicants  and  family  members  to 
visit  the  campus  and  become  acquainted 
with  the  university.  A  personal  interview  is 
not  required.  Several  times  each  week  from 
October  to  April,  and  on  many  Saturdays, 
the  Admissions  Office  schedules  information 
sessions  and  campus  tours.  Tours  are  also 
available  during  the  summer.  Individual 
tours  can  also  be  arranged.  Those  interested 
are  invited  to  call.  Classroom  visits  may  be 
arranged  in  some  majors 


Freshman  applicants  should  complete  their 
applications  as  soon  as  possible  after  the 
conclusion  of  the  first  marking  period  of 
their  senior  year,  preferably  before  the  end 
of  December  and  at  the  latest  by  March. 
Transfer  applicants  should  apply  as  soon  as 
they  can  after  their  fall  semester  grades  are 
available. 

As  soon  as  a  sufficient  number  of  qualified 
candidates  for  the  available  space  in  each 
program — and  for  on-campus  housing — 
have  been  admitted,  admission  into  that 
program  will  be  closed.  After  March,  some 
well-qualified  candidates  may  be  denied 
entrance  to  the  university  or  to  their  first- 
choice  program.  The  general  laws  of  supply 
and  demand  have  a  significant  effect  on  the 
admissions  process.  As  the  interests  of 
students  change  from  time  to  time, 
enrollment  pressures  in  different  fields  of 
study  either  increase  or  diminish. 

The  university  requires  each  applicant  to 
submit  the  record  of  prior  schooling  and  the 
results  of  standardized  test  scores.  Other 
information  may  be  requested,  and  all 
information  submitted  will  be  considered. 
Every  year,  the  university's  Admissions 
Viewbook  gives  complete  information  and 
instructions,  identifying  the  specific  records 
and  other  information  that  must  be 
submitted.  The  Viewbook  also  contains  an 
application  form.  Those  interested  are 
invited  to  call  to  request  a  copy. 


Application/Processing  Fees 

Reasonable  nonrefundable  application  fees 
are  charged  as  announced  in  the  next 
section  of  this  Catalogue. 

The  application  fee  may  be  waived  upon 
demonstration  of  significant  financial 
hardship.  Secondary  school  students  who 
are  eligible  for  the  College  Board  Admis- 
sions Testing  Program's  fee  waiver  should 
have  their  school  counselors  attach  a  copy 
of  that  waiver  form  to  the  UMass  Dart- 
mouth application.  Transfer  and  "adult" 
applicants  should  support  a  written  fee 
waiver  request  with  a  letter  from  a  social 
worker,  financial  aid  officer,  or  member  of 
the  clergy. 


Two  Main  Types:  Freshman  and  Transfer 
Applicants 

Applicants  who  will  have  secondary  school 
or  equivalency  diplomas  and  who  have 
never  attended  degree-granting  post- 
secondary  educational  institutions  are 
considered  for  freshman  admission.  Also 
considered  for  freshman  admission  are 
applicants  who  have  successfully  completed 
fewer  than  1  5  semester  credits  of  college 
study. 

All  who  have  attended  degree-granting 
post-secondary  educational  institutions  and 
completed  1 5  or  more  credits  are  consid- 
ered transfer  applicants. 

Whether  applying  for  freshman  or  transfer 
admission,  those  who  completed  secondary 
school  at  least  three  years  prior  to  entering 
the  university  are  not  required  to  submit 
standardized  test  scores  for  admission. 
Approximately  one  quarter  of  our  entering 
students  are  in  this  "Returning  Students" 
category,  and  the  admissions  staff  is 
available  to  advise  applicants  with  any 
special  circumstances.  Returning  Student 
applicants  who  would  like  to  discuss  their 
educational  plans  are  encouraged  to 
telephone  to  arrange  an  appointment. 

Freshman  Applicants  for  Early  Decision 

Those  freshman  applicants  whose  secondary 
school  grades  and  SAT  scores  are  strong, 
and  who  have  decided  that  UMass 
Dartmouth  is  their  first  choice,  may  apply  for 
Early  Decision.  They  benefit  by  receiving  a 
decision  before  the  number  of  available 
spaces  begins  to  decline;  in  return,  once 
accepted  they  must  submit  a  non-refund- 
able deposit  and  withdraw  all  applications 
to  other  colleges  or  universities.  For  Early 
Decision  consideration,  the  completed 
application  form,  school  records  through  the 
end  of  the  junior  year,  and  official  SAT 
scores  (taken  before  the  senior  year),  must 
be  received  by  November  1 5;  decisions  will 
be  mailed  by  December  15. 

Alternative  Admission  for  Academically 
Disadvantaged  New  Freshmen 

The  university  realizes  its  commitment  to 
equal  access  through  alternative  admission 
programs.  Although  they  may  not  have  met 
entrance  standards  in  prior  schooling  or  as 
expressed  in  performance  on  standardized 
tests,  students  in  these  programs  do  achieve 
levels  of  academic  accomplishment 
comparable  to  those  of  other  students  at 
the  university.  The  university  is  committed  to 
the  recruiting,  counseling,  and  special 
academic  services  which  have  proven 


11 


Freshman  Admission 
to  the  University 

Qualifications  for  Admission 


effective  in  enabling  these  students  to 
achieve  their  full  potential. 

Academically  disadvantaged  students  who 
have  the  ability,  desire,  and  motivation  to 
benefit  from  the  university's  programs,  but 
who  lack  qualifications  for  admission,  can 
apply  to  enter  UMass  Dartmouth  through 
the  alternative  admissions  program,  called 
College  Now.  Applicants  must  be  in-state 
residents,  cannot  exceed  24  transferable 
college  credits,  and  must  meet  at  least  one 
of  the  following  eligibility  criteria:  low 
income  status,  limited  English  background, 
first  generation  to  attend  college,  disability, 
or  ethnic  student  of  color  status.  College 
Now  is  a  fall  admissions  program  only.  The 
Admissions  Viewbook  gives  detailed 
instructions,  and  the  program  is  described 
elsewhere  in  this  Catalogue. 

Some  applicants  interested  in  a  scientific  or 
technical  major  who  lack  the  secondary-level 
preparation  may  be  offered  participation  in 
the  Start  Program  ("Steps  Toward 
Abstract  Reasoning  and  Thinking").  Women 
and  students  of  color,  as  groups  traditionally 
under-represented  in  the  scientific  and 
technical  fields,  are  eligible  for  this 
freshman-year  program  of  special  courses. 
Those  who  indicate  a  first-choice  major  in  a 
science  or  engineering  field  are  considered. 
The  START  curriculum  helps  its  students 
acquire  math,  science,  and  reasoning  skills 
in  a  special  first  year  program  of  courses  in 
mathematics,  science  concepts,  and 
problem-solving. 

Students  admitted  to  these  programs 
receive  conditional  admission  to  the 
university.  To  remain  at  the  university  after  a 
stipulated  trial  period,  they  must  satisfy 
conditions  for  academic  performance  and 
progress  that  are  stated  clearly  in  the  offer 
of  admission.  They  should  expect  to  spend 
five  years  to  complete  the  degree. 

Early  Admission  for  New  Freshmen 

Superior  secondary  school  students 
sometimes  exhaust  the  curricular  offerings 
of  their  schools  by  the  end  of  the  junior 
year.  These  students  may  seek  admission  to 
UMass  Dartmouth  without  a  secondary 
school  diploma.  Their  high  school  records 
and  SAT  scores  must  both  be  superior.  They 
must  also  obtain  from  an  official  of  their 
secondary  school  a  written  agreement  that  a 
secondary-level  diploma  will  be  granted 
upon  satisfactory  completion  of  one  or  two 
semesters  of  college  work. 


Dual  Enrollment  Program 

UMass  Dartmouth  welcomes  students  from 
current  secondary  school  interested  in 
taking  courses  at  the  university  under  the 
Common-wealth's  Dual  Enrollment 
program,  and  qualified  to  do  so.  Because, 
currently,  this  program  is  not  funded  by 
legislation,  UMass  Dartmouth  reserves  the 
right  to  charge  for  the  cost  foof  some  or  all 
of  the  courses  taken.  Students  generally 
enroll  in  one  or  two  courses,  enrolling 
concurrently  in  high  school  and  university 
courses.  Students  and  parents  should 
contact  their  high  school  guidance  office  or 
the  Office  of  Admissions  for  assistance. 


Secondary-Level  Preparation: 
College-Preparatory  Units 

It  is  expected  that  an  applicant's  secondary 
school  record  will  include  at  least  16  units  of 
college  preparatory  courses: 
• 

4  units  in  English 
• 

2  units  in  social  science  including  one  in  U.S. 
history 

• 

3  units  in  mathematics 

2  units  in  the  same  foreign  language 
• 

3  units  in  a  science  (two  years  with 
laboratory) 

• 

2  units  of  college-preparatory  electives 

One  or  more  of  these  requirements  may  be 
waived  for  applicants  who  present  alterna- 
tive indications  of  academic  potential. 

Secondary-Level  Preparation: 
Program-Specific 

Certain  programs  within  the  university 
require  specific  course  backgrounds  in 
addition  to  the  general  secondary-level 
requirements  stated  above.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  Admissions  Office  will  consider 
persons  of  extraordinary  promise  and  talent 
for  admission  into  a  program  even  though 
they  do  not  meet  all  of  its  prior-course 
requirements. 
• 

Chemistry,  Computer  Science,  Engineering, 
Mathematics,  Physics,  and  Textile  Chemistry 
require  3  and  one-half  units  in  college- 
preparatory  mathematics  which  must 
include  at  least  2  units  in  algebra  and  one- 
half  unit  in  trigonometry;  and  either  (a) 
physics  and  chemistry,  one  of  which  must 
be  a  laboratory  course,  or  (b)  3  units  in 
natural  science,  one  of  which  must  be  a 
laboratory  course  in  physics  or  chemistry. 
Physics  is  strongly  recommended  for  all 
engineering  applicants. 
• 

Biology,  Medical  Laboratory  Science, and 
Nursing  require  3  units  of  college-prepara- 
tory mathematics,  which  must  include  2 
units  of  algebra;  and  2  units  of  natural 
laboratory  science.  Physics  is  strongly 
recommended  for  all  engineering  technol- 
ogy applicants  and  chemistry  for  all  nursing 
and  Medical  Laboratory  Science  applicants. 
• 

Business  requires  3  units  of  college- 
preparatory  mathematics,  which  must 
include  2  units  of  algebra. 


12 


Admission 


Transfer  Admission 
to  the  University 


Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  majors 
receive  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  This 
degree  requires  that  students  satisfy  a 
foreign  language  requirement.  Therefore, 
we  specifically  consider  the  performance  of 
our  humanities  and  social  sciences  appli- 
cants in  their  secondary  school  foreign 
language  courses. 

College  Board  Scholastic  Assessment 
Test  (SAT)  Results 

The  university  uses  SAT  results  as  one  means 
of  assessing  applicants'  academic  potential. 
The  results  of  the  ACT  may  be  substituted. 

The  Admissions  Bulletin  gives  full  informa- 
tion about  how  to  register  and  have  score 
reports  sent. 

College  Board  Subject  Achievement  Tests 
are  not  required  but  the  university  urges 
applicants  to  submit  these  test  results  in 
appropriate  subject  matter  areas.  The 
achievement  tests  have  significant  predictive 
value,  especially  in  the  sciences,  and  can  be 
a  valuable  source  of  data  in  the  decision 
process. 

Exceptions  to  the  SAT  Requirement 
• 

Applicants  who  have  left  high  school  three 
or  more  years  ago  (or  who  have  completed 
30  or  more  transferrable  credits  at  a  college 
or  university)  are  not  required  to  submit  SAT 
scores. 
• 

Massachusetts  residents  who  have  been 
diagnosed  as  having  a  learning  disability 

as  determined  by  Chapter  766  or  Chapter 
344  may  submit,  instead  of  the  SAT,  proof 
of  a  diagnosis  of  a  learning  disability. 

Applicants  from  a  Second-Language 
Background 

Sensitive  to  its  location  in  an  area  of  ethnic 
diversity,  the  university  recognizes  the 
barrier  which  the  cultural  and  linguistic 
assumptions  of  standardized  tests  place 
between  talented  students  for  whom 
English  is  a  second  language  and  access  to 
academic  programs  from  which  they  can 
benefit.  We  will  exempt  students  for  whom 
English  is  a  second  language  from  those 
portions  of  our  admissions  standards  which 
place  them  at  a  disadvantage. 

Quality  of  Performance  in  Previous 
Schooling  and  on  the  SATs 

For  both  freshman  and  transfer  decisions, 
the  evaluation  of  each  applicant  relies  on  an 
assessment  of  the  quality  of  the  applicant's 


previous  school  performance,  test  scores, 
abilities,  and  other  aspects  that  are  relevant 
to  a  prediction  of  probable  success  at  the 
university.  For  each  of  the  majors  and 
curricula,  somewhat  different  criteria  are 
applied.  The  derivation  of  these  criteria  is 
the  responsibility  of  the  departments  and 
colleges,  in  close  cooperation  with  the 
representatives  of  the  Admissions  Office, 
who  will  implement  the  criteria  in  individual 
admissions  decisions. 

Information  about  the  university's  previous 
application  decisions  is  routinely  made 
available  to  secondary-school  counselors. 
Applicants  are  encouraged  to  consult  these 
officials  at  their  institutions  for  advice  about 
their  prospects  for  admission  to  the 
university. 

Some  freshman  applicants  who  are  denied 
admission  are  advised  by  our  admissions 
officials  to  pursue  studies  at  a  community 
college  for  one  or  more  semesters  and  to 
reapply  for  admission.  Subsequent  admis- 
sion is  not  automatic  but  conditional  on 
good  performance  at  the  community 
college. 


UMass  Dartmouth  welcomes  transfer 
applications  from  students  attending,  or 
who  have  attended,  public  or  private  two- 
and  four-year  institutions.  The  university 
strives  especially  to  facilitate  the  transfer  of 
students  from  Massachusetts  public 
community  colleges  through  a  variety  of 
special  contacts  and  communications.  We 
accept  the  Commonwealth  Transfer 
Compact. 

Information  about  the  university's  previous 
application  decisions  is  routinely  made 
available  to  community  college  transfer 
officials.  Applicants  are  encouraged  to 
consult  the  officials  at  their  institutions  for 
advice  about  their  prospects  for  admission 
to  the  university. 

Some  transfer  applicants  with  few  com- 
pleted college  credits  who  have  been  denied 
admission  may  be  advised  by  our  admissions 
officials  to  pursue  studies  at  a  community 
college  for  one  or  more  semesters  and  then 
reapply  for  admission.  Subsequent  admis- 
sion is  not  automatic  but  conditional  on 
good  performance  at  the  community 
college. 


Community  College/UMass  Dartmouth 
Joint  Admission 

The  university  offers  access  to  a  significant 
group  of  students  through  formal  Joint 
Admission  Agreements  with  all  public 
community  colleges  in  Massachusetts.  The 
university  also  has  agreements  with  the 
Community  College  of  Rhode  Island,  Dean 
College,  and  Quincy  College. 

By  the  joint  admission  agreement,  students 
entering  a  transfer  degree  program  at  the 
community  college  are  admitted  to  UMass 
Dartmouth  concurrently,  being  eligible  to 
transfer  after  completion  of  the  Associate's 
Degree,  without  making  an  additional 
application.  Achievement  of  a  2.500 
cumulative  grade  average,  and  remaining  in 
the  approved  transfer  program  are  the  main 
conditions  that  the  student  must  fulfill.  The 
program  involves  active  academic  program 
planning  and  advisement  by  both  college  and 
university  personnel,  to  assist  students  in 
meeting  any  requirements  for  the  specific 
major  program  the  student  plans  to  enter  at 
the  university. 

Prospective  or  current  community  college 
students  should  contact  the  UMass  Dart- 
mouth Admissions  Office  or  an  admissions 
officer  or  transfer  counselor  at  the  commu- 
nity college  for  further  information. 


13 


Qualification  for  Admission:  Transfer 
Applicants 

In  evaluating  the  qualifications  of  transfer 
applicants,  procedures  similar  to  those  for 
freshman  applicants  are  used  in  assessing 
the  extent  and  levels  of  previous  schooling 
and  the  quality  of  each  applicant's 
performance.  The  exceptions  are  noted 
below.  In  general,  secondary  school  records 
for  transfer  applicants  who  have  completed 
relatively  few  college-level  credits  will  be 
weighted  more  heavily  than  for  those  who 
have  completed  significant  amounts  of 
college-level  work. 

Records  from  Other  Post-Secondary 
Institutions  and  Secondary-Level 
Records 

Transfer  students  must  arrange  for  certified 
transcripts  to  be  sent  to  us  from  all  colleges/ 
universities  that  they  have  attended 
(including  any  for  UMass  Dartmouth's 
regular  sessions  and/or  Division  of  Continu- 
ing Education).  In  addition,  they  must 
submit  a  listing  of  any  courses  in  progress 
and  course  descriptions  in  some  cases. 

Transfer  applicants  who  have  completed  30 
or  more  transferrable  credits  at  a  college  or 
university  are  not  required  to  submit 
secondary  school  records.  Others  must 
submit  both  secondary  school  and  college 
transcripts.  Those  who  completed  high 
school  through  the  GED  program  must  send 
a  copy  of  the  GED  certificate  as  well  as  the 
GED  test  scores  in  addition  to  the  transcript 
of  their  last-attended  school.  Additional 
materials,  such  as  teacher  or  counselor 
recommendations,  are  welcome.  In  specific 
cases,  the  admissions  staff  may  ask  for 
additional  records. 

College  Board  Scholastic  Assessment 
Test  (SAT)  Results 

Transfer  applicants  who  present  at  least  30 
transferrable  college  credits  at  the  time  of 
application  are  not  required  to  submit 
College  Board  SAT  results.  Others  are 
required  to  do  so;  most  will  submit  the 
scores  that  they  earned  while  they  were  in 
secondary  school. 

The  Admissions  Viewbook  gives  full 
information  about  how  to  register  and  to 
have  score  reports  sent. 

The  Commonwealth  Transfer  Compact 

The  Transfer  Compact  offers  special 
opportunities  for  students  transferring  from 
Massachusetts  public  community  colleges  to 
Massachusetts  public  colleges  and  universi- 


ties. Specifically,  the  Compact  is  for  students 
who  will  complete  an  associate's  degree  at 
the  community  college  that  is  designed  to 
prepare  them  to  transfer  to  a  four-year 
academic  program.  Students  who  have 
completed  or  will  complete  such  a  program 
are  designated  as  Transfer  Compact 
students  by  their  community  college. 

UMass  Dartmouth  welcomes  applications 
from  Transfer  Compact  students  with  strong 
academic  records.  Among  the  advantages 
are  a  guaranteed  acceptance  of  60  credits  in 
transfer,  protections  against  having  to 
repeat  requirements  (especially  those  for 
general  education),  and  transferability  of 
"D"  grades.  The  complete  text  of  the 
Transfer  Compact  is  available  at  the 
community  colleges,  and  a  transfer 
counselor  there  should  be  able  to  provide 
guidance  and  explanations.  It  is  also 
available  from  UMass  Dartmouth,  upon 
request. 

We  encourage  those  who  are  attending  one 
of  the  Massachusetts  public  community 
colleges — even  if  they  will  not  be  Transfer 
Compact  students — to  plan  their  studies 
with  eventual  transfer  to  UMass  Dartmouth 
in  mind.  The  counseling  or  advising 
professionals  at  the  student's  community 
college  can  assist  valuably  in  these  plans. 

Advanced  Standing  through  Transfer 
Credits 

The  quality  and  quantity  of  academic  work 
completed  at  previous  higher  education 
institutions  determine  the  amount  of 
transfer  credit  accepted  at  UMass  Dart- 
mouth and  its  applicability  toward  a  degree. 
We  accept  college/university  level  credits 
taken  at  an  accredited  institution  if  the 
content  is  equivalent  to  a  course  or 
appropriate  to  a  curriculum  that  we  offer. 
Vocational  or  non-college  level  courses  (such 
as  physical  activity,  trade  education,  and 
high-school  level  courses)  are  not 
transferable. 

The  university's  basic  course  and  credit 
transfer  policies  are  stated  as  follows.  These 
policies  apply  unless  a  special  transfer 
agreement  or  program  imposes  different 
conditions  approved  for  that  program. 
Special  conditions  apply  for  Interchange 
Transfer  students,  students  entering  under 
the  Transfer  Compact,  and  students  in  Study 
on  Exchange  status. 

Transferred  credits  and  course  titles  will  be 
recorded  on  the  transcript,  without  a  grade 
designation;  they  will  not  be  included  in  the 


grade  point  average  that  is  earned  here. 
Only  credits  for  courses  in  which  "C-"  or 
higher  grades  were  received  will  transfer. 

At  least  45  credits  of  course  work  must  be 
completed  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  Other 
credits  that  may  be  applied  to  the  degree 
include  advanced  placement  and  CLEP 
credits.  No  more  than  60  credits  can  be 
accepted  from  any  combination  of  post- 
secondary  2-year  institutions,  advanced 
placement,  or  CLEP  credits. 

At  least  30  credits  of  advanced  and 
specialized  courses  must  be  completed 
(UMass  Dartmouth  courses  numbered  300 
or  higher).  It  is  expected  that  students  will 
earn  most  of  their  advanced  and  specialized 
course  credits  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 
Students  may  be  granted  permission  by  the 
appropriate  chairperson  and  college  dean  to 
earn  some  of  these  credits  at  another 
institution  so  long  as  UMass  Dartmouth 
major  and  minor  requirements  are  met  to 
their  satisfaction  thereby. 

All  courses  accepted  for  transfer  credit  will 
count  as  UMass  Dartmouth  credits,  but  they 
will  not  necessarily  count  toward  the  specific 
degree  requirements  of  the  candidate's 
college  and  department.  Some  may  be 
awarded  as  free  electives  only.  Transcripts 
are  evaluated  by  the  Admission  Office  or  the 
college  into  which  the  applicant  is  accepted. 

Interchange  Transfer,  Permanent 

Currently  enrolled  degree-seeking  students 
at  UMass  Amherst,  UMass  Boston,  or  UMass 
Lowell  who  wish  to  change  to  be  degree- 
seeking  students  at  UMass  Dartmouth  may 
request  Interchange  Transfer.  No  application 
fee  is  required.  To  be  eligible,  the  applicant 
must  be  in  good  academic  standing  and  be 
currently  enrolled  with  a  load  of  12  or  more 
credits,  have  completed  successfully  at  least 
12  credits,  and  have  at  least  a  2.000 
cumulative  grade  point  average. 

Interchange  transfer  applicants  must  submit 
our  application  form  and  have  an  official 
copy  of  their  current  UMass  transcript  sent 
to  us;  if  they  meet  the  eligibility  criteria,  no 
other  documents  need  to  be  sent. 

Part-time,  contmumg-education,  or  non- 
degree  "special  students"  at  a  UMass 
campus  are  considered  regular  applicants 
and  must  submit  all  documentation  and  pay 
the  application  fee. 

more  on  next  page 


14 


Admission 


Transfer  applicants 

continued 


Additional  Application 
Requirements 


Please  contact  the  UMass  Dartmouth  Office 
of  Admissions  for  specific  instructions. 

Temporary  Interchange  Transfer 

Temporary  interchange  students  from  the 
other  campuses  attend  UMass  Dartmouth 
for  one  or  two  semesters,  applying  UMass 
Dartmouth  credits  to  the  degree  require- 
ments of  their  home  campus. 

Before  registering,  temporary  interchange 
students  should  receive  from  their  home 
campus  all  necessary  approvals  regarding 
the  applicability  of  UMass  Dartmouth 
courses  to  the  degree  requirements  of  their 
home  campus.  Temporary  interchange 
students  receiving  financial  aid  work 
through  the  financial  aid  office  at  their 
home  campus. 


Other  Types  of  Credit 

Applicants  have  opportunities  for  academic 
credit  in  addition  to  that  provided  by  the 
transfer  of  credits  from  other  institutions  of 
higher  learning. 

AP  examinations.  Increasing  numbers  of 
students  complete  college-level  studies 
while  still  in  secondary  school,  through  the 
Advanced  Placement  program  of  the 
College  Board.  We  award  advanced 
placement  and/or  college  credit  for  AP 
examination  scores  of  3  or  higher  (with  one 
exception:  Psychology  requires  a  4  or  5)  in 
most  AP  fields.  Additional  information  is 
available  at  the  Office  of  Admissions. 

CLEP  credit.  The  university  has  approved  the 
use  of  the  College  Board  College  Level 
Examination  Program  (CLEP).  This  program 
uses  test  results  to  show  that  an  individual 
has  achieved  college-level  educations  a 
certain  academic  field.  We  can  award  credit 
for  CLEP  Subject  Examination  scores  of  50 
or  above,  as  reported  on  the  CLEP  score 
report.  Some  CLEP  Subject  Examinations 
may  not  receive  credit,  and  the  equivalency 
of  these  to  UMass  Dartmouth's  courses  will 
be  determined  by  the  academic  department 
for  that  subject.  UMass  Dartmouth  does  not 
give  credit  for  CLEP  General  Examinations. 
Please  consult  the  more  detailed  statement 
in  the  chapter  on  Special  Learning  Opportu- 
nities. 

Military  training  courses.  For  military  service 
school  training,  credit  will  be  evaluated 
according  to  the  recommendations  of  the 
Guide  to  the  Evaluation  of  Educational 
Experience  in  the  Armed  Services,  prepared 


by  the  American  Council  on  Education. 
Degree  candidates  normally  do  not  use 
these  credits  within  the  major  field. 

Continuing  Education  degree  offerings;  prior 
learning  credit.  The  Division  of  Continuing 
Education  at  UMass  Dartmouth  offers  credit 
for  validated  prior  learning  to  those  who 
have  become  registered  students.  This 
program  provides  university  academic  credit 
for  adult  students  who,  through  occupa- 
tional or  other  experiences,  have  achieved 
the  equivalent  of  college-level  knowledge. 
Their  prior  learning  is  documented  through 
a  one-semester  workshop  and  then 
evaluated  for  credit. 

Credit  courses  taken  from  UMass 
Dartmouth's  Division  of  Continuing 
Education  are  considered  regular  courses  of 
the  university.  They  appear  on  the  transcript 
and  the  grades  earned  are  reflected  in  the 
candidate's  grade  point  average  at  the 
university. 


The  nature  of  some  majors  or  curricula  may 
make  it  desirable  for  additional  information 
to  be  gathered  systematically  as  a  part  of 
the  application  process  so  long  as  they  do 
not  contradict  the  admissions  policies  and 
procedures  of  the  university.  Three  such 
requirements  are  currently  in  effect. 

Multidisciplinary  Studies 

Applicants  for  admission  to  this  individually- 
designed  major  must  arrange  a  program  of 
study  with  the  program  director  before 
acceptance  can  be  offered.  This  program  is 
open  to  transfer  applicants  only. 

Music  Audition  Requirement 

Applicants  for  admission  to  the  music  major 
must  audition  in  person  in  their  principal 
applied  area  (either  instrument  or  voice);  the 
audition  is  a  requirement  for  a  completed 
application  in  music.  Those  who  cannot 
audition  in  person  must  request  permission 
to  submit  recordings. 

Studio  Art  Portfolio 

The  faculty  of  the  College  of  Visual  and 
Performing  Arts  review  applicants'  art 
portfolios  as  a  part  of  the  application 
process.  Complete  instructions  to  help 
applicants  meet  these  requirements  are 
given  in  the  Admissions  Viewbook. 

Nursing,  RN  Track 

Matriculation  in  this  program  requires  a 
student  to  have  a  nursing  associate's  degree 
or  hospital  diploma  and  a  current  Massachu- 
setts RN  license. 


Regional  Student  Admission:  Reduced  Tuition  Program 

The  New  England  Regional  Student  Program  enables  residents  of  Rhode  Island,  Connecti- 
cut, Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont  who  apply  for  academic  programs  not  available 
in  their  own  public  colleges  and  universities  to  receive  special  consideration  for  admission 
and  to  pay  significantly  reduced  tuition  at  this  university  (in-state  tuition  plus  50%). 
Secondary  school  guidance  counselors  and  college  transfer  officers  can  provide  details 
about  this  program,  or  one  can  contact  the  New  England  Board  of  Higher  Education, 
Boston,  MA  01984,  phone  (617)  357-9620.  The  following  table  indicates  UMass  Dart- 
mouth undergraduate  programs  that  are  available  to  New  England  residents  at  reduced 
tuition  charges: 

Program  Eligible  State  Residents 

Textile  Chemistry  CT,  ME,  NH,  Rl,  VT 

Textile  Science  CT,  ME,  NH,  Rl,  VT 

Portuguese  ME,  NH,  Rl,  VT 

Sculpture/3D  CT,  ME,  NH,  Rl,  VT 

Textile  Design  CT,  ME,  NH,  Rl,  VT 

Visual  Design  ME,  Rl,  VT 

Art  Education  Rl 


15 


Other  Applicant  Types 


International  Applicants 

(those  needing  to  receive  F-1  visas) 
To  the  extent  possible,  international 
applicants  should  follow  the  instructions  for 
either  new  freshman  or  transfer  application, 
depending  on  their  individual  circumstances. 
International  applicants  will  pay  the  out-of- 
state  application  fee  and  are  not  eligible  for 
waivers  of  this  fee.  Upon  acceptance  and  for 
as  long  as  they  attend  the  university,  they 
must  pay  out-of-state  tuition.  International 
undergraduate  students  are  not  eligible  to 
receive  financial  aid  from  the  university. 

International  applicants  must  submit  their 
application  fees  in  US  currency.  Checks  not  in 
US  currency  will  be  returned  and  the 
application  will  not  be  processed  until  the  fee 
has  been  resubmitted  in  US  currency. 

These  applicants  must  also  meet  all 
requirements  of  the  United  States  Office  of 
Immigration,  in  order  to  be  issued  the  I-20 
form.  They  must  satisfy  the  conditions  for 
admission  to  the  university  and  become  full- 
time,  degree-seeking  students. 

In  addition,  international  applicants  whose 
native  language  is  other  than  English  must 
submit  official  scores  from  the  Test  of 
English  as  a  Foreign  Language  (TOEFL), 
which  is  offered  at  regularly  scheduled 
intervals  throughout  the  world.  Foreign 
nationals  who  have  completed  a  year  or 
more  of  study  in  United  States  institutions, 
or  whose  education  abroad  was  conducted 
in  institutions  in  which  the  primary  language 
of  instruction  is  English,  are  exempt  from 
this  requirement. 

Students  Seeking  a  Second  Bachelor's 
Degree 

Students  who  have  earned  a  bachelor's 
degree  at  UMass  Dartmouth  or  a  predeces- 
sor institution  who  wish  to  pursue  a  second 
baccalaureate  degree  here,  are  invited  to 
apply  for  readmission  at  the  Registrar's 
Office.  Those  with  a  degree  from  another 
institution  apply  to  the  Admissions  Office. 

UMass  Dartmouth  Students  Seeking 
Re-Admission 

Any  student  who  was  previously  admitted  to 
UMass  Dartmouth  (day  division)  as  a  degree 
candidate  and  who  registered  for  one  or 
more  semesters  may  request  re-admission 
by  contacting  the  Registrar's  Office  at  (508) 
999-8615. 


Access  to  Courses,  for  Students  Not 
Seeking  a  Degree  (Non-Degree 
Students) 

There  are  many  reasons  why  a  person  might 
wish  to  take  one  or  more  courses  at  the 
university  without  seeking  a  degree.  When 
feasible,  therefore,  we  allow  qualified 
students  who  are  not  UMass  Dartmouth 
degree  candidates  to  register  for  courses  as 
special  students.  They  may  register  only  for 
courses  for  which  they  are  qualified  and  in 
which  space  is  available  after  the  degree- 
seeking  students  have  registered,  and  will 
be  held  to  a  strict  limit  in  the  total  number 
of  credits  for  which  they  may  enroll  as 
special  students.  Specific  regulations  for 
special  students  are  given  in  the  Academic 
Policies  and  Regulations  section  of  this 
Catalogue. 

Non-Degree  Student  registration  may  take 
place  after  the  close  of  registration  for 
degree  students.  An  initial  review  of  those 
seeking  to  register  as  undergraduate  non- 
degree  students  is  made  in  the  Academic 
Advising  Center.  Applicants  should  be 
prepared  to  discuss  their  plans  and  to  show 
appropriate  records  of  prior  schooling. 

Visiting  and  Exchange  Students 

The  university  welcomes  visiting  students, 
who  are  matriculated  at  another  university  or 
college  but  wish  to  pursue  their  studies  with 
us  temporarily.  We  are  especially  interested  in 
supporting  students  whose  studies  at  another 
university  will  be  enriched  by  a  planned 
semester  here,  arranged  between  academic 
departments  or  faculty  advisors. 

The  university  also  participates  in  formal  as 
well  as  informal  international  student 
exchanges.  A  listing  of  formal  exchange 
programs  appears  elsewhere  in  this 
catalogue.  Contact  the  director  of  any  of  the 
exchange  programs  for  additional  informa- 
tion about  the  programs.  Students  accepted 
in  exchange  are  issued  paperwork  authoriz- 
ing them  to  receive  a  J-1  student  visa, 
through  the  Office  of  Academic  Affairs/ 
Graduate  Studies  (508-999-8024). 

Students  with  Disabilities 

Applicants  are  under  no  obligation  to  disclose 
a  disability.  The  university  will  admit  students 
who  clearly  demonstrate  the  ability  to 
perform  the  academic  work,  without 
reference  to  learning  or  physical  disability,  as 
with  all  applicants. 

Students  with  a  physical  or  learning  disability 
who  are  offered  admission  are  encouraged  to 
contact  us  about  the  support  services  we 


offer,  to  help  them  make  their  decision 
whether  to  enroll  An  early  meeting  with 
Carole  Johnson,  Director  of  the  Office  of 
Disabled  Student  Services,  is  recommended; 
call  (508)  999-871 1 .  Students  considering 
application  may  also  call  this  office;  the 
admission  decision  will  be  made  indepen- 
dently of  such  preliminary  inquiries. 

Mid-Year  Admissions 

To  the  extent  that  space  and  fiscal  resources 
permit,  the  university  will  admit  qualified 
mid-year  applicants  Special  efforts  will  be 
made  to  ensure  that  spaces  are  available  in 
appropriate  spring  semester  classes  for 
those  admitted. 

Social  Security  Number 

The  university  requests  all  students  (except 
international  students  who  lack  them)  to 
submit  their  social  security  numbers  for  use 
as  their  student  ID  number.  However,  those 
who  do  not  wish  to  have  their  social  security 
numbers  used  as  their  student  identifier  will 
be  issued  a  special  nine-digit  number  for  this 
purpose,  upon  formal  request  to  the  Office 
of  the  University  Registrar.  Students  can  be 
assured  that  the  university  will  respect  and 
protect  their  privacy  and  their  social  security 
numbers. 

Graduate  Admissions 

Contact  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  for 
information,  program  descriptions,  and 
application  materials.  Phone  (508)  999- 
8604. 


16 


Admission 


Expenses  and  Student  Financial  Services 


The  cost  to  students  of  an  education  at  a 
public  university  remains  one  of  the  great 
bargains  of  our  time.  While  there  have  been 
increases  in  recent  years,  the  charges  are 
still  very  affordable,  especially  when  one 
considers  the  high  guality  of  the  education 
offered.  Tuition  and  fees  cover  a  part  of  the 
costs,  but  the  remainder  is  made  available 
by  the  taxpayers  of  the  Commonwealth.  The 
result  is  a  creative  partnership  between  the 
individual  students  and  their  families  and 
the  members  of  an  enlightened  democracy, 
which  believes  that  the  economic,  political, 
and  cultural  success  of  the  society  depends 
on  a  well-educated  citizenry. 

Undergraduate  and  graduate  students  at 
the  university  pay  tuition  and  various  fees.  In 
addition,  they  will  have  costs  for  textbooks 
and  other  incidentals  and  for  meals  and 
housing.  This  section  gives  information 
about  the  structure  of  charges  at  the 
university,  focusing  specifically  on  charges 
to  undergraduate  students.  It  is  intended  to 
assist  students  and  their  families  in  their 
financial  planning. 

More  detailed  information  on  graduate 
student  charges  is  available  in  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  (from  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies). 

The  university  provides  comprehensive 
financial  aid  and  related  services.  Applicants 
and  current  students  are  invited  to  inquire 
about  the  aid  and  scholarship  opportunities 
that  are  described  later  in  this  chapter. 

Disclaimer: 

Currency  of  Information 

In  preparing  this  Catalogue,  we  have  made 
every  effort  to  give  the  most  up-to-date 
information  possible.  However,  changes  in 
tuition  and  fees  may  occur  after  the  book 
has  been  printed.  An  exact  schedule  of  all 
current  charges  is  available  from  the  Office 
of  the  Bursar,  Foster  Administration 
Building,  second  floor,  or  the  University 
Enrollment  Center,  first  floor. 

All  expenses  are  subject  to  change  at  the 
discretion  of  the  Commonwealth,  the  Board 
of  Higher  Education,  or  the  University. 
Similarly  subject  to  change  may  be  various 
policies  associated  with  charges. 

Payment  Policy 

Students  may  pay  all  tuition,  fee,  room,  and 
board  payments  by  mail,  or  at  the  University 
Enrollment  Center,  first  floor  of  the  Foster 
Administration  building,  hours  are  Monday 
through  Thursday,  8  a.m.  to  7  p.m.,  and 


Friday,  8  a.m.  to  5  p.m.  Credit  cards  (Master 
Card,  Visa,  and  Discover)  are  accepted 

All  charges  are  due  and  payable  at  a  date 
set  by  UMass  Dartmouth  (usually  August  20 
and  January  5).  Payments  received  after  the 
due  date  indicated  will  be  charged  a  late 
fee.  The  University  mails  bills  to  the 
student's  permanent  address; 'students  must 
take  care  that  they  list  an  appropriate 
permanent  address,  for  this  reason. 

Students  are  expected  to  keep  their 
accounts  current  and  to  pay  their  financial 
obligations  to  the  university.  Students  may 
not  attend  classes  until  all  charges  have 
been  paid,  or  vouched  for.  In  appropriate 
circumstances,  the  Bursar's  Office  may 
impose  various  restrictions  in  order  to 
enforce  payment  of  an  obligation,  including 
withholding  of  official  transcripts  and  the 
diploma.  The  Vice  Chancellor  for  Fiscal 
Affairs/designee  hears  appeals  of  difficult 
cases. 


Policies  Affecting  Charges 

As  a  state-supported  institution,  UMass 
Dartmouth's  programs  and  facilities  are 
available  at  reasonable  tuition  rates  to 
residents  of  the  Commonwealth  of 
Massachusetts. 

The  table  to  the  right  shows  tuition  and  fee 
charges  for  the  2003-2004  academic  year. 

Residency:  Massachusetts  state  residents  pay 
a  considerably  reduced  tuition  and 
curriculum  fee  charge  over  that  paid  by  out- 
of-state  residents.  Under  the  New  England 
Board  of  Higher  Education's  Regional 
Student  Program,  residents  of  other  states  in 
New  England  are  eligible  for  reduced  out-of- 
state  tuition  for  some  academic  programs 
not  available  in  their  own  state.  Later  in  this 
section  we  give  additional  information 
about  the  tuition/fee  residency  policies 

Prorating  by  credit  load:  Students  pay  the 
full  amount  for  tuition  and  mandatory  fees 
if  taking  twelve  or  more  credits.  Charges  for 
those  taking  fewer  than  twelve  credits  are 
prorated  evenly  by  the  number  of  course 
credits.  A  table  at  the  end  of  this  chapter 
shows  the  per-credit/per-semester  charges 
in  effect  for  the  2003-2004  academic  year. 

Charges  by  type  of  study:  Degree  students, 
non-degree  students,  and  students  auditing 
a  course  or  courses  pay  the  same  academic 
charges. 


The  Division  of  Continuing  Education  offers 
courses  under  a  structure  of  charges  differ- 
ent from  that  presented  in  this  catalogue. 


Tuition  and  Mandatory  Fees 
Tuition 

Tuition  charges  are  established  annually  by 
the  Board  of  Higher  Education  of  the 
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts. 

Mandatory  Fees 

In  addition  to  tuition,  all  students  pay  the 
following  mandatory  fees: 

All  students  are  assessed  a  curriculum 
support  fee,  which  is  calculated  by  a  differ- 
ent rate  depending  on  state  residency.  This 
fee  supports  the  full  program  of  academic 
and  student  services  of  the  university,  and 
functions  similarly  to  tuition  in  supporting 
overall  activities  of  the  institution. 

The  athletics  fee  supports  the  men's  and 
women's  athletic  programs.  The  student 
fee  supports  student  publications,  the 
student  radio  station,  and  various  other 
student  related  activities.  These  fees  are 
determined  by  the  students  themselves, 
through  the  student  governance  process. 
(Note  that  these  two  fees  represent  a 
division  of  the  previous  single  fee  called  the 
"general  fee.") 

The  campus  center  fee  is  used  to  support 
the  programming  activities  and  general 
administrative  expenses  of  the  Campus 
Center.  A  Board  of  Governors,  composed  of 
1 3  students,  one  alumnus,  and  two 
administrators,  oversees  the  operation. 

The  health  fee  supports  on-campus  health 
services,  available  to  all  students. 

The  MassPIRG  fee,  imposed  by  student 
vote,  is  charged  each  semester.  It  supports 
the  activities  of  the  Massachusetts  Public 
Interest  Research  Group,  and  is  waivable 
upon  request. 


Refunds  —  Withdrawal  from  School 

A  student  who  registers  and  commences 
studies  but  then  withdraws  officially  from 
UMass  Dartmouth  for  any  reason  during  an 
academic  semester  will  be  granted  a  refund 
according  to  the  refund  schedule  given  later 
in  this  section.  A  student  who  remits,  in 
advance,  a  payment  of  tuition  and  fees  but 
then  does  not  subsequently  register  and 


17 


Summary  of  Annual  Expenses 
2003-2004 


Excluding  Room  and  Board  Including  Room  and  Board 

(and  excluding  individual  and  onetime  expenses)  (and  excluding  individual  and  onetime  expenses) 


Undergraduates 


Graduates 


Undergraduates 


Graduates 


Massachusetts 
Residents 


Massachusetts 
Residents 


Tuition 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 
Athletics  Fee 
Student  Fee 
Campus  Center  Fee 
Health  Fee 

Total 


1,417 
4,220 
185 
125 
150 
32 

6,129 


2,071 
4,704 
185 
125 
150 
32 

7,267 


Tuition 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 
Athletics  Fee 
Student  Fee 
Campus  Center  Fee 
Health  Fee 
Room  (and  Board) 
Total 


1,417  2,071 

4,220  4,704 

185  185 

125  125 

150  150 

32  32 
*6,706/  **4,881 

12,835  12,148 


Non-Massachusetts  Non-Massachusetts 
Residents  Residents 


Tuition 

8,099 

8,099 

Tuition 

8,099 

8,099 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 

7,038 

7,038 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 

7,038 

7,038 

Athletics  Fee 

185 

185 

Athletics  Fee 

185 

185 

Student  Fee 

125 

125 

Student  Fee 

125 

125 

Campus  Center  Fee 

150 

150 

Campus  Center  Fee 

150 

150 

Health  Fee 

32 

32 

Health  Fee 

32 

32 

Room  (and  Board) 

*6,706/ 

**4,881 

Total 

15,629 

15,629 

Total 

22.335 

20,510 

Regional  Student  Program 
Non-Residents 

Regional  Student  Program 
Non-Residents 

Tuition 

2,126 

3,107 

Tuition 

2,126 

3,107 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 

5,629 

5,8711 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 

5,629 

5,871 

Athletics  Fee 

185 

185 

Athletics  Fee 

185 

185 

Student  Fee 

125 

125 

Student  Fee 

125 

125 

Campus  Center  Fee 

150 

150 

Campus  Center  Fee 

150 

150 

Health  Fee 

32 

32 

Health  Fee 

32 

32 

Room  (and  Board) 

*6,706/ 

**4,881 

Total 

8,247 

9,470 

Total 

14,953 

14,351 

All  tuition  and  fee  cost  figures  are  based  on  enrollment  in  12  or 
more  credits  each  semester. 

$600  additional  for  books  and  supplies  is  typical,  although  different 
subjects  of  study  have  considerable  variation.  Additional  charges  also 
occur  through  college,  department,  or  course-specific  fees. 


*Dormitory  plus  the  1 2-meal  plan,  the  one  most  commonly 
selected.  See  table  of  meal  plans  below  for  choices  we  offer. 

**Cedar  Dell  Apartments:  Advanced  undergraduate  housing  is  in 
the  Cedar  Dell  Student  Apartments,  the  cost  for  which  does  not 
include  meals. 


18 


Expenses 


attend  will  be  given  full  refund  of  tuition 
and  fees. 

All  refunds  are  based  on  official  withdrawal 
notices  as  dated  and  processed  by  the  Office 
of  the  University  Registrar  and  then 
forwarded  to  the  Bursar's  Office. 


Health  Insurance 

Students  enrolled  in  a  3/4  time  load  or 
higher  (9  credits  for  undergraduate 
students)  are  required  by  state  law  to  be 
covered  by  appropriate  health  insurance. 
The  university  provides  this  insurance  and 
charges  a  health  insurance  fee  to  cover  its 
cost,  unless  students  are  already  covered  by 
an  appropriate  insurance  program.  This  fee 
is  waived  if  the  student  presents  proof  of 
appropriate  insurance  coverage,  to  the 
Bursar's  Office  or  University  Enrollment 
Center.  This  insurance  coverage  must  meet 
the  Qualifying  Student  Health  Insurance 
Program  guideline  and  be  billable  in  the 
local  UMass  Dartmouth  area. 

The  fee  covers  the  cost  of  enrollment  in  a 
program  for  group  health  insurance 
coverage  that  has  been  negotiated  by  the 
university.  Students  enrolling  in  this  plan 
receive  full  disclosure  of  the  benefits  they 
will  receive.  Detailed  information  is  available 
at  the  Student  Health  Office.  Students 
enrolled  in  less  than  a  3/4-time  load  are  not 
eligible  for  this  insurance 

International  students  on  a  student  visa  will 
automatically  be  enrolled  in  the  UMass 
Dartmouth  Qualifying  Student  Health 
Insurance  plan.  By  regulations  of  the 
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  pre- 
existing coverage  or  coverage  from  other 
plans  may  not  be  substituted  for  theUMass- 
sponsored  plan  for  international  students. 


New  England  Regional  Student  Program 

The  university  is  a  member  of  the  New 
England  Regional  Student  Program.  Under 
this  program  students  from  other  New 
England  states  may  receive  tuition  benefits  if 
a  similar  program  is  not  available  in  their 
home  state. 

Eligible  programs  for  2002-2003  and  the 
schedule  of  charges  are  given  in  tables 
accompanying  the  chapter  on  Admissions. 

For  more  information,  contact  the  Office  of 
the  Regional  Student  Program,  New  England 


Board  of  Higher  Education,  45  Temple  Place, 
Boston,  MA  021 11;  phone  617  357-9620. 


Tuition/Fee  Waivers  for  Special  Groups 

Those  in  certain  classifications  may  receive 
waivers  of  tuition  or  fees,  some  of  which  are 
listed  here.  If  you  believe  you  are  a  member 
of  a  group  eligible  for  a  waiver,  please 
consult  the  University  Enrollment  Center  or 
Bursar's  Office. 

Students  sixty  years  of  age  or  over  who 

are  Massachusetts  residents  are  exempt 
from  tuition  and  mandatory  fee  charges. 
Applications  for  tuition  and  fee  exemption 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Bursar's  Office  or 
University  Enrollment  Center. 

Some  categories  of  state  workers  may 

receive  waivers  of  tuition  charges,  but  not  of 
fees.  Some  categories  of  veterans  may 
receive  waivers  of  tuition,  but  not  of  fees. 


Program-  and  Course-Specific  Fees 

Specific  fee  amounts  are  shown  in  an 
accompanying  table.  Beginning  in  the  2001- 
2002  academic  year,  there  is  a  restructuring 
of  fees.  Previously,  students  registered  in 
certain  courses  were  required  to  pay  Studio/ 
Lab  fees  (called  S/LA  fees),  which  ranged 
from  $1 1  to  $60  but  were  higher  for  a  few 
courses.  Now,  these  course-by-course  fees 
have  been  consolidated  into  semester  fees 
charged  by  the  students'  college  or  major 
program.  These  fees  cover  costs  directly 
associated  with  the  delivery  of  instruction, 
for  example,  providing  supplies  and 
equipment  for  scientific  laboratories, 
equipment  for  instructional  computing,  and 
art  studio  supplies. 

Engineering  Equipment  Fee.  Students  in 
majors  in  the  College  of  Engineering  will  be 
charged  a  special  fee  each  semester,  to 
assist  with  the  costs  of  laboratory  equip- 
ment. This  fee  now  also  covers  fee 
payments  that  were  previously  assessed  as 
SLA  fees 

Nursing  Instructional  Fee.  Students  in 
majors  in  the  College  of  Nursing  will  be 
charged  a  special  instructional  fee  each 
semester.  This  fee  now  also  covers  fee 
payments  that  were  previously  assessed  as 
SLA  fees.  Students  registered  in  clinical 
nursing  courses  must  have  liability 
insurance,  which  they  arrange  separately 
from  the  university. 


Business  Administration  Fee.  Students  in 
majors  in  the  Charlton  College  of  Business 
will  be  charged  a  special  fee  each  semester, 
to  assist  with  equipment  and  other 
instructional  costs. 

CVPA  Specialized  Course  Support  Fee 

Students  in  majors  in  the  College  of  Visual 
and  Performing  Arts  will  be  charged  a 
special  fee  each  semester. 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences — Level  1 
Program  Fee.  Students  in  majors  in  the 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and 
Interdisciplinary  programs  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  will  be  charged  a  special 
fee  to  assist  with  equipment  and  other 
instructional  costs. 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences — Level  2 
Program  Fee.  Students  in  majors  in  the 
Sciences  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
will  be  charged  a  special  fee  to  assist  with 
equipment  and  other  instructional  costs. 

School  of  Marine  Science  and  Technol- 
ogy Program  Fee —  Students  in  the  School 
of  Marine  Science  and  Technology  will  be 
charged  a  special  fee  to  assist  with 
equipment  and  other  instructional  costs. 

Applied  Music  Course  Fee.  Applied  music 
courses  require  payment  of  a  course  fee  in 
addition  to  other  tuition  and  fees.  The  fee  is 
charged  for  every  registration  in  one  of 
these  courses,  except  that  Music  majors  may 
take  one  applied  music  course  each 
semester  without  this  fee.  Applied  Music 
courses  are  identified  in  the  Music 
Department  section  of  this  catalogue  and 
specific  charges  are  shown  in  an 
accompanying  table  in  this  chapter. 


One-Time  Fees 

Specific  fee  amounts  are  shown  in  an 
accompanying  table. 

Application  Fee.  Applicants  are  charged  a 
non-refundable,  non-waivable  application 
fee.  Massachusetts  and  Non-Massachusetts 
residents  pay  different  application  amounts. 

Admissions  Deposits.  Students  who  have 
been  accepted  for  admission  to  the 
university  must  reserve  a  space  in  the 
entering  class  by  submitting  an  admissions 
fee  deposit.  Admitted  applicants  are  given 
until  a  stated  deadline  to  submit  the 
deposit,  after  which  date  the  space  reserved 
for  them  will  be  given  to  another  candidate. 


19 


Prospective  students  who  have  a  hardship 
associated  with  this  deadline  may  discuss 
that  situation  with  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions. This  fee  will  be  applied  towards 
tuition,  upon  registration.  Complete 
instructions  are  given  along  with  the  letter 
of  admission.  Similarly,  a  housing  reserva- 
tion deposit  is  charged.  This  fee  will  be 
applied  to  the  student's  housing  bill,  upon 
registration. 

Orientation  Fee.  An  Orientation  Fee  is  paid 
by  all  incoming  freshman,  transfer,  and 
international  students  (all  levels)  to  help 
defray  the  expenses  of  the  New  Student 
Orientation  Program.  Freshmen  attend  a 
two-day,  overnight  program,  and  transfer 
students  attend  a  day-long  program. 

Transcript  Fee.  Paid  the  first  semester  one 
is  in  attendance  as  a  degree  student,  this 
fee  provides  life-time  transcripts  at  no 
charge  and  supports  availability  of  advising 

transcripts. 

Withdrawn  on  Exchange  Fee.  Students 
pay  a  small  fee  in  order  to  remain  in  active 
status  at  the  university  while  engaging  in  an 
educational  activity  under  the  university's 
sponsorship  but  at  a  different  location,  such 
as  study  abroad. 

Program  Continuation  Fee.  This  fee 
allows  graduate  students  who  require  a 
semester  or  more  to  complete  a  project, 
thesis,  or  dissertation  but  who  have 
completed  course  requirements  to  register, 
for  a  charge  well  below  that  for  a  three- 
credit  course.  This  fee  can  also  be  used  to 
bridge  across  a  semester  or  more  of  absence 
from  course  registration  when  a  graduate 
student  remains  active  as  a  candidate  for 
the  degree. 

Readmission  Fee.  Applicants  for  readmis- 
sion  are  charged  a  readmission  fee.  The  fee, 
which  covers  costs  associated  with 
processing  the  application,  is  to  be 
paid  before  the  student's  file  is  forwarded 
to  the  department  for  consideration.  Policies 
regarding  readmission  and  leave  of  absence 
are  covered  in  the  chapter  on  Academic 
Regulations  and  Procedures. 

Graduation  Fee.  Students  pay  this  fee  in 
their  last  semester  prior  to  receiving  a 
degree  to  help  defray  costs  associated  with 
graduation  and  commencement.  An 
additional  portion  provides  a  one-year 
membership  in  the  Alumni  Association.  A 
refund  of  the  Alumni  Association  member- 
ship fee  portion  may  be  obtained  by  those 


not  wishing  to  participate,  if  application  is 
made  to  the  Bursar  or  the  University 
Enrollment  Center. 


Payment  Financing 

The  university  makes  available  the  services 
of  private  financing  programs  to  assist  those 
students  who  wish  to  spread  their  tuition 
and  fee  payments  out  rather  than  paying 
the  entire  amount  at  the  beginning  of  the 
term.  Information  and  application  forms  are 
available  from  the  Bursar  or  the  University 
Enrollment  Center. 


Books  and  Supplies 

Costs  for  books  and  supplies  vary  with  the 
habits  of  the  individual  as  well  as  with  the 
nature  of  each  student's  academic  program. 
The  following  information  may  provide  a 
general  guideline,  for  planning. 

$600  per  year  for  books  and  supplies  is  an 
estimated  or  typical  amount.  Generally, 
books  cost  more  in  the  scientific  and 
technical  fields.  First  year  Engineering 
students  have  additional  expenses  for 
engineering  drawing  equipment  and  related 
materials.  Students  in  the  College  of  Visual 
and  Performing  Arts  will  incur  some 
additional  expenses  for  art  supplies. 

Students  registered  in  clinical  nursing 
courses  have  an  additional  expense  for 
uniforms  and  for  insurance.  Medical 
Laboratory  Science  seniors  have  additional 
expenses  for  uniforms  and  lab  coats, 
malpractice  insurance,  and  commuting  to 
participating  hospitals.  They  are  also 
responsible  for  providing  their  own 
transportation  for  clinical  practice. 


Residency  Requirements  for  Tuition  and 
the  Curriculum  Support  Fee 

Massachusetts  "resident  students"  pay  in- 
state tuition  and  fee  charges.  Others  pay 
out-of-state  charges.  Certain  non-Massa- 
chusetts students — in  specified  programs 
only  and  residents  of  specified  New  England 
states — receive  a  substantial  reduction  of 
the  non-resident  tuition  charge  through  the 
New  England  Regional  Student  Program. 

The  full  regulations  on  determining 
residency  are  included  at  the  end  of  this 
chapter;  what  follows  is  a  brief  overview. 


To  be  deemed  a  Massachusetts  resident, 
one  must  have  had  a  legal  domicile  in  the 
state  for  at  least  one  year  before  the 
commencement  of  the  academic  semester, 
residing  in  the  state  for  purposes  other  than 
attending  an  educational  institution  (or 
one's  parents,  if  one  is  financially  dependent 
on  them).  Those  who  do  not  meet  the 
conditions  are  considered  out-of-state  or 
non-resident  students.  A  student  at  a  certain 
degree  level,  e.g.,  undergraduate,  may 
retain  in-state  residency  during  continuous 
attendance  at  the  institution,  until  attain- 
ment of  the  degree  for  which  enrolled. 

Students  whose  situation  changes  may 
request  a  determination  of  m-state  residency 
by  filing  the  residency  reclassification  form 
and  submitting  appropriate  documentation. 
A  similar  process  is  used  to  contest  an  initial 
residency  determination.  Appeals  are  heard 
by  a  campus  Residency  Appeal  Committee, 
which  makes  the  final  residency  determina- 
tion. Questions  on  residency  policies,  and 
requests  for  reconsideration  and  the  appeals 
process,  are  handled  by  Chris  Kaylor,  Office 
of  University  Records,  phone  508  999-8620. 

Any  student  who  undertakes  university 
study  under  a  non-resident  temporary 
student  visa  (having  been  issued  a  form  1-20 
or  IAP-66  by  us)  must  pay  the  out-of-state 
rate  for  application  fee  and  tuition  charges. 
This  remains  in  force  for  the  duration  of  the 
student's  attendance  at  the  University  of 
Massachusetts  Dartmouth  for  as  long  as  the 
individual  remains  an  international  student 
on  a  non-resident  visa. 


Room  and  Board  Charges 

Students  of  the  university  who  live  on- 
campus  are  offered  a  number  of  plans. 
Specifics  of  what  each  plan  provides  are 
available  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residential  Life,  and  are  summarized  in  the 
chapter  on  the  Campus  Experience.  Further 
details  and  instructions  for  reserving  a  space 
are  mailed  to  every  applicant  who  has  been 
accepted  for  housing.  The  costs  for  the 
different  plans  are  listed  in  an  accompany- 
ing table. 


20 


Expenses 


Tables  of  Charges 


Charges  Per  Credit  per  Semester 

2003-2004  Rates 

At  1 2  credits  the  charge  will  be  at  a 
maximum.  Credits  above  12  are  added  at  no 
additional  charge.  The  charges  shown  here 
do  not  include  non-mandatory  fees,  course/ 
college  fees,  housing,  books/supplies,  or 
personal  expenses. 


Undergrad. 
Massachusetts  Residents 


Grad. 


Tuition 

59.04 

86.29 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 

175.83 

196.00 

Athletics  Fee 

7.71 

7.71 

Student  Fee 

5.21 

5.21 

Campus  Center  Fee 

6.25 

6.25 

Health  Fee 

1.33 

1.33 

Total 

255.37 

302.79 

Non-Massachusetts  Residents 

Tuition 

337.46 

337.46 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 

293.25 

293.25 

Athletics  Fee 

7.71 

7.71 

Student  Fee 

5.21 

5.21 

Campus  Center  Fee 

6.25 

6.25 

Health  Fee 

1.33 

1.33 

Total 

651.21 

651.21 

Regional  Student  Program 

Tuition 

88.56 

129.44 

Curriculum  Support  Fee 

234.54 

244.62 

Athletics  Fee 

7.71 

7.71 

Student  Fee 

5.21 

5.21 

Campus  Center  Fee 

6.25 

6.25 

Health  Fee 

1.33 

1.33 

Total 

343.60 

394.56 

Annual  Campus  Housing  Charges 

(2003-2004  charges  shown) 

Double  room,  19  meal  plan  7,099 

Double  room  ,16  meal  flex  plan  7,012 

Double  room,  12  meal  flex  plan  6,706 

Double  room,  7  meal  flex  plan  6,586 

Single  room,  additional  215 
Cedar  Dell  Apartment,  Single  room  4,881 

Telephone  charge  (mandatory)  244 

Housing  reservation  deposit  200 

New  Dorms  4,745 

"A"  Room  (Triple  Premium)  4,246 

Refund  of  charges  for  on-campus  meals  and 
housing  is  governed  by  the  terms  of  the 
housing  contract. 


One-Time  and  Individual  Fees  and  Charges,  2003-2004  Rates 

Application  Fee 

Massachusetts  residents  35 

Non-Massachusetts  residents  55 
Admissions  Deposit 

(applied  toward  tuition  upon  matriculation)  150 

Transcript  fee  (one-time  payment,  all  degree  students)  50 
New  ID  card/Replacement  ID  Card                                       25/1 5 

Readmission  Fee  25 

Withdrawn  on  Exchange  Fee  25  /semester 

Withdrawn  on  Exchange  Fee  (Co-op  Students)  100  /semester 

Program  Continuation  Fee  90 /semester 

Mass-PIRG  Fee  (waiveable)  7  /semester 

Health  Insurance  Plan  943  /year 

592  /spring,  summer 

Engineering  Equipment  Fee  240 /semester 

Nursing  Instructional  Fee  200 /semester 

Business  Administration  Fee  70  /semester 

College  of  Arts  and  Science — Level  1  Program  Fee  70  /semester 

College  of  Arts  and  Science — Level  2  Program  Fee  (Sciences)  1 00  /semester 

CVPA  Specialized  Course  Support  Fee  1 90  /semester 

SMAST  Program  Fee  100 /semester 
Applied  Music  Course  Fee 

Individual 

Group 

Orientation  Fee 
New  freshmen 
New  transfers 

New  international  students  (all  levels  including  graduate) 
Graduation  Fee 

For  commencement  costs  1 00 

Alumni  Association  one-year  membership  (refundable)  20 


400  /semester 
1 00  /semester 


200 
125 
200 


Refund  Schedule 

A  student  who  registers  and  commences  studies  but  then  withdraws  officially  from  UMass 
Dartmouth  for  any  reason  during  an  academic  semester  will  be  granted  a  refund  according 
to  the  refund  schedule  given  on  the  following  page.  A  student  who  remits,  in  advance,  a 
payment  of  tuition  and  fees  but  then  does  not  subsequently  register  and  attend  will  be 
given  full  refund  of  tuition  and  fees.  All  refunds  are  based  on  official  withdrawal  notices  as 
dated  and  processed  by  the  Office  of  the  University  Registrar  and  then  forwarded  to  the 
Bursar's  Office. 

Percentage  and  type  of  refund,  upon  Official  Withdrawal  from  UMass  Dartmouth 


Prior  to  first  day  and  through 
to  end  of  publicized  drop/add 
period  each  semester 
During  second  week  (next  5  class  days) 
During  third  week  (next  5  class  days) 
During  fourth  week  (next  5  class  days) 
After  fourth  week 


100%  tuition  and  all  fees 
90%  tuition  and  curriculum  support  fee 
70%  tuition  and  curriculum  support  fee 
50%  tuition  and  curriculum  support  fee 

No  refund  of  charges 


"Official  Withdrawal"  is  defined  in  the  chapter  on  Academic  Regulations  and  Procedures, 
applying  to  the  regular  courses  of  the  university.  The  Division  of  Continuing  Education  has  a 
separate  fee  schedule,  billing  process,  and  refund  schedule. 

One-time  fees,  such  as  the  application,  orientation  fees,  and  college  fees  are  not  refunded. 


21 


Financial  Aid  Services 


Student  Employment 


Nearly  all  students  are  eligible  for  some  type 
of  financial  assistance. 

Financial  Aid  Services  is  located  at  105 
Foster  Administration  Building  and 
welcomes  inquiries  from  current  and 
prospective  students  and  their  families.  They 
conduct  many  financial  aid  presentations 
both  on  and  off-campus  each  year  to  assist 
university  applicants  and  the  community. 

If  students  experience  unforeseen  financial 
difficulties  at  any  time  or  have  questions 
concerning  financial  aid,  they  should 
contact  the  University  Enrollment  Center  or 
Financial  Aid  Services,  Foster  Administration 
Building,  x8632. 

UMass  Dartmouth  awards  financial  aid 
based  upon  federal,  state,  and  institutional 
guidelines,  and  determines  eligibility  by 
using  the  Free  Application  for  Federal 
Student  Aid  (FAFSA).  Financial  assistance 
may  be  available  in  the  form  of  need-based 
grants,  scholarships,  loans  and  work-study 
programs.  Non  need-based  loans  are  also 
available  to  students  and  families  who  do 
not  qualify  for  need-based  aid. 

The  eligibility  for  a  need-based  financial  aid 
award  is  based  on  each  individual 
applicant's  financial  need,  which  is 
determined  in  the  financial  aid  application 
process.  Both  the  amount  and  the  type  of 
aid  awarded  are  related  to  the  financial 
needs  and  circumstances  of  the  individual 
and  the  timeliness  of  the  FAFSA  form. 

Financial  Aid  Services  is  committed  to 
helping  applicants  and  students  with  all 
phases  of  the  aid  application  and  award 
process  The  office  provides  much  guidance 
in  helping  applicants  through  the  steps  in 
the  process;  however,  it  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  student  who  desires  aid  to  obtain  the 
necessary  forms  and  instructions  from 
Financial  Aid  Services  and  to  fill  out  all 
required  forms  accurately  and  to  supply  all 
necessary  information  and  to  meet  all 
applicable  deadlines. 

Application  Process 

Application  for  all  need-based  aid  programs 
is  made  by  completing  the  Free  Application 
for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA).  Certain 
non-need  parent  and  student  loans  also 
require  submission  of  the  FAFSA. 

Early  application  is  strongly  encouraged. 
The  priority  filing  date  is  for  FAFSA 
materials  to  be  received  at  the  Federal 
processor  by  March  1st  before  the  year 


for  which  aid  is  sought,  with  UMass 
Dartmouth  included  in  the  list  of  schools. 
The  UMass  Dartmouth  Title  IV  school  code  is 
002210.  We  recommend  mailing  your 
FAFSA  by  February  15th  to  ensure  priority 
consideration. 

Students  must  be  admitted  to  a  degree 
program  before  eligibility  can  be  determined 
for  financial  aid.  Graduate  students  and 
second-degree  students  are  not  eligible  for 
federal  or  state  grant  programs.  Students 
enrolling  in  study  away  or  overseas  study 
may  receive  limited  funding,  if  the  studies 
are  integral  to  their  degree  program. 
Students  enrolling  for  less  than  full-time  may 
receive  limited  funding. 

Students  receiving  need-based  financial 
assistance  are  subject  to  requirements  for 
academic  progress  and  performance  in 

the  continuation  of  their  studies.  These 
standards  are  outlined  in  the  Academic 
Regulations  and  Procedures  section  of  this 
Catalogue,  and  full  information  about  the 
process  and  its  conditions  is  available  in 
Financial  Aid  Services. 

Financial  Aid  Services  Office 

The  Financial  Aid  Services  Office  offers  a 
complete  range  of  grants,  loans,  and 
student  employment  opportunities.  The 
Financial  Aid  Services  Office  serves  as  a 
clearinghouse  for  Federal,  state,  and 
institutional  sources  of  financial  assistance. 
The  Financial  Aid  Services  Office  also  assists 
students  in  researching  scholarship  resources 
as  well  as  alternative  loans  and  payments 
plans. 

Scholarships 

The  university  offers  many  private  and 
foundation  scholarships,  which  originate 
from  a  variety  of  sources.  A  listing  of  the 
scholarship  opportunities  is  accessible  from 
the  UMass  Dartmouth  web  home  page. 
Included  are  both  merit-based  and  need- 
based  scholarships,  which  are  often  targeted 
for  particular  types  of  students. 

In  addition,  other  merit-based  scholarships 
are  offered  competitively  to  entering 
freshman  and  transfer  students  on  the  basis 
of  academic  achievement  and  evidence  of 
intellectual  and  personal  creativity.  Informa- 
tion about  this  program  is  available  from  the 
Office  of  Admissions. 


Students  at  the  university  can  contribute 
toward  their  college  expenses  and  gain 
valuable  work  experience  through  many 
varieties  of  student  employment  Many 
students  have  work  allotted  through  federal 
college  work-study  awarded  as  a  part  of 
financial  aid.  In  addition,  however,  many 
others  find  campus  jobs  regardless  of 
whether  they  have  demonstrated  a  financial 
need  or  received  an  aid  award.  Furthermore, 
others  seek  part-time  or  summer  work  off 
campus,  and  the  university  assists  them  in 
learning  of  such  opportunities. 

Students  who  are  awarded  federal  work- 
study  through  the  financial  aid  process 
receive  the  necessary  support  to  obtain  their 
actual  work-study  assignment  from  Career 
Resources.  A  Federal  work-study  award  is  an 
indicator  only  of  eligibility  to  apply  for  a 
work-study  job,  not  a  guarantee  of  employ- 
ment. Information  sessions  held  during  the 
summer  and  into  the  fall  semester  give  the 
information  students  need  to  make  the  most 
of  their  college  work-study  experience.  Many 
kinds  of  on-campus  work-study  assignments 
are  available,  and  off-campus  work-study  is 
also  available  through  the  Community  Service 
Learning  Program. 

Non-work-study  employment  is  also  found  at 
the  Office  for  Student  Employment.  The 
Student  Employment  Directory  lists  positions 
with  various  campus  organizations  and 
departments,  and  the  office  staff  assists 
students  in  matching  their  interests  and 
qualifications  to  the  available  positions.  The 
office  also  maintains  a  listing  of  off-campus 
part-time  work  and  summer  jobs,  posting 
vacancies  on  bulletin  boards  in  the  office 
and,  along  with  full-time  opportunities, 
publishing  announcements  in  the  weekly 
JobTrakker  Bulletin. 


22 


Expenses 


Regulations  Governing  Residency  for  Tuition  Purposes 


These  rules  and  regulations,  approved  by  the  University's  Board  of  Trustees,  are  current  as  of  publication.  They  apply  to  the  classification  of  students  at 
the  University  of  Massachusetts  as  Massachusetts  or  non-Massachusetts  students  for  tuition  and  fee  purposes.  They  apply  both  to  degree  and  non- 
degree  students. 


Part  1.  Definitions 

1.1  "Academic  period"  shall  mean  a  term  or 
semester  in  an  academic  year  or  a  summer  session, 
as  prescribed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  or  under  their 
authority. 

1.2  "Continuous  attendance"  shall  mean 
enrollment  at  the  University  for  the  normal  academic 
year  in  each  calendar  year,  or  the  appropriate 
portion  or  portions  of  such  academic  year  as 
prescribed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  or  under  their 
authority 

1.3  "Emancipated  person,"  for  the  purposes  of 
residency  classification  for  tuition,  shall  mean  a 
person  who  has  attained  the  age  of  1 8  years  and  is 
financially  independent  of  his  or  her  parents,  or  if 
under  18  years  of  age  (a)  whose  parents  have 
entirely  surrendered  the  right  to  the  care,  custody, 
and  earnings  of  such  person  and  who  no  longer  are 
under  any  legal  obligation  to  support  or  maintain 
such  person;  or  (b)  a  person  who  is  legally  married, 
or  (c)  a  person  who  has  no  parent.  If  none  of  the 
aforesaid  definitions  apply,  said  person  shall  be 
deemed  an  "unemancipated  person." 

1.4  "Parent"  shall  mean 

a)  the  person's  father  and  mother,  jointly, 

b)  if  the  person's  father  is  deceased  the  person's 
mother;  if  the  person's  mother  is  deceased,  the 
person's  father, 

c)  if  a  legal  guardian  has  been  appointed  by  a  court 
having  jurisdiction,  the  legal  guardian; 

d)  if  neither  the  father  nor  mother  is  living  and  no 
legal  guardian  has  been  appointed,  the  person  who 
then  stands  in  loco  parentis  to  the  person; 

e)  if  the  father  and  mother  are  divorced,  separated 
or  unmarried,  the  parent  who  has  been  awarded 
legal  custody  of  the  person;  or  if  legal  custody  has 
not  been  awarded,  the  parent  with  whom  the 
person  lives.  With  respect  to  any  adopted  student, 
the  word  "adoptive"  should  be  inserted  before  the 
words  "father"  and  "mother"  wherever  used. 

1.5  "Reside,"  "residency,"  or  "resident"  shall 
mean  "domicile,"  i.e.,  a  person's  true,  fixed  and 
permanent  home  or  place  of  habitation,  where  he  or 
she  intends  to  remain  permanently 

Part  II.  Classification 

2.1  For  the  purpose  of  assessing  tuition  and  fees, 
each  student  shall  be  classified  as  a  "Massachusetts 
resident"  or  a  "non-Massachusetts  resident."  A 
person  shall  be  classified  as  a  Massachusetts  resident 
if  he  or  she  (or  the  parent  of  an  unemancipated 
student)  shall  have  resided  in  the  Commonwealth  of 
Massachusetts  for  purposes  other  than  attending  an 
educational  institution  for  twelve  months 
immediately  preceding  the  student's  entry  or  reentry 
as  a  student. 

Physical  presence  for  this  entire  twelve-month  period 
need  not  be  reguired  as  long  as  the  conduct  of  an 
individual,  taken  in  total,  manifests  an  intention  to 
make  Massachusetts  his  or  her  permanent  dwelling 
place. 


Part  III.  Determination  of  Residency 

3.1  Proof  of  Residency 

a)  Each  case  will  be  decided  on  the  basis  of  all  facts 
submitted  with  gualitative  rather  than  guantitative 
emphasis.  A  number  of  factors  is  required  for 
residency  to  determine  the  intention  of  the  person  to 
maintain  permanent  residence  in  Massachusetts.  No 
single  index  is  decisive.  The  burden  of  proof  rests  on 
the  student  seeking  classification  as  a  Massachusetts 
resident. 

b)  The  following  shall  be  primary  indicia  of  residency: 

1)  For  an  unemancipated  person,  the  residency  of 
parents,  having  custody,  within  Massachusetts; 

2)  Certified  copies  of  federal  and  state  income  tax 
returns, 

3)  Permanent  employment  in  a  position  not 
normally  filled  by  a  student; 

4)  Reliance  on  Massachusetts  sources  for  financial 
support; 

5)  Former  residency  in  Massachusetts  and 
maintenance  of  significant  connections  there  while 
absent. 

c)  The  following  shall  be  secondary  indicia  of 
residence,  to  be  considered  of  less  weight  than  the 
indicia  listed  above  in  subsection  b): 

1)  Continuous  physical  presence  in  Massachusetts 
during  periods  when  not  an  enrolled  student, 

2)  Military  home  of  record, 

3)  All  other  material  of  whatever  kind  or  source 
which  may  have  a  bearing  ondetermimng 
residency. 

3.2  Proof  of  Emancipation.  A  student  asserting 
that  he  or  she  is  an  emancipated  person  shall  furnish 
evidence  to  support  such  assertion.  Such  evidence 
may  include: 

a)  Birth  certificate  or  any  other  legal  document  that 
shows  place  and  date  of  birth, 

b)  Legal  guardianship  papers  —  court  appointment 
and  termination  must  be  submitted; 

c)  Statements  of  the  person,  his  or  her  parent(s), 
guardian(s),  or  others  certifying  no  financial  support, 

d)  Certified  copies  of  federal  and  state  income  tax 
returns  filed  by  the  person  and  his  or  her  parent(s); 

e)  Where  none  of  the  foregoing  can  be  provided  an 
affidavit  of  the  emancipated  person  in  explanation 
thereof  and  stating  fully  the  grounds  supporting  the 
claim  of  emancipation. 

3.3  Presumptions,  etc. 

a)  Residency  is  not  acquired  by  mere  physical 
presence  in  Massachusetts  while  the  person  is 
enrolled  in  an  institution  of  higher  education.  (See 
Section  2  1) 

b)  A  person  having  his  or  her  residency  elsewhere 
than  in  Massachusetts  shall  not  be  eligible  for 
classification  as  a  Massachusetts  resident  for  tuition 
purposes  except  as  herein  provided. 

1)  Any  person  who  is  registered  at  the  University  as 
a  Massachusetts  resident  shall  be  eligible  for 
continued  classification  as  a  Massachusetts 
resident  for  tuition  purposes  (until  attainment  of 
the  degree  for  which  he  or  she  is  enrolled)  during 
continuous  attendance  at  the  institution 

2)  The  spouse  of  any  person  who  is  classified  or  is 
eligible  for  classification  as  "Massachusetts 
resident"  is  likewise  eligible  for  classification  as  a 
"Massachusetts  resident."  This  provision  will  not 


apply  in  the  case  of  a  spouse  in  the  United  States 
on  a  non-immigrant  visa 

3)  A  person  who  is  an  immigrant/permanent 
resident  of  the  United  States  (or  has  applied  for 
such  status)  is  eligible  to  be  considered  for 
Massachusetts  residency  for  tuition  purposes 
provided  that  he/she  meets  the  same  requirements 
for  establishing  residency  in  Massachusetts  as  are 
required  of  a  United  States  citizen.  Non-citizens 
who  are  in  (or  who  have  applied  for)  refugee/ 
asylum  status  are  likewise  eligible  to  be  considered 
for  Massachusetts  residency  for  tuition  purposes 
provided  that  he/she  meets  the  same  requirements 
for  establishing  residency  in  Massachusetts  as  are 
required  of  a  United  States  citizen.  All  non-citizens 
must  provide  appropriate  documentation  to  verify 
their  status  with  the  United  States  Immigration  and 
Naturalization  Service. 

4)  Those  students  whose  higher  educational 
pursuits  are  funded  by  the  Department  of  Welfare, 
the  Massachusetts  Rehabilitation  Department,  or 
any  of  the  other  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts 
public  assistance  programs. 

c)  A  person  does  not  gain  or  lose  instate  status  solely 
by  reason  of  his  or  her  presence  in  any  state  or 
country  while  a  member  of  the  Armed  Forces  of  the 
United  States. 

d)  For  the  purposes  of  this  policy  the  following 
persons  shall  be  presumed  to  be  Massachusetts 
residents: 

1)  A  member  of  the  Armed  Forces  of  the  United 
States  who  is  stationed  in  Massachusetts  on  active 
duty  pursuant  to  military  orders,  his  or  her  spouse 
and  dependent  students. 

2)  Full-time  faculty,  professional  staff,  and 
classified  staff  employees  of  the  university  of 
Massachusetts  system  and  their  spouses  and 
dependent  students. 

Part  IV.  Appeals 

4.1  Any  student  or  applicant  who  is  unwilling  to 
accept  the  initial  ruling  relative  to  his  or  her  residency 
classification,  or  who  wishes  to  seek  reclassification, 
may  file  a  "Residency  Reclassification  Form." 

4.2  Any  student  or  applicant  who  is  unwilling  to 
accept  the  ruling  relative  to  his  or  her  residency 
reclassification  may  submit  an  appeal  through  the 
appeal  process  established  by  the  campus  at  which 
that  student  or  applicant  seeks  reclassification.  The 
decision  on  appeal  is  final  and  may  not  be  appealed 
further. 

4.3  In  any  case  where  the  Admissions  Office  is 
unable  to  make  an  initial  determination  based  on  the 
evidence  submitted,  the  applicant  may  be  required 
to  submit  a  "Residency  Reclassification  Form"  to  the 
admission  office  for  their  review  before  being  finally 
classified  as  a  resident  or  a  nonresident 

Part  V.  Penalties 

Misrepresentation  in  or  omission  from  any  evidence 
submitted  with  respect  to  any  fact,  which  if  correctly 
or  completely  stated  would  be  grounds  to  deny 
classification  as  a  Massachusetts  resident,  shall  be 
cause  for  exclusion  or  expulsion  from  or  other 
disciplinary  action  by  the  University. 


23 


The  Campus  Experience:  Services  and  Support 

Academic  Enrichment  and  Academic  Support 


This  chapter  describes  the  wide  range  of 
academic  and  student  support  services 
available  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 

Help  with  Academic  Plans  and  Goals 

Students  are  aided  in  their  adjustment  to 
academic  life  and  in  their  decision  making 
processes  through  regular  conferences  with 
a  designated  faculty  advisor.  Each  college 
has  an  academic  advising  network  for  its 
students,  and  the  campus-wide  Academic 
Advising  Center  serves  students  in 
transition. 

The  key  activities  of  advising  are  to  help 
each  student  formulate  academic  and 
career  goals,  select  courses  that  will  meet 
those  goals,  and  monitor  progress  toward 
fulfilling  degree  requirements.  Students  also 
consult  their  advisors  about  academic 
problems  and  concerns,  to  arrange  special 
learning  opportunities,  or  for  advice  about 
further  study  or  careers.  Students  meet  with 
their  advisors  at  least  every  semester,  to 
select  and  obtain  approval  of  their  courses 
for  the  upcoming  semester. 

For  more  detail  and  official  guidelines, 
please  refer  to  the  "Academic  Advising" 
section  in  the  chapter  on  Academic  Policies 
and  Procedures. 

Academic  Advising  Center 

The  Academic  Advising  Center,  located  on 
the  ground  floor  of  the  administration 
building,  is  open  Monday  through  Friday 
throughout  the  year.  Students  may  consult 
the  faculty  advisors  of  the  Center  on  a 
walk-in  basis,  or  by  appointment  when 
classes  are  not  in  session.  The  Center  assists 
students  with  special  issues  or  concerns, 
and  provides  guidance  to  those  considering 
changing  a  major  or  who  need  assistance 
with  the  university's  advising  system.  It  also 
is  the  site  of  academic  advising  for  Liberal 
Arts  students,  who  have  not  yet  selected  a 
specific  major,  for  first  and  second  year 
business  students,  and  for  other  students  as 
well.  The  Center  is  staffed  by  faculty 
members  drawn  from  every  college  in  the 
University  and  has  a  Director,  Dr.  John 
Carroll,  Professor  of  Political  Science, 
appointed  from  the  faculty. 

International  Study  and  Travel 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  a  course  of 
study  and  travel  in  another  country  may 
obtain  assistance  in  academic  planning  from 
The  Academic  Advising  Center.  Information 
about  foreign  and  domestic  colleges  and 
universities  offering  these  programs  is 
available  from  the  Academic  Advising 


Center,  Foster  Administration  Building, 
room  008.  Students  may  remain  registered 
as  continuing  students  of  this  university 
while  they  pursue  studies  abroad,  through 
Withdrawn  on  Exchange  status. 

University  Honors  Program 

University-wide  honors  activities  are 
available  to  students  who  demonstrate  high 
academic  achievement.  This  program  is 
described  more  fully  in  the  Interdisciplinary 
and  Special  Programs  section  of  this 
catalogue. 

Pre-Medical  and  Pre-Law  Advising 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  admission 
into  graduate  schools  of  medicine  or  law 
have  many  options  open  to  them.  By  the 
judicious  use  of  electives,  any  student  within 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  can  satisfy 
the  course  requirements  of  most  medical  or 
law  schools.  Any  student  interested  in 
pursuing  one  of  these  careers  should  see 
one  of  the  following  advisors  early  in  his  or 
her  academic  career: 
• 

Medicine:  Prof.  Alan  Bates,  or  Prof. 
Catherine  Neto,  Chemistry  Department; 
Prof.  Debra  J.  Ellis,  Prof.  Robert  Griffith,  or 
Kenneth  Ohveira,  Biology  Department;  Prof. 
Eileen  Carreiro-Lewandowski,  Medical 
Laboratory  Science  Department;  Prof.  Jay 
Wang,  Physics  Department;  Dr.  Barry 
Haimson,  Psychology  Department.  The 
Biology  and  Chemistry  Depart-ments  both 
offer  formally-structured  pre-medical 
options,  or  advisement  tracks,  but  pre-med 
advising  is  available  to  students,  in  any 
major,  who  are  aiming  at  a  medical  career. 
• 

Law:  Prof.  Kenneth  Manning,  Political 
Science  Department 

University  Enrollment  Center 

All  students  (Day,  Evening,  Summer  and 
Graduate)  receive  comprehensive  enrollment 
and  financial  services  at  the  University 
Enrollment  Center. 

All  in  one  location,  students  can 

•  pay  tuition,  fees,  and  housing  charges 

•  check  the  status  of  financial  aid  (and  get 
help  understanding  it) 

•  register  for  classes;  add  and  drop  classes; 
etc 

•  check  their  billing  account  (and  get  help 
understanding  it) 

•  get  a  copy  of  class  schedule 

•  check  transcript  or  obtain  or  order 
transcripts 

•  obtain  or  submit  financial  aid  forms  or 
documents 


•  obtain  enrollment  certifications  for 
health  insurance  or  other  purposes 

•  and  most  importantly,  obtain  advice  and 
assistance! 

By  integrating  financial  and  registration 
services  in  one  location,  the  university 

•  assists  students  with  the  interrelation- 
ships between  their  aid,  registration,  and 
account  status 

•  eliminates  the  necessity  to  go  to  three  or 
four  different  offices 

•  refers  special  problems  to  the  best  place 
for  immediate,  quality  assistance. 

The  University  Enrollment  Center  counter  is 
located  in  the  Foster  Administration  Building 
Lobby 

Academic  Resource  Center 

The  Academic  Resource  Center  (ARC)  is  an 
academic  support  service  which  provides 
peer  tutoring  and  small  group  review 
sessions  for  UMass  Dartmouth  students. 
These  support  activities  are  provided  free  for 
courses  through  the  three  area  centers  of 
the  ARC. 
• 

Math  and  Business  Center,  Sokratis  Koumas, 
Director,  Group  1-010,  x8716 
Tutoring  in  algebra,  calculus,  accounting, 
economics,  management  science,  elemen- 
tary statistics,  and  other  quantitative 
courses. 
• 

Science  and  Engineering  Center,  John 
Fernandes,  Director,  Group  II,  217B,  x8718 
Tutoring  in  biology,  chemistry,  physics, 
computer  science,  nursing,  civil,  electrical, 
computer,  and  mechanical  engineering. 
• 

Writing/Reading  Center,  Amy  Parelman, 
Director  and  Noreen  Cleffi,  Assistant 
Director,  Group  1-220,  x8710 
Tutoring  in  English,  history,  philosophy, 
political  science,  psychology,  sociology, 
English  as  a  second  language,  essay  writing, 
research  papers,  business  and  technical 
communication,  reading,  and  study  skills. 
• 

Disabled  Student  Services,  Carole  Johnson, 

Director,  Group  1-016,  x8711 

Support  for  learning  and  physically  disabled 

students,  including  mobility  assistance,  note 

takers,  information  for  Talking  Books, 

advocacy. 

• 

ARC  Central  Office,  Thomas  Daigle, 
Director,  Group  I-005,  x8709 
The  Academic  Resource  center  is  open  daily 
when  classes  are  in  session.  Call  for 
additional  information. 


24 


Services  and  Support 


Through  a  federal  grant,  the  Academic 
Resource  Center  (ARC)  makes  the  following 
student  support  services  available  to  eligible 
students:  mentors,  study  groups  and  study 
partners,  assistance  in  preparing  applica- 
tions for  graduate  school,  individualized 
needs  assessments,  cultural  activities,  and 
academic  enrichment  activities. 

The  US.  Department  of  Education  awarded 
TRIO  funding  to  the  Academic  Resource 
Center  (ARC),  which  administers  grant 
services  to  eligible  students  at  UMass 
Dartmouth.  For  information  concerning 
eligibility  and/or  services  available  contact 
Thomas  Daigle,  Director,  at  the  ARC  Central 
Office,  Group  1-005,  x8709. 

University  Library 

The  University  Library  provides  information 
in  support  of  all  academic  programs, 
research,  and  intellectual  pursuits  of  the 
university  community.  Working  closely  with 
faculty,  the  library  staff  have  developed  a 
strong  collection  of  books,  journals, 
reference  works,  and  databases  to  meet  the 
ever  increasing  needs  of  undergraduates, 
faculty,  graduate  students,  and  the  general 
public. 

The  largest  building  on  campus,  the  library 
has  seating  for  1,200  people,  and  is  open 
seven  days  a  week  during  the  academic 
year.  In  addition  to  a  book  collection  of 
more  than  285,000  volumes,  the  library 
subscribes  to  more  than  2,000  periodicals 
and  has  more  than  1 5,000  non-print  items. 
More  than  16,000  titles  are  available 
electronically.  All  of  these  materials  are 
accessible  through  an  online  catalog 
available  in  the  library  and  accessible  from 
anywhere  via  the  campus  network  and  the 
Internet.  To  help  students  use  these  and 
other  resources,  the  library  provides  one-on- 
one  and  group  instruction. 

E-reserves,  a  digital  reserve  system,  enables 
students  to  access  and  use  reserve  items 
from  any  location  on  or  off  campus  at  any 
time. 

The  university  identification  card  (UMass 
Pass)  with  library  barcode  entitles  students 
and  faculty  to  use  and  borrow  library 
materials  from  any  public  college  or 
university  in  the  state  as  well  as  a  number 
of  local  libraries.  In  addition,  a  large 
mterlibrary  loan  network  and  delivery 
system  makes  millions  of  volumes  available 
to  library  users. 

UMass  Dartmouth  is  also  part  of  the  Boston 


Library  Consortium,  an  association  of  major 
college  and  research  libraries  in  New 
England,  and  is  a  key  participant  in  its 
Virtual  Catalog  Project.  The  Virtual  Catalog 
allows  the  individual  patron  to  directly 
search  and  order  books  for  borrowing  from 
libraries  throughout  the  state. 

The  University  Library  maintains  an  interest- 
ing browsing  collection  of  recent  books  on 
the  first  floor  to  encourage  casual  reading. 
Recorded  books  and  videos  are  also  shelved 
nearby  on  the  first  floor. 

For  more  information  about  the  library,  visit 
its  web  site  at  http://www.lib.umassd.edu 

Computing  on  Campus 

Computing  and  information  technology  are 
integral  to  the  curriculum  at  this  university. 
Faculty  members  have  developed  creative 
and  effective  ways  for  students  to  learn  by 
using  computers  utilizing  smart  classrooms 
and  the  Web. 

At  UMass  Dartmouth,  the  many  computing 
and  information  technology  functions  and 
services  are  administered  through  Comput- 
ing and  Information  Technology  Services 
(CITS).  A  team  approach  provides  unified 
services  in  the  areas  of  computing  support, 
cluster/classroom  operations  and  support, 
information  systems,  instructional  develop- 
ment and  support,  web  site  development, 
microcomputer  maintenance  and  repair, 
networking  and  systems,  and  operations  and 
access.  For  questions  or  information,  please 
call  the  CITS  Customer  Support  Center  508 
999-8790  or  e-mail  cscenter@umassd.edu 

The  backbone  of  institutional  computing  at 
UMass  Dartmouth  is  the  UMDNet  that 
allows  access  to  a  number  of  campus 
computing  activities.  These  include  access  to 
the  Internet,  e-mail,  student  information,  the 
library  system,  the  campus  web  site, 
CyberEd/UMass  Online,  and  distance 
learning.  These  network  services  are 
accessible  from  every  part  of  the  campus 
including  student  housing  (ResNet)  via  direct 
Ethernet  communications.  Every  student 
receives  an  e-mail  account  which  can  be 
accessed  using  POP  or  IMAP  clients  and  by 
using  http://webmail.umassd.edu/ 

The  ALPHA  cluster,  running  an  OpenVMS 
operating  system,  has  the  following 
programming  languages  available:  Basic, 
Fortran,  Pascal,  C++  and  COBOL.  Students 
also  have  access  to  student  information  such 
as  courses,  registration,  grades,  transcripts, 
and  billing  information  via  Web  Student. 


UMDNet  is  a  part  of  the  Internet  global 
network  making  possible  communication 
with  and  access  to  off-campus  locations. 

Along  with  UMass  Dartmouth's  Web  page, 
CITS  uses  a  listserv  approach  through 
UMDAnnounce,  UMDNotify,  and  UMDAIert 
to  provide  campus  announcements, 
important  information,  and  emergency 
information,  respectively.  At  the  beginning 
of  each  semester  all  new  students  are 
subscribed;  those  wishing  to  unsubscribe 
from  UMDAnnounce  may  do  so. 

Students  living  on  campus  have  the 
opportunity  to  connect  to  the  UMass 
Dartmouth  Residential  Network.  This 
provides  a  significantly  faster  Internet 
connection  than  those  available  through  a 
traditional  telephone  line.  Every  bed  in  the 
residence  hall  has  a  port,  which  means  that 
every  student  can  have  a  network  connec- 
tion in  the  room.  Students  may  obtain  self- 
install  packets  from  the  Residential  Network 
Operations  Center  (ResNOC)  located  on  the 
ground  floor  of  Phase  3A  in  traditional 
housing.  Telephone  and  e-mail  support  are 
available  at  extension  8040  (ResNet  Help 
Line)  and  at  resnet@umassd.edu. 

Students  who  wish  to  access  the  Internet 
from  off -campus  must  establish  with  an 
Internet  Service  Provider  (ISP)  and  have  the 
necessary  equipment  required  by  the 
provider  in  order  to  access  the  service.  A 
number  of  providers  will  connect  your  off 
campus  computer  to  the  Internet  and 
UMass  Dartmouth. 

CITS  provides  access,  user  support,  and 
training  for  students,  faculty,  and  staff  for 
the  following: 
• 

Help  Desk.  CITS  provides  walk-in  help  desk 
services  through  a  student  Help  Desk 
located  in  the  Library  basement  (phone  508 
999-8884;  e-mail  citshelp@umassd.edu),  or 
a  student  Residential  Help  Desk  (phone  508 
999-8040;  e-mail  resnet@umassd.edu) 
located  in  the  residence  halls,  and  a  Faculty 
and  Staff  Help  Desk  (phone  508  999-8790; 
e-mail  cscenter@umassd.edu)  located  in  the 
Computing  Support  Center. 
• 

Documentation.  CITS  provides  free  printed 
documentation  in  the  public  access 
computing  facilities  and  distributes  the 
Student  Guide  to  Computing  and  Getting 
Wired  widely. 
• 

Training.  CITS  offers  New  User  Sessions 
teaching  basic,  intermediate  and  advance 


25 


skills  for  supported  hardware  and  supported 
software  applications.  For  information  on 
the  sessions,  call  our  Help  Desk  at  508  999- 
8884  or  send  e-mail  to 
citshelp@umassd.edu 
• 

CITS  offers  nearly  350  Macintosh  and 
Windows  microcomputers  in  public  access 
computing  labs  and  classrooms  located  in 
the  Library,  residential  housing,  and  most 
academic  buildings.  CITS  also  has  a  number 
of  campus  partners  to  include  the  Colleges 
of  Business  and  Engineering,  the  Computer 
and  Information  Sciences  and  English 
Departments,  and  the  Library.  Partnering 
offers  prioritized  access  to  the  campus 
partner  in  specialized  labs  during  designated 
class  hours  and  public  access  to  all  students 
in  all  majors  usually  in  the  evenings  and  on 
weekends. 
• 

Employment.  CITS  provides  many  student 
employment  opportunities;  hiring  more  than 
100  students  as  Computing  Assistants, 
Residential  Assistants,  and  Graduate 
Assistants  within  the  various  teams. 

Active  distributed  learning  is  evidenced  by 
our  campus'  unique  and  nationally 
recognized  CyberEd  offerings,  UMass-wide 
distance  learning  courses,  and  the  Impulse 
programs.  CITS  currently  supports  three 
distance  learning  classrooms  on  the  main 
campus  and  one  at  the  School  for  Marine 
Science  and  Technology  (SMAST)  located 
about  six  miles  southeast  of  the  main 
campus.  While  the  facilities  are  in  various 
stages  of  development,  there  are  a  number 
of  distance  learning  courses  that  are 
offered/received  via  our  UMass  sister 
campuses  (Amherst,  Boston,  Lowell, 
Worcester)  as  well  as  Martha's  Vineyard  and 
Attleboro  via  the  UMass  Dartmouth  Division 
of  Continuing  Education.  This  includes 
distance-learning  courses  taught  by  faculty 
from  each  of  UMass  Dartmouth's  five 
colleges.  Additionally,  as  faculty  develop- 
ment and  support  programs  are  imple- 
mented, CITS  expects  to  facilitate  even  more 
courses  through  this  medium. 

Through  the  CyberEd  program,  UMass 
Dartmouth  has  offered  web-based  courses 
to  students  from  around  the  world  since  its 
pioneering  efforts  which  began  in  1995. 
Online  classes  in  art  history,  music,  writing, 
physics,  history,  chemistry,  nursing,  web 
design  and  others  have  been  offered  at  the 
graduate,  undergraduate  or  non-credit  level. 
With  the  initiation  of  UMass  Online  this 
system  is  expected  to  grow  dramatically 
with  the  introduction  of  certificate  and 


degree  programs  in  the  coming  year.  Some 
of  the  new  programs  and  courses  are 
"hybrids"  -  that  is,  some  courses  may  be 
taken  partially  online,  and  partially  in  the 
traditional  face-to-face  classroom  giving  the 
best  of  both  worlds.  The  new  courses  and 
programs  are  supported  in  part  through  the 
system  wide  effort  known  as  UMass  Online. 
As  this  better  defined  it  is  expected  to  offer 
students  many  more  opportunities  not  only 
in  terms  of  when  and  where  they  take  a 
course,  but  in  the  variety  of  courses  and 
programs  available. 

CourseBuilder,  an  in-house  developed  tool, 
assists  faculty  in  incorporating  the  Web  into 
course  delivery.  CourseBuilder  provides  for 
syllabi,  assignments,  links  to  outside 
resources,  papers,  lecture  notes,  and  course 
discussion  items,  all  posted  through  web 
browsers  with  no  special  skills  required  of 
faculty  or  student.  The  technology  has  been 
adopted  for  all  English  101  classes,  and 
more  than  one  third  of  the  total  faculty  have 
used  it.  As  course  offerings  have  expanded, 
CyberEd  faculty,  students  and  staff  have  the 
opportunity  to  experiment  with  a  variety  of 
teaching  techniques  and  on-line  technolo- 
gies. This  activity  is  expected  to  expand  with 
the  introduction  of  new,  still  more  effective 
tools.  Accompanying  this  will  be  a  new 
training  facility  for  faculty,  staff,  and  K-12 
teachers  in  the  region,  as  well  as  a  new 
instructional  support  center  where  faculty 
will  find  a  variety  of  tools  and  expertise 
available  to  help  them  incorporate  Web  use 
in  instruction. 

Faculty  and  staff  receive  Web  accounts 
through  https://ssl.umassd.edu/webaccount/ 
that  are  used  to  grant  them  access  to 
CourseBuilder,  personal  and  departmental 
Web  sites,  the  work  order  systems,  and 
other  web-based  activities. 

For  additional  information  visit 
http://www.umassd.edu/cits/ 

College  Now 

College  Now  is  an  admissions  and  support 
program  for  students  whose  educational 
achievement  has  been  hampered  as  a  result 
of  social,  educational,  or  economic 
inequities.  From  the  moment  of  admission 
to  graduation,  students  enrolled  through 
the  College  Now  Program  are  provided  with 
essential  supportive  services.  College  Now 
freshman  students  participate  in  an 
individualized  Fall  academic  program  in 
which  they  receive  assistance  and  guidance 
in  developing  and  sharpening  those  basic 
academic  skills  and  attributes  that  are  vital 


to  their  success  at  the  university.  Each 
College  Now  student  is  assigned  a  counselor 
who,  during  the  student's  five  years  to 
graduation,  will  offer  assistance  with  goal 
setting,  academic  achievement,  and  short- 
and  long-range  planning. 

See  the  Admissions  section  of  this  Catalogue 
for  information  about  admission  to  the 
university  through  the  College  Now 
program. 

Office  of  University  Registrar 

Located  on  the  first  floor  of  the  Foster 
Administration  building,  this  office  serves 
the  instructional  program  by  preparing, 
retaining,  and  making  accessible  all  records 
pertaining  to  the  academic  programs  and 
the  academic  work  of  the  individual 
students  of  the  university  Here  students 
register  for  classes  and  receive  the  records 
of  their  progress  and  achievement;  when 
they  graduate,  all  students'  academic 
records  are  made  available  through  a 
transcript-production  service.  Here  the 
schedules  of  the  instructional  program  are 
prepared  each  semester  for  the  academic 
departments. 

Beyond  such  services,  the  Office  maintains 
the  record  of  the  university's  academic 
affairs  through  the  computerized  Student 
Information  System  and  monitors  and 
enforces  many  of  the  academic  procedures 
and  policies  of  the  university,  as  described  in 
the  Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 
section  of  this  Catalogue. 

Services  for  Veterans 

VA  programs  are  approved  for  benefits 
available  under  specified  chapters  of  Title 
38,  U.S.  Code.  Eligible  students  must  obtain 
an  application  on  campus,  or  from  their 
regional  Veterans  Administration  Office. 
UMass  Dartmouth  will  issue  a  Certificate  of 
Eligibility  which  should  be  presented  to  the 
Office  of  Veterans'  Affairs  for  certification  of 
enrollment.  It  is  the  veteran  students' 
responsibility  to  notify  the  university  of  any 
changes  in  course  credit  load  or  addresses, 
in  a  timely  manner. 

Veterans'  tuition  waivers  are  available  for 
those  individuals  who  are  considered 
Veterans  under  M.G.L.  Chapter  4,  Section  7 
(43),  including  WWI,  WWII,  Korean, 
Vietnam,  Lebanese  peace  keeping  force, 
Grenada  rescue  mission,  the  Panamanian 
intervention  force,  or  the  Persian  Gulf, 
provided  they  meet  other  eligibility  criteria, 
to  include:  a  permanent  legal  resident  of 
Massachusetts  for  at  least  one  year  and  in 


26 


Services  and  Support 


Student  Affairs  and  Development 


accord  with  the  university's  residency 
requirements;  not  in  default  of  any  federal 
student  loans  or  owing  a  refund;  must  be  a 
degree  candidate  or  eligible  to  apply  for  a 
degree  candidacy. 

Disabled  Student  Services 

Disabled  Student  Services,  a  part  of  the 
Academic  Resource  Center,  provides 
support  to  both  learning  and  physically 
disabled  students  by  helping  them  pursue 
their  educational  goals  while  adjusting  to 
their  new  environment.  The  following 
services  are  provided  on  an  individual  basis: 

•  mobility  assistance 

•  reading  assistance 

•  note-taking 

•  alternative  testing 

•  peer  and  professional  counseling 

•  advocacy  and  support 

•  organizational  skills 

By  assisting  with  university  procedures  such 
as  orientation,  residence  hall  placement, 
and  student  registration,  DSS  maximizes  its 
ability  to  help  by  interacting  with  other 
departments.  The  DSS  also  organizes  and 
holds  workshops  addressing  sensitivity  and 
awareness  within  the  university. 

UMass  Dartmouth  policy  regarding 
admission  and  access  to  programs  prohibits 
discrimination  on  the  basis  of  disability. 
While  new  applicants  and  enrolled  students 
are  not  required  to  disclose  a  disability,  it  is 
highly  recommended  they  contact  the 
Office  of  Disabled  Student  Services  to 
confidentially  discuss  accommodations  that 
may  be  needed.  These  conferences  are  kept 
entirely  separate  from  the  admissions 
decision,  and  enable  students  to  determine 
if  UMass  Dartmouth  can  meet  their  needs. 
The  information  will  be  used  in  accordance 
with  34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations  Part 
104. 

The  Director  of  Disabled  Student  Services  is 
Carole  J.  Johnson.  The  Office  is  located  on 
the  Ground  Floor  of  Group  I,  room  016. 
Inquiries  are  invited  by  phone  at  508  999- 
871 1  or  by  e-mail  to  cjohnson@umassd.edu 

Upward  Bound  Program 

Upward  Bound  is  a  college  preparatory 
program  that  provides  academic  and 
counseling  support  services  to  students  who 
attend  New  Bedford,  Westport,  and  Greater 
New  Bedford  Vocational  High  Schools.  It  is 
designed  to  generate  the  skills  and 
motivation  necessary  to  succeed  in  post- 
secondary  education.  This  objective  is 
achieved  by  providing  students  with  tutorial 
and  instructional  services  coupled  with 


intensive  academic,  career,  and  personal 
counseling. 

During  the  Academic  year  students  enroll  in 
the  Upward  Bound  course  at  their  high 
school.  The  course  is  designed  to  instruct 
students  in  areas  relevant  to  becoming 
strategic  learners  as  well  as  areas  of  social 
and  cultural  interest.  Class  time  is  also  set 
aside  for  tutorial  help. 

The  program  also  offers  a  six-week  summer 
residential  component  on  the  UMass 
Dartmouth  campus.  Students  attend  classes 
in  a  variety  of  subjects,  and  many  are 
offered  a  tuition-free  college  course. 
Academic  activities  are  paired  with  a  host  of 
other  activities  and  trips,  culminating  in  a 
student-developed  Production  at  the  end  of 
the  program. 

All  Upward  Bound  students  have  been 
defined  as  "at  risk."  The  support  services 
they  are  offered  encourage  and  motivate 
them  to  complete  high  school  and  go  on  to 
institutions  of  higher  learning. 


Student  Affairs  Mission  Statement 

The  Division  of  Student  Affairs  is  an  integral 
part  of  the  educational  process  and  offers 
programs  and  services  that  assist  students  in 
achieving  their  fullest  potential  at  UMass 
Dartmouth.  As  administrators,  educators, 
advisors  and  advocates,  we  strive  to  provide 
an  environment  that  holistically  promotes 
personal  growth,  leadership  development, 
social  responsibility,  student  empowerment, 
involvement,  and  well-being  in  the 
intellectual,  social,  cultural,  spiritual, 
emotional,  career,  and  physical  realms. 

We  are  committed  to  building  a  community: 
• 

where  quality  deliverables  are  accessible  and 
where  a  receptive  and  well-trained  staff  is 
efficient,  caring,  responsive,  and  user- 
friendly. 
• 

where  civility  is  affirmed;  community  service 
is  rewarded;  access  and  retention  are 
supported,  the  living  and  learning  environ- 
ments are  cohesive;  student  life  is  vibrant 
and  possesses  school  spirit  and  traditions; 
student  rights  and  responsibilities  guide 
behavior  for  the  common  good;  and 
diversity,  respect,  and  tolerance  of  differ- 
ences are  aggressively  pursued  on  an 
individual,  institutional,  and  global  level. 
• 

where  learning  and  personal  development 
through  co-curricular  programs  foster  an 
environment  where  students  learn  outside 
of  the  classroom  through  increasing 
opportunities  and  raising  student  expecta- 
tions and  through  involving  students  in 
decision-making  and  leadership  roles. 

The  division's  programs  and  services  are 
designed  to  motivate  and  inspire  students  to 
devote  time  and  energy  to  educationally 
purposeful  activities  and  support  an 
effective  academic  community. 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 

The  vice  chancellor  and  associate  vice 
chancellor  direct  and  supervise  all  of  the 
activities  of  the  Division  of  Student  Affairs  to 
meet  effectively  the  broad  educational  goals 
of  the  university  and  the  individual  needs  of 
students. 

The  vice  chancellor's  office  serves  as  an 
advocate  for  all  students  As  a  member  of 
the  top  administration  of  UMass  Dartmouth, 
the  vice  chancellor  serves  as  a  liaison 
between  the  faculty  and  the  co-curricular 
needs  of  the  student 


27 


Associate  Dean  of  Students 

The  Associate  Dean  of  Students  assists 
students  in  personal  and  social  matters  and 
strives  to  improve  the  quality  of  campus  life 
by  helping  students  and  organizations.  In 
addition,  the  Associate  Dean  of  Students 
supervises  the  staffs  of  the  Student  Activities 
Office,  International  Students  Office,  Co- 
ordinator for  Student  Judicial  Affairs  Office, 
and  Greek  Affairs  Office.  The  Associate 
Dean  of  Students  also  coordinates  New 
Student  Orientation  programs  and  services 
as  advisor  to  the  freshman  class.  The 
Associate  Dean  of  Students  reports  directly 
to  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs. 

International  Students'  Advising 

The  Academic  Affairs/Graduate  Studies 
office  issues  initial  student  visas  to  graduate 
students,  and  provides  visa-related  services 
to  students,  faculty,  and  staff.  This  office 
also  oversees  the  university's  many 
exchange-student  programs. 

The  Coordinator  for  International  Students, 
Christina  Bruen,  and  the  staff  of  the  Office 
for  International  Students  serve  interna- 
tional students  by  providing  general  advice 
and  assistance  with  campus  life  and 
personal  needs.  Ongoing  support  with  visas 
and  other  immigration  forms  is  available  as 
well  as  assistance  with  documentation  that 
students  need  while  studying  at  the 
university.  Workshops  are  offered  during  the 
course  of  the  year  pertaining  to  employ- 
ment, taxes,  and  other  subjects  of  particular 
interest  to  international  students.  Cultural 
events  are  cosponsored  by  the  this  office 
and  other  organizations  on  campus. 

Judicial  Affairs 

The  Judicial  Affairs  Office  is  responsible  for 
overseeing  the  development,  distribution, 
and  enforcement  of  university  student 
conduct  regulations  and  publishing  the 
Student  Handbook.  The  mission  of  the 
Judicial  Affairs  Office  is  to  foster  the 
development  of  community  standards  and 
individual  behavior  through  education,  with 
an  emphasis  on  policies  and  procedures, 
and  student  rights  and  responsibilities.  The 
Office  of  Judicial  Affairs  is  located  in  Room 
209,  Foster  Administration  Building.  For 
more  information,  phone  508-999-9205. 

Counseling  and  Student  Development 

The  Counseling  and  Student  Development 
Center  offers  a  safe,  supportive  place  for 
students  to  explore  concerns,  clarify  choices, 
and  develop  action  plans.  Services  are  free 
and  confidential.  Students  can  make  an 
appointment  by  calling  508  999-8648,  or 


students  can  walk  in  and  be  seen 
immediately  between  12:30  and  2:00  pm 
each  working  day  The  Center  is  located  in 
the  Auditorium  Annex  and  open  from  8  am 
to  5  pm,  Monday  through  Friday. 

The  Center  provides  individual  counseling 
for  personal  issues  such  as  relationship 
problems,  homesickness,  adjustment  to 
college  life,  bereavement,  depression,  poor 
self-esteem,  anger  management,  procrasti- 
nation, anxiety,  eating  disorders,  ADD, 
learning  disabilities,  academic  problems,  and 
test  anxiety.  A  consulting  psychiatrist  is 
available  to  see  students  who  might  benefit 
from  a  trial  of  medication.  In  addition,  each 
semester  several  personal  growth  or  support 
groups  are  offered.  Career  interest  testing 
and  help  in  choosing  a  major  are  also 
available. 

Workshops  are  offered  each  semester  on 
topics  such  as  leadership  skills,  assertiveness, 
time  management,  improving  your  memory, 
preparing  for  graduate  school,  and  other 
topics  important  to  success  in  college. 
Students  may  use  the  Center's  self-help 
library  of  books,  handouts,  videos,  and 
pamphlets  as  well  as  an  educational 
resource  library  with  information^on 
graduate  and  undergraduate  institutions 
and  testing  programs  for  entry  into 
graduate  and  professional  programs.  The 
Center  also  offers  a  support  group  for 
graduate  students  working  on  a  dissertation 
or  thesis. 

Alcohol  and  Drug  Education 

The  Alcohol  and  Drug  Education  program 

•  supports  students  and  staff  in 
demonstrating  responsible  conduct 
regarding  alcohol  and  drugs; 

•  promotes  attitudes  and  behaviors 
regarding  alcohol  and  drugs  which 
create  a  university  atmosphere  of  civility 
and  discourage  any  behavior  that  is 
abusive  to  oneself  or  others;  and 

•  provides,  consultation,  evaluation, 
intervention,  support  groups,  and 
referral  services  to  students. 

The  education  program  provides  orientation 
for  new  students  about  alcohol  and  drug- 
related  issues  and  university  policies, 
workshops  for  student  organizations  and 
departments  regarding  assessment  of 
alcohol/drug  troubled  students,  weekly 
professional  lectures  and  seminars  on 
current  alcohol  and  drug  related  topics,  an 
extensive  alcohol  and  drug  education  library, 
alcohol  and  drug  awareness  weeks,  and 
assistance  to  faculty  in  teaching  about 


alcohol  and  drug-related  issues. 

The  program  offers  a  mandatory  multilevel 
program  for  students  who  violate  the 
university  alcohol  and  drug  policy. 
Intervention  is  available  to  any  student 
identified  as  having  a  problem  with  alcohol 
or  drugs.  Any  student,  staff,  or  faculty 
person  can  request  intervention  support 
information  from  the  Alcohol/Drug 
Education  Coordinator. 

A  student  organization.  Peer  Alcohol 
Concerns  Educators  (PACE)  is  a  peer 
resource  for  student  alcohol  and  drug 
concerns.  Experiential  learning  credit  is 
available.  For  information,  contact  Laurajane 
Fitzsimons,  Alcohol  and  Drug  Education 
Coordinator,  Counseling  and  Student 
Development  Center,  Upper  level.  Audito- 
rium Annex,  508  999-9153  or  Lfitzsimons 
©umassd.edu 

Career  Resource  Center  (CRC) 

The  CRC  provides  a  wide  array  of  career 
resources  and  services  to  help  students 
clarify  career  goals  and  develop  professional 
skills.  Individual  career  advisement  sessions 
are  available  by  appointment.  Workshops 
are  offered  frequently  in  a  variety  of  career- 
related  areas  such  as  resume  writing, 
interviewing  techniques,  career  planning 
and  professional  etiquette. 

The  Center  also  coordinates  all  on  and  off 
campus  student  employment,  including 
Federal  Work  Study. 

The  CRC's  Career  Resource  Library  helps 
students  research  and  explore  careers  and 
find  employment  opportunities.  Various  job 
listings  are  available  including  full-time, 
part-time,  and  summer  employment. 
Internship,  experiential  learning  and  co-op 
opportunities  are  also  available  both  in  the 
library  and,  on  our  website 
www.umassd.edu/CRC.  Students  may  visit 
the  library  on  a  drop-m  basis. 

The  CRC  also  coordinates  special  career- 
related  events  and  activities  such  as  the 
annual  Career  Expo  which  has  become  one 
of  the  largest  on-campus  job  fairs  in 
southeastern  New  England.  Other  activities 
include  Career  Chats,  Student  Employee 
Appreciation  Day  and  Take  Our  Daughters 
to  Work  Day,  which  is  co-sponsored  by  the 
Women's  Resource  Center.  The  CRC 
coordinates  on-campus  recruitment  for 
seniors. 

The  CRC  helps  students  identify  and  arrange 


28 


Services  and  Support 


experiential  learning  and  internship 
opportunities,  which  offer  work  experience 
for  academic  credit.  On-campus  or  local 
placements  are  widely  available.  Students 
may  also  seek  such  placements  as  Disney 
World  in  Orlando,  Florida,  and  The 
Washington  Center  in  Washington,  DC. 
These  many  opportunities  are  described  fully 
in  the  chapter  of  this  catalogue  on  Special 
Learning  Opportunities. 

The  CRC  is  committed  to  helping  UMass 
Dartmouth  foster  a  service  ethic  on  campus. 
To  this  end,  assisted  by  Dierdre  Healy, 
Community  Service  Coordinator,  the  CRC 
coordinates  community  service  activities 
through  the  Community  Service  Desk  and 
by  publishing  a  Community  Service  Guide  to 
assist  students  in  finding  meaningful  and 
rewarding  service  activities.  There  are 
community  service-related  work  study 
opportunities  such  as  the  Community 
Service  Learning  Program  and  America 
Reads  Program  and  a  host  of  volunteer 
agencies  and  activities  in  local  communities. 
All  students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in 
special  community  service  events  such  as 
Make  A  Difference  Day  and  Hunger  and 
Homelessness  Clean-Up  Day. 

ROTC  (US  Army  Reserve  Officers  Training 
Corps) 

UMass  Dartmouth  undergraduate  students 
may  participate  in  Army  ROTC  through  a 
cooperative  program  with  Providence  College 
in  Rhode  Island.  The  US  Army  Reserve 
Officers  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  teaches 
leadership,  team  work,  and  responsibility 
through  a  curriculum  that  includes  elective 
courses,  leadership  labs,  and  physical  fitness 
training  sessions.  The  Patriot  Battalion  is 
located  at  Providence  College  which  also 
serves  UMass  Dartmouth,  Bristol  Community 
College,  Brown  University,  Bryant  College, 
the  Community  College  of  Rhode  Island, 
Johnson  and  Wales  University,  and  Rhode 
Island  College.  The  ROTC  Program  is 
designed  to  prepare  men  and  women  for 
success  in  college,  as  an  Army  Officer  or  for 
any  chosen  career,  and  offers  opportunities 
for  financial  assistance  in  the  form  of 
scholarships. 

The  ROTC  program,  conducted  by  agreement 
with  Providence  College,  has  the  following 
features: 

•  UMass  Dartmouth  students  may 
participate  in  Providence  College's  ROTC 
program  and  receive  benefits  from  so 
doing,  including  financial  aid. 

•  Students  register  for  Providence  College 
courses  at  Providence  College.  We  do  not 


provide  registration  services  for  these 
courses  on  the  UMass  Dartmouth 
campus. 

•  Students  can  get  ROTC  courses/credits 
posted  to  the  UMass  Dartmouth 
transcript  using  the  methodology  for 
Transfer  Credit,  according  to  the  transfer 
credit  policies  of  their  specific  academic 
department.  Students  planning  to 
participate  in  ROTC  should  definitely  use 
the  Transfer  Course  Prior  Approval 
process,  to  receive  initial  departmental 
approval  of  such  transfer  credit. 

•  Students  obtain  ROTC  program  advising 
and  access  to  scholarships  through  the 
ROTC  program  at  Providence  College. 

The  Office  of  Career  Services  at  UMass 
Dartmouth  will  serve  as  a  contact  point  for 
students.  At  this  location,  students  interested 
in  ROTC  may: 

•  Obtain  information  and  materials  about 
ROTC  in  general  and  the  program  at 
Providence  College. 

•  Obtain  assistance  in  contacting  a 
Providence  College  representative  of  the 
ROTC  program. 

•  Learn  about  courses  offered  each 
semester  at  Providence  College  and 
obtain  assistance  with  the  process  of 
Providence  College  registration. 

For  additional  information  call  the  Career 
Resource  Center  at  8655. 

Health  Services 

The  Health  Services  Office  is  located  in 
Elmwood  Hall,  phone  508  999-8982.  During 
the  academic  year,  a  physician  and  nurse 
practitioner(s)  are  on  duty  each  class  day. 
Two  registered  nurses,  a  consulting 
dermatologist,  and  a  consulting  nutritionist 
are  also  on  staff.  This  office  is  equipped  to 
handle  most  health  related  problems 
students  may  encounter  while  at  UMass 
Dartmouth.  Referrals  are  made  to  commu- 
nity resources  when  appropriate. 

All  services  are  available  to  all  students 
through  the  Student  Health  Fee.  The  Health 
Office  is  concerned  with  the  total  well-being 
of  each  student  and  is  committed  to  health 
education  and  disease  prevention.  Also, 
Health  Services  contracts  for  student  health 
insurance.  The  Commonwealth  of  Massa- 
chusetts requires  university  students  to  have 
comprehensive  health  insurance,  and 
information  regarding  coverage  is  included 
with  each  student's  tuition  statement.  See 
the  chapter  on  Expenses  for  the  policies  on 
the  university's  health  insurance  require- 
ments. 


Frederick  Douglass  Unity  House 
The  Frederick  Douglass  Unity  House  is  the 
first  cultural  center  established  on  the 
UMass  Dartmouth  campus,  opening  in 
September  of  1995.  The  mission  of  the 
Unity  House  is  to  institutionalize  on  the 
UMass  Dartmouth  campus  an  environment 
which  nourishes  the  special  academic, 
cultural,  informational  and  social/communal 
needs  of  students,  faculty  and  staff  of  color. 
All  students,  faculty,  and  staff  are  welcomed 
and  encouraged  to  share  in  the  develop- 
ment of  this  vital  organization. 

The  facility  provides  a  culturally  focused 
library,  study  area,  computer  facilities, 
meeting/conference  room,  and  lounge. 
Students  play  a  major  role  in  the  operation 
of  the  center  by  creating  programs  and 
events  that  help  to  achieve  the  mission  of 
the  center.  All  members  of  the  university 
community,  especially  students,  are 
encouraged  to  develop  activities  that  will 
assist  the  Unity  House  to  fulfill  its  goals  and 
mission  as  well  as  celebrate  diversity  at 
UMass  Dartmouth.  The  Unity  House  is 
located  in  Resident  Dining  Building,  phone 
508  999-9220. 

Religious  Resource  Center 

Campus  Ministry  coordinates  the  religious 
activities  and  serves  the  spiritual  needs  of 
the  university  community.  Clergy  and 
ministers  from  major  religious  denomina- 
tions provide  opportunities  for  worship, 
spiritual  direction  and  counseling,  and 
special  programs.  The  office  is  located  on 
the  second  floor  of  the  Campus  Center — 
phone  508  999-8872.  The  university  hosts  a 
Catholic  Student  Organization  (8872), 
UMass  Dartmouth  Christian  Fellowship 
(8584),  Episcopal/Protestant  Ministry  (8875), 
and  Jewish  Student  Center/Hillel  (9241). 

Multicultural  Support  Services  and 
Assessment 

This  office  provides  support  services  to  the 
students  of  color  at  UMass  Dartmouth,  both 
undergraduates  and  graduate  students.  The 
program's  primary  goal  is  to  increase  the 
retention  and  success  of  students  of  color  at 
the  university,  and  another  important  goal  is 
to  help  the  university  community  better  to 
meet,  understand,  and  appreciate  the  needs 
of  students  of  color.  Phone  508  999-8602 
to  contact  the  Director,  Norman  Barber. 


29 


A  List  of  Clubs  and  Organizations 


The  following  list  is  presented  to  show  the 
range  and  variety  of  student  clubs  and 
organizations.  Refer  to  the  Student 
Handbook  for  official  details  and  contact 
persons. 


Academic  and  Honor  Societies 

Accounting  Association 

American  Association  of  Textile  Chemists 

and  Colonsts  Club 
American  Marketing  Association 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 
American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 
Association  for  Computing  Machinery 
Biology  Association 
Center  for  Rehabilitation  Engineering 
Ceramics  Club 
Chemistry  Club 
Delta  Mu  Delta 
Disabled  Students  Coalition 
Economics  Association 
Engineers  Student  Chapter 
Eta  Kappa  Nu,  Zeta  Xi  Chapter 
Fibers  Club 

Finance  and  Investment  Club 
French  Club 

Golden  Key  International  Honor  Society 

History  Association 

IEEE  Computer  Society 

Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronic 

Engineers 
Literary  Association 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  Club 
Metals  Guild 

National  Society  of  Professional 

NSPE  Massachusetts  Society  of  Professional 

Engineers 
Phi  Psi 

Philosophy  Club 
Physics  Club 

Pi  Sigma  Alpha,  Mu  Kappa  Chapter 
Political  Science  Association 
Pre-MBA,  Pre-Law,  Pre-Med  Associations 
Psi  Chi 

Psychology  Association 

Sculpture  Club 

Senior  Nurse  Pinning 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  Mu  Phi  Chapter 

Society  of  Automotive  Engineers 

Society  of  Manufacturing  Engineers 

Society  of  Women  Engineers 

Student  Chapter  of  the  Association  for 

Computing  Machinery 
Tau  Alpha  Pi,  Delta  Delta  Chapter 
Theta  Kappa  Chapter  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau 
UMass  Dartmouth  Student  Chapter:  Clinical 

Laboratory  Science 
UMass  Dartmouth  Student  Nurse 

Association 
Wood  Club 


Campus  Events 

Council  on  Cultural  Diversity  and  Pluralism 

Cultural  Affairs  Committee 

Gallery 

Lecture  Series  Committee 

Ethnic  Heritage  and  Multiculturaiism 

Asian  Student  Association 
Cape  Verdean  Student  Association 
Chinese  Student  Association 
The  Diversity  Circle 
Frederick  Douglass  Unity  House 
Indian  Students  Association 
Luso-American  Student  Association 
Portuguese  Language  Club 
Taiwan,  Republic  of  China  Student 

Association 
The  Office  of  Multicultural  Support  and 

Assessment 
United  Brothers  and  Sisters 
United  Latino  Society 

Global  Organizations 

Amnesty  International 
MassPIRG 

Greek  Life 

Alpha  Sigma  Tau 
Beta  Theta  Pi 
lota  Phi  Theta 

Phi  Sigma  Sigma  National  Sorority 
Sigma  Tau  Gamma  Fraternity 

Music 

Concert  Band 

Jazz  Improvisation  Ensemble 

Music  Guild 

Pep  Band 

Stage  Band 

UMD  Chorus 

UMD  Gospel  Choir 

UMD  Spinners 

Religious 

Catholic  Campus  Ministry 
Catholic  Student  Organization 
Christian  Fellowship 
Episcopal  and  Protestant  Ministry 
Hillel-Jewish  Student  Association 
Islamic  Society  of  UMass 
Religious  Resource  Center 
Wiccan  Pagan  Coalition 

Special  Interests 

Book  Art  Center 
Campus  Design 
Circle  K  Club 
Dance  Club 

Division  of  Student  Affairs'  Spirit  Group 
Experiential  Programs,  Internships 
Feminist  Majority 
Fine  Arts  Committee 


International  Student  Leadership  Institute 
Literary  Club 

Massachusetts  Community  Water  Watch 

Pride  Alliance  (BiGaLA) 

Southeastern  Massachusetts  Partnership 

Student  Athlete  Advisory  Board 

The  University  Food  and  Dining  Committee 

Theatre  Company 

Twenty  Cent  Fiction 

UMass  Aviation  Club 

WSMU  Radio  -  91.1  FM 

Student  Government 

Board  of  Governors,  BOG 
Class  Officers 
College  Democrats 
College  Republicans 

Division  of  Continuing  Education  Student 

Government 
Residence  Halls  Congress 
Student  Senate 

Student  Publications 

Deadline  Studios 
Scrimshaw  (yearbook) 
Siren 
Temper 

The  Torch  (student  newspaper) 


30 


Children's  Center  for  Learning 

The  Children's  Center  for  Learning,  a 
licensed,  professionally  staffed  early  learning 
facility,  is  available  for  the  children  of 
students,  faculty,  and  staff.  To  be  eligible 
for  enrollment,  children  must  be  between 
two  years  and  nine  months  and  six  years 
old.  Hours  are  from  7:30  am.  to  5:00  pm. 
on  all  days  when  the  university  is  in  session 
during  the  academic  year.  The  Center  is 
located  in  the  Residence  Halls,  Phase  111  A. 
Additional  information  is  available  from  the 
Director  at  508-999-8873. 

Women's  Resource  Center 

The  information  and  services  offered  by  the 
Women's  Resource  Center  (WRC)  reflect  the 
interests  and  concerns  of  women:  health, 
social,  and  legal  issues.  The  center  provides 
cultural  opportunities  that  further  women's 
personal  and  professional  development  and 
promotes  a  broader  understanding  of  the 
diverse  experiences  of  all  women.  The  WRC 
acts  as  a  central  coordinating  agency  for 
campus  and  community  groups. 

The  Center  offers  programs  on  women's 
health,  political  activism,  diversity,  violence 
against  women,  and  sisterhood.  Each 
semester  the  WRC  sponsors  discussion 
groups,  forums,  and  workshops  on  topics 
such  as  sexual  harassment,  gender  equity, 
racism,  women's  ways  of  leading, 
motherhood,  ageism,  and  sex. 

The  WRC  has  a  variety  of  resources 
including: 

•  a  library  containing  more  than  600 
books,  references,  and  recent 
publications 

•  videos 

•  a  lounge  for  group  or  classroom  use 

•  conference  room  for  meetings 

The  WRC  is  a  member  of  the  Women's 
Centers  Caucus  of  the  National  Women's 
Studies  Association.  The  Center  can  provide 
information  on  nationally  scheduled  events 
which  are  held  throughout  the  year,  such  as 
reproductive  rights  conferences,  women's 
conferences,  and  political  rallies.  Informa- 
tion is  also  available  on  lectures  and  events 
in  nearby  communities.  The  center 
collaborates  closely  with  the  university's 
Women's  Studies  Program. 

The  Women's  Resource  Center  is  open  year 
round  and  is  located  in  Pine  Dale  Hall.  The 
director  is  Juli  L.  Parker,  phone  508  910- 
4584. 


Student  Activities,  Clubs,  and 
Organizations 

Campus  Center 

The  Campus  Center  is  the  heart  of  the  co- 
curricular  activities  and  services  of  the 
University.  It  is  the  community  "living  and 
dining  room"  for  all  members  of  the 
University  family:  students,  faculty,  staff, 
alumni,  and  guests.  Housed  in  the  Campus 
Center  are  such  services  as  the  Campus 
Shop,  Main  Cafeteria,  Sunset  Dining  Room 
and  Pub,  Underground  Cafe,  UMass  Pass 
(debit  card),  Snack  Bar,  and  Information 
Center.  Also  housed  in  the  Campus  Center 
are  21  clubs  and  organizations,  the  Student 
Activities  Office,  the  Radio  Station,  and  the 
university  newspaper.  The  Campus  Center  is 
open  daily.  The  Main  Auditorium  is  home  to 
the  University  Theater  Company  and  used 
by  many  organizations  for  large  concert  hall 
type  events.  Community  events  are  often 
held  in  the  Auditorium,  which  is  a  fully 
equipped  theater.  The  Community  Art 
Gallery  is  in  the  Auditorium  Lobby. 

Office  of  Student  Activities 

The  Office  of  Student  Activities  is  the  center 
of  student  activities  and  co-curricular 
programs.  It  provides  assistance  and 
resources  in  all  aspects  of  program  planning, 
to  student  organizations  and  clubs.  The 
Coordinator  of  Student  Activities  coordi- 
nates the  activities  of  about  100  student 
organizations  and  advises  the  Student 
Activities  Board,  which  sponsors  university- 
wide  programs.  The  office  also  has  a 
publicity  staff  that  provides  advertising 
services  for  any  campus  group  or  function. 

The  Student  Activities  Board  plays  an 
integral  part  in  the  educational  development 
of  UMass  Dartmouth  students  by  involving 
them  in  the  planning  of  events.  SAB  is  the 
largest  volunteer  student  campus  organiza- 
tion. The  Office  of  Student  Activities  advises 
all  organizations  on  the  implementation  of 
their  programs — from  answering  questions 
to  assisting  with  the  entire  event. 

MassPIRG 

The  Massachusetts  Public  Interest  Research 
Group  is  a  state-wide,  nonprofit  and 
nonpartisan  organization  directed  solely  by 
students.  MassPIRG  has  two  basic  goals:  to 
research  and  promote  solutions  to  impor- 
tant social  problems  at  the  local,  state,  and 
national  levels;  and  to  teach  students  civic 
values  through  a  variety  of  project  and 
internship  opportunities.  As  approved  by  the 
university's  student  government,  the 
valuable  public-interest  work  of  this 


organization  is  supported  by  a  waiveable 
fee. 

Greek  Affairs 

The  Associate  Dean  of  Students  works 
closely  with  the  Greek  Liaison/Advisor  to 
develop  programs  and  policies.  This  office 
also  provides  service  to  Greek  groups  such 
as  training,  and  assists  groups  with  meeting 
the  requirements  of  their  national  offices. 

Student  Government 

Students  hold  office  in  various  organizations 
that  govern  the  campus,  and  they  serve  on 
committees  that  determine  policies  and 
directions  for  many  aspects  of  campus  life 

The  Student  Senate  is  the  major  governing 
body  and  offers  a  forum  for  debate  on 
matters  of  importance  to  the  student  body 
The  Senate  also  appoints  students  to 
membership  on  a  wide  range  of  university 
committees.  Students  are  active,  voting 
participants  on  many  of  the  committees  that 
recommend  policies  and  regulate  proce- 
dures for  academic  as  well  as  social  aspects 
of  the  university.  A  student  is  also  elected  to 
the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  University  of 
Massachusetts. 

Golden  Key  International  Honor  Society 

UMass  Dartmouth  has  been  accepted  to 
charter  membership  in  the  Golden  Key 
International  Honor  Society.  Our  students 
ranked  among  the  top  1 5%  of  juniors  and 
seniors  are  invited  to  become  members. 
Activities  include  participation  in  regional 
and  national  leadership  conferences. 
Lifetime  membership  is  a  tribute  to 
academic  achievement  and  also  an 
investment  that  can  provide  leadership 
training,  scholarship  opportunities,  and 
career  assistance. 


31 


Services  and  Support 


Student  Athletics 


Intercollegiate  Athletics 

The  university  is  a  member  of  National 
Collegiate  Athletic  Association  (NCAA), 
Division  III,  the  Eastern  Collegiate  Athletic 
Conference  (ECAC),  the  Little  East  Confer- 
ence (LEC),  the  New  England  Football 
Conference  (NEFC),  and  the  New  England 
Women's  Lacrosse  Alliance  (NEWLA).  The 
university  fields  intercollegiate  teams  for 
men  in  baseball,  basketball,  cross  country, 
football,  golf,  ice  hockey,  lacrosse,  soccer, 
swimming  and  diving,  tennis,  and  track  and 
field  (indoor  and  outdoor).  Intercollegiate 
teams  for  women  are  fielded  in  basketball, 
cheerleading,  cross  country,  equestrian, 
golf,  field  hockey,  soccer,  softball,  swim- 


ming and  diving,  tennis,  track  and  field 
(indoor  and  outdoor),  volleyball,  and  water 
polo. 

The  Director  of  Athletics  is  Robert  Mullen. 
One  may  contact  the  department  at  508 
999-8720. 

Intramural  and  Instructional  Athletics 

Intramural  opportunity  for  all  students  is 
provided  in  basketball,  cross  country,  flag 
football,  co-ed  soccer,  swimming,  tennis, 
volleyball,  water  basketball,  water  polo, 
softball,  and  co-ed  softball.  Non-credit 
courses  are  offered  at  convenient  times  for 
all  interested  students  in  the  following: 


aerobics,  step  aerobics,  weight  training, 
fencing,  swimming,  endurance  swimming, 
water  aerobics,  first  aid,  lifesavmg,  WSI, 
scuba,  CPR,  kayaking,  and  Tae  Kwan  Do. 

Facilities 

Facilities  are  available  for  recreational  use  by 
students  throughout  the  school  year.  They 
include  the  fitness  center,  gymnasium, 
swimming  pools,  running  track,  various 
athletic  fields,  and  tennis  courts.  Equipment 
is  also  available.  Schedules  are  available  in 
the  Tripp  Athletic  Center  or  by  calling  508 
910-6910. 


32 


Housing  and  Residential  Life 


Department  of  Public  Safety 

Emergency  on  campus,  dial  9191 


The  Office  of  Housing  and  Residential  Life, 
located  in  Residence  Hall  IIIA,  is  responsible 
for  all  phases  of  resident  living  on  campus. 
This  includes  social,  cultural,  and 
educational  programming,  custodial  and 
maintenance,  discipline,  room  assignments, 
and,  in  general,  the  promoting  of  a  living/ 
learning  environment  in  on-campus 
housing.  The  staff  of  this  office  also 
administers  the  housing  needs  of  summer 
students  and  conferences. 

The  residence  halls  are  more  than  just  places 
to  eat  and  sleep;  they  provide  the 
opportunity  for  students  to  become  part  of 
a  community. 

Residence  Halls  and  Student  Apartments 

The  university  has  six  residence  halls  housing 
2,300  students  and  two  townhouse  clusters 
housing  800  students. 

The  residence  halls  have  10  and  12  person 
wings  with  double  and  single  rooms  and 
one  or  two  bathrooms.  Each  section  of 
these  wings  has  at  least  one  lounge/ 
kitchenette.  Recreation,  mail,  laundry 
facilities,  and  a  resident  director's  apartment 
are  part  of  each  building. 

Within  the  Residence  Halls  are  located  a 
Coffee  House,  two  Computer  Clusters,  and 
multi-purpose  lounge  areas.  The  Women's 
Resources  Center,  Office  of  International 
Student  Affairs,  Honors  Program  Office,  and 
the  Impulse  Office  are  located  in  the 
Residence  Halls. 

Apartment-style  living  is  found  in  the  Cedar 
Dell  student  apartments,  which  consist  of 
136  five  and  six  person  townhouse  style 
apartments  housing  students  in  single 
rooms.  Recreation,  mail  and  laundry  facilities 
are  available  in  two  student  centers.  The 
Cedar  Dell  Village  environment  is  more 
autonomous  than  in  the  residence  halls,  and 
priority  for  this  housing  is  given  to  upper- 
class  and  graduate  students. 

A  Cable  TV  signal  is  provided  to  each  room 
in  both  residence  areas.  Also,  each  bedroom 
has  a  live  telephone  port  and  a  port  to 
access  the  computer  network. 

Smoking 

Most  areas  are  nonsmoking.  Smokers  may 
ask  for  a  "smoking  allowed"  room. 

Student  Involvement 

Students  participate  through  the  Residence 
Halls  Congress,  a  collective  advisory  group 
representing  student  interests  in  the 


residential  facilities.  The  Residence  Halls 
Congress  also  creates  program  opportunities 
for  the  on-campus  population  and  in  many 
ways  works  closely  with  the  Office  of 
Housing  and  Residential  Life  to  enhance  on- 
campus  life. 

Charges 

Charges  for  student  housing  are  shown  in 
the  chapter  on  Expenses  and  Student 
Financial  Services.  The  Student  Handbook 
gives  additional  information. 

Access  to  On-Campus  Housing 

Preference  for  on-campus  housing  is  given 
to  full-time  undergraduate  students. 
Although  graduate  and  non-degree 
students  may  apply,  priority  is  given  to 
undergraduates.  Special  considerations  for 
housing  must  be  approved  by  the  Office  of 
Housing  and  Residential  Life  and  will  be 
considered  on  a  space-available  basis. 

Meals  for  On-Campus  Students 

Students  living  in  the  residence  halls  receive 
meals  in  the  Residence  Dining  Hall.  A 
student  may  contract  for  one  of  several 
board  plans  which  range  from  5  to  19  meals 
per  week,  including  brunch  and  dinner  on 
weekends,  or  may  pay  a  single  meal  rate 
which  includes  unlimited  seconds.  Charges 
for  student  meal  plans  are  shown  in  the 
chapter  on  Expenses  and  Student  Financial 
Services.  (Dining  Services  are  not  offered 
through  the  Student  Services  Division  but 
are  administered  by  the  Auxiliary  Services 
unit  of  the  university.) 


Dining  Services  for  the  Campus 

The  university  offers  a  range  of  food  and 
dining  services. 

A  la  carte  dining  services  are  available  in  the 
Commuter  Cafe,  North  Alcove  and  the 
Magic  Oven  Cookie  and  Coffee  Shop.  In 
addition,  the  Sunset/Cove  Room  located  on 
the  second  floor  of  the  Campus  Center 
serves  fresh  pizza,  sandwiches  and  fresh 
green  salads.  Automatic  vending  machines 
are  located  in  all  buildings. 

Arrangements  for  special  functions,  and 
meeting  space  may  be  made  with  the 
Conference  and  Function  Office  located  on 
the  ground  floor  of  the  Residence  Dining 
Hall.  In  addition,  the  UMass  Pass  Office 
located  in  the  Campus  Store  handles  Board 
plans  and  the  UMass  Pass  Debit  Card. 


The  Department  of  Public  Safety  provides 
twenty-four  hour  a  day  protection  of  the 
entire  campus  and  individuals  on  the 
campus.  Our  police  officers  are  vested  with 
full  law  enforcement  powers,  identical  to 
the  local  police  in  the  community.  The 
Officers  are  trained  at  the  Massachusetts 
Criminal  Justice  Training  Academy  and  also 
receive  annual  in-service  and  specialized 
training  in  such  aspects  as  first-aid,  CPR, 
defense  tactics,  legal  updates,  evidence 
gathering,  traffic  control,  and  investigations. 

The  University  provides  the  "DART,"  a 
shuttle  van  for  on-campus  safety  transporta- 
tion. The  service  begins  at  5:30  each  night 
and  ends  at  2:00  am,  7  days  a  week.  When 
there  are  special  events  on  campus, 
extended  service  is  provided  for  one  half- 
hour  after  the  event  closes.  There  is  a  pre- 
set route  that  takes  approximately  20 
minutes  to  complete.  DART  service  stops  are 
designated  with  a  sign  and  are  located  at 
the  residence  halls,  the  campus  center,  the 
gym,  Cedar  Dell,  and  the  library.  The  DART 
does  not  respond  to  special  requests  for 
transportation  except  to  provide  direct 
service  for  disabled  students. 

Any  student,  faculty,  staff  or  visitor  may 
report  a  potential  criminal  action  and 
emergency  on  campus  by  calling  9191  for 
emergencies  or  8107  for  the  police 
dispatcher. 

Crime  Statistics 

A  list  of  campus  crime  statistics  for  the 
previous  three-year  period  is  available  from 
the  Department  of  Public  Safety  upon 
request  and  through  the  pamphlet,  A  Guide 
to  Campus  Safety  and  Law  Enforcement 

Emergency  Call  Boxes 

An  emergency  telephone  system  is  provided 
on  campus.  These  emergency  telephones 
are  in  strategic  locations  around  campus 
and  are  easily  identified  by  their  distinctive 
orange  containers  as  well  as  by  their  bright 
blue  light  during  the  nighttime.  The 
emergency  phones  are  connected  directly  to 
the  police  dispatch  desk.  No  dialing  is 
required.  They  may  also  be  used  to  summon 
an  escort. 

Public  Safety  Programs 

A  unit  in  the  Department  of  Public  Safety  is 
the  Investigations  and  Crime  Prevention 
Unit.  Officers  who  specialize  in  selected 
crime  prevention  duties  staff  this  section. 
Programs  available  through  the  Crime 
Prevention  section  include  a  the  DART 
shuttle,  Rape  Aggression  Defense  (RAD) 


33 


Services  and  Support 


Other  Student  Services  and  Programs 


course  for  women.  Operation  I.D.,  Alcohol 
Awareness,  and  Anti-drunk  Driving 
Workshops. 

Safety  or  Health  Issues 

Safety  is  monitored  carefully  in  classes  and 
laboratories  in  chemistry,  biology,  medical 
technology,  physics,  and  studio  arts  that 
may  contain  or  use  chemicals,  bacteria, 
viruses,  silica,  asbestos,  x-ray,  radiation  or 
animals,  which  under  normal  conditions  are 
harmless  but  may  affect  persons  with  high 
risk  conditions.  Wayne  LeBlanc,  at  508  999- 
8242,  is  the  university's  Safety  Officer. 

Students  should  report  to  the  Health  Office, 
the  Office  of  Facilities  and  Physical  Plant,  the 
Campus  Police,  or  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chairpersons  anything  on  campus  that 

could  be  hazardous. 


Parking  on  Campus 

All  members  of  the  university  community 
wishing  to  use  their  cars  on  campus  must 
register  with  the  Department  of  Public 
Safety  and  receive  a  parking  sticker. 
Residence  students  may  keep  a  vehicle  on 
campus,  upon  payment  of  a  fee. 

Parking  decals  are  available  at  Mass  Pass 
located  in  the  campus  center.  Decals  for 
handicapped  parking  will  be  issued  at  the 
Department  of  Public  Safety;  all  wishing 
permits  for  handicapped  parking  must 
register  there. 


UMass  Dartmouth  Campus  Store 

The  University  Campus  Store,  located  on  the 
ground  floor  of  the  Campus  Center,  carries 
required  and  recommended  textbooks, 
reference  books,  computer  hardware, 
software,  general  school  supplies,  school- 
name  clothing,  and  a  good  selection  of 
sundries  and  gift  items.  Textbooks  go  on 
sale  in  August  for  the  fall  semester  and  in 
early  January  for  the  spring  semester. 
Special  order  service  is  offered  for  hard-to- 
find  books. 

Call  508  999-8180  for  complete  information 
on  store  hours,  textbook  returns,  and  book 
buy-back,  or  visit  umassd.edu/campus  store 

In  addition  to  cash  transactions,  the  Campus 
Store  accepts  VISA,  Master  Card,  American 
Express,  Discover,  and  checks  in  the  amount 
of  the  sale,  with  appropriate  identification. 
Also,  the  Campus  Store  is  integrated  with 
the  "UMass  Pass"  system  which  allows 
students,  once  funds  are  deposited,  to  make 
purchases  and  charge  their  accounts. 

UMass  Dartmouth  Alumni/ae 
Association 

All  current  students  should  Gonsider 
remaining  active  participants  in  the  life  of 
the  university,  through  the  UMass  Dart- 
mouth Alumni  Association.  Described  here 
are  those  aspects  of  the  Association's  many 
activities  that  relate  especially  to  current 
students. 

The  UMass  Dartmouth  Alumni  Association  is 
the  largest  volunteer  organization  on 
campus.  It  represents  the  interests  of  more 
than  30,000  former  students  in  all  50  states 
and  around  the  world.  Serving  as  liaison 
between  the  university  and  its  former 
students,  the  Alumni  Association  provides 
opportunities  for  people  to  get  involved  in 
shaping  the  future  of  their  school. 

This  year,  alumni  contributors  will  help  the 
Alumni  Association  provide  money  for 
scholarships,  gifts,  and  grants  for  students, 
faculty  and  campus  projects.  During  the 
Annual  Fund  phonations,  students  call 
graduates  to  solicit  gift  support.  Alumni  also 
participate  in  recruitment  of  new  students 
by  hosting  get-together  sessions  in  various 
communities  of  the  state. 

Some  of  the  on-campus  activities  the 
Alumni  Association  sponsors  include: 

•  Homecoming  Weekend 

•  Senior  Class  Pancake  Breakfast 

•  Alumni  Employees  Pride  Day. 


On  Homecoming  Weekend,  hundreds  of 
alumni  return  to  campus  for  events  that 
include  the  Corsair  Hall  of  Fame  induction 
banquet,  the  annual  Homecoming  football 
game,  and  a  post  game  party  Students  are 
invited  to  attend  most  activities  Various 
classes  and  student  organizations  have 
reunions  at  different  times  of  the  year. 

Students  have  the  opportunity  to  talk  with 
alumni  about  career  choices  throughout  the 
year.  During  the  year  career  panels  bring 
alumni  from  various  professions  back  to 
campus  to  tell  students  about  their  career 
paths  and  to  offer  students  tips  on  how  to 
enter  the  job  market  The  Alumni  Career 
Network  reference  guide  is  available  to 
students  in  the  Office  of  Career  Services. 
The  guide  gives  students  an  opportunity  to 
contact  alumni  directly  for  career  advice  or 
to  arrange  visits  to  job  sites. 

A  description  of  the  programs  and  activities 
of  the  Alumni  Association  is  given  in  a 
subsequent  section  of  this  Catalogue 

UMass  Pass  /  Student  ID  Card 

The  campus  identification  card,  called  the 
UMass  Pass  or  University  One-Card,  is 
required  to  access  the  student  residences, 
library,  Fitness  Center,  and  various  campus 
activities  or  events.  The  One-Card  is  active 
for  the  entire  time  a  student  is  registered  or 
employed  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  There  is  a 
fee  for  new  and  replacement  cards. 

The  UMass  Pass  debit  account  is  offered  to 
all  cardholders.  It  can  be  used  to  purchase 
services  that  would  otherwise  require  cash 
on  campus,  and  at  a  growing  list  of  off- 
campus  businesses.  All  forms  of  payment 
are  accepted,  including  deposits  with  Master 
Card,  Visa,  or  American  Express  (call  508 
910-6913  or  mail  checks  to  UMass  Pass 
Office,  285  Old  Westport  Road,  North 
Dartmouth,  MA  02747). 

The  UMass  Pass  office  is  located  in  the 
Campus  Store  and  can  be  reached  at  508 
910-6440  or  508  999-8188. 


34 


Services  and  Support 


35 


Academic  Regulations  and  Procedures 


All  rules  are  subject  to  change  in  accordance 
with  existing  and  hereafter  adopted 
university  policies-  Official  changes  will  be 
clearly  stated  in  university  policy  documents. 

Notations  may  indicate  when  specific 
regulations  became  or  will  become  effective. 
If  there  is  no  notation,  regulations  are  now 
fully  in  effect. 


Catalogue  Commitments 

The  catalogue  which  is  in  effect  when  a 
student  first  enters  the  university  (as  an 
admitted  degree  student)  is  generally  the 
one  that  will  govern  that  student's  course 
and  program  requirements.  However, 
circumstances  may  occur  that  require 
modification  of  this  principle. 

Changes  may  occur  in  the  requirements  for 
academic  programs  or  regulations. 
Whenever  possible,  such  changes  will  be 
phased  in,  with  the  class  affected  and  year 
when  the  changes  first  apply  being  stated.  If 
a  formerly  required  course  or  courses  should 
no  longer  be  offered,  substitutions  will  be 
considered  in  individual  program  planning; 
the  institution  will  attempt  to  respond 
flexibly  in  such  cases.  In  the  rare  event  of  an 
academic  program  being  phased  out,  those 
in  the  program  will  be  given  a  reasonable 
amount  of  time  to  complete  the  require- 
ments. Neither  transfers  in  nor  new 
admissions  will  occur. 

For  students  who  return  after  a  period  of 
withdrawal  or  dismissal  (in  other  words, 
who  do  not  maintain  continuous  registra- 
tion or  who  leave  without  a  granted  leave  of 
absence),  the  governing  catalogue  will 
become  that  which  is  in  effect  when  they 
are  re-admitted.  Individual  requests  to  be 
allowed  to  revert  to  the  earlier  catalogue 
will  be  reviewed  by  the  dean  of  the 


student's  college. 

Students  may  wish  to  change  their  majors  a 
year  or  more  after  they  join  the  university. 
Such  students  may  be  refused  the  option  of 
using  the  version  of  the  major  that  was 
listed  in  a  former  catalogue,  being  instead 
subject  to  requirements  of  a  newer  version. 
Students  who  entered  under  one  governing 
catalogue  may  prefer  the  requirements  in  a 
subsequent  catalogue.  They  may  request 
permission  to  have  that  newer  catalogue 
apply  to  them;  in  such  cases,  however,  they 
shall  then  adopt  all  requirements  from  the 
newer  catalogue.  Ten  years  is  deemed 
sufficient  time  for  a  part-time  student,  in 
continuous  registration,  to  complete  a 
degree.  If  a  student  takes  more  time  than 
this,  the  university  will  reserve  the  right  to 
impose  the  requirements  of  a  later 
catalogue.  Because  each  edition  of  the 
General  Catalogue  may  not  be  prepared 
significantly  in  advance  of  its  distribution 
and  the  Catalogue  is  not  re-edited  every 
year,  changes  may  go  into  effect  before  the 
next  edition  is  printed.  Such  changes  will  be 
clearly  stated  in  university  policy  documents. 

Issues  concerning  the  catalogue  that 
governs  for  individual  students  are  resolved 
at  the  level  of  the  college  dean. 


Maintenance  of  University  Records 

The  Office  of  the  University  Registrar 
maintains  the  official  educational  records  of 
all  graduate  and  undergraduate  students. 

The  Registrar's  Office  also  conducts 
registration,  arranges  schedules,  enforces 
certain  academic  regulations,  and  issues 
official  transcripts  from  the  university. 
Petitions  to  receive  credit  toward  one's 
university  degree  for  courses  which  have 
been  taken  elsewhere  must  be  filed  with  the 
Registrar.  The  Registrar  also  certifies 
enrollment  to  the  Social  Security  Administra- 
tion, the  Veterans  Administration,  insurance 
companies,  banks,  guaranteed  student  loan 
agencies,  and  other  agencies  including 
higher  education  loan  agencies. 

Confidentiality  of  Records 

The  university  policy  on  the  confidentiality 
of  records  is  consistent  with  the  require- 
ments of  the  Family  Education  Rights  and 
Privacy  Act  of  1975  (FERPA). 

The  policy  is  designed 

•  to  protect  the  privacy  of  educational 

records, 


•  to  establish  the  right  of  students  to 
inspect  and  review  their  educational  records, 
and 

•  to  provide  guidelines  for  the  correction  of 
inaccurate  or  misleading  data  through 
informal  and  formal  hearings. 

Students  also  have  the  right  to  file  com- 
plaints with  the  Family  Policy  Compliance 
Office,  U.S.  Department  of  Education, 
Washington,  DC  20202-4605  concerning 
alleged  failures  by  the  university  to  comply 
with  the  Act. 

The  university  is  allowed  to  disclose  certain 
basic  information  about  students  without 
their  assent,  and  is  in  fact  required  to  do  so 
by  state  statutes.  Such  disclosable  informa- 
tion is  called  "Directory  Information." 

The  university  has  designated  the  following 
categories  of  student  information  as 
directory  information:  student's  name,  local 
and  permanent  addresses,  most-recently 
attended  previous  school  or  college,  major 
field  of  study,  dates  of  attendance,  home 
town  where  applicable,  membership  in 
university  curricular  and  extra-curricular 
organizations,  weight/height  of  members  of 
athletic  teams,  and  degrees  and  awards 
received.  Currently  enrolled  students  may 
withhold  disclosure  of  the  above  categories 
of  information  by  submitting  written 
requests  to  the  University  Enrollment 
Center.  Once  a  non-disclosure  request  has 
been  filed,  it  will  remain  in  effect  until 
further  notification  from  the  student.  The 
university  assumes  that  absence  of  a 
student's  request  to  withhold  public 
information  indicates  individual  approval  of 
disclosure. 

UMass  Dartmouth  publishes  a  directory 
listing  its  current  students,  issuing  a  new 
directory  each  fall  semester.  The  directory 
will  list  names,  local  and  permanent 
addresses,  campus  electronic  mail  addresses, 
major  field  of  study,  and  dates  of  atten- 
dance or  class  year.  This  directory  will  be 
sold  at  a  reasonable  cost  in  the  Campus 
Store.  It  will  thus  be  available  not  only  to 
students  but  to  members  of  the  general 
public,  including  political  groups,  public  or 
private  agencies,  and  advertisers.  As  stated 
above,  students  may  request  non-disclosure 
at  the  University  Enrollment  Center. 

FERPA  restricts  significantly  the  right  of 
others  to  view  a  student's  educational 
records.  The  following  are  some  categories 
of  individuals  who  may  view  or  receive  a 
student's  educational  records,  by  federal  law 


New  in  2003-2004  Catalogue 

•  A  new  Grades  Amnesty  policy  allows 
UMass  Dartmouth  students  returning 
after  an  absence  of  five  or  more  years, 
in  certain  cases,  to  remove  previous 
grades  from  their  cumulative  grade 
average. 

•  Requirements  are  clarified  for 
graduating  with  a  double  major  that 
involves  two  different  degrees  (e.g., 
BA  and  BS). 

•  The  meaning  of  and  procedures  for 
Auditing  a  course  are  clarified. 


36 


and  by  the  procedures  established  for  the 
university. 

1 

The  student  him  or  her  self  (except  materials 
to  which  the  student  has  waived  the  right  of 
access,  such  as  confidential  letters  of 
recommendation,  and  records  that  are  not 
"educational  records"). 
2 

Persons  whom  the  student  authorizes  by 
name  in  a  written,  signed  statement  that 
specifies  the  purpose  of  the  disclosure  and 
names  the  records  to  be  released.  This  rule 
covers  special  requests  and  also  all  requests 
to  send  transcript  copies  to  employers  or 
other  educational  institutions.  Such 
disclosure  may  be  incorporated  within 
signed  agreements  to  participate  in  an 
activity  or  program — for  example,  receiving 
a  scholarship. 
3 

Officials  of  the  campus  and  university  who 
have  a  "legitimate  educational  interest"  in 
the  information.  At  UMass  Dartmouth, 
"officials"  includes... 

•  Persons  employed  by  UMass  Dartmouth 
in  an  administrative,  supervisory, 
academic  or  research,  or  support  staff 
position  (including  some  student 
workers); 

•  Officers  of  the  UMass  central  administra- 
tion; or 

•  Persons,  including  students,  serving  on 
committees  where  legitimate  "need  to 
know"  exists  (examples  are  persons 
serving  on  a  committee  that  recom- 
mends award  of  scholarships  or  persons 
serving  on  the  board  of  an  honor 
society). 

Such  officials  have  a  "legitimate  educational 
interest"  or  "need  to  know"  if  performing  a 
task  that ... 

•  Falls  within  the  context  of  assigned 
institutional  duties  or  responsibilities; 

•  Relates  to  the  functioning  of  the  office, 
position,  or  committee  involved; 

•  Relates  to  the  education  or  the  disciplin- 
ing of  the  student;  and 

•  Is  consistent  with  the  purposes  for  which 
the  information  is  kept. 

4 

Parents  who  have  established  that  the  minor 
student  is  a  dependent  on  their  federal 
income  tax.  Otherwise  parents  have  no  right 
of  access  to  their  daughter's  or  son's 
educational  records.  The  university  does  not 
routinely  share  student  information  in  this 
case,  but  can  use  this  clause  if  special 
circumstances  merit  its  use. 


5 

Persons  or  organizations  providing  financial 
aid  to  students  or  determining  those  aid 
awards,  as  necessary  to  determine  eligibility, 
amounts,  or  conditions  of  an  award  or  to 
enforce  its  terms  and  conditions. 
6 

Federal  grand  jury  subpoena  (without  notice 
to  parent  or  eligible  student)  and  any  other 
subpoena  issued  for  a  law  enforcement 
purpose  (with  notice  to  parent  or  eligible 
student). 
7 

Appropriate  parties  in  an  emergency  if  the 
knowledge  or  information  is  necessary  to 
protect  the  health  or  safety  of  the  student  or 
others. 
8 

Officials  of  another  school  in  which  a  student 
seeks  or  intends  to  enroll,  upon  request  and 
with  appropriate  documentation. 
9 

Certain  officials  of  the  US  Department  of 
Education,  the  Comptroller  General,  and 
state  educational  authorities,  in  connection 
with  certain  state  or  federally  supported 
education  programs. 
10 

State  and  local  officials  or  authorities  to 
whom  such  information  is  specifically 
required  to  be  reported; 
11 

Organizations  conducting  certain  studies  for 

or  on  behalf  of  the  university. 

12 

Accrediting  organizations  to  carry  out  their 

functions. 

13 

An  alleged  victim  of  any  crime  of  violence,  of 
the  final  results  of  any  institutional  disciplin- 
ary proceeding  against  the  alleged  perpetra- 
tor of  that  crime  with  respect  to  that  crime. 
14 

Post-secondary  institutions  may  disclose  the 
final  results  of  any  disciplinary  proceeding  for 
a  crime  of  violence  or  non-forcible  sex 
offense  to  anyone  if  the  institution  deter- 
mines that  the  student  committed  a  violation 
of  its  rules  with  respect  to  the  crime; 
15 

Post-secondary  institutions  may  disclose  to  a 
parent  or  legal  guardian,  information 
regarding  a  student's  violation  of  any  law  or 
institutional  rule  or  policy  governing  the  use 
of  possession  of  alcohol  or  a  controlled 
substance  if  the  student  is  under  the  age  of 
21  and  the  institution  has  determined  that 
the  student  has  committed  a  disciplinary 
violation. 


Persons  authorized  to  view  or  retain  a 
student's  educational  records,  as  above, 
may  in  no  case  transmit,  share,  or  disclose 
the  information  to  any  third  party.  All  third- 
party  requests  for  information  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Office  of  the  University 
Registrar. 

The  complete  UMass  Dartmouth  FERPA 
policy  statement  gives  additional  details  and 
categories.  It  also  defines  what  records  are 
deemed  to  be  "educational  records"  in  this 
context. 

A  complete  copy  of  the  university's 
procedures  and  policies  regarding  the  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  is 
available  for  inspection  at  the  Office  of  the 
University  Registrar.  Notification  of  these 
policies  is  distributed  in  print  each  year  to 
our  active  students  through  the  semester 
Course  Listings  booklets. 

Access  to  One's  Educational  Records 

Students  may  inspect  and  review  their 
education  records  upon  request  to  the 
Office  of  University  Records.  The  student 
should  submit  a  written  request  which 
identifies  as  precisely  as  possible  the  record 
or  records  he  or  she  wishes  to  inspect. 

The  Office  of  University  Records  will  make 
the  needed  arrangements  for  access  as 
promptly  as  possible  and  notify  the  student 
of  the  time  and  place  where  the  records 
may  be  inspected.  Access  must  be  given  in 
45  days  or  less  from  the  receipt  of  the  re- 
quest. When  a  record  contains  information 
about  more  than  one  student,  the  student 
may  inspect  and  review  only  the  portion  of 
the  records  which  relate  to  him/her. 

Requests  for  Transcripts 

Transcripts  may  be  obtained  through  the 
University  Enrollment  Center  or  from  the 
Registrar's  Office.  Both  official  and  unofficial 
copies  are  available.  As  of  Fall  2001 ,  degree 
students  pay  a  one-time  transcript  fee; 
transcripts  are  provided  to  them,  and  to  all 
others,  at  no  cost  both  now  and  for  the 
future.  Requests  for  transcripts  must  be 
made  in  person,  in  writing,  or  by  FAX, 
because  the  student's  signature  is  required 
as  a  release.  The  Registrar  will  enforce 
policies  to  see  that  transcript  requests  are 
reasonable. 

Student  ID/UMass  Pass  Card 

Students,  faculty,  and  staff  are  required  to 
have  a  UMass  Dartmouth  identification  card 
to  access  various  university  services  and 
functions.  A  fee  is  charged  for  new  and 


37 


Academic  Regulations 


Undergraduate  Degree  Requirements 


replacement  cards.  Further  information  is 
available  in  the  "UMass  Pass"  section  of  the 
chapter  on  The  Campus  Experience. 

Student  ID  Number 

The  university  requests  all  students  (except 
international  students  who  lack  them)  to 
submit  their  social  security  numbers  for  use 
as  their  student  ID  number.  However,  those 
who  do  not  wish  to  have  their  social  security 
numbers  used  as  their  student  identifier  will 
be  issued  a  special  nine-digit  number  for 
this  purpose,  upon  formal  request  to  the 
Office  of  the  University  Registrar.  Students 
can  be  assured  that  the  university  will 
respect  and  protect  their  privacy  and  their 
social  security  numbers. 

Change  of  Student  Information 

Students  should  notify  the  University 
Enrollment  Center  or  Registrar's  Office  of 
any  change  in  their  student  information.  A 
form  is  made  available  to  report  changes  in 
personal  information,  such  as  a  change  of 
name  or  address.  The  student's  University 
Records  file  is  the  official  repository  of 
individual  information  such  as  personal  data, 
major  and  minor  programs,  and  academic 
records.  Current  and  accurate  information  is 
important,  and  for  some  purposes  manda- 
tory (for  example,  for  international  students 
to  retain  visa  status). 


To  earn  a  UMass  Dartmouth  undergraduate 
degree,  a  student  must  meet  the  following 
UMass  Dartmouth  requirements: 

1.  Be  admitted  to  degree  status  as  a 
UMass  Dartmouth  undergraduate 
student 

UMass  Dartmouth  offers  the  under- 
graduate degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts, 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  and  Bachelor  of 
Science.  (See  the  Graduate  Catalogue 
for  graduate  offerings.)  Each  degree 
requires  being  accepted  into  and 
fulfilling  the  requirements  of  a  major. 
Students  are  admitted  to  degree  status 
through  the  Office  of  Admissions  or 
through  the  official  degree  admission 
procedures  of  the  Division  of  Continu- 
ing Education.  Non-degree  students, 
sometimes  called  "special  students," 
are  not  eligible  for  a  UMass  Dartmouth 
degree. 

2.  Meet  the  residency  requirement  of 
UMass  Dartmouth 

At  least  45  credits  of  work  must  be 
completed  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 
However,  no  more  than  60  credits  can 
be  credited  toward  the  degree  from 
any  combination  of  postsecondary  2- 
year  institutions,  advanced  placement, 
or  CLEP  credits.  Credits  that  may  be 
applied  to  the  degree  include  advanced 


placement,  CLEP  credits,  and  transfer 
credits. 

At  least  30  credits  of  advanced  and 
specialized  courses  must  be  completed 
(UMass  Dartmouth  courses  numbered 
300  or  higher,  excluding  courses 
numbered  900 — Contract  Learning). 

It  is  expected  that  students  will  earn 
most  of  their  advanced  and  specialized 
course  credits  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 
Students  may  be  granted  permission  by 
the  appropriate  chairperson  and 
college  dean  to  earn  some  of  these 
requirements  at  another  institution,  so 
long  as  UMass  Dartmouth  major  and 
minor  requirements  are  met  to  their 
satisfaction  thereby. 

Satisfy  the  general  education 
requirements  of  UMass  Dartmouth 

This  category  refers  to  a  series  of 
requirements  that  all  UMass  Dartmouth 
students  must  meet,  beginning  with 
students  entering  in  fall  1998.  They  are 
stated  later  in  this  catalogue  section. 
Those  entering  previously  do  not  need 
to  meet  a  general  education  require- 
ment (unless  returning  in  fall  1998  or 
beyond  after  a  lapse  from  active 
student  status — see  "Catalogue 
Commitments"  section,  above). 

Satisfy  the  distribution  require- 
ments of  the  college  and  the 
academic  major 

UMass  Dartmouth  requires  students  to 
complete  distribution  requirements 
according  to  the  degree  sought  and 
the  program  and  College.  These 
distribution  requirements  vary  among 
colleges  and  majors  and  with  year  of 
graduation.  They  are  described  in  the 
college  and  department  chapters  of 
this  catalogue.  Distribution  require- 
ments ensure  breadth  of  studies 
beyond  limits  of  the  academic  major. 

Complete  a  UMass  Dartmouth 
academic  major 

In  order  to  graduate  from  UMass 
Dartmouth,  a  student  must  successfully 
meet  all  requirements  for  a  specified 
major  within  a  recognized  department, 
or  an  approved  inter-departmental 
major.  Specific  requirements  for  each 
major  are  included  in  each 
department's  section  of  this  catalogue 


38 


A  UMass  Dartmouth  major  must 
consist  of  at  least  30  credits  in 
appropriate  courses  carrying  depart- 
mental approval;  some  majors  require 
additional  credits.  Most  majors  require 
a  seminar  equivalent  or  special 
individual  project.  Such  a  project  may 
be  incorporated  in  a  specific  course  or 
carry  separate  credit. 

While  some  programs  require  approval 
of  a  major  early  in  a  student's  college 
career,  all  UMass  Dartmouth  students 
shall  be  required  to  request  a  major  no 
later  than  the  registration  period  for 
the  fall  semester  of  the  junior  year. 
Formal  request  shall  be  made  to  the 
appropriate  chairperson,  or  as  the  case 
may  require  (e.g.,  multidisciplinary 
studies),  the  program  coordinator. 

Students  whose  overall  grade  point 
average  is  above  the  dismissal  grade 
point  average  shall  be  allowed  to 
request  a  major.  (However,  most 
majors  require  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.0 
or  higher.)  Students  whose  overall 
grade  point  average  is  below  the 
dismissal  grade  point  average  shall  be 
candidates  for  dismissal. 

By  being  accepted  into  and  fulfilling 
the  requirements  of  two  majors,  a 
student  may  graduate  with  one  degree 
and  a  dual  major,  or  two  degrees. 

Students  admitted  to  a  major  may 
remain  in  it  until  graduation,  until  they 
shift  to  another  major,  or  unless  they 
are  dismissed  from  the  major  because 
they  did  not  meet  a  requirement  for 
progression.  Requirements  for 
progression  in  each  major  are  stated  in 
the  appropriate  sections  of  the  General 
Catalogue.  Such  requirements  may 
include  (but  are  not  limited  to)  the 
following:  maintenance  of  a  minimal 
GPA  in  all  courses  or  in  all  major 
courses;  satisfaction  of  requirements 
for  progress  in  completing  major 
courses;  the  passing  of  one  or  more 
mid-program  reviews;  the  meeting  of 
stated  requirements  for  professional 
practice.  Dismissals  from  a  major  are 
recommended  by  the  department  to 
the  college  dean. 


6.  Have  a  grade  point  average  of  at 
least  2.000  in  all  courses  taken  in 
the  major 

All  work  required  in  the  student's 
major  field  of  concentration  must  be 
satisfactorily  completed.  The  cumula- 
tive grade  point  average  for  courses 
taken  in  the  major  shall  be  set  by  the 
department  at  not  less  than  2.000. 

7.  Have  at  least  30  course  credits  in 
advanced  and  specialized  courses 

At  least  30  course  credits  in  advanced 
and  specialized  courses — courses 
numbered  300  or  higher,  excluding 
courses  numbered  900  (contract 
learning) — must  be  satisfactorily 
completed  at  or  under  the  sponsorship 
of  UMass  Dartmouth. 

8.  Have  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  at  least  2.000 

A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of 
not  less  than  2.000  for  all  credits 
submitted  for  the  degree  must  be 
attained. 

9.  Complete  120  credits  of  courses 
(minimum — some  programs  require 
a  higher  number  of  credits  for  the 
degree) 

The  requirement  to  complete  120 
credits  of  courses  is  a  minimum.  Some 
programs  require  a  higher  number  of 
credits  for  the  degree. 

Department  or  College  Requirements 

Academic  requirements  more  restrictive  than 
or  in  addition  to  UMass  Dartmouth 
requirements  may  be  established  for  any 
major  or  program. 


Other  Program  Options 

In  addition  to  pursuing  an  academic  major, 
many  students  will  also  work  towards  a 
certain  goal,  such  as  preparation  for 
teaching,  entrance  to  law  school  or  medical 
school,  or  certification  in  a  certain  area  of 
studies.  Such  options  are  described  in  other 
places  in  this  catalogue.  In  addition,  students 
may  pursue  a  double  major  or  a  minor.  A 
growing  list  of  departments  are  facilitating 
access  to  a  master's  degree  through  a 
combined  bachelor's/master's  program. 


Double  Majors 

By  being  accepted  into  and  fulfilling  the 
requirements  of  two  majors,  a  student  may 
graduate  with  one  degree  and  two  majors, 
or  two  degrees.  Both  majors  are  deemed  to 
be  of  equal  importance,  and  students  must 
fulfil  all  requirements  for  both  degrees. 
When  the  choice  of  two  majors  would  result 
in  the  award  of  two  degrees,  for  example,  a 
BS  and  a  BA,  requirements  for  both  must  be 
met  not  only  in  major  course  work  but  in 
distribution  requirements,  general  education 
requirements,  and  a  language  requirement 
if  applicable.  Students  requesting  special 
considerations  regarding  requirements 
beyond  those  of  the  specific  major,  such  as 
in  general  education,  need  to  receive 
approval  from  officials  of  the  departments/ 
colleges  of  both  majors.  If  a  student  who  is 
pursuing  a  double  major  decides  to 
graduate  before  completing  requirements  of 
both  majors,  s/he  will  be  subject  to  the 
requirements  for  Readmission  to  Complete  a 
Second  Bachelor's  Degree  covered  later  in 
this  section;  recently,  hardship  waivers  to 
this  rule  have  been  permitted  by  the  college 
dean  or  deans  concerned. 

Combined  Bachelor's/Master's  Programs 

According  to  a  new  policy,  some  academic 
departments  may  announce  combined 
bachelor's/master's  programs  allowing  well- 
qualified  undergraduates  to  move  directly  to 
master's  level  study  in  the  same  department. 
The  policy  permits  curricular  designs 
allowing  up  to  1 5  credits  of  coursework  to 
count  for  both  the  bachelor's  and  master's 
level,  thus  reducing  the  total  credits 
required  to  earn  both  degrees. 

Academic  Minors 

Qualified  students  may  complete  an 
academic  minor.  Approved  minors  consist  of 
at  least  18  credits,  of  which  9  must  be  at 
the  upper  division  level.  The  university's 
minimum  requirement  for  access  to  a  minor 
is  that  the  student  must  be  a  degree 
candidate  who  has  earned  at  least  54 
credits,  with  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  2.000  and  with  a  2.500  grade 
point  average  in  the  major.  A  department 
offering  a  minor  may  establish  other 
requirements  beyond  these  minima.  The 
same  course  may  count  both  for  a  minor 
and  for  distribution  or  general  education 
requirement,  but  not  also  as  a  major 
requirement. 

Specific  minor-program  requirements  are 
stated  in  the  program  sections  of  this 
catalogue.  Successful  completion  of  a  minor 
will  be  so  noted  on  the  student's  transcript. 


39 


Academic  Regulations 


General  Education  Requirement 


Code  Qualifiers 


The  current  General  Education  program  was 
initiated  in  Fall  1998,  with  a  phase-in  process 
between  that  date  and  fall  2000. 

To  qualify  for  graduation,  students  must 
meet  the  General  Education  Requirement  by 
means  of  an  appropriate  selection  of  courses. 
The  table  to  the  right  summarizes  the 
requirements. 

Goal  of  General  Education 

The  goal  of  UMass  Dartmouth's  General 
Education  program  is  to  educate  students  to 
be  not  only  proficient  in  their  areas  of 
specialty,  but  also 

•  to  have  a  working  understanding  of  the 
connections  between  disciplines; 

•  to  appreciate  and  respect  the  differences 

among  ourselves; 

•  to  be  ethical,  culturally-aware,  and 
socially-responsible  citizens; 

•  to  be  quantitative  and  rational  thinkers; 

and 

•  to  be  effective  and  creative 
communicators. 

Information  about  General  Education 

The  approved  lists  of  general  education 
courses  and  categories  are  made  available 
every  semester  in  the  published  Course 
Listings  booklets  that  give  the  schedule  of 

classes. 

The  code  symbols  from  the  chart  in  the  next 
column  are  also  shown  in  the  course 
descriptions  of  the  General  Catalogue  to 
identify  all  courses  that  have  received 
"permanent  designation"  as  counting  for 
one  or  more  of  the  general  education  areas. 

A  few  courses  apply  toward  a  category  of 
general  education  only  in  certain  years  or 
depending  on  the  instructor  assigned  to 
teach  them;  these  courses,  which  receive 
"contingent  designation,"  are  identified  only 
in  the  Course  Listings  booklets. 

The  General  Education  Committee  is  actively 
at  work  helping  the  campus  community  to 
implement  these  requirements  and  approving 
additional  general  education  course 
requirements. 


General  Education  Area 


Cultural  &  Artistic  Literacy  C 
9  credits 


Ethics  &  Social  Responsibility  E 
3  credits 


Global  Awareness  &  Diversity  G 
6  credits  AND 

D 


Information  &  Computer  Literacy  Tier  1 
6  credits 

AND 

(Advanced,  Tier  2)  I 


Mathematics,  Natural  Science,  and  M 
Technology 

AND 

9  credits 

S 


Written  &  Oral  Communications  Tier  1 
Skills 

(Advanced,  Tier  2)  W 

9  credits 


O 


All  regular  courses  from  the  departments 
of  history,  philosophy,  foreign  language, 
and  English  (literature  and  creative  writing 
courses  only);  and  from  the  College  of 
Visual  and  Performing  Arts.  No  more  than 
6  credits  from  the  same  department 


A  course  which  has  at  least  12  instructional 
hours  in  ethics  and  social  responsibility,  from 
the  approved  list 
OR 

A  departmental  major  or  college  requirement 
(course  or  sequence  of  courses)  which  has  at 
least  12  instructional  hours  in  ethics  and 
social  responsibility,  as  approved  for  that  unit 


A  three-credit  course  in  global  awareness, 
from  the  approved  list; 


A  three-credit  course  in  diversity,  from  the 
approved  list 


English  101  and  102,  incorporating 
computer-based  assignments  and  library 
instruction 


Department-specific  advanced  literacy  skills, 
as  approved  for  that  unit  (credits  unspeci 
fied). 


A  three-credit  course  from  the  depart- 
ment of  mathematics  (non-remedial) 


Six  credits  from  .  .  . 

(a)  all  regular  courses  from  the  departments 
of  biology,  chemistry,  medical  laboratory 
science,  civil  and  environmental  engineering, 
computer  and  information  science,  electrical 
and  computer  engineering,  mechanical 
engineering,  and  physics; 

OR 

(b)  other  courses  which  emphasize  funda- 
mental scientific  concepts  or  application  of 
scientific  methods  in  critical  thinking  and 
problem-solving  in  the  natural  sciences,  from 
the  approved  list 


English  101  and  102  AND 

Three  credits  in  a  writing-intensive  course 
from  the  approved  list  The  curriculum  is  to 
be  designed  so  students  complete  this 
course  before  the  student's  senior  year. 
AND 

At  least  two  formal  oral  presentations  in 
one  or  more  courses  designated  by  the 
student's  major  department  and  approved 
for  that  unit  (Tier  2  oral  communications) 


40 


Courses  that  meet  these  requirements  are 
coded  in  the  departmental  course  listings  of 
this  catalogue. 


Gen  Ed  and  Transfer  Credit 

Course  equivalencies  are  determined  in  the 
transfer  credit  approval  process.  If  a  course 
from  elsewhere  is  found  equivalent  to  a 
UMass  Dartmouth  course  or  category  of 
courses  that  satisfies  a  general  ed  require- 
ment, the  transferred-in  course  will  satisfy 
that  same  requirement.  For  courses  that  do 
not  have  exact  equivalency  to  a  UMass 
Dartmouth  course,  those  who  make  transfer 
credit  decisions  have  discretion  to  make 
judgments  that  another  school's  course 
meets  one  or  more  of  our  general  education 
requirements. 

Relation  to  Other  UMass  Dartmouth 
Requirements 

General  Education  course  requirements  take 
their  place  beside  other  requirements,  as 
outlined  in  the  section  on  Undergraduate 
Degree  Requirements,  rather  than  replacing 
any  other  graduation  requirements.  Students 
are  alerted  especially  that  the  general 
education  requirements  and  the  distribution 
requirements  for  their  major  and  college  are 
not  necessarily  the  same;  both  sets  of 
requirements  must  be  satisfied 

However,  any  courses  used  in  satisfying  a 
general  education  requirement  may  also  be 
used  to  satisfy  other  kinds  of  requirements. 

That  is,  Gen  Ed  is  an  "overlay"  requirement, 
not  a  separate  requirement. 

For  example,  some  courses  used  for  general 
education  will  often  also  meet  requirements 
for  the  major.  Other  general  education 
courses  may  meet  the  "distribution 
requirements"  established  by  the  colleges  of 
the  student's  major. 

Can  One  Gen  Ed  Course  Satisfy  More 
Than  One  Gen  Ed  Requirement? 

In  the  case  of  content  courses  that  can 
satisfy  different  General  Education  content 
requirements,  a  student  can  use  such  a 
course  only  to  satisfy  one  such  requirement. 
For  example,  if  a  course  is  listed  as  satisfying 
both  the  Global  Awareness  and  Diversity 
requirements,  a  student  can  use  it  to  satisfy 
only  one  of  those  requirements. 

When  a  general  education  content  course 
has  also  embedded  within  it  a  unit  or 
attribute  that  satisfies  a  skills  area  require- 
ment (that  is,  when  a  C,  D,  E,  G,  M,  or  S 
course  is  also  identified  as  I  Tier  2,  W  Tier  2, 
or  0),  it  may  be  used  to  satisfy  or  contribute 
toward  satisfying  both  requirements. 
Similarly,  a  single  course  may  be  identified  as 
satisfying  more  than  one  skills  attribute. 


CO 

4-» 

c 

CD 


CD 

L_ 

D" 
CD 
Q£ 

C 

o 

'+-> 
CO 
U 


CO 
i_ 

CD 
C 
CD 


—  *j  £  o 

m  °  ti 
l/>   HI  ■=  2 

»  %s 

O  1  a 


c  U)  v> 

-  <u  5 

»-  ~  o 

5  c  o 


E  5 


—  0) 

<n  c 

-Q  0) 
O 

< 


=>  t  ~ 
^  <  □ 


"8  5 

<j  tr  i_ 
Q   to    O  03 


E  3! 


*-  O  3  Q. 

"3  C  O  Q. 

W  O  ■ 

C  lb  ^  "O  *- 

.O  Q.  o  C  ."> 


o  >-' 


<D  E  C 
4^     QJ  C 


ill 


ci  —  <d  -  fc  o  c  "O  o 
Qcouuuiue325 


5  u 


5     s  ^  E 


-C    C    ^  c 

o  o  re  2  p 
co  u  xj  E  E 


o  03  ^ 


E 


E  tS 


8  a 


J2  a>  E  S 

Q.  aj  </>  3  a 

^  Q.  i_  >_  Q 

Q  i/)  o  o  re 


O  CL 


C   <u        T3  ~ 


T3 

c  ™  5 


O  ro  </i  _l 

^  3  Q  - 

,o  ^  5;  o 

O  >  Q  u. 


C  o  3  ,-  m  t; 
2  o 


o  2  £  <u  2  d  E 
O  -t 


41 


Academic  Regulations 


Academic  Advising  at  UMass  Dartmouth 


Roles  of  the  Academic  Advisor 

UMass  Dartmouth's  faculty  take  their 
obligation  to  advise  students  seriously. 
Students  consult  their  advisors  for  assistance 
in  — 
• 

forming  their  academic  goals  and  career 

objectives 

• 

establishing  an  overall  plan  for  their  program 

of  study 

• 

understanding  and  meeting  degree 
requirements,  requirements  in  the  specific 
academic  program  or  major,  distribution 
requirements  and  college  requirements,  and 
general  education  requirements 
• 

understanding  academic  regulations  and 

procedures 

• 

monitoring  their  progress  toward  completion 

of  their  degree 

• 

identifying  campus  services  appropriate  to 

their  needs 

• 

planning  for  any  special  programs  like  an 
experiential  learning  experience  or  study 
abroad 
• 

responding  to  academic  difficulties. 

Students  must  see  their  advisor  before  they 
register  each  semester.  In  this  contact,  the 
advisor  should  review  the  student's  academic 
progress,  review  the  student's  career  plans, 
and  assist  the  student  in  selecting  the  next 
semester's  courses.  The  advisor  must  sign  to 
approve  the  student's  course  selections 
before  the  student  registers;  in  many  cases, 
the  advisor  can  register  the  student  directly 
from  his  or  her  office. 

Students  may  see  their  advisor  at  other 
times.  The  advisor  can  call  a  conference  with 
the  student  at  any  time,  with  reasonable 
notice.  The  first  stop  for  students  who 
receive  notice  of  academic  warning  or 
probation  should  be  the  office  of  their 
advisor  (see  below,  the  section  on  "Aca- 
demic Sanctions"). 

The  Academic  Advising  System  at  UMass 
Dartmouth 

Every  degree  candidate  has  an  assigned 
individual  faculty  member  who  serves  as  his 
or  her  academic  advisor. 

The  student's  major  program  determines  the 
assignment  of  the  faculty  academic  advisor. 
The  academic  department  assigns  each 


student  to  an  academic  advisor,  except  in 
certain  special  cases  noted  here  — 
• 

Students  who  have  selected  Liberal  Arts  as 
their  initial  program  receive  academic 
advising  in  the  Academic  Advising  Center. 
• 

Freshman  students  in  certain  majors— like 
Business — may  receive  academic  advising 
from  faculty  selected  from  their  college, 
located  in  the  Academic  Advising  Center. 
• 

Freshman  students  in  the  studio  arts  receive 
academic  advising  through  a  special 
orientation  course  and  program  provided  in 
their  College. 
• 

Students  pursuing  their  degree  in  the  Division 
of  Continuing  Education  receive  academic 
assistance  from  qualified  staff  members,  who 
provide  a  link  between  each  student  and  the 
academic  department  of  their  major. 

New  students,  be  they  incoming  freshmen  or 
transfer  students,  will  meet  their  advisors  at 
the  New  Student  Orientation  program. 

In  many  academic  majors,  the  student  retains 
the  same  academic  advisor  throughout  the 
program.  In  others,  students  change  their 
advisor  as  they  progress  in  their  degree 
program. 

In  certain  circumstances,  a  student  will  work 
with  an  advisor  in  addition  to  her  or  his  main 
advisor — for  example,  if  pursuing  an 
academic  minor;  a  special  program  such  as 
teacher  preparation,  pre-medical,  or  pre-law; 
or  cooperative  education.  When  a  student 
has  a  double  major,  s/he  will  have  a  different 
advisor  assigned  for  each  major. 

Students  have  an  obligation  to  know  who 
their  advisor  is  and  to  contact  that  advisor 
when  required  or  when  needing  assistance. 
At  the  same  time,  each  academic  department 
has  an  obligation  at  the  beginning  of  every 
semester  to  post  in  a  conspicuous  place  the 
faculty  advising  assignments  for  each  major 
student  in  the  department.  All  members  of 
the  faculty  must  have  scheduled  conference 
hours  posted  on  their  office  doors  and  are 
expected  to  be  available  during  those  hours 
to  advisees;  in  addition,  students  may 
schedule  appointments  with  their  advisors  at 
other  times. 

Because  the  department  chairperson,  not  the 
advisor,  must  approve  each  student  for 
graduation,  the  department  chairperson  or 
designee  should  review  the  record  of  each 
major  in  the  department  at  the  point  of 


completing  90  credits,  or  three-quarters  of 
the  requirements  for  the  degree.  The 
department  chairperson  or  designee  is 
responsible  to  inform  the  student  of 
requirements  that  remain  unfilled 

As  partners  with  their  faculty  advisors  in  the 
advising  relationship,  students  have  the  final 
responsibility  to  understand  the  requirements 
for  their  majors  and  degrees  and  the  policies 
of  the  university.  Each  student  is  given  a  copy 
of  the  General  Catalogue  m  effect  for  the 
year  of  their  entrance  to  degree  study 

Students  needing  assistance  with  the  advising 
system  should  go  either  to  the  office  of  the 
Chairperson  of  the  department  of  their  major 
or  to  the  university's  Academic  Advising 
Center.  A  current  list  of  academic  depart- 
ment locations  and  phone  numbers  is 
published  annually  in  the  Student  Handbook, 
which  is  given  to  every  student  each  year. 
The  Academic  Advising  Center,  described 
above  in  the  chapter  on  Campus  Services  and 
Support,  will  consult  with  any  student  on  a 
walk-in  basis  and  provides  special  guidance 
to  those  considering  changing  their  major. 

The  Dean  of  each  College  has  ultimate 
responsibility  for  the  academic  advising 
system  for  the  students  in  the  programs  in  his 
or  her  College. 

Statement  of  Final  Responsibility 

Although  faculty  advisors  and  many  others 
seek  to  guide  and  assist  each  student,  it  is 
the  student — not  the  faculty  advisor, 
department  chairperson,  or  other  university 
official — who  is  ultimately  responsible  for 
seeing  that  his  or  her  program  fulfills  degree 
requirements. 

Academic  Advising  Goals  and  Emphases 

The  Faculty  Senate  has  adopted  the  following 
"Academic  Advising  Policy  Statement"  to 
encourage  faculty  in  the  philosophy  and 
practice  of  developmental  advising.* 

The  functions  of  academic  advising  at  UMass 
Dartmouth  include: 

1 

Assisting  students  in  self-understanding  and 
self-acceptance  (value  clarification,  under- 
standing abilities,  interests  and  limitations). 
2 

Assisting  students  in  their  consideration  of 
life  goals  by  relating  interests,  skills,  abilities, 
and  values  to  careers,  the  world  of  work,  and 
the  nature  and  purpose  of  higher  education. 
3 

Assisting  students  in  developing  an  educa- 


42 


UMass  Dartmouth  Courses 


tional  plan  consistent  with  life  goals  and 
objectives  (alternative  course  action,  alternate 
career  considerations,  and  selections  of 
courses). 
4 

Assisting  students  in  developing  decision- 
making skills. 
5 

Providing  accurate  information  about 
institutional  policies,  procedures,  resources, 
and  programs. 
6 

Making  referrals  to  other  institutional  or 

community  support  services. 

7 

Assisting  students  in  evaluation  or  revalua- 
tion of  progress  toward  established  goals  and 
educational  plans. 
8 

Providing  information  about  students  to  the 
institution,  colleges  and/or  academic 
departments. 
9 

Facilitating  the  students'  successful  attain- 
ment of  educational  and  career  goals. 
10 

Facilitating  the  students'  achievement  of 
GPAs  consistent  with  their  abilities. 
11 

Making  students  aware  of  the  wide  range  of 
services  and  educational  opportunities  that 
may  be  pertinent  to  their  educational 
objectives. 
12 

Assisting  students  in  exploring  the  possible 
short-and-long  range  of  consequences  of 
their  choices. 
13 

Assisting  students  in  choosing  educational 
and  career  objectives  commensurate  with 
their  interests  and  abilities. 

*  Adopted  from  the  National  Academic 
Advising  Association. 

Advising  for  Non-Degree  Students  or 
Prospective  Students 

Students  who  wish  just  to  take  a  course  or 
courses  without  being  in  degree  status  may 
receive  assistance  at  the  Academic  Advising 
Center. 

Such  individuals  may  study  at  the  university  in 
non-degree  special  student  status.  The 
faculty  advisors  in  the  Academic  Advising 
Center  welcome  contacts  from  such  students 
and  assist  them  in  formulating  their  goals  of 
study. 

Students  considering  admission  to  degree 
study,  either  full  or  part  time,  should  contact 
the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions. 


Role  of  the  Deans  of  the  Five  Colleges 

Students  may  consult  the  office  of  the  Dean 
of  their  College  for  information  or  inquiries 
about  the  departmental  programs  or 
academic  requirements,  regulations,  and 
processes.  A  role  of  the  Deans  is  to  approve 
special  academic  petitions  and  requests  or  to 
waive  an  academic  regulation,  due  to 
hardship  or  special  conditions.  Another  role  is 
to  give  assistance  with  any  student's 
concerns,  or  to  handle  complaints  and  special 
appeals. 


Statement  on  Outside  Work 

The  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth  is 
committed  to  delivering  the  highest  quality 
education  to  all  of  its  students.  In  this 
context,  we  believe  that  for  each  credit, 
students  should  expect  at  least  three  hours  of 
related  academic  work  outside  of  class.  While 
the  campus  is  appreciative  of  the  necessity  of 
students  having  outside  employment,  full- 
time  students  should  think  carefully  about  the 
number  of  hours  they  spend  in  outside 
employment.  Faculty  members  offer  students 
a  workload  that  challenges  students  to  get 
the  most  out  of  their  educational  experience. 
Each  student  at  the  University  registered  for 
1 5  credits  should  expect  at  least  60  hours  of 
academic  work  per  week. 


Course  Credits 

Courses  are  the  basic  units  of  teaching  at 
UMass  Dartmouth.  A  course  is  a  segment  of 
an  academic  or  professional  field  which 
provides  insight  and  understanding  of  those 
topics,  skills,  and  approaches  to  knowledge 
which  are  determined  by  the  University  to 
be  important  to  students'  educational 
development,  personal  growth,  and/or 
career  preparation. 

Each  course  at  UMass  Dartmouth  carries  the 
number  of  credit  hours  specified  in  the 
course  description.  Lecture/discussion 
courses  ordinarily  meet  three  hours  per 
week  in  each  semester.  There  is,  however,  a 
wide  range  of  hour  and  credit  arrange- 
ments, ranging  from  one-credit  laboratories 
to  1 5-credit  practice  teaching  courses. 
Consult  the  chapter  on  "Other  Learning 
Opportunities"  for  further  variations. 

Course  Load 

Full-time  load:  An  undergraduate  student  is 
deemed  to  be  in  full-time  status  during  a 
semester  if  carrying  12  or  more  credits.  A 
graduating  senior  in  the  final  semester  may 
be  considered  full  time  with  fewer  credits, 
thus  maintaining  financial  aid  status.  Some 
financial  aid  programs  may  be  reduced  if 
enrollment  is  for  fewer  than  12  credits. 
Please  confirm  awards  with  the  Financial  Aid 
Services  Office. 

Maximum  load:  Undergraduate  degree 
candidates  who  wish  to  register  for  more 
than  18  credits  in  a  semester  must  obtain 
approval  of  the  appropriate  dean.  A  student 
may  accumulate  a  maximum  of  30  credits  in 
excess  of  degree  requirements. 

Course  Level  and  Number  System 

Courses  are  listed  by  number  and  title. 
Courses  are  numbered  according  to  the 
following  system: 

100-level — introductory  courses 

200-level — intermediate  courses 

300/400-level — advanced  and  specialized 
courses  normally  requiring  prerequisites; 
including  seminars,  honors,  practica,  theses, 
and  independent  study 

500/600/700-level— graduate  courses. 
Open  to  undergraduates  only  with 
permission.  Some  programs  prohibit 
undergraduates  from  registering  in  500/ 
600-level  courses. 

Courses  may  be  offered  that  do  not  give 
credit  toward  graduation  but  count  in 


43 


Academic  Regulations 


Student  Enrollment  Status 


calculating  a  student's  load  ("administrative 
credit").  Usually,  these  courses  are 
numbered  100  or  lower  (e.g.,  Math  100). 

Repeating  of  Courses 

Students  may  repeat  individual  courses 
once,  but  only  if  space  is  available  and  with 
the  written  consent  of  their  department 
chairperson  and  their  advisor.  Students  who 
wish  to  take  the  same  course  a  third  or 
subsequent  time  may  be  permitted  to  do  so 
only  after  obtaining  written  permission  from 
the  instructor,  from  the  academic  advisor, 
and  from  the  chairperson.  It  is  the  student's 
responsibility  to  follow  this  procedure  since 
instructors  may  remove  names  of  students 
from  the  class  roster  who  have  not  received 
permission  to  attend  the  class. 

Only  the  appropriate  UMass  Dartmouth 
course  may  be  used,  no  course  taken  at 
another  institution  can  replace  a  UMass 
Dartmouth  course's  grade.  Only  the  most 
recently  earned  course  grade  (whether 
higher  or  lower)  shall  enter  into  calculation 
of  the  cumulative  grade  point  average. 
However,  all  courses  attempted  by  a  student 
will  be  part  of  the  permanent  record. 


Transfer  of  Credit  from  Other  Institu- 
tions 

The  detailed  practices  in  transfer  of  credit  by 
incoming  students  are  stated  above,  in  the 
chapter  on  Admission  to  the  University,  in 
the  section  called  "Advanced  Standing 
through  Transfer  Credits." 

A  current  UMass  Dartmouth  student  who 
wishes  to  enroll  in  courses  in  another 
university  or  college  for  transfer  credit  to 
UMass  Dartmouth  should  have  such  courses 
approved  in  advance  by  the  appropriate 
department  chairperson  and  college  dean  in 
order  to  insure  the  transferability  of  such 
credits.  A  form  is  available  for  this  purpose, 
and  assistance  may  be  sought  at  the 
Academic  Advisement  Center. 

On  completion  of  the  courses,  an  official 
transcript  should  be  forwarded  to  the 
UMass  Dartmouth  Registrar.  A  C-  grade  is 
the  minimum  acceptable  grade  for  receiving 
undergraduate  transfer  credit  at  UMass 
Dartmouth.  Transfer  coursework  for  which 
credit  is  given  will  be  recorded  on  the 
student's  permanent  record  card  without  a 
grade  designation.  It  will  not  be  calculated 
in  the  student's  grade  point  average. 


Certain  courses  completed  at  another 
institution  are,  by  prior  arrangement, 
deemed  to  count  as  UMass  Dartmouth 
credit.  Examples  include  courses  taken  in 
Study  Abroad,  in  formal  Exchange  status, 
and  in  special  arrangements  whereby 
another  institution's  courses  are  identified 
as  receiving  UMass  Dartmouth  credit  (for 
example,  if  taken  within  a  formal  joint 
program  between  or  among  UMass 
campuses).  Grades  earned  in  such  courses 
are  displayed  on  the  UMass  Dartmouth 
transcript  and  affect  the  student's  grade 
point  average. 


Registration 

Registration  is  the  process  by  which  students 
enroll  in  courses  each  semester.  Returning 
students  are  responsible  for  registering 
during  the  established  registration  period. 
New  and  transfer  students  and  re-admitted 
students  register  according  to  the  most 
recent  instruction  from  the  Office  of  the 
University  Registrar  Registration  will  not  be 
considered  effective  until  all  financial 
obligations  to  UMass  Dartmouth  are  met. 

Add/Drop 

Up  to  the  end  of  the  first  week  (five  class 
days)  of  the  semester,  a  student  may 
officially  Add  courses  or  Drop  courses 
without  record.  In  the  case  of  courses  that 
meet  only  once  a  week,  the  Add/Drop 
period  shall  be  two  weeks  No  one  shall 
enroll  for  Experiential  Learning.  Independent 
Study,  and  Honors  Thesis  credits  after  the 
second  week  (ten  class  days)  of  the  semester 
without  the  permission  of  the  appropriate 
dean  or  a  designee. 

Withdrawal  from  Courses 

Students  may  withdraw  from  a  course  only 
through  the  end  of  the  tenth  week  of 
classes  of  the  semester  A  grade  of  W  will 
be  recorded 

More  than  24  credits  of  W  makes  the 
student  subject  to  dismissal  from  the 
University  through  the  action  of  the  Dean  of 
the  student's  College.  Grades  of  W  do  not 
affect  a  student's  GPA 

A  student  who  withdraws  from  all  courses 
shall  be  deemed  to  have  withdrawn  from 
the  university. 

Class  Attendance 

There  is  no  University-wide  attendance 
policy.  Students  are  expected  to  be  present 
at  all  scheduled  activities  related  to  courses 
in  which  they  are  enrolled  and  are  respon- 
sible for  the  course  work  and  assignments 
missed  during  any  absences.  They  must  take 
the  initiative  in  making  up  any  work  missed 
and  finding  out  about  any  assignments 
made  during  their  absence.  Extended 
absences  for  medical  or  personal  reasons 
should  be  reported  to  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  of  Students. 

Individual  faculty  members  are  responsible 
for  informing  students  of  the  attendance 
rules  for  each  class  and  the  penalties  for 
violating  them.  Faculty  members  are  solely 
responsible  for  the  enforcement  of  these 
rules. 


44 


A  class  session  is  considered  canceled  if  the 
instructor  does  not  report  within  ten 
minutes  from  the  beginning  of  the  class 
period. 

Absence  for  Religious  Observance 

Students  have  the  right  to  make  up 
examinations,  study,  or  work  requirements 
that  they  miss  because  of  absence  from 
class  for  religious  observance,  but  they  also 
have  an  obligation  to  inform  the  course 
instructor  as  to  the  days  on  which  they  will 
be  absent  for  religious  reasons.  Students 
should  inform  the  course  instructor  in 
writing  of  the  days  they  will  be  absent  as 
early  as  possible  in  the  semester  and  always 
prior  to  the  day(s)  the  student  will  be  absent 
for  religious  reasons. 

If  they  feel  that  it  is  important  for  course 
planning,  instructors  have  the  right  to 
require  students  to  provide  a  written  list  of 
days  they  will  be  absent  for  religious 
observance  within  one  full  week  after  the 
students'  enrollment  in  the  course,  provided 
the  instructor  lists  this  requirement  and 
corresponding  deadline  on  the  course 
outline  or  other  handout. 

In  the  event  of  a  dispute  about  religious 
observance  between  a  faculty  member  and 
a  student,  the  chairperson  of  the  depart- 
ment in  which  the  course  is  taught  shall  be 
responsible  for  its  amicable  resolution.  If  the 
dispute  cannot  be  resolved  at  this  level,  the 
issue  will  be  referred  to  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  course  is  taught. 

For  convenience,  a  listing  of  major  days  of 
religious  observance  is  given  at  the  end  of 
this  chapter. 

Change  of  Major  or  College 

Students  requesting  a  change  of  major  will 
be  expected  to  meet  entrance  requirements 
of  the  new  major.  Access  to  majors  may  be 
limited. 

Requests  for  change  of  academic  major  or 
college  must  be  approved  by  the  depart- 
ment chairpersons  involved  and  the  dean  of 
the  college  to  which  the  student  is 
transferring.  The  change  of  major  form  is 
obtained  in  the  Registrar's  Office  and  the 
Academic  Advising  Center. 

Study  Away/Study  Abroad  Status 

Students  who  undertake  formal  study 
experiences  such  as  study  abroad,  intern- 
ships, clinicals,  or  cooperative  education 
placements  at  a  different  institution  or  off- 
campus  setting  may  retain  enrolled  status  at 


UMass  Dartmouth  and,  in  some  cases,  be 
eligible  to  receive  UMass  Dartmouth 
financial  aid.  Such  study  must  be  under  the 
sponsorship  of  UMass  Dartmouth,  be  an 
approved  element  in  the  student's  degree 
program,  and  receive  approval  from  the 
department,  dean,  and  Academic  Advising 
Center,  which  serves  as  the  contact-point 
for  requesting  this  status.  Amounts  and 
types  of  aid  may  vary  depending  on  the  type 
of  program,  length  of  study,  and  program 
costs. 

Leave  of  Absence 

A  student  may  request  of  the  appropriate 
college  dean  a  leave  of  absence  for  a  period 
no  longer  than  two  calendar  years.  Students 
on  leave  of  absence  may  return  within  the 
stipulated  period  by  writing  to  the  college 
dean  at  least  four  weeks  prior  to  the  first 
day  of  classes  in  the  semester  of  return.  The 
college  dean  may  specify  an  earlier 
notification  deadline  in  limited  enrollment 
programs.  Students  on  leaves  of  absence 
who  exceed  their  stipulated  time  on  leave 
will  be  considered  to  have  withdrawn  and 
so  will  be  subject  to  the  re-admission 
procedures,  below. 

Students  on  leave  are  not  considered 
enrolled. 

Re-admission  After  Interruption  of 
Study 

Former  students  may  request  re-admission 
to  continue  undergraduate  work,  after  an 
absence  longer  than  that  covered  by  an 
approved  leave  of  absence  or  after  an 
absence  for  which  they  did  not  obtain  an 
approved  leave.  Re-admission  requests  are 
submitted  to  the  Registrar,  who  forwards 
the  request  to  the  dean  of  the  college  of  the 
student's  major.  A  modest  fee  is  charged  to 
each  applicant  for  re-admission. 

An  individual's  re-admission  is  not  auto- 
matic; some  re-admission  requests  are 
denied.  The  individual  is  evaluated  for 
academic  progress  and  for  availability  of 
space  in  the  major  program  and  must 
receive  Bursar's  clearance.  Applicants  who 
wish  to  be  re-admitted  in  a  different  major 
or  who  were  not  making  satisfactory 
progress  when  they  withdrew  receive  a 
special  scrutiny  at  the  departmental  and 
dean's  level.  "Satisfactory  progress"  in  the 
phrase  above  refers  to  students  who  were 
neither  dismissed  from  the  university  for 
academic  reasons  nor  on  academic 
probation  at  the  time  of  withdrawal. 


Grades  Amnesty  Policy 

Grades  Amnesty  can  be  described  as  a 
means  of  conferring  on  our  own  students 
the  benefits  that  transfer  students  receive. 
Grades  Amnesty  is  intended  to  permit  the 
readmission  of  formerly  unsuccessful 
students  who  present  evidence  of  motiva- 
tion and  ability  to  succeed  if  readmitted  to 
the  university.  When  such  a  student 
requests  readmission,  s/he  declares  an 
intention  to  invoke  the  amnesty  policy.  In 
addition  to  permitting  readmission  when  a 
student's  prior  performance  might  not  merit 
it,  Grades  Amnesty  allows  previous  poor 
grades  to  be  removed  from  the  cumulative 
grade  point  average  later,  if  certain 
conditions  are  met. 

Students  interested  in  readmission  under 
this  policy  must  first  contact  the  Academic 
Advising  Center  to  begin  the  process. 
Grades  Amnesty  is  invoked  at  the  time  of 
readmission  and  approved  by  the  readmit- 
ted student's  advisor,  chairperson,  and 
dean.  With  the  advisor's  assistance,  the 
student  must  set  academic  goals  carefully 
not  only  ultimately  to  achieve  grades 
amnesty  but  to  avoid  or  minimize  probation 
and  prevent  future  academic  dismissal. 

Requirements  for  a  student  to  be  considered 
for  readmission  under  Grades  Amnesty,  and 
conditions  for  initial  semesters: 

•  The  student  must  have  been  matricu- 
lated in  an  undergraduate  degree 
program  at  UMass  Dartmouth  or  a 
predecessor  institution. 

•  The  student  must  have  left  the 
university  at  least  5  years  previously 
with  a  cumulative  grade  point  average 
below  2.500. 

•  The  student  must  present  evidence  of 
motivation  and  ability  to  succeed  if 
readmitted  to  the  university;  for 
example,  the  student  could  show  good 
grades  earned  in  some  subsequent 
college  courses. 

•  The  student  will  be  subject  to 
graduation  requirements  in  effect  at 
the  time  of  readmission. 

•  Once  a  student  has  accepted  readmis- 
sion under  Grades  Amnesty,  s/he  may 
not  reverse  that  decision  and  is  subject 
to  its  conditions. 

•  With  two  exceptions,  all  the  usual 
Probation  and  Dismissal  rules  will  apply 
to  the  readmitted  Grades  Amnesty 
student.  Exception  (1):  Academic 
dismissal  will  not  occur  after  the 
student's  first  semester  back.  Exception 
(2):  Readmitted  Grades  Amnesty 


45 


Academic  Regulations 


students  may  not,  during  their  first 
semester  back,  serve  on  university 
committees,  hold  leadership  positions, 
or  represent  the  university  in  intercolle- 
giate athletics.  Beyond  their  first 
semester,  all  regular  Probation  and 
Dismissal  rules  apply.  Thus,  if 
probation  is  earned  after  the  first 
semester  back,  it  shall  be  so  noted  and 
will  again  prevent  the  student  from 
engaging  in  activities  as  above.  A 
readmitted  Grades  Amnesty  student 
can  be  subject  to  dismissal  after  the 
second  semester  back. 

Requirements  for  previous  grades  to  be 
removed  from  the  cumulative  grade  point 
average  under  Grades  Amnesty: 

•  The  student  must  have  been  readmit- 
ted to  matriculated  degree  status  and 
be  still  a  matriculated  degree-seeking 
student. 

•  The  student  must  have  completed  at 
least  45  credits  since  returning,  with  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at 
least  2.500. 

•  All  courses  and  grades  attempted  and 
earned  in  the  prior  period  of  enroll- 
ment will  remain  a  part  of  the 
student's  permanent  record  along  with 
academic  notations.  However,  none 
will  be  calculated  into  the  student's 
cumulative  grade  record  and  will  be  so 
annotated  on  the  record. 

•  Courses  passed  in  the  prior  period  of 
enrollment  with  grades  below  C-  will 
not  be  accepted  toward  satisfaction  of 
any  degree  requirements  following 
readmission,  nor  will  the  credits 
previously  earned  in  them  be  credited 
toward  the  degree. 

•  Courses  passed  in  the  prior  period  of 
enrollment  with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
may  be  accepted  towards  satisfaction 
of  major  requirements  if  so  approved 
by  the  department,  but  still  are  not 
calculated  in  the  cumulative  or  major 

grade  point  averages 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

A  student  who  wishes  to  withdraw  from 
UMass  Dartmouth  should  file  a  Withdrawal 
Notice  Form  with  the  Registrar,  who  will 
inform  the  dean  of  the  student's  college. 
Failure  to  follow  this  procedure  will 
jeopardize  the  student's  re-admission  A 
student  who  officially  withdraws  shall 
receive  a  W  in  each  course  as  appropriate 
(see  Grading  System).  If  a  student  does  not 
reenter  the  University  in  the  following 


semester  but  plans  to  at  some  later  time,  he 
or  she  should  apply  for  a  leave  of  absence. 

Veterans  who  withdraw  are  urged  to  consult 
the  office  that  assists  with  veterans'  affairs. 

Full-time  undergraduate  degree  candidate 
students  who  withdraw  separately  from  all 
class  sections  in  which  they  were  enrolled  in 
a  term  are  deemed  to  have  withdrawn  from 
the  university. 

Students  may  withdraw  from  the  university 
and  receive  "W"  grades  through  the  end  of 
the  final  day  of  the  official  instructional 
period  for  that  term  or  semester.  If  they 
withdraw  after  the  final  examination  period 
has  commenced,  they  are  subject  to 
standard  grades  for  that  term. 

Withdrawal  from  the  university  can  have 
consequences  regarding  need-based 
financial  aid.  Students  who  withdraw  from 
the  university  before  60%  of  the  semester  is 
completed  will  have  their  Federal  financial 
aid  eligibility  recalculated  in  direct  propor- 
tion to  the  length  of  the  enrollment.  The 
percentage  of  time  the  stgdent  remained 
enrolled  is  that  student's  percentage  of 
dispersible  aid  for  the  semester.  A  student 
who  remains  enrolled  beyond  the  60%  point 
earns  all  aid  for  the  period.  Withdrawal  is 
recorded  by  the  Office  of  the  University 
Registrar  in  accordance  with  UMass 
Dartmouth  withdrawal  policies.  More 
complete  information  is  available  from  the 
Financial  Aid  office  or  web  site. 

Re-admission  to  Pursue  a  Second 
Bachelor's  Degree 

Individuals  who  received  a  bachelor's  degree 
from  UMass  Dartmouth  or  a  predecessor 
institution  may  request  re-admission  to 
pursue  a  second  bachelor's  degree.  As 
above,  these  requests  are  submitted  to  the 
Registrar,  who  forwards  the  request  to  the 
dean  of  the  college  of  the  student's 
intended  new  major.  Such  a  student  will 
complete  at  least  30  additional  credits  at 
UMass  Dartmouth,  and  will  complete  all 
courses  required  for  the  second  degree, 
including  any  prerequisite  or  deficiency 
courses  not  previously  completed  satisfacto- 
rily. Such  a  re-admitted  student  will  be 
considered  a  regular  degree-seeking  student 
and  be  subject  to  major  program  require- 
ments and  the  university's  academic  policies 
and  procedures. 

Re-admission  to  pursue  a  second  degree  is 
not  automatic;  some  re-admission  requests 
are  denied.  The  individual  is  evaluated  for 


academic  qualifications  and  for  availability 
of  space  in  the  major  program. 

Students  with  a  bachelor's  degree  from  a 
different  institution  may  seek  admission  to 
UMass  Dartmouth  to  pursue  a  second 
bachelor's  degree  through  the  university's 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions.  Such 
students,  upon  admission,  will  be  required 
to  complete  at  least  45  credits  at  UMass 
Dartmouth,  meeting  the  terms  of  the 
university's  undergraduate  residency 
requirement,  given  earlier  in  this  chapter. 

Re-admission  to  Pursue  a  Non-Degree 
Course  of  Study 

Former  students  who  wish  to  return  to 
UMass  Dartmouth  to  earn  a  certificate  or 
take  courses  not  applied  toward  a  degree 
should  seek  acceptance  as  non-degree 
special  students,  in  a  process  described 
earlier  in  this  chapter.  Many  options  are 
available,  from  selecting  courses  for 
personal  interest  or  benefit  to  entering  one 
of  the  university's  formal  certificate 
programs,  described  below  in  the  chapter 
on  Interdisciplinary  and  Special  Programs. 

Admission  to  graduate  level  post-baccalau- 
reate certificate  and  graduate  programs  is 
obtained  through  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies. 


46 


Grades  and  Grading  System 


Grades  are  determined  and  assigned  by 
Instructors  according  to  the  guidelines 
indicated  below.  Each  student's  academic 
achievement  and  fulfillment  of  degree 
requirements  are  reflected  in  the  transcripts 
which  are  issued  at  the  end  of  each 
semester. 

The  UMass  Dartmouth  grading  system 
includes  plus  and  minus  grades  which  are 
used  in  computing  grade  point  averages. 

The  grading  system  used  specifically  for 
undergraduate  courses  includes  the 
following  letter  grades  and  quality  points: 

A  Excellent 
Quality  Points: 
A+  4.000 
A  4.000 
A-  3.700 

B  Good 
Quality  points: 
B+  3.300 
B  3.000 
B-  2.700 

C  Satisfactory 
Quality  Points: 
C+  2.300 
C  2.000 
C-  1.700 

D  Marginal 
Quality  Points: 
D+  1.300 
D  1.000 
D-  0.700 

D-  is  the  lowest  grade  acceptable  for  credit. 

F  Unsatisfactory 
Quality  Points:  0 

Failure  to  meet  minimum  standards  either 
on  the  basis  of  work  submitted  or  not 
submitted.  No  credit  awarded.  0  quality 
points  awarded  for  purpose  of  computing 
GPA  credits  as  indicated  in  course  descrip- 
tion. 

F(D 

Quality  Points:  0 

An  F  assigned  for  failure  to  complete  a 
course  within  a  year  after  the  assignment  of 
an  I  notation. 

W 

Official  withdrawal  by  the  student  from  a 
course  after  the  Add/Drop  period,  and  up  to 
the  completion  of  tenth  week  of  the 
semester.  No  credit  awarded.  W  grades  do 
not  affect  a  student's  GPA 


CR 

A  passing  grade.  Credit  given  upon 
satisfactory  completion  of  a  Cooperative 
Education  semester  or  a  contract  under  the 
Experiential  Learning  program.  Not  included 
in  grade  point  average.  This  grade  may  also 
be  assigned  as  a  passing  grade  under  grade 
appeal  procedure. 

NC 

A  failing  grade.  Under  Cooperative 
Education  or  Experiential  Learning  program, 
no  credit  awarded.  For  purposes  of 
computing  GPA  credits  as  agreed  upon  by 
contract. 

I 

Work  Incomplete.  May  be  given  only  in 
exceptional  circumstances  at  the  instructor's 
discretion  and  at  the  student's  request  made 
no  more  than  48  hours  after  the  final 
examination  or  last  class.  The  student  must 
be  passing  at  the  time  of  the  request  or 
must  be  sufficiently  close  to  passing  for  the 
instructor  to  believe  that  upon  completion 
of  the  work  the  student  will  pass  the  course. 
If  the  work  is  not  completed  within  a  year  of 
recording  of  the  I,  the  grade  will  become  an 
F(l).  "I"  grades  cannot  be  changed  to  W. 

P 

Passing.  The  P  grade  is  recorded  for  grades 
of  A,  B,  C,  or  D,  under  the  pass-fail  option. 
The  grade  of  P  may  also  be  used  for 
satisfactory  completion  of  courses  that  do 
not  carry  graduation  credit.  Not  figured  in 
grade  point  average. 

IP 

In  Progress.  Notation  used  in  special  cases  to 
indicate  that  academic  progress  covers  more 
than  one  term;  e.g.,  that  a  grade  will  be 
assigned  on  the  completion  of  the  task 
involved.  The  "IP"  notation  is  replaced  upon 
receipt  of  the  official  grade.  Until  or  unless 
replaced  by  an  official  final  grade,  the 
notation  "IP"  will  remain  on  the  transcript. 

NR 

Grade  not  reported  by  instructor  at  time  of 
grade  processing.  "NR"  is  not  a  permanent 
grade. 

F 

Under  pass/fail  option.  See  "F"  definition 
above.  No  credit  awarded.  0  quality  points 
awarded,  for  purposes  of  computing  GPA 
Credits  as  indicated  in  course  description. 

AU 

Audit.  This  notation  is  used  when  a  student 
sits  in  on  a  course  for  personal  or  educa- 


tional enrichment  but  receives  no  evaluation 
and  takes  no  examinations.  No  credit  is 
awarded.  Audited  courses  do  not  count 
toward  a  student's  semester  credit  load. 
Auditors  must  register  for  the  course,  first 
receiving  permission  of  the  instructor,  no 
later  than  the  end  of  the  add-drop  period. 
Normal  tuition  and  fee  charges  apply 
Notation  of  auditing  is  posted  to  the 
academic  record. 

Pass/Fail  Option 

Sophomores,  Juniors,  and  Seniors  may  select 
a  Pass/Fail  Option  for  one  course  per 
semester  (up  to  a  maximum  of  four 
courses),  except  in  the  following  cases: 
• 

any  course  specified  as  a  degree  require- 
ment; 
• 

any  course  in  a  student's  major,  unless  the 

department  rules  otherwise; 

• 

any  course  used  to  satisfy  general  education 
requirements  or  the  distribution  require- 
ments of  the  degree  program  in  which  the 
student  is  enrolled. 

Pass/Fail  is  not  available  to  graduate 
students. 

Selection  of  Pass/Fail  Option 

Students  will  be  given  through  the  first  five 
weeks  of  each  semester  to  exercise  the 
option,  which  shall  then  be  irrevocable.  Only 
the  student  and  the  Registrar  shall  know 
that  the  option  has  been  selected.  Grading 
practice,  vis-a-vis  faculty  and  students,  will 
be  identical  to  the  usual  marking  procedure. 

The  burden  of  selecting  a  proper  course 
under  Pass/Fail  rules  shall  be  borne  by  the 
student.  Any  doubt  whether  a  course  is  a 
degree  requirement  and  so  not  eligible  for 
Pass/Fail  shall  be  resolved  by  consultation 
with  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the 
student  is  enrolled.  If  the  course  chosen  is  a 
degree  requirement,  then  the  student  will 
be  subject  to  the  usual  marking  practices. 

Pass-Fail  Grading 

Grading  practices  under  this  option  are  as 

follows: 

• 

A  Pass/Fail  student  who  does  passing  (i.e.,  A 
through  D-)  work  in  a  course  shall  be  given 
a  grade  of  P  (Pass).  Passing  a  course  shall 
earn  a  student  graduation  credits  but  shall 
not  be  counted  in  the  cumulative  average. 
Failure  in  a  course  will  be  0  quality  points 
and  will  be  counted  in  the  GPA 


47 


Academic  Regulations 


The  Registrar  shall  be  required  to  keep  a 
separate  record  of  the  grades  obtained  in 
the  Pass/Fail  courses  and  will  issue  this 
record  only  on  the  request  of  the  student. 
• 

The  transcripts  will  contain  the  Pass/Fall 
notation,  but  the  grade  actually  achieved 
will  be  kept  on  file  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 

Scholastic  Standing 

A  grade  point  average  (GPA  )  is  determined 
for  each  student  at  the  end  of  each  term's 
program  of  courses.  A  GPA  is  computed  by 
multiplying  the  credit  of  each  UMass 
Dartmouth  course  by  the  quality  points  of 
grade  received  in  that  course.  The  sum  of 
the  above  is  then  divided  by  the  total 
number  of  credits  in  courses  in  which  the 
student  enrolled.  Grades  of  P,  CR,  I,  W,  WP, 
WF,  IP,  AU  are  not  included. 

A  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  the 
average  of  all  the  UMass  Dartmouth  grades 
other  than  of  P,  CR,  I,  W,  WP,  WF,  IP,  AU,  of 
the  student.  Grades  of  F,  F(l),  and  NC  earn 
zero  quality  points.  Such  grades  are  included 
in  the  student's  average  according  to  the 
number  of  credits  specified  in  the  course 
description. 

Change  of  Grade 

Whether  for  a  one-  or  two-semester  course, 
the  grade  received  at  the  end  of  each 
semester  stands  as  the  final  grade  for  the 
semester.  For  certain  special  coursework 
(honors,  research  programs,  etc.)  in  which  it 
is  extremely  difficult  to  assess  academic 
progress  on  the  basis  of  one  term,  the 
notation  "IP"  (In  Progress)  is  acceptable  on 
an  interim  basis.  The  "IP"  notation  is 
replaced  upon  receipt  of  the  official  grade. 
Courses  for  which  the  "IP"  grade  is  used  are 
so  identified  in  the  course  description. 

The  statute  of  limitations  on  all  grade 
change  requests  is  one  year  from  the  date 
that  the  grade  was  placed  on  the  student's 
record.  In  extreme  and  exceptional  cases,  on 
request  of  the  student  and  recommendation 
of  faculty,  the  instructor  and/or  the 
appropriate  college  dean  may  authorize 
changes  in  grades  given  over  one  year  from 
the  date  the  grade  was  assigned 

Grade  Appeal 

Grade  appeals  are  pursued  through  a  formal 
process,  which  is  conveyed  in  the 
university's  Grade  Appeal  Policy.  Copies  of 
the  full  policy  and  an  outline  of  procedures 
are  available  in  the  offices  of  the  college 


deans,  at  the  Academic  Advising  Center, 
and  at  the  Office  of  Academic  Affairs.  The 
following  paragraphs  summarize  the  grade 
appeal  process. 

A  faculty  member  is  identified  to  act  as  a 
Grade  Appeal  Facilitator,  who  will  offer 
advice  to  both  students  and  faculty  about 
how  to  prepare  for  and  conduct  their 
respective  roles  in  the  process. 

Only  final  course  grades  may  be  appealed. 
For  the  purposes  of  appeal  a  final  grade  may 
be  alleged  to  be  (1)  unfair  because  of  the 
unequal  application  of  grading  standards 
within  the  course  section,  or  (2)  in  error 
because  of  a  clerical  or  computational  error. 
An  appeal  may  be  pursued  only  if  there  is  a 
valid  basis  and  evidence  for  it,  and  the 
collection  of  evidence  to  support  an 
allegation  is  the  obligation  of  the  student. 
Students  will  attempt  to  resolve  differences 
first  through  informal  and  amicable 
discussions  with  the  faculty  member  or 
through  the  good  offices  of  the  Grade 
Appeal  Facilitator. 

Grade  appeal  should  be  perceived  as  a  "last 
resort"  after  other  attempts  to  resolve  the 
issue  have  failed. 

Formal  appeals  are  addressed  in  writing  to 
the  Grade  Appeal  Facilitator  and  must  be 
initiated  within  the  first  20  class  days  of  the 
following  semester,  excluding  summers,  or 
within  25  working  days  from  the  date  that 
the  grade  report  is  mailed  out  from  the 
Registrar's  Office,  whichever  is  later. 

Responsibility  for  initiating  an  appeal  rests 
with  the  student  who  received  the  disputed 
grade.  Responsibility  for  developing  and 
presenting  evidence  that  the  grade  given  is 
unfair  or  in  error  rests  with  the  student 
making  the  appeal. 


Class  Standing 

Freshman/First  Year:  Up  to  and  including  29 
credits  or  1/4  of  graduation  credit  require- 
ments in  the  student's  degree  program. 

Sophomore/Second  Year:  From  30  to  59 
credits  or  1/2  of  graduation  credit  require- 
ments in  student's  degree  program. 

Junior/Third  Year:  From  60  to  89  UMass 
Dartmouth  credits  or  up  to  3/4  of  gradua- 
tion credit  requirements  in  student's  degree 
program. 


Senior/Fourth  Year:  More  than  90  credits  or 
more  than  3/4  of  graduation  credit 
requirements  in  student's  degree  program. 

The  university's  computer  system  will 
identify  students'  class  standings  by  credits 
completed — freshman,  through  29; 
sophomore,  30  to  59;  junior,  60  to  89; 
senior,  90  or  above.  Students  may  request  a 
calculation  by  hand  if  the  standard 
calculation  is  wrong  for  their  program. 


48 


Academic  Recognition  and  Academic  Honors 


Dean's  List 

Following  the  completion  of  each  semester, 
full-time  undergraduate  degree  students  (in 
both  "day"  and  Continuing  Education)  who 
have  completed  at  least  12  course  credits, 
excluding  courses  taken  under  the  Pass-Fail 
option  and  Experiential  Learning,  and  who 
have  no  "I"  grades  outstanding  for  that 
semester,  are  considered  for  the  Dean's  List 
and  the  Chancellor's  List  for  that  semester. 
Those  who  achieved  a  grade  point  average 
of  at  least  3.200  will  be  named  to  the 
Dean's  List  for  that  semester.  This  accom- 
plishment will  be  noted  on  the  student's 
transcript. 

Part-time  students  who  meet  the  above 
criteria  in  the  just-completed  semester 
together  with  the  semester  or  term  just 
preceding  it,  may  receive  the  same 
recognition  if  the  total  credits  completed  in 
the  two  terms  are  at  least  12  and  the 
combined  grade  point  average  for  those 
two  semesters  is  at  least  3.200. 

Chancellor's  List 

Under  the  same  limitations  as  for  the  Deans' 
List,  those  who  achieve  a  GPA  of  3.800  or 
better  for  a  given  semester  will  be  named  to 
the  Chancellor's  List  rather  than  the  Dean's 
List.  This  accomplishment  will  be  noted  on 
the  student's  transcript. 

Part-time  students  who  meet  the  above 
criteria  in  the  just-completed  semester 
together  with  the  semester  or  term  just 
preceding  it,  may  receive  the  same 
recognition  if  the  total  credits  completed  in 
the  two  terms  are  at  least  12  and  the 
combined  grade  point  average  for  those 
two  semesters  is  at  least  3.800. 

Graduation  with  Distinction 

Students  are  eligible  for  graduation  with 
distinction  provided  they  achieve  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  in  all  of 
their  UMass  Dartmouth  credits  of: 

3.200  to  3.499  Cum  Laude 

(Distinction) 

3.500  to  3.799  Magna  Cum  Laude 

(High  Distinction) 

3.800  to  4.000  Summa  Cum  Laude 

Highest  Distinction). 

Graduation  with  "Cum  Laude,"  with 
"Magna  Cum  Laude,"  or  with  "Summa 
Cum  Laude"  is  inscribed  on  the  student's 
diploma.  Graduation  with  distinction  is 


based  on  all  UMass  Dartmouth  work 
including  the  final  semester. 


University  Honors  Program 

University-wide  honors  activities  are  available 
to  full-time  undergraduate  students  who 
demonstrate  high  academic  achievement. 
University  Honors  Programs  are  designed  to: 
• 

provide  a  forum  for  the  discussion  of  topics 
of  academic  interest  along  interdisciplinary 
lines; 
• 

offer  departmental  and  interdisciplinary 

honors  courses;  and 

• 

recognize  those  students  whose  academic 
accomplishments  are  outstanding. 

Students  with  an  excellent  academic  record 
receive  an  invitation  also  to  participate  in  the 
Honors  Colloquium,  an  Honors  Essay 
Contest,  and  other  events  that  recognize  the 
achievement  of  honors  students. 

For  further  information  contact  the  office  of 
University  Honors  Programs  located  in  Room 
339  of  the  Group  I  Building,  x8277. 

Students  with  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.200  may 
enroll  in  available  introductory  level  honors 
sections  of  courses  such  as  history, 
sociology,  psychology,  English,  chemistry, 
philosophy,  biology,  and  business.  Students 
applying  for  admission  to  UMass  Dartmouth 
with  test  scores  and/or  high  school  records 
which  predict  university  performance  at 
honors  level  will  also  be  invited  to  enroll  in 
honors  sections,  and  nominations  from  high 
school  counselors  or  teachers  of  their 
creative,  high-potential  students  are 
welcome. 

For  continuation  in  the  program  students 
must  maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.200  in 
honors  courses  and  3.200  in  all  course  work. 
Those  who  complete  the  full  University 
Honors  Program  earn  the  designation 
Commonwealth  Scholar.  Required  are: 
• 

completion  of  at  least  12  credits  of  honors 
courses  outside  the  field  of  the  student's 
major 
• 

completion  of  HON  201  Multidisciplinary 
Approaches  to  Research  and  Writing 
• 

completion  of  9  credits  of  honors 
coursework  in  the  student's  major,  including 


an  honors  thesis 
• 

completion  of  6  additional  credits  in  honors 
work. 

Departmental  Honors 

Several  Departments  offer  to  qualified 
students  a  special  curriculum  leading  to 
Honors  in  the  major  field.  Students 
satisfactorily  completing  the  departmental 
requirements  for  Honors  in  the  Major  will, 
upon  graduation,  have  their  diplomas  so 
inscribed  and  be  so  designated  on  the 
graduation  program.  Departments  will 
notify  all  eligible  candidates  by  the  end  of 
their  Junior  year.  Potential  participants  shall 
follow  departmental  guidelines  for  entry 
into  the  Honors  program. 

Participants  shall  have  a  minimum  GPA  of 
3.000  for  all  course  work.  Departments  may 
require  higher  minima  and,  in  addition,  may 
set  minimum  GPA  s  in  the  majors.  GPA  s  will 
normally  be  determined  after  the  fifth 
semester. 

Departmental  Honors  Programs  will  include 
an  appropriate  end  product,  normally  a 
project  or  thesis.  A  maximum  of  six  credit 
hours  may  be  awarded  for  completion  of 
the  project/thesis.  Departments  shall 
develop  procedures  for  approval  of 
participants'  proposals.  A  faculty  sponsor  or 
honors  advisor  shall  advise  an  honors 
candidate,  according  to  departmental  or 
program  guidelines.  An  evaluation  commit- 
tee, which  shall  be  multidisciplinary  in 
nature,  shall  be  established  according  to 
departmental  or  program  guidelines.  This 
committee  shall  evaluate  the  completed 
honors  project/thesis  and  determine  if  the 
work  meets  standards  for  honors. 


49 


Academic  Regulations 


Academic  Sanctions 


Academic  Warning 

Any  student  having  a  semester  grade  point 
average  below  2.000  at  the  conclusion  of 
any  term  shall  be  issued  an  academic 
warning.  Such  warning  will  be  available  to 
the  student's  dean,  department  chairperson, 
an  academic  advisor,  or,  in  the  case  of 
students  who  have  yet  to  declare  a  major,  to 
their  advisors  of  record  and  to  the  Academic 
Advising  Center  (In  cases  of  concurrent 
"day"  and  DCE  enrollment,  the  semester 
GPA  will  combine  the  two.) 

Students  who  receive  three  or  more  grades 
of  "I"  or  "W"  in  a  semester  shall  be  issued 
an  academic  warning. 

The  purpose  of  academic  warning  is  to  call 
the  interested  parties'  attention  to  the 
student's  academic  situation  and  to  begin  to 
institute  action  where  necessary.  Students 
receiving  academic  warning  should 
immediately  contact  their  advisors. 

Academic  Warning  status  shall  be  rescinded 
if  the  student's  grade  point  average  for  the 
succeeding  term  is  2.000  or  above,  or,  in 
the  case  of  grades  of  "I,"  when  the  work 
has  been  completed  and  the  grade 
recorded  Deans  may  rescind  academic 
warning  status  if  they  determine  that 
warning  status  has  been  inappropriately 
applied. 

Academic  Good  Standing 

A  student  is  deemed  to  be  in  academic 
good  standing  if  maintaining  a  cumulative 
GPA  of  2.000  or  above  after  completing  30 
credits  and  if  not  having  received  a  second 
consecutive  Warning. 

Academic  Probation 

Any  student  having  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  below  2  000  after  the 
completion  of  30  cumulative  credits  and 
two  semesters  at  UMass  Dartmouth,  or  who 
shall  have  received  academic  warning  in  two 
consecutive  semesters,  shall  be  placed  in 
academic  probation.  Notice  of  probationary 
status  shall  be  available  to  the  student's 
dean,  department  chairperson,  and 
academic  advisor,  or,  in  the  case  of  students 
who  have  yet  to  declare  a  major,  to  their 
advisors  of  record  and  to  the  Academic 
Advising  Center. 

The  purpose  of  academic  probation  is  to 
notify  the  student  of  the  possibility  of  his  or 
her  dismissal  from  the  university  for 
academic  reasons,  and  of  the  seriousness  of 
the  student's  position. 


Academic  probation  has  serious  conse- 
quences. Among  them: 
• 

Probationary  status  is  marked  on  the 

student's  transcript;  and 

• 

Probationary  status  precludes  a  student's 
participation  in  extracurricular  activities, 
including  intercollegiate  athletics.  See 
separate  statement  below  on  Academic 
Eligibility. 

Students  placed  on  academic  probation  may 
request  from  the  appropriate  dean(s)  a  leave 
of  absence,  especially  if  continued  academic 
activity  is  likely  to  lead  to  a  notice  of 
dismissal.  Length  of  the  leave  and  terms  of 
readmission  should  be  determined  as  a  part 
of  the  negotiation  process  for  the  leave  of 
absence. 

Academic  Probation  status  shall  cease  when 
the  student's  cumulative  grade  point 
average  rises  to  2.000  or  above  or,  if  the 
student's  probationary  status  stems  from 
consecutive  semesters  of  academic  warning, 
when  the  student  completes  a  semester 
with  average  grades  of  2.000  or  above. 
Deans  may  rescind  academic  probation 
status  if  they  determine  that  warning  status 
has  been  inappropriately  applied.  In  such 
cases  notice  of  probationary  status  shall  be 
expunged  from  the  student's  record. 

No  student  will  be  placed  on  probation  after 
only  one  semester  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 

Academic  Dismissal 

Any  student  whose  cumulative  grade  point 
average  falls  below  a  satisfactory  level  in 
relation  to  the  number  of  credits  completed 
or  who  shall  have  been  on  academic 
probation  for  more  than  three  consecutive 
terms  shall  be  subject  to  dismissal  by  his  or 
her  college  dean  for  unsatisfactory  academic 
performance. 


Satisfactory  levels  are  as  follows: 


Cumulative 
credits 
to  30 
31-60 
61-90 
91 -above 


GPA 

requirement 
1.500 
1.700 
1.850 

2.000 


"Cumulative  credits"  include  transfer,  CLEP, 
prior  learning,  exchange,  and  UMass 
Dartmouth  credits  and  exclude  courses 
graded  W,  I,  AU,  IP,  and  NR. 


Students  who  withdraw  from  courses  whose 
cumulative  credits  exceed  24  are  subject  to 
dismissal. 

Students  who  accumulate  more  than  30 
credits  in  excess  of  degree  requirements 
within  the  major  are  subject  to  dismissal. 
Therefore  students  whose  grade  point 
averages  are  2  000  or  above  but  whose 
average  grades  within  the  major  are  below 
the  minimum  standards  set  by  that  major 
have  a  limited  time  to  reach  the  major's 
grade  point  average  after  their  other  degree 
requirements  have  been  met.  In  each  case 
the  student's  dean  or  his  or  her  designee 
will  define  "degree  requirements"  as 
reflected  in  the  professional  certification  in 
addition  to  meeting  the  requirements  of  a 
traditional  major 

Students  receiving  notice  of  academic 
dismissal  should  discuss  their  status 
immediately  with  their  college  deans  and 
chairpersons. 

No  student  will  be  dismissed  for  academic 
reasons  after  only  one  semester  at  UMass 
Dartmouth. 

Academic  Eligibility 

Students  who  have  been  placed  on 
academic  probation  may  not  serve  on 
university  committees,  hold  leadership 
positions  in  student  government  and  other 
major  co-curricular  organizations,  or 
represent  the  university  in  intercollegiate 
athletics. 

A  permanent  Academic  Eligibility  Appeals/ 
Review  Committee  is  established  as  a  sub- 
committee of  the  university's  Student 
Faculty  Academic  Affairs  Committee 
(SFAAC).  This  committee  is  composed  of 
two  faculty  members  from  that  committee 
(elected  by  the  SFAAC,  one  elected  chair), 
two  students  from  that  committee  (elected 
by  the  SFAAC  as  observers,  non-voting),  the 
Faculty  Athletic  Advisor,  and  the  Associate 
Dean  of  Students  (ex-officio,  non-voting). 
This  committee  may  review  requests  for 
waiver  of  academic  eligibility  sanctions. 

To  be  eligible  for  leadership  positions  in  co- 
curncular  organizations,  non-Continuing 
Education  students  shall  be  enrolled  full 
time  (at  least  12  hours)  and  Continuing 
Education  students  shall  be  enrolled  at 
equivalent  full-time  levels  for  their  specific 
programs.  Participation  in  intercollegiate 
athletics  is  also  governed  by  enrollment 
status  conditions. 


50 


Academic  Ethical  Standards 


Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  for 
Financial  Aid  Eligibility 

To  maintain  eligibility  for  financial  aid, 
students  must  meet  both  quantitative  and 
qualitative  measures  at  specific  measure- 
ment points.  The  Financial  Aid  Services 
office  mea-sures  incremental  progress 
toward  degree  completion  annually  at  the 
end  of  the  acade-mic  year  in  June  and  will 
notify  students  who  fail  to  meet  the 
progress  requirements. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  requirements 
will  be  ineligible  for  any  federal,  state,  or 
institutional  financial  aid  until  they  are  once 
again  in  compliance.  Students  who  fail  to 
meet  the  progress  requirements  may  receive 
federal,  state,  and  institutional  financial  aid 
for  the  next  academic  year  by  pursuing  one 
of  the  following  options: 
• 

By  taking  summer  courses  (at  their  own 
expense)  to  raise  either  the  credit  hour  or 
grade  point  average  requirement,  or  both. 
• 

By  requesting  a  waiver  of  the  requirements 
due  to  mitigating  circumstances.  Mitigating 
circumstances  include,  but  are  not  limited 
to,  medical  issues,  family  difficulties,  docu- 
mented waiver,  or  addition  by  Dean  to 
program/major  requirements.  Students 
wishing  to  have  the  requirements  waived 
should  write  a  letter  to  the  Director  of 
Financial  Aid  detailing  reasons  for  failure  to 
meet  the  requirements.  Students  receiving 
this  waiver  will  be  notified  of  the  require- 
ments necessary  to  bring  the  hours  or  grade 
point  average  into  compliance  at  the  next 
incremental  measurement  period. 

Quantitative  Component 

For  an  undergraduate  degree,  the  maximum 
credits  attempted  cannot  exceed  1 50%  of 
the  published  credits  required  to  complete 
that  program.  For  example,  students  could 
not  attempt  more  than  1 80  credits  in  a  120 
credit  program.  At  each  annual  measure- 
ment period,  students  must  have  completed 
at  least  67%  of  all  courses  attempted. 

Calculation  of  credits  successfully  com- 
pleted does  not  include  grades  of  W,  I,  F, 
NC,  AU,  IP,  and  NR.  Transfer  students' 
credits  accepted  by  UMass  Dartmouth  will 
be  calculated  into  their  quantitative 
measure  of  progress.  Administrative-credit 
courses  (those  that  do  not  count  toward 
degree  requirements)  are  excluded  from 
satisfactory  academic  progress  determina- 
tion. Repeated  courses  are  included  in  the 
measurement  of  satisfactory  academic 
progress. 


All  UMass  Dartmouth  students  are  expected 
to  maintain  high  standards  of  academic 
integrity  and  scholarly  practice.  The 
University  does  not  tolerate  academic 
dishonesty  of  any  variety,  whether  as  a  result 
of  a  failure  to  understand  proper  academic 
and  scholarly  procedure  or  as  an  act  of 
intentional  dishonesty. 

A  student  found  guilty  of  academic 
dishonesty  is  subject  to  severe  disciplinary 
action  which  may  include  expulsion  from  the 
University.  Refer  to  the  Student  Handbook 
and  Student  Judicial  Code  for  due  process. 

A  high  standard  of  academic  integrity 
promotes  the  pursuit  of  truth  and  learning 
and  respect  for  the  intellectual  accomplish- 
ments of  others.  These  are  values  that  are 
fundamental  to  the  mission  of  this  Univer- 
sity. Such  values  are  undermined  by 
academic  dishonesty. 

Academic  dishonesty  is  defined  as  attempt- 
ing to  obtain  academic  credit  for  work  that 
is  not  one's  own.  Examples  include:  (1) 
copying  another  student's  answers  on  an 
examination;  (2)  obtaining,  or  attempting  to 
obtain,  the  answers  to  an  examination  in 
advance; 

(3)  submitting  a  paper  that  was  written  by 
someone  else;  (4)  submitting  a  paper  that 
includes  phrases,  sentences  and  paragraphs 
that  were  copied  verbatim,  or  almost 
verbatim,  from  a  work  written  by  someone 
else,  without  making  this  clear  without 
indicating  that  these  words  were  someone 
else's  through  the  use  of  quotation  marks  or 
other  appropriate  citation  conventions; 
(5)  collaborating  on  a  homework  assignment 
when  this  has  been  expressly  forbidden  by 
the  professor;  (6)  using  unauthorized 
materials  in  completing  assignments  or 
examinations;  (7)  submitting  the  same  paper 
for  more  than  one  class  without  the  express 
permission  of  the  instructors  involved.  This 
list  of  examples  should  not  be  considered 
exhaustive. 

This  definition  of  academic  dishonesty 
applies  to  information  submitted  in  other 
forms  besides  paper.  Submitting  a  project  of 
a  musical  or  artistic  nature  where  all  or  part 


of  the  project  is  someone  else's  work, 
without  acknowledging  this  fact,  constitutes 
academic  dishonesty.  Submitting  computer 
files  that  do  not  represent  one's  own  work 
is  also  considered  to  be  academic  dishon- 
esty; examples  of  computer-based  academic 
dishonesty  would  include  submitting  a 
computer  program  or  text  file  created  by 
someone  else  as  one's  own,  or  submitting 
the  output  of  a  computer  program  written 
by  someone  else,  and  claiming  to  have 
written  the  program  that  generated  the 
output. 

For  all  forms  of  academic  dishonesty, 
students  who  knowingly  allow  other 
students  to  use  their  work  are  themselves 
considered  to  be  academically  dishonest. 
Examples  would  include  students  who 
knowingly  allow  other  students  to  copy  their 
exam  answers,  and  students  who  give 
papers  that  they  have  written  to  other 
students  so  that  the  other  students  can 
submit  them  for  credit. 

A  faculty  member  is  appointed  by  the 
Faculty  Senate  to  act  as  an  Academic  Ethical 
Matters  Facilitator.  This  individual  will  offer 
advice  to  both  students  and  faculty  about 
the  issues  involved  in  penalizing  academic 
dishonesty,  and  the  process  of  appealing 
such  penalties. 

Penalties  assessed  by  faculty  members  for 
academic  dishonesty  generally  consist  of  a 
reprimand,  a  requirement  to  resubmit  the 
work  in  a  more  acceptable  form,  a  lowering 
of  a  grade,  failure  in  the  course  in  which  the 
alleged  infraction  took  place,  or  a  combina- 
tion of  these. 

Instead  of  (or  in  addition  to)  assessing  such 
penalties,  a  faculty  member  may  refer  the 
matter  to  the  UMass  Dartmouth  Student 
Judiciary.  Decisions  made  by  the  Student 
Judiciary  may  be  appealed  to  the  University 
Appellate  Board. 

A  form  acknowledging  that  each  student 
has  read,  understands,  and  will  abide  by 
these  standards  will  be  signed  by  the 
student  and  placed  into  the  student's 
permanent  file- 


Qualitative  Component 

At  each  annual  measurement  period 
Students  with  this  number  of  completed  credits:         0-30      31-60    61-90    91 -above 
Must  have  at  least  this  minimum  cumulative  GPA:       1.500     1.700    1.850  2.0. 

51  Academic  Regulations 


Graduation  Requirements 


Degree  Conferral 

Candidates  for  graduation  must  declare 
their  intention  to  graduate  formally  at  the 
Registrar's  Office.  The  deadlines  for  that 
filing  are  shown  in  the  table.  We  strongly 
advise  meeting  with  one's  academic  advisor 
during  the  previous  semester  to  plan  the 
final  semester's  selection  of  courses  At 
about  the  same  time  that  they  declare 
intention  to  graduate,  students  should 
review  their  academic  records  with  their 
departmental  advisors  for  a  final  time,  to 
ensure  that  all  requirements  will  have  been 
met  properly. 

Completion  of  degree  requirements  is 
certified  at  three  different  times  during  the 
year.  Diplomas  and  transcripts  show  the 
date  of  degree  conferral  as  in  the  table 

below. 

To  give  an  example,  students  who  com- 
pleted final  required  courses  in  December 
2001  had  the  degree  conferred  on  January 
31,  2002,  as  did  students  completing  a  final 
required  course  in  the  January  2002 
Intersession,  Students  completing  final 
required  courses  in  spring  2001  had  the 
degree  conferred  on  June  2,  when 
commencement  was  held  that  year.  (See 
below,  under  "Commencement  Exercises," 
for  the  policy  allowing  some  students  who 
will  not  yet  have  completed  requirements  to 
participate  in  the  graduation  ceremony.) 
Students  completing  requirements  in  July 
and  August  will  receive  the  September  1 
completion  date. 

The  spring  graduation  conferral  date  is  the 
date  of  the  actual  commencement 
ceremony.  Students  who  complete  their 
final  required  courses  in  a  term  ending  by 
that  date  will  have  the  June  conferral  date. 

Course  grades  are  recorded  for  the  term  in 
which  the  student  registered  for  the  course. 
In  the  case  of  incompletes,  the  actual  work 


will  be  completed  after  that  date.  If  a 
student  cannot  graduate  at  the  end  of  his  or 
her  last  term  because  one  or  more  courses 
required  for  graduation  have  incomplete 
grades,  the  student  will  not  receive  the 
diploma  or  the  final  transcript  until  after  the 
incomplete  work  is  made  up  and  the 
professor  has  assigned  the  appropriate  new 
grade.  In  other  words,  diplomas  and  final 
transcripts  are  given  out  after  all  work 
required  for  the  degree  is  completed,  but 
the  date  on  the  diploma  corresponds  to  the 
term  in  which  the  final  grade  is  registered. 

Graduate  students  have  an  exception  to  this 
rule  for  a  thesis,  project,  or  dissertation  that 
is  not  completed  by  the  time  that  all 
coursework  for  the  degree  is  completed. 
These  students  register  in  a  special  "continu- 
ation" status  for  each  term  needed  to 
complete  their  work,  and  the  date  of  the 
degree  conferral  is  that  for  the  end  of  the 
term  in  which  that  work  is  completed  and 
approved  for  graduation.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  details. 

Once  a  student  graduates,  the  transcript  is 
closed  to  subsequent  changes  (with  the 
exception  of  correction  of  errors),  to 
preserve  the  accuracy  of  the  certification. 

Commencement  Exercises 

The  university  holds  one  formal  commence- 
ment ceremony  each  year,  at  the  conclusion 
of  the  spring  semester.  Students  may 
participate  in  the  spring  commencement 
exercises  once  their  records  are  certified. 
Those  whose  requirement  records  are 
incomplete  may  also  participate  under  the 
following  conditions: 

•  Insufficient  Credits:  Undergraduate 
students  who  are  no  more  than  twelve 
credits  shy  of  completion  may  participate  in 
the  spring  commencement  exercises  but  will 
not  receive  diplomas  at  the  ceremony. 
Permission  to  participate  in  the  graduation 


ceremony  will  be  determined  by  the 
student's  department.  The  student  must  be 
able  to  complete  work  to  be  eligible  for  the 
September  1  diploma. 

•  Missing  Transfer  Credits:  Students  whose 
records  will  be  completed  with  the  inclusion 
of  credits  for  one  or  more  courses  in  transfer 
from  another  institution  must  insure  that 
UMass  Dartmouth  will  have  received 
notification  from  the  other  institution  by  the 
ending  due  date  for  UMass  Dartmouth's 
spring  term  final  grades.  Those  for  whom 
such  notification  is  received  later  may 
participate  in  the  ceremony  but  will  not 
receive  diplomas  there.  They  will  receive 
their  diplomas  at  a  later  date,  and  their 
degree  certification  will  be  retroactive  to  the 
date  of  course  completion. 

We  invite  students  completing  requirements 
in  July/August  or  December/January  to 
participate  in  the  up-coming  June  gradua- 
tion ceremony,  if  they  have  not  already 
participated  in  the  previous  spring.  An 
individual  may  participate  in  only  one 
graduation  ceremony  per  degree. 

Graduate  students  should  consult  the 
current  Graduate  Catalogue  about 
requirements  for  participation  in  commence- 
ment. 


Completion 
occurring 

In  July/August 

In  December/January 

By  commencement 


Date  on 
diploma 

September  1 
January  31 

Day  of  commencement 


Deadline  to  declare 
intention  to  graduate 

July  1 

November  1 
March  15 


52 


Enrollment  as  a  Non-Degree  Student  For  assistance: 

contact  Academic  Advisement  Center,  x8455 


Non-Degree  or  Special  Student 
Registration 

Non-Degree  or  Special  Student  status  allows 
those  not  seeking  a  UMass  Dartmouth 
degree  to  register  for  undergraduate  classes 
of  the  university  on  a  space-available  basis. 
(For  graduate  non-degree  student  registra- 
tion, see  the  Graduate  Catalogue.) 

The  following  types  of  people  are  welcome 
to  request  undergraduate  non-degree 
student  status: 
• 

Students  not  seeking  a  degree  who  wish  to 
take  courses  for  personal  and  professional 
reasons.  At  least  a  high  school  diploma  or 
GED  must  have  been  received  in  order  for 
registration  to  occur.  Students  must  each 
submit  proof  of  having  received  a  high  school 
diploma  or  GED,  or  an  associate's  or  post- 
baccalaureate  degree,  before  grades  are 
issued  at  the  end  of  the  semester  of 
registration  as  a  special  student. 
• 

Visiting  students  matriculated  at  another 
college.  Before  registration,  an  official  letter 
of  authorization  should  be  provided  from  the 
student's  home  institution  verifying  that  the 
student  is  in  good  standing.  International 
students  seeking  a  degree  and  in  good 
standing  at  another  university  and  holding 
the  F-1  visa  from  that  institution  may  also 
request  registration  as  visiting  special 
students  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  Visiting 
students  from  another  UMass  campus  are 
invited  to  use  a  simplified  process  to  enroll 
here;  see  the  Admissions  chapter  of  this 
catalogue. 
• 

Exchange  students  studying  here  by  terms  of 
an  agreement  between  UMass  Dartmouth 
and  the  home  institution  in  another  country, 
pursuing  a  degree  at  the  home  institution. 
Exchange  students  receive  formal  acceptance 
to  the  exchange  program  and  are  registered 
in  special  student  status. 
• 

Persons  pursuing  one  of  the  certificate 
programs  of  the  university,  listed  in  the 
General  Catalogue  chapter  on  Interdiscipli- 
nary and  Special  Programs.  Because 
certificate  students  do  not  receive  a  formal 
degree,  they  are  registered  as  special 
students.  The  university's  certificate  programs 
offer  various  opportunities  for  advisement, 
program  planning,  and  registration  for 
courses.  Participants  in  certificate  programs 
apply  for  and  formally  receive  acceptance, 
and  they  must  meet  formally  expressed 
conditions  for  completion  of  the  program 


and  award  of  the  certificate. 
• 

High  school  students.  Exceptional  high  school 
students  may  be  accepted  as  part  time 
special  students.  High  school  transcripts  and 
letters  of  recommendation  must  be  provided 
by  the  student's  high  school  counselor  or 
principal  prior  to  registration.  Such  students 
may  study  here  under  the  Commonwealth's 
Dual  Enrollment  program,  described  in  the 
chapter  on  Admissions. 
• 

Applicants  for  admission  to  UMass  Dart- 
mouth who  were  qualified  but  were  denied 
admission  because  of  space  limitations. 

The  following  are  not  accepted  as  non- 
degree  students: 
• 

Applicants  who  were  denied  admission  to 
UMass  Dartmouth  because  they  did  not  have 
the  necessary  qualifications. 
• 

Students  who  have  been  dismissed  by  UMass 
Dartmouth  or  any  other  college  or  university, 
for  at  least  one  semester  following  the 
dismissal.  Such  dismissed  students  may  be 
recommended  by  the  dean  of  their  college 
for  admission  as  special  students,  after  a 
semester  away,  with  conditions  for  re- 
admission  as  regular  students  specified  and 
with  an  educational  plan  designed  to  assist  in 
the  amelioration  of  past  deficiencies.  (Others 
may  be  recommended  to  apply  for  re- 
admission  as  regular  students  after  a 
semester  or  more  away.) 
• 

International  students  who  would  need  F-1 
visas,  except  in  the  case  of  certain  formal 
certificate  programs. 

The  following  procedures  and  regulations 
apply  to  non-degree  students: 

Students  may  remain  as  non-degree  students 
at  UMass  Dartmouth  for  a  maximum  of  30 
credits.  (The  30-credit  limit  does  not  apply  to 
senior  citizens.)  After  completion  of  24 
credits,  the  Registrar's  Office  will  inform  the 
student  that  a  maximum  is  being  ap- 
proached. Any  special  students  who  later 
decide  to  pursue  a  degree  should  seek 
admission  at  an  early  time  to  guarantee 
adequacy  of  academic  advisement  and 
progress  without  an  interruption. 

Non-degree  students  whose  academic 
performance  falls  below  the  university's 
general  requirements  for  continuation  or 
who  are  demonstrably  unable  to  benefit  from 


the  educational  experience  offered  may  be 
prohibited  from  future  registration.  Such 
cases  are  reviewed  by  the  Director  of  the 
University  Academic  Advising  Center,  whose 
recommendations  are  brought  for  action  to 
the  Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic 
Affairs  and  Graduate  Studies. 

All  non-degree  special  students  will  go  to  the 
Academic  Advising  Center  for  approval  of  an 
application  to  register  for  undergraduate 
courses. 

Those  seeking  graduate  enrollment  may 
contact  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  for 
assistance. 


Note: 

Non-degree  special  students  are  not 
eligible  to  receive  financial  aid.  An 
exception  to  this  rule  may  be  made  for 
those  admitted  to  certain  official 
certificate  programs. 


53 


Academic  Regulations 


Major  Days  of  Religious  Observance 
2002-2003 


University  policy  and  Massachusetts  state  law  require  faculty  to  offer  make-up  assignments  or  exams  to  students  who  are  absent  for  religious 
observance.  As  an  aid  to  curriculum  planning,  the  following  list  of  major  religious  observances  is  made  available  by  the  Office  of  the  Provost. 
Faculty,  staff,  and  students  are  advised  that  the  list  is  not  exhaustive  of  observances  of  any  religion.  Please  note  that  Jewish,  Baha'i,  and 
some  Muslim  religious  observances  begin  at  sundown  of  the  previous  day.  Students  planning  to  be  absent  from  classes  due  to  religious 
observance  must  notify  their  instructors  at  least  one  week  in  advance,  and  otherwise  follow  the  policy  stated  earlier  in  this  chapter. 


Observance/Religion 


Fall  2003 

Rosh  Hashanah 
(Jewish  New  Year)/J 
September  27-28  (Sa,  S) 

Yom  Kippur 
(Atonement)/J 
October  6  (M) 

Sukkot 

(Festival  of  Tabernacles)/J 
October  11-12  (Sa,  S) 

Durga  Puja 

(Worship  of  Divine  Mother)/H 
October  1 3  (M) 

Diwah  (Festival  of  Lights)/H 
October  25  (Sa) 

Ramadan  Begins/M 
October  26  (S) 

Birth  of  Baha'u'llah/Ba 
November  1 2  (W) 

Idul  Fitr  (End  of  Ramadan)/M 
November  25  (Tu) 

Bodhi  Day 
(Enlightenment)/B 
December  8  (M) 

Christmas 

(Birth  of  JesusVC  (legal  holiday) 
December  25  (T) 


Spring  2004 

Idul-Adha  (Day  of  Sacrifice)/M 
February  7  (T) 

Maha  Shivaratn  (worship  of  Shiva)/H 
February  18(W) 

Muharram  (Islamic  New  Year)/M 
March  4  (T) 

Holi  (Festival  of  Colors)/H 
March  6  (Sa) 

Naw-Ruz  (Baha'i  New  Year)/Ba 
March  21  (S) 

Ramanavami  (Birth  of  Rama)/H 
March  30  (Tu) 

First  Days  of  Passover/J 
April  6-7  (Tu,  W) 

Hanamatsuri  (Birth  of  BuddhaVB 
April  8  (T) 

Good  Friday 
(Crucifixion  of  Jesus)/C 
April  9  (F) 

Easter  (Resurrection  of  JesusVC 
April  1 1  (S) 

Baisakhi  (Brotherhood-Sisterhood)/S 
April  13  (Tu) 

First  Day  of  Ridvan 
(Declaration  of  Baha'u'llahVBa 
April  21  (W) 

Wesak  (in  celebration  of  the  BuddhaVB 
April  27  (Tu) 


Summer  2004 

Shavuoth  (Festival  of  Weeks)/J 
May  26-27  (W,  T) 


B=Buddhist; 

Ba=Baha'i; 

C=Chnstian; 

H=Hindu; 

J=Jewish; 

M=Muslim; 

S=Sikh 


54 


55 


Special  Learning  Opportunities 

Individualized  Courses,  Alternative  Credit,  Experiential  Learning,  Study  at  Other  Institutions 


Internships,  Practicums,  and 
Experiential  Learning 


Many  students  will  desire  educational 
experiences  that  extend  beyond  the  regular 
courses  of  the  university.  The  university  thus 
offers  various  individually-initiated  learning 
experiences  to  its  students. 

Such  opportunities  are  of  many  sorts.  They 
include  Independent  Study,  Contract 
Learning,  and  Directed  Study;  study  at  a 
nearby  university  through  cross-registration; 
study  abroad,  and  receiving  credit  through  a 
variety  of  standardized  examinations. 


Special  Course  Opportunities 
Directed  Study 

Students  who  wish  to  take  a  regular 
university  course  in  a  term  when  it  is  not 
offered  may  seek  to  do  so  through  a 
Directed  Study  option.  However,  students 
must  understand  that,  because  the 
appropriate  faculty  must  be  available  and 
approvals  must  be  granted,  the  option  of 
Directed  Study  for  a  particular  course  is  not 
always  available. 

In  Directed  Study,  the  faculty  member  must 
agree  to  provide  the  student  with  close 
supervision,  in  achieving  the  same  course 
objectives  that  would  have  been  accom- 
plished had  the  student  taken  the  course  on 
a  regular  class  basis.  Permission  for  Directed 
Study  must  be  obtained  from  the  subject/ 
course  faculty  member,  the  student's 
department  chairperson,  and  the  college 
dean,  after  consultation  with  the  faculty 
advisor. 

Forms  for  enrolling  in  Directed  Study  are 
available  at  the  Registrar's  Office.  Directed 
Study  courses  will  be  so  designated  on  the 
student's  transcript,  displaying  the  title  of 
the  course  undertaken.  Directed  Study 
courses  are  offered  at  each  course  level,  1xx, 
2xx,  3xx,  and  4xx,  in  order  to  match  the 
level  of  the  course  of  record. 

Independent  Study 

Independent  Study,  which  is  faculty- 
supervised  research  or  readings  into  areas  of 
study  outside  the  current  curriculum,  offers 
students  the  opportunity  to  investigate  a 
research  topic  or  readings  independently, 
under  the  close  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member.  Independent  Study  will  only  be 
approved  for  research  into  areas  of  study 
that  do  not  duplicate  the  University's  current 
curriculum  of  courses. 

The  student  will  be  responsible  for  meeting 
the  requirements  of  the  Independent  Study 


as  outlined  and  approved,  and  the  faculty 
sponsor  will  assume  responsibility  for 
coordinating  the  Independent  Study, 
evaluating  its  results,  and  determining  an 
appropriate  grade. 

Upper  Division  students  may  request  to  do 
Independent  Study,  upon  recommendation 
of  a  faculty  sponsor  and  approval  of  the 
student's  department  chairperson  and 
college  dean.  Twelve  semester  credits  is  the 
maximum  of  Independent  Study  allowed  for 
an  undergraduate  academic  career.  The 
student  must  submit  a  written  proposal  and 
outline  of  the  program  of  study  to  be 
undertaken,  which,  if  approved  by  the 
sponsor  and  the  department  chairperson, 
will  become  a  guide  for  evaluating  the 
student's  performance  and  accomplishment. 

Forms  for  enrolling  in  Independent  Study  are 
available  at  the  Registrar's  Office.  Indepen- 
dent Study  courses  will  be  so  designated  on 
the  student's  transcript,  displaying  an 
annotation  of  the  topic  undertaken. 


Students  in  any  major  may  arrange  for  an 
external  learning  experience.  Most 
departments  list  the  course  Experiential 
Learning  for  their  majors;  it  offers  lower- 
division  work  experience  at  an  elective 
level  Some  of  the  university's  majors 
offer  upper-division  internship  or 
practicum  opportunities  for  students 
There  is  considerable  variety  in  the  types 
of  experience  provided  and  the  levels  and 
amounts  of  credit. 

Experiential  Learning 

Experiential  Learning  provides  an 
opportunity  for  practical  application  of 
academic  training  while  earning  academic 
credit. 

Under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  sponsor, 
arrangements  are  made  to  work  under 
the  immediate  supervision  of  a  supervisor 
at  a  work  site,  which  may  be  located  on 
or  off  campus  The  range  of  project  types 
and  settings  is  almost  limitless,  creating 
exciting  ways  to  enrich  one's  academic 
studies,  to  test  a  tentative  career  choice, 
and  to  gain  valuable  experience. 

The  program  is  administered  through  the 
Career  Resource  Center,  where  students 
obtain  assistance  in  finding  a  faculty 
sponsor  and  a  work  setting  and  in  complet- 
ing the  required  forms. 

The  Experiential  Learning  contract  is  an 
agreement  to  undertake  a  significant 
academic  learning  experience: 
• 

Participating  students  maintain  a  log  or 
journal  of  experiences.  They  also  receive 
assessments  from  the  individual  they  are 
working  for,  the  supervisor  at  the  work  site. 
• 

In  all  cases,  the  student  must  submit  a  work 
of  writing  and  reflection  to  the  faculty 
sponsor.  Such  a  document  might,  for 
example,  include  the  following:  a)  how 
objectives  were  met,  b)  how  personal 
improvement  has  been  stimulated,  c)  how 
the  internship  experience  has  related  to  the 
student's  academic  experience,  and  d)  how 
the  internship  could  be  improved  for 
students  who  pursue  similar  projects  in  the 
future.  The  exact  assignment  is  determined 
by  the  sponsoring  faculty  member. 
• 

The  faculty  sponsor  evaluates  the  project 
and  assigns  either  a  CR  or  NC  grade. 

Students  wishing  to  participate  must  submit 
a  contract  proposal  and  receive  the  required 
approvals.  The  Career  Resource  Center 


56 


assists  students  in  making  these  arrange- 
ments. 
• 

Students  must  propose  a  contract  and 
receive  an  initial  approval  before  the 
deadline  for  registration. 
• 

By  another  deadline,  the  student  must 
submit  a  formal  written  proposal  to  the 
faculty  sponsor  that  both  specifies  the  goals 
and  objectives  of  the  internship  and  details 
the  activities  and  academic  work  to  be 
performed. 
• 

By  the  same  deadline,  the  student  must 
obtain  approvals  from  the  faculty  sponsor, 
his/her  department  chairperson,  and  her/his 
college  dean. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  academic 

limitations  and  definitions: 

• 

Students  must  be  at  least  sophomores  to 

participate.  ' 

• 

Although  the  typical  internship  contract 
would  earn  three  credits,  internships 
proposing  a  greater/lesser  number  of  credit 
hours  are  also  possible.  Experiential  Learning 
credits  are  part  of  the  normal  student  credit 
load  and  subject  to  university  policy  with 
regard  to  credit  hour  limitations. 
• 

Experiential  Learning  courses  may  not  be 
used  to  fulfill  distribution  or  general 
education  requirements  but  serve  as  free 
electives  and  may  be  accepted  toward  the 
requirements  of  some  majors. 
• 

Experiential  Learning  credits  are  lower- 
division  credits. 
• 

Students  on  academic  probation  are  not 
eligible  for  Experiential  Learning,  unless 
ineligibility  is  waived  by  their  college  dean. 
• 

The  work  assignment  is  to  comprise  at  least 
45  clock  hours  per  academic  credit,  for  the 
semester. 
• 

Supervision  of  students  doing  projects  under 
the  Experiential  Learning  program  shall  in  all 
cases  exclude  individuals  who  are  them- 
selves undergraduate  degree  candidates; 
and  a  faculty  member  cannot  serve  as  both 
supervisor  and  sponsor. 

Students  in  the  College  of  Business  are 
offered  a  junior-level  Internship  course  in 
lieu  of  Experiential  Learning.  They  may 
contact  the  Career  Resource  Center  for 
assistance. 


General  Limitation  on  Internship 
Credit 

No  more  than  1/8th  of  the  graduation 
credits  required  for  the  student's  major  may 
be  earned  in  optional  internships,  including 
Experiential  Learning.  Thus,  a  student  in  a 
1 20  credit  program  could  apply  up  to  1 5 
credits  in  such  studies  toward  the  degree. 


Internships,  Clinical  Experiences,  and 
Practicums  in  the  Majors 

In  some  of  the  university's  majors, 
students  are  required  to  have  an  upper- 
division  internship,  practicum,  or  clinical 
experience;  in  some  others,  an  optional 
course  is  offered.  These  studies  range 
from  an  experience  nearby  in  a  course  the 
student  takes  along  with  other  on- 
campus  courses  that  semester,  to  a 
semester  or  even  a  year  in  an  extensive 
experience  which  may  be  well  away  from 
campus.  Consult  the  requirements 
section  for  your  major  to  learn  of  these 
opportunities. 


Cooperative  Education  in  Engineering 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers 
cooperative  education  experiences  to 
qualified  students.  Students  in  the 
program  alternate  a  semester/summer  in 
coursework  with  a  semester/summer  on 
the  job  full  time.  Please  consult  the  front 
of  the  catalogue  section  on  the  College 
of  Engineering. 

Internships  Away  from  Campus 
through  Affiliated  Programs 

Some  programs  that  may  be  available  to 
UMass  Dartmouth  students,  like  those  of 
The  Washington  Center  or  Disney 
Enterprises,  offer  a  full  semester  at  an 
internship  site.  The  university  has 
formulated  procedures  whereby  the 
student  can  maintain  an  appropriate 
enrollment  status  to  participate  in  such 
internship  programs. 

Financial  arrangements,  enrollment 
status,  and  credit  that  can  be  earned  vary, 
depending  on  the  program.  The 
Washington  Center  program  provides 
financial  assistance  in  the  form  of  tuition 
waivers  and  some  scholarship  support, 
and  offers  means  of  earning  UMass 
Dartmouth  credit  while  participating. 


Disney  internships  differ  depending 
whether  one  undertakes  an  initial  or  a 
second  experience,  as  these  vary  in  how 
UMass  recognizes  the  academic  experi- 
ence. 

More  can  be  learned  about  these 
opportunities  from  advisors  in  the 
student's  major  field  or  at  the  Career 
Resource  Center,  which  serves  as  the 
contact  point  for  the  many  arrangements 
that  the  students  need  to  make. 


57 


Special  Learning  Opportunities 


Study  Abroad 


The  university  encourages  its  students  to 
study  abroad.  A  number  of  exchange 
agreements  have  been  established  to 
facilitate  study  abroad,  together  with 
procedures  for  academic  advisement, 
registration,  and  planning  personal  finances. 
In  addition,  a  wide  variety  of  programs  are 
available,  both  of  short  duration  and  for  a 
semester  or  a  year. 


Opportunities 

The  university  has  formal  exchange 
agreements  with  the  University  of  Grenoble 
(France),  the  Baden-Wurttemburg  Universi- 
ties (Germany),  Centro  de  Arte  e 
Communicacao  (Lisbon,  Portugal);  Nova 
Scotia  College  of  Art  and  Design,  the  Ecole 
Nationale  Superieure  des  Industries  Textiles 
of  the  Universite  de  Haute  Alsace  (France), 
and  Minho  University  (Portugal).  We  are  also 
a  member  of  a  consortium  of  art  schools — 
SACI — in  Florence,  Italy.  Programs  at  these 
schools  allow  students  to  pursue  studies  in 
or  related  to  their  UMass  Dartmouth  major 
fields. 

These  exchange  agreements  also  bring 
students  from  these  many  countries  to  study 
at  UMass  Dartmouth. 

The  exchange  programs  listed  above  present 
only  one  way  for  UMass  Dartmouth 
students  to  study  abroad.  A  large  pool  of 
additional  exchange  opportunities  is  made 
available  to  our  students  through  the 
Massachusetts  Consortium  on  International 
Education  (MaCIE),  which  includes  all  public 
colleges  and  universities  in  the  state. 
Through  MaCIE,  our  students  can  choose 
from  the  study  abroad  opportunities  offered 
by  other  public  higher  education  institutions 
in  Massachusetts.  In  addition,  there  are 
informal  opportunities  for  study  and  travel 
during  the  academic  year  and  summer. 

For  example,  in  a  recent  summer,  the 
College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 
offered  a  design,  painting,  and  drawing 
workshop  in  La  Napoule,  France  (near  the 
French  Riviera).  The  Overseas  Study  Program 
in  the  College  of  Business  sponsors  a  yearly 
trip  to  another  country  to  explore  an  area  of 
interest  in  international  business.  The  Center 
for  Portuguese  Studies  offers  yearly  summer 
study  trips  to  Portugal. 

The  following  people  can  provide  more 
information  about  these  programs  and 
related  opportunities. 


General  assistance  with  study  abroad — John 
Carroll,  Academic  Advising  Center 

Baden-Wurttemburg,  and  its  affiliated 
universities:  The  Universities  of  Heidelberg, 
Mannheim,  Freiburg,  Ulm,  Stuttgart, 
Konstanz,  Tubingen,  Hohenheim,  and 
Karlsruhe — Joseph  Bronstad,  Department  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages;  Richard 
Golen,  Assistant  Dean,  Charlton  college  of 
Business 

Australia  and  New  Zealand — Kathleen 
Suchon,  Department  of  Management 

Latin  America  and  Spain — John  Twomey, 
Department  of  Foreign  Literature  and 
Languages 

United  Kingdom — Peter  Owens,  Department 
of  English 

Portugal — Victor  Mendes,  Department  of 
Portuguese 

Centro  de  Arte — Memory  Holloway, 
Department  of  Art  History;  Susan  Hamlet, 
Departmen't  of  Visual  Design 

University  of  Grenoble — Richard  Baker, 
Department  of  Accounting 

France — Lewis  Kamm,  Department  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages 

Ecole  Nationale  Superieure  des  Industries 
Textiles;  Minho  University  (Portugal) — 
Kenneth  Langley,  Department  of  Textile 
Sciences 

Duncan  of  Jordanstone  College,  University 
of  Dundee — Michael  Taylor,  Department  of 
Art  History 

Summer  Programs  in  Portugal — Michael 
Baum,  Department  of  Political  Science 

Summer  Programs  in  Italy  and  Spain — 
Benjamin  Taggie,  Department  of  History 


Policies  and  Procedures 

The  Office  of  the  Associate  Vice  Chancellor 
for  Academic  Affairs/Graduate  Studies 
provides  general  oversight  over  exchange 
programs.  The  Academic  Advising  Center 
assists  students  in  making  a  choice  of  study 
abroad  site,  in  making  academic  plans,  and 
with  visa  and  travel  arrangements. 

Financial  aid  may  be  obtained,  if  the  student 
is  eligible  and  pursuing  the  study  abroad 


experience  to  earn  credits  toward  degree 
requirements.  Students  should  contact  their 
Financial  Aid  counselor.  Furthermore,  a 
special  scholarship,  the  Mary  Louise  Walsh 
Fund  for  International  Study,  makes 
assistance  available  in  the  form  of  grants  to 
undergraduates  and  graduating  seniors. 

Students  who  wish  to  study  abroad  while 
remaining  in  active  student  status  may  be 
listed  as  in  Study  on  Exchange  status 
(sometimes  called  Study  Away  or  Study 
Abroad).  This  status  allows  students  to 
remain  in  current,  registered  status  while 
they  pursue  full-time  studies  at  another 
higher-education  institution,  which  is  usually 
located  in  another  country.  They  may  thus 
remain  matriculated  students  and  continue 
to  qualify  for  their  financial  aid  benefits.  A 
modest  fee  is  charged  for  Study  on 
Exchange  status.  Forms  may  be  obtained  in 
the  Academic  Advising  Center. 

Students  seeking  to  study  abroad  must  first 
plan  with  their  faculty  advisors  the  program 
of  study  that  they  intend  to  pursue  at  the 
other  institution  and  receive  departmental 
approval  of  this  study  plan. 

Credits  completed  while  a  student  is  in 
Study  on  Exchange  status  will  be  displayed 
on  the  transcript  with  grades  shown  and  will 
be  considered  for  financial  aid  qualitative 
requirements.  Grades  earned  in  study 
abroad,  converted  to  UMass  Dartmouth 
equivalents,  will  be  included  in  calculating 
the  student's  GPA  and  cumulative  grade 
record. 


58 


Receiving  Credit  Through  Standardized  Examinations 


CLEP  Examinations 

The  University  has  approved  the  use  of  the 
College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP). 
The  CLEP  exams  are  offered  by  the  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board.  The  program 
enables  those  who  have  reached  the  college 
level  of  education  outside  the  university  to 
demonstrate  their  achievement  and  to  use 
the  test  results  for  college  credit  and/or 
placement. 

The  equivalency  of  CLEP  examinations  to 
this  university's  courses  shall  be  determined 
by  the  department  that  teaches  that  subject 
matter.  CLEP  credits  may  not  be  used  to 
duplicate  or  replace  credits  for  coursework 
taken  here  or  elsewhere.  The  Office  of  the 
University  Registrar  maintains  a  current  list 
of  CLEP  examinations  accepted  for  credit; 
we  advise  current  students  to  consult  us 
before  deciding  to  take  CLEP  tests. 

CLEP  credits  are  defined  as  transfer  credits 
and  will  not  be  reflected  in  an  individual's 
grade  point  average.  No  more  than  30 
credits  earned  by  CLEP  Examination  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  degree  requirements. 

Two  types  of  CLEP  examinations  are  offered: 

Subject  Examinations 

One  semester's  course  credits  (usually  3)  or 
two  semesters'  course  credits  (usually  6) 
may  be  awarded  for  a  score  at  or  above  50, 
as  reported  on  the  CLEP  score  report.  Such 
credits  are  generally  used  to  satisfy 
university  distribution  requirements  or  may 
be  used  as  elective  credits. 

General  Examinations 

Credit  is  nor  awarded  at  UMass  Dartmouth 

for  the  CLEP  General  Examinations. 

Advanced  Placement — AP  Credit 

Advanced  placement  and/or  college  credit 
are  awarded  to  entering  freshman  students 
presenting  Advanced  Placement  Examina- 
tion grades  of  three  or  higher  (four  for 
credit  in  Psychology)  in  most  AP  fields.  AP 
courses  taught  in  high  schools  are  college- 
level  courses,  and  the  students'  mastery  of 
the  content  is  validated  by  the  AP  Examina- 
tion series  administered  by  the  College 
Board.  Such  course  credits  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  degree  requirements,  general 
education  requirements,  or  will  allow 
students  to  place  into  a  more  advanced 
initial  course. 


Advanced  Placement — Dual  Enrollment 
Credit 

Some  freshman  students  enter  the  university 
with  college  credit  already  earned,  from 
courses  taken  at  a  college  or  university  while 
they  were  in  high  school,  many  through  the 
Massachusetts  Dual  Enrollment  program. 

Military  Service  Training 

For  Military  Service  School  training,  credit 
may  be  awarded  according  to  the  recom- 
mendations contained  in  the  most  recent 
Guide  to  the  Evaluation  of  Educational 
Experience  in  the  Armed  Services  of  the 
American  Council  on  Education.  These 
credits  cannot  be  applied  to  the  student's 
major  field  of  studies.  Additional  informa- 
tion is  available  at  the  Office  of  Admissions. 

Credit  for  Validated  Prior  Learning 

The  Division  of  Continuing  Education  offers 
credit  for  validated  prior  learning  to  those 
who  have  become  regular,  registered 
students.  This  program  provides  university 
academic  credit  for  students  in  most  majors 
who,  through  occupational  or  other 
experiences,  have  achieved  the  equivalent  of 
college-level  knowledge.  Their  prior  learning 
is  documented  through  a  one-semester 
workshop  and  then  evaluated  for  credit.  For 
further  information,  consult  the  Division  of 
Continuing  Education. 


SACHEM  Cross-Registration 

UMass  Dartmouth  students  may  cross- 
register  for  courses  at  other  SACHEM 
(Southeastern  Association  for  Cooperation 
in  Higher  Education  in  Massachusetts) 
institutions  on  a  space-available,  prior- 
approval  basis.  Likewise,  students  at  these 
other  institutions  may  cross-register  for 
courses  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  Institutions 
involved  in  the  program,  in  addition  to 
UMass  Dartmouth,  are: 

Bridgewater  State  College 

Bristol  Community  College 

Cape  Cod  Community  College 

Dean  College 

Massachusetts  Maritime  Academy 
Massasoit  Community  College 
Stonehill  College 
Wheaton  College. 

Tuition  and  fees  established  by  the  "away" 
institution  are  suspended,  provided  that  the 
matriculated  student  is  a  degree-seeking 
student  at  the  home  institution  and  carries 
and  pays  for  a  full-time  load  there.  Further 
information  and  appropriate  forms  may  be 
obtained  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 


59 


Special  Learning  Opportunities 


Outreach:  Centers,  Laboratories,  Programs,  and  Events 


A  variety  of  departments,  centers,  institutes, 
and  special  programs  demonstrate  UMass 
Dartmouth's  commitment  to  the  well-being 
of  this  region  and  its  people.  The  university 
plays  a  singularly  important  role  in  the 
community — a  cultural,  social,  political,  and 
economic  resource  as  well  as  the  predomi- 
nant center  of  education  and  research.  The 
work  done  in  the  centers  and  laboratories 
expands  knowledge  and  bolsters  economic 
development,  while  programs  and  projects 
inform,  inspire,  and  entertain. 

The  following  are  profiles  of  those  arms  of 
the  university  that  extend  into  the  commu- 
nity, and  help  UMass  Dartmouth  serve  its 
diverse  constituencies.  The  listing  is  by  no 
means  exhaustive,  but  presents  some  key 
programs  and  offices  that  help  the 
institution  fulfill  its  broader  purposes. 


UMass  Dartmouth  Foundation 

The  UMass  Dartmouth  Foundation  develops 
and  directs  the  university's  fund-raising  and 
alumni  relations  activities.  Through  the 
Annual  Fund  and  other  campaigns,  the 
Foundation  helps  secure  continuing  support 
for  the  university  and  many  of  its  educa- 
tional, research,  and  cultural  programs. 

The  Foundation  is  a  tax-exempt  corporation 
with  its  own  charter  and  board  of  directors.  It 
solicits,  receives,  and  administers  gifts  to  the 
university.  It  also  manages  UMass 
Dartmouth's  endowment,  which  includes 
funds  designated  for  specific  purposes,  such 
as  scholarships,  library  programs,  faculty 
development,  and  the  like.  The  Foundation 
seeks  support  for  the  university  in  the  form  of 
both  monetary  and  non-monetary  gifts,  and 
assists  with  planned  gifts  and  bequests. 

Persons  who  would  like  to  offer  support — or 
who  know  alumni  or  others  who  wish  to  do 
so — are  encouraged  to  contact  the  UMass 
Dartmouth  Foundation  at  508  999-8760. 

UMass  Dartmouth  Alumni  Association 

The  Alumni  Association  provides  a  variety  of 
activities  and  services  for  the  university's 
more  than  25,000  alumni  living  in  this 
country  and  abroad.  The  largest  volunteer 
organization  on  campus,  the  Association  is 
the  liaison  between  the  university  and  its 
former  students;  through  it,  former  students 
are  able  to  have  a  voice  in  determining 
UMass  Dartmouth's  future.  The  association 
sponsors  an  annual  Homecoming  Weekend 
and  numerous  other  events,  and  its 
newsletters  keep  alumni  informed  about  the 
school  and  each  other.  For  further  informa- 
tion, call  Alumni  Association  at  508  999- 
8031 ,  or  visit  its  website,  umassd.edu/aa/ 

Office  of  Grants  and  Contracts 

The  Office  of  Grants  and  Contracts  helps  the 
university  realize  one  of  its  key  goals: 
supporting  and  fostering  research,  scholar- 
ship, and  creative  productions  by  faculty  and 
staff.  It  does  so  by  providing: 
• 

Assistance  in  identifying  funding  opportuni- 
ties; maintaining  up-to-date  information  on 
sources  likely  to  be  most  responsive  to  the 
university's  needs;  and  lending  administrative 
support  for  faculty  research  projects; 
• 

Assistance  and  guidance  in  all  aspects  of 
development  and  submission  of  a  proposal; 
• 

Negotiation  and  administration  of  contracts 
for  awards,  on  behalf  of  the  university.  (The 


university's  Fiscal  Affairs  division  handles 
post-award  management.) 

Today,  the  university  administers  more  than 
12  million  dollars  in  externally  funded 
projects  that  involve,  among  other  things, 
research,  educational  support,  and  training. 
In  the  past  five  years,  the  level  of  funding 
received  by  the  university  has  more  than 
tripled,  the  results  mean  additional  support 
for  graduate  education,  expanded  opportuni- 
ties for  faculty  research,  and  a  stronger  link 
between  the  university's  goals  and  the 
ongoing  research  activities. 

The  Office  of  Grants  and  Contracts  is  located 
in  Room  011,  Foster  Administration  Building, 
508  999-8942. 

Office  of  Institutional  Research 

Institutional  Research  (IR)  designs  and 
manages  the  programs  and  processes  that 
enable  UMass  Dartmouth  to  look  at  itself  and 
determine  if  it  is  fulfilling  its  mission.  The 
office  researches  data  and  produces 
information  and  analyses;  does  strategic 
planning,  with  a  focus  on  outcomes 
assessment;  studies  specific  issues  and 
implements  the  recommended  course  of 
action;  conceptualizes  and  manages  data 
systems;  analyzes  and  recommends  on 
program  and  policy  issues;  and  advises  on 
planning  and  management  of  resources. 

The  office  oversees  preparation  of  the  many 
reports  which  the  UMass  system,  state  and 
federal  governments,  and  public  and  private 
groups  require.  It  works  with  the  academic 
community  on  evaluating  and  implementing 
actions  that  aim  to  enhance  students' 
education  and  university  experience.  For 
further  information,  call  508  999-8486. 

Office  of  News  and  Public  Information 

The  News  and  Public  Information  Office 
serves  as  the  link  between  the  university  and 
the  media,  answering  questions  and  advising 
of  activities,  events,  and  programs.  It  sends 
press  releases  on  cultural,  education,  and 
social  events  on  campus  to  newspaper,  radio, 
and  television  outlets.  Feature  stones  about 
student  achievements  are  sent  to  students' 
hometown  newspapers.  The  office  also 
publishes  the  campus  newspaper,  The 
Observer. 

The  Conferences  and  Functions  Office 

helps  to  coordinate  the  wide  variety  of 
conferences  and  gatherings  that  occur  at 
UMass  Dartmouth.  For  information,  call  508 
999-8143  or  8139. 


60 


In  September  of  2002  a  new  Fall  River 
Educational  Center  opened  in  a  former 
department  store  in  the  downtown  area.  This 
new  venture  for  the  Department  of 
Continuing  Education  offers  special 
educational  and  professional  development 
programs  for  non-traditional  students.  The 
Cherry  &  Webb  venture  reflects  the 
university's  continuing  collaboration  with 
neighboring  communities  to  expand 
educational  opportunities  in  the  region.  The 
director  of  the  center,  Dennis  P.  Paquette, 
can  be  reached  at  508  678-3636. 


Laboratories,  Centers,  and  Institutes 

Centers,  institutes,  laboratories,  and  special 
programs  enable  the  university  to  realize  the 
goals  it  has  set  in  a  variety  of  areas. 

These  special  components  of  UMass 
Dartmouth  play  many  roles.  They: 
• 

encourage  and  facilitate  education  that  is 
multidisciplinary  and  collaborative; 
• 

support  and  assist  faculty  from  different 
disciplines  in  their  research  work; 
• 

explore  and  expedite  ways  to  incorporate 

modern  technology  into  learning; 

• 

develop  initiatives  and  activities  to  bolster  the 

economy; 

• 

bring  cultural  and  artistic  events  to  both 
students  and  the  surrounding  communities. 

Listed  here  are  some  of  the  laboratories, 
centers,  and  institutes  that  demonstrate  the 
university's  commitment  in  the  areas  of 
education,  research,  and  public  service.  Other 
examples  can  be  found  throughout  this 
catalogue. 

The  School  for  Marine  Science  and 
Technology  (SMAST),  an  academic  unit  of 
UMass  Dartmouth,  is  a  major  center  of 
education,  research,  and  economic 
development  for  this  campus  and  the  entire 
UMass  system.  It  spearheads  and  imple- 
ments a  host  of  interdisciplinary  programs 
and  research  ventures  in  marine  science, 
marine  policy,  and  engineering  and 
technology. 

Its  director,  Dr.  Brian  Rothschild,  joins  with 
the  deans  of  UMass  Dartmouth  to  comprise 
the  academic  administration.  SMAST  is  not 
further  divided  into  departments;  it  has  a 


program  chairperson,  and  faculty  may  hold 
joint  appointments  in  one  of  UMass 
Dartmouth's  college. 

Elsewhere  in  this  catalogue  is  a  description  of 
SMAST's  academic  program,  which 
constitutes  part  of  the  emerging,  innovative 
University  of  Massachusetts  Intercampus 
Graduate  School  of  Marine  Sciences  and 
Technology. 

Faculty  and  staff  engage  in  basic  and  applied 
marine  science  and  technology  investigations. 
Continuing  research  efforts  cut  across  various 
disciplines:  ocean  predicting  and  monitoring 
systems;  coastal  zone  systems;  ocean 
communications,  tracking,  and  control; 
fisheries  assessment  management  systems; 
and  aquaculture  systems  development.  An 
emerging  area  of  research,  conducted  with 
the  Naval  Undersea  Warfare  Center,  involves 
unmanned  underwater  vehicles. 

SMAST  concentrates  on  the  watersheds, 
embayments,  and  estuaries  along  the 
coastline  of  Massachusetts  and  New  England, 
and  on  the  waters  of  the  adjacent  U.S. 
Continental  Shelf.  This  is  an  important 
natural  laboratory,  given  its  diversity  of 
natural  and  anthropogenic  environmental 
variability. 

SMAST  is  located  on  2.6  acres  of  land  in  New 
Bedford  along  Clark's  Cove,  which  empties 
into  Buzzards  Bay.  With  32,000  square  feet, 
the  facility  features  14  research  laboratories, 
including  a  freestanding  acousto/optic  tank. 
It  incorporates  a  300  gallon/minute  flow- 
through  sea  water  system  which  provides 
ambient  Buzzards  Bay  sea  water  to  all 
laboratories  and  a  large  sea  water  tank  room. 
It  also  contains:  space  to  store  and  maintain 
marine  organisms  for  use  in  research  and 
teaching;  a  radionuclide  laboratory;  a 
greenhouse  for  growth  and  maintenance  of 
aquatic  photosynthetic  organisms  under 
natural  light;  three  temperature  control 
rooms  for  long-term  behavioral  and 
physiological  experiments  and  acclimation  of 
marine  organisms  for  culture  and  reproduc- 
tion; a  50-foot  coastal  research  vessel,  the  R/ 
V  Lucky  Lady;  and  a  dock  for  temporary 
mooring  and  off-loading  of  research  vessels. 
Support  areas  include  a  machine  shop, 
computer  room,  a  conference  room  with 
state-of-the-art  visual  display  capabilities  and 
distance  learning  hardware,  and  a  library/ 
chart  room. 

The  facility's  proximity  to  Buzzards  Bay,  New 
Bedford's  fishing  fleet,  and  numerous 
marine-oriented  commercial,  research,  and 


educational  institutions  offers  unique 
resources  and  opportunities,  and  fosters 
development  of  strong  links  with  industry, 
government  agencies,  and  research  and 
academic  institutions.  Those  interested  may 
contact  Dr.  Brian  Rothschild,  director,  or  Dr. 
Joseph  Deck,  deputy  director,  at  508  999- 
8925,  or  visit  www.cmast.umassd.edu 

The  Northeast  Regional  Aquaculture 
Center  (NRAC),  located  at  UMass  Dart- 
mouth, serves  to  support  research, 
development,  and  education  that  will 
enhance  viable,  profitable  aquaculture  in 
this  country.  The  center  is  one  of  five  such 
facilities,  established  by  Congress  and 
funded  through  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture's  Cooperative  State  Research, 
Education,  and  Extension  Service  (CSREES). 
Its  major  function  is  funding  of  projects  in 
the  12  northeastern  states. 

The  center  also  develops  communications 
and  networking  links  among  the  many 
educational,  commercial,  and  state  and 
federal  institutions  involved  in  aquaculture;  it 
frequently  hosts  conferences  and  workshops. 
The  Executive  Director  can  be  reached  at  508 
999-81 57/8536,  or  visit  its  website  at 
www.umassd.edu/specialprograms/nrac 

As  one  of  only  eight  members  of  the 
National  Textile  Center  the  university  has 
received  grants  of  $500,000  to  $1  million 
annually  over  the  last  four  years.  With  these 
awards,  faculty  undertake  fundamental 
research  on  developing  and/or  improving 
the  many  technologies  involved  in  textiles, 
apparel,  and  fibers. 

The  Advanced  Technology  and  Manufac- 
turing Center  (ATMC)  teams  with 
industries  to  develop  and  refine  sophisti- 
cated technology  responses  to  the  current 
and  future  needs  of  the  workplace.  Through 
the  center,  faculty  and  students  are  offered 
significant  high  technology  research 
opportunities.  For  students,  the  center 
provides  a  real-world  learning  experience 
that  makes  them  particularly  appealing  to 
prospective  employers.  For  industry  and  the 
southeastern  region,  the  center  offers 
creative  yet  practical  paths  toward  techno- 
logical and  economic  growth. 

The  ATMC  is  approximately  seven  miles  from 
the  main  campus,  on  Route  6  in  Fall  River, 
near  the  intersection  of  Routes  24  and  1 95. 

It  has  research  and  incubator  facilities  for 
new  and  emerging  firms,  as  well  as 
conference  areas  and  rental  space  for 


61 


University  Outreach 


technology  companies  that  wish  to  be  near 
the  university. 

Through  its  "Research  and  Partnering" 
component,  the  center  becomes  involved  in 
projects  and  contracts  that  are  funded  by 
industry,  government  agencies,  and  other 
academic  institutions.  Faculty  and  students 
provide  the  bulk  of  the  technical  expertise, 
with  labor  supplied  by  undergraduate  and 
graduate  students.  The  full-time  staff 
provides  the  coordination  and  oversight  to 
assure  schedule,  budget,  and  contract 
compliance. 

For  the  students  working  there,  the  center 
replicates  the  technological  business 
environment  of  the  actual  workplace. 
Qualified  students  can  work  in  areas  such  as 
acoustics,  optics,  telecommunications, 
textiles,  materials,  environmental  engineer- 
ing, manufacturing,  transportation  systems, 
and  health  care  technology.  Individualized 
labs  feature  specialized  equipment,  and  there 
are  core  labs  for  computer  software 
development  and  mechanical  and  electrical 
equipment  prototyping. 

Incubator  areas  use  an  open  format  to 
provide  flexible  facilities  for  start-up 
companies,  who  receive  management  and 
marketing  advice  and  administrative  support 
from  the  university's  Commercial  Ventures 
and  Intellectual  Properties  organization. 

Conference  space  features  moveable  walls 
so  groups  of  20  to  200  can  meet  at  any 
one  time.  A  wide  variety  of  presentation 
technologies,  video  and  teleconference, 
and  internet  access  are  available. 

The  Director  of  the  ATMC  is  Dr.  Thomas  J. 
Curry,  professor  of  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering  .  For  more  information, 
contact  the  center  at  508  999-91  16;  its 
website  is  www.umassd.edu/advtechctr/ 

The  Family  Business  Center  offers 
support  and  assistance  to  families  who  own 
and  operate  businesses.  The  center 
engages  in  research,  gathers  and  distrib- 
utes information,  and  hosts  workshops  and 
seminars.  Its  programs  address  a  variety  of 
issues,  such  as  teamwork  and  leadership 
succession.  Contact  Donald  Berube, 
director,  at  508  999-8773. 

The  Omer  E.  and  Laurette  M.  Boivin 
Center  for  French  Language  and  Culture 

promotes  and  supports  teaching  of, 
research  about,  and  the  appreciation  and 
preservation  of  the  French  language  and 


culture.  Among  its  many  projects  are  a 
certificate  program  in  International  Business/ 
French,  a  cultural  series  of  speakers  and 
entertainers,  and  the  annual  Boivin  Center 
Scholarship.  The  director  is  Dr.  Mel  Yoken, 
Professor  of  French,  who  can  be  reached  at 
508  999-8335. 

The  Center  for  Jewish  Culture,  through  its 
educational  and  cultural  programs,  aims  to 
increase  understanding  and  communication 
between  Jewish  and  non-Jewish  people  of 
Southeastern  Massachusetts.  The  center, 
which  often  collaborates  with  other  groups, 
sponsors  workshops,  lectures,  seminars,  and 
institutes  that  explore  aspects  of  Jewish 
culture.  It  works  to  expand  the  Judaica 
collection  in  the  library,  including  an  archive 
on  the  history  of  Jewish  organizations  and 
individuals  in  the  southeastern  area.  The 
center  also  contributes  to  the  support  of  the 
campus  chapter  of  Hillel,  the  international 
Jewish  student  organization.  The  co- 
directors.  Dr.  Lewis  Dars,  professor  of 
economics,  508  999-8050,  and  Cynthia 
Yoken,  508-999-6974,  may  be  contacted 
fot  information. 

The  Arnold  M.  Dubin  Labor  Education 
Center  was  established  in  1975  to  meet  the 
educational  needs  of  workers  as  members 
and  leaders  in  the  labor  movement  and 
promote  understanding  and  cooperation 
between  labor  and  business,  religious, 
environmental,  and  other  civic  and 
community  organizations.  The  center 
provides  credit  and  non-credit  courses, 
seminars  and  special  programs,  offers 
support  and  consultation  to  the  educational 
programs  of  labor  organizations;  provides 
workers  and  unions  with  technical  and 
informational  resources;  serves  as  liaison 
between  the  university  and  labor  organiza- 
tions on  many  levels  including  worker 
literacy,  training,  and  economic  develop- 
ment activity;  and  offers  a  minor  and  a 
certificate  in  Labor  Studies  and  job-related 
training  through  the  Workers  Education 
Program.  Director  is  Jose  A.  Soler,  508  999- 
8796;  coordinator  of  the  Labor  Extension  is 
Kim  Wilson,  508-999-8781;  and  co- 
coordinator  of  the  Workplace  Education 
Project  is  Lisa  Jochim,  508  999-4047. 

The  Center  for  Policy  Analysis  is  a 

multidisciplinary  research  unit  which 
provides  research,  information,  and 
technical  assistance  to  government, 
nonprofit,  and  educational  agencies.  The 
Center's  guiding  mission  is  betterment  of 
the  economic  and  social  well-being  of 
citizens.  The  Center,  striving  to  remove  the 


walls  between  education  and  research, 
spearheads  a  number  of  university  and 
community-based  education  programs. 
Students  have  the  chance  to  work  at  the 
center  and  so  become  familiar  with  applied 
social  science  techniques.  Director  is  Dr. 
Clyde  W  Barrow  who  may  be  reached  at 
508  999-8943. 

The  Center  for  Portuguese  Studies 

develops  academic  programs  in  Portuguese 
language,  literature,  and  area  studies,  as 
well  as  interdisciplinary  programs  and 
services  for  the  campus  and  community.  It 
funds  research,  development,  and  educa- 
tional projects,  and  is  building  a  resource 
library  and  archive.  The  center  hosts 
comprehensive  summer  institutes,  and 
sponsors  a  wide  range  of  educational 
activities  and  social  events  to  which  the 
public  is  invited.  Support  for  its  work  has 
come  from  the  Portuguese  government  and 
state  of  Massachusetts,  the  Camoes 
Institute,  the  Gulbenkian  Foundation,  and 
the  Luso-American  Development  Founda- 
tion; and  local  businesses  and  friends  of 
Portugal  and  UMass  Dartmouth.  Director 
Frank  Sousa,  professor  of  Portuguese,  can 
be  reached  at  508  999-8255. 

The  Center  for  Teaching  and  Learning 

promotes  effective  teaching  both  in  the 
kindergarten-Grade  12  schools  of  the  region, 
and  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  The  Center  builds 
partnerships  among  educators  in  area  school 
districts  and  university  faculty,  thus  encourag- 
ing a  collaborative  approach  for  improving 
curriculum  and  programs.  It  links  K-12 
educators  with  university  faculty  on  the 
design  and  delivery  of  pre-service  and  in- 
service  programs  for  teachers.  It  also  offers  a 
variety  of  professional  development 
workshops,  seminars,  graduate  courses,  and 
leadership  training  programs  for  teachers  and 
administrators.  Through  "Project  Impact," 
the  Center  helps  schools  implement 
standards-based  mathematics  and  science 
programs. 

To  promote  effective  teaching  on  campus, 
the  Center  provides  a  program  of  faculty 
development  that  includes  seminars, 
workshops,  faculty  partnerships,  new  faculty 
orientation,  colloquia,  and  access  to  a  library 
of  resources  on  teaching  and  learning.  The 
faculty  development  program  seeks  to 
promote  active  and  collaborative  learning, 
effective  classroom  interactions,  classroom- 
based  assessment  to  inform  teaching 
practice,  and  effective  use  of  instructional 
technology.  Dr.  Marjorie  Condon,  executive 
director,  can  be  reached  508  999-9182. 


62 


The  Center  for  Rehabilitation  Engineer- 
ing helps  to  improve  the  quality  of  life  of 
disabled  individuals  through  creative  use  of 
engineering  knowledge  and  technology.  The 
Center  develops  innovative  rehabilitation 
equipment,  techniques,  and  services,  and 
makes  them  available  to  agencies  and 
individuals  with  disabilities.  Volunteers — 
students,  university  staff,  and  community 
members — are  critical  to  the  continuing 
success  of  the  organization,  which  has 
received  regional  and  nationwide  acclaim. 
Director  is  Engineering  Professor  Lester 
Cory,  who  can  be  reached  at  508  999-8482. 

The  new  Center  for  Indie  Studies  fosters 
education  about,  and  understanding  of,  the 
arts,  philosophy,  culture,  societal  values,  and 
customs  of  India.  The  programs  and  special 
events  promote  the  study  of  issues  of 
contemporary  Indian  society  and  their  place 
within  a  multicultural  global  society.  The 
center  also  seeks  to  increase  Americans' 
knowledge  of  contemporary  India  and  its 
diversity  in  the  21st  century.  Director  Bal 
Ram  Singh,  chemistry  professor,  can  be 
reached  at  508  999-8588. 


presidential  candidate  and  New  York  senator 
Robert  F  Kennedy.  A  project  of  Political 
Science  Professor  Philip  H.  Melanson  with  the 
UMass  Dartmouth  library,  the  archive  has 
been  recognized  nationally  and  internation- 
ally both  for  its  contents  and  as  an  important 
testament  to  fundamental  rights  to  informa- 
tion. Located  in  the  library,  the  archive  can  be 
reached  at  508  999-8686. 

The  Slade's  Ferry  Bank  Center  for 
Business  Research  is  a  singular,  affordable 
source  of  assistance  to  businesses  in  the 
region.  Under  the  auspices  of  the  Charlton 
College  for  Business  and  with  financial 
support  from  Slade's  Ferry  Bank,  the  center 
offers  to  businesses  research,  training,  and 
consulting  in  the  areas  of  accounting, 
finance,  information  systems,  management, 
and  marketing.  Businesses  are  able  to  draw 
on  the  university's  resources,  including  the 
expertise  of  the  Charlton  faculty  and 
assistance  from  students  who  are  guided  by 
their  professors.  Dr.  Nora  Ganim  Barnes, 
marketing  professor,  is  director,  and  can  be 
reached  at  508  999-8756,  or  via  e-mail, 
nbarnes@umassd.edu 


The  Spotlight  Program  is  a  cultural 
enrichment  program  in  which  area  high 
school  students  come  to  the  UMass 
Dartmouth  campus  for  a  series  of  lectures, 
workshops,  courses,  and  special  events 
during  the  academic  year.  This  is  one  of  the 
activities  of  the  UMass  Dartmouth  Projects 
for  High  Learning  Potential.  Director  is 
English  Professor  William  Nelles,  508  999- 
8278;  for  information,  contact  the  Program 
Assistant,  Diane  Terrill,  at  508  999-8899. 


The  Gerontology  Center  is  a  multidisci- 
plinary  venture,  which  develops  and 
coordinates  programs  and  courses  on 
gerontology,  the  study  of  aging.  The  center 
maintains  ties  with  the  community  through 
its  educational  and  research-based  activities. 
It  has  a  close  relationship  with  the 
university's  academic  offerings,  which 
include  a  certificate  program  and  a  minor  in 
gerontology  (described  in  this  catalogue's 
chapter  on  interdisciplinary  programs). 
Director  Shaleen  Barnes  can  be  reached  at 
508  999-9299. 


UMass  Dartmouth  Parents'  Association 

Formed  in  1991,  the  UMass  Dartmouth 
Parents'  Association  actively  participates 
with  university  administrators  and  students 
to  insure  communication  of  ideas,  to 
promote  programs  that  benefit  students, 
parents,  and  the  university,  and  to  act  as  a 
parents'  support  group.  Every  parent  of  a 
current  UMass  Dartmouth  undergraduate 
student  is  automatically  a  member  of  the 
organization  and  is  encouraged  to  offer 
financial  as  well  as  personal  support  to  the 
activities  of  the  Parents'  Association. 


The  Small  Business  Development  Center, 

operated  by  the  Charlton  College  of 
Business,  serves  the  businesses  of  southeast- 
ern Massachusetts,  Nantucket,  and  Martha's 
Vineyard.  Funded  by  the  Small  Business 
Administration  and  the  Massachusetts 
Office  of  Business  Development,  it  offers 
free  individualized  counseling  to  prospective 
and  existing  small  businesses  on  topics  such 
as  business  plan  development,  financing, 
and  personnel.  There  are  also  inexpensive 
training  programs  on  a  variety  of  manage- 
ment issues.  The  center  can  be  reached  at 
508  673-9783. 

The  Robert  F.  Kennedy  Assassination 
Archive  is  an  unparalleled,  extensive 
collection  of  police  and  FBI  reports,  audio  and 
video  tapes,  transcripts,  and  private  papers 
relating  to  the  assassination  of  Democratic 


Administrative  liaison  for  the  Association  is 
provided  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student 
Services  (contact  508-999-8600  for  further 
information). 

The  International  Student  Leadership 
Institute  (ISLI)  is  a  program  sponsored  by 
the  University  of  Notre  Dame  and  offered 
annually  by  UMass  Dartmouth  to  New 
England  high  school  students.  The  Institute 
develops  the  leadership  skills  of  the 
participants,  and  encourages  the  students  to 
seek  opportunities  for  personal  advancement 
in  the  service  of  others.  UMass  Dartmouth 
students  are  group  leaders.  Persons 
interested  can  contact  Dr.  Victor  P.  Calm, 
psychology  professor,  at  508  999-8341,  or 
John  Fernandes,  science  and  engineering 
center  director,  at  508  999-8718. 


63 


University  Outreach 


The  Arts  in  Exhibit  and  Performance 


UMass  Dartmouth  offers  the  best  in  arts 
programming  to  its  students  and  the 
community — talented  faculty,  a  variety  of 
groups  and  ensembles  giving  performances 
and  mounting  exhibits,  and  superior  facilities 
at  both  the  main  campus  and  the  Star  Store 
building  in  downtown  New  Bedford  make 
this  possible. 

Throughout  the  year,  the  university  sponsors 
live  theater,  musical  productions,  concerts, 
films,  lectures,  and  fine  arts  exhibits.  The 
artists  and  performers  might  be  students, 
area  residents  who  are  launching  their 
careers,  or  well-known  individuals  who  enjoy 
international  acclaim.  As  an  artistic  resource 
for  the  entire  region,  the  university  enthusias- 
tically encourages  the  community  to  attend 
these  events. 


Musical  Ensembles 

Throughout  the  year,  the  university  sponsors 
musical  offerings  of  a  rich  variety,  featuring 
guest  artists  from  around  the  world  from 
genres  of  music  ranging  from  classical  to 
New  Wave  to  jazz. 

Among  on-campus  groups  that  give  concerts 
are:  the  African  Drumming  and  Dance 
Ensemble,  various  jazz  ensembles,  Concert 
Band,  and  the  Chorus.  Music  Department 
faculty  coordinate  these  concerts,  and 
students  from  all  colleges  of  the  university 
participate. 

Each  semester,  the  College  of  Visual  and 
Performing  Arts  sponsors  a  Guest  Artist 
Series,  which  features  instrumental  and  voice 
performances  and  master  classes  given  by 
internationally-recognized  artists. 


Theatre  Company 

The  UMass  Dartmouth  Theatre  Company 
stages  a  series  of  plays  throughout  the 
academic  year.  The  productions  of  musicals, 
period  pieces,  and  dramatic  plays  draw  large, 
enthusiastic  audiences.  Students  are  joined 
by  university  staff  and  faculty,  and  frequently 
members  of  the  community,  for  both  acting 
and  production  jobs. 

Film  Series 

An  international  film  series  is  organized  each 
semester  by  Dr.  Charles  White  of  the  English 
Department  The  films  come  from  countries 
throughout  the  world,  with  storylines  that 
are  diverse  and  generally  unconventional. 
Videos  of  the  films  become  a  permanent 
part  of  the  library  collection. 

UMass  Dartmouth  Art  Galleries 

The  university  has  an  arts  gallery  in  its  Visual 
and  Performing  Arts  building  and  the  Crapo 
Gallery  at  the  Star  Store,  New  Bedford  site. 
Each  showcases  the  works  of  students  and 
faculty,  and  throughout  the  year  host  exhibits 
by  both  emerging  and  long-established  artists 
who  work  in  a  range  of  mediums.  Video 
presentations  and  artist  lectures  often 
complement  the  exhibits. 

A  smaller  exhibit  space  in  the  Campus  Center 
displays  artistic  works,  often  those  of 
students  and  staff. 


Visual  Arts  Events 

Highly-regarded  artists  are  invited  to  the 
campus  each  year  In  addition  to  offering 
workshops  on  their  mediums  and  critiques  to 
UMass  Dartmouth  arts  students,  the  guests 
often  have  exhibits  and  give  lectures  for  the 
public. 

College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 
students  exhibit  and  display  their  work 
annually.  Favorite  events  include  a  showing 
of  animation  art  by  electronic  imaging 
students  and  a  spring  student  outdoor 
sculpture  show. 

By  taking  trips  each  semester  to  museums 
and  galleries  in  Boston,  Providence,  New 
York,  and  Hartford,  students  broaden  their 
education  and  see  firsthand  what  is 
happening  on  the  contemporary  art  scene. 

Summer  Events 

During  the  summer,  UMass  Dartmouth  hosts 
a  number  of  events,  notably  the  Fourth-of- 
July  Celebration  that  features  music,  food, 
and  fireworks.  The  increasingly  popular 
Institute  for  Art  Education  sponsors  summer 
seminars  and  workshops  for  persons 
interested  in  the  visual  arts. 


64 


65 


Key  to  the  Listings  of  Courses  and  Programs 


Program  Requirements 

A  general  statement  for  each  college  is 
followed  by  separate  descriptions  of  each 
department  in  the  college  and  its  programs. 
General  requirements  that  apply  to  all 
students  in  a  college  are  given  in  the  section 
describing  the  college.  Requirements  specific 
to  the  programs  follow  in  the  sections 
devoted  to  each  department. 

Although  the  program  requirements  are 
presented  in  full  detail,  there  are  many 
aspects  of  program  planning  which  will 
require  each  student  to  consult  regularly 
with  an  academic  advisor,  and  certain 
decisions  require  specific  permission  of  the 
advisor. 


Course  Descriptions 

Following  the  program  descriptions  and 
requirements  is  a  listing  of  the  courses  from 
that  department.  To  learn  the  selection  of 
courses  that  is  to  be  offered  in  any  one 
semester  or  term,  consult  the  semester 
Course  Listings  booklet  available  at  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar. 

This  catalogue  uses  a  systematic  format  for 
course  descriptions.  Two  examples  follow, 
with  explanatory  notes: 

Notes 


BIO  314  four  credits  la,  b 

General  Ecology  2 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 

lecture,  3  hours  laboratory  3 

Prerequisites:  BIO  121,  122  4 


General  ecology  considers  the  general  field 
of  interrelationships  between  organisms  and 
their  environments  with  emphasis  on  the 
biology  of  populations,  and  includes 
laboratory  and  field  studies  of  terrestrial, 
fresh  water  and  marine  environments. 
Extended  field  trips,  some  of  which  will  be 
held  on  weekends  and/or  holidays,  are  an 
integral  part  of  this  course.  5 


ARH  150  three  credits  la,  b 

Studies  in  Visual  Culture: 

Renaissance  to  Modern  Art  2 

Prerequisite:  ARH  125  or  permission  by 
instructor  4 

Surveys  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture 
from  the  Renaissance  to  Impressionism.  FOU 
125  and  1 50  need  not  be  taken  in  se- 
quence. (Formerly  ARH  102)  5 


1a 

Department  Designation  and  Course 
Number.  Departments  use  a  standard  three- 
letter  abbreviation  to  identify  the  depart- 
ment or  field  of  the  course,  the  courses 
shown  are  for  Biology  and  Art  History.  The 
course  number  then  identifies  each  course 
uniquely.  The  100-level  courses  are 
introductory-level;  200,  intermediate-level; 
300  and  400,  advanced  and  specialized- 
level;  500  and  600,  graduate  level.  It  is 
generally  assumed  that  students  may  take 
the  more  advanced-level  courses  only  with 
an  appropriate  foundation  in  the  field,  even 
if  specific  prerequisites  are  not  stated. 

1b 

Number  of  Credits.  Each  course  carries  the 
number  of  credits  specified.  The  more 
credits,  the  greater  the  obligation  the  course 
carries  for  in-class  and  out-of-class  work.  In 
courses  that  use  the  lecture  or  lecture- 
discussion  format,  there  is  a  one-to-one 
relationship  between  the  number  of  credits 
and  the  number  of  class  contact  hours  each 
week  (based  on  a  50-minute  period  per 
hour).  See  note  3,  below. 

2 

Course  Title.  Each  course  is  given  a  unique, 
descriptive  title  that  indicates  its  topic  and 
content. 

3 

Class  Type  and  Contact  Hours.  Some  courses 
use  formats  that  differ  from  the  lecture  or 
lecture-discussion  type.  For  example,  the 
Biology  course  here  exemplifies  a  combina- 
tion of  lecture  and  laboratory  experiences. 
As  shown,  the  number  of  class  contact 
hours  per  credit  may  exceed  the  number  for 
a  class  that  uses  the  lecture  or  lecture- 
discussion  formats  only.  When  there  is  no 
annotation,  the  course  uses  the  lecture  or 
lecture-discussion  format.  The  Art  History 
course  exemplifies  this.  Some  course  listings 
have  a  blanket  annotation  that  applies  to  an 
entire  sequence  of  courses. 

4 

Prerequisites.  Stated  here  are  any  specific 
courses  (or  other  requirements)  that  should 
have  been  completed  satisfactorily  as  a 
condition  for  taking  the  course.  Prerequisites 
ensure  adequate  preparation  and  maintain 
an  appropriate  order  in  the  student's 
progression  through  the  topics  of  study  in 
the  field.  As  stated  above,  even  if  specific 
prerequisites  are  not  listed,  generally 
students  may  take  more  advanced-level 
courses  only  with  an  appropriate  foundation 
in  the  field.  Corequisites  are  shown  for  some 


courses.  These  are  like  prerequisites  but 
indicate  another  course  or  other  experience 
that  is  to  occur  at  the  same  time  that  the 
student  takes  the  present  course. 

5 

Course  Description.  The  course  description 
indicates  the  nature  and  scope  of  the 
course.  Often,  information  is  also  given 
about  the  type  of  work  for  the  course,  as  is 
shown  in  the  Biology  example.  Course 
descriptions  may  close  with  a  special- 
purpose  annotation,  as  is  the  case  with  the 
Art  History  course;  that  annotation  indicates 
a  previously-used  course  number  and 
informs  the  reader  that  this  new  course 
occupies  a  parallel  role  in  the  curriculum  to 
that  of  the  previous  course  and  that  their 
content  is  similar.  Course  descriptions  do 
not  indicate  the  status  of  a  course  to  fulfill 
requirements  of  an  academic  program.  For 
this  information,  Catalogue  users  should 
consult  the  program  requirements  listings. 

For  each  course  attempted,  the  course 
number,  course  title,  and  the  number  of 
credits  are  recorded  on  the  student's 
transcript,  together  with  the  grade  received. 


Courses  for  General  Education 

Many  different  courses  satisfy  the 
various  requirements  of  the  General 
Education  program.  (General  Education 
requirements  are  summarized  in  the 
Academic  Regulations  and  Procedures 
section  of  this  catalogue.) 

Courses  identified  as  Permanently 
Designated  for  a  General  Education 
requirement  are  identified  in  the 
catalogue's  course  listings  by  the 
following  Key 

C       Cultural  and  Artistic  Literacy 
D  Diversity 

E       Ethics  and  Social  Responsibility 

G       Global  Awareness 

I        Information  and  Computer  Literacy, 

Advanced  (Tier  2) 
M  Mathematics 
O      Oral  Skills 

S  Natural  Science  and  Technology 
W      Writing-Intensive  Course  (Tier  2) 

A  detailed  listing  of  courses  that  satisfy 
these  requirements  is  published  separately 
from  the  catalogue,  in  each  semester's 
Course  Listings  booklet. 


66 


College  of 

Arts  and  Sciences 


The  programs  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offer 
students  the  theoretical  and  practical  foundations  for 
careers  in  the  sciences,  humanities,  and  social  sciences, 
and  develop  the  understanding  that  enables  an  in- 
formed and  independent  life. 

Majors  are  offered  in  Biology,  Chemistry,  and  Medical 
Laboratory  Science  (Bachelor  of  Science);  Mathematics, 
and  Multidisciplinary  Studies  (Bachelor  of  Arts  or 
Bachelor  of  Science);  and  Economics,  English,  French, 
History,  Humanities/Social  Sciences,  Philosophy,  Political 
Science,  Portuguese,  Psychology,  Sociology/Anthropol- 
ogy, and  Spanish  (Bachelor  of  Arts). 

The  College  also  offers  minor  programs  that  invite 
inquiry  beyond  the  bounds  of  the  traditional  disciplines. 
These  include:  African  and  African-American  Studies, 
Anthropology,  Economics,  English  (Literature,  Writing/ 
communications,  and  Drama/film  Studies),  French, 
German,  History,  Judaic  Studies,  Labor  Studies,  Math- 
ematics, Philosophy,  Political  Science,  Portuguese, 
Sociology,  Spanish,  and  Women's  Studies. 

The  University  does  not  offer  degrees  in  Pre-Law  or  Pre- 
Medical  studies,  but  students  intending  to  enter 
medical  school  or  law  school  can  plan  appropriate 
programs  of  study  with  the  help  of  the  Pre-Law  or  Pre- 
Medical  Advisory  Committee.  Students  interested  in 
teaching  careers  enroll  in  the  Education  Department's 
program  for  state  certification  in  addition  to  their  major 
field  of  study. 

Since  many  Arts  and  Sciences  students  enter  the 
university  without  yet  knowing  the  specific  fields  in 
which  they  would  like  to  major,  the  College  offers  the 
Liberal  Arts  pre-major  program.  This  provides  students 
a  flexible  and  well-rounded  course  of  study  in  the 
liberal  arts  and  sciences,  while  also  giving  them  time  to 
discover  their  individual  areas  of  interest  and  ability. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 
Requirements 


All  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  bachelor  of 
arts  candidates  must  complete  the  following 
courses  and  credits  and  meet  the  following 
requirements. 

6  credits 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading 
ENL  101,  102 

6  credits 

Literature  \except  English  majors) 
Literature  in  English,  literature  in  a  foreign 
language  or  foreign  literature  in  translation. 
Departments  of  English,  Foreign  Literature 
and  Languages,  and  Portuguese  shall  specify 
which  courses  satisfy  the  requirements. 

9  credits 
Natural  Science 

Courses  taught  in  Chemistry,  Biology, 
Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Physics,  and 
selected  courses  in  Nursing  and  Engineering. 

9  credits 
Humanities 

The  credits  must  not  be  taken  in  a  student's 
major  field.  No  more  than  6  credits  from  any 
one  field.  Choose  from  History,  Philosophy 
(including  logic),  Art  History,  Music 
(excluding  applied  courses),  and  culture  and 
civilization  courses  from  the  departments  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages  and 
Portuguese 

12  credits 
Social  Science 

The  credits  must  not  be  taken  in  a  student's 
major  field.  No  more  than  6  credits  from  any 
one  field.  Choose  from  Economics,  Political 
Science,  Psychology,  and  Sociology/ 
Anthropology. 


Department  Requirements 

Every  student  must  complete  at  least  thirty 
semester  credits  of  work  in  the  major  field. 
For  details  see  sections  under  major 
programs. 

A  sufficient  number  of  courses  must  be 
elected  so  that  the  earned  credits  total  a 
minimum  of  120.  Certain  majors  require 
more  than  120  credits. 

At  least  30  credits  must  be  in  courses 
numbered  300  or  higher,  exclusive  of 
experiential  learning. 


Language  Requirement 

All  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  (including  returning  students  and 
transfers  from  other  universities,  colleges,  or 
community  colleges)  must  satisfy  a  language 
requirement  in  one  of  the  following  ways: 
1 

Completion  of  a  202-level  course  in  a 

language  other  than  English. 

2 

Satisfactory  performance  in  both  oral  and 
written  UMass  Dartmouth  proficiency  tests, 
if  a  student  has  fluency  in  French,  German, 
Italian,  Latin,  Portuguese,  or  Spanish.  No 
academic  credits  are  awarded  for  satisfac- 
tory performance  on  this  test.  Proficiency 
tests  are  administered  for  all  incoming 
students  and  transfers  on  Orientation  dates 
if  requested. 
3 

Satisfactory  score  on  the  ETS  Achievement 
Test,  the  Advanced  Placement  Test,  the 
Advanced  Placement  Literature  Test,  the 
CLEP  Examination,  or  the  TOEFL  Examina- 
tion; the  last  two,  when  combined  with  a 
writing-sample,  an  oral  examination,  and 
the  written  permission  of  the  chairperson  of 
the  Department  of  Foreign  Literature  and 
Languages. 
4 

Completion  of  American  Sign  Language 
certification  at  the  intermediate  level.  Up  to 
six  academic  credits  are  awarded  for 
American  Sign  Language  courses  provided 
they  are  taken  at  an  institution  of  higher 
learning  such  as  a  Massachusetts  commu- 
nity college  (in  transfer  credit);  prior 
approval  must  be  obtained  from  the 
Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Literature  and  Languages. 

Exceptions: 
1 

Students  majoring  in  Sociology/Criminal 
Justice  and  taking  Spanish  as  their  required 
language  may  opt  to  satisfy  the  intermedi- 
ate-level requirement  by  taking  SPA  207  and 
208,  Spanish  for  Law  Enforcement 
Personnel  I  and  II,  instead  of  SPA  201  and 
202. 
2 

Learning  Disabled  Students.  Students  who 
are  certified  by  the  Disabled  Students  Office 
as  having  difficulties  in  learning  a  foreign 
language  may  fulfill  their  requirement  by 
taking  two  courses  taught  in  English  on  the 
history,  culture  or  literature  of  non-English 
speaking  countries.  Courses  will  be 
approved  by  the  chair  of  the  Foreign 
Languages  Department,  and  are  in  addition 


to  courses  used  to  fulfill  the  college 

distribution  requirements. 

3 

Hardship  cases.  Although  there  is  no 
provision  for  waiver  of  the  foreign  language 
requirement,  a  formal  mechanism  exists 
whereby  students  may  seek  a  reduction  of 
the  requirement.  The  student  must  initiate 
the  procedure  with  a  written  petition  to  the 
chairperson  of  the  Foreign  Literature  and 
Languages  department.  The  final  decision 
will  be  made  by  the  dean  of  the  College  of 
Arts  &  Sciences  on  an  individual  basis.  If  a 
reduction  is  granted,  the  student  must  fulfill 
the  remainder  of  the  requirements  with 
courses  taught  in  English  on  the  history, 
culture  or  literature  of  non-English  speaking 
countries.  Courses  will  be  approved  by  the 
chair  of  the  Foreign  Languages  Department, 
and  are  in  addition  to  courses  used  to  fulfill 
the  college  distribution  requirements. 

No  credit  is  awarded  to  students  who  have 
received  advanced  standing  or  satisfied  the 
language  requirement  by  passing  the 
appropriate  test  or  by  a  reduction  in  the 
requirement. 


Quality  Requirement 

A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
2.00  out  of  a  possible  4.00  is  required  of  all 
students.  A  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
2.00  is  also  required  in  courses  in  the  major 
field.  Individual  departments  may  establish 
higher  quality  requirements. 


68 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 
Requirements 


All  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  bachelor  of 
science  candidates  must  complete  the 
following  courses  and  credits  and  meet  the 
following  requirements. 

6  credits 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading 
ENL  101.  102 

6  credits 
Literature 

Literature  in  English,  literature  in  a  foreign 
language,  or  foreign  literature  in  translation. 
The  Departments  of  English,  Foreign 
Literature  and  Languages,  and  Portuguese 
shall  specify  which  courses  satisfy  this 
requirement. 

18  credits 

Humanities/Social  Sciences 

These  credits  are  to  be  taken  from  the  areas 
of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  listed 
below,  with  a  minimum  of  six  credits  from 
Humanities  and  six  from  Social  Sciences.  The 
credits  may  not  be  taken  in  a  student's 
major  field. 

Humanities 
History 

Philosophy  (including  Logic) 
Art  History 

Music  (excluding  applied  courses) 
Foreign  Language  (excluding  Literature) 


Department  Requirements  and  Free 
Electives 

Every  student  must  complete  at  least  thirty 
semester  credits  of  work  in  the  major  field. 
For  details  see  section  under  major  program 

A  sufficient  number  of  courses  must  be 
elected  so  that  the  earned  credits  total  a 
minimum  of  120.  Certain  majors  require 
more  than  120  credits. 

At  least  30  credits  must  be  in  courses 
numbered  300  or  higher,  exclusive  of 
experiential  learning. 


Quality  Requirement 

A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
2.00  out  of  a  possible  4.00  is  required  of  all 
students.  A  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
2.00  is  also  required  in  courses  in  the  major 
field.  Individual  departments  may  establish 
higher  quality  requirements. 


Social  Sciences 
Economics 
Political  Science 
Psychology 
Sociology 


69 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Biology 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest  Biology  Major 

BS  degree 


The  biology  major  provides  opportunities 
for  building  the  foundation  of  a  career  in 
one  of  the  many  specialties  in  private 
industry  and  in  federal  and  state  agencies 
which  employ  biologists. 

Students  planning  to  enter  graduate  school 
should,  in  consultation  with  their  advisor, 
strongly  consider  electing  a  foreign 
language,  analytic  geometry,  and  calculus. 
For  those  students  interested  in  pursuing 
such  broad  fields  of  study  as  ecology, 
courses  which  stress  computer  literacy  and 
database  management  are  good  founda- 
tion courses.  Students  looking  toward  such 
disciplines  as  cell  and/or  molecular  biology 
and  developmental  biology  should  take 
genetics,  molecular  and  cell  biology,  and 
biochemistry. 

The  existing  curriculum  for  biology  majors 
satisfies  almost  all  of  the  admissions 
requirements  for  medical,  dental,  veteri- 
nary, and  other  graduate  health  profes- 
sional programs.  Physics  laboratories 
should  be  added  and  in  many  cases 
calculus  is  expected.  Premedical  students 
should  complete  their  300-400  level 
biology  eiectives  with  courses  such  as 
Embryology,  General  Microbiology, 
General  Genetics,  Animal  Physiology, 
Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy, 
Developmental  Biology,  Immunology, 
Molecular  Biology,  Virology,  and  Biochem- 
istry. Anatomy  and  Physiology  is  very 
helpful  when  preparing  for  the  MCAT 
exam.  Ethics  for  Health  Care  Professionals 
serves  as  an  excellent  humanities  elective. 
Check  with  the  individual  medical  school 
for  additional  requirements  such  as 
psychology  and  statistics.  For  more  details, 
seek  the  advice  of  the  faculty  premedical 
advisory  committee  members,  especially 
those  in  the  Biology  Department. 


Richard  C.  Connor  marine  mammal 
biology 

Debra  J.  Ellis  microbial  and  molecular 
ecology,  soil  biogeochemistry,  biotechnol- 
ogy 

Robert  Griffith  environmental  physiology, 
vertebrate  anatomy  and  physiology 

Peter  Hart  genetics,  cell  biology,  develop- 
mental biology,  biotechology 

Frederick  Y.  Kazama  microbiology,  cell 
biology,  organismal  biology 

Palma  Longo  science  education 

Nancy  J.  O'Connor  nvertebrate  biology, 
marine  ecology,  biology  of  marine  larvae 

Kenneth  Oliveira  fish  biology,  marine 
biology 

Dorothy  Read  (chairperson)  molecular 
biology,  bacterial  genetics,  biotechnology 

Jefferson  Turner  biological  oceanography, 
marine  plankton,  biogeography 


Students  may  prepare  for  admission  to 
medical,  dental,  and  veterinary  colleges  and 
for  admission  to  graduate  work  in  the  life 
sciences  Increasing  numbers  of  students 
elect  to  major  in  biology  as  a  means  of 
providing  themselves  with  a  general 
framework  of  ideas  concerning  the 
interactions  of  living  things.  A  substantial 
number  of  these  students  proceed  toward 
vocational  objectives  that  do  not  require  a 
specialist's  knowledge  of  biology. 

Biology  Major 

Marine  Biology  Option 

The  marine  biology  option  is  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  students  who  aspire  to 
careers  in  ecology,  manne  biology,  fisheries 
biology,  and  biological  oceanography. 
Students  who  elect  the  Marine  Biology 
Option  are  urged  to  plan  their  program  in 
close  cooperation  with  their  advisors. 
Biology  majors  who  choose  the  marine 
biology  option  have  an  opportunity  to  eiect 
manne-onented  courses  during  their  junior 
and  senior  years  and  must  meet  college 
degree  requirements  for  the  BS  degree. 


Modern  biology  requires  a  wide  range  of 
supporting  courses  in  such  other  fields  of 
study  as  statistics,  computers,  physics, 
chemistry,  electronics,  meteorology,  and 
geology.  Student  biology  majors  should 
consult  with  their  advisors  early  in  their 
program  of  study  as  to  possible  career 
choices  and  plan  to  take  appropriate 
elective  supporting  courses  for  their 
selected  field  of  study. 


70 


Requirements 


First  Two  Years  Junior/Senior  Electives  for 

(common  to  both  options)  Marine  Biology  Option 


Semester  Credits  Eighteen  credits  should  be  elected  from 


First  Year 

First  Second 

upper-division  biology  courses.  At  least  12 

BIO  121,  131 

Biology  of  Organisms  I  with  Lab 

4 

of  these  credits  must  come  from  the 

BIO  122,  132 

Biology  of  Organisms  II  with  Lab 

4 

following  list  of  courses. 

CHM  151,  152 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry 

3 

3 

BIO  317 

Biology  of  Invertebrates 

CHM  161,  162 

Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry 

1 

1 

BIO  413 

Biology  of  Fishes 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading 

3 

3 

BIO  414 

Biology  of  Marine  Mammals 

MTH  101,  102* 

Elements  of  College  Mathematics 

3 

3 

BIO  41 6 

Biology  of  Algae 

14 

14 

BIO  424 

Biology  of  Animal  Parasites 

BIO  429 

Aquaculture 

*  Math  course  to  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the  advisor. 

MTH  111,  112  (Calculus)  is 

BIO  454 

Biology  of  Sharks 

recommended  for  students  whose  math  background  is  good,  and  required  for  later 

BIO  471 

Marine  Microbiology 

entrance  to  graduate  programs  with  a  molecular  orientation. 

BIO  526 

Marine  Benthic  Ecology 

It  is  also  a  prerequisite  for  Physical  Chemistry.  MTH  1 1 1,  1 12  is  required  for 

BIO  531 

Advanced  Ichthyology 

PHY  113,  114  but  can  be  taken  concurrently  with  it. 

BIO  536 

Estuarine  Ecology 

BIO  545 

Biological  Oceanography 

Second  Year 

BIO  546 

Biology  of  Marine  Larvae 

BIO  210,  211 

Biology  of  Populations  with  Lab 

4 

BIO  234,  244 

Biology  of  Cells  with  Lab 

4 

CHM  251,  252 

Organic  Chemistry 

3 

3 

CHM  263,  264 

Bio-organic  Chemistry  Lab 

1 

1 

PHY  101,  102** 

Introduction  to  Physics 

3 

3 

Humanities/Social  Science  Electives 

6 

6 

17 

17 

**  PHY  1 13,  1 14  may  be  substituted  for  PHY  101,  102. 


Third  and  Fourth  Years 

(common  to  both  options) 

Course  selection  for  the  third  and  fourth  years  of  the  biology  major  must  be  determined  in 
consultation  with  an  advisor.  During  the  third  and  fourth  year  all  majors  are  required  to 
elect  at  least  18  credits  in  upper-division  biology  courses  (courses  numbered  300  or  higher). 
Upper-division  courses  in  physics,  chemistry,  engineering,  or  mathematics  may  be  substi- 
tuted with  the  written  approval  of  the  advisor  and  the  department  chairperson  prior  to 
registration  in  the  course.  A  maximum  of  3  credits  in  biology  prosemmar  may  be  included 
in  the  18  credits.  The  requirements  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  must  also  be  met 
prior  to  graduation. 

Students  who  have  completed  the  first  two  years  of  the  biology  major  may  elect  to 
concentrate  in  courses  dealing  with  the  ecology  of  the  coastal  zone,  its  estuaries  and 
inshore  waters. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Biology  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled  General  Education 
requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Students  may  choose  a  course  from  the  approved  list 
Area  I,  Tier  2 :  Satisfied  by  BIO  2 1 0,  2 1 1 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  BIO  234 

Area  O:  Students  may  take  any  two  of  the  following:  BIO  32 1 ,  41 3,  422,  47 1 


71 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  note:  Biology  courses  satisfy  the 
Natural  Science  and  Technology  require- 
ment. Those  marked  S  below  are  appropri- 
ate for  non-science/engmeenng  majors 

Biology  Courses 


BIO  101  three  credits  S 
General  Biology  I 

3  hours  lecture 

An  introductory  human  biology  course 
emphasizing  energy  flow  and  the  function 
of  cells  and  molecules,  basic  genetics,  and 
selected  aspects  of  human  physiology. 

BIO  102  three  credits  S 
General  Biology  II 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  BIO  101  or  permission  of 

instructor 

Continuation  of  introductory  biology  with 
emphasis  on  the  reproduction  and  genetics 
of  organisms,  their  evolution,  behavior,  and 
interactions  within  ecosystems. 

BIO  103  three  credits  S 
Topics  in  Biology 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  BIO  101  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Study  in  specific  areas  of  biological  science 
such  as  human  genetics,  microbes,  and  the 
insect  world.  Not  offered  for  credit  to 
biology  majors. 

BIO  105,  106  three  credits  each  S 
Readings  In  Modern  Biology  I,  II 

Selected  books  and  articles  for  the  general 
public  by  scientists  and  science  writers  on 
ideas  and  research  in  modern  biology.  This  is 
a  course  for  non-majors  focusing  on  two  or 
three  topics  of  current  interest  to  biologists: 
evolution,  human  evolution,  the  human 
brain,  genetics  and  the  human  genome 
project  interaction  of  biology  and  society, 
and  biodiversity.  Other  topics  will  be 
introduced  as  new  books  appear.  Students 
will  learn  how  to  use  the  World  Wide  Web 
and  library  in  preparing  a  term  project  in  an 
area  of  personal  interest. 

BIO  111  four  credits  S 
Introduction  to  Human  Physiology 

4  hours  lecture 

Introduction  to  the  general  physiological 
principles  involved  in  human  body  functions 
with  homeostasis  as  the  unifying  theme.  Not 
offered  for  credit  to  biology  majors. 

BIO  112  three  credits  S 
The  Ocean  Environment 

3  hours  lecture 

The  study  of  the  ocean  environment  as  an 
integrated  ecosystem:  The  biology  of  marine 
organisms  and  the  related  physical, 
chemical,  and  geological  processes  of  the 
sea  with  attention  given  to  the  exploitation 
of  marine  resources  and  pollution.  Not 
offered  for  credit  to  biology  majors. 


BIO  113  three  credits  S 

The  Darwinian  Revolution  (Honors) 

An  analysis  of  the  claims,  evidence,  and 
methods  of  Darwinian  evolutionary  biology 
based  upon  an  examination  of  Darwin's  On 
the  Origin  of  Species  (1st  ed  ,  1859) 

BIO  121,  122  three  credits  each 
Biology  of  Organisms  I,  II 

3  hours  lecture 

The  first  course  for  biology  majors  is  an 
introduction  to  structure,  function,  and 
behavioral  adaptations  in  the  world  of  living 
organisms.  During  the  initial  half  of  this  two 
semester  course  cell  origin,  structure  and 
chemistry,  basic  cellular  physiology,  and 
genetics  are  emphasized.  The  second 
semester  covers  the  diversity  and  evolution- 
ary relationships  of  living  organisms, 
culminating  in  an  in-depth  study  of  a 
selected  ecosystem.  Pre-professional  aspects 
are  emphasized  during  both  semesters  for 
the  biology  major  student.  Field  experiences, 
writing,  and  problem-solving  are  integrated 
into  the  course  work. 

BIO  125  three  credits  S 
Horticulture 

Integrates  applied  aspects  of  horticulture 
(plant  propagation,  cultivation,  landscaping 
styles,  soils,  plant  materials)  with  inquiries 
into  the  basic  structure,  reproduction,  and 
other  life  processes  of  plants.  Work  in  the 
greenhouse  provides  an  opportunity  to  put 
theoretical  questions  and  topics  into 
practice.  Students  will  develop  a  sense  of 
the  value  of  plants  and  gardens  in  current 
society;  an  understanding  of  horticulture 
and  its  relationship  to  science,  technology 
and  arts,  and  the  confidence  to  work 
successfully  with  plants,  gardens,  and 
landscapes. 

BIO  131,  132  one  credit  each 

Biology  of  Organisms  Laboratory  I,  II 

1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
The  biology  of  organisms  laboratory  courses 
cover  two  semesters  and  are  designed  to 
provide  the  student  with  hands-on 
experience  in  investigative  techniques  and 
problem-solving.  Students  work  closely  with 
faculty  and  staff  in  specialized  laboratory 
investigations  in  various  biological  disci- 
plines. 

BIO  154  three  credits 
Fundamentals  of  Biology 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Nursing  major 

Specifically  designed  to  meet  the  needs  and 

schedule  of  the  nursing  major,  covering  the 

breadth  of  biology  in  one  semester.  The 


ideology  and  approach  of  the  biological 
sciences,  the  chemical  and  physical 
foundations  of  living  systems,  energy 
transformations,  the  origin  and  diversity  of 
life,  Mendelian  and  molecular  genetics, 
evolution,  and  population  and  community 
ecology. 

BIO  210  three  credits 
Biology  of  Populations 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites  BIO  121.  122.  131,  132 
An  introduction  to  the  biology  of  groups  of 
individuals  of  the  same  specific  kind  as  units 
of  evolutionary  and  ecological  change:  the 
characterization,  origin,  and  maintenance  of 
phenotypic  and  genetic  variety  and  the 
selective  and  chance  processes  that  shape 
this  variation  and  effect  adaptation, 
speciation,  and  the  observed  geographical 
and  temporal  distributions  of  different  kinds 
of  organisms. 

BIO  211  one  credit 

Biology  of  Populations  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  BIO  210 

Experimental  approaches  to  selected  topics 
in  population  biology  are  investigated  by 
linking  observations  on  laboratory  popula- 
tions with  expectations  generated  by 
student-designed  computer  simulations 
using  BASIC  programming  Topics  include 
selection,  genetic  drift,  hentability,  and 
spatial  and  temporal  dispersion  patterns. 

BIO  216  three  credits 
Biology  of  Aging 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  BIO  101  or  equivalent 
Presents  the  biological  background  to  the 
aging  process.  This  will  include  a  description 
of  the  theories  of  aging  and  the  develop- 
mental and  physiological  changes  that  occur 
throughout  the  aging  process.  Science 
elective  for  Liberal  Arts  students,  free 
elective  for  Biology  majors.  Cross-listed  as 
GRT216. 

BIO  221  three  credits 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  I 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  BIO  101 
A  systematic  study  of  the  human  body 
emphasizing  structural  and  functional 
relationships.  Topics  include  cellular  activity 
and  tissue  organization.  The  skeletal, 
muscular,  and  cardiovascular  morphology 
and  function  are  presented 

BIO  222  three  credits 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  II 


72 


3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  BIO  221 

Continuation  of  BIO  221 .  Study  of  the 

structure  and  function  of  the  respiratory, 

digestive,  nervous,  urinary,  endocrine,  and 

reproductive  systems. 

BIO  223  one  credit 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  Laboratory  I 

1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  of  measur- 
ing physiological  processes.  Study  of  body 
structure  is  accomplished  by  dissection  of 
animal  specimens  and  by  use  of  tissue 
materials. 

BIO  224  one  credit 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  Laboratory  II 

1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  BIO  223 
Continuation  of  BIO  223. 

BIO  234  three  credits  W 
Biology  of  Cells 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  recitation 
Prerequisites:  two  semesters  Chemistry 
(concurrent  enrollment  or  credit  in  Organic 
Chemistry  recommended) 
A  study  of  energy  transformations,  gene 
expression  and  regulation,  and  the  function 
of  cells  and  their  organelles.  The  course 
emphasizes  how  function  follows  structure, 
particularly  at  the  level  of  macromolecules. 

BIO  244  one  credit 

Biology  of  Cells  Laboratory 

1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  BIO  234 
A  laboratory  course  emphasizing  the 
biochemical,  spectroscopic,  and  microscopic 
procedures  necessary  to  study  cell  function. 

BIO  251  three  credits 
Medical  Microbiology 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  BIO  154,  CHM  101,  102;  open 
only  to  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of 
Nursing,  except  by  special  permission  of 
instructor 

Fundamentals  of  microbiology  are  presented 
to  prepare  students  interested  in  health 
science  field.  Topics  include  basic  microbiol- 
ogy, control  of  microorganisms,  host 
resistance,  and  pathogenic  microorganisms. 

BIO  261  one  credit 

Medical  Microbiology  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  BIO  154,  CHM  101,  102 
Corequisite:  BIO  251 

Exercises  in  microbiological  principles  and 
techniques,  such  as  microscopy,  staining, 
growth  and  quantitation  of  microbial 


cultures,  and  identification  of  microorgan- 
isms by  biochemical  and  other  tests. 
Intended  to  accompany  and  illustrate  BIO 
251  Medical  Microbiology. 

BIO  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Terms  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Graded 
CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

BIO  314  four  credits 
General  Ecology 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  Biology  core;  MTH  101,  102; 
CHM  151,  1 52,  or  permission  of  instructor 
The  principles  and  practices  of  the  scientific 
discipline  of  ecology.  Interactions  among 
organisms  and  between  organisms  and  their 
environment  will  be  emphasized.  Interac- 
tions will  be  described  and  analyzed  at  the 
organismal,  population,  community,  and 
ecosystem  levels.  In  the  laboratory,  students 
will  use  hypothesis-testing  and  experimenta- 
tion to  examine  theoretical  and  empirical 
aspects  of  ecology. 

BIO  316  three  credits 
Descriptive  Oceanography 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  Biology  core,  or  permission  of 
instructor 

An  introduction  to  the  field  of  oceano- 
graphy. Physical,  chemical,  geological,  and 
biological  aspects  are  emphasized  to  provide 
a  basic  foundation  for  further  work  in 
biological  oceanography. 

BIO  317  four  credits 
Biology  of  Invertebrates 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  3 
hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  BIO  121,  122 
This  course  presents  an  intensive  survey  of 
the  taxonomy  and  functional  morphology  of 
the  major  invertebrate  phyla,  with  special 
reference  to  adaptations  of  the  intertidal 
marine  invertebrates  of  the  North  Atlantic 
coast.  Field  trips  to  the  diverse  habitats  of 
the  area  constitute  an  integral  part  of  the 
laboratory. 

BIO  318  four  credits 
General  Entomology 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  2 


hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  BIO  121,  122 
Introductory  survey  course  in  the  study  of 
insects.  The  taxonomy  of  families  will  be 
emphasized  in  lectures.  Studies  will  also 
include  the  structure,  habits,  physiology, 
and  ecology  of  insects.  During  some 
laboratories,  field  trips  will  be  conducted. 

BIO  320  four  credits 
Embryology 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory,  1  hour 
laboratory  lecture 
Prerequisite:  Biology  core 
A  description  of  reproductive  and  embryo- 
logical  principles,  followed  by  a  study  of 
typical  vertebrate  and  invertebrate  embryol- 
ogy. The  organogenesis  of  the  major 
vertebrate  systems  will  be  described.  The 
laboratory  will  include  the  microscopic  study 
of  vertebrate  embryos  and  the  observation 
of  the  development  of  selected  living 
vertebrate  and  invertebrate  embryos. 

BIO  321  four  credits  O 
General  Microbiology 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  3 
hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Biology  core 
The  nature  and  diversity  of  microorganisms. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  bacterial 
cytology,  nutrition,  physiology,  and  growth. 
Topics  on  the  significance  of  microorgan- 
isms in  the  environment  and  the  evolution- 
ary relationships  of  microorganisms  are 
included. 

BIO  322  four  credits 

Medical  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  Biology  core;  BIO  221,  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Detailed  study  of  the  structure  and  function 
of  the  human  body  concentrating  on  the 
cardiovascular,  immune,  respiratory, 
digestive,  urinary,  and  reproductive  systems 
with  an  emphasis  on  clinical  applications. 
Lectures  coincide  with  BIO  222  but  exams 
and  assignments  are  separate.  Independent 
laboratory  projects  allow  students  to 
research,  design,  and  execute  experiments  in 
anatomy  and  physiology. 

BIO  333  four  credits 
General  Genetics 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  3 

hours  laboratory 

Prerequisite:  Biology  core 

Introduction  to  the  science  of  heredity.  The 

lectures  present  an  integrated  concept  of 

the  gene  provided  from  the  study  of 

Mendelian  and  molecular  genetics.  Selected 


73 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  note:  Biology  courses  satisfy  the 
Natural  Science  and  Technology  require- 
ment. Those  marked  S  below  are  appropri- 
ate for  non-science/engineering  majors. 


topics  in  quantitative  inheritance,  and 
human  genetics  are  included. 

BIO  350  four  credits 
Survey  of  Plant  Kingdom 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture, 
3  hours  laboratory  and  field  trips 
Prerequisite:  One  year  of  Biology  of 
Organisms  or  equivalent 
The  phylogenetic  relationship  among 
members  of  the  plant  kingdom,  with  an 
emphasis  on  evolutionary  trends  among 
plant  groups  rather  than  on  individual  plant 
species.  Toward  this  goal  the  cytology, 
anatomy  and  morphology  of  monerans 
through  the  angio-sperms  will  be  covered. 
Representatives  of  most  groups  will  be 
studied  in  the  laboratory  and  some  will  be 
observed  in  their  natural  habitats  during 
two  field  trips. 

BIO  370  four  credits 
Animal  Physiology 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  2 
hours  laboratory 

Prerequisites:  Biology  of  Cells  (or  equiva- 
lent); Organic  Chemistry 
A  study  of  the  general  principles  of  animal 
physiology  integrating  molecular,  cellular, 
organ  system,  and  whole  organism 
approaches.  The  accompanying  laboratory 
will  provide  skill  in  the  techniques  used  in 
animal  physiological  investigations. 

BIO  411  one  to  three  credits 
Proseminar:  Current  Topics  in  Biology 

1  to  3  hours 

Students  with  senior  standing  (or  others 
with  consent  of  the  instructor)  report  on 
and  discuss  current  biological  problems  as 
presented  in  principle  journals,  abstracts 
and  reviews.  The  work  of  each  seminar  is 
usually  built  upon  a  single  unifying  content 
area. 

BIO  413  four  credits  O 
Biology  of  Fishes 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  3 
hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  BIO  121,  122 
Field  trips  and  extensive  laboratory  work  are 
emphasized  in  this  course.  The  life  histories, 
ecology  and  classification  of  the  fishes  of 
the  coastal  and  inland  waters  of  the 
northeastern  states  are  studied  in  detail. 

BIO  414  three  credits 
Biology  of  Marine  Mammals 

Prerequisite:  Biology  core 
Biology  of  marine  mammals,  including 
cetaceans  (whales  and  dolphins),  pinnipeds 
(seals,  sea  lions,  and  walruses),  sirenians 


(dugongs  and  manatees),  and  sea  otters. 
Fossil,  anatomical,  physiological,  life  history, 
behavioral,  and  ecological  evidence  is 
marshalled  to  explore  marine  mammal 
adaptations  for  reproduction,  feeding, 
locomotion,  diving,  thermoregulation, 
communication,  and  sensing  their  environ- 
ment. 

BIO  415  four  credits 

Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  3 

hours  laboratory 

Prerequisite:  Biology  core 

Structure  and  phylogeny  of  vertebrates. 

Laboratory  work  illustrates  evolutionary 

trends  and  specializations. 

BIO  416  four  credits 
Biology  of  Algae 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory/lecture,  3 
hours  laboratory 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  Biology  of 
Organisms  or  equivalent 
The  freshwater  and  marine  algae  of  the 
northeastern  United  States,  surveyed  with  an 
emphasis  on  their  taxonomy,  evolution  and 
ecology.  The  laboratory  focuses  upon  the 
identification,  morphology  and  ecology  of  all 
major  algal  groups.  Extended  field  trips  into 
Buzzards  Bay,  Vineyard  Sound,  and  the 
north  shore  are  an  integral  part  of  the 
course. 

BIO  419  four  credits 
Biological  Scanning  Electron 
Microscopy 

1  hour  lecture,  6  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Theory  and  techniques  of  scanning  electron 
microscopy,  including  optical  theory, 
photographic  darkroom  techniques,  and 
specimen  preparation.  Students  will  be 
expected  to  complete  a  project,  the  results 
of  which  will  be  presented  in  written  and 
finished  photographic  form. 

BIO  420  three  credits 
Animal  Behavior 

Prerequisite:  Biology  core 
The  study  of  comparative  and  evolutionary 
aspects  of  behavior  of  invertebrate  and 
vertebrate  animals.  Structure  and  function  of 
nervous  systems,  simple  behavioral  patterns 
including  reflexes  and  other  forms  of  innate 
behavior  as  well  as  more  complex  patterns 
including  learning  and  social  behavior  are 
stressed 

BIO  421  four  credits 
Developmental  Biology 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  3 


hours  laboratory 

Prerequisite:  Biology  core,  especially  biology 
of  cells 

The  molecular,  cellular  and  morphogenetic 
aspects  of  embryology,  organogenesis  and 
other  developmental  phenomena  of  animals 
are  considered  in  the  lecture  Some  aspects 
of  plant  development  are  discussed.  The 
laboratory  includes  experiments  that 
demonstrate  the  morphogenetic  activities  of 
the  cell.  Students  are  encouraged  to  design 
their  own  experiments 

BIO  422  three  credits  O 
Immunology 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  BIO  234  or  equivalent,  CHM 
251 

Molecular  and  cellular  basis  of  immune 
phenomena  with  emphasis  on  experimental 
foundations  of  current  models  Differentia- 
tion of  T  and  B  lymphocytes,  cell-cell 
interactions,  antibody  structure  and  function 
with  underlying  genetic  rearrangements, 
mechanisms  of  resistance  to  disease  and 
immune  dysfunction,  including  AIDS. 
Understanding  of  research  techniques  and 
research  process  is  promoted. 

BIO  424  four  credits 
Biology  of  Animal  Parasites 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  2 
hours  laboratory 

An  introductory  course  in  parasitology 
emphasizing  the  more  important  protozoan, 
helminth,  and  arthropod  parasites  of 
medical,  veterinary,  and  marine  significance. 
Laboratory  exercises  include  practical  and 
experimental  techniques. 

BIO  427  three  credits 
Molecular  Biology 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  BIO  234,  244 
The  methods  and  research  that  support 
models  of  cell  function  at  the  molecular 
level.  This  three  credit  lecture  course  will 
present  current  advanced  research  methods 
in  molecular  biology — those  used  to  study 
the  expression  and  regulation  of  genes,  and 
the  laboratory  research  on  the  macromol- 
ecules  involved.  Students  will  read  and 
paraphrase  current  literature  in  the  field  of 
molecular  biology. 

BIO  428  three  credits 
Evolutionary  Ecology 

Prerequisite:  BIO  314,  420  or  437 
Natural  selection  theory  applied  to  diverse 
problems  in  evolutionary  biology  including 
the  levels  of  selection,  adaptation  and 
optimality  models,  kin  selection,  recognition 


74 


systems,  cooperation  and  altruism  among 
non-relatives,  co-evolution,  mutualism  and 
parasitism,  specialization,  sex  ratio  evolu- 
tion, genetic  conflicts,  the  evolution  of  sex, 
sexual  selection,  parental  care,  life  history 
evolution,  game  theory  and  animal  contests, 
group  living  and  social  organization  in  birds 
and  mammals. 

BIO  429  four  credits 
Aquaculture 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  Biology  core,  BIO  314,  BIO 
317,  BIO  413,  or  BIO  416,  or  permission  of 
instructor 

The  study  of  aquaculture  in  a  global  context 
with  emphasis  upon  a  few  selected  forms  to 
serve  as  working  models.  The  course 
includes  a  consideration  of  both  theoretical 
and  practical  aspects  of  aquaculture. 
Whenever  possible,  the  laboratory  work  will 
emphasize  hands-on  experience  in  labora- 
tory and  field  aquaculture  techniques.  A 
student  team  approach  will  initiate,  develop 
and/or  maintain  an  aquaculture  project. 

BIO  430  four  credits 

Introduction  to  Biological  Statistics 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture,  2 
hours  laboratory 

Prerequisite:  MTH  101,  102  or  equivalent, 
upper  division  biology  standing 
Statistical  concepts  for  the  planning  of 
experiments  and  the  summarization  of 
numerical  data.  Lectures  emphasize 
probability,  testing  of  hypothesis  and  the 
application  of  different,  statistical  concepts 
and  problems. 

BIO  435  three  credits 

Methods  and  Materials  for  Secondary 

School  Teachers  of  Biology 

Free  elective  credit  only 
This  course  is  designed  for  future  teachers 
of  biology.  The  course  emphasizes  modes  of 
inquiry,  methods  of  research  and  experi- 
mentation, and  teaching  strategies.  MAT 
graduate  students  take  this  course  as  BIO 
635. 

BIO  437  three  credits 
Evolutionary  Biology 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  Biology  Core 
An  overview  of  contemporary  evolutionary 
biology  with  an  emphasis  on  evolutionary 
processes.  A  non-introductory  study  of  the 
interplay  in  time  and  space  of  genetic 
variety,  ecological  opportunity,  and  chance 
resulting  in  the  evolutionary  change  in 
groups  of  organisms. 


BIO  438  one  credit 

Evolutionary  Biology  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  Biology  Core 
Corequisite:  BIO  437 

Computer  models  of  aspects  of  evolutionary 
processes  will  be  designed.  The  models  will 
selectively  address  problems  in  such  areas  as 
selection  and  polygenic  inheritance,  genetic 
drift,  concerted  evolution  in  multigene 
families,  differentiation  of  protein-coding 
nucleotide  sequences,  molecular  clocks,  sex, 
stochastic  processes  in  macroevolution  and 
wild  animal  conservation  genetics.  A  Biology 
of  Populations-level  (BIO  211)  knowledge  of 
BASIC  programming  is  expected. 

BIO  440  two  credits 
Research  Project 

Hours  will  be  arranged. 
An  advanced  research  project  in  an 
advanced  student's  field  of  general  interest 
conducted  under  the  supervision  of  an 
appropriate  staff  member,  in  the  form  of 
independent  research  leading  to  the 
solution  of  a  problem. 

BIO  441  two  credits 
Research  Project 

Continuation  of  BIO  440. 

BIO  442  three  credits 
Advanced  Genetics 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  BIO  337  or  333 
A  historical  perspective  of  the  concepts 
leading  to  the  present  theory  of  gene 
structure  and  function.  The  rigorous 
experimental  evidence  supporting  this 
synthesis  is  reviewed  by  extensive  reading 
and  discussion  of  original  publications. 
Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  papers 
published  since  1940  and  having  direct 
bearing  in  elucidating  the  structure  and 
function  of  the  gene. 

BIO  452  three  credits 
Virology 

Prerequisites:  BIO  234,  244  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Nature  of  the  virus  as  both  an  evolutionary 
entity  and  an  obligatory  cellular  parasite. 
The  structure  and  replicative  strategies  of 
representative  viruses  are  studied.  The 
approach  is  molecular  and  stresses  the 
interaction  of  the  viral  genome  with 
cytoplasmic  and  nuclear  elements  of  the 
host  cell. 

BIO  454  three  credits 
Biology  of  Sharks 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 


The  morphology,  physiology,  behavior  and 
evolutionary  history  of  the  most  ancient 
group  of  living  jawed  fishes.  The  most 
unusual  aspects  of  these  fish,  such  as  modes 
of  reproduction,  osmotic  regulation,  feeding 
mechanisms,  and  sensory  physiology,  will  be 
stressed  throughout. 

BIO  471  four  credits  O 
Marine  Microbiology 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory  lecture 
Taxonomy,  physiology,  and  the  role  of 
heterotrophic  microorganisms  in  the  marine 
environment.  The  viruses  will  also  be 
considered.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
activities  of  the  viruses,  bacteria,  and  the 
fungi  in  the  marine  environment  in  the 
laboratory,  exercises  will  be  conducted  on 
the  methods  of  enumeration,  detection  of 
selected  physiological  groups,  uptake  and 
deputation  of  microorganisms  by  shellfish, 
marine  biodeterioration,  and  the  influence 
of  environmental  parameters  on  the  growth 
and  activities  of  marine  microorganisms. 

BIO  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Terms  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

BIO  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered.  Terms 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


75 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Note:  Some  graduate  courses  may  be  open 
to  undergraduates.  Please  consult  your 
department  chairperson.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Biology 

BIO  510  four  credits 
Marine  Biotechnology 

Designed  for  persons  who  wish  to  partici- 
pate in  research  and  development  within 
biotechnology.  This  course  features 
extensive  hands-on  laboratory  work  with 
current  techniques  and  experimental 
approaches,  integrated  with  an  exposition 
of  the  principles  underlying  the  techniques. 

BIO  511  one  to  four  credits 
Graduate  Seminar  in  Biology 

1  to  4  hours  in  varied  formats 
Selected  topics  in  Biology.  In  recent  years 
these  have  included  physiology  and 
biochemistry  of  marine  animals,  evolutionary 
ecology,  biology  of  marine  mammals, 
morphometries  and  phylogenetic  systemat- 
ics,  and  extremophiles. 

BIO  513  four  credits 
Biology  of  Fishes 

See  BIO  413. 

BIO  514  three  credits 
Biology  of  Marine  Mammals 

See  Bio  414. 

BIO  516  four  credits 
Biology  of  Algae 

(Formerly  BIO  515) 
See  BIO  416. 

BIO  518  three  credits 
Biogeography 

Prerequisite:  Senior  or  graduate  standing 
The  study  of  present  and  past  global 
distributions  of  plant  and  animal  taxa  in 
terrestrial,  marine  and  freshwater  habitats. 
Distributional  patterns  will  be  considered  in 
relation  to  changes  of  the  physical  environ- 
ment over  geological  time,  such  as  in  global 
patterns  of  climate  and  resources.  The 
evolution  of  recent  association  of  organisms 
will  also  be  examined  in  relation  to 
ecological  interactions  between  organisms, 
such  as  competition  and  predation. 

BIO  520  three  credits 
Animal  Behavior 

See  BIO  420 

BIO  524  four  credits 
Biology  of  Animal  Parasites 

See  BIO  424. 

BIO  525  one  credit 
Graduate  Student  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  status 

Each  student  will  present  a  seminar  related 


to  the  current  semester's  theme  and  based 
on  several  contemporary  publications. 
Students  are  responsible  for  preparing  a 
comprehensive  bibliography,  an  abstract, 
and  evaluations  of  peers'  seminars.  (One 
semester  required;  maximum  two  credits 
towards  MS  degree.) 

BIO  526  four  credits 
Marine  Benthic  Ecology 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor 

An  advanced  overview  of  the  structure  and 
function  of  marine  benthic  communities 
from  the  intertidal  zone  to  the  deep  sea, 
focusing  on  the  power  of  experimental 
studies  in  elucidating  ecological  processes. 
Students  will  improve  writing  skills  via 
preparation  of  short  research  proposals,  a 
term  paper,  and  through  peer  review  of 
other  students'  work.  Students  will  also  lead 
discussions  of  journal  articles,  and  plan, 
undertake,  and  present  the  results  of  a  field 
biofouling  study. 

BIO  527  three  credits 
Molecular  Biology 

See  BIO  427.  In  addition,  graduate  students 
will  present  two  typical  reviews  of  current 
problems  in  molecular  biology,  both  as 
written  expositions  and  as  interactive  lecture 
presentations  to  other  class  members.  Pre- 
and  post-presentation  interviews  with  the 
instructor  are  also  required. 

BIO  528  four  credits 
Evolutionary  Ecology 

See  BIO  428 

BIO  530  four  credits 

Introduction  to  Biological  Statistics 

See  Bio  430 

BIO  531  four  credits 
Advanced  Ichthyology 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  consent 
of  instructor 

Studies  of  fish  phytogeny  and  classification, 
physiological  problems  peculiarly  faced  by 
fish,  and  aspects  of  fisheries'  hydrography. 
The  laboratory  stresses  independent  work 
on  the  structure  of  fish  populations, 
measurement  of  physiological  parameters, 
and  morphometric  analysis. 

BIO  535  four  credits 
Analysis  of  Biological  Data 

3  hours  lecture,  2  1-1/2  hour  laboratory 
meetings 

Prerequisite:  Introduction  to  biological 


statistics  or  equivalent 
The  processing  and  analysis  of  biological, 
and  especially  ecological  data.  Topics 
include  problems  encountered  in  processing 
and  handling  of  data,  distributions  and 
transformations,  associations,  computer 
simulations,  parametric  and  non-parametric 
methods,  and  usefulness  and  limitations  of 
multivariate  methods 

BIO  536  four  credits 
Estuarine  Ecology 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor 

An  overview  of  biological,  geological, 
physical,  and  chemical  factors  and  processes 
important  for  organisms  in  estuarine 
environments.  Emphasis  is  on  contemporary 
research  areas,  including  human  impacts  in 
estuaries.  Students  will  design,  perform, 
analyze  and  present  the  results  of  semester- 
long  field  projects  characterizing  a  local  salt- 
marsh  ecosystem. 

BIO  537  three  credits 
Evolutionary  Biology 

See  BIO  437. 

BIO  538  one  credit 

Evolutionary  Biology  Laboratory 

See  BIO  438. 

BIO  545  four  credits 
Biological  Oceanography 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  BIO  316  or  permission  of  the 
instructor 

The  cycle  of  productivity  in  the  marine 
environment  and  the  physiological  and 
morphological  adaptations  of  plant,  animal 
and  bacterial  populations  within  various 
oceanic  regions.  Interrelationships  of  the 
plankton,  the  nekton,  and  the  benthos  are 
stressed. 

BIO  546  four  credits 
Biology  of  Marine  Larvae 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor 

An  analysis  of  factors  important  for  animals 
with  complex  life  cycles,  focusing  on  marine 
benthic  invertebrates.  Larval  stages  will  be 
examined  from  a  wide  range  of  perspec- 
tives: ecological,  evolutionary,  oceanogra- 
phy, behavioral,  physiological,  and 
developmental.  Students  will  hone  verbal 
skills  through  presentations  on  species  and 
topics  of  interest,  and  by  leading  class 
discussion.  The  laboratory  will  examine  larval 
types  and  aquacultural  techniques. 


76 


Note:  Some  undergraduate  senior-level 
courses  are  offered  to  graduate  students 
under  a  corresponding  5xx  number,  with 
concurrent  enrollment  but  additional  work 
expectations. 


BIO  552  three  credits 
Virology 

See  BIO  452. 

BIO  554  three  credits 
Biology  of  Sharks 

See  BIO  454 

BIO  571  four  credits 
Marine  Microbiology 

See  BIO  471. 

BIO  593  one  to  three  credits 
Graduate  Research  Project 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  and  consent 
of  instructor 

Directed  research  for  graduate  students, 
hours  by  arrangement.  Graded  A-F. 

BIO  595  three  credits 
Graduate  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing;  permission 
of  instructor,  graduate  director,  and  college 
dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Terms  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

BIO  596  three  credits 
Graduate  Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing;  permission 
of  the  instructor,  graduate  director,  and 
college  dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered.  Terms 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

BIO  599  not  to  exceed  ten  credits 
Graduate  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  and  consent 
of  instructor 

Terms  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  A-F. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Biology 
Education  for  Master  of  Arts  in 
Teaching 

BIO  600  three  credits 

Teaching  Science  in  the  Elementary 

School 

Not  for  credit  in  Biology  MS  program. 
Life,  physical,  and  earth  sciences  that  are 
involved  in  the  development  of  scientific 
concepts  and  processes  for  elementary  school 
science.  A  variety  of  natural  phenomena, 
such  as  the  plant,  Brassica  rapa,  will  be  used 
as  models  to  develop  an  inquiry  and 
standards  approach  to  the  learning  and 
teaching  of  science. 

BIO  635  three  credits 

Methods  and  Materials  for  Secondary 

School  Teachers  of  Biology 

Not  for  credit  in  Biology  MS  program. 
Modes  of  inquiry,  methods  of  research  and 
experimentation,  and  teaching  strategies. 
This  course  is  designed  for  future  teachers 
of  biology.  Graduate  students  enroll 
concurrently  with  students  in  BIO  435  but  do 
additional  work. 


77 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 


Undergraduate  chemistry  at  UMass 
Dartmouth  provides  the  student  with  the 
theoretical  and  practical  expertise  necessary 
for  success  in  a  wide  variety  of  careers, 
consistent  with  the  nature  of  chemistry  as 
the  central  science.  Chemists  pursue  a  broad 
spectrum  of  rewarding  professional  careers 
ranging  from  production  supervisors  in  the 
chemical  or  petroleum  industries  to 
physicians  and  patent  attorneys.  The 
Department  is  professionally  accredited  by 
the  American  Chemical  Society  and  provides 
individualized  attention  and  instruction 
usually  encountered  only  in  a  small-college 
setting.  Class  sizes,  especially  at  the  junior 
and  senior  levels,  are  usually  small,  affording 
the  student  ample  opportunities  for 
interaction  with  the  faculty. 

Teaching  and  research  facilities  of  the 
Department  of  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
are  equipped  with  modern  instrumentation. 
Recent  acquisitions  include  a  Bruker 
300MHz  FT-NMR,  a  Bruker  Vector  22  FT-IR 
Spectrometer,  a  Fluoromax-2  Fluorescence 
Spectrometer,  a  Microcal  Microcalorimeter, 
a  Midac  M-2000  FT-IR  with  modified  cell  for 
protein  analysis,  a  JASCO  J- 1 75  Circular 
Dicroism  Spectrometer,  a  Finnigan  MAT 
4500  TSQ  GC/MS/MS/DS  Mass  Spectrom- 
eter, a  Finnigan  MAT  Isotope  Ratio  Mass 
Spectrometer,  a  Perkin-Elmer  Atomic 
Absorption  Spectrophotometer,  an 
Instrumentation  Lab.  Flame  AA/AE  Spec- 
trometer, several  high  performance  liquid 
chromatographs,  several  UV-V  Visible 
spectrometers,  a  Sippican/NRL  Optical  Fiber- 
optic based  Biosensor,  a  Cynosure  SLL250 
Dye  Laser  Spectrometer,  a  Antek  Nitrogen 
Analyzer,  spectrofluorometers,  Pharmacia 
Biotech  Electrophoresis  systems,  a  Jordan 
Scientific  DNA  Sequencer,  a  Amicon 
Dialyzer/Protein  Concentrator,  an  BAS 
1 00BW3 113300  Electrochemical  Work 
Station,  an  SLM  steady  state  spectrofluo- 
rometer,  an  ISSK03  time-resolved  spectrof- 
luorometer,  Waters  HPLC  systems  with 
diode  array  detector,  a  CSC  isothermal 
titration  calorimeter,  a  Quanta  4000 
capillary  zone  electrophoresis  system.  These 
new  instruments  augment  existing 
equipment,  which  includes  infrared,  UV- 
Visible,  atomic  absorption  NMR  and  mass 
spectrometers,  a  differential  scanning 
calorimeter,  a  capillary  gas  chromatography, 
preparative  and  analytical  gas  and  liquid 
chromatographs,  ultracentrifuges,  a 
voltametnc  analyzer,  scintillation  counter, 
microtiter  plate  reader  and  washer,  Parr 
hydrogenation  apparatus,  electroanalytical 


instrumentation  and  related  apparatus  for 
chemical  and  biochemical  research.  In 
addition,  an  electronics  shop  and  electron 
microscope  facilities  are  shared  with  other 
science  departments. 

The  Department,  consistent  with  university 
policies,  emphasizes  computer  use.  The 
Department  maintains  a  variety  of  comput- 
ers and  accessories,  including  IBM  and 
Macintosh  microcomputers,  terminals, 
plotters,  and  printers.  The  university 
maintains  two  Alpha  2100s  (Model  4/275) 
and  an  Alpha  2000  (Model  4/200)  for  library 
research  and  instructional  use.  These  Alpha 
computers  provide  64  gigabytes  of  disk 
storage,  operate  on  an  FDDI  network,  and 
are  full  partners  in  our  campus  network. 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Biochem- 
istry at  UMass  Dartmouth  also  offers  a 
graduate  program  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  in  Chemistry. 

In  conjunction  with  UMass  Lowell,  this 
department  offers  a  joint  PhD  program.  This 
program  combines  the  outstanding 
resources  of  the  graduate  chemistry 
programs  at  Lowell  and  Dartmouth  in  a  new 
partnership  in  excellence.  The  combined 
areas  of  research  and  professional  interest 
on  the  two  campuses  offer  a  rich  range  of 
opportunities  for  their  advanced  students. 

The  Department  also  participates  coopera- 
tively in  a  doctoral  program  with  the 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst. 
Cooperative  Dartmouth/Amherst  Chemistry 
PhD  students  are  supported  by  assistant- 
ships  from  UMass  Dartmouth  and  pursue 
their  principal  research  with  UMass 
Dartmouth  faculty  while  they  are  matricu- 
lated degree  students  of  UMass  Amherst. 


78 


Chemistry  Major 

BS  degree 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Alan  H.  Bates  inorganic  and  organometallic 
chemistry 

Donald  W.  Boerth  physical  organic 
chemistry,  theoretical  chemistry 

William  L.  Dills,  Jr.  (chairperson) 

biochemistry  of  carbohydrates,  metabolism 
and  metabolic  effects  of  carbohydrate 
analogues 

James  A.  Golen  physical  inorganic 
chemistry,  synthesis  and  molecular 
spectroscopy  of  inorganic  compounds 

David  Z.  Goodson  physical  chemistry, 
theoretical  chemical  physics,  environmental 
chemistry 

Msolin  Guo  biochemical  processes,  drug 
design 

Gerald  B.  Hammond  organic  chemistry, 
organofluorine  chemistry,  natural  products, 
ethnomedicinal  chemistry 

Michele  I.  Mandrioli  transition  metal 
chemistry  and  magnetic  resonance, 
computers  in  chemical  education 

Catherine  C.  Neto  organic,  agricultural, 
and  food  chemistry,  isolation  and  elucida- 
tion of  bioactive  natural  products 

Vesa  Nevalainen  organic  chemistry, 
catalytic  and  enantioselective  reactions, 
synthetic  and  computational  chemistry 

Emmanuel  C.A.  Ojadi  chemical  physics, 
laser  spectroscopy  and  photochemistry 

Bal-Ram  Singh  physical  biochemistry, 
structure-function  relationships  of  biological 
macromolecules 

Timothy  C.  K.  Su  physical  chemistry,  ion- 
molecule  reactions,  mass  spectrometry 

Dragic  Vukomanovic  analytical  chemistry, 
electroanalytical  chemistry,  mass  spectrom- 
etry, redox  biochemistry 

Yuegang  Zuo  analytical,  marine,  and 
environmental  chemistry 


Faculty  Member  with  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  Joint  Appointment 

Primary  Department 

Mark  A.  Altabet 

School  of  Marine  Sciences  and  Technology 


The  programs  for  chemistry  majors  are 
designed  to  provide  a  solid  foundation  in 
the  theoretical  knowledge  and  practical 
laboratory  skills  necessary  for  a  variety  of 
professional  careers.  The  programs  prepare 
students  for  graduate  study,  medical  or 
professional  school,  teaching,  technical 
sales,  technical  writing,  and  industrial  or 
government  employment. 

In  order  to  fit  the  needs  of  the  individual 
student,  the  department  offers  to  chemistry 
majors  four  different  options.  The  courses 
prescribed  for  each  of  these  options  and  the 
career  opportunities  available  upon 
completion  of  each  major  are  described 
below. 

Requirements  for  each  option  are  shown 
on  the  following  pages. 


79 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Chemistry  Major 

Chemistry  Option 


Requirements 


Chemistry  Electives 


This  option  prepares  students  for  employment  in  the  chemical  industry  as  chemical 
technicians,  salespersons,  purchasing  agents,  market  analysts,  production  supervisors,  etc  , 
or  in  education  as  secondary  school  teachers.  In  addition,  this  option  prepares  students  for 
graduate  work  in  fields  of  chemistry,  both  pure,  such  as  organic,  inorganic,  physical, 
analytical,  or  biochemistry,  and  applied,  such  as  clinical,  forensic,  polymer,  marine,  or 
environmental  chemistry.  It  may  also  be  supplemented  by  graduate  work  in  law,  library 
science,  or  business,  leading  to  a  career  as  a  research  chemist,  chemical  patent  attorney, 
librarian,  science  illustrator,  technical  writer,  or  chemical  industry  executive.  A  number  of 
free  electives  are  included  to  provide  flexibility  in  the  program  to  suit  the  student's  special 
interest.  An  appropriate  course  sequence  is  shown. 


Semester  Credits 

First  Year 

nisi 

Cor  nnH 

1  C1     1  C3 
LnM  I  D  I ,  I  DZ 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry 

j 

J 

LnM  IDj,  1  DO 

Introduction  to  Experimentation 

■y 
c 

c 

LnM  I  / £. 

intro.  to  Lomputer  Applications  »or  Lnemists 

1 

1 

MTU  111     1  1  ~) 

M I  n  III,  I  I  £. 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  1,  II 

4 

4 

FK1I  mi  in? 

C nti/~3l  \A/ntir\n  anH  PoaHinn  1 
v_iiiilo<  vviiiiiiy  a-  u  rvcouniu  ,  11 

3 

3 

Mi  rfnaniTioc  r\r  ^fvial  Crtonrol 

■3 

■3 
J 

1  c 
1  J 

I  o 

Second  Year 

LnM  Zd\ ,  ZDZ 

Organic  Chemistry  1,  II 

i 

i 

LnM  265,  zoo 

Organic  Chemistry  Lab  1,  II 

2 

2 

CHM  362 

Introduction  to  Biochemistry 

3 

MTH  211 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

4 

PHY  113,  114 

Classical  Physics  1,  II 

4 

4 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 

3 

Free  Elective 

3 

16 

15 

Third  Year 

CHM  305 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 

3 

CHM  307 

Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis 

2 

CHM  315,  316 

Physical  Chemistry  1,  II 

4 

4 

CHM  318 

Physical  Chemistry  Measurements  1 

2 

CHM  422 

Computer/Math  Methods  in  Physical  Science2 

3 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 

3 

3 

Free  Electives 

3 

3 

15 

15 

Fourth  Year 

CHM  319 

Physical  Chemistry  Measurements  II 

2 

CHM  401,  402 

Chemistry  Seminar 

0.5 

0.5 

CHM  431 

Principles  of  Inorganic  Chemistry 

3 

CHM  433 

Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

1 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature1 

6 

Advanced  Chemistry  Electives 

6 

3 

Free  Electives 

6 

3 

14  .5 

16.5 

Total  credits: 


123 


1  The  Humanities/Social  Sciences  requirement  of  18  credits  must  consist  of  at  least  6  credits  of 
Humanities  and  6  credits  of  Social  Sciences.  Note  that  there  is  no  foreign  language  require- 
ment for  the  BS  degree.  Literature  requirement:  6  credits.  Literature  must  be  in  the  English 
language. 

2  Any  of  the  following  combinations  of  courses  fulfill  the  CHM  422  requirement:  MTH  212  (or 
MTH  204)  and  PHY  234;  MTH  212  (or  MTH  204)  and  MTH  221  or  227;  MTH  212  (or  MTH 
204;  and  EGR  301 .  Students  who  fulfill  the  requirement  by  taking  one  of  these  alternative 
course  combinations  may  not  receive  additional  credit  for  CHM  422/522. 


CHM  352  Organic  Preparations 
CHM  41 1  Biochemistry  I 
CHM  412  Biochemistry  II 
CHM  414  Biochemistry  Laboratory 
CHM  42 1  Organic  Mechanisms 
CHM  426  Polymer  Synthesis  and 

Characterization 
CHM  432  Organic  Analysis 
CHM  442  Applied  Spectroscopy 
CHM  491  Introduction  to  Research  I 
CHM  492  Introduction  to  Research  II 
CHM  510  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry 
CHM  51 1  Biochemistry  I 
CHM  512  Biochemistry  II 
CHM  520  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 
CHM  521  Organic  Mechanisms 
CHM  523  Thermodynamics 
CHM  525  Theoretical  Organic  Chemistry 
CHM  526  Polymer  Synthesis  and 

Characterization 
CHM  527  Electronic  Structure  of  Atoms  and 

Molecules 
CHM  529  Physical  Biochemistry 
CHM  531  Chemical  Kinetics 
CHM  533  Statistical  Mechanics 
CHM  542  Quantum  Chemistry 
CHM  544  Applied  Spectroscopy 
CHM  550  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry 
CHM  551  Electroanalytical  Chemistry 
CHM  552  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis 
CHM  553  Nuclear  and  Radiochemistry 
CHM  554  Molecular  Spectra  and  Structure 
CHM  555  Methods  of  Chemical  Separation 
CHM  556  Magnetic  Resonance  Spectroscopy 
CHM  560  New  Synthetic  Methods 
CHM  562  Natural  Products 


Departmental  General  Education 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Chemistry  will  meet 
their  departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Students  should  select  a  course  from 
the  published  list  of  available  courses  that 
satisfy  this  requirement. 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  CHM  172  or  CHM 
422 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  CHM  307,  CHM 
318,  or  CHM  412 

Area  0:  Satisfied  by  CHM  401/402  and  one 
additional  course  from  :  CHM  272,  431,  or 
412 


80 


Chemistry  Major 

Biochemistry  Option 


Requirements 


The  biochemistry  option  for  the  BS  degree  in 

Semester  Credits 

chemistry  is  designed  for  those  students  with 

First  Year 

First 

S  r  C  Z  "  C3 

dual  interests  in  biology  and  chemistry.  A 

<rtiiripnt  rprprvinn  thi^  rtpnrpp  will  hp  ntialifipri 

JlUUCUl   1                V  1  1  1  W    U  II  J    U^U  1  tC    Will    W\_    LfUU'    1  1  N_  W 

CHM  151,  152 

Pnnoples  of  Modern  Chemistry 

3 

3 

to  pntPf  inriii^trv  as  a      hiorhpmist  or  with 

CHM  165  166 

\_  1  IIVI      1  W  J  ,      1  WW 

IntrooS  irtion  tn  Fxnpnmpntation  I  It 

II  IU  \AJU\.LI\JI  >    Lw  L_ AkJt  I  1 1  ■  lv  1  Lu  LI\J'  ■  1,  II 

2 

thp  splpction  nf  spvpmI  pduration  rotirsps 

CHM  172 

Intro  tn  ("nmntitpr  Anniirations  for  ("hpmists 

II  1  U  U-    tu  \_ ui  I  ■     W  LCI               >  i\-0  LJ Ul  ■  J  1  Ul    \>  1  If  1  1 1 J  1— J 

1 

will  be  well  Qualified  as  a  high  school  science 

MTH  111,  112 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  1,  II 

4 

4 

tparhpr  Stiiflpfits  with  thp  biochpmistrv 

l^Uv.1  If  -    JLUUVl  1  L  J    Ifllll    LI  It    Ul  WV.I  If  1  1 '  J  L1  J 

ENL  101  102 

LI  1L     I  W  1  |      \  \J  i- 

Cntical  Writing  and  Reading  1  II 

3 

3 

option  will  be  able  to  enter  graduate  school 

Humanities  or  Social  Science1 

3 

3 

in  anv  of  thp  arpas  of  rhpmistrv  hinrhpmis- 

III    Ul  If    W  I     LI  It    U>  v^U  J  Ul    Va.llflll.JLiy,    w  1  vtl  It1  ■  IIJ 

15 

16 

trv  molpn ilar  htolonv  nharmarolonv 

li  y ,  ■■  ivji^lu  i a  i   w  i  w i w w  y ,  ui  ioi  1 1  ioluiuui  , 

^prond  Ypar 

J  C  V.  W  1  1  W      1  Cui 

nutrition  nr  ofhpr  lifp  snpnrp  nronrpims  Thp 

i  i  w  ti  i  ii  ui  i  ui   w  u  if   iiit  jv_i\w  i  ■  VwVw  w '       '  ai  i  ij.  iiit 

CHM  251  252 

S_  1    1  1  f  1     4—  J    1  ,     4-  _> 

Orovinir  r~hpmistrv  1 

v_/ ■  ua i  1 1\_  v_  i  it ii  1 1 -J li  y  ■ ,  ii 

3 

3 

following  curriculum  conforms  to  that 

CHM  265,  266 

Organic  Chemistry  Lab  1,  II 

2 

2 

recommended  by  the  American  Society  of 

MTH  211 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

4 

Riorhpmi'^trv  ^nd  Mnlpn iIaf  Rtnlnnv  for  an 

BIO  234 

Rioloov  of  f~plk2 

U  l\JI UU y  ul    L_ f  1 J 

a 

i  indprnrsdi i^tp  dpnrpp  in  hinrhpmi^tn/  An 

LI  1  *  VJC  Ul  OUUO  LC  UCUI  C~  1  ■  1  U  1  WV_I   CI  1  1 1 J  LI  y  .  AAI  1 

BIO  244 

Riolonv  of  r"plK  1  .ah* 
uivjiwyy  ui  uciij  Lou 

appropriate  course  sequence  is  shown. 

PHY  113,  1 14 

Classical  Physics  1,  II 

4 

4 

Humanities,  Socal  Science  or  Literature' 

5 

17 

Third  Year 

1  1  III  U  ltd! 

Lnlvi  J  id,  J  I o 

Physical  Chemistry  1,  II 

4 

4 

rMll  1  yt  1  1  /in 

LHM  411,  41  L 

Biochemistry  1,  II 

3 

3 

\„.  ntvi  *+  1  *-r 

Biochemistry  Laboratory3 

3 

CHM  305 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 

3 

CHM  307 

Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis 

2 

Free  Elective 

3 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature' 

3 

3 

15 

16 

Fourth  Year 

CHM  529 

Physical  Biochemistry 

3 

CHM  401,  402 

Chemistry  Seminar 

0.5 

0.5 

Biology  Electives 

Biology/Chemistry  Electives 

6 

3 

(2  required)4 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature1 

3 

3 

Free  Electives 

3 

BIO  321          General  Microbiology 

15.5 

12.5 

BIO  327          Molecular  Biology 

Total  credits: 

122 

BIO  333,  334 
BIO  41 1 

BIO  419 

BIO  421 
BIO  460 


General  Genetics 
Prosemmar:  Current  Topics 
in  Biology 

Biological  Scanning  Electron 
Microscopy 

Developmental  Biology 
Transmission  Electron 
Microscopy 


Chemistry  Electives 

(1  required) 

CHM  318        Physical  Chemistry 

Measurements  I 
CHM  319        Physical  Chemistry 

Measurements  II 
CHM  421        Organic  Mechanisms 
CHM  422        Computer/Math  Methods  in 

Physical  Science 
CHM  431,  433  Inorganic  Chemistry 
CHM  442        Applied  Spectroscopy 
CHM  552        Instrumental  Methods  of 

Analysis 

CHM  555       Methods  of  Chemical 
Separation 


1  The  Humanities/Social  Sciences  requirement  of  18  credits  must  consist  of  at  least  6  credits 
Humanities  and  6  credits  of  Social  Sciences.  Note  that  there  is  no  separate  foreign  language 
requirement  for  the  BS  degree.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  the  humanities  requirement  be 
satisfied  by  taking  at  least  1  and  preferably  2  years  of  French  or  German.  Literature  require- 
ment: 6  credits. 

2  Students  with  weak  backgrounds  in  biology  may  need  to  take  BIO  121,  122,  131,  132 
before  attempting  subsequent  biology  courses. 

3  Students  who  do  not  contemplate  doing  undergraduate  research  (CHM  491-492)  may 
postpone  CHM  414  until  their  senior  year 

4  Other  advanced  biology  or  chemistry  courses  may  be  substituted  with  the  pnor  wntten 
permission  of  the  biochemistry  advisor. 


S1 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Chemistry  Major 

Environmental  Chemistry  Option 


Requirements 


The  Environmental  Chemistry  Option  is  designed  for  students  who  are  interested  in  the  Environment  Related  Electives 

interface  of  chemistry  and  science  of  the  environment.  Students  completing  the  Environmental 

Chemistry  Option  are  well  prepared  for  a  variety  of  post  baccalaureate  careers.  Typical  career  An  *  indicates  that  this  course  will  also  meet 

objectives  might  include  those  that  entail  environmental  monitoring  and  analysis,  regulatory  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Humanities/ 

monitoring  and  enforcement,  industrial  compliance  and  others.  In  addition,  a  student  who  Social  Sciences  requirements  Students 

selects  the  Environmental  Chemistry  Option  is  well  prepared  for  graduate  studies  in  chemistry,  should  note  that  these  courses  may  meet 

environmental  science,  marine  science,  environmental  chemistry  and  other  areas.  The  variety  multiple  requirements  'College,  General 

of  environment-related  course  electives  allows  students  to  select  a  program  of  study  that  fits  Education  or  Departmental)  although  a  total 

their  interests,  while  the  required  chemistry  courses  ensure  that  they  develop  expertise  within  of  1 24  credits  (minimum)  will  still  be 

the  fundamental  areas  of  chemistry.  An  appropriate  course  sequence  is  shown.  required  for  graduation. 


Semester  Credits 

BIO  3 1 6    Descriptive  Oceanography 

First  Year 

First 

Second 

ECO  337  Environmental  Economics* 

PHL  320    Philosophy  of  Science* 

CHM  151.  152 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I,  II 

3 

3 

PHY  351    Physics  of  the  Environment  I 

CHM  165,  166 

Introduction  to  Experimentation  I,  II 

2 

2 

PHY  352    Physics  of  the  Environment  II 

CHM  172 

Intro,  to  Computer  Applications  for  Chemists 

1 

PSC  345    Politics  of  Public  Health* 

MTH  111,112 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  I,  II 

4 

4 

PSC  347    Environmental  Law* 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

PSC  348    Marine  Policy  and  Law* 

Humanities  or  Social  Science1 

3 

3 

TES  350    Environmental  Science  and 

15 

16 

Industry  Compliance 

Second  Year 

BIO  419    Biological  Scanning  Electron 

CHM  251,  252 

Organic  Chemistry  1,  II 

3 

3 

Microscopy 

I 

3CHM  265,  266 

Organic  Chemistry  Lab  1,  II 

2 

2 

BIO  471    Marine  Microbiology 

I 

CHM  36? 

IntrnHi  irtinn  tn  RinrhpmKtrv 

II  III  UUUL  UUI  1  IU  IJIULI  ICI  1  loll  y 

3 

Ff~0  47?    Coastal  Rpsnurrp  Fronnmir^* 

MTH  211 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

4 

BIO  234 

Biology  of  Cells2 

3 

Advanced  Chemistry  Electives 

PHY  113,  114 

Classical  Physics  1,  II 

4 

4 

Recommended  for  the  Environmental 

( 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 

16 

3 
15 

Chemistry  Option 

( 

Third  Year 

CHM  319  Physical  Chemistry 

( 

CHM  315,  316 

Physical  Chemistry  1,  II 

4 

4 

Measurements  II 

( 

CHM  355 

Aquatic  Environmental  Chemistry 

3 

CHM  41 1  Biochemistry  I 

( 

CHM  356 

Atmosphenc/Terrestial  Environmental  Chemistry 

3 

CHM  412  Biochemistry  II 

CHM  318 

Physical  Chemistry  Measurements  1 

2 

CHM  422  Computer/Math  Methods  in 

CHM  305 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 

3 

Physical  Science 

CHM  307 

Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis 

2 

CHM  491,  492  Introduction  to  Research  I,  II 

1 

Free  Elective 

3 

CHM  531  Chemical  Kinetics 

c 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 

3 

3 

CHM  544  Applied  Spectroscopy 

( 

15 

15 

CHM  550  Special  Topics 

( 

Fourth  Year 

CHM  551  Electroanalytical  Chemistry 

( 

CHM  401,  402 

Chemistry  Seminar 

0.5 

0.5 

CHM  552  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis 

CHM  350 

Chemical  Oceanography 

3 

CHM  553  Nuclear  and  Radiochemistry 

CHM  431 

Principles  of  Inorganic  Chemistry 

3 

CHM  555  Methods  of  Chemical  Separation 

CHM  433 

Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

1 

CHM  562  Natural  Products 

Environment  Related  Course  Elective 

3 

3 

Advanced  Chemistry  Elective3 

3 

3 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 

6 

3 

Free  Electives 

3 

1 

h 

15.5 

16.5 

n 

Total  credits: 

124 

1  The  Humanities/Social  Sciences  requirement  of  18  credits  must  consist  of  at  least  6  credits  of  Humanities  and  6  credits  of  Social  Sciences.  Note 
2  that  there  is  no  separate  foreign  language  requirement  for  the  BS  degree.  The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Literature  requirement  is  6  credits  in 
K    the  English  language  beyond  ENL  101  and  102.  Courses  taken  to  meet  College  requirements  may  also  meet  environment  related  course  elective 

2     requirements  and/or  General  Education  requirements, 
c 

2  Students  with  weak  backgrounds  in  biology  may  need  to  take  BIO  121,  122,  131,  132  before  attempting  subsequent  biology  courses. 

3  Students  who  wish  to  be  certified  by  the  American  Chemical  Society  must  include  among  their  advanced  chemistry  electives  CHM  319,  CHM 

431,  CHM  433,  CHM  41 1  and  CHM  552. 


82 


Chemistry  Major 

Premedical  Option 


Requirements 


This  option  offers  distinct  advantages  in 
efficiency,  versatility,  and  rigor  in  preparation 
for  students  interested  in  further  studies  in  a 
medical,  dental,  optometnc,  podiatric, 
osteopathic,  or  veterinary  school.  Programs 
for  pre-med  students  should  have  the 
approval  of  Dr.  Alan  Bates,  co-chairperson  of 
the  Pre-medical  Advisory  Committee. 
Premedical  chemistry  majors  are  certified  for 
graduation  by  the  Chemistry  Department, 
just  as  are  conventional  majors. 

Separately,  premedical  advising  is  offered  for 
students  in  any  major  at  UMass  Dartmouth 
(see  program  description  elsewhere  in  this 
Catalogue). 

A  wide  variety  of  majors  is  appropriate  for 
those  intending  to  attend  medical  or 
veterinary  school,  with  appropriate  advising. 


Semester  Credits 


First  Year 

First 

Second 

CHM  151,  152 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry 

3 

3 

CHM  165,  166 

Introduction  to  Experimentation 

2 

2 

CHM  172 

Intro,  to  Computer  Applications  for  Chemists 

1 

MTH  111,  112 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  I,  II 

4 

4 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  or  Literature1- 5 

3 

3 

15 

16 

Second  Year 

CHM  251,  252 

Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  265,  266 

Organic  Chemistry  Lab  I,  II 

2 

2 

MTH  2 1 1 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

4 

PHY  113,  114 

Classical  Physics  I,  II 

4 

4 

BIO  234 

Biology  of  Cells1 

3 

BIO  244 

Biology  of  Cells  Lab 

1 

BIO 

Biology  Elective2 

3  or  4 

Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  or  Literature 

3 

17 

15  or  16 

Third  Year 

CHM  305 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 

3 

CHM  307 

Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis 

2 

CHM  315,  316 

Physical  Chemistry  1,  II 

4 

4 

CHM  318 

Physical  Chemistry  Measurements  1 

2 

BIO  333 

General  Genetics 

4 

Science  Elective3 

3  or  4 

Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  or  Literature 

3 

6 

16 

15  or  16 

Fourth  Year 

CHM  401,  402 

Chemistry  Seminar 

0.5 

0.5 

CHM  41 1 

Biochemistry  1 

3 

CHM  431 

Principles  of  Inorganic  Chemistry 

3 

CHM  433 

Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

1 

Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  or  Literature 

3 

3 

Free  Electives4 

6 

6 

12.5 

13.5 

Total  credits: 

123-125 

1  Students  with  weak  backgrounds  in  biology  may  need  to  take  Biology  of  Organisms  (BIO 
121,  122,  131,  132)  before  attempting  subsequent  biology  courses.  Therefore,  these  two  H/SS 
courses  may  need  to  be  moved  to  another  year  or  to  a  summer  session. 

2  Appropriate  biology  electives  are  BIO  320  (Embryology)  or  BIO  370  (Animal  Physiology). 

3  Appropriate  electives  would  be  CHM  422  (Computer  and  Mathematical  Methods  in  Physical 
Science),  CHM  442  (Applied  Spectroscopy),  CHM  552  (Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis),  BIO 
327  (Molecular  Biology)  or  BIO  421  (Developmental  Biology). 

4  Appropriate  electives  would  be  CHM  412  (Biochemistry  II),  CHM  431  (Principles  of  Inorganic 
Chemistry)  or  CHM  491-492  (Introduction  to  Research  I,  II). 

5  The  Humanities/Social  Sciences  requirement  of  18  credits  must  consist  of  at  least  6  credits  of 
Humanities  and  6  credits  of  Social  Sciences.  Note  that  there  is  no  separate  foreign  language 
requirement  for  the  BS  degree.  Literature  requirement:  6  credits. 


83 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Chemistry  Major 

BS-MS  Option 


Requirements 


This  option  offers  advantages  to  capable 
students  who  are  willing  to  devote  their 
summers  to  furthering  their  education.  For 
those  going  on  to  graduate  work, 
it  provides  exposure  to  graduate  courses  and 
research,  making  the  transition  from  BS  to 
PhD  level  performance  easier.  For  those 
going  into  teaching  or  industry,  it  yields  a 
significant  financial  advantage. 


Policy  and  Procedures 


Humanities/Social  Sciences  requirement  of  18 
credits  must  consist  of  at  least  6  credits  of 
Humanities  and  6  credits  of  Social  Sciences. 
Literature  requirement:  6  credits. 
• 

Should  a  student  desire  to  lighten  his/her 
course  load  in  years  three  and  four, 
Humanities/Social  Sciences  electives  could  be 
taken  during  Summer  2. 
• 

The  student  should  select  the  BS-MS  option 
no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  fourth 
semester.  Entrance  into  the  program  requires 
approval  of  the  Chemistry  Faculty.  The 
student  in  the  program  may  elect  to 
terminate  the  program  after  the  seventh 
semester  with  the  completion  of  the  BS 
requirements. 
• 

Students  who  select  the  BS-MS  program  are 
eligible  for  teaching  assistantships  after 
completing  the  requirements  for  the  BS 
degree  (after  the  seventh  semester)  and  for 
summer  stipends  during  the  fourth  and  fifth 
summers. 
• 

At  least  12  credits  of  the  chemistry  courses 
that  count  toward  the  MS  degree  must  be  at 
the  500  level. 
• 

This  program  may  be  applied  to  the 
Biochemistry  Option  with  appropriate 
modifications. 


First  Year 

CHM  151,  152 
CHM  165,  166 
CHM  172 
MTH  111,  112 
ENL 101,  102 


Second  Year 

CHM  251,  252 
CHM  265,  266 
CHM  362 
MTH  2 1 1 
PHY  113,  114 


Third  Year 

CHM  305 
CHM  307 
CHM  315,  316 
CHM  318 
CHM  422 
CHM  402 


CHM  492 
Summer  3 


Fourth  Year 

CHM  401 
CHM  319 

CHM  431 
CHM  433 
CHM  491 


Summer  4 


Fifth  Year 

CHM  600 
CHM 

Summer  5 


Semester  Credits 
First  Second 


Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry 
Introduction  to  Experimentation 
Intro,  to  Computer  Applications  for  Chemists 
Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  I,  II 
Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 
Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 


Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 
Organic  Chemistry  Lab  I,  II 
Introduction  to  Biochemistry 
Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 
Physics  I,  II 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 
Free  Elective 


Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 

Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis 

Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 

Physical  Chemistry  Measurements  I 

Computer/Math  Methods  in  Physical  Science 

Chemistry  Seminar 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 
Free  Electives 
Introduction  to  Research 

Research 
Free  Elective 


Chemistry  Seminar 
Physical  Chemistry  Measurements  II 
Advanced  Chemistry  Electives 
Principles  of  Inorganic  Chemistry 
Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 
Introduction  to  Research 
Humanities,  Social  Science  or  Literature 
Free  Elective 

Research 


Thesis  Research 

Advanced  Chemistry  Electives 


3 
2 

4 
3 
3 
15 

3 
2 

4 
4 

3 

16 

3 
2 
4 


6 
3 

18 


0.5 

2 

6 


3 
3 
3 
17.5 


6 
6 
12 


3 
2 
1 
4 
3 
3 
16 

3 
2 
3 

4 
3 
3 
18 


4 

2 
3 

0.5 
3 
3 
3 

18  .5 

3 
3 


Research  and  completion  of  thesis 


Total  credits: 


10 


153 


Students  in  the  BS-MS  program  must  have 
and  maintain  a  chemistry  GPA  of  at  least 
3.00  and  an  overall  GPA  of  2.75. 


84 


Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  Minors  Requirements 


Degree  candidates  who  have  a  grade  point 
average  of  at  least  2.5  in  the  100-  and  200- 
level  chemistry  courses  may  request 
admission  to  the  Chemistry  or  Biochemistry 
minors.  This  request  must  be  approved  by  the 
Department  Chairperson.  A  2.0  grade  point 
average  in  the  courses  listed  will  be  required 
for  completion  of  the  minor. 

Chemistry  Minor 

CHM  151,  152 
CHM  161,  162,  166 
CHM  165,  166 
CHM  251,  252 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I  &  II 

Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I  &  II  and 
Introduction  to  Experimentation  II  OR 
Introduction  to  Experimentation  I  &  II 

Organic  Chemistry  I  &  II 

Credits 
6 
4 

6 

CHM  263,  264 
CHM  265,  266 

Bio-Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  &  II  OR 
Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  &  II 

2-4 

CHM  305 
CHM  307 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 
Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis  Laboratory 

3 
2 

CHM  315 
CHM  316 

Physical  Chemistry  I  OR 

Physical  Chemistry  II  (by  permission) 

Total 

4 

27-29 

Biochemistry  Minor 

Credits 

CHM  151,  152 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I  &  II 

6 

CHM  161,  162,166 
CHM  165,  166 

Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I  &  II  and 
Introduction  to  Experimentation  II  OR 
Introduction  to  Experimentation  I  &  II 

4 

CHM  251,  252 

Organic  Chemistry  I  &  II 

6 

CHM  263,  264 
CHM  265,  266 

Bio-Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  &  II  OR 
Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  &  II 

2-4 

CHM  305 
CHM  315 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis  OR 
Physical  Chemistry  I* 

3  or  4 

CHM  411,  412 

Biochemistry  I  &  II 

6 

Total  27-30 


*  CHM  316,  Physical  Chemistry  II,  may  be  substituted  for  CHM  315,  with  permission. 


85 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Combined  Chemistry  Major — Business  Administration  Minor 
Requirements 


This  arrangement  of  courses  is  designed  for  the  student  who  combines  an  interest  in  Chemistry 


with  career  goals 

in  the  business  world.  It  is  designed  to  enable  the  student  to  fulfill  all 

requirements  for  the  Chemistry  Major  and  the  Business  Minor  within  the  standard  four-year 

curriculum.  The  student  must  be  aware  that  deviations  from  the  recommended  course 

schedule  will  ensure  that  additional  time  in  residence  will  be  required.  A  comparable  track  is 

possible  for  the  Biochemistry  Option  by  substituting  the  appropriate  courses. 

Semester  Credits 

First  Year 

First  Second 

CHM  151.  152 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  165,  166 

Introduction  to  Experimentation 

2 

2 

CHM  172 

Intro,  to  Computer  Applications  for  Chemists 

MTH  111,  112 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  I,  II 

4 

4 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

ECO  231 

Economics  I 

3 

Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  or  Literature  Elective 

3 

15 

16 

Second  Year 

CHM  251,  252 

Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  265,  266 

Organic  Chemistry  Lab  I,  II 

2 

2 

CHM  362 

Introduction  to  Biochemistry 

3 

MTH  2 1 1 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

4 

PHY  113,  114 

Classical  Physics  I,  II 

4 

4 

ACT  211 

Principles  of  Accounting  I 

3 

Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  or  Literature  Elective 

3 

16 

15 

Third  Year 

CHM  305 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 

3 

CHM  307 

Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis 

2 

CHM  315,  316 

Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 

4 

4 

CHM  318 

Physical  Chemistry  Measurements  I 

2 

CHM  422 

Computer/Math  Methods  in  Physical  Science 

3 

MKT  211 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3 

MGT311 

Organizational  Behavior 

3 

Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  or  Literature  Electives 

3 

3 

15 

15 

Fourth  Year 

CHM  319 

Physical  Chemistry  Measurements  II 

2 

CHM  401,  402 

Chemistry  Seminar 

0.5 

0.5 

CHM  431 

Principles  of  Inorganic  Chemistry 

3 

CHM  433 

Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

1 

Advanced  Chemistry  Electives 

3 

6 

Humanities,  Social  Sciences,  Literature  or 

Business  Electives 

9 

9 

14.5 

16.5 

Total  credits: 

123 

Business  Minor  Requirements:  ECO  231,  ACT  211,  MKT  211,  and  MGT  311  are  required 
courses  for  the  Business  Minor  ECO  231  also  satisfies  one  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
Social  Sciences  requirements.  Three  courses  (9  credits)  from  among  ACT  212,  BIS  315,  FIN  312, 
MGT  312,  MGT  365,  MGT  346,  MGT  347  are  required  to  complete  the  Business  Minor.  The 
University  requirements  for  a  minor  specify  that  9  credits  must  be  at  the  300-level  or  above. 
Note  that  BIS  315,  FIN  312,  and  MGT  346  have  additional  prerequisites. 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Requirements:  Humanities/Social  Science  Requirements:  5  courses 
(besides  ECO  231)  which  must  include  2  humanities  and  one  more  social  science  course. 
Literature  requirements:  two  courses. 

General  Education  Requirements:  Students  should  carefully  plan  their  programs  with  their 
advisor  to  ensure  that  their  courses  selected  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences  requirements  will  also 
satisfy  the  appropriate  General  Education  Requirements. 


86 


Gen  Ed  note:  Chemistry  courses  satisfy  the 
Natural  Science  and  Technology  require- 
ment. Those  marked  S  below  are  appropri- 
ate for  non-science/engineering  majors. 

Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  Courses 


CHM  100  four  administrative  credits* 
Preparation  for  College  Chemistry 

2  hours  lecture,  1  hour  recitation, 

2  hours  laboratory 

Helps  students  overcome  science,  math- 
ematics, and  reasoning  difficulties  so  that 
they  may  be  successful  in  their  required 
general  chemistry  course.  The  lecture  and 
the  laboratory  are  integrated  to  ensure  that 
students  have  direct  hands-on  experience 
with  most  of  the  abstract  ideas  covered  in 
the  lecture. 

CHM  101  three  credits  S 
General  Chemistry  I 

4  hours  lecture  and  recitation 
Pre-  or  Corequisite:  MTH  101 
An  introduction  to  the  fundamental 
chemical  laws  and  theories  covering 
inorganic  and  organic  chemistry  and 
biochemistry  with  some  descriptive 
chemistry.  For  non-science  majors,  nurses 
and  technologists. 

CHM  102  three  credits  S 
General  Chemistry  II 

4  hours  lecture  and  recitation 
Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  101 
Continuation  of  CHM  101. 

CHM  130  three  credits  S 
Chemistry  and  the  Environment 

3  hours  lecture 

Available  to  anyone  in  the  university,  this 
course  provides  substantial  treatment,  with 
demonstrations,  of  the  chemistry  involved  in 
consumer  concerns  (food  additives, 
medicines,  detergents,  etc.),  air  and  water 
pollution,  elementary  biochemistry,  and  the 
general  question  of  power  generation  and 
utilization  (fuel  cells,  solar  energy  conver- 
sion, nuclear  energy,  etc.).  No  knowledge 
of  chemistry  is  assumed,  but  it  is  hoped  the 
student  will  have  had  high  school  chemistry 
or  its  equivalent. 

CHM  131  three  credits  S 
Environmental  Issues  from  a  Chemical 
Perspective 

3  hours  lecture 

Examines  some  of  the  major  environmental 
problems  facing  society  and  the  knowledge 
of  chemistry  needed  to  comprehend  the 
problem  and  evaluate  possible  solutions. 
The  course  is  available  to  anyone  in  the 
university.  It  will  cover  issues  associated  with 
chemical  industry  such  as  hazardous  waste 


*  Administrative  credits  do  not  count 
towards  the  total  required  for  graduation. 


management  and  pesticide  use  as  well  as 
the  risks  and  benefits  of  living  in  a  chemical 
world. 

CHM  132  three  credits  S 
Chemistry  in  Nutrition  and  Health 

3  hours  lecture 

Nutrition  and  health  issues  facing  people 
today  and  the  chemistry  needed  to 
understand  them.  Topics  to  be  discussed 
include  health  efforts  of  toxic  substances, 
the  science  of  proper  diet,  and  some  of  the 
biochemistry  needed  to  understand  diseases 
such  as  cancer  and  AIDS. 

CHM  151  three  credits  S 
Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I 

4  hours  lecture  and  recitation 
Prerequisites:  High  school  chemistry  and 
algebra;  and  satisfactory  score  on  depart- 
mental placement  examination 
Corequisite:  MTH  131  or  1 1 1 

Physical  and  chemical  principles  pertaining 
to  the  structure  of  chemical  species  and  the 
nature,  extent,  and  rates  of  chemical 
reactions.  The  details  of  stoichiometry, 
energy  changes  associated  with  chemical 
reactions,  atomic  and  molecular  structure, 
chemical  bonding,  and  the  phenomenon  of 
chemical  periodicity  are  emphasized  and 
discussed  in  light  of  modern  scientific 
theories.  For  science  and  engineering 
majors.  Honors  sections  are  offered. 

CHM  152  three  credits  S 
Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  II 

4  hours  lecture  and  recitation 
Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  151 
A  continuation  of  CHM  151 .  The  details  of 
the  behavior  of  solids,  liquids,  &  gases,  the 
types  of  intermolecular  forces,  colligative 
properties,  gaseous  equilibrium,  aqueous 
equilibrium,  thermodynamics,  electrochem- 
istry, kinetics,  and  nuclear  chemistry  are 
emphasized  and  discussed  in  light  of 
modern  scientific  theories.  For  science  and 
engineering  majors.  Honors  sections  are 
offered. 

CHM  153  three  credits  S 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  for 

Engineers 

Combined  lecture/laboratory  format 
Prerequisites:  High  school  chemistry  and 
algebra 

Corequisite:  MTH  1 13  or  1 1 1 
Physical  and  chemical  principles  pertaining  to 
the  structure  of  chemical  species  and  the 
nature,  extent  and  rates  of  chemical 
reactions.  The  details  of  stoichiometry, 
energy  changes  associated  with  chemical 
reactions,  atomic  and  molecular  structure. 


chemical  bonding,  chemical  periodicity,  and 
the  application  to  materials  are  emphasized 
and  explored  in  an  interactive  format. 

CHM  161  one  credit 

Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  High  school  chemistry  (with 
laboratory)  is  strongly  recommended. 
Corequisite:  CHM  151 
An  introduction  to  chemical  laboratory 
techniques  and  methods  with  emphasis  on 
preparation,  purification,  and  identification 
of  compounds,  elemental  analysis,  reaction 
stoichiometry,  chemical  ionization, 
thermochemistry,  spectrophotometric 
techniques,  and  selective  descriptive 
inorganic  chemistry.  Most  experiments 
involve  the  identification  of  unknowns  and 
statistical  analysis  of  data.  The  experiments 
in  CHM  161  parallel  the  topics  covered  in 
CHM  1 51 .  A  written  laboratory  report 
summarizing  the  procedure  and  results  for 
each  experiment  is  required.  For  science  and 
engineering  majors.  Honors  sections  are 
offered. 

CHM  162  one  credit 

Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  II 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  151,  161 
Corequisite:  CHM  152 

A  continuation  of  CHM  161  with  emphasis 
on  molecular  weight  determination 
techniques,  colligative  properties,  qualitative 
analysis,  acid-base  chemistry,  properties  of 
buffer  solutions,  chromatographic  tech- 
niques, kinetics,  solubility  constant 
determination,  and  electrochemistry.  Most 
experiments  involve  the  identification  of 
unknowns  and  statistical  analysis  of  data. 
The  experiments  in  CHM  162  parallel  the 
topics  covered  in  CHM  1 52.  A  written 
laboratory  report  summarizing  the  proce- 
dure and  results  for  each  experiment  is 
required.  For  science  and  engineering 
majors.  Honors  sections  are  offered. 

CHM  165  two  credits 
Introduction  to  Experimentation  I 

2  hours  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 
Pre-  or  Corequisite:  CHM  151 
Corequisite:  MTH  131  or  MTH  111 
Laboratory  for  chemistry  and  textile 
chemistry  majors.  An  introduction  to  the 
basic  techniques,  methods  and  theory  of 
chemical  experimentation,  and  the 
recording,  analysis,  interpretation  and 
reporting  of  experimental  results,  based  on 
qualitative  and  quantitative  chemical 
procedures.  Skills  of  professional  quality, 
needed  to  use  apparatus  for  the  accurate 


87 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


measurement  of  mass,  volume,  color 
intensity,  etc.,  will  be  developed. 

CHM  166  two  credits 

Introduction  to  Experimentation  II 

2  hours  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  165 
Pre-  or  Corequisite:  CHM  1 52 
Continuation  of  CHM  165. 

CHM  167  one  credit 
Introduction  to  Statistics  for  the 
Chemistry  Lab 

2  hours  lecture  and  recitation 
Statistics  at  an  introductory  level  as  applied 
to  experiments  in  a  college  freshman  level 
chemistry  laboratory.  Topics  covered  include 
the  nature  of  distributions  of  data, 
histograms,  basic  statistical  calculations,  the 
normal  distribution,  t-distributions,  statistical 
tests  appropriate  for  small  samples  of  data 
criteria  for  rejection  of  data,  analysis  of  data 
and  reporting  of  result  and  an  introduction 
to  propagation  of  errors.  Credit  cannot  be 
received  for  both  CHM  165  and  CHM  167. 

CHM  172  one  credit 

Introduction  to  Computer  Applications 
for  Chemists 

1  hour  lecture,  1  hour  recitation 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  151,  165 
Corequisites:  CHM  152,  166 
Approaches  to  chemistry  problem-solving 
using  microcomputers.  Spreadsheets  and 
other  commonly-available  applications  will  be 
used  to  study  mathematical  concepts  related 
to  chemistry,  to  solve  problems  on  topics 
from  the  chemistry  majors'  lecture  and  lab 
courses,  and  to  analyze  data  obtained  in  the 
lab.  Students  also  will  be  taught  to  search 
for  chemical  information  on  the  World  Wide 
Web. 

CHM  251  three  credits 
Organic  Chemistry  I 

4  hours  lecture  and  recitation 
Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  152 
A  survey  of  the  chemistry  of  carbon 
compounds  and  introduction  to  the  basic 
principles  of  organic  chemistry. 

CHM  252  three  credits 
Organic  Chemistry  II 

4  hours  lecture  and  recitation 
Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  251 
Continuation  of  CHM  251 . 

CHM  263  one  credit 

Bio-organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

1  hour  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  152,  162 
Corequisite:  CHM  251 


The  synthesis  of  organic  compounds  and  an 
introduction  to  the  organic  methods  of 
separation,  purification  and  identification. 
This  course  is  coordinated  with  CHM  251 
and  is  designed  for  biology  and  medical 
laboratory  science  majors. 

CHM  264  one  credit 

Bio-organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II 

1  hour  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  251,  263 
Corequisite:  CHM  252 
Continuation  of  CHM  263. 

CHM  265  two  credits 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

1  hour  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  1 52, 
166;  or  CHM  162 

The  synthesis  of  organic  compounds  and  an 
introduction  to  the  organic  methods  of 
separation,  purification  and  identification. 
This  course  is  coordinated  with  CHM  251 
and  is  designed  for  chemistry  and  textile 
chemistry  majors. 

CHM  266  two  credits 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II 

1  hour  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  251,  265 
Corequisite:  CHM  252 

Continuation  of  CHM  265. 

CHM  272  four  credits 
Descriptive  Inorganic  Chemistry 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  152,  166 
A  survey  of  the  preparations  and  reactions 
of  selected  representative  elements  and 
transition  metals.  For  each  element  the 
following  points  are  treated:  physical  and 
chemical  properties  of  the  element; 
occurrence  of  the  element  in  nature,  its 
extraction  and  uses;  important  compounds 
and  their  uses,  including  industrial 
processes.  An  introduction  to  transition 
metal  complexes.  An  advanced  treatment  of 
ionic  equilibria  including  precipitation  and 
complex-formation  reactions. 

CHM  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 


CHM  305  three  credits 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  recitation 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  252, 
266,  166;  recommended:  CHM  272 
Introduction  to  chemical  and  instrumental 
analytical  techniques  The  theory  of 
neutralization  reactions  in  aqueous  and 
nonaqueous  systems.  Oxidation-reduction 
and  complex  formation  equilibria.  Basic 
theory  of  electronic  circuitry.  Introduction  to 
electrochemical  methods.  Introduction  to 
chromatographic  and  spectrophotometry 
techniques 

CHM  307  two  credits 
Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis 

1  hour  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  CHM  305 
Laboratory  experimentation  designed  to 
develop  the  techniques  and  illustrate 
applications  of  analytical  procedures  to  the 
solution  of  chemical  problems. 

CHM  315  four  credits 
Physical  Chemistry  I 

4  hours  lecture,  1  hour  recitation 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  152, 
MTH  211,  two  semesters  of  college  physics 
An  introduction  to  the  theoretical  principles 
underlying  chemical  phenomena;  applica- 
tions of  thermodynamics  to  chemical 
phenomena. 

CHM  316  four  credits 
Physical  Chemistry  II 

4  hours  lecture,  1  hour  recitation 
Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  315 
An  introduction  to  quantum  mechanics, 
symmetry,  spectroscopy,  chemical  kinetics 
and  transport  processes. 

CHM  318  two  credits 

Physical  Chemical  Measurements  I 

1  hour  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  305, 
307,  315 

Corequisite:  CHM  316 
Experiments  in  physical  chemistry  designed 
to  test  established  theoretical  principles 
which  have  been  introduced  in  CHM  315 
and  316.  The  experiments  provide  the 
student  with  basic  experience  in  obtaining 
precise  physical  measurements  of  chemical 
interest. 

CHM  319  two  credits 

Physical  Chemical  Measurements  II 

1  hour  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  305, 
307, 316 

Continuation  of  CHM  318. 


88 


Gen  Ed  note:  Chemistry  courses  satisfy  the 
Natural  Science  and  Technology  require- 
ment. Those  marked  S  below  are  appropri- 
ate for  non-science/engineering  majors. 


CHM  350  three  credits  S 
Chemical  Oceanography 

Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  151,  152 
Chemical  oceanography,  with  an  overview 
of  the  interaction  between  marine  chemistry 
and  oceanic  physics,  biology,  and  geology. 
The  fundamental  processes  controlling  the 
distribution  of  chemical  species  in  the  ocean 
will  be  explored  and  implications  for  global 
environmental  change  highlighted. 

CHM  352  three  credits 
Organic  Preparations 

1  hour  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  252,  266 
A  study  of  the  more  intricate  synthetic 
procedures  of  organic  chemistry  including 
use  of  the  literature  for  choice  of  optimum 
methods. 

CHM  355  three  credits 

Aquatic  Environmental  Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  151,  152 
or  permission  of  instructor 
Fundamentals  of  aquatic  environmental 
chemistry.  Topics  include  dissolved  gases 
chelation,  complexation,  role  of  humic 
substances  in  the  aquatic  environment, 
oxidation-reduction  phenomena,  chemical 
speciation,  phase  equilibria  and  chemistry 
related  to  water  pollution  issues. 

CHM  356  three  credits 
Atmospheric/Terrestrial  Environmental 
Chemistry 

Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  355 
Fundamentals  of  atmospheric  and  terrestrial 
environmental  chemistry.  Topics  include 
physical  and  chemical  characteristics  of  the 
atmosphere,  reactions  involving  oxygen, 
nitrogen,  carbon  dioxide,  water  and 
particulates  in  the  atmosphere,  gaseous 
organic  and  inorganic  pollutants.  Additional 
topics  include  fundamentals  of  soil  chemis- 
try, organic  and  inorganic  soil  contaminants 
and  environmental  biochemistry  and 
toxicology. 

CHM  362  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Biochemistry 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  251 
An  introduction  to  the  chemical  properties 
of  compounds  of  biological  interest;  bio- 
energetics  and  enzymology.  A  survey  of  the 
metabolism  of  proteins,  carbohydrates, 
lipids,  nucleic  acids  and  other  bio-sub- 
stances. 

CHM  370  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Chemical  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 


Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  152,315, 
or  EGR  232 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  chemical 
processes,  with  a  special  emphasis  on 
material  and  energy  balances.  Departmental 
elective  for  majors  in  chemistry  and 
mechanical  engineering. 

CHM  401  one-half  credit 
Chemistry  Seminar  I 

1  hour  lecture 

Lectures  on  current  topics  in  chemistry  from 
guest  lecturers  and  students.  Majors  must 
enroll  for  two  semesters  out  of  four  in  the 
junior  and  senior  years. 

CHM  402  one-half  credit 
Chemistry  Seminar  II 

1  hour  lecture 
Continuation  of  CHM  401 . 

CHM  411  three  credits 
Biochemistry  I 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  252, 

recommended  BIO  234 

Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  both 

CHM  362  and  CHM  41 1,  412 

See  description  under  CHM  511. 

CHM  412  three  credits 
Biochemistry  II 

Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  41 1 
See  description  under  CHM  512. 

CHM  414  three  credits 
Biochemistry  Laboratory 

1  hour  lecture,  6  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  264  or 
266;  CHM  41 1 

Pre-  or  Corequisite:  CHM  412 
Recommended:  CHM  305,  307, 
BIO  234,  244 

Basic  biochemical  techniques  and  methods 
including  spectrophotometry,  electrophore- 
sis, chromatography,  ultracentrifugation  and 
radioisotopic  techniques  and  their  applica- 
tion to  amino  acids  and  proteins,  lipids  and 
membranes,  enzymes  and  nucleic  acids. 

CHM  421  three  credits 
Organic  Mechanisms 

Pre-  or  Corequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM 
315 

See  description  under  CHM  52 1 . 

CHM  422  three  credits 

Computer  and  Mathematical  Methods 

in  Physical  Science 

Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  172,  315; 
two  semesters  of  college  physics,  three 
semesters  of  calculus;  or  permission  of 


instructor 

Recommended  corequisite:  CHM  316 
See  description  under  CHM  522. 

CHM  426  three  credits 

Polymer  Synthesis  and  Characterization 

2  hours  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  252, 
315;  recommended,  TEC  410 

See  description  under  CHM  526. 

CHM  431  three  credits 

Principles  of  Inorganic  Chemistry 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
The  application  of  physico-chemical 
principles  to  inorganic  systems.  Discussion  of 
chemistry  of  the  representative  elements 
utilizing  thermodynamic  principles  and  the 
modern  theories  of  bonding  and  structure. 
Introduction  to  coordination  chemistry. 

CHM  432  four  credits 
Organic  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  Organic  and  analytical 
chemistry  with  .grades  of  C-  or  better 
Quantitative  elemental  and  group  determi- 
nation on  a  microscale  followed  by  a  study 
of  the  systematic  identification  of  organic 
compounds.  Extensive  laboratory  work  on 
unknowns  is  required. 

CHM  433  one  credit 

Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  316; 
corequisite:  CHM  431 
Synthetic  and  instrumental  techniques 
currently  used  by  inorganic  chemists, 
including  electrolytic,  inert  atmosphere,  tube 
furnace  and  organometallic  syntheses; 
ultraviolet-visible,  nuclear  magnetic 
resonance,  infrared  and  mass  spectrometry, 
magnetic  susceptibility  determination,  as 
applied  to  a  range  of  inorganic  materials. 

CHM  442  three  credits 
Applied  Spectroscopy 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  252, 
266,  315 

See  description  under  CHM  544. 

CHM  449  three  credits 
Theory  and  Applications  of  One-  and 
Two-Dimensional  Fourier  Transform 
Nuclear  Magnetic  Resonance 

Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  251/252 
and  CHM  315 

See  description  under  CHM  549. 

CHM  491  three  to  six  credits 
Introduction  to  Research  I 


89 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Note:  Some  graduate  courses  may  be  open 
to  undergraduates.  Please  consult  your 
department  chairperson.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


9  to  18  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 
Chemistry  majors  who  are  doing  well  in 
formal  course  work  and  who  have  indicated 
research  potential  are  encouraged  to 
undertake  an  original  investigation  under 
the  direction  of  a  member  of  the  chemistry 
faculty. 

CHM  492  three  to  six  credits 
Introduction  to  Research  II 

9  to  18  hours  laboratory 
Continuation  of  CHM  491 . 

CHM  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Terms  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

CHM  196.  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered.  Terms 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry 

CHM  510  three  credits 
Advanced  Organic  Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
and  CHM  521  with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
A  study  of  mechanisms  and  stereo-chemical 
aspects  of  chemical  reactions  including 
considerations  of  chemical  kinetics  and 
reactivity  in  terms  of  modern  bonding  theory 
and  structural  concepts. 

CHM  511  three  credits 
Biochemistry  I 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  organic  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better;  recommended, 
cell  biology  or  equivalent 
A  comprehensive  study  of  biochemistry 
including  amino  acid  and  protein  chemistry, 
enzymology,  enzyme  kinetics,  bioenergetics, 
metabolism  of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  ammo 
acids,  nucleotides;  biosynthesis  of  nucleic 
acids  and  proteins. 

CHM  512  three  credits 
Biochemistry  II 

Prerequisite:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  51 1 
A  continuation  of  CHM  511. 

CHM  514  three  credits 
Biochemistry  Laboratory 

1  hour  lecture,  6  hours  laboratory 
Basic  biochemical  techniques  and  methods 
including  spectrophotometry,  electrophoresis, 
chromatography,  ultracentrifugation  and 
radioisotopic  techniques  and  their  application 
to  amino  acids  and  proteins,  lipids  and 
membranes,  enzymes  and  nucleic  acids. 

CHM  520  three  credits 
Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  316  and 
CHM  431 

Selected  topics  in  modern  inorganic 
chemistry. 

CHM  521  three  credits 
Organic  Mechanisms 

Prerequisite:  CHM  252.  Prerequisite  or 
Corequisite:  One  semester  of  physical 
chemistry 

The  first  part  of  the  course  provides  a 
background  in  the  various  areas  of  physical 
organic  chemistry  such  as  thermodynamics, 
kinetics,  acid-base  theory,  structure-reactivity 
relationships  and  dipole  moments.  This  is 
followed  by  a  systematic  study  of  reaction 
mechanisms. 


CHM  522  three  credits 

Computer  and  Mathematical  Methods 

in  Physical  Science 

Prerequisites:  One  semester  physical 
chemistry,  two  semesters  of  college  physics, 
three  semesters  of  calculus,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Recommended  Pre-  or  Corequi- 
site: CHM  316,  or  equivalent 
Selected  topics  in  applied  mathematics  and 
computer  science  with  applications  to 
physical  chemistry,  organic  chemistry,  and 
bioinformatics.  Includes  introduction  to 
differential  equations,  linear  algebra, 
computer  programming,  curve  and  surface 
fitting,  numerical  integration,  trajectory 
calculations,  molecular  modeling,  quantum 
chemistry,  computational  molecular  biology, 
and  biological  data  analysis. 

CHM  523  three  credits 
Chemistry  of  the  Mind 

Prerequisite:  CHM  315,  or  equivalent 
Exploration  of  the  states  of  matter  as 
understood  by  mmd  by  considering 
reductionist  and  holistic  approaches. 
Fundamental  assumptions  in  developing 
scientific  principles  are  examined  with 
examples  of  kinetic  theory  of  gases,  ideal 
gas  equation,  and  laws  of  thermodynamics. 
Application  of  thermodynamic  laws  to 
biological  systems  to  model  mind  and  brain 
activities.  Structure,  evolution,  and 
functioning  of  the  nervous  system  and 
neurological  and  metaphysical  understand- 
ing of  mind  and  consciousness  are 
examined. 

CHM  525  three  credits 
Theoretical  Organic  Chemistry 

Prerequisites  or  Corequisites:  One  year  each 
of  organic  and  physical  chemistry 
Molecular  orbital  theory  of  organic 
molecules;  applications  of  molecular  orbital 
theory;  reactivity,  ESR,  Carbon-13  NMR, 
photoelectron  spectroscopy,  etc.;  orbital 
symmetry  in  electrocyclic  reactions, 
cycloadditions,  and  sigmatropic  reactions. 

CHM  526  four  credits 

Polymer  Synthesis  and  Characterization 

Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  252, 
CHM  315;  recommended,  TEC  410 
Laboratory  synthesis  of  polymers  and 
copolymers  by  different  methods  with  an 
emphasis  on  the  practical  aspects  of 
polymer  synthesis.  A  discussion  of  various 
techniques  of  polymer  characterization  in 
terms  of  basic  principles,  experimental 
procedure,  and  interpretation  of  results.  A 
selected  number  of  experiments  will  be 
conducted  on  a  class-project  basis. 


90 


CHM  527  three  credits 

Electronic  Structure  of  Atoms  and 

Molecules 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
Fundamental  quantum  mechanical  principles 
of  electronic  structure.  Angular  momentum, 
the  hydrogen  atom  problem,  helium  ground 
and  excited  states,  electron  spin  and 
antisymmetrization,  many  electron  atoms, 
bonding  theory,  valence  bond  and  molecular 
orbital  theory  of  diatomic  and  polyatomic 
molecules,  applications  of  group  theory  to 
molecular  orbital  calculations,  the  self- 
consistent  field  method. 

CHM  529  three  credits 
Physical  Biochemistry 

Prerequisite:  One  year  each  of  physical 
chemistry  and  biochemistry  with  grades  of 
C-  or  better 

Physico-chemical  principles  governing 
structures  of  biological  macromolecules. 
Topics  include  energetics  and  kinetics  of 
biochemical  processes,  including  binding, 
catalysis,  diffusion/transport,  and  folding/ 
unfolding;  behavior  of  macromolecules  in 
aqueous  medium;  and  application  of 
spectroscopic  methods  in  biochemistry. 

CHM  531  three  credits 
Chemical  Kinetics 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
Principles  and  selected  topics,  including 
analysis  of  reaction  rates,  kinetic  and 
transition  state  theories,  reactions  in  gas  and 
liquid  phases,  ummolecular  reactions,  fast 
reactions,  trajectory  calculations,  ion- 
molecule  reactions,  enzyme  kinetics,  and 
polymer  kinetics. 

CHM  533  three  credits 
Statistical  Methods 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
Introduction  to  the  principles  and  methods 
of  statistical  mechanics.  Classical  and 
quantum  partition  functions  applied  to  the 
calculation  of  thermodynamic  properties. 

CHM  542  three  credits 
Quantum  Chemistry 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
Fundamental  concepts  of  quantum 
mechanics;  wave  properties,  Schrodinger 
equation,  and  operators.  Basic  application  to 
free  particles,  harmonic  oscillator,  hydrogen 
atom.  Perturbation  theory  and  variation 
method.  Applications  to  many-electron 
systems  and  time-dependent  problems. 


CHM  544  three  credits 
Applied  Spectroscopy 

Prerequisites:  One  year  each  of  organic  and 
physical  chemistry  with  grades  of  C-  or 
better 

A  study  of  spectroscopic  methods  of 
determination  of  structure  of  organic 
compounds,  especially  infrared,  ultraviolet, 
visible,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance,  and 
mass  spectrometry,  with  extensive  applica- 
tions to  individual  cases. 

CHM  549  three  credits 

Theory  and  Applications  of  One-  and 

Two-Dimensional  FT-NMR 

Prerequisites:  At  least  a  C-  in  CHM  251/252 
and  31  5,  or  equivalent 
Fundamentals  of  Fourier  Transform  Nuclear 
Magnetic  Resonance  (FT-NMR)  spectros- 
copy, including  one-  and  two-dimensional 
techniques  discussed  from  the  perspective 
of  structural  determination.  Generation  of 
NMR  signals  and  parameter  optimization 
using  a  300  MHz  FT-NMR  spectrometer  will 
complement  the  analysis  of  NMR  signals 
generated  in  situ. 

CHM  550  three  credits 
Special  Topics  in  Chemistry 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
An  advanced  treatment  of  special  topics  in 
chemistry  with  an  emphasis  on  recent 
developments.  The  subject  matter  varies 
from  year  to  year. 

CHM  551  four  credits 
Electroanalytical  Chemistry 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
The  development  of  the  fundamental 
mathematical  relationships  upon  which 
electrochemical  methods  are  based.  The 
interpretation  of  the  kinetics  of  electrode 
reactions  and  the  transfer  of  material  to  and 
from  electrodes  under  various  conditions. 
The  interpretation  of  data  of  direct 
analytical  significance  generated  by  the 
methods  and  techniques  of  modern 
electrochemistry. 

CHM  552  four  credits 
Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  Quantitative  analysis  and  one 
year  of  physical  chemistry  with  grades  of  C- 
or  better 

The  theory  and  practice  of  modern  analysis 
utilizing  optical  and  electrochemical 
instrumentation  in  the  solution  of  chemical 
problems.  Topics  discussed  include 
ultraviolet,  visible,  and  infrared  spectropho- 
tometry, fluonmetry,  flame  emission  and 
atomic  absorption  spectroscopy,  plasma 


emission  spectroscopy,  potentiometry 
utilizing  ion  specific  electrodes,  radiochemis- 
try,  thermoanalytical  methods,  voltammetry 
including  polarography,  amperometry,  and 
coulometry;  liquid  chromatography,  electron 
spectroscopy,  x-ray  fluorescence  analysis, 
and  neutron  activation  analysis. 

CHM  553  three  credits 
Nuclear  and  Radiochemistry 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
Application  of  nuclear  and  radiochemical 
methods.  Topics  include  fundamentals  of 
radioactive  decay,  radiation  safety, 
interaction  of  radiation  with  matter, 
instrument  design  and  function,  radiotrac- 
ers, radioanalytical  methods,  and  related 
non-destructive  methods  for  quantitative 
analysis. 

CHM  554  three  credits 

Group  Theory  and  Spectroscopy 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better,  CHM  272,  or 
equivalent 

Introduction  to  theory  and  its  applications  in 
MO  theory,  spectroscopy,  ligand  field 
theory,  and  molecular  structure. 

CHM  555  three  credits 

Methods  of  Chemical  Separation 

Prerequisites:  Analytical  and  physical 
chemistry  with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
A  survey  and  practice  of  modern  separation 
methods.  Topics  include  liquid,  gas,  thin 
layer  and  ion  exchange  chromatography; 
electrophoresis;  sample  preparation  and 
extraction. 

CHM  556  three  credits 
Theory  of  Magnetic  Resonance  Spectros- 
copy 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better;  quantum 
mechanics  recommended 
Introduction  to  the  theory  of  electron 
paramagnetic  resonance  and  nuclear 
magnetic  resonance;  applications  in  the 
study  of  molecular  structure. 

CHM  560  three  credits 
New  Synthetic  Methods 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  organic  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better;  some  biochem- 
istry recommended 

Survey  of  preparative  methods  in  organic 
chemistry  and  their  application  to  the 
synthesis  of  complex  molecules. 


91 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


CHM  562  three  credits 
Natural  Products 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  organic  chemistry 
with  grades  of  C-  or  better 
Isolation,  structure  elucidation,  total 
synthesis,  biosynthetic  pathways,  metabo- 
lism, and  physiological  importance  and 
pharmacological  uses  of  natural  products. 

CHM  595  three  credits 
Graduate  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing;  permission 
of  instructor,  graduate  director,  and  college 
dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Terms  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

CHM  596  three  credits 
Graduate  Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing;  permission 
of  instructor,  graduate  director,  and  college 
dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered.  Terms 
and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Terms  and  hours 
to  be  arranged. 

CHM  600  three  to  nine  credits  per  term 
Thesis  Research 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 
Original  chemical  research  and  preparation 
of  thesis.  Required  for  Plan  A  master's 
degree.  Graded  P/F. 

CHM  610  two  to  five  credits  per  term 
Project  Research 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 
Original  chemical  research,  required  for  Plan 
B  master's  degree.  Written  project  report 
required.  Graded  P/F. 

CHM  620  two  to  five  credits  per  term 
Library  Research 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 
Survey  of  a  particular  topic  in  the  chemical 
literature.  Written  final  summary  report 
required.  Graded  P/F. 

CHM  650  one  credit 
Graduate  Seminar 

Lectures  on  current  topics  in  chemistry  from 
guest  lecturers  and  students.  The  graduate 
student  will  present  a  total  of  two  seminars, 
one  of  which  will  be  the  thesis  seminar. 
Each  graduate  student  is  required  to  enroll 
in  this  course  for  each  semester  in  resi- 
dence. This  course  will  not  count  toward 
the  30  credits  of  course  work  and  research 
required  for  the  degree. 

92 


Economics 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest  Economics  Major 

BA  Degree 


A  major  in  Economics  provides  students 
with  a  unique  blend  of  the  perspective 
gained  from  a  liberal  arts  education  and  the 
practical  skills  necessary  for  intelligent 
decision-making  and  administration  in 
business  and  government.  In  addition  to 
providing  a  sound  theoretical  foundation  in 
economic  theory  and  economic  statistics, 
the  economics  major  introduces  students  to 
a  variety  of  applied  fields  which  focus  on 
international,  national,  and  regional 
economic  problems,  issues,  and  policies. 
Class  sizes  in  major  courses  are  relatively 
small,  and  there  is  much  opportunity  for 
direct  contact  and  interaction  with  faculty. 

Economics  is  the  science  of  decision- 
making. Students  of  economics  learn  to 
identify  and  analyze  the  costs  and  benefits 
of  financial  and  social  decisions.  Skills  in 
cost-benefit  analysis,  the  core  of  econo- 
mists' training,  are  widely  applicable  and 
highly  valued  in  current  job  markets. 

Graduates  of  the  economics  program  are 
prepared  for  and  have  been  employed  in 
finance,  insurance,  real  estate  (for  example 
as  real  estate  appraisers,  stock  brokers, 
credit  analysts,  loan  officers,  research 
analysts);  management  positions  in 
business;  economic  journalism;  high  school 
teaching,  public  policy  and  government 
employment  (federal,  state,  local). 

Opportunities  for  further  education  include 
law  school  (JD  Degree);  graduate  business 
school  (MBA  degree);  MS  degrees  in 
accounting,  business,  or  finance;  master's 
degree  in  public  policy;  master's  degree  and 
PhD  in  economics. 


David  E.  Berger  labor  economics,  regional 
economics 

Lewis  Dars  micro-  and  macroeconomics, 
econometrics 

Daniel  L.  Georgianna  marine  resource 
economics,  history  of  economic  thought 

William  Hogan  (chairperson)  economic 
statistics  &  econometrics,  macroeconomics, 
demography 

Robert  Jones  economics  of  health  and 
medicine,  public  finance,  microeconomics, 
econometrics 

Joy  Ongardanunkul  industrial  organiza- 
tion, antitrust,  regulation,  microeconomics, 
economic  statistics 

Ronald  Shadbegian  public  economics, 
state  and  local  public  finance,  environmental 
economics,  microeconomics,  econometrics 

Sonia  Walgreen  economics  of  aging, 
economic  development,  urban  economics 


Students  who  wish  to  pursue  a  professional 
career  in  economics  should  plan  to  attend 
graduate  school.  For  admission  to  graduate 
programs  in  Economics  students  should 
follow  the  curriculum  of  the  honors  major  in 
economics  and  should  discuss  their  plans 
with  faculty  advisors. 

To  transfer  to  the  economics  major,  a 
student  already  enrolled  at  UMass 
Dartmouth  in  another  major  (or  unde- 
clared) must  first  complete  ECO  231, 
Principles  of  Microeconomics,  and  ECO 
232,  Principles  of  Macroeconomics,  and 
receive  a  grade  point  average  of  2.5  or 
higher  in  these  two  courses,  and  have  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  2.0  or  higher.  (For 
example  a  B  and  a  C  yield  a  GPA  of  2.5.) 


93 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Requirements 


Honors  Major  in 
Economics 


ECO  100  One  100-level  course  (optional)* 

Introductory  level  major  requirements 

ECO  231,  232       Principles  of  Micro,  Macro 

Core  major  requirements 

ECO  301 ,  311        Intermediate  Micro,  Macro 
ECO  332  Economic  Statistics 

Upper-level  electives 

ECO  1 5  credits  of  300-  or  400-level  courses* 

Research  course  requirements 

ECO  Two  400-level  courses** 


Credits 
0-3 


15 


Honors  Major  requirements  are  the  same  as 
specified  for  the  regular  Economics  major, 
except  that 

ECO  333,  Econometrics,  and  ECO  498, 
Honors  Thesis,  must  be  included  as  6  of  the 
credits  among  the  Upper-level  electives; 

and 

Students  must  achieve  a  minimum  cumula- 
tive grade  point  average  of  3.200  in  courses 
required  for  the  Economics  Honors  major. 


Total  36 


*  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  a  100-level  Economics  course  during  their  freshman  or 
sophomore  years.  However,  Economics  majors  may  not  take  any  100-level  Economics  course 
for  credit  toward  the  major  after  completing  any  300-  or  400-level  Economics  course.  In  this 
case,  an  additional  300-level  or  400-level  course  is  required,  for  a  total  of  1 5  credits  at  the 
300-  or  400-level.  In  either  case,  a  total  of  36  credits  is  required  in  Economics  courses. 

**  Research  courses  require  a  major  research  paper.  All  400-level  courses  in  Economics 
require  a  major  research  paper.  Under  some  circumstances,  students  may  be  allowed  to  use 
a  300-level  course  toward  this  requirement  if  the  course  includes  a  requirement  of  a  major 
research  paper.  Please  see  the  Department  Chair  if  you  have  questions 

Students  must  achieve  a  minimum  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.000  in  courses 
required  for  the  Economics  major. 


Economics  Minor 


Departmental  General  Education  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Economics  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled  General  Education 
requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Economics  majors  are  required  to  complete  both  ECO  231,  Principles  of  Microeco- 
nomics, and  ECO  232,  Principles  of  Macroeconomics.  Each  of  these  courses  satisfies  the  Gen 
Ed  requirement  in  Area  E. 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Economics  majors  are  required  to  compete  ECO  332,  Economic  Statistics  to 
satisfy  the  Gen  Ed  Area  I,  Tier  2  requirement  for  Economics. 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Students  should  select  a  course  from  the  published  list  of  available  courses 
that  satisfies  this  requirement.  Several  ECO  courses  have  been  authorized  to  satisfy  this  Gen  Ed 
requirement. 

Area  O:  Students  should  select  a  course  from  the  published  list  of  available  courses  that  satisfy 
this  requirement.  Several  ECO  courses  have  been  authorized  to  satisfy  this  Gen  Ed  require- 
ment. 


A  minor  in  economics  may  be  elected  by  a 
student  majoring  in  any  other  field.  Any 
degree  candidate  who  has  between  54  and 
84  credits,  with  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  2.0  and  with  a  2.5  grade  point 
average  in  his  or  her  major,  may  request 
admission  to  the  minor.  Before  being 
admitted  to  the  economics  minor,  student 
must  obtain  approval  of  the  Economics 
Department  chairperson. 

Eighteen  credit  hours  are  required  and  must 
include  the  following  courses: 
ECO  231,  232,  and  either  301  or  311 
(9  credits).  The  remaining  9  credits  must  be 
selected  from  courses  in  economics 
numbered  ECO  300  or  higher.  Independent 
study,  directed  study,  or  experiential 
learning  may  not  be  applied  toward  the 
minor.  Students  must  have,  at  the  time  of 
graduation,  an  average  of  at  least  2.5  in  all 
courses  taken  in  economics  to  qualify  for 
the  minor. 


94 


Economics  Courses 


ECO  101  three  credits  E,  G 
Contemporary  Issues  in  Economics 

Basic  economics  concepts  are  used  to 
analyze  issues  of  social  responsibility  at 
global  and  domestic  levels.  Topics  such  as 
national  health,  aging  and  care  of  the 
elderly,  economics  of  professional  sports, 
pollution,  governmental  control  of  prices, 
inflation  unemployment,  the  national  debt, 
and  economic  growth  are  covered. 

ECO  103  three  credits  D,  E,  O 
Cities,  Minorities,  and  Poverty 

Review  and  analysis  of  major  social 
problems  faced  by  cities;  emphasis  on 
origin,  causes  and  possible  solutions  for 
poverty  and  minority  problems.  Cross-listed 
as  AAS  103,  LST  103,  and  WMS  103. 

ECO  105  three  credits 
Economic  Development 

The  meaning  of  economic  development.  The 
interaction  of  economic,  social  and  cultural 
forces  in  development.  Widely  different  time 
periods  will  be  considered. 

ECO  107  three  credits 
Economics  of  Pollution 

Basic  economic  analysis  of  pollution  control. 
A  growing  concern  of  policy-makers  is  how 
to  achieve  both  economic  growth  and  a 
cleaner  environment.  We  will  examine  issues 
such  as  how  the  EPA  sets  ambient  air  quality 
standards  and  how  we  can  achieve  those 
standards  in  a  cost-effective  way. 

ECO  111  three  credits  D,  E,  O 
Jobs  and  Discrimination 

Basic  analysis  of  problems  of  economic 
growth,  job  creation,  and  unemployment; 
structure  of  work  and  jobs  will  be  explored, 
along  with  current  issues  surrounding  the 
government's  impact  on  inflation,  taxation, 
and  economic  planning.  Cross-listed  as  LST 
1 1 1  and  WMS  111. 

ECO  231  three  credits  E,  G 
Principles  of  Microeconomics 

Prerequisites:  none 

Survey  of  the  American  economy  focusing  on 
markets,  the  price  system,  and  resource 
allocation.  Price  determination  in  competitive 
and  imperfectly-competitive  markets. 
Applications  in  agricultural  economics,  legal 
prices,  excise  taxes,  labor  market  issues, 
advertising,  technological  change,  pollution 
and  the  environment,  public  goods,  antitrust 
policy,  international  trade,  and  alternative 
economic  systems. 

ECO  232  three  credits  E,  G 
Principles  of  Macroeconomics 


Prerequisites:  None.  This  course  may  be  taken 
before  ECO  231. 

Survey  of  introductory  macroeconomics  with 
focus  on  economic  growth,  unemployment, 
and  inflation.  Topics  covered  include  national 
income  accounting,  inflation,  unemployment, 
fiscal  policy,  money,  the  banking  system,  and 
monetary  policy  are  covered.  Balance  of 
payments  and  currency  exchange  rate  issues 
are  analyzed. 

ECO  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Graded 
CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences.  In  this  depart- 
ment, students  may  receive  credit  only  for 
experiences  in  which  they  do  not  receive  pay 
for  the  same  work. 

ECO  301  three  credits 
Intermediate  Microeconomics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Contemporary  intermediate  treatment  of 
microeconomic  theory,  applications,  and 
price  policy.  Covers  the  theory  of  price 
determination,  resource  allocation,  income 
distribution,  and  welfare  economics.  Perfectly 
competitive  markets  and  models  of  imperfect 
competition  are  covered.  Theory  is  integrated 
with  public  policy  questions. 

ECO  311  three  credits 
Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission  of 
instructor 

A  one-semester  course  in  contemporary 
intermediate  macro  theory.  Covers  issues  in 
economic  growth,  unemployment,  and 
inflation.  Develops  and  contrasts  the  New 
Classical  (equilibrium)  and  Neo-Keynesian 
(disequilibrium)  models  in  the  aggregate 
demand/aggregate  supply  framework  for 
both  closed  and  open  economies.  Policy 
implications  of  each  model  are  discussed. 
Introduces  students  to  sources  of  macroeco- 
nomic  data. 

ECO  321  three  credits 
Comparative  Economic  Systems 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
Comparisons  in  terms  of  structure  and 
performance  between  different  types  of 
market  economies,  ranging  from  smaller  to 


larger  public  sectors,  market  socialist 
economies,  and  mixed  economies.  The  case 
study  method  is  used,  taking  examples  from 
the  economies  of  the  European  Union, 
export-oriented  Asian  economies,  and  less 
developed  African  and  South  American 
economies. 

ECO  331  three  credits 

Economics  of  Developing  Countries 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
A  study  of  economic  development  in  Third 
World  nations.  Emphasis  is  on  the  analysis 
of  critical  development  problems  from  a 
combined  theoretical,  empirical,  and  policy- 
oriented  perspective.  The  course  will  also 
explore  the  historical,  political,  social,  and 
economic  roots  of  underdevelopment  and 
the  future  of  the  world  economy  in  an  age 
of  increasing  interdependence. 

ECO  332  three  credits 
Economic  Statistics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232,  and  3  credits  of 
MTH;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  data  and  statistical  methods 
used  in  economics.  Descriptive  statistics, 
probability  distributions,  sampling,  estima- 
tion, confidence  intervals,  hypothesis  testing, 
correlation,  and  regression  including  multiple 
regression  are  covered.  Applications  in 
economics  with  current  economic  data  are 
emphasized. 

ECO  333  three  credits 
Econometrics 

Prerequisite:  ECO  332;  or  permission  of 
instructoi 

Introduction  to  econometrics  including 
development  of  basic  techniques  of  bivariate 
and  multivariate  linear  regression  analysis, 
use  of  lagged  variable  and  dummy  variables 
in  model  building;  problems  of 
multicollinearity,  autocorrelation  and 
heteroscedasticity. 

ECO  335  three  credits 
Resource  Economics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

The  economics  of  renewable  and  non- 
renewable, common  and  private  resources. 
The  focus  of  this  course  will  be  comparison 
between  markets  and  planning  in  the  use  of 
resources;  the  international  distribution  and 
use  of  resources  will  also  be  covered. 

ECO  337  three  credits 
Environmental  Economics 

Prerequisite:  ECO  231 

This  course  will  study  the  fascinating  and 

growing  field  of  environmental  and  natural 


95 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


resource  economics.  All  the  topics  covered 
(e.g.,  property  rights  and  externalities, 
regulation  and  pollution  control)  will  be 
examined  as  part  of  the  general  focus  on 
the  problem  of  economic  growth  in  the 
presence  of  limited  environmental  and 
natural  resources.  We  will  employ  the  tools 
from  'basic'  microeconomic  theory  to  study 
the  relationship  between  the  economy  and 
the  natural  environment. 

ECO  338  three  credits 
Health  Economics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
Methodologies  used  by  economists  to  study 
the  economics  of  health.  Topics  covered 
include  market  for  health  care,  demand  for 
insurance,  demography  and  health,  and 
cross-national  comparisons  of  medical  care 
systems. 

ECO  342  three  credits 
Labor  Economics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

The  labor  force.  Wages  in  competitive  and 
non-competitive  markets.  Wage  structures. 
Inequalities  and  discrimination.  Impacts  of 
unions  and  social  standards.  Indexation, 
inflation  and  unemployment.  Cross-listed  as 
LST  342. 

ECO  343  three  credits  E,  G 

The  Economics  of  Sex  and  Race 

Discrimination 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

The  theory  of  labor  markets  and  the 
problem  of  discrimination.  Current  problems 
facing  women  and  minorities  will  be 
examined.  Existing  programs  and  trends  will 
be  explored.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  343,  LST 
343,  and  WMS  344. 

ECO  344  three  credits 
Work,  Jobs,  and  Income 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Study  of  changes  in  the  labor  force,  the 
impact  of  labor  market  processes  and  how 
they  effect  work  motivation,  job  perfor- 
mance and  income  distribution.  Formerly 
ECO  453,  and  may  not  be  repeated  under 
this  new  number.  Cross-listed  as  LST  344 
and  WMS  344 

ECO  345  three  credits 

Education,  Work,  and  Discrimination 

Prerequisite:  Any  100  or  200  level  econom- 
ics course;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Examination  of  the  economic  and  social 
issues  associated  with  education  and 


training  which  include  productivity, 
employment,  wages,  and  income  distribu- 
tion. Includes  topics  on  testing,  discrimina- 
tion, poverty,  and  taxation.  Cross-listed  as 
LST  345  and  WMS  345. 

ECO  355  three  credits 
Antitrust  Law  and  Economics 

Prerequisite:  ECO  231 

The  main  antitrust  laws  and  the  rich  variety 
of  court  decisions  that  have  influenced 
decades  of  economic  activity.  The  argu- 
ments of  the  plaintiffs  and  prosecution  are 
discussed  and  evaluated  as  well  as  the 
majority  and  minority  opinions  of  the  Court. 
Economic  analysis  is  employed  to  view  the 
economic  motives  of  the  firms  involved. 
Students  learn  about  monopolization  cases 
from  the  famous  ALCOA  case  (1945)  to  the 
Microsoft  antitrust  case.  Precedent-setting 
cases  involving  "price  fixing,"  exchange  of 
price  information,  exclusive  dealing,  tying 
contracts,  price  discrimination  and  mergers 
are  analyzed 

ECO  362  three  credits 
Monetary  Theory  and  Policy 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
Structure  of  the  American  monetary  and 
banking  system.  Monetary  theory  is 
developed  and  monetary  policies  are 
considered. 

ECO  366  three  credits 
Economics  of  Aging 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Economic  issues  associated  with  "growing 
older"  as  well  as  issues  and  policies  related 
to  "being  older",  including  the  economic 
status  of  the  elderly,  economic  implications, 
of  paid  work  or  retirement,  the  economic 
impact  of  social  security,  health  care  needs, 
and  costs.  Cross-listed  as  GRT  366. 

ECO  371  three  credits 
International  Trade 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
Examination  of  international  trade  theory 
and  policy.  The  course  develops  the 
theoretical  framework  for  analyzing  the 
potential  gains  from,  direction  of,  and 
distributional  effects  of  international  trade 
as  well  as  the  potential  impacts  of  tariffs 
and  other  policies  affecting  trade.  Among 
other  topics,  the  course  will  examine  free 
trade  versus  protectionism,  governmental 
promotion  of  competitiveness  and  the 
growing  importance  of  trading  blocs. 

ECO  372  three  credits 
International  Finance 


Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
Examination  of  international  monetary 
theory  and  policy.  The  course  develops  the 
basic  analytical  tools  for  analyzing  monetary 
relations  among  nations.  The  causes  and 
effects  of  foreign  exchange  rate  changes  are 
explored.  Macroeconomic  interdependence 
among  nations  and  its  implications  for  policy 
are  examined.  The  pros  and  cons  of 
alternative  international  monetary  systems 
are  compared. 

ECO  401  three  credits 
Industrial  Organization 
and  Antitrust  Policy 

Prerequisite:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Development  of  antitrust  policy  in  the  U.S. 
Discussion  of  tying  arrangements,  vertical 
integration,  price  discrimination,  market 
structure  and  technological  innovation, 
diversification,  mergers,  and  patents. 
Theoretical  and  empirical  discussion  of 
barriers  to  new  competition  in  American 
industries. 

ECO  402  three  credits 
Economics  of  Regulation 

Prerequisite:  ECO  231,  232 
The  impact  of  state  and  federal  government 
economic  and  social  regulation  on  industrial 
economics.  Topics  include  economic 
regulation  of  the  financial  sector  and  natural 
monopoly  situations  (electric  power,  natural 
gas,  and  local  telephone  service);  common 
resource  problems — broadcasting;  social 
regulation  of  health,  safety,  and  the 
environment;  and  deregulation  of  transpor- 
tation industries. 

ECO  416  three  credits 
History  of  Economic  Thought 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
The  development  of  economic  thought  with 
emphasis  on  the  period  beginning  with 
Adam  Smith  and  ending  with  J.M.  Keynes. 
Methodological  issues  in  economics  are  also 
considered,  and  questions  concerning  the 
current  status  and  the  future  directions  of 
the  profession  are  addressed.  Cross-listed  as 
LST  416. 

ECO  417  three  credits  E,  O,  W 
Economics  and  Population  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232  if  economics 
major;  or  permission  of  instructor 
The  measurement  and  behavior  of  the  major 
demographic  variables,  fertility,  mortality, 
and  migration,  and  their  role  in  determining 
the  growth  and  age  distributions  of 
populations.  Applications  include  historical 
demography,  the  relation  of  population 


96 


growth  to  economic  development,  urban 
concentration  and  crowding,  environmental 
deterioration,  the  aging  of  populations,  and 
zero  population  growth.  Population  policy 
and  prospects  for  both  the  near  future  and 
the  longer  run  are  also  considered.  Students 
at  the  junior  or  senior  level  in  majors  other 
than  economics  are  encouraged  to  consider 
this  multidisciplinary  course  even  though 
they  may  not  have  taken  ECO  231  and  ECO 
232. 

ECO  441  three  credits 
Public  Economics  I 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232,  301;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
First  of  a  two  semester  inquiry  into  the  role 
of  government  in  a  market  economy.  Topics 
include  economic  efficiency  and  the  public 
interest,  rationale  for  government  interven- 
tion in  the  private  sector  and  an  economic 
model  of  the  democratic  process. 

ECO  442  three  credits 
Public  Economics  II 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232,  301,  441;  or 
permission  of  instructor. 
Concerns  itself  with  the  economic  and 
behavioral  effects  of  government's  spending 
tax  policies.  Topics  include  the  effect  of  tax 
policy  on  private  investment,  saving  and 
labor  supply,  as  well  as  other  issues  related 
to  the  effects  of  different  government 
economic  policies. 

ECO  443  three  credits 

State  and  Local  Public  Economics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231  and  upper-class 
standing 

Explores  the  major  economic  decisions  of 
subnational  governments — taxation  and 
expenditures — and  how  these  decisions 
affect  the  allocation  of  private  resources. 
Specifically,  the  course  focuses  on  the 
constraints  imposed  on  state  and  local 
governments  that  are  not  placed  on  the 
federal  government. 

ECO  452  three  credits 
Labor  and  Regional  Growth 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Review  of  labor  market  problems  and 
programs  in  growing  and  depressed 
regions,  with  special  emphasis  on  New 
England.  Attention  focused  on  the  impact 
of  education,  training  and  government 
manpower  programs.  Cross  listed  as  LST 
452. 


ECO  461  three  credits 
Urban  Economics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

An  examination  of  the  economics  of  urban 
areas,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  location 
decision  of  individuals,  firms,  and  industries. 
Urban  problems  and  public  policy  decision- 
making are  covered. 

ECO  472  three  credits 
Coastal  Resource  Economics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

An  examination  of  the  economic,  public 
policy  and  regulatory  issues  affecting  coastal 
zone  resources.  The  focus  will  be  on  specific 
case  studies  with  an  emphasis  on  examining 
policy  and  environmental  issues.  Students 
will  be  involved  in  projects  on  specific  cases. 

ECO  492  three  credits 
Senior  Seminar 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232,  and  a  300  or 
400  level  Economics  course.  Permission  of 
instructor  required  if  prerequisites  are  not 
met. 

In-depth  coverage  of  an  economic  topic  of 
contemporary  interest;  research  paper 
required. 

ECO  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

ECO  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


ECO  498  three  credits 
Honors  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Junior  or  Senior  Economics 
Majors  enrolled  in  the  Economics  Honors 
Major,  and  permission  of  instructor. 
Research  and  preparation  of  an  honors  thesis 
in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for 
the  Economics  Honors  Major.  May  be  taken 
for  credit  more  than  once,  up  to  total  6 
credits. 


97 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Education 


The  Education  Department  is  committed  to 
the  preparation  of  educators  who  have  a 
sensitivity  toward  multicultural  issues,  an 
awareness  of  the  particular  concerns  of 
urban  education,  knowledge  of  the  unique 
needs  and  styles  of  individual  learners,  and 
a  conscious  knowledge  of  the  role  of 
schools  in  promoting  social  justice  in  the 
21s'  Century.  Our  mission  is  to  deliver 
clearly  defined  teacher  preparation 
programs  at  the  undergraduate,  post 
baccalaureate,  and  graduate  levels.  In 
addition  to  a  rigorous  preparation  in 
subject-matter  fields,  teacher  candidates 
develop  their  ability  to  apply  pedagogical 
theory  to  practice  and  reflect  on  the 
complexities  inherent  in  their  craft. 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Trina  Crowley  (director  of  teacher 
certification)  science  education,  curricu- 
lum development,  physical  education, 
public  school  K-12  administration 

Anne  Foley  literacy,  curriculum  design, 
instructional  development,  reading 
comprehension,  professional  development, 
special  education,  program  evaluation, 
teaching  English  as  a  second  language, 
school  library  media 

Cynthia  Kruger  middle  and  secondary 
education,  curriculum  development, 
methodology,  social  studies,  reading, 
inclusive  education 


Elementary,  Middle,  and  Secondary 
Initial  Licensure  Programs 


Initial  License  Program,  Route  One 

The  Education  Department  offers  a 
sequence  of  courses  at  the  undergraduate 
level  in  preparation  for  the  initial  teaching 
license.  All  interested  undergraduates 
should  meet  with  a  member  of  the 
Education  Department  early  in  their 
academic  career  to  apply  to  the  program 
and  to  develop  their  plan  of  study.  To 
prepare  for  an  initial  license  at  the 
elementary,  middle,  and  high  school  levels. 
Route  One  students  complete  their 
academic  major  requirements,  a  sequence 
of  education  courses  that  include 
prepractica  in  local  area  schools,  and  one 
full  semester  of  student  teaching  Students 
pursuing  Route  One  need  to  complete 
specific  Arts  and  Sciences  coursework  and 
pass  the  required  state  tests  for  their 
specific  teacher  license. 

Initial  License  Program,  Route  Two 
Post  Baccalaureate 

Teacher  candidates  who  already  hold  an 
undergraduate  degree  from  an  accredited 
four  year  institution  may  earn  an  initial 
license  by  following  a  sequence  of  courses 
at  the  post  baccalaureate  level  m  prepara- 
tion for  the  initial  teaching  license.  To 
prepare  for  an  initial  license  at  the 
elementary,  middle,  and  high  school  levels. 
Route  Two  students  must  successfully  pass 
state  tests  and  complete  the  sequence  of 
education  courses  The  Post-Baccalaureate 
program  includes  content  courses  that 
require  prepracticum  assignments  in  local 
area  schools  and  one  full  semester  of 
student  teaching.  For  those  already 
teaching,  a  supervised  internship  may  be 
arranged. 


Art  Education  and  Music 

See  the  sections  elsewhere  in  this  catalogue  for  information  about  admission  to  and 
progression  in  these  programs. 

Contacts:  Marie  Nelson,  Director  of  Music  Education  (508  999-8568) 

Arlene  Mollo,  Chairperson,  Art  Education  Department  (508  999-8548) 


98 


Initial  Licensure  Programs 


Admission,  Progression,  and  Licensure 


Route  One: 

Undergraduate  Initial  License 

Elementary  Education  Teacher  (1-6) 
Teacher  of  Biology  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  English  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Foreign  Languages-French  (5-12) 
Teacher  of  Foreign  Languages-Portuguese 
(5-12) 

Teacher  of  Foreign  Languages-Spanish 
(5-12) 

Teacher  of  History  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Mathematics  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Music:  Vocal/  Instrumental/ 

General  (ALL  levels) 
Teacher  of  Political  Science  /Political 

Philosophy  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Physics  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Visual  Art  (PreK-8)  (5-12) 


Requirements  for  admission  to  the  teacher  preparation  program 

•  Submit  a  completed  application  and  transcript  with  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.75  or  higher 

•  Be  formally  accepted  into  an  appropriate  UMass  Dartmouth  degree  program  or  possess 
a  BA  or  BS  degree 

•  Participate  in  a  preliminary  advising  interview  with  a  member  of  the  Education  Depart- 
ment 

•  Have  received  a  passing  score  on  the  Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  Test  (CLST-01 ) 
of  the  Massachusetts  Test  of  Educator  Licensure  (MTEL) 

•  Route  Two  candidates  must  possess  a  BS  or  BA  degree  and  have  passed  all  required 
MTEL  tests,  including  the  MTEL  Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  Test  and  the 
appropriate  MTEL  Content  Knowledge  test,  before  acceptance  into  the  program. 


Route  Two: 

Post-Baccalaureate  Program  Initial  License 

Elementary  Education  Teacher  (1-6) 
Teacher  of  Biology  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  English  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Foreign  Languages-French  (5-12) 
Teacher  of  Foreign  Languages-Portuguese 
(5-12) 

Teacher  of  Foreign  Languages-Spanish 
(5-12) 

Teacher  of  History  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Mathematics  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Political  Science  /Political 

Philosophy  (5-8)  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Physics  (8-12) 
Teacher  of  Visual  Art  (PreK-8)  (5-12) 


Note:  The  above  programs  are  offered  by 
departments  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  with  the  following  exceptions. 
The  College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 
offers  Teacher  of  Visual  Art  licensure 
through  academic  programs  at  both 
bachelor's  and  master's  levels  and  Teacher 
of  Music  licensure  through  an  option  in  the 
Music  BA  program.  Teacher  of  Physics 
licensure  is  offered  through  the  Department 
of  Physics  in  the  College  of  Engineering. 


99 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Elementary  Education  Initial  License,  Undergraduate  Students — Route  One 

Admission  to  the  program  requires  passing  the  MTEL  Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  tests  and  meeting  other  entrance  requirements.  The 
undergraduate  Elementary  Initial  Licensing  Teacher  Preparation  Program  may  require  four  and  a  half  to  five  years  to  complete. 


Requirements  for  the  initial  license  program 

Prerequisites 

Credits 

EDU  207 

Teaching  as  a  Profession 

3 

MTH  108 

Mathematics  for  Elementary  Teachers 

3 

PSY  201 

Child  Psychology 

PSY  101 

3 

EDU  303 

Science  for  Elementary  Teachers 

3 

EDU  220 

Teaching  Reading 

EDU  207;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  304 

Language  Arts 

EDU  207,  220;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  327 

Integrated  Instructional  Planning  K-12 

EDU  207;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  329 

Integrated  Content  Methods  Elementary 

EDU  207,  220,  303,  304,  327;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  347 

Teaching  and  Managing  Inclusive  Classrooms  K-12 

EDU  207;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  414 

Elementary  Practicum 

Passing  score  on  MTEL: 

Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  (01) 
Elementary  Content  (06) 
Foundations  of  Reading  (90) 

12 

EDU  416 

Elementary  Seminar 

Passing  score  on  MTEL: 

Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  (01) 
Elementary  Content  (06) 
Foundations  of  Reading  (90) 

3 

Cumulative  GPA  2.75 

Passing  above  courses,  B-  or  better 

Completion  of  a  Professional  Capstone  Portfolio 

Total  42 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements  students  must  choose  electives  (at  least  36  credits)  in  composition;  American  literature;  world 
literature,  including  British  Literature;  U.S.  history  from  colonial  times  to  the  present;  world  history,  including  European  history,  from  ancient 
times  to  the  present;  geography;  economics;  U.S.  government  including  founding  documents;  child  development;  science  laboratory  work; 
and  appropriate  mathematics  and  science  coursework.  Some  of  this  coursework  might  also  count  toward  the  required  arts  or  sciences  major 
or  general  education  requirements.  (These  subjects  are  emphasized  in  the  state  curriculum  frameworks  for  grades  1-6  and  will  be  included  in 
the  content  portion  of  the  MTEL.) 

Please  note:  Program  requirements  will  be  revised  to  reflect  on-going  developments  in  state  regulations  and  educational  reform. 


100 


Elementary  Education  Initial  License,  Post  Baccalaureate  Students — Route  Two 

Admission  to  the  program  requires  possession  of  an  appropriate  bachelor's  degree,  passing  the  MTEL  Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  and 
the  appropriate  MTEL  Content  Area  tests,  and  meeting  other  entrance  requirements. 


Requirements  for  the  initial  license  program 

Prerequisites 

Credits 

EDU  207 

Teaching  as  a  Profession 

3 

MTH  108 

Mathematics  for  Elementary  Teachers 

3 

PSY  201 

Child  Psychology 

PSY  101 

3 

EDU  303 

Science  for  Elementary  Teachers 

3 

EDU  520 

Teaching  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School 

EDU  207;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  504 

Language  Arts 

EDU  207,  520;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  527 

Integrated  Instructional  Planning  K-12 

FDI 1  ~)(Y7'  ^HrnK^inn  tn  nrnnr^m 

LUU  £-\J  1  ,  Q\Ji  \  \  \  \jj\\J\  \    L  vJ  U  1  \J  \  j  1  u  1  1  1 

3 

EDU  529 

Integrated  Content  Methods  Elementary 

EDU  207,  520,  503,  504,  527;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  547 

Teaching  and  Managing  Inclusive  Classrooms  K-12 

EDU  207;  admission  to  program 

3 

EDU  514 

Elementary  Practicum 

Passing  score  on  MTEL: 

Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  (01) 
Elementary  Content  (06) 
Foundations  of  Reading  (90) 

12 

EDU  516 

Elementary  Seminar 

Passing  score  on  MTEL: 

Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  (01) 
Elementary  Content  (06) 
Foundations  of  Reading  (90) 

3 

Cumulative  GPA  2.75 

Passing  above  courses,  B-  or  better 

Completion  of  a  Professional  Capstone  Portfolio 

Total 

42 

Please  note:  Program  requirements  will  be  revised  to  reflect  on-going  developments  in  state  regulations  and  educational  reform.  The  above 
courses  may  not  be  applied  to  the  MAT  degree. 


101 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Middle/Secondary  School  Education  Licensure,  Undergraduate  Students — Route  One 

Admission  to  the  program  requires  passing  the  MTEL  Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  tests  and  meeting  other  entrance  requirements 


Requirements  for  initial  license  program 

EDU  207       Teaching  as  a  Profession 
Adolescent  Psychology 

Reading  in  the  Content  Areas,  Middle/Secondary 
Contemporary  Middle  and  High  school  Education 
Integrated  Instructional  Planning  K-12 
Teaching  and  Managing  Inclusive  Classrooms,  K-12 


PSY  215 
EDU  325 
EDU  326 
EDU  327 
EDU  347 
XXX  xxx 


EDU  415 
EDU  417 


One  Content  Pedagogy/Methods  Course 

(One  methods  course  in  all  majors,  except  that  Spanish 

and  French  require  three  methods  courses — FLL  322, 

FLL  324,  FLL  326,  and  Portuguese  two  methods 

courses,  POR  321/521  and  one  of  the 

above  FLL  courses. 

Middle/Secondary  Practicum 

Middle/Secondary  Workshop 


Cumulative  GPA  2.75 

Passing  above  courses,  B-  or  better 

Completion  of  a  Professional  Capstone  Portfolio 


Prerequisites 

PSY  101 

EDU  207;  admission  to  program 
EDU  207;  admission  to  program 
EDU  207;  admission  to  program 
EDU  207;  admission  to  program 


MTEL  Content  area 
MTEL  Content  area 


Credits 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


12 
3 


Total 


36 


Please  note:  Program  requirements  will  be  revised  to  reflect  on-going  developments  in  state  regulations  and  educational  reform. 


102 


Middle/Secondary  School  Education  Licensure,  Post  Baccalaureate  Students — Route  Two 

Admission  to  the  program  requires  possession  of  an  appropriate  bachelor's  degree,  passing  both  the  Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  Test 
and  appropriate  content  knowledge  test  (MTEL),  and  meeting  other  entrance  requirements. 


Requirements  for  initial  license  program 

EDU  207       Teaching  as  a  Profession 
Adolescent  Psychology 

Reading  in  the  Content  Areas,  Middle/Secondary 
Contemporary  Middle  and  High  School  Education 
Integrated  Instructional  Planning  K-12 
Teaching  and  Managing  Inclusive  Classrooms  K-12 


Prerequisites 


PSY  215 
EDU  525 
EDU  526 
EDU  527 
EDU  547 
XXX  xxx 


EDU  515 
EDU  517 


One  Content  Pedagogy/Methods  Course 

(One  methods  course  in  all  majors,  except  that  Spanish 

and  French  require  three  methods  courses — FLL  322, 

FLL  324,  FLL  326,  and  Portuguese  two  methods 

courses,  POR  321/521  and  one  of  the 

above  FLL  courses. 

Middle/Secondary  Practicum 

Middle/Secondary  Workshop 


Cumulative  GPA  2.75 

Passing  above  courses,  B-  or  better 

Completion  of  a  Professional  Capstone  Portfolio 


PSY  101 

EDU  207;  admission  to  program 
EDU  207;  admission  to  program 
EDU  207;  admission  to  program 
EDU  207;  admission  to  program 


MTEL  Content  area 
MTEL  Content  area 


Credits 

3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 
3 


12 
3 


Total 


36 


Please  note:  Program  requirements  will  be  revised  to  reflect  on-going  developments  in  state  regulations  and  educational  reform.  The  above 
courses  may  not  be  applied  to  the  MAT  degree. 


103 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Education  Courses 


EDU  201  three  credits 
Philosophy  of  Education 

An  introduction  to  major  issues  and 
problems  in  philosophy  of  education. 
Examination  is  undertaken  of  some  of  the 
traditional  areas  of  philosophical  concern 
and  their  relevance  to  the  teacher-learning 
process. 

EDU  205  three  credits 

Human  Development  and  Learning 

A  study  of  central  development  tendencies 
and  stages  as  these  underlie  the  unfolding 
of  human  potentialities.  Consideration  will 
be  given  to  those  conditions  and  factors 
which  influence  learning  and  forgetting.  The 
nature  of  intelligence,  the  nature  of 
learning,  and  the  meaning  of  personality  will 
be  examined  in  the  context  of  the  teacher- 
learning  process.  This  course  meets  the 
Massachusetts  Office  for  Children  require- 
ments for  day  care  center  certification,  OFC 
Category  A,  Child  Growth  and  Develop- 
ment. 

EDU  207  three  credits 
Teaching  as  a  Profession 

Includes  15  hours  pre-practicum 
Introduces  students  considering  education 
as  a  career  to  the  real  world  of  teaching 
through  an  in-depth,  candid  analysis  of  the 
teaching  profession  today.  This  interactive 
course  explores  the  challenges  and  rewards 
of  teaching,  studies  the  history,  philosophy, 
sociology,  and  politics  of  American 
education,  and  focus  on  the  major 
educational  issues,  trends,  and  reform 
movements.  Students  complete  15  pre- 
practicum  hours  in  a  service  learning 
experience  involving  intensive  tutoring  of  a 
student  at  the  grade  level  they  hope  to 
teach  and  10  hours  of  observation  of 
teachers  in  classrooms.  Students  study 
theoretical  aspects  of  cooperative  learning 
and  constructivism  and  practice  them  first 
hand  through  discussion  groups  and  work 
teams. 

EDU  220  three  credits 

Teaching  Reading  in  Elementary  Schools 

Includes  20  hours  pre-practicum 
The  nature  of  literacy,  its  development,  and 
its  application  in  a  diverse  society.  The 
course  explores,  through  a  variety  of  per- 
spectives, how  to  teach  reading  and  writing 
considering  the  lives  and  needs  of  children. 
Theory  and  application  are  linked  to  provide 
future  teachers  with  the  skills  necessary  to 
assist  their  students  in  finding  vital  meaning 
and  uses  in  their  lives  for  these  and  all  other 
forms  of  communication.  Offered  at  the 
post-baccalaureate  level  as  EDU  520. 


EDU  273  variable  credits 
Non-Traditional  Prior  Learning 

Students  prepare  a  portfolio  to  document 
non-traditional  prior  learning,  for  review  by 
department(s)  in  consideration  of  award  of 
credit. 

EDU  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

EDU  303  three  credits 

Science  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Includes  20  hours  pre-practicum 
A  content/methods  course  designed  to 
integrate  four  important  aspects  of 
teaching  science  in  the  elementary  school: 
becoming  a  reflective  practitioner,  gaining 
knowledge  of  oneself  as  a  learner  of 
science,  gaining  knowledge  of  oneself  as  a 
teacher  of  science,  and  gaining  knowledge 
of  children.  This  course  prepares  one  to 
craft  a  science  teaching  practice  that 
reflects  current  science  educational 
research,  philosophies,  and  methodologies. 

EDU  304  three  credits 
Language  Arts 

Includes  20  hours  pre-practicum 
Prerequisites:  EDU  207,  220;  acceptance  to 
the  teacher  preparation  program 
Builds  upon  the  process  of  learning  to  read 
and  write  developed  in  EDU  220/520  and 
shifts  the  focus  toward  how  teachers 
deepen  children's  understanding  of  reading 
and  writing,  to  support  and  engage 
children  in  using  reading  and  writing  in  the 
content  areas.  The  course  examines  current 
research,  methods,  strategies,  and  best 
practices.  Offered  at  the  post-baccalaureate 
level  as  EDU  504. 

EDU  325  three  credits 

Reading  in  the  Content  Areas:  Middle 

and  Secondary 

Prerequisite:  EDU  207;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Includes  20  hours  pre-practicum 
Examination  of  the  field  of  reading  and 
how  to  incorporate  the  development  of 
reading  and  comprehension  skills  into 
content  areas  in  meaningful  ways.  This 
course  is  developed  for  students  who  are 


preparing  to  become  teachers  in  content 
areas  in  middle  and  secondary  schools. 
Previously  offered  as  EDU  315  Offered  at 
the  post-baccalaureate  level  as  EDU  525 

EDU  326  three  credits 

Contemporary  Middle  and  High  School 

Education 

Includes  25  hours  pre-practicum 
Prerequisite:  EDU  207;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Equity,  diversity,  motivation,  alternative 
assessment,  multicultural  education,  and 
the  social  problems  of  adolescents.  The 
course  covers  provisions  for  the  inclusion  of 
special-needs  students,  as  mandated  by 
state  and  federal  legislation,  and  addresses 
outcome-based  education  and  open-ended 
assessment.  Extensive  reading  assignments, 
written  reporting,  action  research  varied 
assessments,  and  a  demonstration  project 
will  prepare  future  teachers  to  meet 
exacting  certification  requirements  and 
gain  teaching  competencies.  Offered  at  the 
post-baccalaureate  level  as  EDU  526. 

EDU  327  three  credits 

Integrated  Instructional  Planning,  K-12 

Includes  20  hours  pre-practicum 
Prerequisite.  EDU  207;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Generic/integrated  approach  to  classroom 
curriculum  and  pedagogy  for  prospective 
teachers  at  all  levels  and  disciplines. 
Particular  attention  is  paid  to  learning  plans 
that  respond  to  diversity,  learning  needs, 
and  learning  styles  of  all  students,  including 
unit  and  lesson  construction,  varied 
learning  strategies,  material  construction, 
audio-visual,  technology,  and  classroom 
evaluation  Offered  at  the  post-baccalaure- 
ate level  as  EDU  527. 

EDU  329  three  credits 
Integrated  Content  Methods, 
Elementary 

Includes  30  hours  pre-practicum 
Prerequisites:  EDU  207,  220,  327,  303,  304; 
EDU  329  may  be  taken  concurrently  if 
approved  by  department;  acceptance  into 
the  teacher  preparation  program 
Teaching  of  content  areas  in  the  elementary 
classroom  in  meaningful  ways  that  help 
students  construct  their  own  understand- 
ings. This  course  uses  a  variety  of  activities 
to  help  prospective  teachers  become 
prepared  for  teaching  the  content  areas  in 
ways  that  engage  their  students  creatively. 
Students  integrate  the  information  and  skills 
gained  in  reading  and  language  arts  courses 
with  content  areas  of  mathematics,  science, 
and  social  studies  Using  course  readings 


104 


and  field  experiences,  students  develop 
material  and  design  curriculum  units  based 
on  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  Massachu- 
setts Curriculum  Frameworks.  Offered  at 
the  post-baccalaureate  level  as  EDU  529. 

EDU  330  three  credits 

Teaching  Methods  and  Materials  in 

Managing  Business  Education 

Prerequisite:  EDU  207  or  equivalent 
Basic  methods  and  materials  that  relate  to 
the  instruction  of  business  education. 
Particular  emphasis  will  be  devoted  to 
teaching  and  developing  alternative 
curricula  designs  and  resource  units  in  a 
variety  of  business  subjects. 

EDU  347  three  credits 

Teaching  and  Managing  Inclusive 

Classrooms,  K-12 

Prerequisite:  EDU  207;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Inclusive  education  viewed  from  historical, 
legal,  and  practical  perspectives  for  the 
inclusive  classroom.  Organizational 
restructuring,  philosophical  implication, 
educational  diversity,  goal  setting,  curricu- 
lum modification,  diverse  content  instruc- 
tional models,  and  alternative  assessment 
prepare  the  future  teacher  for  effective 
responses  to  differing  student  learning 
styles,  rates,  and  needs.  Research  into  the 
literature,  development  of  an  IEP,  curricu- 
lum and  lesson  planning,  material  develop- 
ment, and  classroom  management  provide 
essential  professional  skills  for  the  K-12 
inclusionary-classroom  teacher.  Offered  at 
the  post-baccalaureate  level  as  EDU  547. 

EDU  350  three  credits 
Educational  Research 

Prerequisite:  Acceptance  to  the  teacher 
preparation  program  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Prepares  students  to  evaluate  work 
conducted  in  the  area  of  educational 
research.  Both  quantitative  and  qualitative 
education  research  are  investigated. 

EDU  353  three  credits 
Education:  Administration  and 
Supervision 

Prerequisite:  Acceptance  to  the  teacher 
preparation  program 
General  introduction  to  contemporary 
practices  and  policies  in  educational 
administration  and  supervision.  Instruction 
is  by  lecture,  case  studies,  and  student 
reports.  Topics  covered  include  curriculum 
planning  and  design,  staff  organizations 
and  relationships,  and  student  and 
community  relationships. 


EDU  370  three  credits 
Urban  Education 

Prerequisite:  Acceptance  to  the  teacher 
preparation  program  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Designed  to  offer  a  broad  focus  on  the 
urban  student  as  contrasted  with  his/her 
rural/suburban  counterpart.  Current 
educational  problems  with  historical 
perspectives  speak  to  reform  and  change  in 
urban  schools  and  community  settings. 

EDU  376  three  credits 

Using  Educational  Technology  in 

Educational  Settings 

Prerequisite:  Familiarity  with  personal 
computing  and  word  processing  and 
acceptance  to  the  teacher  preparation 
program;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Exploration  of  educational  technology  as  a 
tool  to  support  teaching  and  learning  at 
elementary  and  secondary  levels.  Computer 
software,  CD  ROM  and  laser  disk  applica- 
tions, educational  telecommunications,  and 
network  resources  are  examined. 

EDU  409  three  credits 
Sociology  of  Education 

Prerequisite:  Acceptance  to  the  teacher 
preparation  program  or  permission  of 
instructor 

A  study  of  social  processes  underlying 
education.  Major  areas  covered  include  the 
current  social  forces  affecting  education,  the 
place  of  the  school  in  American  culture,  the 
impact  of  social  stratification  on  education, 
and  the  role  of  the  teacher  in  a  period  of 
rapid  social  change. 

EDU  410  three  credits 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

Prerequisite:  Acceptance  to  the  teacher 
preparation  program  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Assists  the  student  in  evaluating  educational 
tests  and  measurements  conducted  in  the 
area  of  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics. 
Concepts  such  as  central  tendency, 
correlation,  regression,  variability,  T-test, 
analysis  of  variance,  Chi-square,  and 
hypothesis  testing  are  presented  in  depth. 

EDU  414  twelve  credits 
Practicum  (Elementary) 

Prerequisites:  All  program  coursework 
completed  with  B-  or  better  in  each  course; 
2  75  GPA;  and  passing  score  on  the 
Elementary  Content  Area  and  Foundations 
of  Reading  tests  of  the  MTEL 
Corequisite:  EDU  416 
A  fifteen-week  full-time  classroom  experi- 
ence under  the  direction  of  university  faculty 


and  cooperating  classroom  teachers. 
Offered  at  the  Post-baccalaureate  level  as 
EDU  514. 

EDU  415  twelve  credits 

Practicum  (Middle  and  Secondary) 

Prerequisites:  All  program  coursework 
completed  with  B-  or  better  in  each  course; 
2.75  GPA;  and  passing  score  on  the 
appropriate  Content  Area  of  the  MTEL 
Corequisite:  EDU  417 
A  fifteen-week  full-time  classroom  experi- 
ence under  the  direction  of  university  faculty 
and  cooperating  classroom  teachers. 
Offered  at  the  Post-baccalaureate  level  as 
EDU  515. 

EDU  416  three  credits 
Seminar,  Elementary 

Corequisite:  EDU  414 
Small  group  meetings,  workshops,  and 
discussions  with  university  faculty  and  other 
key  school  personnel  about  critical  incidents 
and  issues  arising  from  and  related  to  the 
student  teachers'  actual  teaching  experi- 
ences. Offered  at  the  Post-baccalaureate 
level  as  EDU  516. 

EDU  417  three  credits 

Seminar,  Middle  and  Secondary 

Corequisite:  EDU  415 
Small  group  meetings,  workshops,  and 
discussions  with  university  faculty  and  other 
key  school  personnel  about  critical  incidents 
and  issues  arising  from  and  related  to  the 
student  teachers'  actual  teaching  experi- 
ences. Offered  at  the  Post-baccalaureate 
level  as  EDU  517. 

EDU  451  three  credits 

Contemporary  Issues  and  Challenges 

Prerequisite:  Acceptance  to  the  teacher 
preparation  program  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Contemporary  problems  such  as  drugs, 
violence,  sexism,  and  racism,  in  relation  to 
the  school  setting.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  451 
when  the  subject  is  related  to  that  minor. 

EDU  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Individual  study  of  additional  areas  needed 
for  teacher  certification,  including  methods 
in  specific  disciplines,  reading,  etc.  Terms 
and  hours  will  be  arranged.  Confer  with 
appropriate  members  of  the  Education 
Department. 

EDU  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 


105 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Confer  with  Department  Chairperson  and 
Director  of  Teacher  Certification. 

Post-Baccalaureate  Courses  for 
Initial  License 

EDU  504  three  credits 
Language  Arts 

Includes  20  hours  prepracticum 
Prerequisite:  EDU  207,  EDU  520;  acceptance 
to  the  teacher  preparation  program 
Same  as  EDU  304  except  that  graduate  level 
students  attend  a  series  of  three  seminars 
and  complete  assignments  additional  to 
those  required  of  undergraduates. 

EDU  520  three  credits 

Teaching  Reading  in  Elementary  Schools 

Includes  20  hours  prepracticum 
Prerequisite:  EDU  207;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Same  as  EDU  220  except  that  graduate  level 
students  attend  a  series  of  three  seminars 
and  complete  assignments  additional  to 
those  required  of  undergraduates. 

EDU  525  three  credits 

Reading  in  the  Content  Areas:  Middle 

and  Secondary 

Includes  20  hours  prepracticum 
Prerequisite:  EDU  207,  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Same  as  EDU  325  except  that  graduate  level 
students  attend  a  series  of  three  seminars 
and  complete  assignments  additional  to 
those  required  of  undergraduates. 

EDU  526  three  credits 

Contemporary  Middle  and  High  School 

Education 

Includes  25  hours  prepracticum 
Prerequisite:  EDU  207;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Same  as  EDU  326  except  that  graduate  level 
students  attend  a  series  of  three  seminars 
and  complete  assignments  additional  to 
those  required  of  undergraduates. 

EDU  527  three  credits 

Integrated  Instructional  Planning,  K-12 

Includes  20  hours  prepracticum 
Prerequisite:  EDU  207;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Same  as  EDU  327  except  that  graduate  level 


students  attend  a  series  of  three  seminars 
and  complete  assignments  additional  to 
those  required  of  undergraduates. 

EDU  529  three  credits 
Integrated  Content  Methods, 
Elementary 

Includes  30  hours  prepracticum 
Prerequisites:  EDU  207,  303,  504,  520,  527; 
EDU  529  may  be  taken  concurrently  if 
approved  by  department;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Same  as  EDU  329  except  that  graduate  level 
students  attend  a  series  of  three  seminars 
and  complete  assignments  additional  to 
those  required  of  undergraduates. 

EDU  547  three  credits 

Teaching  and  Managing  Inclusive 

Classrooms,  K-12 

Prerequisite:  EDU  207;  acceptance  to  the 
teacher  preparation  program 
Same  as  EDU  347  except  that  graduate  level 
students  attend  a  series  of  three  seminars 
and  complete  assignments  additional  to 
those  required  of  undergraduates. 

EDU  514  three  credits 
Practicum,  Elementary 

400  hours  supervised  student  teaching 
Prerequisites:  EDU  504,  520,  527,  547,  BIO 
600,  content  methods  course  (or  Music 
Education  course  sequence);  and  passing 
score  on  the  Elementary  Content  Area  of 
the  MTEL 

Corequisite:  EDU  516 
A  fifteen-week  full-time  classroom  experi- 
ence under  the  direction  of  university  faculty 
and  cooperating  classroom  teachers. 

EDU  515  three  credits 

Practicum,  Middle  and  Secondary 

400  hours  supervised  student  teaching 
Prerequisites:  EDU  525,  527,  547,  content 
methods  course  (or  Music  Education  course 
sequence);  and  passing  score  on  the 
appropriate  Content  Area  of  the  MTEL 
Corequisite:  EDU  517 
A  fifteen-week  full-time  classroom  experi- 
ence under  the  direction  of  university  faculty 
and  cooperating  classroom  teachers. 

EDU  516  three  credits 
Seminar,  Elementary 

Corequisite:  EDU  514 
Small  group  meetings,  workshops,  and 
discussions  with  university  faculty  and  other 
key  school  personnel  about  critical  incidents 
and  issues  arising  from  and  related  to  the 
interns'  actual  teaching  experiences. 

EDU  517  three  credits 


Seminar,  Middle  and  Secondary 

Corequisite:  EDU  515 
Small  group  meetings,  workshops,  and 
discussions  with  university  faculty  and  other 
key  school  personnel  about  critical  incidents 
and  issues  arising  from  and  related  to  the 
interns'  actual  teaching  experiences. 

Graduate  Education  Courses  for  the 
Masters  of  Art  in  Teaching 

EDU  551  three  credits 

Contemporary  Issues  and  Challenges 

A  variable-topics  course  for  education  topics 
of  current  interest.  Recently  offered  topics 
include  authentic  assessment,  leadership 
mentoring,  and  teaching  and  learning 
intuition. 

EDU  610  three  credits 
Developmental  Language  Arts 

Surveys  methods  of  teaching  the  language 
arts  which  take  into  consideration  elemen- 
tary and  middle  school  students'  needs  and 
abilities. 

EDU  611  three  credits 
Developmental  Reading 

A  study  of  the  cultural,  social  and  psycho- 
linguistic  principles,  strategies  and  practices 
underlying  reading  and  learning  to  read. 

EDU  612  three  credits 

Teaching  Writing  in  the  Elementary  and 

Middle  School 

A  developmental^  appropriate  model  to 
provide  participants  with  the  theory,  the 
tools,  and  the  support  to  create  a  writing 
program  in  their  classrooms. 

EDU  613  three  credits 

Literature  for  the  Elementary  and 

Middle  School  Child 

Introduces  methods  of  bringing  literature  to 
children  grades  K-8. 

EDU  615  three  credits 

Current  Trends  in  the  Teaching  of  Social 

Studies  in  Elementary  and  Middle 

Schools 

Social  studies  as  a  tool  to  help  young  people 
develop  the  ability  to  make  informed 
decisions  for  the  public  good  as  citizens  of  a 
culturally  diverse,  democratic  society  in  an 
independent  world. 

EDU  625  /  FLL  625  three  credits 
Alternative  Assessment  and  The 
National  Standards  in  Foreign  Language 
Education 

A  critical  examination  of  recent  theory  and 


106 


Complete  program  descriptions  are  available 
in  the  Graduate  Catalogue. 


practice  concerning  the  role  of  assessment  completion  of  a  research  proposal  for  a 
in  foreign  language  curricula.  Thesis  Research  Project. 


EDU  662  three  credits 

The  Newspaper  as  a  Tool  for 

Reading  Instruction 

Analysis  of  basic  reading  skills  (comprehen- 
sion, vocabulary  development)  and  transfer 
of  these  basic  skills  to  content  area  reading. 
Identification  of  specific  reading  needs, 
correlation  of  reading  instruction  with  a 
student  need  assessments,  and  the 
development  of  reading  material  reflecting 
reading  skills  and  student  needs  are  also 
addressed  through  the  use  of  the  newspa- 
per as  a  tool  in  reading  instruction.  This 
reading  course  is  designed  for  teachers  in 
grades  K-1 2. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  Core 
Courses 

These  courses  may  be  taught  by  faculty 
from  various  departments  in  the  College. 
Full  course  descriptions  are  available  in  the 
Graduate  Catalogue. 

MAT  601  three  credits 

Curriculum  Design  and  Implementation 

Prerequisite:  MAT  enrollment  or  permission 
of  instructor 

A  study  of  curriculum  dimensions,  concepts, 
design,  and  products  for  varied  student 
populations  and  school  settings.  This  course 
focuses  on  curriculum  planning  on 
multicultural  and  multisector  levels,  research 
of  curriculum  development,  and  the  study  of 
curriculum  issues,  trends,  and  innovations. 

MAT  603  three  credits 
Foundations  of  Education 

Prerequisite:  MAT  enrollment  or  permission 
of  instructor 

A  study  of  insights  which  various  disciplines 
can  offer  to  the  discussion  of  major 
educational  issues,  policies,  and  trends.  The 
disciplines  of  philosophy,  psychology, 
sociology,  and  history  will  provide  the 
intellectual  foundation  designed  to  develop 
an  awareness  of  and  critical  disposition  to 
pressing  educational  concerns. 

MAT  605  three  credits 
Effective  Research  Methods 

Prerequisite:  MAT  603 
The  techniques  and  criteria  for  understand- 
ing and  conducting  research  in  education 
with  emphasis  on  action  research.  Topics 
include  research  strategies,  secondary 
literature  review,  research  design,  data 
collection,  research  techniques,  and  the 


MAT  606  three  credits 
Thesis  Research  Project 

Prerequisite:  MAT  605  or  equivalent 
Researching  an  applied,  experimental,  or 
theoretical  problem  in  education  with  an 
emphasis  on  action  research,  its  application 
to  K-1 2  teaching  and  learning,  and  the 
professional  development  of  the  researcher. 
The  research  will  lead  to  a  Thesis  Research 
Report  which  requires  approval  by  the 
candidate's  Thesis  Research  Project 
Committee  for  the  awarding  of  an  MAT 
degree. 

MAT  609  three  credits 

Effective  Instruction — Research  Based 

Models 

Prerequisite:  MAT  enrollment  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Translating  the  results  of  research  into 
practical,  usable,  and  theoretically  sound 
strategies  that  teachers  can  use  in  today's 
diverse  classrooms. 


Other  Graduate  MAT  Courses 

MAT  650  one  to  four  credits  (usually  three) 
Seminar:  Contemporary  Issues  in 
Teaching  and  Education 

An  investigation  of  current  issues  in 
education.  The  seminar  will  bring  together 
area  teachers  and  administrators,  faculty, 
and  invited  experts  across  grade-level 
divisions,  but  on  some  occasions,  sessions 
may  be  held  covering  topics  that  will  be 
considered  for  a  particular  grade  level.  May 
be  repeated  with  change  of  content. 

MAT  699  three  credits 
Graduate  Thesis 

Prerequisites:  MAT  candidacy  and  MAT  605 
or  equivalent 

Thesis  research  and  writing.  Submission  of 
formal  thesis  is  required  for  awarding  of 
credit.  Graded  P/F. 


Interdisciplinary  Courses  for  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching 

MAT  650  one  to  four  credits  (usually  three) 
Seminar:  Contemporary  Issues  in 
Teaching  and  Education 

An  investigation  of  current  issues  in 
education.  The  seminar  will  bring  together 
area  teachers  and  administrators,  faculty, 
and  invited  experts  across  grade-level 
divisions,  but  on  some  occasions,  sessions 
may  be  held  covering  topics  that  will  be 
considered  for  a  particular  grade  level.  May 
be  repeated  with  change  of  content. 

MAT  695  three  credits 
Internship 

A  fifteen  week  full-time  classroom 
experience  under  the  mentoring  of 
university  faculty  and  cooperating 
classroom  teachers 

SCI  501  three  credits 

Teaching  Life  Science  and  laboratory 

Techniques 

Prerequisite:  MAT  enrollment  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Life  science  concepts  and  laboratory  skills 
that  relate  to  the  instruction  of  middle  and 
secondary  education.  Particular  emphasis  is 
devoted  to  the  application  of  infused 
technology  and  science  in  unit  develop- 
ment and  lesson  plans. 

SCI  503  three  credits 
Marine  Science  for  Teachers 

Prerequisite:  MAT  enrollment  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Marine  science  for  teachers,  in  application 
to  the  local  environment.  This  is  a 
classroom/  field-based  science  course  for 
general  science  teachers  that  will  link 
specific  learning  standards  from  the 
Massachusetts  State  Frameworks  to  the 
local  environment.  Sample  MCAS  questions 
from  fifth,  eighth,  and  tenth  grade  science 
and  technology  examinations  will  be 
analyzed. 

SCI  504  three  credits 

Teaching  Middle  School  Physical 

Science 

Prerequisite:  MAT  enrollment  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Major  science  concepts  for  middle  school. 
This  course  covers  instructional 
methodology  with  content-rich  material  and 
will  link  physical  science  topics  and  key 
concepts  to  specific  learning  standards  and 
sample  MCAS  questions. 


107 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


English 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


In  scheduling  its  courses,  the  English 
Department  recognizes  its  obligations  to  its 
English  majors — a  group  that  includes  those 
who  intend  to  go  on  to  graduate  study, 
those  who  Intend  to  enter  the  teaching 
profession,  and  those  who  plan  careers  in 
such  areas  as  public  relations,  editorial 
work,  journalism,  technical  and  professional 
writing,  creative  writing,  personnel  work, 
and  the  like.  The  department  also  recog- 
nizes its  obligations  to  non-English  majors — 
those  students  who  elect  English  courses  in 
order  to  gain  some  acquaintance  with  the 
rich  cultural  heritage  that  English,  Ameri- 
can, and  comparative  literature  provide,  and 
those  who,  through  advanced  courses  in 
writing,  wish  to  improve  their  powers  of 
communication. 

In  addition,  the  department  provides  a  first 
year  English  program  that  includes 
introductory  composition  courses  (ENL  101, 
102),  testing  and  evaluation  of  writing 
ability  of  incoming  students,  English-as-a- 
second  language  instruction,  and  profes- 
sional communications  courses  for  the 
students  in  business,  technology,  engineer- 
ing, and  computer  science  programs. 

English  majors  are  offered  a  choice  of  three 
options:  the  literature  option,  the  writing/ 
communications  option  and  the  drama/film 
studies  option,  each  leading  to  a  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degree.  These  options  reflect  the 
department's  conviction  that  perceptive 
reading,  effective  writing,  and  clear  thinking 
are  interconnected. 

The  English  department  also  offers  a 
graduate  program  leading  to  a  Master  of 
Arts  degree  in  professional  writing  designed 
to  give  students  a  background  in  rhetorical 
and  communication  theories  and  the 
advanced  skills  necessary  for  professional 
jobs  in  business,  government,  media, 
teaching,  industry,  or  publishing. 


Jerry  Blitefield  composition,  creative 
writing 

James  Bobrick  modern  poetry,  Renaissance 
literature,  children's  literature,  fantasy 

Janet  Gardner  dramatic  literature, 
computers  and  literary  study 

Louise  A.  Habicht  (director  of  university 
honors  programs)  American  literature, 
regional  literature,  multicultural  American 
literature 

Stanley  Harrison  rhetoric,  professional 
writing,  advanced  computer  applications 

Everett  H.  Hoagland  African-American 
literature,  African  and  West  Indian  literature, 
creative  writing  (poetry) 

Catherine  Houser  literary  nonfiction, 
creative  writing  (fiction),  professional  writing 

Barbara  R.  Jacobskind  American  literature, 
women's  literature 

Joan  Kellerman  ESL,  creative  writing 
(poetry),  comedy,  literature  and  psychology 

John  M.  Lannon  composition,  professional 

writing 

Richard  J.  Larschan  medieval  literature, 
18th-century  British  literature,  satire 

James  E.  Marlow  .19th-century  British 
literature,  theory  of  fiction,  creative  writing 
(fiction  and  drama) 

William  Nelles  critical  theory,  medieval 
literature 

Morgan  Peters  drama  and  theater 
production,  video  production 

Peter  Owens  journalism,  editing,  research 
methods,  computers  and  writing,  creative 
writing  (fiction) 

Jeannette  E.  Riley  women's  literature, 
feminist  theory,  American  literature 

Alan  R.  Rosen  Victorian  poetry  and  poetics, 
Modern  British  and  American  fiction, 
research  methods,  scriptwritmg 

Lulu  C.  H.  Sun  rhetoric  and  composition, 
English  education,  English  romantic 
literature 


Judy  Schaaf  19th  century  American 
literature.  Medieval  English  literature, 
literature  of  the  environment 

Edwin  J.  Thompson  (chairperson) 

comedy,  film,  post  World  War  II  fiction 

Linus  Travers  restoration-18th-century 
British  literature,  drama,  comic  literature, 
grants  writing 

John  Luther  Wallin  rhetoric,  ethics  in 
professional  writing,  environmental  writing, 
documentary  writing,  science  journalism 

Robert  P.  Waxier  romanticism,  Jewish 
studies,  professional  writing,  communication 
theory 

Charles  W.  White  III  American  literature, 
film 


108 


English  Major 

BA  degree 


To  receive  a  degree  with  a  major  in  English, 
students  must  demonstrate  their  ability  to 
read  intelligently  and  perceptively  in  such 
genres  as  fiction,  poetry,  and  drama,  in 
works  of  literary  criticism  and  literary 
history,  and  in  works  dealing  with  the 
nature  of  language  itself.  Candidates  must 
also  demonstrate  the  ability  to  write 
effectively,  to  use  a  library  efficiently  and 
honestly,  to  deal  critically  with  generaliza- 
tions about  historical  periods  and  genres, 
and  to  handle  a  variety  of  critical  questions 
with  some  maturity. 

The  English  department  offers  three  options 
within  the  major:  the  literature  option,  the 
writing/communications  option,  and  the 
drama/film  studies  option.  Each  student 
selects  one  of  these  options. 

Writing/communication  candidates  must 
demonstrate  their  ability  to  analyze 
rhetorical  problems  while  composing 
effective,  well-formulated  documents  for 
specified  audiences  and  to  create  docu- 
ments using  appropriate  computer  software. 

Students  who  select  the  drama/film  studies 
option  will  master  analytical  approaches  to 
and  historical  development  of  dramatic 
literature  and  film  as  well  as  their  relation- 
ship to  the  development  of  other  genres.  In 
addition,  they  will  learn  to  create  effective 
written  work  in  the  form  of  reviews,  critical 
essays,  and  stage  or  screen  plays.  Although 
this  option  will  concentrate  on  courses  in 
literature  and  writing,  students  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  theater  and/or 
film  production  and  to  arrange  an  appropri- 
ate off-campus  applied  internship. 


English  Major 

Literature  Option 


Credits 

Requirements 

ENL  300,  302 

Survey  of  British  Literature  I  and  II 

c 
D 

ENL  303 

Survey  of  American  Literature  I 

3 

ENL  319 

Shakespeare 

3 

ENL  236 

Ancient  World  to  the  Renaissance 

3 

ENL  260* 

Intermediate  Composition 

3 

One  of 

the  following: 

ENL  305,  307,  308,  318,  321 

3 

Three  literature  courses  at  the  300-level 

9 

One  400-level  literature  seminar 

3 

Three  additional  English  courses 

9 

Total 

42 

*  a  prerequisite  for  any  300-level  writing  course 

English  Major 

Writing/Communication  Option 

Credits 

Requirements 

ENL  300, 302 

Survey  of  British  Literature  I  and  II 

6 

ENL  303 

Survey  of  American  Literature  I 

3 

ENL  319 

Shakespeare 

3 

ENL 236 

Ancient  World  to  the  Renaissance 

3 

ENL  260* 

Intermediate  Composition 

3 

(must  be  taken  at  UMass  Dartmouth) 

One  of 

the  following: 

ENL  262,  265,  266,  350,  362 

3 

ENL  355 

Rhetorical  Theory  OR 

3 

ENL  356 

Language  and  Culture 

One  400-level  writing/communications  workshop 
(or  approved  600-level  graduate  writing  course) 

Three  additional  writing/communications  courses, 
one  at  the  300-level 


Two  additional  English  courses,  one  a  literature  course 


Total 


a  prerequisite  for  any  300-level  writing  course 


6 
42 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  English  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled  General  Education 
requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Select  a  course  from  the  approved  list 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  361,  368,  369 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  260 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  ENL  265,  266,  270,  271,  272,  363,  or  454 


109 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


English  Major 

Drama/Film  Studies  Option 


ENL  300, 302 
ENL303 
ENL  319 
ENL  236 
ENL 260* 


ENL  253 
ENL  255 

ENL  321 


Survey  of  British  Literature  I  and  II 
Survey  of  American  Literature  I 
Shakespeare 

Ancient  World  to  the  Renaissance 

Intermediate  Composition 

(must  be  taken  at  UMass  Dartmouth) 

Introduction  to  Drama  OR 
Introduction  to  Film 

Golden  Ages  of  Drama 


One  400-level  seminar  in  dramatic  literature  or  film;  or 
writing  workshop  in  drama  or  film  (or  approved 
600-level  graduate  writing  course) 

Two  300-level  drama  or  film  courses 

One  creative  drama  or  film  course 

Two  additional  English  courses,  at  least  one  at  300  level 

Total 

*  a  prerequisite  for  any  300-level  writing  course 


Credits 

6 
3 
3 
3 
3 


3 
3 

6 
3 
6 
42 


English  Minor 

Literature  Option 


Three  of  the  following: 
ENL  300,  302,  303,  304,  236 


Credits 


9 

ENL  319      Shakespeare  3 
Three  additional  literature  courses  9 
Total  21 


English  Minor 

Writing/Communication  Option 


Credits 
9 

One  400-level  writing  workshop  3 


Three  writing  courses 
(one  at  the  300-level) 


Three  literature  courses 
(one  at  the  300-level) 


Total 


9 
21 


English  Minor 

Drama/Film  Studies  Option 

Credits 

Twenty-one  credits  (7  courses)  are  required  in  the  following  distribution: 
3  in  intermediate  composition,  9  in  film,  and  9  in  drama. 


ENL  253  or  255  3 
ENL  260*  Intermediate  Composition  (must  be  taken  at  UMass  Dartmouth)  3 
ENL  319      Shakespeare  3 

One  course  in  dramatic  literature  or  film  literature  (e.g.,  ENL  217,  253,  276, 
321,332,348,377)  3 

One  creative  drama  or  film  course  (e.g.,  ENL  269,  378,  453  or  possibly 

a  creative  drama  or  film  course  in  a  foreign  language  3 

One  300-level  drama  or  film  course  or  ENL  362  (applied  drama  course  may 

be  taken  through  Experiential  Learning  or  Independent  Study)  3 

One  400-level  seminar  in  dramatic  literature  or  film  literature  or  a  400-level 

writing  workshop  in  drama  or  film  3 

Total  21 

*  a  prerequisite  for  any  300-level  writing  course 


110 


English  Honors  Program 


English  Courses 


Candidates  must  have  completed  a 
minimum  of  6  English  courses  beyond  the 
freshman  level  and  have  maintained  a 
minimum  GPA  of  3.2  in  all  English  courses 
taken,  to  be  considered  for  admission  to 
English  Honors.  Qualified  candidates  will  be 
admitted  upon  recommendation  of  an 
English  department  faculty  member  willing 
to  serve  as  sponsor 

Requirements 

The  program  involves  a  closely  supervised, 
two  semester  (6-credit)  investigation  into 
some  literary,  creative,  or  rhetorical  topic 
devised  by  the  student  in  consultation  with 
the  faculty  sponsor,  and  requiring  a 
substantial  amount  of  independent  reading 
and  research. 

The  program  consists  of  two  separable 
halves:  The  first  part  (ENL  491  or  ENL  493) 
consists  of  intensive  reading  and  study  in 
the  area  of  the  student's  proposal,  based  on 
the  approved  bibliography.  By  the  end  of 
semester  I,  students  must  (1)  present  a 
written  proposal  for  an  Honors  Project  and 
(2)  take  a  written  examination  in  the  area  of 
study — both  to  be  administered  and  graded 
by  the  faculty  sponsor.  In  this  way  students 
may  receive  three  credits  and  a  grade  even  if 
they  decide  not  to  continue  in  the  full 
program.  Based  on  the  outcome  of  written 
work  to  date,  the  faculty  member  can  assess 
whether  to  permit  the  student  to  continue: 
a  minimum  grade  of  "B"  is  required. 

In  the  second  semester  the  student 
composes  the  Honors  paper  (ENL  492  or 
ENL  494),  and  a  grade  is  awarded  on  the 
basis  of  this  final  paper.  However,  "Honors" 
will  be  awarded  separately,  according  to 
criteria  set  forth  below.  (Hence  it  will  be 
possible  to  make  independent  decisions  on 
the  awarding  of  "Honors,"  or  mere  credit.) 

Criteria  and  Methods  of  Evaluation 

A  three  person  faculty  committee — 
preferably  one  of  them  a  specialist  in  the 
field  under  investigation — will  judge  all 
written  work  and  administer  an  oral 
examination  on  the  subject  of  the  Honors 
Thesis  (Students  are  entitled  to  select  one  of 
their  examiners.)  This  committee  will  then 
award  "Honors"  or  not,  on  the  basis  of  the 
following  criteria:  (1)  overall  seriousness  of 
purpose;  (2)  mastery  of  scholarly  or  creative 
methodology;  (3)  sophistication  of  insights 
achieved;  (4)  ability  to  relate  findings 
verbally. 


Implementation 

Each  spring  the  department  will  inform  all 
junior  English  majors  with  the  minimum 
grade  point  average  that  they  qualify  to 
participate  in  the  Honors  Program,  and 
indicate  what  the  program  entails.  Students 
will  be  responsible  for  selecting  their  own 
sponsors.  No  department  member  will  be 
expected  to  direct  more  than  one  Honors 
student  per  year. 


Notes 

*  Administrative  credits  do  not  count 
towards  the  total  required  for  graduation. 

**  English  101  and  102  satisfy  the  "Tier 
1 "  requirements  in  Information/Computer 
Literacy  and  in  Writing  Skills. 


ESL  100  three  administrative  credits* 
Basic  English  as  a  Second  Language 

An  introductory  review  of  English  language, 
reading,  writing,  speaking,  and  study  skills 
designed  for  non-native  speakers  of  English. 
This  course  requires  work  in  the  language 
lab  and  the  Writing/Reading  Center  as  well 
as  class.  The  course  focuses  on  ESL  readings, 
idiomatic  usage,  vocabulary  building, 
grammar  review,  pronunciation,  conversa- 
tion, listening  skills,  and  composition. 

ESL  101  three  credits 

English  as  a  Second  Language 

Prerequisite:  ESL  100  or  by  pre-test 
placement 

A  writing  course  for  non-native  speakers 
who  have  developed  basic  proficiency  in 
English.  Students  address  rhetorical 
problems  using  complex  syntactical  and 
grammatical  structures  suitable  for  abstract 
thinking  and  academic  discourse.  Prepara- 
tion for  ENL  101. 

ENL  101  three  credits 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I** 

Writing  in  a  variety  of  modes  for  various 
purposes  and  audiences;  writing  to 
communicate  and  to  learn  in  the  humani- 
ties. Rhetorical  choices  and  revision 
strategies  will  be  studied.  Students  will 
develop  skill  in  critical  reading  necessary  for 
thinking  and  writing. 

ENL  102  three  credits 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II** 

Prerequisite:  ENL  101 

A  course  designed  to  advance  the  rhetorical 
skills  and  understanding  developed  in  ENL 
101.  Critical  reading  of  various  literary 
genres  and  analytic  and  argumentative 
writing  assignments  enhance  the  student's 
awareness  and  use  of  effective  language. 

ENL  200  three  credits  C 
Studies  in  Literature 

A  study  of  selected  readings  dealing  with  a 
special  topic  chosen  by  the  instructor. 
Recent  special  topics  include  New  England 
Literature,  Children's  Literature,  the  Artist  in 
Literature,  Black  Music  and  Black  Literature. 
May  be  repeated  with  change  of  content. 
Cross-listed  as  AAS  200;  LST  200. 

ENL  201  three  credits  C 
Major  British  Writers 

A  study  of  selected  works,  from  several 
genres,  by  outstanding  British  authors. 

ENL  202  three  credits  C 
Major  American  Writers 

A  study  of  selected  works,  from  several 


111 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  Note:  In  English,  all  literature 
and  creative  writing  courses  satisfy 
Cultural/Artistic  Literacy.  Eligible  lower 
division  courses  are  markedC;  advanced 
literature  courses  are  eligible  as  well. 
Some  courses  satisfy  other  reguirements, 
as  noted. 


genres,  by  outstanding  American  authors. 

ENL  203  three  credits  C,  G 
Survey  of  World  Literature  I 

A  study  of  selected  masterpieces  from  the 
Golden  Age  of  Greece  to  the  Renaissance. 

ENL  204  three  credits  C,  G 
Survey  of  World  Literature  II 

A  study  of  selected  masterpieces  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present. 

ENL  205  three  credits  C,  G 
Travel  Literature 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 

Reading  and  discussion  of  important  works 
of  travel  literature  from  a  wide  range  of 
periods  and  genres,  with  particular  emphasis 
on  international  and  multicultural  narratives. 

ENL  206  three  credits  C 
Detective  Fiction 

A  study  of  famous  mystery,  suspense,  and 
detective  fiction. 

ENL  208  three  credits  C 
Myth  and  Literature 

An  exploration  of  the  role  of  myth  and 
dream  in  poetry,  fiction,  film,  and  drama. 
Heavy  emphasis  on  Jungian  and  Freudian 
interpretation  of  myth,  but  not  to  the 
exclusion  of  other  anthropological, 
psychological,  or  theological  approaches, 
through  readings  in  Homer,  Ovid,  Beowulf, 
Shakespeare,  Coleridge,  Joyce,  and  Hesse. 

ENL  209  three  credits  C 
The  Bible  as  Literature 

Readings  from  the  Old  and  New  Testament 
discussed  in  the  context  of  the  history  of 
ideas,  literary  genres,  the  effectiveness  of 
communication  to  the  intended  audience, 
and  influences  on  other  literature. 

ENL  210  three  credits  C 
Literature  of  the  American  West 

An  exploration  of  the  myths  and  realities  of 
the  American  West  (west  of  the  Mississippi) 
as  they  are  reflected  in  literature — e.g.,  the 
cowboy,  westward  expansion,  the  Spanish 
conquistadors. 

ENL  211  three  credits  C 
The  American  Dream 

A  study  of  the  meaning  of  success  as  reflec- 
ted in  works  ranging  from  those  of  Benja- 
min Franklin  and  Horatio  Alger  to  the  plays 
of  Arthur  Miller.  Cross-listed  as  LST  2 1 1 . 

ENL  214  three  credits  C 
African-American  Literature 

Chronological  survey  beginning  with  Gusta- 


vus  Vassa  and  Robert  Hayden's  "Middle 
Passage"  and  continuing  through  contem- 
porary writers.  Toward  the  end  of  the  course 
there  will  be  focus  on  new  women  writers 
and  major  writers  through  the  1990s.  Cross- 
listed  as  AAS  214;  LST  214;  WMS  214. 

ENL  215  three  credits  C 

West  Indian  and  African  Literature 

A  study  of  important  and  innovative  West 
Indian  and  contemporary  African  writers. 
Cross-listed  as  AAS  215 

ENL  216  three  credits  C 
Comedy  and  Satire 

A  study  of  the  philosophy  and  psychology  of 
literary  and  other  forms  of  comedy  and 
satire,  including  works  by  such  writers  as 
Aristophanes,  Shakespeare,  Swift,  Voltaire, 
Wilde,  Shaw,  Waugh,  Heller,  Vonnegut,  and 
others,  as  well  as  film  artists  such  as 
Chaplin,  Sellers,  and  Woody  Allen. 

ENL  217  three  credits  C 
Greek  Myth  and  Drama 

An  exploration  of  the  role  of  myth  in  the 
creation  of  the  plots  of  Aeschylus, 
Sophocles,  Euripides,  and  Aristophanes. 

ENL  218  three  credits  C 
Literature  and  Society 

A  study  of  the  relationship  between  the 
individual  and  society  through  readings  in 
modern  literature.  Cross-listed  as  LST  218. 

ENL  219  three  credits  C 
Classicism  and  Romanticism 

A  course  contrasting  the  two  major  modes 
of  thought  in  Western  Civilization  to  show 
what  part  each  has  played  in  the  creation  of 
major  works  of  literature,  with  consideration 
of  analogous  examples  from  music,  painting, 
sculpture,  and  architecture. 

ENL  221  three  credits  C 

Special  Topics  in  Comparative  Literature 

A  course  dealing  with  literature  of  two  or 
more  countries,  based  on  a  topic  selected  by 
the  instructor.  May  be  repeated  with  change 
of  topic. 

ENL  223  three  credits  C 
Fantasy  Literature 

A  study  of  fantasy  as  a  genre,  comparing 
other  works  with  Tolkien's  Lord  of  the  Rings 
trilogy. 

ENL  224  three  credits  C 
Jewish  Literature 

A  study  of  modern  Jewish  stories  and  novels 
with  emphasis  on  such  writers  as  Singer, 
Bellow,  Wiesel,  Malamud,  and  others.  Cross- 


listed  as  JST  224. 

ENL  225  three  credits  C 
Native  American  Literature 

Reading,  studying,  thinking  critically,  and 
writing  about  Native  American  literature. 

ENL  226  three  credits  C.  D 
Multicultural  American  Literature 

A  study  of  imaginative  literature  by  writers 
representing  the  rich  variety  of  racial,  ethnic, 
religious,  social,  and  regional  groups  in 
America.  Specific  focus  of  the  course  may 
vary  depending  on  the  instructor. 

ENL  227  three  credits  C,  O 
Semiotics  of  Culture 

Introduces  basic  theories  of  communication 
and  models  of  semiotic  analysis.  Topics 
include  iconicity,  proxemics,  kinetics,  and 
the  multiple  levels  of  decoding.  Readings 
include  analysis  of  common  cultural  artifact, 
verbal  and  visual  media.  Students  will 
analyze  popular  myths  and  television  and 
print  advertising. 

ENL  228  three  credits  C 
Semiotics  of  Media 

The  semiotics  of  media  introduces  theories 
of  communication  tailored  for  the  verbal 
arts.  Such  topics  as  iconology,  iconicity,  and 
hegemonic  coding  in  art  style  are  examined 
to  broaden  interpretations  of  poetry,  fiction, 
film,  and  theater. 

ENL  236  three  credits  C,  G 
Ancient  World  to  the  Renaissance 

A  study  of  the  origins  of  English  literature 
embedded  in  Biblical,  Classical,  and 
Medieval  sources,  with  special  emphasis  on 
Homer,  the  Greek  dramatists,  Virgil,  and 
Dante.  Designed  to  help  English  majors 
understand  the  allusions  that  enrich  English 
literature. 

ENL  245  three  credits  C 

Images  of  Woman  in  Literature 

Study  of  archetypes  and  stereotypes  of 
women  in  literature  from  the  ancient  world 
to  the  present  in  an  attempt  to  reevaluate 
traditional  literary  criticism  and  how  authors 
have  used  images  of  women  to  create 
character,  plot,  etc.  Cross-listed  WMS  245. 

ENL  246  three  credits  C 
Women  Writers 

Examination  of  the  relationship  between  the 
woman  writer  and  her  work  through  a  study 
of  literature  by  and  about  women.  Cross- 
listed  WMS  246  and  AAS  246 

ENL  250  three  credits  C 


112 


Note:  ENL  101  and  ENL  102  are  prerequi- 
sites for  all  200-level  or  higher  English 
courses  unless  otherwise  noted. 


Introduction  to  Poetry 

A  course  in  the  analysis  of  poetry  showing 
how  formalistic  and  thematic  elements  in 
the  poem  interact  to  create  meaning 
through  an  examination  of  a  variety  of 
poetic  forms. 

ENL  251  three  credits  C 
Introduction  to  the  Short  Story 

A  consideration  of  short  fiction  to  illustrate 
the  history,  range,  and  properties  of  the 
genre.  The  course  treats  such  representative 
authors  as  Poe,  Hawthorne,  Tolstoy,  Joyce, 
Faulkner,  and  other  19th  and  20th  century 
figures  from  a  variety  of  national  literatures. 

ENL  252  three  credits  C 
Introduction  to  the  Novel 

A  study  of  how  to  read  and  identify  the 
various  types  of  novels,  coupled  with  an 
introduction  to  the  history  of  the  novel. 

ENL  253  three  credits  C 
Introduction  to  Drama 

An  introductory  course  in  how  to  read  and 
view  a  play,  including  instruction  in  the 
nature  and  methods  of  tragedy,  comedy, 
melodrama,  tragicomedy. 

ENL  254  three  credits  C 
Autobiographical  Writing 

A  course  emphasizing  the  development  of 
techniques  of  lifewriting  through  exercises 
in  journal-keeping  and  autobiographical 
writing.  The  course  includes  readings  in 
sample  journals  and  autobiographies  and 
study  of  autobiographical  theory. 

ENL  255  three  credits  C 
Introduction  to  Film 

Provides  beginning  students  of  film  with  a 
comprehensive  view  of  its  history,  aesthet- 
ics, and  critical  terminology.  Attention  will 
also  be  paid  to  elementary  film  theory,  to  a 
comparison  of  film  with  other  genres 
(especially  drama  and  narration),  and  to 
representative  works  of  such  major  figures 
in  the  artistic  development  of  the  genre  as 
Chaplin,  Renoir,  Welles,  Bergman, 
Hitchcock,  and  Kurosawa. 

ENL  260  three  credits  W 
Intermediate  Composition 

A  course  emphasizing  the  development  of 
skill  in  organizing  materials,  the  formation 
of  a  lively  and  concrete  style  and  an 
authentic  personal  voice,  and  the  growth  of 
useful  techniques  in  the  arts  of  exposition, 
persuasion,  and  argumentation. 

ENL  262  three  credits  W 
Journalism  I 


An  exploration  of  the  principles  of  journal- 
ism as  applied  in  effective  news  writing  and 
media  reporting.  Students  develop  skills  in 
story  design  and  structure,  note-taking  and 
story  development,  accuracy,  balance, 
fairness,  style,  and  writing  technique.  Legal 
and  ethical  issues  are  explored  in  detail  as 
students  develop  and  write  local  stories. 

ENL  265  three  credits  W,  O 
Business  Communications 

An  introduction  to  the  communication  skills 
required  in  business  and  industry  which 
emphasizes  writing  and  revising  business 
reports  and  proposals,  letters  and  memoran- 
dums and  on  preparing  and  presenting  oral 
reports.  Computer  applications  are  included. 

ENL  266  three  credits  W,  O 
Technical  Communications 

An  introduction  to  the  many  purposes, 
audiences,  forms,  and  formats  of  technical 
documents  and  professional  correspon- 
dence. Students  practice  writing  and  editing 
letters,  memos,  and  reports  to  achieve 
worthwhile  content,  sensible  organization, 
and  readable  style  and  learn  techniques  of 
audience-and-use  analysis  to  adjust  a 
message's  level  of  technicality  to  the  needs 
and  background  of  its  audience.  The  course 
focuses  throughout  on  writing  as  a 
deliberate  process  of  deliberate  decisions. 
Computer  applications  included. 

ENL  267  three  credits  C 
Creative  Writing:  Poetry 

The  study  of  contemporary  techniques  in 
the  writing  of  poetry.  Manuscripts  are  read 
and  discussed  in  class  and  during  individual 
conferences.  Workshop  format. 

ENL  268  three  credits  C 
Creative  Writing:  Fiction 

Techniques  of  writing  fiction.  Manuscripts 
are  read  and  discussed  in  class  and  during 
individual  conferences.  Workshop  format. 

ENL  269  three  credits  C 
Creative  Writing:  Drama 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of 
dramaturgy.  Manuscripts  are  read  and 
discussed  in  class  and  during  individual 
conferences.  Workshop  format. 

ENL  270  three  credits  O 
Speech  Communication 

An  introduction  to  the  art  of  public  speaking 
through  the  study  of  effective  principles 
combined  with  practice  in  speaking  before  a 
group. 

ENL  271,  272  three  credits  each  C,  O 


Oral  Interpretation  of  Literature  I,  II 

Study  of  and  practice  in  the  oral  interpreta- 
tion of  literary  works  with  heavy  emphasis 
on  acting  and  the  Stanislavski  method. 

ENL  276  three  credits  C,  G 
Film  as  Drama 

An  intensive  study  of  outstanding  films  with 
attention  to  the  techniques  of  film  criticism. 

ENL  279  three  credits  W 

Tutoring  Writing:  Theory  and  Methods 

—  Honors 

Prerequisites:  Honors  Program  or  3.20  GPA; 
by  nomination  and  invitation  only 
The  training  course  designed  for  the  Honors 
Writing  Fellows  Program.  The  course 
provides  students  opportunities  to  learn 
about  on-going  theoretical  conversations 
regarding  composition  instruction,  collabo- 
rative tutoring,  and  writing  pedagogy. 
Students  learn  to  use  their  theoretical 
knowledge  to  determine  strategies  for 
assisting  peers  with  their  written  work.  Once 
class  hour  per  week  is  devoted  to  applica- 
tion in  the  Writing  Center  or  in  fellowing 
papers  from  a  class,  taping,  and  analyzing 
tutorial  sessions,  and  interviewing  faculty 
members  about  writing  in  the  disciplines. 

ENL  293  three  credits  C 
Literature  of  the  American  South 

A  study  of  such  Southern  writers  as 
Faulkner,  Wolfe,  Warren,  McCullers, 
O'Connor,  Ellison,  Ransom,  Tate,  and 
Tennessee  Williams  with  the  following 
questions  in  mind:  What  was  the  mood  of 
the  South  which  produced  the  20th  century 
renaissance?  In  what  manner  are  the  works 
related  to  or  dependent  on  the  writers' 
Southern  background?  What  is  the 
relationship  of  Southern  to  American 
literature? 

ENL  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing, 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

ENL  299  three  credits  C 
Introduction  to  Shakespeare 

A  course  designed  primarily  for  non-English 
majors,  which  examines  some  of  the  typical 
plays  of  the  greatest  dramatist  in  the  English 


113 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


language. 

ENL  300  three  credits  C 
Survey  of  British  Literature  I 

A  study  of  British  literature  from  Beowulf  to 
1 798,  with  attention  given  to  the  cultural 
and  historical  context. 

ENL  302  three  credits  C 
Survey  of  British  Literature  II 

A  study  of  British  literature  from  1798  to  the 
mid-20th  Century,  with  attention  given  to 
cultural  and  historical  context. 

ENL  303  three  credits  C 

Survey  of  American  Literature  I 

A  survey  of  American  writing  from  the 
Colonial  Period  to  the  Civil  War,  with 
emphasis  on  the  historical,  cultural,  and 
philosophical  developments  which  parallel 
the  development  of  an  American  literature. 

ENL  304  three  credits  C 

Survey  of  American  Literature  II 

A  continuation  of  ENL  303.  A  survey  of 
American  writing  from  the  Civil  War  to  the 
present,  with  some  emphasis  on  historical, 
cultural,  and  philosophical  developments  in 
America  during  the  period  covered. 

ENL  305  three  credits  C 
Medieval  Literature 

Reading  and  discussion  of  major  works  of 
medieval  literature.  This  course  focuses  on 
English  literature  from  Beowulf  to  Malory, 
but  includes  translations  of  key  sources  and 
analogues  from  other  literatures. 

ENL  307  three  credits  C 
The  English  Renaissance 

A  chronological  overview  of  the  major 
literary  works,  themes,  and  genres  of  the 
English  Renaissance  from  Caxton  and  the 
inception  of  printing  through  Milton  and  the 
last  of  the  great  Renaissance  epics.  The 
course  focuses  on  the  development  of 
poetic  genres  and  on  representative  prose 
forms.  Writers  studied  include  Spenser, 
Sidney,  Shakespeare,  Donne,  Herbert, 
Vaughn,  and  Milton. 

ENL  308  three  credits  C 
The  Enlightenment 

A  study  of  English  Neo-classical  and  Pre- 
romantic  writings  by  Dryden,  Swift,  Pope, 
Fielding,  Johnson,  Boswell,  Goldsmith,  and 

others. 

ENL  309  three  credits  C 
The  Romantic  Age 

A  survey  of  English  literature  from  1796- 
1832  stressing  the  major  poets — Blake, 


Wordsworth,  Byron,  Shelley,  and  Keats,  with 
some  study  of  novels  and  personal  essays. 

ENL  310  three  credits  C 
The  Victorian  Age 

A  study  of  the  major  English  writers  of 
nonfiction  from  1832-1900,  covering  some 
prose  nonfiction  (Carlyle,  Ruskin,  Mill),  but 
emphasizing  such  poets  as  Tennyson, 
Browning,  Arnold,  Rossetti,  Swinburne, 
Meredith,  Hopkins,  and  Housman. 

ENL  311  three  credits  C 
The  Victorian  Novel 

A  study  of  the  Victorian  novel,  both 
historically  and  generically,  from  Jane  Austen 
to  Thomas  Hardy,  including  works  by 
Austen,  the  Brontes,  Dickens,  Thackeray, 
George  Eliot,  Trollope,  Meredith,  and  Hardy. 

ENL  314  three  credits  C 
Colonial  American  Literature 

A  study  of  17th-  and  18th-century  American 
literature  from  Captain  John  Smith  through 
Benjamin  Franklin  with  emphasis  on  the 
historical  background  and  the  various  types 
of  literature  produced  in  the  period. 

ENL  315  three  credits  C 
The  American  Renaissance 

A  study  of  selected  major  writers  from  mid- 
19th-century  America:  Poe,  Hawthorne, 
Melville,  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Whitman,  Fuller, 
and  Douglass.  Additional  readings  about  the 
intellectual  and  social  movements  of  the 
period  are  required. 

ENL  316  three  credits  C 

The  19th  Century  American  Novel 

A  study  of  American  novelists  from  Cooper 
to  Crane  and  Chopin  with  focus  on 
individual  novels  as  works  of  art  and  as 
examples  of  the  development  of  the  novel 
form  in  America  in  the  19th  century. 

ENL  317  three  credits  C 

19th  Century  American  Poetry 

A  careful  study  of  the  major  American  poets 
of  the  19th  century  from  Freneau  to 
Whitman  and  Dickinson. 

ENL  318  three  credits  C 
Chaucer 

Intensive  and  critical  reading  of  Chaucer's 
major  writings  with  attention  to  his  cultural 
context.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for 
English  majors. 

ENL  319  three  credits  C 
Shakespeare 

A  careful  reading  of  Shakespeare's  plays 
selected  from  the  comedies,  tragedies,  and 


histories.  The  course  explores  Shakespeare's 
development  as  a  dramatist,  the  reasons  for 
his  reputation  as  the  greatest  poet  in  the 
language,  and  the  manner  in  which  his  plays 
reflect  Elizabethan  custom,  attitudes,  and 
beliefs  Some  outside  readings  required  in 
Shakespearean  criticism  and  in  the 
background  of  the  period 

ENL  321  three  credits  C 
The  Golden  Ages  of  Drama 

Representative  plays  from  the  most  famous 
and  most  productive  eras  in  the  history  of 
world  drama — Fifth  Century  B.C  Greece, 
the  Middle  Ages,  the  Renaissance,  the  age 
of  Moliere,  and  the  realistic  and  romantic 
drama  of  19th  century  France  and  Germany. 

ENL  326  three  credits  C 

Studies  in  Modern  Irish  Literature  and 

Culture  I 

Development  of  Irish  literature  from  the  end 
of  the  19th  century  through  the  first 
decades  of  the  20th  century  Writers  include 
Yeats,  Joyce,  Synge,  O'Casey  The  course 
examines  the  cultural,  historical,  and 
political  background  of  Anglo-Irish  relations. 

ENL  327  three  credits  C 

Studies  in  Modern  Irish  Literature  and 

Culture  II 

The  drama,  fiction,  poetry  and  film  created  in 
Ireland  since  World  War  II  These  works  will 
be  studied  as  a  reflection  of  the  profound 
changes  in  Irish  society,  politics  and  culture, 
on  both  sides  of  the  border  Students  will 
explore  the  reasons  for  the  emergence  of  an 
Ireland  with  a  cultural  significance  out  of  all 
proportion  to  its  numbers 

ENL  330  three  credits  C 
20th  Century  British  Fiction 

A  study  of  the  20th-century  British  novel, 
including  such  authors  as  Woolf,  Joyce, 
Lawrence,  Forster,  Huxley,  Cary,  Spark, 
Lessing,  and  Sillitor. 

ENL  332  three  credits  C 
20th  Century  British  Drama 

A  study  of  British  drama  from  the  comedy  of 
manners  of  Wilde  and  Shaw  to  the  theater 
of  the  absurd  of  Beckett  and  Pinter. 

ENL  333  three  credits  C 
Modern  British  Poetry 

A  study  of  the  chief  trends  and  the  major 
poets  and  movements  in  modern  British 
poetry. 

ENL  335  three  credits  C 

20th  Century  American  Fiction — 1900- 

1945 


114 


Note:  ENL  101  and  ENL  102  are  prerequi- 
sites for  all  200-level  or  higher  English 
courses  unless  otherwise  noted. 


A  study  of  the  20th-century  American  novel 
including  Fitzgerald,  Hemingway,  Faulkner, 
West,  and  McCullers. 

ENL  336  three  credits  C 

20th  Century  American  Fiction — 1945  to 

the  present 

A  study  of  significant  fiction  in  America 
since  the  middle  of  the  20th  century, 
including  Bellow,  Ellison,  Heller,  Pynchon, 
LeGuin,  Doctorow,  Morrison,  O'Brien,  and 
others. 

ENL  337  three  credits  C 

20th  Century  American  Poetry 

A  study  of  major  American  poets  of  this 
century  from  Frost  to  Richard  Wilbur. 

ENL  338  three  credits  C 
Modern  Drama 

A  study  of  modern  dramatists  from  Ibsen, 
Chekhov,  and  Strindberg  through  such 
playwrights  as  Shaw,  Brecht,  O'Neill, 
Galsworthy,  Eliot,  Williams,  Miller, 
Giraudoux,  Albee,  Pinter,  and  lonesco. 

ENL  339  three  credits  C 
American  Drama 

A  study  of  American  drama  from  its 
beginnings  to  the  present. 

ENL  340  three  credits  C 
Literature  and  Psychology 

An  introduction  to  psychological  interpreta- 
tions of  literary  works,  including  character 
analysis,  ethnopoetics,  and  the  psychology 
of  audience.  The  course  requires  reading  of 
selected  literary  texts  in  all  genres,  as  well  as 
works  by  psychoanalytical  literary  critics, 
philosophers,  and  anthropologists. 

ENL  341  three  credits 

The  Writing  of  Advertising 

Prerequisite:  ENL  101,  ENL  102 
Reviews  the  semiotic  theories  of  Saussure, 
Peirce,  Jakobson,  Barthes  and  others.  Using 
theories  of  verbal  and  visual  persuasion, 
poetic  diction  and  bits  of  plot,  students  study 
techniques  of  attracting  and  convincing 
audiences  of  radio,  print,  poster,  and 
television  ads.  Finally,  students  will  create 
effective  ads. 

ENL  345  three  credits  C 
Literary  Theory 

Introduction  to  key  primary  documents  in  the 
history  of  literary  theory,  from  Plato  and 
Aristotle  through  contemporary  critical 
theory. 

ENL  346  three  credits 
Wise  Women 


Multidisciplinary  perspective  of  the 
phenomena  of  women  and  aging  in 
American  society  in  a  team-taught  format. 
The  experiences  of  older  women  are 
explored  through  literature,  oral  histories, 
and  intergenerational  class  projects  to 
determine  the  forces  that  affect  quality  of 
life  and  productivity  in  later  life.  Cross-listed 
as  WMS  346. 

ENL  347  three  credits  C 

Special  Topics  in  Women's  Literature 

Advanced  study  of  a  specialized  topic 
chosen  by  the  instructor.  Cross-listed  as 
WMS  347. 

ENL  348  three  credits  C,  D 
American  Women  Playwrights 

Analysis,  evaluation,  comparison,  and 
appreciation  of  plays  by  20th-century 
American  women  playwrights  and  insights 
into  their  themes  and  the  images  of  women 
which  they  create. 

ENL  349  three  credits 

Teaching  English:  Classroom  Methods 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 

Theory  and  practice  of  teaching  secondary 
English  in  its  three  dominant  areas  of 
reading,  writing,  and  rhetorical  analysis  of 
literary  works.  Special  focus  will  be  upon 
how  students  acquire  language  and 
theoretical  skills  within  the  complex  milieu 
of  classrooms  and  how  teachers  can 
enhance  that  learning  by  translating  sound 
theory  into  a  broad  range  of  learning 
activities  and  classroom  strategies.  This 
course  is  required  for  certification  in 
secondary  English  teaching  in  the  Common- 
wealth of  Massachusetts. 

ENL  350  three  credits  W 
Report  and  Proposal  Writing 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 
An  advanced  professional  writing  course 
focusing  on  methods  of  gathering,  analy- 
zing, organizing,  and  presenting  data  in 
graphic,  written,  and  oral  forms;  on  format- 
ting reports  and  proposals;  and  on  revising 
and  editing  for  clarity  and  conciseness. 

ENL  352  three  credits  W 
Public  Relations  Writing 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 
Development  of  a  comprehensive  under- 
standing of  the  principles  and  purposes  of 
public  relations.  This  writing-intensive  course 
explores  rhetorical  strategies  used  by 
individuals,  agencies,  corporations,  and 
governments  to  reach  intended  audiences. 
Students  gain  experience  in  public  speaking 
and  writing  press  releases,  brochures, 


speeches,  and  audio-visual  press  releases. 

ENL  355  three  credits 
Rhetorical  Theory 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 

A  study  of  rhetorical  traditions,  focusing  on 
major  theoreticians  from  Aristotle  to 
Kenneth  Burke.  Depending  on  instructor, 
the  course  will  concentrate  on  such  topics  as 
Classical  rhetoric  (from  5th-century  B.C. 
through  the  English  Renaissance),  18th- 
century  rhetoric  (Smith,  Blair,  Whately, 
Campbell),  or  contemporary  rhetoric 
(Toulmin,  Burke,  Richards,  Perelman, 
Kmneavy,  Searle). 

ENL  356  three  credits 
Language  and  Culture 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 

An  examination  of  language's  pivotal  role  in 
shaping  a  culture's  values,  beliefs,  biases, 
and  world  view.  By  reading  a  broad  range  of 
essays,  excerpts,  and  articles,  students  will 
learn  how  language  shapes  thought,  molds 
perceptions,  and  determines  how  we  think 
about  and  react  to  various  people,  groups, 
and  cultures.  Students  will  write  a  series  of 
articles  for  lay  audiences  based  on  what 
they  learn  during  the  course. 

ENL  360  three  credits  W 
Advanced  Thinking  and  Writing 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 
An  advanced  writing  course  emphasizing 
the  application  of  the  principles  of  argument 
(from  ENL  260)  to  a  variety  of  rhetorical 
situations.  The  course  covers  refinement  of 
notions  of  persuasive  content  and  logical 
organization  in  any  discourse,  development 
of  a  keen  sense  of  style  as  outlook — of  the 
figures  of  language  and  the  range  of 
connotation. 

ENL  361  three  credits  W 
Techniques  of  Critical  Writing 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 
An  advanced  critical  writing  course  with 
emphasis  selected  by  the  instructor.  The 
course  requires  composition  of  a  wide  array 
of  essays  ranging  from  critical  analyses  and 
reviews  to  various  types  of  persuasive 
discourses.  Intensive  practice  in  the  critical 
or  rhetorical  evaluation  of  selected  texts. 

ENL  362  three  credits  W 
Writing  Reviews 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 

Fosters  the  ability  to  write  effectively  and  to 
communicate  the  journalist's  own  interpre- 
tation and  evaluation  of  art  forms.  Students 
produce  reviews  suitable  for  publication  on 
and  off  campus. 


115 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


ENL  363  three  credits  W,  O 
Journalism  II 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 
An  exploration  of  news  writing  and 
reporting  in  selected  areas  of  politics,  social 
services,  social  science,  technology, 
environment,  law,  natural  science, 
education,  arts,  media,  business,  and  other 
significant  media  subject  areas.  The  course 
concentrates  on  effective  research,  story 
design,  and  writing  technique  for  news 
stories  and  features  across  these  areas. 

ENL  364  three  credits  W 

Feature  Story  and  Article  Writing 

Prerequisite:  ENL  262  or  ENL  363 
An  exploration  of  the  problems  and 
principles  of  such  feature  story  modes  as 
profiles,  how-to  articles,  narrative  adven- 
tures, humor,  news  features,  investigative 
reporting,  interpretive  and  analytic 
reporting,  opinion  columns,  and  editorials. 

ENL  365  three  credits  W 

The  Community  and  Environmental 

Reporting 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260;  CHM  130,  PHY  162, 
or  BIO  1 12 

Studying  and  reporting  on  ways  in  which 
communities  see  themselves  and  their 
environments,  and  ways  in  which  these  self- 
images  lead  to  specific  policies  and  actions. 
This  course  focuses  on  researching  and 
writing  and  explores  the  rhetorical  situation 
for  the  reporter  and  the  treatment  meted 
out  to  nature. 

ENL  366  three  credits  C 

Creative  Writing:  Forms  of  Fiction 

Prerequisite:  ENL  268  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Exploration  of  the  forms  of  fiction  and  how 
a  writer's  creative  choices  with  regard  to 
form  determine  characterization,  dialogue, 
plot,  and  narration.  Assignments  will 
include  writing  various  creative  pieces. 
Forms  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the 
paragraph,  the  short  short  story,  the  short 
story,  the  novella,  and  the  novel. 

ENL  368  three  credits 

Web  and  Presentation  Writing 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 

Introduction  to  writing  on  the  Web  and  for 
electronic  "slide  show"  presentations 
frequently  used  in  the  business  and 
professional  worlds.  Students  learn  basic 
rhetorical  principles  involved  in  composing 
hyper  documents  while  developing  hardware 
and  software  skills  that  apply. 

ENL  369  three  credits 


Desktop  Publishing 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 
Exploration  of  principles  of  electronic 
document  design  used  in  professional 
writing  The  course  concentrates  on  desktop 
publishing,  a  genre  of  writing  and  design 
devoted  primarily  to  creating  paper  docu- 
ments using  the  computer  as  the  composing 
shop  and  printing  press.  Emphasis  is  on 
rhetorical  and  design  skills  required  in 
generating  professional-quality  documents 

ENL  370  three  credits  W 
Women,  Writing,  and  the  Media 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 

Studying  and  writing  about  issues  related  to 
gender,  gender-specific  language,  and  the 
representation  of  women  in  various  forms  of 
media.  The  course  focuses  on  discovering, 
exploring,  researching,  and  writing  about 
women's  issues.  Cross  listed  as  WMS  370 

ENL  372  three  credits  W 
Writing  About  Popular  Culture 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 
Studying,  thinking  critically,  and  writing 
about  popular  culture  and  issues  arising 
from  it.  This  course  involves  exploring, 
researching  and  writing  about  such  diverse 
and  interconnected  cultural  elements  as 
literature,  politics,  media,  religion,  science, 
food,  fashion,  sports,  and  the  arts. 

ENL  373  three  credits  C 

World  Cinema  I:  Origin  to  the  New  Wave 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 

A  study  of  th'e  international  emergence  and 
evolution  of  narrative  film  as  a  major  genre 
of  story-telling,  from  its  origins  in  late  19th 
century  photographic  technology  through  its 
maturation  in  the  mid-20th  century. 
Through  a  combination  of  readings,  film- 
viewing,  and  Internet  research,  students 
study  the  impact  of  technological  change  on 
the  film  medium,  the  development  of  film 
theory  and  aesthetics,  major  historical 
movements  like  German  Expressionism  and 
Italian  Neorealism,  and  the  impact  of  such 
seminal  figures  as  Griffith,  Eisenstein, 
Renior,  Welles,  Bergman,  Kurosawa, 
Hitchcock,  and  Fellmi, 

ENL  374  three  credits  C 

World  Cinema  II:  New  Wave  to  the 

Present 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102;  ENL  373  recom- 
mended, not  required 
A  continuation  of  ENL  373,  focusing  on 
developments  in  film  production,  theory, 
and  criticism  since  1960.  As  in  ENL  373 
course  materials  include  readings,  films,  and 
Internet  resources.  Among  the  topics  are  the 


French  New  Wave  and  its  influence  on 
European  and  American  film,  the  emer- 
gence of  Third  World  cinemas,  post-modern 
theory  and  criticism,  and  the  work  of 
important  contemporary  filmmakers  like 
Godard,  Bunuel,  Fellmi,  Tarkovsky, 
Wertmuller,  Wenders,  Altman,  Scorsese, 
Nair,  Lee,  Zhang,  Campion,  and  Tarantino. 

ENL  376  three  credits 
Video  Production 

Video  production:  theory,  writing  and 
techniques  of  video  production.  This  course 
will  introduce  students  to  the  scnptwnting, 
theoretical,  and  scientific  readings  and 
practical  techniques  of  video  production. 
Students  will  examine  the  theory  and 
acquire  training  in  the  range  of  technical 
skills  of  this  medium  from  story  board  to 
editing  suite:  scripting,  composition, 
lighting,  sound,  camera  operation,  and 
video  and  audio  editing. 

ENL  377  three  credits  C 

Special  Topics  in  Film  and  Video 

Advanced  and  specialized  studies  in  film 
(e.g.,  Shakespeare  on  Film)  or  in  video 
production;  topic  selected  by  the  instructor. 
May  be  repeated  with  change  of  topic. 

ENL  378  three  credits 
Screenwriting 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  dramatic 
film  writing,  with  emphasis  on  structure  and 
form  from  treatment  to  finished  script. 

ENL  390  three  credits  C 
Advanced  Studies  in  Literature 

Advanced  and  specialized  studies  in  literature 
(e.g.  existential  fiction,  comparative  literature, 
etc.).  Topics  will  be  selected  by  instructor. 


Seminars  and  Workshops 

Seminars  and  workshops  are  open  only  to 
junior  and  senior  English  majors  and  minors. 
English  majors  in  the  Literature  Option  must 
take  a  literature  seminar;  English  majors  and 
minors  in  the  Writing/Communications 
Option  must  take  a  writing  workshop. 

ENL  400  three  credits 

Seminar  in  American  Literature 

ENL  401  three  credits 

Seminar  in  19th-century  American 

Literature 

ENL  402  three  credits 


116 


Seminar  in  20th-century  American 
Literature 

ENL403  three  credits 

Seminar  in  an  American  Author 

ENL  410  three  credits 

Seminar  in  British  Literature  before  17th 
Century 

ENL  411  three  credits 

Seminar  in  17th-century  British 

Literature 

ENL  412  three  credits 

Seminar  in  18th-century  British 

Literature 

ENL  413  three  credits 

Seminar  in  19th-century  British 

Literature 

ENL  414  three  credits 

Seminar  in  20th-century  British 

Literature 

ENL  415  three  credits 
Seminar  in  a  British  Author 

ENL  421  three  credits 

Seminar  in  An  American  Literature 

Theme 

ENL  422  three  credits 

Seminar  in  British  Literature  Theme 

ENL  424  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Genre  Studies 

ENL  425  three  credits 

Seminar  in  Comparative  Literature 

ENL  429  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Critical  Methods 

ENL  430  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Bibliography  and 
Research  Methods 

ENL  450  three  credits 
Advanced  Poetry  Workshop 

ENL  451  three  credits 
Advanced  Fiction  Workshop 

ENL  452  three  credits 
Playwriting  Workshop 

ENL  453  three  credits  W 
Advanced  Writing  Workshop 

ENL  454  three  credits  W 


Advanced  Journalism  Workshop 


Honors  Courses 

The  following  courses  are  arranged  with 
permission  of  the  instructor,  the  department 
chairperson,  and  the  dean  of  the  college  or 
through  the  procedures  specified  for 
participation  in  honors  work. 

ENL  491  three  credits 
Honors  Study:  Literature 

ENL  492  three  credits 
Honors  Thesis:  Literature 

ENL  493  three  credits 
Honors  Study:  Writing 

ENL  494  three  credits 
Honors  Paper:  Writing 


ENL  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

ENL  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Professional 
Writing 

ENL  501  three  credits 
Rhetorical  Theory 

Aristotle  defined  rhetoric  as  "the  faculty  of 
discovering  all  the  available  means  of 
persuasion  in  any  given  situation."  W  Ross 
Winterowd  defines  it  as  "the  global  art  that 
.  .  .  studies  the  manifestations  of  all  human 
discourse,  not  just  persuasion."  We  will 
study  our  rhetorical  tradition,  focusing  on 
major  theorists  from  Aristotle  to  Foucault. 
Depending  on  the  instructor,  the  course  may 
concentrate  on  such  topics  as  Classical 


Rhetoric  (from  the  fifth  century  B.C.  through 
the  English  Renaissance),  Eighteenth 
Century  Rhetoric  (Smith,  Blair,  Whately, 
Campbell),  or  Contemporary  Rhetoric 
(Toulmin,  Burke,  Richards,  Perelman, 
Kinneavy,  Searle,  Foucault,  and  Derrida). 

ENL  502  three  credits 
Communication  Theories 

How  does  language  shape  thought?  How 
do  human  beings  communicate?  What  are 
the  effects  of  mass  communication?  The 
study  of  communication  draws  from  a  range 
of  disciplines  including  linguistics,  semantics, 
philosophy,  psycholinguistics,  psychology, 
psychoneurology,  and  sociology  to  derive 
answers  to  how  humans,  as  symbol  makers, 
communicate  We  will  study  communication 
models,  mechanistic  and  transactional 
analogues,  intra-  and  interpersonal  systems, 
and  systems  theories.  Topics  will  include: 
information  processing,  language  as 
transactional  process,  communication 
models,  rules  of  perceptual  organization, 
communication  networks,  dyadic  versus 
group  and  mass  communication,  and 
nonverbal  and  interpersonal  interactions. 

ENL  503  three  credits 
Language  and  Its  Use 

We  will  study  the  various  grammars  and  the 
controversies  surrounding  them.  Attention 
will  be  given  to  the  history  and  growth  of 
language,  the  artistic  language  of  literature, 
and  the  basic  vocabulary  of  language  arts 
(e.g.,  style,  rhetoric,  linguistics,  semantics, 
and  technical  versus  artistic  language). 

ENL  505  three  credits 
Stylistics 

This  course  explores  the  analytical  and 
creative  possibilities  of  language.  Through 
both  a  theoretical  discussion  and  practical 
application,  we  will  examine  how  basic 
elements  of  writing,  such  as  diction  - 
including  figurative  language  -  syntax, 
structure,  and  rhetorical  style,  express  and 
modulate  meaning  in  a  variety  of  writing 
forms.  Students  will  analyze,  create,  and 
critique  imaginative  pieces,  including 
advertising  copy,  written  speeches,  song 
lyrics,  technical  articles,  short  fiction  poetry, 
drama,  and  literary  nonfiction. 

ENL  510  three  credits 
Thesis/Project  Research 

Principles  of  research,  writing  the  thesis/ 
project  proposal,  and  initial  thesis/project 
drafting.  The  course  explores  primary  and 
secondary  research  methods.  Course 
content  includes  in-depth  and  formal 
interviewing  techniques,  principles  of  field 


117 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


observation,  content  analysis,  literature 
reviews,  electronic  data  searches,  historical 
analysis,  focus  groups,  case  studies, 
questionnaire  design,  use  and  abuse  of 
statistical  inquiry,  fundamentals  of  logic  and 
causation,  and  philosophical  inquiry  into 
qualitative  and  quantitative  research 
perspectives.  The  course  places  major 
emphasis  on  how  to  write  a  proposal  and 
thesis/project  aimed  at  eventual  publication. 

ENL  550  three  credits 
Special  Area  Study 

May  be  repeated  once  with  change  of 
content. 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  instructor  and 
graduate  program  director 
Under  special  circumstances,  graduate 
students  may  take  a  maximum  of  two  300- 
400  level  undergraduate  courses  for 
graduate  credit.  Students  cannot  do 
"independent  study";  they  must  take  a 
course,  and  they  must  arrange  with  the 
instructor  to  do  more  writing  than  required 
of  the  undergraduates  to  justify  the 
graduate  level  credit.  This  option  is  not 
intended  for  students  needing  to  make  up 
deficiencies  in  order  to  perform  at  an 
appropriate  level  in  graduate  courses,  but  as 
an  opportunity  for  students  to  explore 
specialized  areas  of  interest.  Before 
registering  for  this  course,  students  must 
write  a  proposal  that  clearly  delineates  the 
writing  projects  they  will  undertake. 

ENL  600  three  credits 
Technical  and  Business  Writing 

This  course  introduces  students  to  the  many 
purposes,  audiences,  forms,  and  formats  of 
technical  documents  and  professional 
correspondence  They  will  receive  practice 
in  writing  and  designing  a  variety  of 
documents  to  achieve  worthwhile  content, 
sensible  organization,  and  readable  style. 
Focus  will  be  on  techniques  of  audience- 
and-use  analysis  to  adjust  a  message's  level 
of  technicality  to  the  needs  and  background 
of  its  audience.  Focus  throughout  is  on 
writing  as  a  deliberate  process  of  deliberate 
decisions. 

ENL  601  three  credits 
Report  and  Proposal  Writing 

This  course  is  a  case-approach  to  research- 
ing, planning,  writing,  and  revising 
recommendation  reports  and  proposals  to 
be  used  by  decision-makers.  Students  will 
do  primary  research,  on-line  bibliographic 
searches,  and  learn  how  to  access  govern- 
ment documents.  They  also  will  learn 
techniques  for  writing  and  designing  long 
reports  and  proposals  for  multiple  audi- 


ences. 

ENL  602  three  credits 
Grants  Writing 

The  course  includes  intensive  research  into 
funding  sources,  analysis  and  interpretation 
of  guidelines  and  writing  several  drafts  of 
grant  proposals.  This  specialized  rhetorical 
form  involves  analyzing  complex  audiences 
and  learning  persuasive  techniques  unique 
to  grants  writing. 

ENL  604  three  credits 
Fundraising  Rhetoric 

Analysis  of  the  several  modes  of  persuasive 
and  descriptive  writing  used  in  successful 
fund-raising:  direct  mail  solicitation,  major 
gift  proposals,  planned  given  proposals  and 
documentation,  and  stewardship.  Students 
will  study  the  ethos  of  the  fund-raising 
community  through  a  series  of  actual  fund- 
raising  initiatives. 

ENL  605  three  credits 

Persuasive  Writing  and  Speaking 

We  will  survey  strategies  from  Aristotle 
through  Madison  Avenue,  focusing  on  ethics 
and  legality  and  techniques  of  argumenta- 
tive discourse:  its  substance,  shape,  and 
style.  Emphasis  also  is  on  avoiding  logical 
fallacies,  composing  persuasive  messages  for 
clients,  customers,  colleagues,  supervisors, 
subordinates,  and  audiences,  on  writing 
advertising  copy  and  on  giving  oral 
presentations 

ENL  610  three  credits 

Rhetorical  Strategies:  Achieving 

Effective  Style 

The  theory  and  practice  of  style  as  a  writer's 
"way  of  seeing."  By  analyzing  and  emulat- 
ing outstanding  contemporary  prose,  we 
develop  a  style  vocabulary,  and  we  explore 
possible  "voices"  for  expressive,  explanatory, 
or  persuasive  writing.  Reading,  writing,  and 
editing  assignments  focus  on  the  enduring 
qualities  of  forceful,  readable,  and  emphatic 
style:  clarity,  conciseness,  fluency,  exactness, 
and  engaging  tone,  among  a  wide  array  of 
syntactic  and  semantic  elements  that  help 
make  writing  make  a  difference. 

ENL  621  three  credits 

Editing,  Layout,  and  Document  Design 

Students  will  learn  about  the  in-house 
publishing  process,  with  an  emphasis  on 
publications  management  and  automation. 
Students  will  coordinate  all  facets  of 
manuscript  production,  from  automated  text 
editing  (or  word  processing)  to  automated 
typesetting  and  computer  graphics.  They  will 
work  with  manuscripts  at  all  production 


stages:  copyediting,  galley  and  page-proof, 
art  development,  and  indexing. 

ENL  623  three  credits 
Web  Authoring 

Problems,  issues,  and  rhetorical  strategies  in 
authoring  effective  Web  pages  and  content. 
The  primary  focus  of  the  course  is  in 
authoring  hypertext  and  hypermedia 
documents  for  the  World  Wide  Web.  In  the 
process,  students  grapple  with  a  host  of 
problems  related  to  effective  non-linear 
writing,  efficient  and  user-friendly  interface 
design,  and  inventive  mixing  of  text, 
graphics,  video,  sound,  animation,  and 
navigational  components  to  achieve  the 
most  dynamic  messages  possible  within  the 
many  constraints  of  hardware  and  software 

ENL  630  three  credits 

Teaching  Writing:  Theory  and  Practice 

Analysis  of  contemporary  composing  and 
rhetorical  theories  to  determine  their 
significance  for  teaching  writing  Strategies 
for  teaching  writing  will  be  developed. 
Topics  range  from  methods  for  evaluating 
papers  to  collaborative  learning,  to  cognitive 
processes  and  ways  of  interacting  reading 
and  writing. 

ENL  631  three  credits 

Teaching  Technical  and  Professional 

Writing 

This  practicum  includes  an  eclectic  survey  of 
theories,  tests,  and  strategies,  the  super- 
vised teaching  of  an  undergraduate  course, 
and  weekly  colloquia  to  assess  classroom 
practice  and  to  share  approaches.  In 
addition,  each  student  will  complete  a 
related  research  project  (e.g.,  a  comparative 
analysis  of  leading  textbooks,  course 
structures,  or  writing  needs  in  local 
businesses). 

ENL  632  three  credits 

Teaching  Reading  and  Writing:  Theory 

and  Practice 

Theories  on  reading  and  writing  and  their 
application  to  practice  in  both  literature  and 
the  composition  classrooms.  The  course 
covers  current  pedagogical  methods  and 
provides  opportunities  for  students  to 
discuss  their  own  pedagogies  and  method- 
ologies for  teaching. 

ENL  640  three  credits 

Advanced  Principles  in  Journalism  and 

Article  Writing 

This  course  examines  the  limits,  techniques, 
and  constraints  of  investigative  journalism. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  m-depth 
reporting  in  difficult  settings,  handling  of 


118 


Note:  Undergraduates  may  be  prohibited 
from  taking  graduate  courses,  or  access  to 
them  may  be  limited.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


controversial  material,  and  story  construction 
of  multi-source,  highly  complex,  highly 
researched  articles. 

ENL641  three  credits 

Technical  and  Scientific  Journalism 

This  course  examines  the  problems, 
principles,  and  techniques  of  writing 
effectively  in  science  and  technology  for 
both  the  general  public  and  specialized 
audiences.  Emphasis  will  be  on  evaluating 
technical  language  and  jargon;  understand- 
ing the  needs  of  various  audiences;  learning 
research  techniques;  and  developing 
interview  and  validation  strategies  that  help 
writers  clarify  trends,  theories,  patterns,  and 
perspectives.  Students  will  be  expected  to 
write  articles  about  newsworthy  events  for 
scientific  and  technical  journals. 

ENL  642  three  credits 
Public  Relations  Techniques 

This  course  offers  students  a  comprehensive 
understanding  of  the  purposes  of  public 
relations,  its  principles,  and  the  techniques 
by  which  its  goals  are  accomplished.  The 
course  covers  the  full  range  of  public 
relations  strategies  used  by  individuals, 
agencies,  corporations,  and  governments, 
including  press  releases,  audio-visual 
presentations,  public  speaking,  paid 
advertising,  lobbying,  fostering  employee 
relations,  and  promoting  citizen  involve- 
ment. 

ENL  643  three  credits 
Arts  Reviewing 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  in  Masters  in 
Professional  Writing  Program 
A  journalism  course  for  potential  or 
practicing  critics/reviewers.  Students  will 
develop  their  ability  to  write  effectively  about 
and  evaluate  the  visual,  written  or  performing 
arts.  The  course  stresses  both  theoretical 
considerations  concerning  ethics,  rhetorical 
strategies  and  persuasive  techniques  directed 
at  varied  audiences  (i.e.  general  circulation 
publications  versus  specialty  arts  publications, 
alternative  press  versus  mainstream)  and  the 
practical  preparation  of  reviews  which  meet 
varying  editorial  requirements. 

ENL  645  three  credits 

Visual  Display,  Formatting,  and  Desktop 
Publishing 

This  course  is  designed  to  expose  students  to 
the  principles  of  visual  display  in  working 
documents  so  that,  as  editors  and  writers, 
they  can  work  effectively  with  photogra- 
phers and  artists  in  the  creation  of  finished 
texts.  Students  will  explore  the  use  of 
photos,  headlines,  graphics,  and  visual 


elements  as  they  can  be  used  to  enhance 
the  meaning  and  effectiveness  of  written 
text.  Students  will  learn  to  plan  visual 
elements  in  the  early  stages  of  story, 
computer  program,  or  document  concep- 
tion. They  will  explore  basic  principles  of 
visual  design  and  experience  the  limitations 
and  problems  inherent  in  generating  visual 
elements.  Students  will  receive  practical 
experience  in  dummying  and  layout,  and 
will  oversee  several  projects  incorporating 
visual  elements  into  written  works.  The 
purpose  of  the  course  is  to  train  writers  and 
editors  to  be  sensitive  and  effective  users  of 
visuals  designed  primarily  by  others. 

ENL  650  three  credits 

Topics  in  Professional  Writing 

An  in-depth  writing  workshop  focusing  on 
various  topics  in  professional  writing.  The 
type  of  writing  taught  during  a  particular 
semester  will  vary,  depending  on  student 
interests,  faculty  research  and  publication, 
or  the  strengths  of  visiting  writers.  Possible 
topics  include  approaches  to  writing  novels, 
short  stories,  screenplays,  or  poetry; 
editorial,  feature,  how-to  environmental, 
and  other  forms  of  journalistic  writing;  free- 
lance writing;  and  special  topics  in  technical 
and  professional  writing. 

ENL  659  three  credits 

Teaching  Multicultural  Literature: 

Theory  and  Practice 

Exploration  of  the  study  of  multicultural 
literature  in  light  of  current  thematic  and 
cultural  perspectives,  including  women's 
literature,  minority  literature,  and  third- 
world  literature — especially  as  such  works 
contrast  with  or  depart  from  the  established 
canon.  The  course  will  examine  the 
influence  of  these  works  on  student  learning 
and  issues  that  arise  in  the  classroom  when 
-they  are  introduced  and  will  consider 
options  for  use  of  alternative,  non- 
traditional  materials.  Discussion  will  focus 
on  the  pedagogical  limitations,  problems, 
and  issues  inherent  in  using  a  cultural  or 
thematic  approach,  seeking  ways  to  animate 
and  vitalize  the  literature  classroom. 

ENL  660  three  credits 

Graduate  Workshop  in  Creative 

Writing  I 

Fiction,  poetry,  playwriting,  or  the  essay  will 
be  addressed,  under  the  guidance  of  a 
published  author.  Students  must  demon- 
strate a  talent  for  performance  in  one  or 
more  of  the  above  genres  -  either  by 
published  works  or  by  a  reasonable  body  of 
manuscripts  completed  or  in  progress.  As  a 
class,  we  will  discuss  prototypical  works, 


techniques,  and  the  manuscripts  of 
colleagues.  A  finished  piece  of  work  will  be 
required  of  each  student  at  approximately 
biweekly  intervals. 

ENL  661  three  credits 

Graduate  Workshop  in  Creative 

Writing  II 

Special  topics,  or  continuation  of  ENL  660. 

ENL  662  three  credits 

Graduate  Workshop  in  Literary  Nonfic- 

tion 

This  course  offers  students  a  comprehensive 
understanding  of  the  principles  and 
techniques  involved  in  writing  literary 
nonfiction.  Students  will  explore  how 
techniques  of  fiction  are  applied  to 
experience  and  reality  to  create  this  modern 
form  of  American  literature. 

ENL  665  three  credits 
Practicum  in  Screenwriting 

Students  will  write  an  original  theatrical- 
length  script  or  one  adapted  from  another 
media. 

ENL  666  three  credits 

Practicum  in  Writing  for  Television:  The 
Pilot  Script  and  the  Series 

This  is  a  practicum  in  writing  the  television 
series,  including  the  creation  of  a  pilot  script 
and  related  installments.  Students  may  also 
elect  to  work  in  non-fiction  television  (e.g., 
training  videos,  documentary  features  and 
documentary  serials).  Series  may  include 
mini-series. 

ENL  667  three  credits 
Documentary  Writing 

Documentary  Writing  enables  students  to 
develop  and  write  documentary  scripts  for 
film  and  television,  training  and  industrial 
films  for  business,  and  films  for  educational 
organizations,  as  well  as  scripts  for  radio. 
Technical,  artistic,  and  ethical  issues  of  visual 
and  oral  representation  will  be  addressed 
through  practical  writing  projects. 

ENL  690  three  credits 
Composition  Theory 

Explores  the  history  and  principles  of  the 
relatively  new  discipline  of  composition 
studies.  The  course  asks  questions:  What  is 
the  nature  of  composition  studies?  What  is 
the  history  of  the  discipline?  What  is  the 
relationship  between  rhetoric  and  composi- 
tion, between  theory  and  practice?  What 
bibliographic  resources  aid  the  work  of 
composition  specialists?  What  role  do 
departmental  and  institutional  policies  play 
in  shaping/influencing  the  teaching  of 


119 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


writing?  How  has  pedagogy  been  influ- 
enced by  recent  developments  in  rhetorical 
criticism,  cultural  studies,  feminism,  literary 
theory,  language  philosophy,  and  technol- 
ogy? In  addition,  the  course  will  consider 
the  future  of  composition  studies  within  the 
university  in  areas  of  instruction  such  as 
basic  writing,  English  as  a  second  language, 
writing  across  the  curriculum,  and 
hypermedia- 


Internships 

ENL  701-702  three  credits  each 
Internship  in  Technical  Writing 

Students  will  work  as  writers,  editors,  or 
special  consultants  for  organizations  or 
companies  producing  technical  documents, 
computer  programs,  or  technical  memos 
and  reports.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
quality  of  the  student's  work  and  on  the 
problems  of  collaborating  with  specialists  to 
produce  work  for  a  range  of  audiences. 

ENL  703-704  three  credits  each 
Internship  in  Journalism 

Students  will  work  as  writers,  editors,  or 
assistants  for  newspapers,  magazines,  radio 
or  TV  stations,  news  organizations,  or  may 
work  in  a  news  writing  or  editing  capacity  in 
public  relations.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  quality  of  published  work  produced  by 
the  student. 

ENL  705-706  three  credits  each 
Internship  in  Creative  Writing, 
Scriptwriting,  or  Translation 

Students  will  work  as  writers,  editors,  or 
free-lancers  for  publications,  publishers, 
agents,  or  under  the  supervision  of  the 
course  instructor  who  will  serve  as  project 
reviewer.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
quality  of  writing  and  the  process  of 
marketing  manuscripts,  scripts,  and  other 
creative  works 

ENL  707-708  three  credits  each 
Internship  in  Business  and 
Professional  Writing 

Students  will  work  as  writers,  editors, 
assistants,  or  special  consultants  in  business, 
industry,  or  nonprofit  organizations.  Writing 
might  include  public  relations  pieces,  such 
as  press  releases,  advertising  copy  or 
unsolicited  sales  letters,  and  house  organs; 
background  papers  for  managers  or 
executives;  and  memos,  letters,  and  short 
reports.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
quality  of  work  produced  by  the  student  at 
the  field  sites. 


ENL  709-710  three  credits 
Internship  in  Teaching 

Students  will  work  in  teaching  or  teaching- 
related  activities  in  the  field  of  writing, 
including  tutoring  programs  or  writing 
centers  in  public  or  private  schools  or  special 
summer  programs,  under  the  supervision  of 
an  on-site  supervisor  and  the  direction  of  a 
faculty  sponsor  who  teaches  ENL  630,  ENL 
631,  or  ENL  632.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  quality  of  instructional  materials 
produced  by  the  student;  programs  created, 
updated,  or  redesigned;  and  written  report 
of  goals.  No  student  shall  receive  credit  for 
this  course  for  work  done  as  a  teaching  or 
graduate  assistant,  unless  in  connection 
with  a  project  assumed  in  addition  to  the 
regular  duties  of  that  position. 


Project  or  Thesis 

ENL  750  three  credits 

Thesis  or  Project  in  Professional  Writing 

First  semester.  Graded  CR/NC  (upon 
approval  of  completed  thesis  or  project). 

Courses  Specifically  for  the  Master 
of  Arts  in  Teaching 

ENL  657  three  credits 
Literature  Seminar:  Historical  Ap- 
proaches 

Explores  canonical  and/or  non-canonical 
literature  from  a  historical  perspective  to 
strengthen  background  knowledge  and 
understanding  of  literature,  using  represen- 
tative literary  texts  as  a  point  for  departure 
and  discussion.  Includes  discussion  of  issues 
relating  the  role  of  historical  texts  to 
alternative,  non-traditional,  and  multi- 
cultural contexts  and  of  the  pedagogical 
limitations  and  issues  inherent  in  using  a 
historical  approach.  Specific  focus  of  the 
seminar,  such  as  the  Dickens  Novel,  will  be 
listed  in  the  course  bulletin  and  on  student 
transcripts. 

ENL  659  three  credits 

Graduate  Literature  Seminar:  Thematic 

and  Cultural  Approaches 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  status  or  permission 
of  instructor  and  director 
Exploration  of  the  study  of  literature  in  light 
of  current  thematic  and  cultural  perspec- 
tives. This  course  includes  discussion  of 
women's  literature,  minority  literature,  and 
third-world  literature,  especially  as  such 
works  contrast  with  or  depart  from  the 
traditional  canon.  The  course  will  examine 
the  influences  of  these  works  on  student 


learning  and  issues  that  arise  in  the 
classroom  when  they  are  introduced.  In 
addition  to  traditional  texts,  the  course  will 
consider  the  options  for  use  of  alternative, 
non-traditional  materials.  Discussion  will 
focus  on  the  pedagogical  limitations, 
problems,  and  issues  inherent  in  using  a 
cultural  or  thematic  approach,  with 
emphasis  on  finding  ways  to  animate  and 
vitalize  the  literature  classroom. 

ENL  676  /  FLL  676  three  credits 
Discourse  Processes 

Prerequisite:  Must  be  a  MAT  student 
An  advanced  seminar  in  exploration  of 
classroom  communication  with  a  focus  on 
the  means  by  which  language  is  taught  and, 
specifically,  on  analyzing  and  recording 
instructional  conversations  involving 
multicultural  populations.  The  course  is 
intended  to  provide  experience  in  the 
investigation  of  a  classroom  research 
question  Students  will  undertake  supervised 
fieldwork  and  careful  study  of  the  theory 
and  methods  of  descriptive  research  from  a 
sociolinguistic  perspective. 

ENL  684  /  FLL  684  three  credits 
Literary  Criticism  h  Theory  and  Practice 
in  Teaching  Literature 

Prerequisite:  MAT  enrollment  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Intensive  readings  with  analysis  of  relation- 
ships among  language,  thought,  form,  and 
content.  The  course  will  examine  the 
intellectual,  emotional,  cultural, 
multicultural,  and  aesthetic  qualities  of 
texts,  including  the  links  among  stylistic 
devices,  central  motifs,  author's  purpose, 
motivation,  imagination,  and  psychology 
with  emphasis  on  secondary  students' 
analytic  writing  and  reading  abilities.  The 
course  will  examine  forms  of  literary 
criticism  as  they  apply  to  teaching  secondary 
language  and  literature. 


120 


Foreign  Literature  and  Languages 


Majors  in  French  and  Spanish 

BA  degree 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest  Requirements 


The  Department  offers  basic  courses  in  four 
languages:  French,  German,  Italian,  and 
Spanish,  in  addition  to  courses  in  Latin, 
linguistics,  and  language  methodology. 
Students  who  have  demonstrated  aptitude 
and  performance  in  languages  may  elect  a 
major  in  French,  or  Spanish.  Minors  are  also 
offered  in  these  languages,  and  in  German. 

In  conjunction  with  the  Boivin  Center  for 
French  Language  and  Culture  and  the 
College  of  Business,  the  Department  offers 
a  Certificate  in  International  Business/ 
French.  See  the  chapter  on  Interdisciplinary 
Programs. 

In  conjunction  with  the  Charlton  College  of 
Business  and  the  German  universities  in  the 
States  of  Hessen  and  Baden-Wurttemberg, 
the  Department  participates  in  the 
Certificate  in  International  Business  with 
overseas  experiences  in  Germany.  See  the 
Charlton  College  of  Business  section,  below. 


Carlos  Benavides  Spanish  language  and 
literature,  linguistics 

Joseph  A.  Bronstad  20th-century  German 
literature  and  culture 

Lewis  Kamm  19th-  and  20th-century 
French  literature 

Deborah  Lee  20th-century  French  literature 

Christina  Makara-Biron  Spanish  literature 
and  language,  foreign  language  education 

Giulio  Massano  Spanish  and  Italian 
literature  of  the  Middle  Ages,  Renaissance 
and  Baroque 

John  H.  Twomey  (chairperson)  20th- 
century  Spanish  and  Latin  American 
literature 

Mel  B.  Yoken  19th-  and  20th-century 
French  literature,  Quebec  literature 


A  student  who  wishes  to  major  in  foreign 
literature  and  languages — French  or 
Spanish — must  complete  a  minimum  of  30 
credits  in  300-  and  400-level  courses  in  the 
major  field.  Twenty-seven  of  these  credits 
must  be  taken  in  courses  taught  in  the 
language  of  the  selected  major.  In  French 
and  Spanish,  courses  301  and  302  and  six 
credits  in  "survey  of  literature"  are  required. 
The  remaining  hours  will  be  chosen  at  the 
discretion  of  the  student  with  the  approval  of 
the  advisor.  To  qualify  for  any  language 
course  at  the  300  level,  a  student  must 
complete  courses  through  202,  or  their 
equivalent  in  that  language.  Students  wishing 
to  take  400-level  courses  must  normally 
obtain  the  consent  of  the  instructor  teaching 
the  400-level  course  and  have  earned  at  least 
12  credits  in  their  major  at  UMass  Dart- 
mouth. A  grade  point  average  of  2.0  in 
courses  in  the  chosen  language  must  be 
attained  for  graduation. 

The  Department  recommends  that  all 
students  specializing  in  foreign  literature  and 
languages,  especially  those  planning  to  teach 
or  pursue  a  higher  degree,  take  at  least  18 
hours  in  a  second  foreign  language. 

The  Department  also  strongly  recommends 
that  both  majors  and  minors  in  foreign 
language  seriously  consider  a  study  abroad 
experience.  Information  and  advisement 
concerning  a  wide  variety  of  options  for 
study  abroad  is  available  from  various  faculty 
members  in  the  Department. 


121 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Minors  in  French,  German,  and 
Spanish 


Foreign  Literature  and  Languages 
Courses 


The  minors  in  French,  German,  and  Spanish 
may  be  elected  by  students  majoring  in  any 
other  field. 

Any  degree  candidate  who  has  between  54 
and  84  credits,  with  a  minimum  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  2.0  and  a  2.5  grade 
point  average  in  his  or  her  major,  may 
request  admission  to  a  minor  in  the 
Department  of  Foreign  Literature  and 
Languages.  Before  being  admitted  to  the 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages  minor, 
students  must  obtain  permission  from  the 
Department  Chairperson. 


Requirements 

Eighteen  credits  in  the  one  language  of  the 
minor  are  required,  and  must  include: 

Both  courses  301,  302  (or  equivalent) 

6  credits  in  300  or  400-level  courses  beyond 

301-302. 


Practice  Teaching 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Literature  and 
Languages  permits  students  with  a  3.0 
cumulative  average  in  their  major  to  engage 
in  the  University's  Teacher  Certification 
Program.  Students  seeking  middle  and 
secondary  certification  take  FLL  322 
Introduction  to  Second  Language  Acquisition, 
FLL  326  Discourse  Perspectives  in  Foreign 
Language  Education,  and  FLL  324  Concepts 
of  Foreign  Language  Teaching,  in  addition  to 
the  required  courses  offered  by  the  Education 
Department.  Each  semester,  a  list  of  names 
of  qualified  students  will  be  submitted  to  the 
Department  of  Education.  Students  should 
see  Professor  Christina  Makara  Biron  for 
advising. 


Foreign  Literature  and  Languages  Honors 
Program 

Senior  majors  in  the  Foreign  Literature  and 
Languages  Department  who  have  a 
cumulative  average  of  3.5  can  choose  to  do 
honors  work.  The  student  must  take  a  three- 
or  six-credit  independent  study  on  a  specific 
topic.  This  course  will  have  an  extensive 
reading  list,  and  the  student  must  present  a 
substantial  term  paper  which  will  be 
evaluated  by  a  faculty  committee.  The  term 
paper  must  earn  at  least  a  grade  of  A-. 


French  Courses 

FRN  101  three  credits 
Elementary  French  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Essentials  of  aural-oral,  reading  and  writing 
usage,  with  intensive  drilling  in  pronuncia- 
tion, intonation  and  grammar. 

FRN  102  three  credits 
Elementary  French  II 

Prerequisite:  FRN  101  or  equivalent 
3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Continuation  of  FRN  101 

FRN  201  three  credits 
Intermediate  French  I 

Prerequisite:  FRN  102  or  equivalent 
3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Review  of  grammar  with  composition  and 
aural-oral  practice.  Introduction  to  French 
culture  and  civilization  through  intensive 
and  extensive  reading. 

FRN  202  three  credits 
Intermediate  French  II 

Prerequisite:  FRN  201  or  equivalent 
3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Continuation  of  FRN  201. 

FRN  203  three  credits 

French  Literature  in  Translation  I 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 
Outstanding  works  of  French  literature  in 
translation.  Readings,  lectures,  and 
discussions  in  English. 

FRN  204  three  credits 

French  Literature  in  Translation  II 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 
Continuation  of  French  203. 

FRN  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

FRN  301  three  credits 

French  Composition  and  Conversation  I 

Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent 
Oral  and  written  reports.  Practical  applica- 
tion of  grammar,  vocabulary-building  and 
introduction  to  style. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  French  or  Spanish  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Students  may  choose  a  course  from  approved  list 

Area  I,  Tier  2:      FRN  312,  337,  331,  332,  or  41 1 
SPA  302 

Area  W,  Tier  2:   FRN  312,  331,  332,  41  1,  413,  415,  417,  418,  or  420 

SPA  304,  312,  314,  331,  332,  333,  334,  445,  446,  455,  or  456 

AreaO:  FRN  312  or  337 

SPA  301,  302,  or  312 


122 


FRN  302  three  credits 

French  Composition  and  Conversation  II 

Prerequisite:  FRN  301 
Continuation  of  FRN  301. 

FRN  312  three  credits 

Culture  and  Civilization  of  France 

Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent 
Introduction  to  the  cultural  development  of 
the  French  people  throughout  history. 
Lectures,  class  discussions,  written  and  oral 
reports  on  the  significant  aspects  of  French 
literary,  social,  and  artistic  life. 

FRN  331  three  credits 
Masterpieces  of  French  Literature  I 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  equivalent 
The  representative  authors,  poets  and 
dramatists  of  French  literature  from  La 
Chanson  de  Roland  through  the  age  of 
Enlightenment  will  be  read  and  discussed. 

FRN  332  three  credits 

Masterpieces  of  French  Literature  II 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  equivalent 
The  main  literary  movements  from  the 
nineteenth  century  to  the  contemporary 
period  will  be  analyzed.  Discussion  of 
literary  genres  and  important  aspects  of 
French  literary  history. 

FRN  337  three  credits 
Commercial  French 

Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent 

An  introduction  to  business  in  France  and 

Quebec.  Topics  include  business  vocabulary, 

letter  writing,  transportation,  insurance, 

accounting,  labor  relations,  economic 

geography. 

FRN  411  three  credits 
La  Poesie  Franchise 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Elements  of  French  poetry.  An  examination 
of  versification,  melody,  rhyme,  rhythm 
harmony,  imagery,  metaphor,  and  symbol  in 
representative  French  poets  from  the  Middle 
Ages  to  the  present.  The  course  may  focus 
on  selected  topics  and  poets.  Different 
instructors  may  emphasize  different  periods 
and  works,  but  at  least  two  centuries  will  be 
covered. 

FRN  413  three  credits 
Le  Theatre  Francais 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Elements  of  French  theatre.  An  examination 
of  such  elements  as  character,  time,  place, 
and  action  in  plays  representative  of  French 
theatre  and  its  evolution.  The  course  may 


focus  on  selected  playwrights,  plays,  topics, 
or  themes.  Different  instructors  may 
emphasize  different  periods  and  works,  but 
at  least  two  centuries  will  be  covered. 

FRN  415  three  credits 

La  Litterature  Quebecoise 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Aspects  of  Quebec  Literature:  the  novel, 
theatre,  and  poetry.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  distinctive  nature  of  the  Quebec 
literary  mind.  The  course  may  focus  on  a 
single  genre  or  on  representative  authors. 

FRN  417  three  credits 
Le  Roman  Francais  I 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Elements  of  the  French  novel.  An  examina- 
tion of  character,  vision,  and  development 
of  the  novel  focusing  on  representative 
works  and  authors.  Different  instructors  may 
emphasize  different  periods  and  works,  but 
at  least  two  centuries  will  be  covered. 

FRN  418  three  credits 
Le  Roman  Franqais  II 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Similar  to  FRN  417,  but  different  authors 
and  works  will  be  studied.  Thus  offering  a 
more  complete  picture  of  the  scope  and 
range  of  the  French  novel. 

FRN  420  three  credits 

Major  Currents  of  French  Thought 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Examination  of  influential  thinkers  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present.  Possible  topics 
include:  Montaigne,  Descartes,  the 
Philosophes,  Rousseau,  Existentialism, 
.Structuralism,  Barthes,  Lacan  and  his 
feminist  critics,  Derrida,  and  so  forth. 

FRN  481  three  credits 
Seminar  in  French 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

An  intensive  study  of  a  specific  topic,  such 
as  aural  French  comprehension,  or  a 
particular  author  or  a  literary  movement. 
The  topic  will  vary  from  year  to  year  so  that 
the  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

FRN  482  three  credits 
Seminar  in  French 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Similar  to  FRN  481  but  with  a  different 
topic,  including  history  of  the  French 


language. 

FRN  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
Intensive  study  or  research  on  a  special  topic 
under  the  direction  of  a  staff  member. 
Hours  to  be  arranged. 

FRN  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


German  Courses 

GER  101  three  credits 
Elementary  German  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Introductory  study  of  the  language  and  its 
grammatical  structure.  Development  of  the 
skills  of  understanding,  speaking,  reading, 
and  writing. 

GER  102  three  credits 
Elementary  German  II 

Prerequisite:  GER  101  or  equivalent 
3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Continuation  of  GER  101. 

GER  103  three  credits 
Conversational  German  I 

This  course  is  parallel  to  GER  101 ,  but  the 
emphasis  is  on  learning  to  understand  and 
speak  in  everyday  situations,  particularly  in 
connection  with  travel  and  life  in  Germany 
today.  No  previous  knowledge  of  German 
required. 

GER  104  three  credits 
Conversational  German  II 

Prerequisite:  GER  103  or  equivalent 
Continuation  of  GER  103  (parallel  to  GER 
102). 

GER  201  three  credits 
Intermediate  German  I 

Prerequisite:  GER  102  or  equivalent 
3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Review  of  grammar.  Development  of  facility 
in  composition  and  conversation.  Intensive 
and  extensive  reading  in  texts  of  cultural 
and  literary  value. 

GER  202  three  credits 
Intermediate  German  II 

Prerequisite:  GER  201  or  equivalent 


123 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  Note:  All  Foreign  Literature  and 
Languages  courses  satisfy  area  C,  Cultural 
and  Artistic  Literacy  They  also  satisfy  other 
areas  as  noted 


3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Continuation  of  GER  201. 

GER  203  three  credits 

German  Literature  in  Translation 

Prerequisite  ENL  102 
A  survey  of  German  literature  from  its 
beginnings  through  the  works  of  Goethe 
and  Schiller.  Lectures,  discussion,  and 
reading  in  English. 

GER  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

GER  301  three  credits 

German  Composition  and  Conversation 

Prerequisite:  GER  202  or  equivalent 
Extensive  oral  and  written  application  of 
German  on  the  advanced  level.  The  course 
will  be  conducted  in  German  with  emphasis 
on  idiomatic  use  of  the  language  and  finer 
points  of  grammar  to  give  the  student 
greater  confidence  and  accuracy  in 
expression. 

GER  311  three  credits 

German  Culture  and  Civilization 

Prerequisite:  GER  202  or  equivalent 
Through  reports,  readings,  and  discussions 
in  German,  the  student  will  learn  about  life 
in  Germany,  Austria,  and  Switzerland,  both 
on  the  contemporary  scene  and  from  an 
historical  perspective. 

GER  326  three  credits 

History  of  the  German  Language 

The  historical  development  of  German  from 
its  Indo-European  origins  to  the  present,  its 
vocabulary,  forms,  and  syntax  particularly  in 
their  relationship  to  English.  No  previous 
knowledge  of  German  required. 

GER  335  three  credits 
German  Poetry 

Prerequisite:  GER  202  or  consent  of 
instructor 

A  survey  of  German  poetry  from  the  ninth 
to  the  twentieth  century,  with  analysis  of 
changing  form  and  content. 

GER  357  three  credits 
German  Novelle 


Prerequisite:  GER  202  or  consent  of 
instructor 

The  short  prose  form  in  its  development 
during  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centuries  through  a  reading  of  representa- 
tive authors. 

GER  366  three  credits 
Contemporary  German  Literature 

Prerequisite:  GER  202  or  equivalent 
Recent  developments  in  German  literature  in 
the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany  and  the 
German  Democratic  Republic,  as  well  as  in 
Austria  and  Switzerland.  Material  will  be 
presented  through  reports,  readings,  and 
discussions  in  German. 

GER  374  three  credits 
German  Drama 

Prerequisite:  GER  202  or  consent  of 
instructor 

German  drama  from  its  beginnings  to  the 
present  day  through  a  reading  of  represen- 
tative plays. 

GER  481  three  credits 
Seminar  in  German 

Prerequisite:  A  300-level  course  in  German 
or  consent  of  instructor 
An  intensive  study  of  a  specific  topic,  such 
as  a  particular  author  or  literary  movement. 
The  topic  will  vary  from  year  to  year  so  that 
the  course  may  be  repeated  with  credit. 

GER  495  two  to  four  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

GER  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Italian  Courses 

ITA  101  three  credits 
Elementary  Italian  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Essentials  of  aural-oral,  reading  and  writing 
usage  with  intensive  drilling  in  pronuncia- 
tion, intonation,  and  grammar. 


ITA  102  three  credits 
Elementary  Italian  II 

Prerequisite:  ITA  101  or  equivalent 
3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Continuation  of  ITA  101 

ITA  201  three  credits 
Intermediate  Italian  I 

Prerequisite:  ITA  102  or  equivalent 
3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Review  of  grammar  with  composition  and 
aural-oral  practice  Extensive  readings  of 
cultural  and  literary  value  Emphasis  on 
practical  application  of  grammar  in 
conversations. 

ITA  202  three  credits 
Intermediate  Italian  II 

Prerequisite:  ITA  201  or  equivalent 
Continuation  of  ITA  201 . 

ITA  495  two  to  four  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

ITA  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Latin  Courses 

LAT  101  three  credits 
Introductory  Latin  I 

Fundamentals  of  the  Latin  language  with 
selected  readings,  designed  especially  for 
those  majoring  in  English  or  foreign 
languages.  The  course  seeks  to  develop  a 
measure  of  oral  ability  in  the  language  and 
knowledge  of  the  phonemics,  morphology, 
and  syntax  of  the  declensional  and 
conjugational  systems. 

LAT  102  three  credits 
Introductory  Latin  II 

Prerequisite:  LAT  201  or  equivalent 
Continuation  of  LAT  101. 

LAT  201  three  credits 
Intermediate  Latin  I 

Prerequisite:  LAT  102  or  equivalent 


124 


A  third  semester  of  Latin,  designed  to 
develop  skill  in  the  reading  of  representative 
authors  of  the  Golden  Age  (Catullus,  Cicero, 
Nepos,  Horace,  Martial,  et  al.),  with 
additional  selections  from  the  Patristic 
Period  (Vulgate)  and  from  the  Medieval 
Period  (Isidore  of  Seville,  the  Venerable 
Bede). 

LAT  202  three  credits 
Intermediate  Latin  II 

Prerequisite:  LAT  201  or  equivalent 
A  fourth  semester  course  paralleling  LAT 
201  but  with  more  extensive  selections, 
from  Nepos,  Horace  and  Phaedrus  (Au- 
gustan Period);  from  the  Epistolae  of  Pliny 
the  Younger,  mirroring  Roman  life,  and 
from  the  Saturae  of  Martial;  supplemented 
by  other  materials  where  feasible.  While  one 
purpose  of  LAT  201-202  will  remain 
building  ability  to  translate,  the  courses  also 
aim  to  foster  reading  of  the  Latin  texts 
directly  in  the  original  for  personal  enrich- 
ment and  satisfaction. 

LAT  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 


Spanish  Courses 

SPA  101  three  credits 
Elementary  Spanish  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Essentials  of  aural-oral,  reading  and  writing 
with  intensive  drilling  on  pronunciation, 
intonation  and  grammar. 

SPA  102  three  credits 
Elementary  Spanish  II 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Continuation  of  SPA  101. 

SPA  201  three  credits 
Intermediate  Spanish  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  SPA  102  or  equivalent 
Review  of  grammar  with  composition  and 
aural-oral  practice.  Introduction  to  Hispanic 
Culture  and  civilization  through  intensive 
and  extensive  reading. 

SPA  202  three  credits 
Intermediate  Spanish  II 

Prerequisite:  SPA  201  or  equivalent 


Continuation  of  SPA  201 

SPA  203  three  credits 

Spanish  Literature  in  Translation 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 
Outstanding  works  of  Spanish  literature 
through  the  eighteenth  century.  Readings 
lectures,  and  discussions  in  English. 

SPA  207  three  credits 
Spanish  for  Law  Enforcement 
Personnel  I 

Prerequisite:  SPA  102  or  equivalent;  or 
permission  of  the  instructor 
Spanish  language  to  help  law  enforcement 
personnel  deal  with  the  Spanish  speaking 
community.  Individual  case  studies  will  be 
examined  in  depth  in  order  to  facilitate  the 
total  involvement  of  law  enforcement  per- 
sonnel in  their  work.  This  course  is  designed 
principally  for  students  of  criminal  justice. 

SPA  208  three  credits 
Spanish  for  Law  Enforcement 
Personnel  II 

Prerequisite:  SPA  207 
Continuation  of  SPA  208. 

SPA  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

SPA  301  three  credits 
Composition  and  Conversation  I 

Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or  equivalent 
Oral  and  written  reports.  Practical  applica- 
tion of  grammar,  vocabulary-building,  and 
introduction  to  style. 

SPA  302  three  credits 
Composition  and  Conversation  II 

Prerequisite:  SPA  301  or  equivalent,  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Continuation  of  SPA  301.  Discussion  and 
oral  reports  based  on  modern  literary  works, 
expository  or  journalistic  prose  from  Spain 
and  Latin  America.  Vocabulary-building  and 
frequent  compositions. 

SPA  304  three  credits 
Advanced  Composition  and 
Conversation 

Prerequisite:  SPA  302  or  consent  of 


instructor 

Abundant  discussion  and  oral  reports  on 
current  themes  in  the  Hispanic  world. 
Frequent  compositions  on  topics  found  in 
Spanish,  and  Spanish-American  periodicals 
and  newspapers. 

SPA  305  three  credits 
Business  Spanish 

Prerequisite:  SPA  202 
Spanish  for  correspondence,  investments, 
law,  transportation,  banking,  administration, 
personnel,  publicity  and  promotion. 
Abundant  practice  in  translation  and 
vocabulary.  Readings  and  selections  from 
different  fields  for  comprehension. 

SPA  312  three  credits 

Culture  and  Civilization  of  Spain 

Prerequisite:  SPA  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Introduction  to  the  cultural  development  of 
the  Spanish  people  throughout  their  history. 
Lectures,  class  discussions,  and  written  and 
oral  reports  convey  significant  aspects  of 
Spanish  literary,  social  and  artistic  life. 

SPA  314  three  credits 

Culture  and  Civilization  of  Latin  America 

Prerequisite:  SPA  301  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Lectures,  class  discussions,  written  and  oral 
reports  on  the  significant  aspects  of  Latin 
American  literary,  social,  and  artistic 
development  from  the  period  of  discovery 
and  colonization  to  present  times. 

SPA  325  three  credits 

Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  and  Syntax 

Prerequisite:  SPA  202 

A  systematic  study  of  Spanish  grammar  with 
extensive  practice  in  composition.  Recom- 
mended for  those  planning  to  teach. 

SPA  331  three  credits 

Masterpieces  of  Spanish  Literature  I 

Prerequisite:  SPA  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

The  representative  authors,  poets  and 
dramatists  of  Spanish  literature  from  El 
Cantar  de  Mio  Cid  in  the  Middle  Ages  to 
Quevedo  in  the  Baroque  period. 

SPA  332  three  credits 

Masterpieces  of  Spanish  Literature  II 

Prerequisite:  SPA  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Selected  plays,  novels  and  poetry  from  the 
eighteenth  century  to  the  contemporary 
period. 

SPA  333  three  credits 


125 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  Note:  All  Foreign  Literature  and 
Languages  courses  satisty  area  C,  Cultural 
and  Artistic  Literacy.  They  also  satisfy  other 
areas  as  noted. 


Representative  Authors  of  Spanish 
American  Literature  I 

Prerequisite:  SPA  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

The  mam  writers  from  the  period  of 
conquest  and  discovery  in  the  New  World  to 
the  development  of  Gaucho  literature  in  the 
nineteenth  century. 

SPA  334  three  credits 
Representative  Authors  of  Spanish 
American  Literature  II 

Prerequisite:  SPA  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

The  major  works  from  the  pre-Modernist 
period  in  the  nineteenth  century  to  the 
contemporary  period. 

SPA  445  three  credits 

Spanish  Poetry  and  Drama  of  the 

Golden  Age 

Prerequisites:  SPA  331,  332;  or  333,  334;  or 
consent  of  instructor 

The  poetry  of  the  Renaissance  and  Baroque 
periods  together  with  the  selected  plays  of 
Lope  de  Vega,  Calderon  de  la  Barca  and 
Tirso  de  Molina. 

SPA  446  three  credits 

Spanish  Prose  of  the  Golden  Age 

Prerequisite:  SPA  331,  332;  or  333,  334,  or 

consent  of  instructor 

The  main  authors  of  the  sixteenth  and 

seventeenth  centuries  with  emphasis  on  the 

life  and  major  works  of  Miguel  de 

Cervantes. 

SPA  455  three  credits 

Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 

Prerequisites:  SPA  331,  332;  or  333,  334;  or 
consent  of  instructor 

The  main  literary  movements,  romanticism, 
realism  and  naturalism  are  studied  together 
with  the  representative  works  of  outstand- 
ing authors,  poets,  and  dramatists. 

SPA  456  three  credits 
Contemporary  Spanish  Literature 

Prerequisites:  SPA  331,  332;  or  333,  334;  or 
consent  of  instructor 
The  leading  writers  of  each  literary  form 
from  the  generation  of  '98  to  the  present. 

SPA  481  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Spanish 

Prerequisites:  SPA  331,  332;  or  333,  334;  or 
consent  of  instructor 
An  intensive  study  of  a  specific  topic  or 
topics,  such  as  a  particular  author,  genre,  or 
literary  movement.  The  topic  or  topics  will 
vary  from  year  to  year  so  that  the  course 
may  be  repeated  with  credit. 


SPA  482  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Spanish 

Prerequisites:  SPA  331,  332;  or  SPA  333, 

334;  or  consent  of  instructor 

Similar  to  SPA  481  but  with  a  different 

topic. 

SPA  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Intensive  study  or  research  on  a  special  topic 
in  Spanish  or  Spanish  American  literature 
under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

SPA  196.  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

Linguistics/Teaching  Methods 
Courses 

FLL  211  three  credits 
Textual  Analysis 

Literary  explication.  Intensive  readings  with 
analysis  of  relationships  between  language 
and  thought  and  form  and  content.  Training 
in  the  writing  of  analytical  critique.  Course 
taught  in  English. 

FLL  250  three  credits  C,  W 
Language  and  the  Mind 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 

Examination  of  language  and  the  relation- 
ships among  language,  thought,  and  culture 
by  focusing  on  various  human-interest 
aspects  of  linguistics.  Topics  include 
language  of  propaganda  and  politics, 
language  of  advertising,  language  and 
sexism,  euphemisms,  jargon,  and  double- 
talk,  taboos,  doctorese,  legalese,  bilingual- 
ism,  social  judgments  and  standard  versus 
non-standard  English. 

FLL  322  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Second  Language 
Acquisition 

Factors  that  affect  the  production  and 
comprehension  of  foreign  language 
acquisition,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
acquisition  of  the  Romance  Languages. 
Topics  studied  include  comparisons  of 
second  language  acquisition  with  first 
language  acquisition,  affective  factors, 
interlanguage,  learner  strategies,  sociocul- 


tural  factors,  and  evaluation  of  proficiency. 
FLL  324  three  credits 

Concepts  of  Foreign  Language  Teaching 

An  analysis  of  methods  and  techniques  in 
the  teaching  and  learning  of  foreign 
languages  Examination  of  innovations  in 
foreign  language  education.  A  study  of  the 
problems  of  language,  subject  matter,  and 
materials  inherent  in  bilingual  education. 
Individual  and  group  projects  with  applica- 
tion of  theory  to  practice 

FLL  326  three  credits 

Discourse  Perspectives  in  Foreign 

Language  Education 

Factors  that  affect  the  understanding  and 
production  of  foreign  language  texts.  An 
analysis  of  how  meaning  is  socially  and 
cogmtively  constructed.  Topics  studied 
include  the  negotiation  of  meaning,  oral  vs. 
written  texts,  schema  theory,  ethnography 
of  communication,  genre  analysis,  content 
language  instruction,  and  evaluation  of 
discourse  production  and  comprehension. 
An  examination  of  methods  and  techniques 
that  apply  discourse  theory  to  the  foreign 
language  classroom. 

FLL  425  three  credits 

Origin  and  Evolution  of  Romance 

Languages 

Examination  of  the  common  origin  of  the 
romance  languages  in  Latin  and  their 
evolution  into  French,  Italian,  Portuguese, 
and  Spanish.  The  course  uses  both  the 
traditional  philological  method  and  modern 
theoretical  linguistics,  both  synchronic  and 
diachronic.  Furthermore,  linguistic  features 
are  interpreted  for  their  historical  and 
sociological  factors. 

FLL  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 


126 


Graduate  Courses  for  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching 

FLL  525  three  credits 

Origin  and  Evolution  of  Romance 

Languages 

Prerequisite:  FRN  302,  POR  302,  or  SPA  302 
(or  equivalent) 

Examination  of  the  common  origin  of  the 
romance  languages  in  Latin  and  their 
evolution  into  French,  Italian,  Portuguese, 
and  Spanish.  The  course  uses  both  the 
traditional  philological  method  and  modern 
theoretical  linguistics,  both  synchronic  and 
diachronic.  Furthermore,  linguistic  features 
are  interpreted  for  their  historical  and 
sociological  factors. 

FLL  625  three  credits 
Alternative  Assessment  and  The 
National  Standards  in  Foreign  Language 
Education 

Prerequisite:  Must  be  a  MAT  student 
A  critical  examination  of  recent  theory  and 
practice  concerning  the  role  of  assessment 
in  foreign  language  curricula.  The  course 
will  emphasize  student  analysis  of  current 
evaluation  and  assessment  models  to  meet 
the  goals  of  National  Standards  and  how 
these  models  compare  with  those  currently 
in  use  in  secondary  schools  within  the  area. 


writing  and  reading  abilities.  The  course  will 
examine  forms  of  literary  criticism  as  they 
apply  to  teaching  secondary  language  and 
literature. 


For  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  program, 
appropriate  400  level  Foreign  Language  and 
Literature  courses  may  be  offered  at  the  500 
level. 


FLL  676  /  ENL  676  three  credits 
Discourse  Processes 

Prerequisite:  Must  be  a  MAT  student 
An  advanced  seminar  in  exploration  of 
classroom  communication  with  a  focus  on 
the  means  by  which  language  is  taught  and, 
specifically,  on  analyzing  and  recording 
instructional  conversations  involving 
multicultural  populations.  The  course  is 
intended  to  provide  experience  in  the 
investigation  of  a  classroom  research 
question.  Students  will  undertake  super- 
vised fieldwork  and  careful  study  of  the 
theory  and  methods  of  descriptive  research 
from  a  sociolinguistic  perspective. 

FLL  684  /  ENL  684  three  credits 
Literary  Criticism  I:  Theory  and  Practice 
in  Teaching  Literature 

Prerequisite:  MAT  enrollment  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Intensive  readings  with  analysis  of  relation- 
ships among  language,  thought,  form,  and 
content.  The  course  will  examine  the 
intellectual,  emotional,  cultural,  multicul- 
tural, and  aesthetic  qualities  of  texts, 
including  the  links  among  stylistic  devices, 
central  motifs,  author's  purpose,  motiva- 
tion, imagination,  and  psychology  with 
emphasis  on  secondary  students'  analytic 

127 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


History 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest  History  Minor 


History  students  are  offered  study  in  United 
States,  European,  Russian,  Latin  American, 
African,  and  Asian  history.  Students  can 
expect  to  participate  in  a  variety  of 
academic  activities  including  lecture  and 
discussion  courses  and  seminars  The  history 
curriculum  acquaints  students  with  the 
various  methods  of  historical  study,  provides 
them  with  a  broad  understanding  of  the 
major  themes  of  history,  allows  them  to 
concentrate  on  topical  courses  and  themes 
of  their  choosing,  and  offers  opportunities 
to  propose  and  implement  their  own 
research  projects. 

As  a  broadly  based  liberal  arts  degree,  the 
major  emphasizes  the  development  of 
critical  thinking  and  communication  skills  as 
well  as  the  acquisition  of  historical 
perspective.  Graduates  prepare  themselves 
for  a  wide  variety  of  positions  in  govern- 
ment, education,  and  business.  A  B.A.  in 
History  can  also  lead  to  graduate  work  in  a 
variety  of  fields  and  serve  as  a  sound 
foundation  for  law  school. 

Students  with  a  GPA  of  3.2  are  eligible  for 
nomination  to  the  University's  Alpha  Eta 
Theta  Chapter  of  the  International  History 
Honor  Society,  Phi  Alpha  Theta. 


Linsun  Cheng  Asian  history 

Kevin  J.  Hargreaves  France,  European 
intellectual  history,  Canada 

Veronique  Helenon  African  studies,  world 
history 

James  A.  Hijiya  early  America,  recent  U.S., 
Central  America 

Gerard  M.  Koot  (chairperson)  modern 
Britain,  modern  Europe.European  economic 
and  social  history 

Betty  L.  Mitchell  nineteenth-century  United 
States,  women's  history 

Geraldine  M.  Phipps  Russia,  Eastern 
Europe 

Benjamin  F.  Taggie  medieval  studies 

Len  Travers  American  history:  colonial, 
early  republic,  and  New  England 

Brian  Williams  Islamic  studies,  world  history 


Any  degree  candidate  who  has  at  least  54 
credits  with  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  2.0  and  at  least  2.5  grade  point 
average  in  his  or  her  major  may  request 
admission  to  the  minor  in  history.  This 
request  must  be  approved  by  the  Depart- 
ment Chairperson.  Upon  admission  students 
will  be  assigned  an  advisor. 


Requirements 
1 

18  credits  in  history  as  follows:  a)  At  least  9 
credits  of  300-400  level  courses;  b)  At  least 
3  credits  in  or  a  seminar;  c)  No  more  than  6 
credits  at  the  100  level. 

2 

A  student  who  maintains  a  2.0  average  in 
his/her  history  courses  (for  the  minor)  will 
have  the  successful  completion  of  a  minor 
in  history  noted  on  his  or  her  transcript. 


History  Honors  Program 

The  department  offers  an  Honors  Program 
for  senior  history  majors  with  a  3.2 
cumulative  average.  In  this  program 
students  write  a  research  paper  under  the 
direction  of  a  faculty  member  of  their 
choice  For  details  of  this  program,  students 
should  consult  their  advisors. 

Students  with  a  GPA  of  3.2  are  eligible  for 
nomination  to  the  university's  Alpha  Eta 
Theta  Chapter  of  the  International  History 
Honor  Society,  Phi  Alpha  Theta. 


128 


History  Major  History  Courses 

BA  degree 


All  history  majors  will  be  required  to  take  36  credits  in  history  as  indicated  in  requirements 
below.  Freshmen  will  normally  not  take  courses  above  the  100  or  200  level.  It  is  expected 
that  each  history  major  will  consult  regularly  with  his  or  her  class  advisor  in  formulating  a 
program  of  study  that  will  help  to  fulfill  his  or  her  educational  and  career  goals. 


Credits 


Requirements 

HST  101 
HST  102 

HST  103 
HST  104 


History  of  Western  Civilization  I  and 
History  of  Western  Civilization  II 
OR 

World  Civilizations  I  and 
World  Civilizations  II 


30  credit-hours  of  history  courses,  to  be  divided  in  the  following  manner: 

Six  credits  in  U.S.  History  (above  the  100  level) 

Six  credits  in  European  History  (above  the  100  level) 

Six  credits  in  "other"  history  (e.g.,  Russia,  Latin  America,  Asia, Near  East, 
Africa,  Ancient) 

Three  credits  in  a  history  seminar 
Nine  credits  of  history  electives 


Total 


6 
6 
6 

3 
9 
36 


No  more  than  a  total  of  12  credits  may  be  taken  at  the  100  level. 


Department  General  Education  Requirements/History 

The  department  has  determined  the  following  areas  of  the  General  Education  requirement 
for  its  students: 

Area  E:  Students  should  select  a  course  from  the  published  list  of  available  courses  that 
satisfy  this  requirement 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  a  history  seminar,  HST  401,  402  or  403 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  a  history  seminar,  HST  401,  402  or  403 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  a  history  seminar,  HST  401 ,  402  or  403 


HST  101  three  credits  C,  G 
History  of  Western  Civilization  I 

A  survey  of  the  growth  of  European 
civilization  from  ancient  times  to  the  end  of 
the  Middle  Ages,  including  economic,  social, 
political,  and  intellectual  developments. 

HST  102  three  credits  C,  G 
History  of  Western  Civilization  II 

Continuation  of  the  study  of  European  civili- 
zation from  the  end  of  the  Middle  Ages  to 
the  present,  emphasizing  the  origins  and 
development  of  20th-century  societies  and 
issues. 

HST  103  three  credits  C,  G 
World  Civilizations  I 

Introduces  students  to  historical  method  and 
perspective  through  comparative  study  of 
human  societies  and  cultures.  The  concept 
of  "civilization"  is  examined  in  varied 
contexts  through  comparisons  of  social, 
economic,  and  political  institutions,  as  well 
as  systems  of  thought  and  religion,  from 
pre-history  to  around  1400 

HST  104  three  credits  C,  G 
World  Civilizations  II 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  World 
Civilizations,  from  1400  to  the  present. 

HST  115  three  credits  C,  D 
History  of  the  United  States  I 

A  survey  of  American  history  from  the 
beginning  to  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the 
interactions  among  people  from  different 
races,  ethnic  groups,  sexes,  classes, 
religions,  and  political  persuasions. 

HST  116  three  credits  C,  D 
History  of  the  United  States  II 

A  continuation  of  the  survey  of  American 
history,  from  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruc- 
tion to  the  present. 

HST  160  three  credits  C,  G 
Slavic  Civilization 

Survey  of  the  cultural,  political,  and 
economic  development  of  Slavic  peoples  of 
Eastern  Europe  and  Russia. 

HST  180  three  credits  C,  G 
Asian  Civilization 

A  survey  of  Asian  culture,  its  origins  in 
Chinese  and  Indian  civilizations,  and  its 
subsequent  development.  Includes  the 
historical,  social,  and  economic  development 
of  such  newly  independent  Asian  countries 
as  Indonesia,  Malaysia,  and  Singapore. 

HST  190  three  credits  C,  G 
African  Civilizations 


129 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  Key 


All  History  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy;  lower  division  courses  are  marked 
C,  but  advanced  courses  are  eligible  as 
well.  Other  courses  satisfy  other  require- 
ments as  marked. 


An  introduction  to  the  culture,  history,  and 
civilizations  of  the  African  continent,  with 
special  emphasis  on  sub-Saharan  Africa.  This 
one-semester  survey  is  designed  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  principal  themes  of 
African  history  and  development  from 
prehistoric  to  modern  times. 

HST  200  three  credits  C 
Topics  in  History 

This  course  will  deal  with  a  variety  of  topics 
from  Russian,  European,  and  American 
history.  One  specific  topic,  e.g.  the  Russian 
Revolution,  will  be  taught  in  any  semester. 

HST  203  three  credits  C,  D 
20th  Century  America  I 

An  interpretive  analysis  of  the  major 
American  domestic  and  foreign  policy  trends 
from  1900  to  1945:  Progressive  Era,  World 
War  I,  Red  Scare,  Roaring  Twenties, 
Depression,  New  Deal,  World  War  II. 

HST  204  three  credits  C,  D 
20th  Century  America  II 

An  interpretive  analysis  of  the  major 
American  domestic  and  foreign  policy  trends 
from  1945  to  the  present:  the  Cold  War,  Fair 
Deal,  McCarthyism,  Eisenhower  Years,  New 
Frontier,  Great  Society,  Vietnam,  Countercul- 
ture, Nixon  Years,  the  Me-Decade,  the 
Reagan  and  Bush  presidencies. 

HST  205  three  credits  C,  D 
African-American  History  I 

A  survey  of  the  role  of  African-Americans  in 
American  life  and  culture  from  the  colonial 
period  to  the  1890s.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  205 
and  LST  205. 

HST  206  three  credits  C,  D 
African-American  History  II 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  the  role  of 
African-Americans  in  American  history,  from 
the  1890s  to  the  present.  Cross-listed  as  AAS 
206  and  LST  206. 

HST  207  three  credits  C,  D 

Women's  History  in  the  United  States: 

Colonial  to  the  Present 

Survey  of  the  history  of  women — black  and 
white,  native  and  immigrant,  rich  and  poor — 
in  the  U.S.  from  colonial  times  to  the 
present.  Among  the  topics  to  be  discussed 
are:  women's  role  in  agrarian  vs.  industrial 
society;  women  and  the  family;  women  in 
the  labor  movement;  female  friendships  and 
organizations;  the  frontier  experience; 
women's  suffrage;  sex  and  sex  roles;  and  the 
birth  and  growth  of  the  feminist  movement. 
Cross-listed  as  WMS  207. 


HST  209  three  credits  C.  D 

History  of  Labor  in  the  United  States 

History  of  the  American  working  class 
throughout  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 
The  course  will  examine  the  experiences  of 
both  organized  labor  and  the  masses  of 
unorganized  workers,  and  highlight  issues 
of  race,  class,  gender,  and  ethnicity  Cross- 
listed  as  LST  209. 

HST  212  three  credits  C 
The  Case  of  Lizzie  Borden 

Using  primary  source  documents  such  as 
newspapers,  wills,  city  directories,  the 
federal  census,  etc.,  students  will  study  the 
fascinating  case  of  Lizzie  Borden  of  Fall  River 
who  was  accused  of  the  brutal  axe  murder 
of  her  father  and  step-mother.  Students  will 
develop  their  skills  in  historical  methodol- 
ogy, and  participation  in  class  discussions  is 
emphasized.  Cross-listed  as  WMS  212. 

HST  213  three  credits  C,  G 
World  of  the  Old  Testament 

An  historical,  sociological,  and  philosophical 
study  of  the  world  of  the  Old  Testament  and 
its  effect  upon  the  development  of  both 
Christianity  and  Islam.  Special  emphasis  is 
placed  upon  recent  archaeological  discoveries 
which  shed  light  upon  the  interaction  of 
ancient  Israel  with  surrounding  cultures  and 
its  place  in  the  context  of  Middle  Eastern 
civilization.  Lecture  and  discussion  are 
supplemented  with  slide  presentations  and 
the  display  of  various  artifacts  that  reflect  the 
lifestyles  of  the  Biblical  period.  Cross-listed  as 
JST213. 

HST  214  three  credits  C,  G 
The  Post-Biblical  World 

An  historical,  sociological,  and  philosophical 
study  of  the  post-Biblical  world.  Particular 
emphasis  is  placed  upon  both  the  origins  of 
Christianity  within  the  context  of  Jewish, 
Middle  Eastern,  and  Roman  history  and  the 
parallel  development  of  Rabbinic  Judaism.  In 
addition  to  lecture  and  discussions,  the  class 
participates  in  a  Seder  Meal  where  the  ritual 
practices  of  first-century  Israel  are  recreated. 
Cross-listed  as  JST  214. 

HST  223  three  credits  C,  G 
Medieval  History 

The  transition  of  Europe  during  the  period 
from  the  end  of  the  Classical  World  to  the 
Renaissance.  Emphasis  on  political  develop- 
ment, social  and  economic  change,  and  the 
role  of  the  Church. 

HST  250  three  credits  C 
Historiography 

Devoted  to  the  study  of  history  as  a  means 


to  understanding  human  experience  and 
development.  Acquaints  the  student  with 
source  materials,  research  methods,  and 
problems  of  interpretation. 

HST  260  three  credits  C.  G 

The  History  of  the  Jewish  People 

A  survey  of  the  social,  political,  and  economic 
history  of  the  Jewish  people  from  the  first 
century  through  the  modern  era  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  upon  Jewish-Christian  and 
Jewish-Islamic  relations  and  their  effect  upon 
anti-semitism,  the  Holocaust,  and  the  growth 
and  development  of  Zionism.  The  student 
becomes  acquainted  with  the  place  of  the 
Jewish  people  in  the  mainstream  of  western 
culture  and  with  the  problem  of  maintaining 
ethnic  and  religious  identify  in  a  basically 
hostile  environment. 

HST  270  three  credits  C,  G 
Latin  American  Civilizations 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  pre- 
Colombian  and  European-initiated  civiliza- 
tions which  developed  in  regions  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere  colonized  by  Spain  and 
Portugal.  Emphasis  is  on  the  independent 
nations  of  Latin  America  from  the  1820's  to 
the  present.  Issues  include  race  and  class 
economic  development  and  dependency,  and 
the  legitimation  of  political  authority. 

HST  282  three  credits  C,  G 
China  and  the  Far  East 

Introduces  the  history  and  geography  of 
China,  Japan,  and  Korea.  Emphasis  on 
events  since  the  establishment  of  relations 
with  the  West.  The  interrelations  of  the 
three  principal  Far  Eastern  states  in  modern 
times  will  be  studied. 

HST  283  three  credits  C.  G,  D 
Chinese  Civilization  and  Culture 

General  Chinese  history  and  civilization  from 
ancient  times  to  the  present.  Emphasis  on 
China's  cultural  contributions  at  times  of 
both  unity  and  disunity,  and  upon  the 
characteristics  of  cultural  change  and 
continuity. 

HST  284  three  credits  C 

Japanese  Civilization  and  Culture 

A  study  of  Japanese  cultural  and  political 
development  from  ancient  to  modern  times 
with  emphasis  on  literature,  religion  and  art. 

HST  290  three  credits  C,  G 
Modern  Africa 

Survey  of  Africa's  modern  history,  beginning 
especially  after  1800.  It  looks  at  the 
beginnings  and  expansions  of  European  and 
African-American  settlements  there,  the 


130 


Zulu  and  Islamic  Revolutions,  the  conquest 
and  colonization  of  Africa,  and  post-colonial 
developments.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  290 

HST  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

HST  300  three  credits 
Topics  in  American  History 

A  critical  analysis  of  selected  topics  or  issues 
in  American  history  which  are  not  otherwise 
offered  in  the  standard  catalogue  courses. 
Cross-listed  as  AAS  300. 

HST  301  three  credits  D 
American  Colonial  History 

A  survey  of  the  European  colonies — 
especially  the  Spanish,  English,  and  French — 
that  eventually  became  part  of  the  United 
States.  Emphasis  is  on  the  confrontation  of 
Native-American,  European,  and  African 
peoples  between  1492  and  1763. 

HST  302  three  credits  D 
History  of  Religion  in  America  I 

A  survey  of  the  American  religious  ex- 
perience from  the  seventeenth  century  to 
the  Civil  War,  focusing  on  the  redefinition  of 
European  religious  turmoil  in  the  colonies, 
Native-American  religion,  the  Great 
Awakening,  eighteenth  century  Civil 
millennialism,  early  growth  of  Catholicism 
and  Judaism,  the  communitarian  impulse, 
the  explosion  of  Evangelicalism,  the  impact 
on  humanitarian  reform  and  the  shaping  of 
the  African-American  religious  alternatives. 

HST  303  three  credits  D 

History  of  Religion  in  America  II 

A  survey  of  the  American  religious  experi- 
ence from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present, 
focusing  on  the  rise  of  Black  churches,  the 
impact  of  immigration  and  urban  industrial- 
ism, the  Ghost  Dance  religions,  the  Social 
Gospel,  the  Americanization  of  the  Catholic 
Church,  the  Fundamentalist  controversy,  the 
impact  of  the  Depression,  Neo-Orthodoxy, 
the  public  religion  of  the  Cold  War,  Pan- 
Indianism,  twentieth  century  Judaism,  the 
flowering  of  the  cults,  and  the  emergence  of 
the  electronic  churches. 


HST  304  three  credits  D 

History  of  North  American  Indians 

Survey  of  the  history  of  Indians  of  North 
America  from  their  origins  to  the  present. 
The  course  will  examine  a  variety  of  native 
peoples  in  different  regions  of  the  conti- 
nent, but  mostly  in  what  is  now  the  United 
States,  and  the  interaction  between  those 
native  peoples  and  newcomers  from  Europe 
and  Africa. 

HST  305  three  credits  D 

The  United  States  in  the  Age  of 

Revolution 

A  study  of  the  period  from  1760s  to  the 
1840s,  concentrating  on  the  development 
of  political  ideas  and  practices.  Topics  will 
include  the  Revolution,  its  origins  and 
consequences;  the  Constitution;  the  rise  of 
political  parties;  Jeffersonian  and  Jacksonian 
democracy;  and  territorial  expansion. 

HST  306  three  credits  D 

Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 

The  antebellum,  Civil  War,  and  Reconstruc- 
tion period  of  American  history.  This  was  a 
crucial  era  because  so  many  fundamental 
issues  were  at  stake:  the  place  of  African- 
Americans  in  American  society;  the  destiny 
of  Southern  whites  who  tried  to  save  their 
slave  regime  by  seceding  from  the  Union; 
and,  the  very  survival  of  the  United  States  as 
a  nation. 

HST  307  three  credits  D 
Plymouth  Colony  1620-1692 

Explores  the  history  of  the  colony  of  New 
Plymouth,  with  an  emphasis  on  the 
interaction  of  the  colonists  with  the  native 
people  of  Southeastern  Massachusetts. 
Students  analyze  primary  sources  as  well  as 
recent  historical  works  to  understand  the 
relation  between  American  myth  and 
American  history. 

HST  310  three  credits  D 
America's  Working  Women 

The  experience  of  American  working 
women — black  and  white,  native  and 
immigrant,  organized  and  unorganized — 
from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present  day. 
Because  work  is  defined  as  productive  labor, 
this  course  will  examine  women  as  paid  and 
unpaid  workers — in  the  marketplace  as  well 
as  in  the  home.  Some  of  the  areas  of  study 
will  be  women  on  the  frontier,  women  in 
the  mills  and  factories,  labor  union  women, 
women  in  the  professions,  and  the  history 
and  politics  of  housework.  Cross-listed  as 
LST  310  and  WMS  310. 

HST  311  three  credits 


New  England  Maritime  History 

The  relationship  between  New  England  and 
the  sea.  This  course  is  more  local  in  its 
approach  than  the  American  Maritime 
History  course,  and  treats  coastal  and 
foreign  trade  of  individual  ports,  whaling, 
fishing,  and  recreational  industries.  The 
decline  of  maritime  New  England  is  also 
treated,  bringing  the  course  into  the  most 
recent  decades. 

HST  313  three  credits 

Territorial  Expansion  of  the  United 

States 

Examines  the  geographic,  economic,  social, 
and  diplomatic  issues  involved  in  the 
settlement  and  development  of  the  nation 
from  the  earliest  European  outposts  to  the 
passing  of  the  frontier  and  the  shift  to 
overseas  territories.  In  tracing  the  internal 
expansion  of  the  United  States,  attention 
will  be  focused  upon  the  exclusion  of  the 
native  Americans  from  the  mainstream  of 
American  life. 

HST  314  three  credits  D 
History  of  Urban  America 

The  emergence  and  development  of  the 
American  city  from  the  seventeenth  century 
to  the  present,  stressing  the  colonial  town, 
cities  and  the  new  nation,  immigration  and 
the  nativist  reaction,  slavery  in  the  city,  the 
completion  of  the  urban  network,  the 
political  machine,  the  urban  reformer,  the 
company  town,  the  African-American 
migration  to  the  city  and  the  emergence  of 
the  metropolis. 

HST  315  three  credits 
History  of  Massachusetts 

The  development  of  the  state  from  its 
Colonial  beginnings,  through  its  transforma- 
tion into  an  industrial  society  during  the 
nineteenth  century  and  its  twentieth  century 
adaptation  to  industrial  and  technological 
changes.  This  will  not  be  simply  a  political 
history  but  will  include  geography,  industrial 
history,  social  and  transportational  as  well  as 
immigration  studies.  There  will  be  a 
discussion  of  the  broadest  variety  of  topics 
possible. 

HST  317  three  credits  G,  D 
History  of  European  Women 

A  survey  of  women's  history  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present  that  critically 
examines  the  recent  scholarship  on  this 
topic.  The  course  will  deal  both  with 
remarkable  and  ordinary  women.  Extensive 
use  will  be  made  of  recent  research  on  the 
history  of  the  family  and  social  demography 
as  well  as  the  more  traditional  areas  of 


131 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  Key 


All  History  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy;  lower  division  courses  are 
marked  C,  but  advanced  courses  are 
eligible  as  well.  Other  courses  satisfy 
other  requirements  as  marked. 


political,  intellectual,  and  economic  history. 
While  emphasizing  Western  Europe,  the 
course  will  include  some  material  from  the 
Americas  and  other  areas.  Cross-listed  as 
WMS  317. 

HST  318  three  credits 

Women's  Biography  and  Autobiography 

Examines  the  lives  of  various  women  in  the 
United  States,  Great  Britain,  and  elsewhere 
both  from  a  literary  and  historical  perspec- 
tive. Examples  of  women  whose  lives  will  be 
studied  are  Charlotte  Bronte,  Sarah  and 
Angelina  Grimke,  and  Charlotte  Perkins 
Gilman.  Cross-listed  as  WMS  3 1 8. 

HST  319  three  credits  G 

Early  Modern  Europe  1600  to  1815 

A  survey  of  post-Renaissance  European 
civilization  to  the  19th  century.  Emphasis  on 
the  growth  of  the  modern  state  system,  the 
origins  of  capitalist  economies,  the  scientific 
revolution  and  Enlightenment,  and  the 
political  history  of  the  principal  monarchies. 

HST  321  three  credits  G 

17th  and  18th  Century  European 

Intellectual  History 

A  survey  of  the  intellectual  history  of  Europe 
in  the  early  modern  period,  including  the 
growth  of  skepticism  and  the  secularization 
of  thought,  the  scientific  revolution,  the 
Enlightenment  and  the  creation  of  a  liberal 
climate  of  opinion,  and  the  origins  of 
modern  political  and  economic  theory. 

HST  322  three  credits  G 

19th  and  20th  Century  European 

Intellectual  History 

An  examination  of  such  intellectual  currents 
as  romanticism,  liberalism  and  conservatism, 
nationalism,  socialism  and  capitalism,  and 
social  Darwinism.  Attention  will  be  paid  to 
the  development  and  maturation  of  these 
currents  in  the  19th  century,  and  their 
modification  in  the  20th  century. 

HST  323  three  credits  G 
Europe  in  the  19th  Century 

The  major  political,  economic,  intellectual 
and  social  developments  in  Europe  from  the 
French  Revolution  to  the  outbreak  of  World 
War  I. 

HST  324  three  credits  G 
Europe  in  the  20th  Century 

A  study  of  the  forces  shaping  contemporary 
Europe.  Attention  will  be  paid  to  World  War 
I  and  its  impact,  the  Versailles  settlement, 
liberalism  and  democracy  in  the  20th 
century,  the  challenge  of  totalitarian 
systems,  the  Second  World  War,  the  Cold 


War,  West  European  unification,  and 
disintegration  of  the  Eastern  Bloc. 

HST  325  three  credits  G 

European  Overseas  Expansion  1500  to 

1800 

Examines  European  mastery  of  the  oceans 
from  the  beginning  of  long-distance  trade 
with  Africa  to  colonization  and  empire- 
building  in  Asia  and  the  Americas.  Emphasis 
on  the  competing  interests  of  states  and  the 
building  of  a  world  system. 

HST  327  three  credits 

Topics  in  the  History  of  Ideas 

Treats  the  history  of  ideas  as  an  inter- 
disciplinary approach  to  both  intellectual 
history  and  the  history  of  European  society. 
Topics  will  vary  with  the  instructor. 

HST  329  three  credits  G 
European  Economic  History 

An  analysis  of  economic  growth,  economic 
policy  and  social  change  in  Europe  from  the 
medieval  period  to  the  present,  including  a 
discussion  of  the  contemporary  European 
economy. 

HST  331  three  credits  G 
The  Renaissance 

A  survey  of  political,  economic,  and  cultural 
developments  in  Europe  from  1300  to  1500 
with  special  emphasis  on  Italy. 

HST  332  three  credits  G 
The  Reformation 

A  survey  of  the  background  of  the  Reforma- 
tion, the  religious  changes  of  the  period,  the 
role  of  reformers  such  as  Luther,  Calvin  and 
Zwmgli,  and  the  effects  of  reform  between 
1500  and  1648. 

HST  333  three  credits  G 

History  of  the  British  Isles  to  1485 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  the  English,  Irish, 
and  Scottish  peoples  of  the  British  Isles  from 
the  earliest  times  to  1485.  Topics  include 
Celtic,  Roman,  Anglo-Saxon  and  Viking 
Britain,  the  development  of  the  medieval 
monarchy;  and  medieval  culture  and  society. 

HST  334  three  credits  G 

History  of  the  British  Isles  from  1485  to 

1800 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  the  English,  Irish, 
and  Scottish  peoples  of  the  British  Isles  from 
the  end  of  the  medieval  period  to  1800. 
Topics  include  the  Tudor,  Stuart  and 
Hanoverian  monarchies;  the  Reformation  and 
Civil  War;  society  and  culture;  the  British 
Empire;  and  the  strengthening  of  English, 
Irish,  and  Scottish  identities. 


HST  335  three  credits  G 

History  of  the  British  Isles  from  1800  to 

the  Present 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  the  English,  Irish, 
and  Scottish  peoples  of  the  British  Isles  from 
the  early  Victorians  to  the  present.  Topics 
include  the  expansion  and  decline  of  the 
British  Empire,  the  famine  and  conflict  in 
Ireland,  the  coming  of  democracy,  the 
creation  of  the  first  industrial  economy  and 
society,  the  movement  for  women's  rights, 
British  participation  in  two  world  wars,  and 
contemporary  issues. 

HST  337  three  credits  G 
English  Constitutional  History 

Prerequisites:  HST  333,  334 
A  survey  of  the  legal  and  constitutional 
development  of  England  from  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  settlement  to  the  Reform  Bill  of  1832. 
Attention  to  documents  and  other  contem- 
porary materials  (in  English).  Recommended 
for  pre-law  students. 

HST  339  three  credits  G 
Canada  to  1867 

3  hours  lecture 

Survey  of  Canadian  history  from  European 
contact  to  the  year  of  confederation. 
Lectures  and  readings  integrate  themes  in 
the  political,  social,  economic  and  military 
history  of  native,  French,  and  British 
populations,  with  emphasis  on  the  develop- 
ment of  the  early  maritimes  and  Quebec. 

HST  340  three  credits  G 
Canada  Since  1867 

Extending  the  survey  of  Canadian  history 
from  Confederation  to  the  present,  this 
course  focuses  on  the  political  history  of 
post-colonial  Canada,  with  social,  economic 
and  cultural  issues  introduced  to  illuminate 
the  problem  of  nation-building  for  a 
population  divided  by  regional  and  ethnic 
differences.  Special  attention  will  be  paid  to 
Quebec  and  the  Maritimes,  native- 
Canadians,  U.S.  relations,  and  contemporary 
constitutional  issues.  HST  339  is  recom- 
mended, but  not  required  as  a  prerequisite. 

HST  341  three  credits  G 
France  to  1789 

A  survey  of  French  history  in  the  1 7th  and 
18th  centuries.  Topics  include  the  rise  of  the 
Bourbon  monarchy,  the  reign  of  Louis  XIV, 
the  growth  of  religious  and  political  dissent, 
the  struggle  for  European  hegemony  and 
overseas  empire,  the  cultural  influence  of 
France  in  the  Enlightenment,  and  the  crisis 
of  the  old  regime. 


132 


HST  343  three  credits  G 
History  of  Greek  Civilization 

An  introduction  to  the  history  of  Greek 
civilization,  from  Minoan  and  Mycenaean 
times  to  the  Hellenistic  period.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  cultural  and  intellectual  developments 
in  their  social  and  political  contexts. 

HST  344  three  credits  G 
History  of  Roman  Civilization 

A  survey  of  Roman  civilization  from  the 
origins  of  Rome  to  the  age  of  Constantine, 
emphasizing  Roman  social  and  political 
institutions.  Related  topics  include  Roman 
imperialism,  Latin  literature,  Roman  religion, 
and  early  Christianity.  Readings  include  a 
variety  of  primary  sources. 

HST  347  three  credits  G 

History  of  Italy  in  the  19th  Century 

A  detailed  study  of  the  Risorgimento,  or 
movement  for  Italian  unification.  Attention 
will  be  given  to  economic  and  cultural  life 
as  well  as  political  events. 

HST  348  three  credits  G 

History  of  Italy  in  the  20th  Century 

An  analysis  of  the  rise  and  fall  of  Italian 
fascism,  including  a  study  of  Italy's 
participation  in  both  World  Wars. 

HST  351  three  credits  G 
History  of  Germany  to  1786 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the 
Germanic  states  from  the  founding  of  the 
First  Reich  in  the  10th  century  to  the  death 
of  Frederick  the  Great.  Topics  to  be 
considered  include:  the  development  and 
nature  of  the  medieval  empire,  the  conflict 
with  the  Papacy;  the  Reformation;  the 
Counter-Reformation;  the  spread  of 
absolutism;  the  development  of  Prussia;  and 
the  role  of  the  Hapsburgs  in  German  affairs. 

HST  352  three  credits  G 
History  of  Germany  from 
1786  to  the  Present 

A  history  of  Germany  in  the  modern  era 
with  the  emphasis  on  politics  and  culture. 
Detailed  treatment  of  19th  century 
unification  and  the  rise  and  fall  of  Fascism. 

HST  355  three  credits  E,  G 
Anti-Semitism  and  Its  Ethical  Issues 

Explores  the  issues  of  moral  choice  and 
ethical  responsibility  inherent  in  the  history 
of  the  Jews  in  Biblical  times,  the  patristic 
period,  Middle  Ages,  Reformation,  Enlighten- 
ment, French  Revolution,  nineteenth-century 
Europe  and  the  United  States,  the  Holocaust, 
up  to  the  present  day. 


HST  356  three  credits  G 
The  Holocaust 

An  examination  of  the  Holocaust,  including 
the  psychosocial  aspects  of  prejudice;  the 
history  of  Jew  hatred  from  Biblical  times;  the 
historical,  political,  racist,  economic,  social, 
psychological,  literary,  legal,  theological,  and 
moral  aspects  of  the  Holocaust.  Cross-listed 
as  JST  356. 

HST  357  three  credits  G 

Empires  of  Central  Asia,  From  Attila  the 

Hun  to  the  Taliban 

Survey  of  the  cultures  and  ethnic  groups  of 
Islamic  Central  Asia  (Afghanistan, 
Uzbekistan,  Kazakhstan,  etc.)  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  the  2 1  st  Century.  Provides 
an  introduction  to  Islam  and  the  various 
empires  of  Central  Asia  such  as  the  state  of 
Attila  the  Hun,  Arab  Empire,  Mongol 
Khanates,  Soviet  Union  and  Taliban  in 
Afghanistan. 

HST  358  three  credits  G 

Ethnicity  and  Conflict  in  the  Lands  of  the 

Ottoman  Empire 

Political  and  cultural  survey  of  the  Islamic 
Ottoman  Empire  in  the  Middle  East,  North 
Africa,  and  Balkans  which  commences  with 
the  Arab  and  Turkish  conquests  during  the 
Middle  Ages.  An  underlying  theme  for  this 
course  will  be  understanding  the  historic 
roots  of  nationalism  and  recent  ethnic 
conflict  in  former  Ottoman  lands  such  as 
Bosnia,  Kosovo,  Turkey,  Macedonia,  and 
Palestine. 

HST  360  three  credits  G 

The  United  States  in  the  1960s 

An  examination  of  the  United  States  from 
the  1950s  to  the  1970s.  Topics  to  be 
considered  include  the  black  freedom 
struggle,  Vietnam,  the  New  Left,  the 
.women's  movement,  gay  liberation,  and  the 
counter  culture. 

HST  361  three  credits  G 
Russia  to  1855 

Survey  of  Russia  from  the  9th  Century  to 
1855.  Stress  will  be  given  to  political,  social, 
and  economic  developments. 

HST  362  three  credits  G 

Russia  in  Reform  and  Revolt,  1855  to 

1918 

Survey  of  Russia  from  1855  to  1918. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  the  great  reforms, 
political  and  economic  changes,  the  rise  of 
revolutionary  movements,  the  Revolution  of 
1905,  and  the  Revolution  of  1917. 

HST  363  three  credits  G 


History  of  the  Soviet  Union 

Study  of  Russia  from  1918  to  the  present. 
Stress  will  be  given  to  the  establishment  of 
the  Communist  government,  the  Five  Year 
Plans,  and  the  social  and  cultural  changes 
resulting  from  the  adoption  of  Soviet 
ideology.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the  role 
of  Russia  in  the  modern  world. 

HST  364  three  credits  G 

Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Russia 

Topics  pertaining  to  social  classes,  the 
development  of  serfdom,  religion,  and  art 
and  literature  in  Russia  from  the  9th  Century 
to  the  present.  Cross-listed  as  WMS  364. 

HST  365  three  credits  G 
Eastern  European  History 

The  study  of  the  Eastern  European  bloc  from 
the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present.  Emphasis 
will  be  given  to  the  political  and  economic 
development  of  these  countries  and  the 
establishments  of  Communism  in  the  post- 
World  War  II  period. 

HST  366  three  credits  G 

Topics  in  the  History  of  Soviet  Foreign 

Policy 

Topics  relating  to  the  principles  underlying 
Soviet  foreign  policy  and  to  different 
countries  and  areas  where  the  Soviet 
government  has  conducted  foreign  policy: 
for  example,  the  United  States,  Western 
Europe,  the  Third  World,  China.  Not  every 
topic  will  be  taught  each  time  the  course  is 
given. 

HST  370  three  credits  G 

Portugal  and  Spain  in  the  Middle  Ages 

Medieval  antecedents  of  modern  Portugal 
and  Spain.  Students  examine  the  political, 
cultural,  and  economic  contributions  of  the 
Romans,  Visigoths,  and  Moors.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  the  dominance  of 
Castile-Leon,  which  emerged  as  modern 
Spain  and  the  seminal  factors  that  led  to  an 
independent  Portugal. 

HST  371  three  credits  G 
History  of  Portugal 

A  survey  from  the  Roman  era  to  the  present 
with  emphasis  on  the  post-medieval  period. 
Topics  include  the  emergence  of  a  unified 
state,  dynastic  rivalries,  the  economy, 
overseas  expansion  and  empire,  constitu- 
tional development,  the  "New  State"  of 
Salazar,  the  revolution  of  1974,  and  post- 
revolutionary  Portugal. 

HST  372  three  credits  G 

Latin  American-United  States 

Relations 


133 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Surveys  the  long  history  of  contacts 
between  Anglo  and  Latin  America,  with 
fullest  emphasis  on  the  era  of  the  national 
states  and  the  evolution  of  the  inter- 
American  system.  Economic,  cultural,  and 
political  aspects  of  the  relationship  will  be 
studied,  up  to  the  present. 

HST  376  three  credits  G 
History  of  Brazil 

Emphasis  on  the  period  since  independence 
in  1822.  Topics  include  the  empire  and 
slavery,  coffee,  European  immigration,  the 
republic,  race  and  class,  foreign  economic 
and  ideological  influences,  and  Brazil  in  the 
1980s. 

HST  378  three  credits  D,  G 
Slavery  in  the  New  World 

The  trans-Atlantic  slave  trade  and  slavery  in 
the  Americas  from  the  sixteenth  to  the 
nineteenth  century.  Emphasis  on  the 
beginning  and  development  of  the  trans- 
Atlantic  slave  trade;  moral  issues,  econom- 
ics, and  tactics  of  the  trade;  and  compari- 
sons of  the  slave  societies  of  Brazil,  the 
Caribbean,  and  the  United  States.  Cross- 
listed  as  AAS  378  and  LST  378. 

HST  381  three  credits  G 
Modern  Japan 

A  survey  of  modern  Japan  since  the  19th 
Century,  with  emphasis  on  post-war 
Japanese  politics  and  Japan's  present  role  in 
world  affairs. 

HST  382  three  credits  G 
Modern  China 

A  study  of  the  major  themes  of  modern 
Chinese  history,  including  culturalism  and 
nationalism,  responses  to  the  impact  of  the 
West,  and  the  development  of  revolutionary 
ideology. 

HST  385  three  credits  G 

History  of  the  People's  Republic  of 

China 

A  study  of  the  world's  most  populous 
country.  Covers  the  rise  and  fall  of 
Nationalist  China,  the  establishment  of  the 
People's  Republic,  social  transformation, 
economic  policy,  bureaucracy,  and  freedom, 
Mao's  ideology,  the  people's  communes, 
the  cultural  revolution,  the  new  leadership, 
and  the  new  U.S./China  relationship. 

HST  391  three  credits  G 
Topics  in  African  History 

Prerequisites;  HST  190  or  HST  290  or  written 
permission  of  the  instructor 
Advanced-level  course  for  students  with  a 
background  in  African  history.  Topics  vary 


from  year  to  year.  Research  papers  are 
required.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  391  and  LST 
391. 

HST  395  three  credits  G.  W 
World  Religions  and  Spirituality 

Comparative  and  historical  perspectives  on 
world  religions  and  humanity's  search  for 
meaning.  Focuses  on  various  cultural 
responses  to  "ultimate  concerns"  about  the 
purpose  of  existence,  creation,  the 
supernatural,  eternity,  soul  or  spirit,  death, 
suffering,  good  and  evil,  enlightenment,  and 
salvation.  Encompasses  varied  forms  of 
religion  and  spiritual  expression  from  highly 
structured  and  defined  systems  to  folkways 
and  mysticism. 

HST  399  three  credits 

Teaching  History  and  Social  Science  in 

Middle  and  Secondary  Schools 

Prerequisites:  EDU  207,  327 
The  historical  and  contemporary  debate  on 
the  nature  of  the  history  and  social  studies 
curriculum  in  middle  and  secondary  schools. 
This  course  will  investigate  the  actual 
curriculum  and  practice  of  history  and  social 
studies  teaching  in  area  schools,  and 
formulate  specific  strategies  for  effective 
teaching  and  curriculum  building. 

HST  401  three  credits 
Seminar  in  American  History 

Seminars  will  be  offered  variously  in  topics 
in  American  History.  The  writing  of  a 
substantial  paper  will  be  requirecf.  Content 
will  vary  with  instructor;  may  be  repeated 
with  change  of  content.  Cross-listed  for 
AAS,  JST,  and  WMS  when  the  content  is 
appropriate. 

Recent  offerings  include: 

HST  401  three  credits 
Seminar:  Plymouth  Colony 

HST  401  three  credits 
Seminar:  Civil  War  Biography 

HST  401  three  credits 

Seminar:  U.S.  Women's  History 

HST  401  three  credits 
Seminar:  America  in  the  1960s 


HST  402  three  credits  G 
Seminar  in  European  History 

Seminars  will  be  offered  variously  in  topics 
in  American  History.  The  writing  of  a 
substantial  paper  will  be  required.  Content 
will  vary  with  instructor;  may  be  repeated 


with  change  of  content.  Cross-listed  for  JST 
and  WMS  when  the  content  is  appropriate. 

Recent  offerings  include: 

HST  402  three  credits  G 

Seminar:  British  Industrial  Revolution 


HST  403  three  credits  G 
Seminar  in  World  History 

Seminars  will  be  offered  variously  in  topics  in 
non-European  World  History.  The  writing  of  a 
substantial  paper  will  be  required.  Content 
will  vary  with  instructor;  may  be  repeated 
with  change  of  content.  Cross-listed  for  AAS, 
JST,  and  WMS  when  the  content  is  appropri- 
ate. 

Recent  offerings  include: 

HST  403  three  credits  G 

Seminar:  Russian  Revolutionary  Thought 

HST  403  three  credits  G,  W 
Seminar:  Latin  America 

HST  403  three  credits  G 
Seminar:  Modern  China 


HST  404  three  credits  G 

Honors  Seminar  in  American  History 

Honors  version  of  HST  401 . 

HST  405  three  credits  G 

Honors  Seminar  in  European  History 

Honors  version  of  HST  402. 

HST  406  three  credits  G 

Honors  Seminar  in  World  History 

Honors  version  of  HST  403. 


HST  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

HST  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered.  Condi- 
tions and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


134 


HST  499  six  credits 
Honors  Research  Paper 

The  writing  of  an  honors  research  paper. 
Students  may  elect  to  take  three  credits  one 
semester  and  three  in  another. 


Courses  for  the  Master  of  Arts  in 
Teaching 

Some  undergraduate  senior-level  courses 
are  offered  to  graduate  students  under  a 
corresponding  5xx  number,  with  concurrent 
enrollment  but  additional  work  expecta- 
tions. 

HST  501  three  credits 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Teaching  History 
and  Social  Science  in  Middle  and 
Secondary  Schools 

Prerequisite:  Must  possess  an  initial  teaching 
license  or  hold  a  MAT  degree  in  History  or 
Social  Science 
See  HST  399. 

HST  511  three  credits 
Teaching  American  History 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  student  status  or 
special  permission  of  instructor 
Seminar  examining  current  trends  and  issues 
in  the  study  of  American  history.  Intended 
primarily  for  MAT  candidates  in  history  and 
social  studies,  this  course  will  focus  on 
recent  developments  in  scholarship  and  their 
implications  for  the  teaching  of  American 
history. 

HST  512  three  credits 
Teaching  European  History 

The  content  and  methodology  of  European 
history  courses  in  secondary  schools. 
Participants  will  study  recent  scholarship  on 
major  historical  topics  in  European  history 
and  organize  materials  and  design  strategies 
to  integrate  this  scholarship  in  the  curricu- 
lum. 

HST  513  three  credits 
Teaching  World  History 

The  content  and  methodology  of  world 
history  courses  in  secondary  schools. 
Participants  will  study  recent  scholarship  and 
consider  new  interpretations  of  major 
historical  issues  in  world  history.  They  will 
then  organize  materials  and  design 
strategies  to  integrate  these  perspectives 
and  scholarship  into  the  curriculum. 

HST  521  three  credits 
Graduate  Seminar  in  History 

Graduate  Seminars  in  history  are  designed 
to  allow  participants  to  pursue  reading  and 
research  on  a  particular  historical  topic. 
Course  may  be  repeated  with  change  of 
topic. 


135 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Humanities/Social  Sciences 


Humanities/Social  Sciences  Major 

BA  degree 


Program  Director,  Lewis  Kamm 

Professor  of  Foreign  Literature 
and  Languages 


The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Humanities/Social 
Sciences  offers  students  the  opportunity  to 
gain  a  broad-based  understanding  of  human 
activities,  institutions,  and  societies  and  to 
develop  their  ability  to  think  and  write 
critically  all  in  the  classical  tradition  of  the 
liberal  arts.  The  program  prepares  students 
for  a  wide  variety  of  careers  in  human 
services,  the  professions,  and  the  corporate 
world.  It  is  especially  recommended  for  those 
intending  to  become  elementary  teachers. 
Given  its  broad  academic  scope,  it  provides 
the  foundation  for  long-term  career 
development  and  change. 


The  interdisciplinary  nature  of  the  Humani- 
ties/Social Sciences  major  makes  it  especially 
important  that  students  work  closely  with 
their  faculty  advisor  in  selecting  courses  and 
constructing  a  coherent  academic  program. 
Within  the  major,  students  select  a  field  of 
concentration,  which  can  also  form  the  basis 
for  a  minor  in  a  department  or  topical  area 
such  as  Women's  Studies,  Labor  Studies, 
African/African  American  Studies,  Gerontol- 
ogy, etc. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  declare  the 
Humanities/Social  Sciences  major  as  soon  as 
possible  in  their  academic  career,  at  which 
time  they  should  submit  a  written  rationale 
and  proposed  program  of  study  to  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  their 
faculty  advisor.  The  major  is  also  available  to 
entering  freshmen  who  plan  to  seek 
certification  as  elementary  teachers.  BA 
degree  candidates  may  not  use  it  as  part  of  a 
double  major. 


Requirements 

The  major  consists  of  36  credits  of  Humani- 
ties/Social Sciences  courses,  at  least  24  credits 
of  which  must  be  at  the  300-level  or  above. 
Up  to  12  credits  may  be  taken  at  the  200- 
level.  No  100-level  course  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  major  requirements.  Courses  used  for 
the  major  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  a  minor  or  parts  of  the. 
University's  General  Education  program,  but 
not  the  distribution  requirements  of  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

A 

Distribution  of  courses  in  the  major. 

Within  the  36  credits  of  the  Humanities/Social 
Sciences  major  the  following  distribution 
must  be  followed: 

1 

Students  choose  at  least  two  areas  (disci- 
plines) in  the  Humanities  and  at  least  two  in 
the  Social  Sciences  (four  areas  total-see  lists 
of  disciplines  under  4). 
2 

At  least  6  credits  (two  courses)  must  be  taken 

in  each  of  the  four  areas  selected. 

3 

Area  of  concentration.  A  minimum  of  12 
credits,  including  a  400-level  course,  must  be 
taken  in  one  of  the  four  areas  selected. 
4 

The  remaining  6  credits  of  the  major  may  be 
taken  in  any  of  the  ten  Humanities/Social 
Sciences  areas  or  disciplines. 


Humanities  Disciplines 
Art  History 
English 

Foreign  Literature  and  Languages 
History 

Music  (non-applied  courses) 

Philosophy 

Portuguese 

Social  Sciences  Disciplines 
Economics 
Political  Science 
Psychology 

Sociology/Anthropology 

B 

College  distribution  requirements. 

Humanities/Social  Sciences  majors  must 
satisfy  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
distribution  requirements  for  BA  candidates. 
Courses  used  to  satisfy  the  college  distribu- 
tion requirements  and  H/SS  major  require- 
ments may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  the 
University's  General  Education  requirements. 

C 

University  General  Education  Program. 

All  majors  in  the  University  are  required  to 
complete  the  General  Education  require- 
ments. Several  of  the  General  Education 
categories  are  automatically  satisfied  by  the 
College  distribution  requirements  (categories 
C,  S,  and  Tier  1  of  categories  I  and  W). 
Students  normally  satisfy  categories  E,  G,  and 
D  in  the  course  of  meeting  distribution  and 
major  requirements.  The  Tier  2  requirements 
in  Information  and  Computer  Literacy, 
Writing  Skills,  and  Oral  Skills  are  normally 
met  within  the  department  of  concentration. 
Since  the  H/SS  major  is  interdisciplinary, 
students  will  normally  use  the  department  of 
concentration  to  meet  these  requirements.  In 
any  case,  students  should  discuss  their 
General  Education  options  with  their  major 
advisor. 


136 


Mathematics 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Mathematics  can  be  pursued  as  a  scholarly 
discipline  of  an  especially  elegant  kind — a 
creative  art  form — or  it  can  be  treated  as  a 
valuable  tool  in  an  applied  discipline. 

The  program  for  mathematics  majors  is 
designed  to  provide  a  solid  foundation  in 
the  theoretical  and  applied  aspects  of 
mathematics  necessary  for  a  variety  of 
professional  careers.  The  flexibility  within 
the  third  and  fourth  years  was  established  to 
enable  mathematics  majors  to  concentrate 
in  areas  of  their  interest.  The  Computer- 
Oriented  Mathematics  Program  (COMP)  is 
designed  for  those  seeking  positions  in 
industry  or  with  the  government.  The 
program  emphasizes  applied  and  computer 
mathematics.  Students  can  choose  their 
curricula  so  as  to  emphasize  that  role  of 
mathematics  which  will  be  useful  to  them  in 
later  years.  For  example,  students  may  use 
our  offerings  as  preparation  for 
• 

secondary  school  teaching; 
• 

graduate  school  in  mathematics,  applied 
mathematics,  or  computer  science; 
• 

a  career  in  applied  mathematics  in  either  the 

public  or  private  sector;  and 

• 

graduate  school  in  an  area  that  uses 
mathematics,  such  as  economics,  biology  or 
psychology. 

Some  mathematics  majors  have  had  success 
in  law  school,  pharmaceutical  school,  and 
medical  school. 

The  Department  offers  both  a  major  and  a 
minor  program. 


Louis  G.  Bianco  probability,  statistics 

Maria  Brekka  mathematics  education 

Nurit  Budinsky  nonlinear  differential 
equations,  numerical  analysis,  nonlinear 
dynamical  systems 

Richard  Faulkenberry  linear  algebra 

Dana  Fine  applied  math,  relativity  theory 

Sigal  Gottlieb  applied  mathematics, 
scientific  computing,  parallel  computing 

Ivona  Grzegorczyk  (on  leave)  algebraic 
geometry,  mathematics  education 

Adam  O.  Hausknecht  algebra,  analysis  of 
algorithms 

Stephen  Hegedus  mathematics  education 

James  J.  Kaput  algebra,  math  education 
and  the  philosophy  of  mathematics 

Saeja  Oh  Kim  modern  algebra 

Robert  E.  Kowalczyk  probability,  numeri- 
cal analysis,  computer  applications 

Steven  J.  Leon  numerical  analysis,  linear 
algebra 

Gary  Martin  logic 

Robert  McCabe  analysis 

Despina  Stylianou  mathematics  education 

Ronald  Tannenwald  (chairperson) 

dynamical  systems 


137 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Mathematics  Major 

BA  degree 


Requirements 

Regular  Option 


At  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year,  students,  Semester  Credits 


aided  by  their  faculty  advisors,  should  plan  a 

First 

Second 

course  of  study  for  the  completion  of  the 

First  Year 

college  program. 

MTH  111,  112 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  I  &  II 

4 

4 

CIS  180 

Object-Oriented  Programming  OR 

3 

The  advanced  courses  selected  during 

CIS  260 

Computer  Programming  Fortran 

the  third  and  fourth  years  should  be 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

consistent  with  the  students'  interests  and 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or 

goals. 

Free  Electives 

3 

6 

MTH  181,  182 

Discrete  Structures 

3 

3 

Students  must  earn  a  grade  of  C-  or  higher 

16 

16 

in  all  mathematics  courses  taken  at  the  200 

Second  Year 

or  higher  level  in  all  undergraduate 

MTH  211 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

4 

mathematics  degree  programs. 

MTH  212 

Differential  Equations 

3 

MTH  221 

Linear  Algebra 

3 

PHY  1 13,  1 14 

Classical  Physics 

4 

4 

Literature 

3 

3 

Humanities,  Social  Science  or 

5 

C 

O 

Free  Electives 

17 

16 

Mathematics  Major 

Third  Year 

BS  degree 

MTH  311 

Advanced  Calculus  I 

3 

MTH  312 

Advanced  Calculus  II 

3 

Students  may  elect  to  earn  a  Bachelor  of 

Mathematics  Electives 

3 

3 

Science  degree  provided  that  they  complete 

Humanities  or  Social  Sciences 

3 

3 

certain  requirements  for  the  BA  degree  and 

Unspecified  Electives 

6 

6 

also  take  an  additional  six  credits  of  Natural 

15 

15 

Science  (but  only  courses  that  the  science 

Fourth  Year 

departments  themselves  would  credit  to  a 

MTH  441 

Modern  Algebra 

3 

major  in  their  areas).  The  humanities/social 

Mathematics  Electives 

3 

3 

science  requirements  for  the  BS  degree  are  a 

Humanities  or  Social  Science 

3 

3 

combined  total  of  eighteen  credits.  At  least 

Unspecified  Electives 

4 

6 

six  must  be  taken  from  each  area. 

13 

12 

Total  credits: 

120 

Mathematics  Electives 

code* 


MTH  302 

Theory  of  Numbers 

T 

MTH  310 

Modern  Methods  in  Mathematics  Teaching 

T 

MTH  311,312 

Advanced  Calculus  I,  II 

T,  G,  A 

MTH  321,  322 

Topics  in  Applied  Math  I,  II 

A,  G 

MTH  331 

Probability 

A.  G 

MTH  332 

Mathematical  Statistics 

A,  G 

MTH  353 

Applied  Linear  Algebra 

A 

MTH  361,  362 

Numerical  Analysis  I,  II 

A.  G 

MTH  381 

Combinatorial  Theory 

A,  G 

MTH  382 

Graph  Theory 

A,G 

MTH  421 

Complex  Variables 

A,  G 

MTH  441,  442 

Modern  Algebra  I,  II 

A,  G 

MTH  443 

Applied  Modern  Algebra 

A,  G 

MTH  451 

Differential  Geometry 

G 

MTH  452 

Higher  Geometry 

G,  T 

MTH  461 

Elementary  Topology 

G 

MTH  463 

Math  Models 

A 

MTH  487 

Math  Inquiry  I 

T,  G 

MTH  488 

Math  Inquiry  II 

T,  G 

MTH  499 

Selected  Topics  in  Math 

T,  G 

*  Code 

T — recommended  for  students  preparing  to  teach 

G — recommended  for  students  preparing  for  graduate  school 

A— recommended  for  students  in  applied  mathematics 


138 


Mathematics  Major:  Computer- 
Oriented  Mathematics  Option 

BS  degree 


Requirements 

Computer-Oriented  Option 


Semester  Credits 


In  order  to  meet  the  needs  of  our  present- 

Semester  Credits 

day  computer-oriented  society,  the 

First 

Second 

Mathematics  Department  presently  offers 

First  Year 

an  alternative  to  the  mathematics  major 

MTH  111,112 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  I,  II 

4 

4 

program  of  study — a  computer-oriented 

CIS  180 

Object-Oriented  Programming 

3 

mathematics  program  leading  to  the  BS 

CIS  181 

Programming  Paradigms 

3 

degree  in  Mathematics.  This  program 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

requires  a  core  of  computer  science  courses 

Humanities/Social  Science  Electives 

3 

3 

and  emphasizes  the  applied  mathematics 

MTH  181,  182 

Discrete  Structures  I,  II 

3 

3 

areas  more  than  the  mathematics  program. 

16 

16 

This  program  allows  the  student  a  large 

choice  of  electives  within  the  context  of 

Second  Year 

computer-oriented  mathematics.  The 

CIS  260 

Computer  Programming — FORTRAN 

1 

student  can  thus  pursue  his  or  her  special 

MTH  211 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

4 

interests  in  any  particular  phase  of 

MTH  212 

Differential  Equations 

3 

computer-oriented  mathematics. 

CIS  265 

Program  Design  and  Data  Structures  with  C 

3 

PHY  113,  114 

Classical  Physics  I,  II 

4 

4 

The  program  has  virtually  the  same 

Humanities/Social  Science  Electives 

3 

6 

freshman  and  sophomore  years  as  the  other 

MTH  221 

Linear  Algebra 

3 

programs  in  mathematics,  computer  and 

15 

16 

information  science,  computer  engineering 

and  electrical  engineering.  This  allows  a 

Third  Year 

student  to  find  his  or  her  interests  and 

MTH  321,  322 

Topics  in  Applied  Math  I,  II 

3 

3 

make  a  final  choice  from  among  these 

MTH  331 

Probability 

3 

before  the  end  of  the  second  year  without 

MTH  332 

Mathematical  Statistics 

3 

any  loss  of  time. 

Science  Electives* 

3 

3 

Free  Electives 

3 

3 

A  BS  degree  in  Computer-Oriented 

Literature 

3 

3 

Mathematics  allows  the  student  to  enter 

15 

15 

graduate  programs  that  specialize  in 

computer-oriented  mathematics  or  enter 

Fourth  Year 

industrial  employment  where  physical  and 

MTH  361,  362 

Numerical  Analysis  i,  II 

3 

3 

industrial  problems  are  analyzed  mathemati- 

Humanities/Social Science  Elective 

3 

cally. 

Technical  Electives** 

3 

3 

Free  Electives 

6 

4 

The  program  offers  a  large  choice  of 

MTH  353 

Applied  Linear  Algebra 

3 

electives  within  the  context  of  computer- 

15 

13 

oriented  mathematics.  The  student  can  thus 

pursue  his  or  her  special  interests  in  any 

Total  credits: 

121 

particular  phase  of  computer-oriented 
mathematics. 

* 

See  requirements  on  next  page.  The  Science  Elective  is  defined  as  any  course  in  Biology,  Chemistry,  Physics,  or  Medical 

Laboratory  Science  which  is  accepted  for  credit  by  majors  in  those  programs. 

*  * 

The  Technical  Elective  is  defined  as  any  upper-division  Mathematics  or  Computer  and 
Information  Science  course. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Mathematics  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Students  may  choose  a  course  from  the  approved  list 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  TBD 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Students  may  choose  a  course  from  the  approved  list 
Area  0:  TBD 


139 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Mathematics  Minor 


Mathematics  Courses 


The  minor  in  mathematics  comprises  a 
central  core  of  required  courses  followed  by 
opportunities  for  advanced  work  and  some 
specialization.  Any  student  of  the  university  is 
eligible  for  the  designation  "Minor  in 
Mathematics"  upon  completion  of  the 
following  requirements.  Each  course  for  the 
minor  must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  C- 
or  better,  and  the  student  must  maintain  at 
least  a  C  average  (2.0  GPA)  in  the  minor 
program. 


Requirements 

Credits 

MTH  1 1 1    Analytic  Geometry  and 

Calculus  I  4 

MTH  1 1 2    Analytic  Geometry  and 

Calculus  II  4 

MTH  2 1 1    Analytic  Geometry  and 

Calculus  III  4 

At  least  one  of  the  following  courses: 

MTH  212       Differential  Equations  3 
MTH  221        Linear  Algebra 
MTH  227       Linear  Algebra  for  Applied 
Science 

At  least  three  additional  three-credit 
courses,  numbered  300  or  higher.  9 

Total  24 


MTH  100  three  administrative  credits  * 
Basic  Algebra 

An  introductory  level  algebra  course 
intended  primarily  for  those  with  weak  or 
no  skills  or  those  who  have  been  away  from 
the  subject  for  some  time.  This  course 
provides  the  algebra  background  required 
for  all  entry  level  courses  in  mathematics. 

MTH  101  three  credits  M 

Elements  of  College  Mathematics  I 

MTH  101,  102  comprise  a  terminal  course 
of  study  for  students  whose  curriculum  calls 
for  one  year  of  mathematics.  MTH  101  is 
also  a  prerequisite  for  MTH  231.  The  first 
semester  covers  selected  topics  from 
algebra,  set  theory,  matrix  algebra,  and 
elementary  functions. 

MTH  102  three  credits  M 

Elements  of  College  Mathematics  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  101  or  MTH  103 
Introduction  to  differential  and  integral 

calculus. 

MTH  103  three  credits  M 
Finite  Mathematics 

Will  cover  selected  topics  from  Logic,  Set 
Theory,  Vectors  and  Matrices,  Linear 
Programming,  Probability,  Graphs  and 
Theory  of  Games.  May  be  taken  in  lieu  of 
MTH  101. 

MTH  104  three  credits  M 
Fundamentals  of  Statistics 

The  mathematical  techniques  involved  in 
organizing  data,  averages  and  variation, 
elementary  probability  theory,  the  binomial 
distribution,  normal  distributions  and  related 
topics,  estimation,  hypothesis  testing, 
regression  and  correlation,  Chi  Square-  tests 
of  independence,  Chi  Square-  goodness  of 
fit  and  analysis  of  variance:  comparing 
several  sample  means. 

MTH  105  three  credits 
Technical  Calculus  I 

First  semester  of  a  four-term  calculus 
sequence  required  of  technology  students 
and  recommended  for  non-physical  science 
majors  desiring  a  basic  introduction  to 
analysis.  The  first  term  will  review  those 
topics  from  algebra  and  trigonometry 
needed  in  the  sequei.  Then  the  basic 
concepts  of  the  differential  calculus  will  be 
studied. 


MTH  106  three  credits 
Technical  Calculus  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  105 
Continuation  of  MTH  105.  Further  study  of 
algebraic  and  transcendental  functions  of 
one  variable  and  topics  from  the  integral 
calculus  of  these  functions. 

MTH  107  three  credits  M 
Elements  of  College  Mathematics 
Enhanced 

Elements  of  college  mathematics  in 
application  to  business,  selected  to 
emphasize  interpretation  and  explanation 
and  to  de-emphasize  computation. 

MTH  108  three  credits  M 

Modern  Math  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Problems  of  the  changing  modern  math- 
ematics curriculum.  Current  issues, 
attitudes,  and  learning  theories  will  be 
studied,  including  the  mathematical 
foundations  of  the  elementary  school 
curriculum. 

MTH  109  two  credits 
Mathematical  Problem  Solving  and 
Reasoning  I 

Basic  mathematical  problem  solving  and 
reasoning  skills  development  The  course 
uses  an  intensive  hands-on,  problem- 
centered  approach  to  develop  mathematical 
thinking  skills,  frequently  using  computer 
software  and  group  work.  The  course 
begins  with  simple  thinking  skills  and 
mathematical  ideas,  and  "what  to  do  when 
you're  stuck"  strategies.  The  goal  is  to 
develop  strategies  for  solving  hard  problems 
and  understanding  complex  or  abstract 
ideas. 

MTH  110  three  credits  M 
Mathematical  Problem  Solving  and 
Reasoning  II 

Continuation  of  MTH  109. 

MTH  111  four  credits 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  I 

Prerequisite:  Trigonometry 
First  semester  of  a  four  term  sequence 
required  of  majors  in  mathematics,  the 
physical  sciences  and  engineering.  Recom- 
mended for  others  desiring  a  thorough 
background  in  elementary  analysis.  Term  1 
will  cover  topics  in  analytic  geometry,  the 
concepts  of  function  and  limit,  continuity, 
differentiability  and  mtegrabihty  of 
elementary  algebraic  and  transcendental 
functions.  Techniques  of  differentiation  and 
applications  will  then  be  studied. 


*  Administrative  credits  do  not  count 
towards  the  total  credits  required  for 
graduation. 

140 


Gen  Ed  note:  Mathematics  courses  satisfy 
the  Mathematics  requirement.  Those 
marked  M  below  are  appropriate  for  non- 
science/engineering  majors. 


MTH  112  four  credits 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 1 1 
Continuation  of  MTH  111 .  Topics  from  the 
integral  calculus,  stressing  techniques  of 
integration  (including  numerical  methods). 
Infinite  series. 

MTH  113  four  credits 

Calculus  for  Applied  Science  and 

Engineering  I 

Prerequisite:  Trigonometry 
Corequisites:  PHY  1 1 1,  EGR  107 
Functions,  limits,  differentiation  and 
integration  of  elementary  algebraic  and 
transcendental  functions.  Vectors,  vector 
operations,  vector  fields  and  line  integrals 
will  be  introduced.  Technological  tools  an  a 
computer  algebra  system  will  be  used 
extensively  throughout  the  course. This 
course,  a  version  of  MTH  1 1 1  for  the 
integrated  freshman  year  curriculum  in 
engineering,  may  be  repeated  as  MTH  111. 

MTH  114  four  credits 

Calculus  for  Applied  Science  and 

Engineering  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 1 3  or  MTH  1 1 1 
Corequisites:  PHY  112,  EGR  108 
Continuation  of  MTH  1 1 3  or  MTH  111. 
Techniques  of  integration,  improper 
integrals,  applications  of  integrals,  series, 
polar  coordinates  and  an  introduction  to 
differential  equations.  Selected  topics  from 
multivariate  calculus  will  include  partial 
differentiation,  double  and  triple  integrals, 
line  integrals  and  flux. This  course,  a  version 
of  MTH  1 12  for  the  integrated  freshman 
year  curriculum  in  engineering,  may  be 
repeated  as  MTH  112. 

MTH  117  three  credits  M 

Fractals  and  Chaos  via  Elementary 

Mathematics 

Prerequisite:  Above  average  score  on  the 
MTH  101  placement  test 
The  new  science  of  chaos  revealed  through 
its  fascinating  history  and  stimulating 
examples.  The  connection  will  be  demon- 
strated between  such  seemingly  unrelated 
topics  as  weather  and  stock  prediction, 
management  and  scientific  decisions,  the 
erratic  motion  of  a  pendulum  and  the 
delicate  design  of  snowflakes,  clouds,  or  the 
fjords  of  Sweden.  Students  will  create  their 
own  fractals  and  play  the  chaos  game  using 
computer  software,  calculators,  or  even  just 
pencil  and  paper. 

MTH  118  three  credits  M 
Mathematics  for  Artists 

Prerequisite:  satisfactory  score  on  mathemat- 


ics placement  exam 

Relationships  between  fine  art  and  math- 
ematics, with  an  emphasis  on  understanding 
geometric  patterns  and  concepts.  Topics 
include  art-related  examples  and  hands-on 
experiences  which  give  basic  mathematical 
background  for  future  artistic  students' 
endeavors. 

MTH  119  three  credits  M 
Math  and  Music 

Prerequisite:  minimal  ability  to  read  music 
Topics  which  emphasize  and  explore  the 
close  connection  between  mathematics  and 
music.  Historical  connections  will  be  studied, 
as  well  as  the  mathematics  behind  acoustics, 
rhythm,  and  20th  century  music,  and 
mathematical  theories  of  randomness, 
leading  to  fractal  music  and  fractal  noise. 
The  mathematical  structures  behind  non- 
Western  musical  theories  such  as  pentatonic 
and  quarter-tone  scalings,  and  polyrhythms 
will  be  explored. 

MTH  120  three  credits  M 
Quantitative  Reasoning 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  score  on  math- 
ematics placement  exam 
Fundamentals  of  quantitative  literacy 
including  inductive-deductive  reasoning, 
paradoxes,  and  problem-solving  strategies. 
Numeracy  including  estimation,  scaling, 
uncertainty,  and  infinity  will  be  discussed. 
Rate  of  change,  linear  and  exponential 
models  will  be  explored.  Applications  of 
quantitative  reasoning  to  the  social  sciences 
will  be  emphasized. 

MTH  127  three  credits  M 
Evolution  of  Mathematics  As  the 
Language  of  Nature 

Prerequisite:  above  average  score  on  MTH 
101  placement  test;  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Eratosthenes  measured  the  earth  without 
encircling  it  more  than  two  thousand  years 
ago.  Elementary  mathematics  will  be  used  to 
rediscover  Eratosthenes  and  other  human 
giants'  methods  in  measuring  the  distance 
from  Earth  to  the  moon,  the  sun  or  other 
heavenly  stars,  to  find  out  the  precise  orbit 
of  Mars,  and  to  prove  that  the  planets 
(including  Earth)  do  accelerate  towards  the 
sun.  Philosophy  and  the  foundation  of 
principles  in  science  will  be  discussed,  such 
as  quantitative  verses,  qualitative  principles, 
and  the  discovery  that  Nature  is  written  in 
the  language  of  mathematics. 

MTH  131  three  credits  M 
Pre-calculus 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  students 


with  the  precalculus  background  necessary 
for  MTH  1 1 1  or  MTH  105.  The  course  covers 
topics  in  algebra,  trigonometry  and  finite 
mathematics. 

MTH  181/182  three  credits  each 
Introduction  to  Discrete  Structures  I,  II 

Review  of  set  algebra  including  mappings 
and  relations,  algebraic  structures  including 
semigroups  and  groups.  Elements  of  the 
theory  of  directed  and  undirected  graphs. 
Boolean  algebra  and  propositional  logic. 
Applications  of  these  structures  to  various 
areas  of  computers. 

MTH  203  three  credits 
Technical  Calculus  III 

Prerequisite:  MTH  106 
Continuation  of  MTH  106.  Topics  include 
conic  sections,  polar  coordinates,  functions 
of  two  variables,  partial  differentiation, 
multiple  integration  and  infinite  series. 

MTH  204  three  credits 
Elementary  Differential  Equations 

Prerequisite:  MTH  203 
Techniques  in  the  solutions  of  ordinary 
differential  equations,  and  applications  from 
engineering.  Similar  to  MTH  212  with  less 
emphasis  on  theory  and  more  on  applica- 
tions. The  natural  continuation  of  MTH  203. 

MTH  211  four  credits 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 1 2 
Continuation  of  MTH  1 12.  Two  and  three 
dimensional  vectors,  partial  differentiation, 
multiple  integrals  and  applications. 

MTH  212  three  credits 
Differential  Equations  I 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 1 2 
Continuation  of  MTH  211.  Ordinary 
differential  equations  of  the  first  order, 
linear  differential  equations  of  the  nth 
order,  some  nonlinear  second  order 
equations,  series  solutions  and  Laplace 
transforms. 

MTH  213  four  credits 

Calculus  for  Applied  Science  and 

Engineering  III 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 14 
Continuation  of  MTH  1 14.  An  introduction 
to  multivariable  and  vector  calculus.  The 
course  covers  multivariable  functions,  partial 
differentiation,  multiple  integrals,  param- 
eterized curves  and  surfaces,  vector  fields, 
line  integrals,  flux  and  divergence.  This 
course,  a  version  of  MTH  211  for  the 
integrated  freshman  year  curriculum  in 
engineering,  may  be  repeated  as  MTH  211. 


141 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


MTH  221  tnree  credits 
Linear  Algebra 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 1 1 
Required  of  all  second-year  mathematics 
majors  and  recommended  for  students  in 
the  physical,  natural,  behavioral  and 
management  sciences.  Course  material 
includes  systems  of  linear  equations,  matrix 
theory,  vector  spaces,  linear  transforma- 
tions. Eigenvalues. 

MTH  227  three  credits 

Linear  Algebra  for  Applied  Sciences 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 1 1 
A  first  course  in  linear  algebra  covering 
general  theory  of  matrices  and  linear 
systems.  Topics  include:  Matrices  and  linear 
systems,  determinants,  vector  spaces  , 
orthogonality,  and  eigenvalues.  Computer 
laboratory  exercises  included. 

MTH  231  three  credits 
Elementary  Statistics  I 

Prerequisite:  MTH  101  or  equivalent 
Fundamental  business  statistics.  The  text, 
examples,  and  applications  are  all  business- 
oriented.  The  first-semester  topics  include 
descriptive  statistics,  probability,  estimation, 
statistical  inference  and  sampling. 

MTH  232  three  credits 
Elementary  Statistics  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  231 
Continuation  of  MTH  231.  Regression  and 
correlation  analysis.  Analysis  of  variance. 
Goodness-of-fit  tests.  An  introduction  to 
Bayesian  decision  methods. 

MTH  233  :-ree  credits 

Elementary  Applied  Statistics  (Honors) 

Prerequisites:  College  Algebra  and  at  least  a 
score  of  570  on  Math  SAT,  or  permission  of 
the  instructor 

Topics  in  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics 
including  summary  measures,  discrete 
probability,  normal  density  functions,  point 
and  interval  estimation,  hypothesis  testing 
procedures,  t-tests,  analysis  of  variance,  chi- 
square  tests,  correlation,  and  regression  an- 
alysis. A  statistical  computer  software  pack- 
age will  be  extensively  utilized  Condensing 
the  topics  covered  in  MTH  231  and  232,  this 
course  satisfies  the  MTH  231/2  requirement 
of  most  business-related  majors. 

MTH  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 


member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

MTH  302  three  credits 
Theory  of  Numbers 

A  study  of  the  integers,  divisibility  proper- 
ties, diophantme  equations,  congruences, 
quadratic  residues,  Pythagorean  triangles 
and  selected  higher  topics. 

MTH  310  three  credits 
Modern  Methods  in 
Mathematics  Teaching 

Prerequisite:  mathematics  major 
The  use  of  techniques  and  materials  m 
teaching  the  mathematical  sciences  in 
grades  8-12.  Special  attention  will  be  given 
to  new  information  technology  and  its  use 
in  enhancing  learning  and  problem-solving 
abilities.  This  course  will  concentrate  on  the 
integration  of  commercially-available 
computer  software  into  the  mathematics 
curriculum  in  algebra,  geometry,  statistics, 
and  precalculus,  as  well  as  with  more 
traditional  materials.  This  course  is  for 
mathematics  majors  intending  to  teach. 

MTH  311  three  credits 
Advanced  Calculus  I 

Prerequisite:  MTH  212 
This  course  is  a  rigorous  analysis  of  the 
concept  of  limits,  continuity,  the  derivative 
and  other  selected  areas. 

MTH  312  three  credits 
Advanced  Calculus  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  311 

Continuation  of  MTH  31 1  with  emphasis  on 
uniform  convergence  and  related  topics. 

MTH  321  three  credits 

Topics  in  Applied  Mathematics  I 

Prerequisite:  MTH  212 
A  study  of  Fourier  Series  and  Integrals, 
Fourier  and  Laplace  Transforms,  Partial 
Differential  Equations. 

MTH  322  three  credits 

Topics  in  Applied  Mathematics  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  321 
Continuation  of  MTH  321.  The  course 
covers  Besel  functions  and  Legendre 
polynomials;  calculus  of  variations,  vector 

analysis. 

MTH  331  three  credits 
Probability 

Prerequisite:  MTH  112 

A  calculus-based  introduction  to  statistics. 


This  course  covers  probability  and  combina- 
torial problems,  discrete  and  continuous 
random  variables  and  various  distributions 
including  the  binomial,  Poisson,  hyper- 
geometnc  normal,  gamma  and  chi-square. 
Moment  generating  functions,  transforma- 
tion and  sampling  distributions  are  studied 

MTH  332  three  credits 
Mathematical  Statistics 

Prerequisite:  MTH  331 
Continuation  of  MTH  331.  Classical 
estimation  methods  and  hypothesis  testing 
are  studied.  This  course  also  covers  Chi 
square  tests  for  goodness-of-fit  and 
independence,  regression  and  correlation 
analysis,  and  one-way  and  two-way  analysis 
of  variance  including  factorial  designs  and 
tests  for  the  separation  of  means. 

MTH  353  three  credits 
Applied  Linear  Algebra 

Prerequisites:  MTH  221,  CIS  261 
Orthogonality  and  least  square  problems. 
Other  topics  include  applications  of 
eigenvalue,  quadratic  forms,  Numerical 
Linear  Algebra. 

MTH  361  three  credits 
Numerical  Analysis  I 

Prerequisites:  MTH  221,  212,  CIS  261.  (MTH 
221  may  be  taken  concurrently) 
Theory  and  computer-oriented  practice  in 
obtaining  numerical  solutions  of  various 
problems.  Topics  include  stability  and 
conditioning,  nonlinear  equations,  systems 
of  linear  equations,  interpolation  and 
approximation  theory 

MTH  362  three  credits 
Numerical  Analysis  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  361 
Numerical  methods  for  solving  initial  value 
problems.  Topics  include:  numerical 
differentiation  and  integration,  Euler 
method  and  Taylor's  series  method,  Runge- 
Kutta  methods,  multi-step  methods,  and 
stiff  equations. 

MTH  381  tnree  credits 
Combinatorial  Theory 

Prerequisites:  MTH  111,  112,  181, 
182.  221 

Techniques  of  counting:  elementary 
enumerative  methods,  generating  functions, 
partitions,  recurrence  relations,  inclusion- 
exclusion  principle,  the  Polya  theory  of 
counting,  generalizations  of  the  pigeonhole 
principle  and  selected  topics  from  experi- 
mental design  and  coding  theory. 


142 


MTH  382  three  credits 
Graph  Theory 

Prerequisites:  MTH  1 1 1,  1 12,  181, 
182,  221 

A  study  of  graph  theory  and  its  applications. 
Topics  included  are  Hamiltonian  and 
Eulerian  properties,  matching,  trees, 
connectivity,  coloring  problems,  and 
planarity.  Emphasis  will  be  on  applications 
including  optimization  of  graphs  and 
networks. 

MTH  421  three  credits 
Complex  Analysis 

Prerequisite:  MTH  21 1 
Analytic  functions,  differentiation,  integra- 
tion, conformal  mapping,  calculus  of 
residues  and  infinite  series. 

MTH  441  three  credits 
Modern  Algebra  I 

Prerequisite:  MTH  221 

The  study  of  relations,  functions,  groups, 

rings  and  fields. 

MTH  442  three  credits 
Modern  Algebra  II 

Prerequisites:  MTH  221,  441 
This  course  deals  primarily  with  the 
following:  Sylow  theorems,  polynomials, 
field  extensions  and  Galois  theory. 

MTH  451  three  credits 
Differential  Geometry 

Prerequisite:  MTH  312 
Analysis  of  curves  and  surfaces.  Frenet- 
Serret  formulae.  First  and  second  funda- 
mental forms  for  surfaces,  Gaussian  and 
mean  curvature,  theorems  of  Meusnier  and 
Rodriques,  and  the  Gauss-Bonnet  theorem 
are  also  studied. 

MTH  452  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Higher  Geometry 

Prerequisite:  MTH  21 1 
A  survey  of  the  history  of  geometry, 
emphasizing  the  scholars  of  antiquity. 
Topics  from  modern  (college)  geometry, 
projective  and  non-Euclidean  geometries. 

MTH  461  three  credits 
Elementary  Topology 

Prerequisite:  MTH  312 
An  introduction  to  point-set  and  combin- 
atorial topology. 

MTH  463  three  credits 
Math  Modeling 

Selected  topics  from  the  areas  of  linear 
programming,  dynamic  programming, 
Markov  chains  and  game  theory.  Mathe- 
matical model  building  will  be  developed 


through  the  use  of  numerous  case  studies 
from  the  natural  and  social  sciences,  e.g., 
ecological  models,  network  models, 
scheduling  models,  urban  structure,  traffic 
flow,  growth,  etc. 

MTH  464  three  credits 
Simulations 

Deterministic  and  nondeterministic 
simulation.  Random  number  generators, 
Monte  Carlo  techniques,  discrete  simulation 
techniques  and  simulation  computer 
languages  (e.g.,  GPSS,  SIMSCRIPT)  are 
studied.  Standard  Simulations  Models,  such 
as  the  national  economy  model,  inventory 
control,  banking,  blackjack,  etc.,  will  also  be 
covered. 

MTH  487  three  credits 
Mathematical  Inquiry  I 

Prerequisite:  MTH  212 

Course  is  conducted  as  a  seminar.  An 

elementary  question  is  posed  to  the  students 

who  must  generate  their  own  mathematics 

in  an  attempt  to  find  a  solution.  The  aim  is 

to  develop  student  independence  and 

creativity. 

MTH  488  three  credits 
Mathematical  Inquiry  II 

Prerequisite:  MTH  212 

A  second  semester  of  inquiry,  independent 

of  the  first. 

MTH  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

MTH  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

MTH  499  three  credits 

Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics 

Prerequisites:  MTH  212  and  permission 
of  department 

A  special  course  to  meet  the  needs  of 
students  for  material  not  encountered  in 
other  courses.  Topics  dealt  with  require  the 
approval  of  the  departmental  chairperson. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Mathematics 
and  Mathematics  Education 

MAE  507  three  credits 
Probability  for  Teachers 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  or 
undergraduate  algebra 
Probability  for  Teachers  is  an  introduction  to 
the  discrete  probability  theory  in  an 
experimental  hands-on  way.  The  stress  is  put 
on  pedagogical  contents,  including  common 
misconceptions  and  misunderstandings  in 
probability.  The  course  also  examines  the 
modern  educational  technology  and 
software  used  in  probability. 

MAE  508  three  credits 
Statistics  for  Teachers 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  or  MAE 
507 

Statistics  for  Teachers  surveys  the  statistical 
methods  used  in  science  and  everyday  life 
and  addresses  the  problem  of  pedagogy  and 
statistical  misconceptions.  The  course  also 
examines  the  modern  educational  technol- 
ogy and  software  used  in  statistics. 

MAE  511  three  credits 

Calculus  and  Analysis  for  Teachers 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  or 
undergraduate  calculus 
Calculus  and  Analysis  for  Teachers  assumes 
successful  completion  of  a  standard 
university  calculus  sequence.  It  addresses  the 
key  underlying  idea  of  the  mathematics 
change:  notions  of  variation,  rate,  mean 
value,  and  accumulation  across  many 
contexts  and  representations,  as  well  as  the 
connections  between  rates  and  accumula- 
tion as  embodied  in  the  Fundamental 
Theorem  of  Calculus.  It  also  addresses 
relations  between  discrete  and  continuous 
models  of  change,  including  conceptions  of 
limit. 

MAE  520  three  credits 
Discrete  Math  for  Teachers 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  or 
modern  algebra 

Topics  in  Discrete  Mathematics,  including 
combinatorics,  logic  and  set  theory, 
algorithms,  linear  algebra,  relations  and 
functions,  elements  of  number  theory,  and 
chaos/fractals.  The  focus  will  be  on  the 
connections  and  deep  structural  themes 
unifying  these  areas,  and  on  using  discrete 
math  to  gain  a  deeper  understanding  of 
high-school  algebra  and  calculus. 

MAE  521  three  credits 
Geometry  for  Teachers 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  or 


143 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


undergraduate  geometry 
Geometry  for  Teachers  surveys  the  new 
types  of  geometry  made  possible  by 
dynamic  computer  graphics  as  well  as  topics 
that  help  students  deepen  their  understand- 
ing of  the  key  ideas  of  Euclidean  geometry. 
The  course  also  examines  the  forms  and 
purposes  of  proof,  and  student  develop- 
ment of  spatial  and  logical  reasoning. 

MAE  522  three  credits 

Algebraic  Structures  for  Teachers 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  or 
undergraduate  algebra 
Algebraic  Structures  for  Teachers  examines 
the  many  forms  of  algebraic  reasoning  and 
their  conceptual  underpinnings,  the 
fundamental  shift  in  the  place  of  algebra  in 
school  mathematics,  and  the  potential 
unifying  role  of  abstract  and  general 
algebraic  structures  at  the  upper  secondary 
level.  The  course  will  engage  students  in 
vigorous  critique  of  traditional  and 
innovative  algebra  learning  materials  and 
technologies. 

MAE  530  three  credits 

Technology  in  Mathematics  Education 

Prerequisite:  MTH  21 1  or  enrollment  in  MAT 
program 

Relevant  contemporary  mathematics 
investigated  through  new  innovative 
technologies  in  an  inquiry-based  classroom. 
Explores  non-Euclidean  geometries, 
stereographic  projection,  and  the  complex 
plane  using  dynamic  geometry  environ- 
ments, nonlinear  dynamical  systems  using 
Chaotic  Waterwheels,  and  parametric 
variation  using  new  hardware  infrastruc- 
tures, as  well  as  multi-dimensional  math- 
ematics using  graphing  software  and  haptic 
technology. 

MAE  540  three  credits 
Mathematical  Challenges 

Developing  understanding  of  student 
mathematical  learning  and  needs  through 
the  completion  of  mathematical  challenges. 
Each  week  a  new  challenge  will  be  set  with 
hints  offered  at  various  times.  Each 
challenge  will  not  have  a  straightforward 
solution,  and  the  class  is  expected  to 
develop  personal  insights  into  the  nature  of 
their  mathematical  behavior  and  relate  these 
reflections  to  practice.  An  email  discussion 
list  and  website  will  facilitate  continued 
inquiry  and  sharing  of  ideas  outside  of  class. 

MAE  591/2  three  credits 

Topics  in  Mathematics  for  Teachers 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Individual  and/  or  group  study  under 


supervision  of  a  faculty  member  in  an  area 
of  mathematics  for  teachers  that  is  not 
otherwise  part  of  graduate  course  offerings. 


144 


Medical  Laboratory  Science 


In  medical  laboratory  science,  both  the 
clinical  laboratory  science  option  and  the 
cytotechnology  option,  provide  students 
with  the  concepts,  professional  attitudes, 
scientific  theory  and  skills  essential  for 
practicing  clinical  laboratorians.  Medical 
laboratory  science  leads  students  to 
understand  the  health  care  delivery  system 
and  the  role  of  the  clinical  laboratory 
scientist  and  cytotechnologist  in  that  system, 
to  function  as  professionals,  and  to  gam  the 
skills  and  attitudes  needed  to  enter  their 
practice.  All  graduates  are  eligible  for 
national  certification  and  licensure. 

Students  use  state-of-the-art  equipment  and 
laboratory  methods  in  the  new,  modern- 
design  laboratory  facility.  The  medical 
laboratory  science  faculty  are  professional 
laboratory  scientists  and  leaders  in  local, 
regional,  and  national  professional  and 
scientific  organizations  who  influence  the 
practice  of  the  profession  by  serving  on 
committees  and  as  consultants. 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Dorothy  A.  Bergeron  immunohematology, 
health  education,  professional  issues 

Brenda  Bouchard  coagulation,  serology, 
science  education 

Lynne  Brodeur  medical  laboratory  science 

Eileen  Carreiro-Lewandowski  clinical 
chemistry,  biochemistry,  laboratory 
regulation 

James  T.  Griffith  (chairperson)  microbiol- 
ogy, antimicrobial  agents,  health  legislation 

Susan  J.  Leclair  hematology,  health 
planning 

Frank  J.  Scarano  molecular  epidemiology, 
clinical  microbiology 


Medical  Laboratory  Science  Major 

BS  degree 


Entrance  to  Medical  Laboratory  Science 

In  addition  to  the  general  course  require- 
ments for  admission,  the  Department  of 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  more  specifically 
requires  3  units  of  Natural  Science  and  3 
units  of  College  Preparatory  Mathematics 
which  must  include  2  units  of  algebra. 

Admission  of  Transfer  Students  and 
Certified  Clinical  Laboratory  Technicians 

Credits  earned  at  another  institution  will  be 
evaluated  for  transferability  and  equivalency 
to  existing  UMass  Dartmouth  courses.  All 
required  Medical  Laboratory  Science  courses 
must  be  taken  at  the  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts at  Dartmouth,  unless  approved  by 
the  department. 

Health  Policies 

Students  admitted  to  medical  laboratory 
science  programs  are  expected  to  have  a 
complete  physical  examination  and  the 
appropriate  immunizations  as  outlined  by 
the  department.  For  each  item  listed  below 
students  must  show  evidence  of  vaccination 
and  documentation  of  history  of  disease. 

•  Hepatitis  B  vaccine 

•  Tetanus/diphtheria 

•  Measles/mumps/rubella 

•  Polio 

•  Varicella  (chicken  pox) 

•  Mantoux  test 


145 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Medical  Laboratory  Science  Major 

Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Option 


The  option  in  clinical  laboratory  science  is 
an  integrated  program,  accredited  by  the 
National  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical 
Laboratory  Sciences,  8410  West  Bryn  Mawr 
Avenue,  Suite  670,  Chicago,  IL  60631- 
3415,  telephone  312-714-8880.  The 
accreditation  officials  are  David  K.  Rubin, 
MD  (Medical  Advisor),  and  Dorothy  A. 
Bergeron,  MS  (Program  Director)  Academic 
and  technical  competence  are  developed  in 
the  major  areas  of  clinical  laboratory 
practice:  hematology,  clinical  chemistry, 
clinical  microbiology  and  immunohematol- 
ogy.  The  clinical  laboratory  theory  and 
methods  integrated  throughout  the  four- 
year  curriculum  culminate  with  a  clinical 
practicum  in  an  affiliated  hospital  during 
the  second  semester  of  the  senior  year. 
Laboratory  instrumentation,  use  of 
computers  in  laboratories,  and  quality 
assurance  are  emphasized  throughout. 

Careers  are  available  in  hospital,  indepen- 
dent, public  health,  industrial,  pharmaceuti- 
cal, and  private  laboratories  as  scientists  and 
researchers,  and  some  clinical  laboratory 
scientists  work  as  educators,  administrators, 
and  consultants.  By  presenting  a  diverse 
background  in  science,  analytical  skills,  and 
problem-solving,  medical  laboratory  science 
prepares  students  for  post-graduate  studies 
in  the  sciences  (including  chemistry, 
microbiology,  pathology),  administration 
(including  human  resource  management, 
health  service  administration,  and  business 
administration)  and  professional  schools 
(including  medical,  osteopathy,  and 
physician  assistant). 

After  completion  of  this  program,  the 
graduate  will  be  able  to  demonstrate  entry 
level  competencies  in  the  following  areas  of 

professional  practice: 

•  collect  and  process  biological  specimens 
for  analysis; 

•  perform  analytical  tests  on  body  fluids, 
cells,  and  other  samples; 

•  make  critical  judgments  by  integrating 
and  relating  data  generated  by  the 
various  clinical  laboratory  departments; 

•  evaluate  quality  control  results  and 
institute  corrective  procedures; 

•  perform  preventive  and  corrective 
maintenance  on  equipment  and 
instruments  or  refer  to  appropriate 
source  for  repair; 

•  evaluate  new  techniques  and  procedures 
in  terms  of  usefulness  and  practicality 
within  the  context  of  a  given 
laboratory's  resources; 

•  demonstrate  concern  for  the  patient  and 


cooperate  with  laboratory  personnel  and 
other  health  care  professionals; 

•  communicate  effectively  and  in  a 
professional  manner  with  patients, 
laboratory  personnel,  other  health  care 
professionals,  and  the  public; 

•  assume  responsibility  for  continuing 
professional  development  and  compe- 
tence; 

•  assume  leadership  to  effect  positive 
change  in  the  profession; 

•  apply  principles  of  safety,  management 
and  supervision,  education  methodolo- 
gies, and  current  information  systems. 

Entrance  to  the  Upper  Division  of  the 
Option  in  Clinical  Laboratory  Science 

The  Committee  on  Advanced  Standing 
meets  each  year  to  evaluate  the  academic 
and  professional  progress  of  students  who 
have  completed  sophomore-level  require- 
ments. After  reviewing  the  records,  the 
committee  recommends  to  the  department 
faculty  those  students  to  be  admitted  to  the 
upper  division  of  the  option  in  clinical 
laboratory  science.  Each  student's  record  is 
reviewed  individually  and,  if  indicated, 
conditional  acceptance  with  academic 
qualifications  is  granted. 

Admission  to  the  upper  division  of  the 
option  in  clinical  laboratory  science  requires: 
1 

completion  of  all  prerequisites  in  the  first 
two  years  as  outlined  in  the  requirements; 
2 

a  minimum  cumulative  science  grade  point 
average  of  2  0  in  all  completed  courses 
required  by  the  major; 
3 

evidence  that  the  student  is  making  progress 
toward  satisfying  degree  requirements  and 
certification  requirements; 
4 

signed  statement  from  the  student 
indicating  understanding  and  belief  that  the 
following  non-academic  criteria  (essential 
functions)  can  be  met. 

•  Observation.  The  student  must  be  able 
to  participate  actively  in  laboratory 
exercises  and  clinical  experiences. 

•  Communication.  The  student  must  be 
able  to  communicate  with  fellow 
students,  faculty,  staff  and  members  of 
a  health  care  team. 

•  Motor.  The  student  must  have 
sufficient  motor  skills  to  perform  basic 
diagnostic  tests. 

•  Intellectual/Conceptual,  Integrate  and 
Quantitative  Abilities.  The  student  must 


be  able  to  problem  solve  and  compre- 
hend spatial  relationships  of  structures 
•  Behavioral  and  Social  Attributes  The 
student  must  be  able  to  interact 
appropriately  with  fellow  students, 
faculty,  staff  and  members  of  a  health 
care  team. 
A  more  detailed  listing  of  the  essential 
functions  and  the  signature  statement  are 
available  by  contacting  the  CLS  Program 
Director  at  508-999-8329 


Clinical  Practicum 

The  faculty  assigns  the  students  to  the 
clinical  practicum  at  the  following  affiliates: 
Charlton  Memorial  Hospital  (Fall  River,  MA), 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital  (Boston, 
MA),  Morton  Hospital  and  Medical  Center 
(Taunton,  MA),  New  England  Medical 
Center  (Boston,  MA),  Roger  Williams 
Medical  Center  (Providence,  Rl),  St.  Anne's 
Hospital  (Fall  River,  MA),  St.  Luke's  Hospital 
(New  Bedford,  MA),  and  South  Shore 
Hospital  (South  Weymouth,  MA).  Students 
may  be  assigned  to  a  rotation  at  enrichment 
sites:  Rhode  Island  Blood  Center  (Provi- 
dence, Rl)  and  State  Laboratory  Institute, 
Massachusetts  Department  of  Public  Health 
(Jamaica  Plain,  MA).  Should  an  affiliate  be 
unable  to  fulfill  its  oblications,  the  CLS 
program  director  assumes  the  responsibility 
for  finding  an  alternative  assignment  for  the 
student. 


See  requirements  on  next  page. 


146 


Requirements 


Semester  Credits 
First  Second 

First  Year 

MLS  1 1 5  Fundamentals  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science  1 

MLS  1 16  Fundamentals  of  Medical  Lab  Sci  Techniques  1 

MLS  121  Human  Genetics  3 

MLS  122  Human  Genetics  Laboratory  1 

CHM  151,  152     Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I,  II  3  3 

CHM  161,  162     Introductory  Applied  Chemistry  I,  II  1  1 

MTH  104  Fundamentals  of  Statistics  3 

ENL  101 ,  102       Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II  3  3 

General  Education/Distribution  Requirements  6  3 

15  17 

Second  Year 

MLS  221  Pathophysiology  3 

MLS  222  Pathophysiology  Laboratory  1 

MLS  241  Clinical  Chemistry  Applied  to  Diagnostic 

Techniques  3 
MLS  242  Clinical  Chemistry  Applied  to  Diagnostic 

Techniques  Laboratory  1 
BIO  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Human  Physiology  4 

CHM  251  Organic  Chemistry  I  3 

CHM  263  Bio-Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  1 

General  Education/Distribution  Requirements  6  9 

14  17 

Integrated  Program 
Third  Year 

MLS  301  Principles  of  Microbiology  4 

MLS  303  Principles  of  Microbiology  Laboratory  1 

MLS  313  Medical  Microbiology  3 

MLS  314  Medical  Microbiology  Laboratory  1 

MLS  325  Clinical  Immunobiology  3 

MLS  326  Clinical  Immunobiology  Laboratory  1 

MLS  331  Fundamentals  of  Clinical  Hematology  2 

MLS  332  Fundamentals  of  Clinical  Hematology  Lab  1 

MLS  341  Clinical  Instrumental  Analysis  2 

MLS  342  Clinical  Instrumental  Analysis  Laboratory  1 

PHL  3 1 7  Ethics  and  Health  Care  Professionals  3 

Free  Electives  3 

12  13 

Fourth  Year 

MLS  401, 411      Clinical  Microbiology  I,  II  5  4 

MLS  421, 422       Immunohematology  I,  II  2  2 

MLS  443,  444      Clinical  Biochemistry  I,  II  5  4 

MLS  431,  432       Hematologyl.il  3  3 

MLS  428  Clinical  Microscopy  and  Serology  2 

MLS  450  Senior  Seminar  2 

17  15 


Total  Credits  120 


Note:  The  department  has  renumbered  many  courses;  refer  to  earlier  catalogues  for  previous 
numbers. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  the  Clinical  Laboratory  Science  option  will  meet  their  departmentally- 
controlled  General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  PHL  317 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  MLS  242,  341,  342,  443,  and  450 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  266 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  MLS  326  and  450 

147  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Medical  Laboratory  Science  Major 

Cytotechnology  Option 


Requirements 


Cytotechnology,  a  specialty  in  the  clinical 
laboratory,  evaluates  cells  microscopically  to 
detect  morphologic  changes  related  to 
benign  and  malignant  disease.  The  first 
three  years  are  spent  on  campus  building  a 
foundation  in  biology,  chemistry,  math,  and 
medical  laboratory  science,  followed  by  a 
one  year  clinical  practicum  in  an  accredited 
hospital  program.  A  strong  sense  of 
responsibility,  ability  to  concentrate,  and  an 
interest  in  natural  science  are  necessary 
qualities  for  a  cytotechnologist.  Career 
opportunities  are  excellent. 
Cytotechnologists  are  employed  as 
laboratory  managers,  educators,  medical 
sales  representatives,  technical  representa- 
tives, and  scientists  in  private  and  hospital- 
based  laboratories,  state,  federal  or 
industrial  laboratories,  research  laboratories 
and  veterinary  laboratories.  Graduate  study 
possibilities  include  pathology,  anatomy,  or 
genetics. 


Entrance  to  the  Option  in 
Cytotechnology 

Students  interested  in  this  option  are 
encouraged  to  discuss  cytotechnology  with 
the  department  chairperson  as  early  as 
possible  to  select  the  most  appropriate 
courses.  Application  for  this  option  should 
be  made  during  the  spring  semester  of  the 
sophomore  year  and  no  later  than  the  fall 
semester  of  the  junior  year.  Generally, 
students  apply  for  admission  to  the 
accredited  hospital  program  in  the  spring 
semester  of  the  junior  year. 

Each  hospital  cytotechnology  program 
determines  the  number  of  credits  in  a 
specific  course  based  on  the  nature  of  the 
laboratory  and  the  range  of  case  presenta- 
tions. A  minimum  of  thirty  credits  from  the 
courses  listed  in  the  fourth  year  are  granted 
at  the  completion  of  the  hospital  cytotech- 
nology program. 

All  students  must  be  recommended  by  the 
department  chairperson  to  the  approved 
hospital  program.  The  university  cannot 
guarantee  placement  in  an  approved 
hospital  program 

Clinical  fees  are  established  by  the  hospital 

program.  Students  are  required 

to  pay  this  fee  in  addition  to  the  usual 

university  fees. 


Semester  Credits 
First  Second 


First  Year 


KM  C  1  1  cr 

Fundamentals  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science 

1 

MLb  I  I  0 

Fundamentals  of  Medical  Lab  So  Techniques 

5 

MLS  1 2 1 

Human  Genetics 

3 

MLS  122 

Human  Genetics  Laboratory 

1 

CHM  151,  1  52 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  1,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  161 ,  162 

Introductory  Applied  Chemistry  1,  II 

1 

1 

M  1  H  1 04 

Fundamentals  of  Statistics 

3 

bNL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  1,  II 

3 

3 

General  Education/Distribution  Requirements 

3 

15 

14 

Second  Year 

MLS  221 

Pathophysiology 

3 

MLS  222 

Pathophysiology  Laboratory 

1 

MLS  241 

Clinical  Chemistry  Applied  to  Diagnostic 

Techniques 

3 

BIO  221 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  1 

3 

BIO  222 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  II 

3 

BIO  223 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  Laboratory  1 

1 

BIO  224 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  Laboratory  II 

1 

General  Education/Distribution  Requirements 

12 

4 

16 

15 

Third  Year 

MLS  301 

Principles  of  Microbiology 

4 

MLS  331 

Fundamentals  of  Clinical  Hematology 

2 

MLS  332 

Fundamentals  of  Clinical  Hematology  Lab 

1 

MLS  352 

Medical  Laboratory  Science  Seminar  II 

2 

MLS 

Elective 

3 

PHL  317 

Ethics  and  Health  Care  Professionals 

3 

General  Education/Distribution  Requirements/ 

Free  Electives 

9 

6 

16 

14 

Fourth  Year 

MLS  461 

Introduction  to  Cytotechnology 

1-3 

MLS  462 

Special  topics  in  Cytotechnology 

1-3 

MLS  463 

Cytopathology 

1-4 

MLS  464 

Medical  Cytology 

1-4 

MLS  465 

Cytotechnology  Seminar 

1-2 

MLS  466 

Applied  cytotechnology 

1-3 

MLS  467 

Cytology  Practicum  1 

1-8 

MLS  468 

Cytology  Practicum  II 

1-8 

15 

15 

Total  Credits 

120 

Note:  The  department  has  renumbered  many  courses;  refer  to  earlier  catalogues  for 
previous  numbers 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  the  Cytotechnology  option  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled 
General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  PHL  317 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  within  hospital  placement,  as  arranged  between  MLS  Department 

Chairperson  and  placement  supervisor,  MLS  461 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  266 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  MLS  307  and  468 


148 


Medical  Laboratory  Science  Major 

Biotechnology  Option 


Medical  Laboratory  Science  Courses 


The  option  in  biotechnology  is  designed  to 
provide  students  with  the  knowledge,  skills, 
and  technical  abilities  necessary  to  pursue  a 
career  in  the  biotechnology  world  after 
graduating. 


Entrance  to  the  Option  in  Biotechnology 

Students  interested  in  this  option  are 
encouraged  to  discuss  biotechnology  with 
the  department  chairperson.  Application  for 
this  option  should  be  made  during  the 
spring  semester  of  the  sophomore  year  and 
no  later  than  the  fall  semester  of  the  junior 
year. 


Requirements 

The  first  seven  semesters  of  the  curriculum 
are  the  same  as  that  for  students  pursuing 
the  Clinical  Laboratory  Science  option. 

In  the  second  semester  of  the  senior  year, 
students  in  the  biotechnology  option  take 
the  following  four  courses: 

MLS  471  Introduction  to  Biotechnology 

MLS  472  Topics  in  Biotechnology 

MLS  473  Biotechnology  Practicum  I 

MLS  474  Biotechnology  Practicum  II 

All  students  must  be  recommended  by  the 
department  chairperson  to  an  approved 
biotechnology  industrial  site.  The  university 
cannot  guarantee  placement  in  an  approved 

biotechnology  industrial  site. 


MLS  105  three  credits  S 
Contemporary  Topics  in  Human 
Ecology  I 

Medical-social  problems  as  they  relate  to 
modern  society.  Contemporary  topics  such 
as  over-the-counter  drugs,  eugenics,  factors 
affecting  I.Q.,  basic  human  physiology,  the 
disease  state,  and  diabetes  are  discussed. 

MLS  106  three  credits  S 
Contemporary  Topics  in  Human 
Ecology  II 

Medical-social  problems  as  they  relate  to 
modern  society.  Contemporary  topics  such 
as  stress,  sexuality,  inheritance,  and  aging 
are  discussed. 

MLS  115  one  credit 

Fundamentals  of  Medical  Laboratory 
Science 

Specialty  areas,  professional  issues,  career 
mobility  and  an  introduction  to  the 
university  and  its  facilities  presented  in 
lectures,  field  trips  and  laboratory  experi- 
ences. Student  Resource  Center  facilities  will 
be  utilized  during  class  time. 

MLS  116  one  credit 

Fundamentals  of  Medical  Laboratory 
Science  Techniques 

An  orientation  to  clinical  laboratory 
techniques. 

MLS  121  three  credits 
Human  Genetics 

An  intensive  survey  of  genetic  mechanisms 
emphasizing  the  effect  on  human  inherit- 
ance and  disease. 

MLS  122  one  credit 

Human  Genetics  Laboratory 

Corequisite:  MLS  315 

Laboratory  correlated  with  MLS  31  5. 

MLS  221  three  credits 
Pathophysiology 

Prerequisite:  BIO  1 1 1  or  perm,  of  instructor 
The  selection,  generation,  and  translation  of 
basic  information  for  the  diagnosis, 
prognosis  and  management  of  clinical 
samples.  Health  screen  vs.  diagnostic  and 
prognostic  profiles  will  be  discussed. 

MLS  222  one  credit 
Pathophysiology  Laboratory 

Corequisites:  MLS  116,  221 

Prerequisite:  MLS  1 16  or  perm,  of  instructor 

Laboratory  correlated  with  MLS  22 1 . 

MLS  241  three  credits 

Clinical  Chemistry  Applied  in  Diagnostic 

Techniques 


Prerequisites:  CHM  152,  162;  or  perm,  of 
instructor. 

Medically  relevant  carbohydrates,  proteins, 
lipids,  hormones,  nonprotein  nitrogenous 
substances,  and  enzymes  will  be  discussed. 

MLS  242  one  credit 

Clinical  Chemistry  Applied  in  Diagnostic 
Techniques  Laboratory 

Corequisite:  MLS  241 

Laboratory  correlated  with  MLS  241 . 

MLS  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
perm,  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

MLS  301  four  credits 
Principles  of  Microbiology 

Prerequisite:  MLS  241  or  perm,  of  instructor 
This  course  presents  the  basic  concepts  of 
physiology,  genetics,  morphology,  ecology, 
systematics  and  control  of  microorganisms. 

MLS  303  one  credit 

Principles  of  Microbiology  Laboratory 

Corequisite:  MLS  301 

Laboratory  correlated  with  MLS  301 . 

MLS  313  three  credits 
Medical  Microbiology 

Prerequisite:  MLS  301 
The  theoretical  basis  for  an  in-depth 
understanding  of  organisms  of  medical 
importance.  Stress  shall  be  placed  on 
bacterial  physiology  as  it  relates  to  disease. 
Quality  control,  statistical  methods,  and 
current  literature  shall  be  analyzed. 

MLS  314  one  credit 

Medical  Microbiology  Laboratory 

Corequisite:  MLS  313 

Prerequisite:  MLS  303  or  perm,  of  instructor 
Laboratory  correlated  with  MLS  313. 

MLS  325  three  credits 
Clinical  Immunobiology 

The  emerging  concepts  of  immunobiology. 
Topics  will  include  immunogens,  immuno- 
globulins, autoimmunity,  infection  and 
immunity,  immunohematology,  and  tumor 
biology. 

MLS  326  one  credit 


149 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  note:  Medical  Laboratory  Science 
courses  satisfy  the  Natural  Science  and 
Technology  requirement.  Those  marked  S 
are  appropriate  for  non-science/engineering 
majors. 


Clinical  Immunobiology  Laboratory 

Corequisite:  MLS  325 

Laboratory  correlated  with  MLS  325. 

MLS  331  two  credits 

Fundamentals  of  Clinical  Hematology 

Prerequisites:  MLS  121,  122,  221,  222;  or 
perm,  of  instructor 

Introduction  to  the  pathophysiology  of 
anemias,  leukocyte  dyscrasias  and  disorders. 
Topics  may  include  bone  marrow  activity, 
cell  energetics,  testing  protocols  and 
examples  of  various  modalities  of  therapy. 

MLS  332  one  credit 

Fundamentals  of  Clinical  Hematology 
Laboratory 

Corequisite:  MLS  331 

Prerequisites:  MLS  121,  122,  221,  222;  or 

perm,  of  instructor 

Introduction  to  the  morphology  and 

biochemical  testing  of  cells  involved  in 

anemias,  leukocyte  dyscrasias  and  other 

disorders.  Topics  may  include  bone  marrow 

morphology,  peripheral  blood  morphology 

and  cytochemical  testing  protocols 

MLS  341  two  credits 

Clinical  Instrumental  Analysis 

Prerequisite:  MLS  241  or  perm,  of  instructor 
Study  of  chemical  and  analytical  techniques 
used  in  clinical  laboratory  analysis.  Topics 
include  photometric,  electrochemical,  and 
immunochemical  separation  used  in 
research,  forensic,  and  medical  applications. 

MLS  342  one  credit 

Clinical  Instrumental  Analysis  Labora- 
tory 

Corequisite:  MLS  341 
Prerequisite:  MLS  242 

Laboratory  course  correlated  with  MLS  341. 

MLS  351  one  to  three  credits 

Medical  Laboratory  Science  Seminar  I 

Prerequisite:  Junior  or  senior  standing  or 
perm,  of  instructor 

Selected  topics  shall  be  presented,  deter- 
mined by  current  interests  and  develop- 
ments in  clinical  laboratory  science. 

MLS  352  one  to  three  credits 

Medical  Laboratory  Science  Seminar  II 

Prerequisites:  Junior  or  senior  standing  and 
perm,  of  chairperson 

Selected  topics  shall  be  presented  by  both 
faculty  and  students.  Topics  shall 
be  submitted  from  affiliated  hospitals. 

MLS  381  three  credits 
Health  Care  Legislation 

Major,  recent,  and  pending  health  care 


legislation  and  its  impact  on  the  provider 
will  be  discussed.  Possible  topics  include: 
Medicare,  Medicaid,  health  manpower, 
accreditation,  licensure,  professional 
standards  review,  health  systems  agencies, 
and  national  health  insurance. 

Senior  Courses:  Option  in  Clinical 
Laboratory  Science 

The  following  courses  are  presented  on 
campus  and  at  affiliated  hospitals  for  an 
academic  year  that  may  exceed  the  regular 
academic  year.  This  year  will  consist  of  40 
hours  per  week  on  campus  and/or  in 
affiliated  hospital(s).  Lecture  and  laboratory 
hours  shall  comply  with  the  standards  set  by 
the  National  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical 
Laboratory  Sciences.  These  are  open  only  to 
medical  laboratory  science  students  or  by 
perm,  of  the  Department: 

MLS  401  five  credits 
Clinical  Microbiology  I 

Prerequisites:  MLS  313,  314 
The  principles  or  practice  of  diagnostic 
microbiology  such  as  specimen  collection 
and  handling,  quality  control,  and  laboratory 
safety.  Clinical  correlation,  immunology  and 
hospital  surveillance  will  be  included. 

MLS  411  four  credits 
Clinical  Microbiology  II 

Prerequisite:  MLS  401 
Continuation  of  MLS  401 . 

MLS  421  two  credits 
Immunohematology  I 

The  principles  of  blood  banking,  including 
the  preparation  and  storage  of  blood  and  its 
components,  donor  evaluation,  transfusion, 
required  record  keeping,  and  processing  of 
frozen  blood.  Clinical  correlation,  quality 
control  and  laboratory  safety  will  be 
included. 

MLS  422  two  credits 
Immunohematology  II 

Prerequisite:  MLS  421 
Continuation  of  MLS  42 1 . 

MLS  428  two  credits 

Clinical  Microscopy  and  Serology 

Prerequisites:  MLS  325,  326 
The  applied  principles  of  the  clinical 
evaluation  of  the  physical  and  chemical 
constituents  and  formed  elements  of  kidney 
filtrate.  Quality  control,  laboratory  safety 
and  clinical  correlation  shall  be  covered. 

MLS  431  three  credits 


Hematology  I 

Prerequisites:  MLS  331,  322 
Subjects  include  the  analysis  and  clinical 
correlation  of  quantitative  and  qualitative 
variations  in  blood  Blood  cell  and  other 
formed  element  morphology,  the  dynamics 
of  coagulation,  processing  and  evaluation  of 
human  bone  marrow,  quality  control  and 
laboratory  safety  will  be  studied 

MLS  432  three  credits 
Hematology  II 

Prerequisite:  MLS  431 
Continuation  of  MLS  431 . 

MLS  443  five  credits 
Clinical  Biochemistry  I 

Prerequisites:  MLS  341,  342 
Principles  of  the  physical  and  chemical 
analysis  of  medically  significant  organic  and 
inorganic  substances  found  in  human  body 
fluids  and  tissues.  Laboratory  instrumenta- 
tion and  electronics,  metabolic  screening, 
specimen  collection,  clinical  correlation, 
quality  control  and  laboratory  safety  will  be 
emphasized. 

MLS  444  fou/  credits 
Clinical  Biochemistry  II 

Prerequisite:  MLS  443 
Continuation  of  MLS  443. 

MLS  450  two  credits 
Senior  Seminar 

Prerequisites:  MLS  41 1 ,  42 1 ,  432,  and  444; 

or  perm,  of  the  instructor. 

Intensive,  integrated  study  of  selected  topics 

in  clinical  laboratory  science  including 

management. 

Senior  Courses:  Option  in  Cytotech- 
nology 

MLS  461  one  to  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Cytotechnology 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
A  review  of  cell  structure,  principles  of 
microscopy,  and  staining  techniques. 
Anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  female 
reproductive  system  and  study  of  the  non- 
malignant  cytology  of  the  female  genital 
tract  will  be  covered. 

MLS  462  one  to  three  credits 
Special  Topics  in  Cytotechnology 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
Special  projects  in  cytology,  cytopathology 
or  cytotechnology  are  investigated  or 
reviewed  and  reported  by  the  student. 
Written  or  oral  presentation  is  required. 


150 


MLS  463  one  to  four  credits 
Cytopathology 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
Cytopathology  and  clinical  aspects  of 
cervical  dysplasia,  carcinoma-m-situ  and 
invasive  squamous  cell  carcinoma.  Consider- 
ation of  endometrial  and  endocervical 
carcinoma,  other  genital  tract  cancers  and 
radiation  effect. 

MLS  464  one  to  four  credits 
Medical  Cytology 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
Benign  and  malignant  cytology  of  the 
respiratory  and  gastrointestinal  tracts  will  be 
correlated  with  anatomy  and  physiology. 
Benign,  a-typical,  and  malignant  exfoliative 
cells  from  the  urinary  tracts,  serous  effusion, 
cerebrospinal  fluid  and  breast  secretions  will 
be  studied. 

MLS  465  one  to  two  credits 
Cytotechnology  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
Presentation,  discussion  and  interpretation 
of  benign,  suspicious,  and  hormonal 
conditions.  The  cytological  diagnostic 
criteria  of  malignant  tumors  from  various 
body  sites  and  their  histopathological 
correlation  will  be  studied. 

MLS  466  one  to  three  credits 
Applied  Cytotechnology 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
The  microscopic  evaluation  and  screening  of 
cytological  smears  from  various  body  sites. 
Effects  of  radiation  and  of  chemotherapy; 
diagnosis  of  suspicious  and  hormonal 
conditions;  cytological  observations  in 
pregnancy.  Cell  research  techniques. 
Epidemiology  and  current  concepts  related 
to  cytotechnology. 

MLS  467  one  to  eight  credits 
Cytology  Practicum  I 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
The  microscopic  evaluation  and  screening  of 
benign  cytological  smears  and  smears  from 
cervical  dysplasia;  carcinoma-in-situ,  and 
invasive  malignant  tumors  of  the  female 
genital  tract. 

MLS  468  one  to  eight  credits 
Cytology  Practicum  II 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 

The  microscopic  evaluation  and  screening  of 

cytological  smears  from  the  respiratory  tract, 

gastrointestinal  tract,  urinary  tract  and  from 

body  fluids.  Continuing  evaluation  of 

cytological  smears  from  the  gynecological 

tract. 


Senior  Courses:  Option  in 
Biotechnology 

MLS  471  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Biotechnology 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
Basic  concepts  of  biotechnology  gene 
theory,  application,  and  bioinformatics.  A 
survey  of  genetic  mechanisms  of  inheritance 
and  disease  and  the  use  of  bioinformatics  as 
a  research  tool  are  included. 

MLS  472  three  credits 
Topics  in  Biotechnology 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
Integrated  study  of  selected  topics  in 
biotechnology.  Evolving  concepts  in 
biotechnology  are  investigated  and 
presented.  Written  and  oral  presentations 
are  required. 

MLS  473  three  credits 
Biotechnology  Practicum  I 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
Principle  and  procedures  in  various  aspects 
of  biotechnology  to  include  proteomics  and 
bioinformatics.  Laboratory  and  administra- 
tive issues  appropriate  to  the  practicum  site 
are  included. 

MLS  474  three  credits 
Biotechnology  Practicum  II 

Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  chairperson 
Continuation  of  MLS  473. 


Senior  courses  for  all  options 

MLS  495  one  to  four  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
perm,  of  instructor,  department  chairper- 
son, and  college  dean 
The  student  selects  a  topic  for  in-depth 
study.  Readings  and  reports  are  supervised 
by  a  member  of  the  faculty. 

MLS  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Perm,  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

MLS  497  two  credits 
Research  Project 

4  hours  per  credit  hour  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Perm,  of  instructor 
The  student  initiates  a  proposal  on  a 


selected  research  topic.  The  research  is  done 
under  the  supervision  of  the  appropriate 
faculty  member.  A  completed  paper  is 
required. 

MLS  498  one  to  four  credits 
Research  Project 

Continuation  of  MLS  497. 


Graduate  Courses 

MLS  510  three  credits 
Bioethics 

Issues  and  cases  in  bioethics,  across  the  range 
of  medical  practice,  individual  rights,  and 
social  implications. 

MLS  522  three  credits 

Evidence  and  Courtroom  Proceedings 

The  use  of  DNA  evidence  in  the  court.  The 
implications  of  relevancy,  competency, 
impeachment,  hearsay,  and  expert  testimony 
will  be  discussed.  Constitutional  issues  of 
privacy,  informed  consent,  and  mandated 
registries  will  be  weighed.  Special  consider- 
ations will  be  presented,  from  issues  of 
paternity  and  the  sanctity  of  marriage  to  the 
practical  issues  of  specimen  collection, 
quality,  and  processing. 

MLS  525  three  credits 
Pathophysiology 

Investigations  of  the  aberrations  of  normal 
physiology,  with  the  processes  that  bring 
about  these  disruptions.  The  course  covers 
the  ways  in  which  the  disruptions  manifest 
themselves  as  symptoms,  signs,  physical 
findings,  and  laboratory  findings,  including 
advanced  topics  in  the  selection,  generation, 
and  translation  of  information  for  the 
diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  management  of 
clinical  samples. 


151 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Multidisciplinary  Studies 


The  Multidisciplinary  Studies  major  may  be 
earned  as  a  BS  or  BA  degree  depending  on 
the  design  of  the  program  of  study 


Requirements 


Program  Director,  Dorothy  Bergeron 

Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science 

Students  with  a  GPA  of  at  least  2.5  who 
wish  to  pursue  in  depth  a  particular  topic  or 
area  of  study  not  available  in  an  established 
major  may  choose  the  Multidisciplinary 
Studies  (MDS)  major.  MDS  allows  students 
to  combine  course  work  in  two  or  three 
disciplines  to  create  their  own  major,  in 
consultation  with  a  faculty  advisor  and  the 
Director  of  Multidisciplinary  Studies. 
Considerable  latitude  is  allowed  in  the 
design  of  the  program  of  study,  and  course 
work,  studios  and  laboratories  from  any  of 
the  colleges  may  be  included,  as  long  as  one 
of  the  Core  disciplines  is  in  Arts  and 
Sciences.  Examples  of  topics  or  themes 
chosen  by  MDS  majors  are 

Communications/Photography 
Environmental  Studies 
Society  and  Aging 
Sociobiology 

Multidisciplinary  Studies  is  intended  as  an 
option  for  students  who  have  some 
familiarity  with  college-level  study.  Thus  it  is 
available  only  to  students  who  have 
completed  at  least  one  semester  of  college 
work,  and  not  to  entering  freshmen. 
Transfer  applicants  with  a  minimum  of  1  5 
transferable  credits  may  receive  admission,  if 
otherwise  qualified,  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  MDS  Director,  based  on  a 
personal  interview.  The  earlier  a  program  of 
study  is  designed,  the  greater  the  flexibility 
in  scheduling  the  required  courses.  As  with 
most  other  changes  of  major,  requests  from 
seniors  can  rarely  be  accommodated. 
Students  may  use  not  MDS  as  one  program 
within  a  double  major. 

Interested  students  should  contact  the 
Director  of  Multidisciplinary  Studies,  at  508 
999-8584. 


The  Multidisciplinary  Studies  major  is  built 
around  a  thematic  program  of  study  that 
encompasses  two  or  three  disciplines,  one  of 
which  must  be  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  The  program  will  consist  of  a 
minimum  of  36  credits  in  the  selected 
disciplines,  30  of  which  must  be  at  the  300 
level  or  above  and  constitute  the  Core 
courses  of  the  major.  (Experiential  learning 
and  courses  in  pedagogy  may  not  be 
included  in  the  300-  and  400-level  courses.) 
Ordinarily  only  three  credits  of  either 
independent  study  or  directed  study  may  be 
included  in  the  30  credits  of  Core  courses. 

Students  who  wish  to  incorporate  business  as 
one  of  their  disciplines  must  adhere  to  the 
requirements  of  the  agency  that  accredits  the 
Charlton  College  of  Business.  Under  these 
guidelines  the  number  of  business  courses 
that  a  non-business  major  can  take  is  limited. 
In  addition,  business-related  terms  cannot 
appear  in  the  title  of  the  MDS  degree.  For 
these  reasons,  an  MDS  proposal  that  includes 
business  courses  must  receive  approval  from 
the  assistant  dean  of  undergraduate 
programs  in  the  College  of  Business. 

To  become  MDS  majors  students  must, 
before  the  end  of  their  junior  year: 

1 

Identify  a  faculty  member  as  academic 
advisor  who,  along  with  the  Director,  will 
assist  in  the  design  of  the  program. 
2 

Write  a  one-page  description  of  the  proposed 
program  of  study  and  complete  a  change  of 
major  form  with  the  Director.  The  description 
should  include  the  objectives  of  the  program 
and  a  rationale  for  how  each  of  the  Core 
courses  will  help  meet  the  objectives. 
3 

Develop,  with  the  Director,  a  Contract 
containing  the  description  and  a  list  of  the 
courses  that  will  comprise  the  program. 
Substitution  for  courses  in  the  Contract  is 
allowed  only  with  prior  written  approval  by 
the  faculty  advisor  and  the  Director. 


Multidisciplinary  Studies  Major 
BA  degree 

For  the  BA  degree,  students  must  satisfy  all 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  requirements  for 
that  degree,  along  with  the  program  of 
courses  listed  in  the  Contract. 

Multidisciplinary  Studies  Major 
BS  degree 

For  the  BS  degree,  students  must  satisfy  all 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  requirements  for 
that  degree,  along  with  the  program  of 
courses  listed  in  the  Contract.  The  Contract 
must  contain  the  components  of  either  of  the 
two  options  given  below: 

Option  1 

a   36  credits  in  two  or  three  sciences,*  30  of 
which  are  at  the  300-level  or  higher. 

b  A  two-semester  sequence  of  mathemat- 
ics, if  mathematics  is  not  a  component  of 
,  a)  above. 

Option  2 

a    1 5  credits  at  the  300-level  or  above  in 
one  or  two  sciences. 

b   1 5  credits  at  the  300-level  or  above  in 
one  or  two  disciplines  other  than  science. 

c   9  credits  in  sciences  at  any  level,  other 
than  disciplines  included  in  a)  above. 

d  A  two-semester  sequence  of  mathemat- 
ics, if  mathematics  is  not  a  component  of 
a)  or  c)  above. 

*For  these  options,  "Sciences"  include 
Biology,  Chemistry,  Computer  Science, 
Mathematics,  Medical  Laboratory  Science, 
and  Physics. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Multidisciplinary  Studies  must  pay  special  attention  to  selecting  courses  so  as  to  satisfy  both  their  general  education  and 
college  distribution  requirements.  Courses  used  to  satisfy  major  and  college  distribution  requirements  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  specific 
University  General  Education  requirements. 

The  University  General  Education  requirements  in  categories  C  and  S,  and  Tier  1  of  categories  I  and  W  are  automatically  met  through  the  BA  or 
BS  versions  of  the  Arts  and  Sciences  college  distribution  requirements.  Special  care  must  be  taken  to  identify  specific  courses  that  satisfy  the  D, 
E,  and  G  categories.  Students  will  normally  satisfy  "departmental"  requirements  in  the  Tier  II  General  Education  categories  (I  and  W),  and  in 
Oral  Communication,  through  one  of  the  Core  discipline  departments  chosen  for  the  major.  Students  are  ultimately  responsible  for  meeting  all 
distribution  and  General  Education  requirements  and  should  consult  with  their  advisors  on  both  major  and  General  Education  requirements. 


152 


Philosophy 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Philosophy  is  the  cornerstone  of  the 
humanities.  A  major  in  philosophy  cultivates 
the  development  of  analytical  skills  and  clarity 
of  thought  that  are  invaluable,  not  only  in 
pursing  a  college  degree,  but  later  in 
developing  a  rewarding  career  and  a 
meaningful  life.  Training  in  philosophy  is 
highly  regarded  in  professional  fields  such  as 
law,  medicine,  artificial  intelligence,  and 
government. 

The  faculty  in  the  department  have  a  diversity 
of  backgrounds  and  areas  of  specialization. 
This  makes  possible  a  solid  grounding  in  the 
history  of  philosophy  and  in  the  various  sub- 
areas  of  philosophy,  areas  such  as  ethics, 
logic,  metaphysics,  philosophy  of  religion, 
philosophy  of  science,  and  philosophy  of 
language.  The  approach  of  the  department  is 
pluralistic. 


Diane  Barense  philosophy  of  logic, 
philosophy  of  science,  philosophy  of 
language,  philosophy  of  mind,  philosophy  of 
feminism 

Philip  Cox  (chairperson)  ethics,  medical 
ethics,  philosophy  of  law,  social  theory 

Catherine  Villanueva  Gardner  ethics, 
feminist  philosophy 

James  Gordon  Place  history  of  philosophy, 
contemporary  European  philosophy, 
aesthetics 


153 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Philosophy  Major 

BA  degree 


Requirements 


Credits 

General  Education  Departmental 

Requirements 

PHL  1 10 

Logic  (PHL  108  Critical  Thinking  or  PHL  235 

3 

Symbolic  Logic  may  be  substituted) 

Students  majoring  in  Philosophy  will  meet 

PHL  221 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Ancient 

3 

their  departmentally-controlled  General 

(PHL  223  History  of  Western  Philosophy: 

Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Medieval  may  be  substituted) 

PHL  222 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Modern 

3 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  coursework  required  of 

all  philosophy  majors 

Two  courses  in  contemporary  philosophy  selected  from: 

Area  I,  Tier  II:  Satisfied  by  a  200  or  300 

PHL  361 

Contemporary  Continental  Philosophy 

6 

level  course  carrying  a  W  designation. 

PHL  371 

Contemporary  Anglo-American  Philosophy 

Students  are  required  to  submit  a  sample 

PHL  382 

Contemporary  American  Philosophy 

paper  from  this  course,  demonstrating 

advanced  word-processing  skills  and  web- 

One  seminar  course: 

based  research,  to  the  Chair  of  the 

Philosophy  Department  during  the  semester 

PHL  409 

Seminar 

3 

preceding  graduation 

At  least  three  courses  in  systematic  philosophy  selected  from  courses 

Area  W,  Tier  II:  Satisfied  by  a  300  level 

numbered  300-349 

philosophy  course  that  carries  a  W 

designation 

PHL  300 

Special  Topics 

9 

PHL  301 

Theory  of  Knowledge 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  a  course  from  the 

PHL  303 

Metaphysics 

approved  list  of  O  designated  courses 

PHL  31 1 

Philosophy  of  Language 

PHL315 

Ethics  II 

PHL316 

Political  Philosophy 

PHL  318 

Bioethics 

PHL 320 

Philosophy  of  Science 

PHL  323 

Philosophy  of  Art 

PHL  324 

Philosophy  of  History 

PHL  325 

Philosophy  of  Religion 

PHL 326 

Philosophy  of  Law 

PHL  332 

Philosophy  of  Human  Nature 

Two  courses  selected  from  the  following  list: 

PHL  101 

Introduction  to  Philosophy 

6 

PHL  102 

Philosophical  Aspects  of  Feminism 

PHL  105 

Special  Topics 

PHL  108 

Critical  Thinking  (if  not  taken  above) 

PHL  200 

Special  Topics  in  Philosophy 

PHL  207 

Introduction  to  Aesthetics 

PHL  210 

Socrates 

PHL  215 

Ethics  I 

PHL  222 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Modern  (if  not  taken  above) 

PHL  223 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Medieval  (if  not  taken  above) 

PHL  224 

Nineteenth  Century  Philosophic  Thought 

PHL  226 

Marx 

PHL  227 

Nietzsche 

PHL 232 

Inductive  Inference 

PHL  235 

Symbolic  Logic  (if  not  taken  above) 

Total 


33 


154 


Philosophy  Minor 
Requirements 


Philosophy  Courses 


Credits 

PHL  101  three  credits  C,  E 

Introduction  to  Philosophy 

One  course  in  the  history  of  philosophy 

An  introduction  to  philosophy  as  the 

persistent  and  methodical  attempt  to  think 

PHL  221 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Ancient  OR 

3 

clearly  about  universal  problems  of  human 

PHL  222 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Modern  OR 

life,  such  as  ways  of  knowing  and  studies  in 

PHL  223 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Medieval 

value. 

Four  courses  selected  from  the  following  list,  with  the  understanding  that 

PHL  102  three  credits  C,  W 

two  of  the  courses  must  be  upper  division  (numbered  between  300  to  391) 

Philosophical  Aspects  of  Feminism 

An  introduction  to  philosophical  reasoning, 

PHL 101 

Introduction  to  Philosophy 

12 

analysis  of  arguments  and  developing  of 

PHL  102 

Philosophical  Aspects  of  Feminism 

critical  skills,  through  a  consideration  of 

PHL  105 

Snerial  Tnnirs 

various  topics  relevant  to  feminism.  Topics 

PHL  1 1 0 

Logic 

may  include:  presuppositions  about 

PHL  200 

Special  Topics 

woman's  nature,  abortion,  sex  equality, 

PHL  207 

Introduction  to  Aesthetics 

affirmative  action.  Cross-listed  as  WMS  102. 

PHL  210 

Socrates 

PHL  2 1 5 

Ethics  I 

PHL  105  three  credits  C 

PHL  221 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Ancient  (if  not  taken  above) 

Special  Topics  in  Philosophy 

PHL  222 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Modern  (if  not  taken  above) 

Offered  as  needed  to  present  current  topics 

PHL  223 

Hi<;tnr\/  nf  \A/p<;tpr*n  Philn^nnhv  MpHip\/,}I  (if  nnt  t^lcpn  ;^hn\/p^ 

in  the  field  or  other  material  of  interest. 

PHL  224 

Nineteenth  Century  Philosophic  Thought 

The  specific  topic  is  stated  when  the  course 

PHL  226 

Marx 

is  scheduled.  May  be  repeated  with  change 

PHL  227 

Nietzsche 

of  content. 

PHL  232 

Inductive  Inference 

PHL 235 

Symbolic  Logic 

PHL  108  three  credits  C 

PHL  300 

Special  Topics 

Critical  Thinking 

PHL  301 

Theory  of  Knowledge 

A  course  in  informal  logic  concentrating  on 

PHL  303 

Metaphysics 

the  evaluation  of  reasoning  in  "real  life" 

PHL  31 1 

Philosophy  of  Language 

contexts.  The  material  for  analysis  will  be 

PHL  315 

Ethics  II 

drawn  from  newspaper  editorials,  political 

PHL  316 

Political  Philosophy 

speeches,  media  articles,  textbooks, 

PHL  318 

Bioethics 

advertisements,  etc.;  we  will  concentrate  on 

PHL  320 

Philosophy  of  Science 

arguments  about  issues  of  current  public 

PHL  323 

Philosophy  of  Art 

interest.  The  following  topics  will  be 

PHL  324 

Philosophy  of  History 

emphasized:  the  identification  of  argu- 

PHL 325 

Philosophy  of  Religion 

ments;  techniques  for  portraying  argument 

PHL  326 

Philosophy  of  Law 

structure;  the  evaluation  and  criticism  of 

PHL  332 

Philosophy  of  Human  Nature 

arguments;  informal  fallacies;  the  influence 

PHL  361 

Contemporary  Continental  Philosophy 

of  language  on  clear  thinking.  This  course  is 

PHL  371 

Contemporary  Anglo-American  Philosophy 

designed  for  students  with  no  previous 

PHL  382 

Contemporary  American  Philosophy 

background  in  philosophy.  (Students  who 

complete  this  course  should  not  enroll  in 

PHL  409 

Seminar 

3 

PHL  110). 

Total 

18 

PHL  110  three  credits  C 

Logic 

Selection  of  philosophy  as  a  minor  requires  that  the  grade  point  average  in  one's  major  be  at     An  introduction  to  the  methods  and 
least  2.5.  principles  used  to  distinguish  correct  from 

incorrect  reasoning.  The  course  aims  at 
imparting  skill  in  identifying  fallacies  in 
reasoning  and  in  using  elementary  formal 
techniques  to  analyze  natural  language 
arguments.  In  addition,  such  topics  as  the 
nature  of  meaning,  the  various  uses  of 
language,  and  the  logic  of  science  are 
discussed.  (Students  who  complete  this 
course  should  not  enroll  in  PHL  108). 


155 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Gen  Ed  Key 


All  Philosophy  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy,  lower  division  courses  are  marked 
C,  but  advanced  courses  are  eligible  as  well 
Other  courses  satisfy  other  requirements  as 
noted. 


PHL  200  three  credits  C 
Special  Topics  in  Philosophy 

Offered  as  needed  to  present  current 
topics  in  the  field  or  other  material  of 
interest.  The  specific  topic  is  stated  when 
the  course  is  scheduled.  May  be  repeated 
with  change  of  content. 

PHL  207  three  credits  C 
Introduction  to  Aesthetics 

An  introduction  to  philosophy  through 
examination  of  paintings,  photographs, 
poems,  novels,  and  music  in  order  to 
discover  the  styles  of  individual  commitment 
through  which  people  have  tried  to  bring 
meaning  into  their  lives.  While  attempting 
to  grasp  the  aesthetic  significance  of  each 
work  of  art,  we  will  continually  push  toward 
an  understanding  of  the  philosophical 
dimension  of  human  life  as  expressed  in 
each  work. 

PHL  210  three  credits  C,  W 
Socrates 

A  study  of  Socrates  through  an  examination 
of  two  sorts  of  problems — the  first  (the  so- 
called  'Socratic  Problem')  is  the  problem  of 
evaluating  the  evidence  which  we  possess 
about  Socrates.  This  will  proceed  by  reading 
an  analysis  of  Aristophanes'  Clouds, 
Xenophon's  Memorabilia  and  Apology, 
some  passages  from  Aristotle  and  the 
following  'early'  dialogues  of  Plato: 
Apology,  Crito,  Euthyphro,  the  Charmides, 
Laches  and  Protagoras.  The  second  problem 
to  be  dealt  with  is  the  extraction  and 
evaluation  of  the  main  tenets  of  Socrates' 
philosophy,  such  as  the  claims  that  virtue  is 
knowledge  and  that  no  one  ever  does 
wrong  willingly 

PHL  215  three  credits  C,  E,  W 
Ethics  I 

A  critical  examination  of  normative  theories 
of  obligation  and  value.  A  philosophical 
examination  of  some  moral  problems: 
abortion,  euthanasia,  death  penalty,  sexual 
equality,  reverse  discrimination,  pornogra- 
phy and  censorship,  violence,  and  economic 
injustice. 

PHL  221  three  credits  C,  W 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Ancient 

A  study  of  philosophy  from  its  origin  with 
the  pre-Socratics  to  the  middle  ages.  The 
major  portion  of  the  course  will  be  devoted 
to  the  philosophies  of  Plato  and  Aristotle. 

PHL  222  three  credits  C 

History  of  Western  Philosophy:  Modern 

A  study  of  the  major  philosophical 
movements  (rationalism,  empiricism  and 


critical  philosophy)  in  the  17th  and  18th 
centuries.  Philosophers  studied  include 
Descartes,  Spinoza,  Leibnitz,  Locke, 
Berkeley,  Hume,  Kant  In  addition  to  these 
major  philosophers,  consideration  will  also 
be  given  to  the  work  of  Rousseau,  Pascal, 
Malebranche,  the  French  Enlightenment. 

PHL  223  three  credits  C 

History  of  Western  Philosophy: 

Medieval 

A  study  of  the  philosophical  views  devel- 
oped from  the  4th  to  the  14th  centuries. 
The  following  Christian,  Jewish  and  Islamic 
philosophers  are  studied:  Augustine, 
Beothius,  Scotus  Erigena,  Anselm,  Abelard, 
John  of  Salisbury,  Alfarabi,  Avicenna, 
Averroes,  Maimonides,  Bonaventure,  Bacon, 
Aquinas,  Scotus,  William  of  Ockham, 
Nicholas  of  Autrecourt,  Marsilius  of  Padua. 

PHL  224  three  credits  C 
Nineteenth  Century  Philosophic 
Thought 

Writings  selected  from  a  century  of  great 
philosophical  vitality  and  versatility.  The 
culminating  achievements  of  the  western 
philosophical  tradition  and  the  first 
powerful  stirring  of  major  contemporary 
trends  are  fed  by  such  currents  as  evolution- 
ism, empiricism,  idealism,  positivism, 
existentialism,  and  dialectical  materialism. 
Philosophers  studied  include  Hegel,  Fichte, 
Bradley,  Schopenhauer,  Comte,  Mill, 
Spencer,  Marx,  Kierkegaard,  and  Nietzsche. 

PHL  226  three  credits  C 
Marx 

Designed  as  an  introduction  to  the  work  of 
Karl  Marx  for  those  students  who  do  not 
necessarily  have  philosophical  backgrounds. 
The  thoughts  of  Marx  will  be  presented  in 
two  parts.  At  first,  the  more  philosophical 
thought  of  the  young  Marx  will  be 
examined  in  its  relation  to  Hegel  and  his 
followers  up  to  Marx's  "settling  of 
accounts"  with  German  philosophy.  The 
second  part  will  deal  with  the  more 
scientific  phase  of  Marx's  thought  expressed 
in  Das  Capital.  Marx's  own  works  will  form 
the  reading  in  the  course.  Cross-listed  as 
LST  226. 

PHL  227  three  credits  C,  W 
Nietzsche 

A  critical  analysis  of  the  major  philosophical 
themes  in  Nietzsche's  thought.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  Nietzsche's  roots  in  the  classical 
tradition  Readings  include  most  of 
Nietzsche's  major  works  as  well  as 
secondary  criticism 


PHL  232  three  credits  C 
Inductive  Inference 

Prerequisites:  PHL  1  10,  235;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

A  critical  examination  of  theories  about  the 
structure  and  justification  of  inductive 
reasoning.  Included  will  be  a  study  of 
theories  of  probability  and  of  the  nature  of 
causation. 

PHL  235  three  credits  C 
Symbolic  Logic 

Prerequisite:  PHL  1 10  or  consent  of 
instructor 

A  study  of  the  formal  techniques  of 
sentential  and  predicate  logic.  The  course 
aims  at  imparting  skill  in  applying  logic  to 
natural  language  arguments  and  in 
recognizing  and  constructing  correct 
deductions  and  refutations.  Philosophical 
issues  pertaining  to  the  application  of  logic 
to  natural  language  as  well  as  elementary 
results  of  metalogic  are  discussed. 

PHL  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

PHL  300  three  credits 
Special  Topics  in  Philosophy 

Offered  as  needed  to  present  current  topics 
in  the  field  or  other  material  of  interest. 
The  specific  topic  is  stated  when  the  course 
is  scheduled  May  be  repeated  with  change 
of  content. 

PHL  301  three  credits  W 
Theory  of  Knowledge 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 

or  consent  of  instructor 

An  analysis  of  the  scope  and  structure  of 

knowledge  and  its  relation  to  other  human 

activities. 

PHL  303  three  credits 
Metaphysics 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
A  study  of  some  representative  philosophical 
views  on  the  general  structure  and  ultimate 
explanation  of  reality.  Some  topics 
considered  will  be  causality,  chance  and 
necessity,  the  problem  of  first  cause. 


156 


Consideration  will  also  be  given  to  some 
objections  to  metaphysics  as  a  philosophical 
undertaking. 

PHL  311  three  credits  W 
Philosophy  of  Language 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
An  examination  of  how  language  relates  to 
the  world  and  to  thought.  Topics  will 
include  the  nature  of  meaning,  truth, 
metaphor,  and  linguistic  competence; 
speech  act  theory;  and  the  relation  of  logic 
to  syntax  and  semantics.  Readings  will  be 
from  contemporary  linguistics  as  well  as 
from  philosophy. 

PHL  315  three  credits 
Ethics  II 

Prerequisite:  PHL  215 
Concentrates  on  the  meaning  of  ethical 
terms,  the  objectivity  of  moral  judgments 
and  the  justification  of  these  moral 
judgments.  The  Is-Ought  Question  is  studied 
at  some  length,  as  well  as  the  possibility  of 
an  ontology  of  morals  proposed  by 
contemporary  metaphysicians. 

PHL  316  three  credits 
Political  Philosophy 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
A  study  of  some  of  the  major  themes  and 
problems  traditionally  considered  by  political 
philosophers.  A  consideration  of  what 
constitutes  a  political  problem  and  a 
discussion  of  the  role  of  philosophy  with 
regard  to  such  problems.  The  course  thus 
combines  an  analytical  and  an  historical 
approach  in  the  effort  to  relate  traditional 
political  thought  to  contemporary  problems. 

PHL  317  three  credits  E 

Ethics  and  Health  Care  Professionals 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  in  Medical 
Laboratory  Science,  Nursing,  Psychology,  or 
Sociology 

An  examination  of  the  ethical  aspects  of  the 
health  care  professions,  and  the  impact  of 
the  ethical  issues  on  the  professional's  life. 
Topics  include:  responsibility,  conscience, 
professional  codes  of  ethics,  privacy, 
informed  consent,  access  to  health  care, 
loss,  and  death.  Cross-listed  as  GRT  317. 

PHL  318  three  credits 
Bioethics 

Prerequisite:  PHL  21 5  or  its  equivalent,  or 
consent  of  instructor 

A  study  of  the  ethical  issues  related  to  death 
and  dying,  behavior  control,  genetic 
counseling  and  genetic  engineering,  and 


population  limitation.  The  work  of  specific 
research  projects  and  institutes  will  be 
studied. 

PHL  320  three  credits  W 
Philosophy  of  Science 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor,  or  third  year  in 
Mathematics  or  a  science  major. 
A  critical  analysis  of  science  and  its 
methods,  a  study  of  the  justification  and  the 
range  of  scientific  knowledge. 

PHL  323  three  credits 
Philosophy  of  Art 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
Continues  on  a  more  advanced  level  the 
development  of  a  theory  of  art  already 
begun  in  the  introduction  to  aesthetics. 
Themes  to  be  discussed  include  the  nature 
of  form  and  expression  in  art,  the 
nondiscussive  character  of  art,  the  similari- 
ties and  differences  between  the  artist's 
relation  to  the  work  of  art  and  the 
spectators',  the  relation  between  art  and 
subjectivity,  the  difference  between  the 
linguistic  and  visual  arts,  the  social  function 
of  art.  The  works  of  a  few  major  philoso- 
phers will  be  compared  to  give  students 
alternative  points  of  view. 

PHL  324  three  credits 
Philosophy  of  History 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
This  course  will  consider  various  theories 
that  have  been  proposed  for  interpreting 
history,  as  well  as  recurrent  problems  about 
the  structure  of  historical  explanation,  the 
possibility  of  objectivity  in  history,  and  the 
relationship  between  history  and  the  social 
sciences. 

PHL  325  three  credits 
Philosophy  of  Religion 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
Analytical  and  constructive  study  of  central 
concepts  and  essential  manifestations  of 
religion.  Both  historical  and  contemporary 
readings  are  required. 

PHL  326  three  credits 
Philosophy  of  Law 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
Approaches  to  the  philosophy  of  law.  The 
course  addresses  questions  like,  What  gives 
meaning  to  law?  How  is  the  law  interpreted, 
or  how  are  judicial  interpretations  justified? 
What  is  the  relationship  between  law  and 


morality,  or  law  and  culture  or  custom?  The 
course  examines  a  number  of  state  and 
Supreme  Court  opinions  (on  issues  like  free 
speech  and  expressive  liberties,  reproductive 
issues,  obscenity,  legal  ethics,  jury  nullifica- 
tion, and  hate  crime  legislation)  with  a 
critical  eye  toward  their  philosophical  or 
juridical  soundness.  This  course  is  valuable 
for  those  considering  careers  in  law,  public 
affairs  or  politics. 

PHL  332  three  credits 
Philosophy  of  Human  Nature 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 

or  consent  of  instructor 

An  examination  of  the  major  views  on  the 

nature  of  human  beings.  The  mind-body 

problem  and  the  problem  of  freedom  will  be 

discussed. 

PHL  361  three  credits 
Contemporary  Continental 
Philosophy 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
A  study  of  the  various  currents  of  con- 
tinental European  thought  in  this  century 
with  special  concentration  on  existentialism, 
structuralism,  and  post-structuralism. 
Husserl,  Heidegger,  Sartre,  Merlea-Ponty, 
Saussure,  Levi-Strauss,  Lacan,  Kristeva, 
Foucault,  Derrida  and  others  will  be 
discussed. 

PHL  371  three  credits  W 
Contemporary  Anglo-American 
Philosophy 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
An  examination  and  critique  of  20th  century 
analytic  philosophy,  whose  dominant  theme 
has  been  that  philosophical  problems  are 
best  understood  as  problems  regarding  the 
use  of  language.  Among  the  writers  we  will 
discuss  are  Moore,  Russell,  Wittgenstein, 
Ayer,  Carnap,  Hemple,  Ryle,  Austin,  Quine, 
Davidson,  Searle,  Dennett,  Kripke,  Putnam, 
and  Rorty. 

PHL  382  three  credits 
Contemporary  American  Philosophy 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
The  major  positions  since  the  late  19th 
century  (pragmatism,  idealism  naturalism 
and  process  philosophy)  will  be  studied 
through  selected  texts  from  Peirce,  James, 
Royce,  Dewey,  Santayana  and  Whitehead. 

PHL  409  three  credits 
Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Major  or  Minor  in  Philosophy  or 


157 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


consent  of  instructor 
Intensive  study  of  (1)  major  philosophers, 
such  as  Plato,  Aristotle,  Kant,  Quine,  and 
Wittgenstein,  or  (2)  philosophers  related  by 
a  common  theme  in  development,  such  as 
Aquinas,  Scotus,  Ockham,  or  Locke, 
Berkeley,  Hume,  or  Descartes,  Spinoza, 
Leibnitz,  or  (3)  current  philosophical  work. 
May  be  repeated  with  change  of  content. 

PHL420  three  credits 
Directed  Honors  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Major  in  Philosophy  and 
3.0  average  in  philosophy  courses 
Departmental  guidance  for  a  thesis 
developing  out  of  the  primary  and  continu- 
ing interest  of  the  student. 

PHL  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Philosophy  major;  Upper- 
division  standing;  permission  of  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

PHL  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


158 


Political  Science  Political  Science  Major 

BA  degree 

Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest  Requirements 


Political  Science  offers  a  variety  of  courses 
in  the  major  subfields  of  the  discipline: 
American  politics,  comparative  politics, 
international  relations,  political  theory, 
public  administration,  and  public  policy.  The 
program  emphasizes  the  development  of 
analytical  and  communications  skills  linked 
to  a  substantive  understanding  of  politics, 
governments,  and  administration.  These 
skills  and  a  knowledge  of  political  science 
are  useful  in  a  broad  range  of  career 
pursuits. 

UMass  Dartmouth  Political  Science 
graduates  are  pursuing  successful  careers  in 
state,  local,  and  federal  government,  public 
law,  administration,  social  work,  urban 
planning,  the  diplomatic  service,  and 
business.  Some  have  careers  in  politics  as 
elected  officials,  legislative  aides,  or  in 
lobbying,  campaign  management,  and 
polling  analysis.  The  departmental  program 
offers  several  opportunities  for  student 
internships  that  provide  practical  experience 
in  many  of  these  areas.  Finally,  many  of  the 
department's  graduates  enroll  in  some  of 
the  nation's  leading  law,  graduate,  and 
professional  schools  where  they  go  on  to 
careers  in  college  teaching,  law,  and 
corporate  management. 

The  Political  Science  faculty  is  active  in 
research,  government,  and  community 
service,  and  publishes  many  books  and 
articles  in  the  several  subfields  of  the 
discipline. 


Michael  Baum  comparative  politics 
(Western  and  Southern  Europe  Africa,  Latin 
America),  theory,  development  studies  and 
policy 

John  J.  Carroll  (chairperson;  director  of 
university  academic  advising)  American 
politics  (institutions,  state  governments), 
public  law 

Robert  Darst  international  politics, 
environmental  politics 

John  Fobanjong  American  government, 
ethnic  politics,  public  administration, 
international  relations  (Africa) 

Kenneth  L.  Manning  constitutional  law, 
judicial  behavior,  American  politics 

Philip  H.  Melanson  public  policy,  American 
politics  (governmental  secrecy,  political 
violence) 

Michael  Steinman  (dean  of  the  college 
of  arts  and  sciences)  American  politics, 
public  policy 


Political  Science  majors  complete  39  credits 
in  political  science.  In  addition,  majors  must 
satisfy  specific  a  cognate  requirement  in 
selecting  their  distribution  courses  for  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

The  following  courses  are  required: 

Credits 


PSC  101  Intro,  to  American  Politics  3 
PSC  151   Introduction  to  Comparative 

Politics  3 
PSC  161   Introduction  to  International 

Relations  3 
PSC  200-level  elective  3 
PSC  349  Research  Methods  in  Political 

Science  3 

One  courses  in  Political  Theory  from  the 
following  list:  3 


PSC  320  American  Political  Thought  I 

PSC  321  American  Political  Thought  II 

PSC  351  Modern  Political  Thought 

PSC  352  Classical  Political  Thought 

PSC  353  Non-Western  Political  Thought 

PSC  354  Contemporary  Political  Thought 

PSC  357  Marxian  Political  Theory 

One  course  in  American  Politics/Policy  3 

One  course  in  Comparative  Politics/  3 
International  Relations.  A  course  can 
be  selected  that  will  also  satisfy  the  non- 
western  course  requirement. 

PSC  300/400-level  electives  6 

PSC  305   Internship  3 
Additional  Internship  credits  may  be 
counted  as  free  electives. 

PSC  400-level  Research  Seminars  6 
(One  each  in  junior  and  senior  years) 

Total  39 

Cognate  requirement: 
ECO  232  Macroeconomics 
A  non-western  course 

Macroeconomics  complements  and  supports 
the  major  concentration  and  also  satisfies  a 
portion  of  the  distribution  requirements  in 
social  sciences  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  The  non-western  course  require- 
ment may  be  satisfied  by  a  course  in  a 
discipline  other  than  Political  science  or  by 
an  appropriate  Political  Science  course. 


159 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Political  Science  Minor 


Political  Science  Courses 


General  Education  Departmental 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Political  Science  will 
meet  their  departmentally-controlled 
General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  ECO  232 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  PSC  349 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Students  may  choose  a 

course  from  the  approved  list 

Area  0:  Satisfied  by  two  PSC  400-level 

seminars. 


Political  Science  Honors  Program 

The  Political  Science  Department  offers  an 
Honors  Program  to  qualified  majors.  To  be 
admitted  to  the  program,  students  must 
demonstrate  outstanding  scholarship  during 
their  first  five  semesters.  Details  of  the 
program  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Department  Chairperson. 


Students  choosing  to  Minor  in  Political 
Science  must  achieve  at  least  a  2.5  average 
in  all  Political  Science  courses  and  a  2  0 
cumulative  grade  point  average.  Students 
must  formally  declare  the  minor  by  the  end 
of  their  fifth  semester  and  must  have 
completed  54  credits.  Appropriate  forms  will 
be  available  from  faculty  advisors  in  the 
Political  Science  department. 

Requirements 

The  minor  in  political  science  consists  of  21 
credits.  Minor  course  credits  must  be  taken 
with  at  least  three  different  professors. 

The  following  courses  are  required: 

Credits 

PSC  101   Intro,  to  American  Politics  3 

PSC  151   Intro,  to  Comparative  Politics  3 

PSC  349  Research  Methods  in  Political 

Science  3 

PSC  300-level  electives  9 

PSC  400-level  Research  Seminar  3 

Total  21 


PSC  101  three  credits  E 
Introduction  to  American  Politics 

Theory  and  practice  of  national  government 
in  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  the 
Supreme  Court,  and  the  interaction  of  these 
institutions  with  interest  groups,  political 
parties,  public  opinion  and  the  mass  media 

PSC  151  three  credits  G 

Introduction  to  Comparative  Politics 

Study  of  political  processes,  ideologies, 
constitutional  systems  and  governmental 
structure  of  foreign  countries  including 
Great  Britain,  France,  Germany,  the  CI  S. 
and  selected  Third  World  nations.  Compari- 
son with  American  system  of  government. 
Stress  laid  on  the  use  of  the  analytical 
methods. 

PSC  161  three  credits  G 

Introduction  to  International  Relations 

Helps  students  relate,  organize,  and  analyze 
political  events  that  occur  on  the  interna- 
tional level  Students  will  learn  how  to  think 
critically  about  international  relations  and  its 
impact  on  lives  and  well-being  in  the  present 
and  future.  The  concept  of  power,  the 
factors  that  shape  the  foreign  policies  of 
states,  the  politics  of  economic  relations,  the 
use  of  force,  and  a  broad  range  of  global 
issues  are  examined. 

PSC  201-249  three  credits 
American  Political  Issues  and  Ideas 

Issues  and  ideas  courses  on  selected  topics 
to  be  developed  by  instructors  as  student 
interest  and  faculty  preference  indicate. 
Students  who  are  not  political  science 
majors  are  particularly  invited  to  enroll  in 
such  courses.  Anticipated  offerings  in  this 
category  include  Introduction  to  Political 
Economy,  Local  Politics,  Political  Essay, 
Political  Assassinations  in  America,  Funda- 
mentals of  Political  Behavior. 

The  following  are  regularly  offered: 

PSC  201  three  credits 
Class,  Power,  and  the  State 

PSC  210  three  credits 

Politics  of  Health  Care  Reform 

PSC  212  three  credits 
Politics  in  Film 

PSC  228  thiee  credits 

Problems  of  Law  in  Political  Science 

PSC  239  three  credits  C,  D 
African  American  Politics 

A  study  of  the  role  of  African  Americans  in 


160 


Gen  Ed  Key 


C  Cultural  and  Artistic  Literacy 

E  Ethics  and  Social  Responsibility 

G  Global  Awareness 

D  Diversity 

W  Writing-Intensive  Course 

I  Information  and  Computer  Literacy 

O  Oral  Skills 


the  American  political  system,  both 
historically  and  contemporarily,  with  special 
attention  given  to  the  alternative  political 
strategies  used  in  the  struggle  for  political 
inclusion.  Various  philosophies  that  have 
been  adopted  to  open  up  the  political 
process  and  increase  the  democratic 
participation  of  African  Americans  are 
studied.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  239. 

In  addition,  the  following  have  been  offered 
recently: 

PSC  208  three  credits 
Politics  of  Welfare  Reform 

PSC  222  three  credits 

Political  Assassination  in  America 

PSC  224  three  credits 
Modern  Employment  Laws  and  Devel- 
opment in  the  Workplace 

PSC  227  three  credits 
Campaigning  for  Congress 

PSC  235  three  credits 
Environmental  Policy 

PSC  236  three  credits 
People  and  Politics 

PSC  237  three  credits 

Politics  of  Free  Speech  and  Religion 

PSC  242  three  credits 
Ethnic  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101 
The  complex  ethnic  structure  of  the 
American  political  landscape.  The  course 
examines  the  role  that  ethnicity  plays  in 
American  politics  in  a  comparative  examina- 
tion of  the  politics  of  major  racial  and  ethnic 
minority  groups.  Previously  offered  as  PSC 
266.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  243;  LST  243. 


PSC  251-299  three  credits 
World  Political  Issues  and  Ideas 

Issues  and  ideas  courses  on  selected  topics 
to  be  developed  by  instructors  as  student 
interest  and  faculty  preference  indicate. 
Students  who  are  not  political  science 
majors  are  particularly  invited  to  enroll  in 
such  courses.  Anticipated  offerings  in  this 
category  include  Contemporary  Issues  in  the 
Middle  East,  Contemporary  Issues  in  World 
Politics,  and  Contemporary  Issues  in  Human 
Rights. 

The  following  are  regularly  offered: 


PSC  258  three  credits 
Political  Psychology 

PSC  261  three  credits  G 
Problems  US/China  Relations 

PSC  266  three  credits 
Introduction  to  the  Politics  of  Develop- 
ing Countries 

PSC  291  three  credits 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Human  Rights 

Central  concepts  in  human  rights  and 
international  barriers  to  action.  This 
discussion  course  addresses  questions  like, 
Can  or  should  human  rights  be  protected 
internationally?  Is  it  possible  to  balance 
conflicting  rights?  What  is  the  continuing 
role  of  torture  in  Europe  and  elsewhere? 

In  addition,  the  following  have  been  offered 
recently: 

PSC  253  three  credits 

Contemporary  Issues:  US  and  Middle 

East 

PSC  277  three  credits 
Africa  in  World  Politics 

PSC  286  three  credits 

Contemporary  Issues  in  World  Politics 


PSC  301  three  credits 
The  Presidency 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing 

The  development  of  the  contemporary 
presidency  and  its  position  within  the 
American  constitutional  framework.  Special 
attention  will  be  paid  to  the  presidential 
selection  system,  to  alternate  models  of  the 
presidency  and  to  presidential  power. 

PSC  302  three  credits 
The  Legislative  Process 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  or  permission  of  the 
instructor;  and  upper-division  standing 
A  thorough  study  of  the  United  States 
Congress  and  its  power  to  make  law. 
Elections,  legislative  leadership,  congres- 
sional committees,  inter-branch  relations, 
and  the  dynamics  of  the  legislative  process 
are  some  of  the  sub-themes. 

PSC  303  three  credits  C,  D,  G 
Cape  Verdean  Politics  and  Society 

A  study  of  Cape  Verdeans  as  an  ethnic  sub- 
population  in  the  United  States,  and  as 
comprising  an  independent,  self-governing 
nation-state.  The  historical,  political,  social, 


and  economic  contributions  of  Americans  of 
Cape  Verdean  descent  in  the  United  States 
and  in  Cape  Verde  are  examined.  Cross- 
listed  as  AAS  303;  LST  303. 

PSC  304  three  credits  W 
Bureaucratic  Politics 

Prerequisite:  PSC  101  or  prior  coursework  in 
social  science 

A  broad  overview  of  the  development  and 
performance  of  bureaucratic  institutions  in 
the  U.S.  political  system,  exploring  the 
extraordinary  expansion  of  bureaucratic 
authority  in  recent  decades  and  various 
explanations  of  government  growth.  A 
review  of  the  historical  development  of 
bureaucratic  institutions  will  set  the  stage 
for  subsequent  discussions  of  the  perfor- 
mance of  public  sector  organizations  and 
prospects  for  significant  reform  in  the  next 
decade. 

PSC  305  three  to  fifteen  credits 
Internship 

Students  take  part  in  internship  opportuni- 
ties in  the  public. and  private  sector,  in 
conjunction  with  a  series  of  five  on-campus 
seminars  with  core  readings  designed  to 
integrate  the  student's  real-world  experi- 
ence with  the  academic  discipline.  Students 
are  placed  on  congressional  and  state 
legislative  staffs,  in  state  and  local  govern- 
ment, in  the  judicial  system,  in  prosecutors' 
offices,  in  law  firms,  and  a  variety  of  other 
public  and  non  profit  organizations. 

PSC  306  three  credits  C,  D 

Civil  Rights  Movements  in  the  United 

States 

A  study  of  the  politics  of  civil  rights  and  the 
various  philosophical  approaches  that  have 
been  used  to  extend  such  rights  to  groups 
that  have  traditionally  had  no  access  to  the 
agenda  setting  processes  within  the 
legislative  system.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
philosophy  of  nonviolence  and  on  the 
political  effectiveness  of  such  organizing 
strategies  as  marches,  sit-ins,  and  public 
demonstrations;  and  how  the  American 
experience  with  civil  rights  has  influenced 
civil  rights  movements  in  other  parts  of  the 
world.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  306;  LST  306. 

PSC  311  three  credits 
State  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing 

An  exploration  of  politics  and  government  in 
the  American  states.  The  course  is  a 
comparative  analysis  of  the  50  states, 
although  special  attention  will  be  given  to 
Massachusetts. 


161 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


PSC  312  three  credits 
Massachusetts  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  or  consent  of 
instructor  and  upper-division  standing 
An  analysis  of  selected  aspects  of  Massachu- 
setts politics  and  government:  the  state 
legislature,  electoral  trends,  parties,  courts, 
and  executive  policy  are  potential  subjects. 
There  will  be  a  special  emphasis  on  student 
research. 

PSC  313  three  credits  D 
Urban  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 

standing 

A  critical  examination  of  the  urban  political 
community  in  the  United  States.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  the  adequacy  of  the  city 
as  an  arena  of  conflict  resolution  and 
decision-making  as  well  as  such  current 
problems  as  urban  reconstruction  in  the 
ghettos.  Field  research  in  the  area  by 
individuals  or  groups  is  encouraged  but  not 
required.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  313. 

PSC  315  three  credits 
Public  Policy  in  America 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing 

The  policy-making  roles,  processes,  and 
dynamics  of  U.S.  political  institutions, 
including  the  federal  bureaucracy,  media, 
think  tanks,  and  universities.  Major  theme 
and  dynamics  examined  include:  governmen- 
tal secrecy,  covert  action,  the  role  of 
scientific  experts,  and  the  right  to  privacy. 

PSC  320  three  credits 
American  Political  Thought  I 

American  political  thought  from  the 
Revolution  to  the  Civil  War  with  particular 
emphasis  on  ideas  of  state-building  and 
political  economy.  Readings  may  vary,  but 
will  likely  include  the  Declaration  of 
Independence,  early  state  constitutions,  the 
Articles  of  Confederation,  The  U.S.  Constitu- 
tion, The  Federalist,  selections  from  the 
Jacksonian  democrats,  and  articles  by 
George  Fitzhugh. 

PSC  321  three  credits 
American  Political  Thought  II 

American  political  thought  from  the  end  of 
Reconstruction  to  the  New  Deal,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  ideas  of  state- 
building  and  political  economy.  Readings 
may  vary  but  will  likely  include  William 
Graham  Sumner,  selected  American 
Socialists,  J.  Allen  Smith,  and  Herbert  Croly. 

PSC  322  three  credits  O,  W 
Constitutional  Law 


Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing 

Course  centers  on  the  development  of  the 
constitutional  framework  of  American 
government.  Supreme  Court  cases  will  cover 
judicial  review,  the  powers  of  the  three 
branches,  and  federalism. 

PSC  323  three  credits  E 
Civil  Liberties 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing. 

In  effect  the  second  half  of  the  course  on 
Constitutional  Law.  The  Civil  Liberties  course 
deals  with  the  relations  between  the 
individual  and  the  state  as  defined  by  U.S. 
Supreme  Court  decisions.  Topics  may 
include  rights  of  racial  minorities,  freedom  of 
speech,  church-state  relations,  and  the  rights 
of  criminal  defendants. 

PSC  326  three  credits 

Labor  Relations: 

Law,  Practice,  and  Policy 

An  examination  of  the  political  and  legal 
framework  of  U.S.  labor  relations. 
The  course  will  include  analysis  of  legislation 
and  Supreme  Court  and  NLRB  cases  which 
shape  national  labor  policy  and  define 
relations  among  workers,  employers,  and 
the  state.  Cross-listed  as  LST  326. 

PSC  331  three  credits 

Political  Parties  and  Interest  Groups 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  or  written  permission 
of  instructor;  and  upper-division  standing 
The  development  and  function  of  political 
parties  and  political  interest  groups  in 
American  politics.  Strategies  for  lobbying 
and  for  creating  interest  groups  also 
examined.  Cross-listed  as  LST  332. 

PSC  332  three  credits 
Sex  Roles  and  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  or  PSC  238  orWMS 
100,  and  upper-division  standing 
An  examination  of  the  impact  of  gender  as  a 
variable  in  American  politics.  The  course 
analyzes  women  in  the  electorate  as 
candidates,  as  office  holders,  and  as  political 
participants  including  participation  in 
political  organizations  and  lobbying  groups. 
Cross-listed  as  WMS  332. 

PSC  333  three  credits 
Political  Behavior 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  or  PSC  238  and  PSC 
349,  or  written  permission  of  instructor,  and 
upper-division  standing 
Examines  political  behavior  within  the 
American  political  system.  Special  emphasis 
on  quantitative  methods  to  examine 


participation.  Original  data  sets  which  have 
provided  the  sources  for  assigned  readings 
are  supplied  Emphasis  on  socio-economic 
models  of  participation. 

PSC  339  three  credits  D 
Women  and  Public  Policy 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing 

Examines  public  policies  and  landmark 
Supreme  Court  opinions  relating  to  gender 
equality  and  women's  interests  in  the  United 
States.  Topics  may  include  educational 
policies,  employment  policies,  child  care 
policies,  health  care  policies,  reproductive 
rights,  and  policies  relating  to  women  as 
criminals.  Cross-listed  as  WMS  339. 

PSC  341  three  credits 
Governmental  Secrecy 

Prerequisite:  PSC  101 

A  survey  of  the  political  issues  and  policies 
relating  to  the  federal  secrecy  system  and 
the  individual  agencies  within  it,  such  as  the 
CIA,  FBI,  Pentagon,  and  National  Security 
Agency.  Major  topic  areas  include  classifica- 
tion and  declassification  systems,  rights  to 
privacy,  national  secrecy,  and  proposed 
changes  and  reforms.  The  balance  between 
secrecy  and  the  public  right  to  know  in  a 
democratic  system  is  a  primary  focus,  and 
legal  processes  for  citizens  to  obtain 
information  are  explored:  Freedom  of 
Information  Act,  Privacy  Act,  administrative 
and  legal  challenges  to  government 
withholding  of  information  regarding  both 
individual  files  and  topics  concerning 
political/historical  events. 

PSC  342  three  credits 
Public  Administration 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing 

Examination  of  the  general  nature  of  the 
bureaucracy  in  public  and  private  organiza- 
tion and  in  various  cultural  contexts. 
Attention  is  given  to  administrative 
responsibility.  Cross-listed  as  LST  342. 

PSC  347  three  credits 
Environmental  Law 

Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
An  introduction  to  basic  concepts  of 
environmental  law.  The  emphasis  is  on 
broad  introductory  themes. 

PSC  349  three  credits 

Political  Science  Research  Methods 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101,  151,  or  161,  or 
permission  of  instructor;  and  upper-division 
standing 

An  introduction  to  the  various  subfields  of 


162 


political  science  from  a  practitioner's  point 
of  view.  Students  will  learn  how  to  study 
politics  "scientifically"  using  theories, 
hypotheses,  and  concepts  to  explore  the 
relationships  among  variables.  Students  will 
also  learn  how  to  define  and  critique 
concepts  commonly  used  in  professional 
journals.  The  course  concludes  with  an 
overview  of  descriptive  statistics  and  their 
application  to  data  analysis  within  a  Political 
Science  framework. 

PSC  351  three  credits 
Modern  Political  Thought 

Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
European  political  theorists  from  the  16th 
through  19th  centuries.  Course  will  focus  on 
the  development  of  modern  liberalism  with 
some  attention  to  its  nineteenth  century 
critics.  Readings  may  vary,  but  most  likely 
will  include  the  major  political  writings  of 
Hobbes,  Locke,  Rousseau,  and  Bentham. 

PSC  352  three  credits 
Classical  Political  Thought 

Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
European  political  theorists  from  ancient 
Greece  through  the  15th  century.  Readings 
may  vary,  but  most  likely  will  include  the 
major  political  writings  of  Plato,  Aristotle,  St. 
Augustine,  and  others. 

PSC  353  three  credits  G 
Non-Western  Political  Thought 

Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
The  political  philosophy  of  non-western 
thinkers  whose  ideas  had  a  deep  impact  on 
the  political  institutions  in  lands  outside 
Europe.  Emphasis  is  on  Buddhist,  Hindu  and 
Muslim  thinkers  who  at  different  periods  of 
history  gave  insightful  expositions  of  human 
nature  in  politics. 

PSC  354  three  credits 
Contemporary  Political  Thought 

Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
The  recent  ideological  currents  in  advanced 
capitalist  societies:  neo-conservatism,  neo- 
liberalism,  syndicalism,  postmarxian 
socialism,  eco-anarchism,  and  corporate 
fascism.  The  course  will  focus  on  political 
thinkers  who  have  made  significant 
contributions  to  the  interpretation  of 
contemporary  political  and  economic 
developments. 

PSC  357  three  credits 
Marxian  Political  Theory 

Prerequisite:  PSC  201  or  204,  ECO  232,  SOC 
200;  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
The  basic  concepts  of  'Radical'  political 
economy.  Course  will  include  an  in-depth 


analysis  of  Marx's  Capital,  Vol.  I,  as  well  as  a 
survey  of  current  trends  in  the  development 
of  a  critical  theory  of  the  state.  Cross-listed 
as  LST  357. 

PSC  360  three  credits  G 
Politics  and  Governments  of 
Western  Europe 

Prerequisite:  PSC  151  or  upper-division 
standing 

The  political  culture,  historical  political 
development,  and  governmental  institutions 
of  major  Western  European  nations, 
including  the  European  Union.  The  course 
will  focus  on  Britain,  France,  Germany,  and 
Italy. 

PSC  361  three  credits 

Chinese  Government  and  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  151  and  upper-division 
standing 

An  introduction  to  the  People's  Republic  of 
China  and  its  political  process.  The 
interrelationships  between  China's 
revolutionary  heritage  and  the  development 
of  Maoist  ideology  and  mass  mobilization 
politics,  economic  policy,  and  foreign  policy 
will  be  examined.  Finally,  post-Mao  politics 
will  be  studied  to  determine  the  degree  and 
direction  of  change  and  its  implication  for 
Chinese  politics  and  for  the  Chinese  people. 

PSC  363  three  credits  C,  G 
Politics  and  Government  of 
the  Middle  East 

Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
The  politics  of  the  Middle  East  in  terms  of 
the  region's  history,  geography,  culture  and 
the  impact  of  the  West.  Country  studies 
include  Turkey,  Egypt,  Syria,  Israel,  Jordan, 
Iraq,  Saudi  Arabia,  and  other  Gulf  States. 

PSC  366  three  credits  C,  G 
Islam  and  Politics 

The  political  and  cultural  history  of  Islam. 
Students  will  learn  about  the  contemporary 
revolutionary  religious  movements  in  Muslim 
countries  and  their  effect  on  world  politics. 

PSC  367  three  credits  C,  D,  G 
African  Political  Systems 

A  study  of  the  contemporary  politics  of 
African  states  and  governments,  and 
providing  exposure  to  the  African  historical 
backgrounds,  political  cultures,  political 
trends,  and  ideology.  The  colonial  heritage 
of  African  states,  the  quest  for  moderniza- 
tion and  nation-building,  and  the  transition 
to  democratic  governance  are  explored. 
Cross-listed  as  AAS  367. 

PSC  368  three  credits  G,  W 


Politics  of  the  Post  Communist  World 

Prerequisites:  PSC  151  or  permission  of  the 
instructor,  and  upper-division  standing 
Examination  of  the  factors  which  led  to  the 
demise  of  the  former  Soviet  Union  as  well  as 
the  politics  of  transition  during  the  post- 
Soviet  period  including  the  relationships 
between  political  and  economic  change, 
institution  building,  and  state  capability,  and 
the  evolution  of  new  sources  of  political 
legitimacy. 

PSC  369  three  credits 
Transitions  to  Democracy 

Transitions  from  non-democratic  to 
democratic  regimes  in  three  major  areas  of 
the  world,  Southern  Europe,  the  Soviet 
Union  and  East-Central  Europe,  and  South 
America,  from  a  comparative  theoretical 
perspective.  Theoretical  problems  include 
what  democracy  is  and  is  not,  democratic 
transition  and  democratic  consolidation, 
how  and  why  transitions  to  democracy  have 
occurred,  and  factors  that  influence  the 
success  or  failure  of  democratization. 

PSC  381  three  credits 
Contemporary  International 
Relations 

Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
Problems  in  international  relations  with 
emphasis  on  changing  characteristics  of 
contemporary  world  politics.  Attention  is 
given  to  super-power  politics  and  accommo- 
dations (detente)  in  Europe,  East  Asia,  the 
Middle  East,  and  Africa,  and  the  problems 
associated  with  the  emergence  of  a  new 
world  order. 

PSC  382  three  credits 
American  Foreign  Policy 

Prerequisite:  PSC  161  or  permission  of  the 
instructor 

Policy  choices  made  by  the  United  States 
and  the  actors,  institutions,  and  influences 
that  affect  those  decisions.  Students  gain 
an  understanding  of  the  foreign  policy 
positions  of  presidential  candidates  and 
presidents,  the  various  influences  on  the 
making  of  American  foreign  policy  and  the 
American  foreign  policy  process,  and  the 
impact  of  the  changing  international 
environment  on  American  foreign  policy. 

PSC  383  three  credits  G,  W 

The  Politics  of  International  Economic 

Relations 

Prerequisites:  PSC  151  or  PSC  161  or 
permission  of  instructor,  and  upper-division 
standing 

Examination  of  the  politics  and  impact  of 
international  economic  issues  globally, 


163 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


including  how  international  economic 
policies  are  made,  their  differential  impact 
on  industrialized  and  less-industrialized 
countries,  and  the  evolution  and  behavior  of 
important  actors  in  the  global  economy 
(governments,  international  organizations, 
NGOs). 

PSC  385  three  credits 
Multiculturalism  and  Diplomacy  in 
World  Affairs 

Prerequisites:  PSC  151,  161 
Diplomacy,  negotiation,  and  foreign  policy 
decision-making.  Students  will  learn  the 
theory  of  negotiation  from  structured 
student-participation  discussions.  Students 
then  participate  in  a  multi-university,  multi- 
national foreign  policy  web-based  simula- 
tion exercise  that  helps  illustrate  the 
problems  and  possibilities  of  international 
interactions,  in  which  students  negotiate 
with  other  "state"  diplomats  to  achieve 
foreign  policy  goals  concerning  such  issues 
as  drug  trafficking,  terrorism,  human  rights, 
world  health,  the  environment,  and  debt 
and  development. 

PSC  386  three  credits 
International  Conflict 

Prerequisite:  PSC  161 
Analysis  of  the  causes  of  and  state 
responses  to  international  conflict  and 
violence.  A  particular  emphasis  is  placed  on 
ethnic  conflict,  managing  conflict,  and  the 
future  of  international  conflict.  Can  conflict 
be  minimized  or  controlled?  Is  our  world 
more  or  less  safe  than  it  was  before?  Are  we 
heading  toward  a  World  War  III? 

PSC  393  three  credits  G 

Portugal  and  the  European  Union 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing  or  above 
Examines  the  political,  economic,  and 
demographic  shifts  in  Portuguese  society 
that  have  accompanied  the  process  of 
European  integration.  This  is  a  four-week 
summer  course  offered  in  a  study-abroad 
format  in  Portugal.  Various  field  trips  and 
guest  lectures  will  shed  light  on  the  impact 
of  EU  integration. 

PSC  394  three  credits  G 

The  Politics  of  European  Integration 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing  or  above 
Topics  on  European  integration,  the 
historical  development  of  the  European 
Union,  eastward  expansion,  treaties,  the 
Single  Market,  the  EURO,  theories  of 
European  integration,  and  challenges  facing 
small  states  in  the  EU.  This  is  a  four-week 
summer  course  offered  in  a  study-abroad 
format  in  Portugal.  Various  field  trips  and 


guest  lectures  will  shed  light  on  the  impact 
of  EU  integration. 

PSC  395  three  credits  G 

Politics  and  Development  of  Modern 

Portugal 

The  politics  and  economic  development  of 
20th  century  Portugal.  This  course  will 
explore  the  links  between  changes  in  the 
socio-economic  structures  of  the  country 
and  the  transformation  of  the  political 
system.  Portuguese  colonialism,  the 
corporatist  Estado  Novo,  and  the  transition 
to  and  consolidation  of  democracy  will  be 
examined  from  a  comparative  European 
perspective. 

PSC  400-449  three  credits 

Seminars  in  American  Politics  and  Ideas 

Recently  offered  seminars  include: 

PSC  401  three  credits  O 
Seminar:  American- Presidency 

PSC  403  three  credits 
Seminar:  The  Corporate  State 

PSC  405  three  credits 
Seminar:  Sports  and  Politics 

PSC  407  three  credits 
Seminar:  Identity  Politics 

PSC  408  three  credits 
Seminar:  Judicial  Process 

PSC  409  three  credits 

Seminar:  Campaigns  and  Elections 

PSC  412  three  credits 

Seminar:  Contemporary  American 

Political  Ideas 

PSC  444  three  credits 
Seminar:  Politics  of 
Assassination 

PSC  445  three  credits 

Research  Seminar  in  American  Politics 

and  Ideas 


PSC  450-494  three  credits 

Seminars  in  World  Politics  and  Ideas 

Recently  offered  seminars  include: 

PSC  451  three  credits  G 
Seminar:  Politics  of  Developing 
Countries 


PSC  456  three  credits 
Seminar:  Globalization 

PSC  477  three  credits 

Research  Seminar:  African  Political 

Systems 


PSC  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

PSC  196,  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 

PSC  499  variable  credit 
Thesis 

Undergraduate  thesis  under  the  supervision 
of  a  faculty  member,  by  arrangement. 

Course  for  the  Master  of  Arts  in 
Teaching 

PSC  501  three  credits 
Teaching  Political  Science  in 
Secondary  Schools 

Analysis  of  the  policy-making  process, 
particularly  in  contemporary  American 
national,  state  and  local  politics;  compara- 
tive analysis  of  other  political  systems; 
development  of  issue  oriented  case  studies 
and  units  for  use  in  secondary  school  social 
studies  courses;  development  of  critical 
thinking  and  communications  skills. 


164 


Portuguese  Portuguese  Major 

BA  degree 

Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest  Requirements 


The  Department  offers  a  solid  foundation  in 
the  study  of  Portuguese,  the  sixth  most 
spoken  language  in  the  world.  A  three-tier 
program  introduces  students  to  the  rich 
cultural  diversity  of  the  Portuguese-speaking 
world,  composed  of  200  million  people  in 
eight  countries  on  four  continents.  In 
addition  to  the  regular  academic  year 
program,  the  Department  of  Portuguese 
offers  a  comprehensive  Summer  Program  in 
Portuguese  that  attracts  students  from 
throughout  the  United  States,  with  intensive 
courses  in  Portuguese  language  and 
Lusophone  Literatures  and  Cultures. 

There  are  a  number  of  resources  available  to 
students  of  Portuguese.  The  University  has  a 
state  of  the  art  language  laboratory  that  houses 
multimedia  educational  resources,  allowing 
for  learning  beyond  regular  class  hours.  Lo- 
cated in  the  heart  of  the  region  that  boasts  the 
largest  concentration  of  Portuguese,  Cape 
Verdeans,  Brazilians,  and  their  descendents  in 
North  America,  the  University  of  Massachu- 
setts Dartmouth  provides  a  unigue  environ- 
ment for  the  learning  of  Portuguese  in  a 
thorough  immersion  setting. 

Department  of  Portuguese  offerings  are 
supplemented  by  the  activities  of  the  Center 
for  Portuguese  Studies  and  Culture.  The 
Center  organizes  a  variety  of  cultural  events 
throughout  the  year,  including  lectures, 
exhibitions,  concerts  and  colloquia.  The 
Center  also  publishes  three  book  series  and 
a  semiannual  academic  journal  entitled 
Portuguese  Literary  &  Cultural  Studies. 


Dario  Borim  Portuguese  language  and 
Brazilian  cultural  discourse 

Anna  Klobucka  (chairperson)  Portuguese 
and  Lusophone  African  literatures  and 
pedagogy 

Victor  Mendes  Portuguese  literature, 
critical  theory 

Frank  Sousa  19th  and  20th  centrury 
Portuguese  and  Brazilian  fiction 

Sandra  Sousa  (Camoes  Institute  Lecturer) 
Portuguese  language 


Students  may  declare  a  Portuguese  Major  at 
any  time  during  their  academic  career,  includ- 
ing at  the  time  of  admission  to  the  University 
as  an  incoming  freshman  or  transfer  student. 
It  is  possible  for  students  to  start  Portuguese  at 
UMass  Dartmouth  and  become  majors  by  tak- 
ing intensive  language  courses  either  during 
the  academic  year  or  during  the  Summer  Pro- 
gram in  Portuguese.  Majors  are  required  to 
complete  a  minimum  of  33  credits  of  Portu- 
guese course  work  at  the  300-  and  400-level. 
A  grade  point  average  of  2.0  in  Portuguese 
courses  is  required  for  graduation.  Students 
are  strongly  encouraged  to  take  elective  courses 
in  art  history,  history,  political  science,  and 
anthropology/sociology  related  to  Brazil,  Cape 
Verde,  and  Portugal. 

Upon  completion  of  the  major,  students  are 
expected  to  speak  fluently,  write  effectively 
and  read  critically  in  Portuguese.  A  degree 
in  Portuguese  offers  access  to  careers  in 
education,  translation,  business,  interna- 
tional relations,  print  and  visual  media, 
social  and  non-profit/non-governmental 
organizations,  and  politics,  among  other 
fields. 


165 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Portuguese  Major 

BA  degree 


Requirements 

credits 

POR  301 ,  302  Portuguese  Grammar  and 

Composition  I  and  II  6 

POR  310         Introduction  to  Literary 

and  Cultural  Analysis  3 

POR  331,  332,  Three  of  these  four  9 
333, 334 

POR  Five  additional  courses  15 

at  the  300-  or  400-level, 
two  of  which  must  be 
at  the  400  level 

Total  33 


General  Education  Departmental 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Portuguese  will  meet 
their  departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  PHL  101  or  215  (advisor 

may  approve  using  another  course  from 

the  approved  list) 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  POR  301  and  302 

(subject  to  Gen  Ed  Committee  approval) 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  POR  301  and 

302  (subject  to  Gen  Ed  Committee 

approval) 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  two  400-level  POR 
courses  (subject  to  Gen  Ed  Committee 
approval) 


Other  Program  Information 

Study  Abroad  Program 

The  Department  of  Portuguese  strongly 
encourages  students  to  study  at  a  Portu- 
guese or  Brazilian  university  for  at  least  a 
semester. 

Phi  Lambda  Beta  (National  Portuguese 
Honor  Society) 

Students  who  have  18  credits  in  college-level 
Portuguese  (including  at  least  one  course  in 
literature  or  culture),  a  minimum  3.0  cumula- 
tive GPA,  and  a  3.5  GPA  in  Portuguese  courses 
are  eligible  for  membership.  For  further  infor- 
mation please  contact  the  Department. 

Teacher  Certification  in  Portuguese 

Portuguese  majors  with  a  3 .0  cumulative  aver- 
age in  their  major  may  apply  for  admission  to 
the  University's  Teacher  Certification  Program. 
Students  seeking  middle  and  secondary  certi- 
fication take  POR  32 1  Teaching  Portuguese  as 
a  Foreign  Language  and  any  one  of  the  follow- 
ing courses  offered  by  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages:  FLL  322, 
FLL  324,  FLL  326,  in  addition  to  the  required 
courses  offered  by  the  Education  Department. 
For  further  information,  contact  the  Education 
Department. 

Student  Placement  Exams 

Students  who  have  formally  studied 
Portuguese  at  the  high  school  or  college 
level,  or  are  heritage  speakers,  are  encour- 
aged to  take  a  placement  exam  to  deter- 
mine the  appropriate  level  to  begin  studying 
Portuguese  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  Students 
should  contact  the  Department  for 
information  about  examination  schedule. 

Scholarships 

The  Department  of  Portuguese  offers  a 
limited  number  of  undergraduate  and 


graduate  scholarships  based  on  academic 
qualifications  and  financial  need 

Tuition  Reduction 

The  Portuguese  program  qualifies  under  the 
New  England  Regional  Student  Program  to 
allow  non-Massachusetts  resident  students 
from  the  other  new  England  states  to  pay  a 
substantially  reduced  non-resident  tuition. 
See  the  chapters  on  Expenses  and  Admis- 
sions for  details 


Minor  in  Portuguese 

Minors  in  Portuguese  develop  a  strong  foun- 
dation in  the  language  and  receive  a  thorough 
introduction  to  the  cultures  of  the  Portuguese- 
speaking  world  that  will  complement  any 
major. 

Students  must  have  54  credits  and  a  cumula- 
tive GPA  of  2.0  and  a  2.5  in  their  major  field  to 
declare  a  minor  in  Portuguese.  Minors  in  Por- 
tuguese must  complete  18  credits  (refer  to 
chart  below  for  specific  requirements). 

credits 

POR  301,  302  Portuguese  Grammar 

and  Composition  I  and  II  6 


POR 


POR 


Two  additional  courses 

at  the  300-or  400-level  6 

Any  two  courses  in 
Portuguese  6 


Total 


18 


166 


Gen  Ed  Note:  All  Portuguese  courses  satisfy 
area  C,  Cultural  and  Artistic  Literacy.  Some 
courses  satisfy  other  requirements,  as  noted. 


Portuguese  Courses 


POR  101  three  credits  G 
Elementary  Portuguese  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Introduction  to  the  foundations  of  the 
Portuguese  language  for  students  who  have 
little  or  no  knowledge  of  Portuguese. 
Students  develop  listening  comprehension, 
speaking,  reading,  and  writing  skills.  The 
course  offers  regular  presentation  of  music 
and  slides/websites  depicting  everyday  life 
in  Portuguese-speaking  countries. 

POR  102  three  credits  G 
Elementary  Portuguese  II 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  POR  101  or  equivalent 
Continuation  of  POR  101.  Short  readings  on 
contemporary  life  in  Portuguese-speaking 
countries  will  be  introduced. 

POR  103  six  credits  G 

Intensive  Elementary  Portuguese 

An  intensive  course  designed  for  beginners 
who  desire  to  master  the  basic  structures 
and  vocabulary  of  the  language  in  one 
semester;  students  complete  a  year  of 
language  in  one  semester.  Students  learn  in 
a  communicative  environment  using  all  four 
of  the  language  skills:  listening,  speaking, 
reading,  and  writing.  This  course  is 
equivalent  to  POR  101  and  102. 

POR  201  three  credits  G 
Intermediate  Portuguese  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  POR  102  or  equivalent 
Continuation  of  Portuguese  for  students 
who  have  had  a  solid  introduction  to  the 
Portuguese  language.  In  addition  to 
focusing  on  grammatical  concepts  and 
conversation,  new  vocabulary  will  be 
introduced.  Greater  emphasis  will  be  given 
to  writing.  Readings  include  short  stories, 
newspaper  and  magazine  articles,  and 
poetry.  There  will  also  be  a  more  intensive 
look  at  topics  of  relevance  to  the  Portu- 
guese-speaking world,  including  aspects  of 
social  and  cultural  interest. 

POR  202  three  credits  G 
Intermediate  Portuguese  II 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  POR  201  or  equivalent 
Continuation  of  POR  201. 

POR  203  six  credits  G 

Intensive  Intermediate  Portuguese 

An  intensive  intermediate  Portuguese 
language  course.  This  course  is  designed  to 
review  the  grammar  and  syntax  of  the 
Portuguese  language  studied  in  the  first 
year,  stressing  usage  and  accuracy  in  all 


four  language  skills  and  emphasizing  the 
expansion  of  vocabulary  and  use  of 
Portuguese  practical  situations.  Students 
complete  a  year  of  language  in  one 
semester.  This  course  is  equivalent  to  POR 
101  and  102.  (Formerly  offered  as  POR  200.) 

POR  214  three  credits  G 

Portuguese  Literature  in  Translation 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 

Outstanding  works  of  Portuguese  literature 
and  culture,  with  readings,  lectures,  and 
discussions  in  English.  (Formerly  offered  as 
POR  203.) 

POR  215  three  credits  G 

Brazilian  Literature  in  Translation 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 

Outstanding  works  of  Brazilian  literature  and 
culture,  with  readings,  lectures,  and 
discussions  in  English.  (Formerly  offered  as 
POR  204.) 

POR  216  three  credits  G 
Lusophone  African  Literatures  in 
Translation 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 
Outstanding  works  of  Cape  Verdean, 
Angolan,  and  Mozambican  literatures  and 
cultures,  with  readings,  lectures,  and 
discussions  in  English. 

POR  270  three  credits  G 

Music  and  Cinema  of  Brazil  (in  English) 

A  panoramic  view  of  the  ethnically  diverse 
Brazil  through  music  and  cinema.  Topics 
fostering  global  awareness  and  artistic 
literacy  include  the  international  reception  of 
Cinema  Novo  and  post-Cinema  Novo,  as 
well  as  bossa  nova,  samba,  Tropicalia  and 
new  fusions  of  world  music.  Social  and 
historical  perspectives  on  racial  and  regional 
diversity  are  explored.  Materials  and 
discussions  are  in  English. 

POR  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Students  receive  academic  credit  for  work 
experience,  with  the  Portuguese  language  in 
its  written  and  spoken  form  as  a  focus  in  the 
work  conducted.  A  faculty  member  who  is 
in  the  field  will  oversee  the  work  and 
arrange  conditions  and  hours  with  the 
student.  Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific 
procedures  and  regulations,  see  section  of 
catalogue  on  "Other  Learning  Experiences." 

POR  301  three  credits  G 
Portuguese  Composition  and 


Conversation  I 

Prerequisite:  POR  202,  or  equivalent 
Designed  to  expand  the  student's  vocabu- 
lary considerably,  while  providing  an  in- 
depth  review  of  Portuguese  grammar.  The 
goal  is  for  the  student  to  achieve  overall 
language  proficiency.  The  readings  will 
focus  on  short  stories  from  the  diverse 
Portuguese-speaking  world.  Compositions 
on  a  variety  of  topics  will  be  assigned 
weekly.  This  course  is  conducted  entirely  in 
Portuguese. 

POR  302  three  credits  G 
Portuguese  Composition  and 
Conversation  II 

Prerequisite:  POR  301 
Continuation  of  POR  301. 

POR  305  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Translation  and  Business 
Portuguese  I 

Prerequisites:  POR  302;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Introduction  to  translation  theory  and 
techniques.  A  number  of  texts  from  a  variety 
of  genres,  including  essay,  short  stories,  and 
journalistic  texts,  will  be  distributed  to 
students  for  translation.  Students  will 
present  portions  of  their  translated  text  to 
the  class  for  comment.  A  portion  of  the 
course  will  also  be  dedicated  to  the 
fundamental  terms  of  business  correspon- 
dence in  Portuguese.  (Formerly  offered  as 
POR  337.) 

POR  306  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Translation  and  Business 
Portuguese  II 

Prerequisites:  POR  305;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Continuation  of  POR  305.  (Formerly  offered 
as  POR  338.) 

POR  308  three  credits  G 
Advanced  Grammar  and  Syntax 

Prerequisite:  POR  202  or  equivalent 
Study  of  Portuguese  grammar  and  its  uses, 
with  extensive  exercises.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  particular  topics  in  Portuguese 
grammar  and  on  advanced  writing  skills  to 
be  complemented  by  readings  from 
Brazilian,  Cape  Verdean,  Portuguese  and 
Lusophone  literatures.  (Formerly  offered  as 
POR  325.) 

POR  310  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Literary  and  Cultural 

Analysis 

Prerequisite:  POR  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

A  study  of  fundamental  issues  underlying 


167 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


literary  and  cultural  analysis,  and  method- 
ological backgrounds  of  critical  strategies. 
The  course  will  explore  theory  from  Aristotle 
to  contemporary  critical  schools  like 
Marxism,  Feminism,  Deconstruction,  New 
Histoncism,  and  Cultural  Criticism.  Samples 
from  some  of  the  major  genres  and  works 
of  the  Portuguese-speaking  world  are 
analyzed.  Students  write  several  short 
papers. 

POR  312  three  credits  G 

Culture  and  Civilization  of  Portugal 

Prerequisite:  POR  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Introduction  to  the  cultural  development  of 
the  Portuguese  people  throughout  history. 
Lectures,  class  discussions,  written  and  oral 
reports  on  significant  aspects  of  Portuguese 
literary,  social  and  artistic  life. 

POR  314  three  credits  G 

Culture  and  Civilization  of  Brazil 

Prerequisite:  POR  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

The  development  of  Brazil  and  its  people 
from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present. 
Films,  documentaries,  textbooks  and  music 
studied  through  lectures,  computerized 
instruction,  in-class  discussions,  plus  written 
and  oral  reports  on  significant  aspects  of 
Brazilian  literary,  social,  political,  economic, 
and  artistic  life. 

POR  321  three  credits 

Teaching  Portuguese  as  a  Foreign 

Language 

Prerequisite:  POR  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

A  theoretical  and  practical  survey  of 
methods  and  techniques  used  to  teach 
foreign  languages  designed  principally  for 
preservice  teachers  in  K-12  Portuguese 
language  education.  Development  of 
educational  materials  for  Portuguese  and 
methodological  issues  applicable  to  heritage 
language  learners  are  particularly  empha- 
sized. Assignments  include  presentations  of 
teaching  modules,  classroom  observations 
and  preparation  of  professional  portfolios. 

POR  331  three  credits  G 

Introduction  to  Portuguese  Literature  I 

Prerequisite:  POR  302  or  equivalent 
Survey  of  Portugal's  most  significant  works 
from  the  medieval  lyric  to  the  chronicles  of 
Fernao  Lopes,  the  theatre  of  Gil  Vicente,  the 
poetry  of  Luis  de  Camoes,  and  the  sermons 
of  Padre  Antonio  Vieira.  The  objective  of  this 
course  is  to  introduce  students  to  the  critical 
reading  of  complex  Portuguese  texts. 


POR  332  three  credits  G 

Introduction  to  Portuguese  Literature  II 

Prerequisite:  POR  331  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Continuation  of  POR  331,  covering 
Portuguese  literature  from  Romanticism  to 
the  present.  Attention  will  be  given  to 
literary  history  and  criticism. 

POR  333  three  credits  G 
Introduction  to  Brazilian  Literature  I 

Prerequisite:  POR  302  or  equivalent 
Survey  of  the  development  of  Brazilian 
literature  from  the  colonial  period  to  the 
nineteenth  century.  Attention  is  given  to 
literary  history  and  criticism 

POR  334  three  credits  G 
Introduction  to  Brazilian  Literature  II 

Prerequisite:  POR  333  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Continuation  of  POR  333.  A  survey  of 
twentieth  century  Brazilian  literature. 
Emphasis  ora  major  authors  and  literary 
periods.  Attention  is  given  to  literary  history 
and  criticism. 

POR  335  three  credits  G 
Introduction  to  Lusophone  African 
Literatures 

Prerequisites:  POR  302  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Survey  of  representative  literary  texts 
(poems,  novels,  and  short  stories)  by 
twentieth-century  Lusophone  African 
writers.  Readings  range  from  early  land- 
marks of  emergent  national  literatures  of 
Angola,  Cape  Verde,  and  Mozambique  to 
recent  works  whose  authors  "came  of  age" 
in  the  post-independence  period  (after 
1975)  Literary  works  are  discussed  in  the 
context  of  significant  cultural,  social,  and 
political  aspects  of  contemporary  Lusophone 
Africa. 

POR  350  three  credits  G 
The  Classical  Period 

Prerequisites:  POR  331,  332;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

The  prose,  poetry,  and  theater  of  sixteenth 
century  Portugal,  including  literature  related 
to  the  Portuguese  Expansion.  (Formerly 
offered  as  POR  445.) 

POR  360  three  credits  G 
Nineteenth  Century  Portuguese 
Literature 

Prerequisites:  POR  331,  332;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Study  of  the  major  authors  and  literary 
movements  of  the  nineteenth  century 
including  works  of  Almeida  Garrett, 


Alexandre  Herculano,  Camilo  Castelo 
Branco,  Antero  de  Quental,  Eca  de  Queiros, 
and  Cesano  Verde  among  others.  (Formerly 
offered  as  POR  455.) 

POR  361  three  credits  G 
Twentieth  Century  Portuguese  Litera- 
ture 

Prerequisites:  POR  331,  332;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Study  of  the  major  literary  authors  and 
movements  of  the  twentieth  century 
including  readings  from  Fernando  Pessoa, 
Carlos  de  Oliveira,  Jorge  de  Sena,  Vergilio 
Ferreira,  Agustina  Bessa  Luis,  Jose  Cardoso 
Pires,  and  Jose  Saramago,  among  others 
(Formerly  offered  as  POR  456.) 

POR  370  three  credits  G 
Music  and  Cinema  of  Brazil 

Prerequisites:  POR  333,  334;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

A  panoramic  view  of  the  music  and  cinema 
of  Brazil.  Regionally  and  aesthetically  diverse 
songs  and  films  composes  the  corpus  of  this 
course.  Topics  include  bossa  nova,  samba, 
tropicalismo,  Cinema  Novo,  and  post- 
Cinema  Novo  Representations  taken  from 
myths,  mysteries,  fantasies,  and  traditions 
are  studied  from  social  and  historical 
perspectives. 

POR  380  three  credits  G 
Modern  Brazilian  Theater 

Prerequisites:  POR  333,  334;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Panoramic  view  of  the  history  of  Brazilian 
theater  from  the  1500s  to  the  1990s,  with  a 
focus  on  the  country's  greatest  dramatist. 
Nelson  Rodngues.  Discussions  will  include 
issues  related  to  urban  culture  ad  aesthetic 
innovations. 

POR  400  three  credits 
Luis  de  Camoes 

Prerequisites:  POR  331,  332,  or  consent  of 
instructor 

This  course  consists  of  two  parts.  First, 
students  analyze  the  types  of  lyrical  poetry 
Camoes  wrote— traditional  peninsular  forms 
and  those  taken  from  the  Renaissance — and 
study  the  recurring  themes  in  Camoes. 
Second,  we  study  the  epic  poem,  The 
Lusiads.  Attention  is  given  to  the  influence 
of  Camoes  in  Portuguese  culture.  (Formerly 
offered  as  POR  446.) 

POR  410  three  credits 
Eca  de  Queiros 

Prerequisites:  POR  33 1 ,  332;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Study  of  the  major  works  of  the  foremost 


168 


Portuguese  novelist  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  Examination  of  the  aesthetic  and 
ideological  significance  of  Ega's  works.  The 
analysis  of  his  works  as  a  critical  response  to 
European  literature  and  philosophy,  and 
specific  authors  of  the  Portuguese  and 
Spanish  tradition.  Discussion  of  themes  such 
as  the  relation  between  nature  and  culture, 
language  and  reality,  technology  and  man, 
the  past  and  historiography,  and  Portuguese 
nineteenth  century  society. 

POR  420  three  credits  G 
Machado  de  Assis 

Prerequisites:  POR  333,  334;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Study  of  the  major  novels  and  short  stories 
of  the  foremost  Brazilian  author  of  the 
nineteenth  century.  The  course  examines 
the  innovative  narrative  techniques  that 
characterize  his  works,  and  their  relation- 
ship to  precursors  such  as  Lawrence  Sterne 
and  Almeida  Garrett.  The  course  also 
explores  how  Machado's  skepticism  and 
irony  anticipates  modernist  and  post- 
modernist writings. 

POR  430  three  credits  G 
Fernando  Pessoa  and  Twentieth 
Century  Portuguese  Poetry 

Prerequisites:  POR  331,  332;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

Study  of  the  poetry  of  Fernando  Pessoa  as 
an  example  of  Modernism.  The  course 
examines  the  major  heteronyms  and  their 
significance  and  discusses  subsequent 
Portuguese  literary  generations  of  the  20th 
Century,  their  characteristics,  and  most 
important  authors,  with  emphasis  on 
poetry. 

POR  481  three  credits  G 
Seminar  in  Portuguese 

Prerequisites:  POR  332,  334;  or  consent  of 
instructor 

The  study  of  a  specific  topic,  author,  or 
literary  period  from  Portugal,  Brazil  and/or 
Lusophone  Africa.  May  be  repeated  with 
change  in  content. 

POR  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean. 
Intensive  study  or  research  on  a  specific 
topic  in  Portuguese,  Brazilian  or  Lusophone 
African  studies  under  the  direction  of 
faculty  member.  Conditions  and  hours  to  be 
arranged. 


POR  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  offered.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Portuguese 

POR  530  three  credits 

Fernando  Pessoa  and  Twentieth  Century 
Portuguese  Poetry 

See  POR  430. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  program, 
appropriate  400  level  Portuguese  courses 
may  be  offered  at  the  500  level. 


169 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Psychology 


Psychology  Major 

BA  degree 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


The  focus  of  psychology  is  the  scientific 
study  of  behavior.  Psychology  is  studied  as  a 
science  with  the  implication  that  there  is  a 
commitment  to  rational  thinking  and 
empirical  analysis  of  the  problems  encoun- 
tered in  describing  and  explaining  human 
behavior. 

A  three-course  core  sequence  introduces 
students  to  the  way  in  which  psychology  as 
a  field  advances  through  scientific  research. 
A  wide  range  of  subfields  of  psychology  are 
offered  through  courses  that  emphasize  our 
biological  heritage  (e.g.,  physiological 
psychology,  perception)  to  those  that 
examine  basic  human  functioning  (e.g., 
cognition,  learning,  personality,  social)  and 
those  that  have  a  distinct  applied  orientation 
(e.g.,  counseling,  behavior  modification, 
organizational,  and  community  psychology). 

There  are  also  opportunities  for  students  to 
engage  in  independent  research  and  honors 
research  projects  and  to  participate  in 
internships  in  various  clinical  settings.  The 
curriculum  can  be  structured  to  prepare 
students  for  graduate  education  or  to 
include  applied  clinical  coursework  and 
experiences  that  would  allow  graduates  to 
seek  employment  in  a  variety  of  human 
services  agencies. 

Students  who  major  in  psychology  find 
primary  employment  opportunities  in 
personnel  management,  elementary  and 
secondary  high  school  education,  social 
work,  software  and  other  product  develop- 
ment. Higher  level  psychological  activities, 
such  as  counseling  psychotherapy,  university 
instruction,  psychological  research  (in 
industry,  universities,  and  research  centers) 
and  various  administrative  mental  health 
positions  generally  require  a  master's  degree 
or  preferably  a  doctorate  in  psychology. 

The  department  also  offers  a  graduate 
program  in  psychology  leading  to  a  master 
of  arts  degree,  with  distinct  clinical  and 
research  options. 


Victor  P.  Caliri  counseling  and  organiza- 
tional psychology,  humanistic  and  health 
psychology,  psychology  of  religion 

John  K.  Conboy  child  and  family  psycho- 
therapy, psychological  assessment,  sports 
psychology,  child  neuropsychology  counsel- 
ing 

Donald  Corriveau  clinical  research, 
counseling,  behavioral  medicine 

Paul  A.  Donnelly  counseling  psychology, 
treatment  of  adolescent  and  criminal 
offenders 

Susan  Norstrom  developmental  psychology, 
gender  development 

Morton  H.  Elfenbein  social  psychology, 
group  and  organizational  behavior, 
evaluation  research,  epistemology 

Barry  R.Haimson  psychophysiology  and 
perception 

Mahzad  Hojjat  social  psychology,  multicul- 
tural psychology 

William  R.  Holt  general  psychology, 
behavioral  and  quantitative  psychology, 
developmental  psychology 

Theodore  A.  Powers  clinical  training, 
personality  disorders,  online  counseling 

James  B.  Riley  (chairperson)  behavior 
modification  and  community  psychology 

Amy  M.  Shapiro  (on  leave)  human  learning 
and  memory,  educational  technology,  and 
psycholinguistics 

Judith  E.  Sims-Knight  cognitive  and 
developmental  psychology,  human-computer 
interaction 


GPA  Requirements 

The  Psychology  Department  has  a  GPA 
requirement  that  vanes  with  the  number  of 
credit  hours  completed  (see  below).  Failure 
to  maintain  the  minimum  cumulative  grade 
point  average  will  mean  Departmental 
Probation.  In  the  semester  following  one  in 
which  the  student's  GPA  is  below  the 
minimum,  the  student  will  not  be  allowed  to 
register  for  courses  designated  for  psychol- 
ogy majors  only 

Number  of  credit  hours/GPA 
30/2,00  50/2.750 

A  student  who  receives  three  or  more 
grades  of  "W"  or  "I"  in  a  semester  will  be 
placed  on  Departmental  Probation.  After 
two  consecutive  semesters  of  Departmental 
Probation,  students  may  be  disenrolled  from 
the  major. 

Major  Requirements 

Psychology  majors  must  fulfill  requirements 
listed  below  Students  must  have  a  C-  or 
better  in  any  psychology  course  taken  to 
meet  the  requirements  listed  in  the  Required 
Courses  and  the  Area  Requirements, 
including  Area  5  PSY  electives. 

All  psychology  majors  are  required  to 
complete  successfully  General  Psychology 
(PSY  101),  Statistics  (PSY  205),  and 
Experimental  Methods  (PSY  210)  In  addition 
21  credits  must  be  taken  among  the  five 
areas  listed  in  the  requirements  section.  This 
system  is  designed  to  provide  students  with 
a  broad  liberal  education  in  the  field. 
Students  should  plan  to  complete  General, 
Statistics,  Experimental  Methods,  and  their 
choice  from  Area  1  (Child  or  Adolescent 
Psychology)  by  the  end  of  sophomore  year. 
Available  as  electives  is  a  three-course 
counseling  sequence,  PSY  406,  407  and 
480,  which  introduces  students  to  some 
applied  aspects  of  psychology  In  addition, 
students  interested  in  research  who  are 
considering  eventual  graduate  education  in 
psychology  may  apply  to  pursue  Honors 
Research.  Both  of  the  above  options  are 
available  for  students  interested  in  pursuing 
clinical  research.  Students  may  also 
participate  in  the  Cognitive  Science 
Program,  the  interdisciplinary  study  of  issues 
of  the  human  mind  and  its  applications  to 
effective  design  of  educational  curriculum, 
computer  software,  and  other  products.  All 
Psychology  majors  are  required  to  partici- 
pate in  the  senior  year  assessment.  The 
purpose  of  this  assessment  is  to  provide  an 
empirical  basis  for  curncular  improvement. 


170 


Combined  BA-MA  in  Psychology 


Required  Courses 

Credits 

PSY  101  General  Psychology  3 
PSY  205  Statistics  for  Psychology  4 
PSY  2 1 0  Experimental  Methods  4 

Area  Requirements 

Area  1:  Choose  one  of  the  following: 

PSY  201  Child  Psychology  3 
PSY  215  Adolescent  Psychology 

Area  2:  Choose  two  of  the  following: 

PSY  202  Abnormal  Psychology  6 
PSY  204  Social  Psychology 
PSY  302  Psychological  Testing 

Area  3:  Choose  one  of  the  following: 

PSY  305  Physiological  Psychology  3 
PSY  320  Psychology  of  Perception 

Area  4:  Choose  one  of  the  following: 

PSY  303  Psychology  of  Learning  3 
PSY  308  Cognitive  Processes 

Area  5:  Choose  at  least  two  upper-level 
electives,  excluding  contract  learning: 

Psychology  electives  300-level  and  above  6 

Total  32 


Psychology  Honors  Program 

The  Psychology  Department  participates  in 
the  university  honors  program  by  offering 
honors  sections  of  general  psychology,  and 
it  also  has  a  departmental  honors  program. 

The  psychology  honors  program  is  designed 
to  provide  psychology  students  with  the 
opportunity  to  engage  in  independent 
research.  It  is  recommended  for  all  students 
who  wish  to  pursue  a  PhD  degree,  whether 
in  an  experimental  or  applied  area.  Honors 
students  typically  have  GPAs  over  3.0,  but 
admission  to  the  honors  program  is  based 
on  overall  potential  and  motivation  rather 
than  on  grade  point  average  alone. 

The  sequence  begins  in  the  junior  year  with 
the  identification  of  a  research  topic  and  a 
faculty  advisor.  Beginning  in  their  junior  year 
or  in  the  first  semester  of  their  senior  year 
honors  students  carry  out  an  original 
research  project  by  enrolling  in  an  eight 
credit  honors  research  seminar. 


This  fast-track  program  enables  qualified  BA 
degree  students  in  psychology  to  complete 
both  the  BA  and  the  MA  in  Psychology, 
General  Option,  in  5  rather  than  6  years. 

Eligibility 

Students  may  apply  to  the  combined 
program  as  entering  freshmen  or  as 
undergraduates  during  their  sophomore  or 
junior  years.  Successful  candidates  will  have 
an  overall  GPA  of  at  least  3.25,  B  or  better  in 
PSY  205  and  PSY  210,  at  least  one  recom- 
mendation from  a  research  psychologist,  and 
a  well-written  personal  essay  that  reveals 
their  potential  for  a  research  career. 
Application  should  be  made  to  the  Graduate 
Program  Director  for  the  General  Option, 
who  will  make  a  recommendation  to  the 
department  chairperson. 

Progression  to  MA  Study 

Students  will  take  four  graduate  courses  as 
senior  year  electives  that  will  also  apply 
toward  the  MA  degree  (12  credits).  The 
department  will  provide  a  specific  list  of 
courses  and  how  they  fit  within  a  recom- 
mended sequence.  During  the  senior  year, 
the  student  will  file  a  Psychology  General 
Option  MS  application  in  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies. 

Tuition  and  Fees 

Students  pay  tuition  and  fee  rates  as 
published  by  the  university.  Students 
selecting  the  BA-MA  option  will  pay 
undergraduate  rates  until  they  reach  the  level 
of  completion  of  the  baccalaureate  degree. 


General  Education  Departmental 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Psychology  will  meet 
their  departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:   Satisfied  by  three  of  the  following: 

PSY  101,  202,  204,  210,  302,  406,  490 
Area  I,  Tier  2:   Satisfied  by  PSY  205 
Area  W,  Tier  2:   Satisfied  by  PSY  2 1 0 
Area  O:   Satisfied  by  PSY  2 1 0,  490  (both 
must  be  taken) 


171 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Psychology  Courses 


PSY  101  three  credits 
General  Psychology 

A  broad  survey  of  principles  underlying  the 
systematic  study  of  behavior.  Using 
examples  from  basic  research  and  applied 
settings,  a  variety  of  perspectives  are 
explored,  including  findings  associated  with 
the  physiological,  behavioral,  cognitive, 
developmental  and  social  approaches. 

PSY  201  three  credits 
Child  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PSY  101 

A  study  of  the  child  from  both  the  develop- 
mental and  experimental  approaches.  Topics 
that  may  be  included  are  methodology  in 
child  research,  heredity  and  environment 
controversy,  intelligence,  language  and 
communication,  learning  in  infancy  and 
childhood,  and  motor,  cognitive,  perceptual, 
personality,  and  social  development.  This 
course  meets  the  Massachusetts  Office  for 
Children  requirement  for  day  care  center 
certification,  OFC  Category  A,  Child  Growth 
and  Development. 

PSY  202  three  credits 
Abnormal  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PSY  101 

Study  of  development  and  characteristics  of 
behavior  disorders.  Topics  to  be  considered 
include:  cause  of  abnormal  behavior, 
transient  personality  reaction  to  acute  or 
special  stress,  psychoneurotic  disorders,  and 
therapeutic  measures. 

PSY  204  three  credits  G 
Social  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PSY  101 

The  study  of  experimental  findings, 

theoretical  and  methodological  issues  in 

understanding  the  individual  in  a  social 

context. 

PSY  205  four  credits  W 
Statistics  for  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PSY  101 

An  introduction  to  analysis  of  quantitative 
data  m  psychology,  including  probability, 
descriptive  statistics,  correlation  and 
regression,  analysis  of  variance  and  data 
analysis  by  computer. 

PSY  210  four  credits  W,  O 
Research  Methods 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205 
An  introduction  to  the  design,  administra- 
tion and  analysis  of  psychology  experiments, 
and  other  types  of  research  including 
computer  applications.  Emphasis  also  on 
evaluation  of  research  and  scientific  report 
writing. 


PSY  215  three  credits 
Adolescent  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PSY  101 

A  survey  of  theories  of  adolescent  personal- 
ity development,  psychopathology  and 
current  issues  in  the  field. 

PSY  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing, 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

PSY  301  three  credits 

Psychology  of  Adulthood  and  Aging 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  201  or  215 
A  study  of  normative  adult  life  transforma- 
tions and  crises  within  the  context  of  cultural 
diversity  and  empowerment.  Students  will 
investigate  culture,  gender,  and  ethnicity 
patterns.  Topics  include  methodology; 
developmental  theories  of  adulthood; 
physical  and  cognitive  changes  in  adulthood; 
changing  societal,  familial,  and  occupational 
roles  in  adulthood;  changes  in  personality  and 
responses  to  stress  in  adult  lives;  and  dying  as 
the  final  stage  of  development. 

PSY  302  three  credits 
Psychological  Testing 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205 
An  introduction  to  basic  principles  and 
techniques  of  psychological  testing,  and  a 
study  of  the  major  types  of  tests. 

PSY  303  three  credits 
Psychology  of  Learning 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210 

A  survey  of  learning  principles  from  simple 

conditioning  to  complex  creative  behavior. 

PSY  305  three  credits 
Physiological  Psychology 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210;  basic 
biology  recommended 

The  study  of  the  biological  basis  of  behavior. 
Course  covers  basic  principles  of  neurophysi- 
ology, neuroanatomy,  neuropharmacology. 
This  course  also  covers  biological  bases  of 
abnormal  behavior,  drug  addiction,  visual 
processing  and  sleep  mechanisms. 

PSY  308  three  credits 
Cognitive  Processes 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210 


A  history  of  cognitive  science  as  a  discipline. 
Topics  such  as  human  learning,  memory, 
perception,  language,  and  attention  are 
reviewed  Theories  and  research  on  mental 
processes  underlying  these  behaviors  and 
biological  underpinnings  and  real-life 
application  of  these  topics  are  studied. 

PSY  312  three  credits 
Organizational  Behavior 

Prerequisite:  PSY  101 

A  review  of  historical  and  current  psycho- 
logical theories  and  empirical  data  concern- 
ing organizational  behavior  through  lectures 
and  experiential  learning  groups. 

PSY  320  three  credits 
Psychology  of  Perception 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210;  basic 
biology  recommended 
An  overview  of  research  methods  and 
results  in  the  area  of  perception.  Special 
emphasis  on  role  of  stimulus  variables  and 
attention  on  the  perceptual  constancies, 
color,  size,  form,  and  space  perception. 

PSY  323  three  credits 
Psychology  of  Adjustment 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  202,  junior  standing 
A  study  of  the  ways  in  which  people  adjust 
to  the  complex  problems  of  mental  health 
and  behavioral  dysfunction.  The  emphasis  is 
on  psychosocial  models  and  developmental 
perspectives  rather  than  medical  disease 
models.  Psychoanalytic  and  behavioral 
approaches  are  contrasted  with  humanistic- 
existential  concepts  Various  strategies  and 
approaches  for  coping  with  maladaptive  and 
dysfunctional  conditions  including  depres- 
sion, anxiety,  and  alcohol  and  drug  abuse 
are  reviewed.  This  course  does  not  fulfill  the 
upper  level  psychology  requirement  for 
psychology  majors. 

PSY  330  three  credits 
Personality  Theory 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  202,  tumor  or  senior 
psychology  major 

Study  of  personality  structure  and  develop- 
ment through  analysis  of  the  theoretical 
contributions  of  major  personologists. 

PSY  333  three  credits 
Psychology  in  Sports 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Investigates  behavior  in  high-level  competi- 
tive sports  and  noncompetitive  sport 
activities.  Study  in  the  field,  which  has 
theoretical,  applied  and  clinical  aspects, 
focuses  on  athletes,  coaches,  teams,  and 
spectators 


172 


PSY  370  three  credits 
Group  Dynamics 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210 
Group  dynamics  as  both  an  experiential 
activity  and  an  empirical  science.  This  course 
includes  a  sensitivity  training  group. 

PSY  375  three  credits  E,  D 
Psychology  of  Sex  Differences 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210 
Development  of  sex  differences,  socializa- 
tion practices,  attitudes,  values  and  role 
expectations  which  affect  the  self-concept 
and  interpersonal  relationships.  This  course 
is  designed  to  stimulate  discussion  among 
men  as  well  as  women. 

PSY  406  three  credits 
Counseling  I 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  202,  330 
Introduction  to  philosophies,  theories  and 
techniques  of  counseling,  and  demonstra- 
tions of  various  psychotherapeutic  methods. 
This  course  is  best  taken  in  the  spring  of  the 
junior  year,  so  students  have  the  option  of 
taking  PSY  407  and  PSY  480  in  sequence  in 
the  senior  year. 

PSY  407  three  credits 
Counseling  II 

Prerequisites:  PSY  406,  and  permission  of 
instructor 

Continuation  of  PSY  406,  plus  tape 
experiences  and  supervised  practicum 
experiences. 

PSY  409  three  credits 
Community  Psychology 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  and  any  three 
among  PSY  201,  202,  215,  330,  406 
A  survey  of  the  theories,  techniques,  and 
goals  of  community  psychology,  particularly 
as  they  relate  to  the  community  mental 
health  movement. 

PSY  416  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Psychopathology 

The  nature  of  psychopathology  as  an 
evolving  set  of  constructs  rooted  in  a  matrix 
of  cultural,  biological  and  behavioral 
variables.  Using  the  American  Psychiatric 
Association's  Diagnostic  and  Statistical 
Manual  (DSM)  criteria  to  define  and  order 
groupings  of  mental  disorders,  students 
study  a  broad  range  of  issues  relating  to  the 
diagnosis  of  psychopathological  conditions. 

PSY  418  three  credits 
Behavior  Modification 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210,  303 
The  course  begins  with  a  discussion  of 
ethical  standards  relevant  to  the  modifica- 


tion of  human  behavior.  Psychodynamic 
theory  is  reprised  to  provide  a  contrasting 
theoretical  perspective  to  the  therapeutic 
uses  of  behavior  modification  techniques. 
Classical  and  operant  conditioning 
procedures  are  reviewed. 

PSY  455  three  credits 
Psychology  of  Religion 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  202,  330,  junior 
standing;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Comprehensive  multicultural  study  of  the 
value  systems  of  the  major  religions  (e.g. 
Judaism,  Christianity,  Islam)  along  with  the 
study  of  other  religions  and  cults  and  their 
psychological  impact  on  human  behavior. 
Included  is  the  study  of  agnosticism  and 
atheism  and  their  influence  on  the 
development  of  human  values  and 
behavior.  This  course  consists  of  lectures, 
seminar  presentations,  and  research  papers. 

PSY  480  three  credits 
Field  Work  in  Counseling 
Psychology 

Prerequisites:  PSY  202,  302,  370,  406,  407, 
and  permission  of  instructor 
A  practical  one  day  a  week  assignment  in  a 
cooperating  state  or  private  mental  health 
facility.  Where  permitted,  students  will 
participate  in  learning  about  counseling, 
interviewing,  referral  and  some  evaluation 
techniques.  On-site  and  departmental 
supervision  is  required,  with  a  detailed  final 
report. 

PSY  490  variable  credits  O,  W 
Special  Topics  in  Psychology 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210,  and  other 
upper  level  courses  depending  on  topic 
Advanced  seminar  usually  offered  for  one 
semester  on  a  special  topic.  Check  course 
schedule  for  special  topics  seminars. 
Examples  of  special  topic  courses  recently 
offered  include:  Human-Computer 
Interaction,  Psychopharmacology. 

PSY  495  variable  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210  and  other 
upper  level  courses;  and  permission  of 
instructor 

Students  independently  pursue  an  individual 
research  project,  under  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  advisor. 

PSY  498  four  credits 
Honors  Project  I 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210,  appropri- 
ate upper-level  courses,  and  permission  of 
faculty  advisor  and  course  instructor 
The  first  course  in  the  two-course  honors 


thesis  sequence.  Students  meet  weekly  with 
their  thesis  advisors  on  an  individual  basis 
and  weekly  as  an  honors  seminar  group 
During  the  seminar  the  honors  faculty 
discuss  with  the  students  the  general  issues 
of  developing  a  thesis  and  during  the 
individual  meetings  with  the  faculty  advisor 
individual  issue  and  problems  are  discussed. 
The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  develop  a  thesis 
proposal  and  complete  the  preparation 
necessary  to  conduct  the  thesis  project 
during  the  next  semester.  The  optimal  time 
to  take  this  course  is  the  spring  of  junior 
year,  but  it  may  also  be  taken  in  the  fall  of 
senior  year. 

PSY  499  four  credits 
Honors  Project  II 

Prerequisite:  PSY  498 
Continuation  of  PSY  498.  The  goal  of  this 
course  is  to  conduct,  analyze,  and  write  up 
the  research  described  in  the  thesis 
proposal.  Students  will  meet  regularly  with 
their  thesis  advisors. 

Course  for  the  Master  of  Arts  in 
Teaching 

PSY  609  three  credits 
Early/Middle  Adolescence 

Prerequisite:  An  undergraduate  course  in 
child  or  adolescent  psychology  or  its 
equivalent 

What  makes  young  adolescents  distinctly 
different-such  as  issues  of  puberty, 
conformity,  burgeoning  intellectual  powers. 
Of  particular  concern  are  two  issues:  (a) 
evaluating  the  validity  of  the  research  that 
provides  us  with  our  knowledge  of  them, 
and  (b)  exploring  how  to  apply  our 
knowledge  to  effective  practice  both  in 
formal  and  informal  settings. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Psychology 

PSY  501  three  credits 
Physiology,  Psychology,  and  Psychop- 
harmacology 

Advanced  study  of  the  physiology  of  the 
nervous  system  and  the  workings  of  the 
brain.  Included  is  a  working  understanding 
of  psychopharmacology  in  present  day  use. 
Practical  application,  side  effects,  and  uses 
of  medication  in  the  mental  health  field 
today  are  of  specific  concern. 

PSY  503  three  credits 
Advanced  Psychopathology 

Theories  of  abnormal  psychology,  in  an 


173 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


advanced  study  of  the  major  forms  of 
psychopathology.  Students  will  be  exposed 
to  the  Diagnostic  and  Statistical  Manual  of 
Mental  Disorders  (American  Psychiatric 
Association).  Case  studies  and  therapeutic 
intervention  strategies  will  be  emphasized. 

PSY  505  three  credits 
Research  Methods  and  Design 

Prerequisites:  A  statistics  course  and 
permission  of  instructor 
Integrates  research  design,  data  analysis, 
data  interpretation,  and  APA  format  report 
writing  across  the  two  dominant  paradigms 
in  contemporary  psychology.  The  course 
includes  the  use  of  the  SPSS  statistical 
software  for  univariate  parametric  and  some 
non-parametric  models.  The  course  contains 
a  strong  experiential  component  to  prepare 
students  for  thesis  writing. 

PSY  506  three  credits 
Advanced  Research  Design 

Prerequisite:  PSY  505  or  permission  of 
instructor 

In-depth  study  of  statistics  in  psychological 
research.  Major  topics  include  regression 
and  structural  equation  models. 

PSY  510  three  credits 

Seminar  in  Helping  Relationships 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  status  and  permission 
of  instructor 

Major  approaches  to  supportive  and 
therapeutic  interventions  employed  by 
psychologists  to  help  others.  Core  theoretical 
constructs  and  basic  counseling  techniques 
are  emphasized.  This  course  fulfills  a  portion 
of  the  Mental  Health  Counselors  license 
requirement. 

PSY  511  three  credits 
Theories  of  Psychotherapy 

The  major  counseling  theories  explored  in 
an  academic  and  experiential  format.  Role 
playing  and  videotaping  are  used.  Theories 
discussed  include  reality  therapy,  behavior 
therapy,  rational  emotive  therapy,  gestalt 
therapy,  transactional  analysis,  client- 
centered  therapy,  and  the  psychoanalytic 
model. 

PSY  512  three  credits 
Evaluation  Techniques 

Traditional  components  of  psychological 
testing,  including  test  construction,  test 
development,  test  administration  and  test 
interpretation,  and  specific  training  in 
frequently  administered  clinical  tests  (e.g., 
MMPI,  WAIS  and  WISC).  Beyond  traditional 
test  theory,  students  will  be  exposed  to 
contemporary  evaluation  devices  including 


behavioral  assessment,  interview  data,  and 
naturalistic  observation. 

PSY  513  three  credits 
Seminar:  Topics 

Pre-  or  corequisite:  PSY  506 
In-depth  seminar  on  selected  topics  in  a  field 
of  psychology.  A  few  specific  topics  will  be 
examined  in  depth — the  historical  roots, 
theories,  and  current  research  approaches. 
Two  areas  are  offered  in  alternate  years: 
personality  and  psychopathology;  cognition. 
One  of  the  primary  goals  of  this  course  is  to 
prepare  students  for  PSY  514,  in  which 
knowledge  gained  in  this  course  will  be 
used  to  conduct  research  projects. 

PSY  514  three  credits 
Research  Techniques:  Topics 

Prerequisites:  PSY  506,  PSY  513 
Research  techniques  in  the  context  of 
specific  topics  studied  in  the  associated 
seminar.  Two  areas  are  offered  in  alternate 
years:  personality  and  psychopathology; 
cognition.  The  course  will  include  both 
formal  and  hands-on  work. 

PSY  515  three  credits 

Human  Growth  and  Development 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  graduate  status 
The  nature  of  normative  transitions  across 
the  life  span.  The  course  fosters  an  under- 
standing of  change  from  conception  through 
death.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  both 
cognitive  and  behavioral  theories  as  well  as 
supporting  research.  This  course  fulfills  a 
portion  of  the  Mental  Health  Counselors 
license  requirement. 

PSY  516  three  credits 

Social  and  Cultural  Foundations 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  graduate  status 
Nature  and  dynamics  of  interpersonal  group 
relations  as  they  occur  within  a  multicultural 
context.  Students  will  study  relations  among 
diverse  ethnic,  racial,  and  cultural  groups  in 
the  United  States  and  globally.  The  course 
looks  at  cross-cultural  relations  from  an 
interdisciplinary  perspective,  considering 
psychological,  sociological,  and  historical 
factors;  considers  several  relevant  issues  in 
counseling  from  a  multicultural  perspective, 
and  studies  specific  cultural  groups  in  the 
context  of  therapy  issues.  This  course  fulfills  a 
portion  of  the  Mental  Health  Counselors 
license  requirement. 

PSY  517  three  credits 

Psychology  of  Close  Relationships 

Seminar  in  the  study  of  close  relationships. 
Students  will  study  existing  research  and 
learn  to  think  critically  about  the  underlying 


theory  and  research.  Major  emphasis  is 
placed  on  romantic  relationships. 

PSY  521  three  credits 

Behavior  Modification  and  Behavior 

Therapy 

Basic  principles  of  learning  as  theoretical 
underpinnings  of  contemporary  applied 
behavioral  psychology.  Behavior  change 
techniques  derived  from  learning  theory 
widely  used  in  clinical,  education,  recre- 
ational, and  family  settings  will  be  exam- 
ined, and  individual  group  applications 
compared  and  contrasted 

PSY  522  three  credits 

Behavioral  Family  and  Group  Counseling 

Detailed  analysis  of  the  function  and 
structure  of  the  family  unit.  The  academic 
component  includes  topics  such  as  family 
systems,  behavioral  contracting,  networking, 
family  sculpting,  power,  control,  setting 
behavioral  goals,  the  double  bind,  the 
identified  patient,  groups  as  a  system,  and 
the  structuralist  approach.  The  experiential 
component  involves  the  inter-generational 
family  tree,  role  playing  diagnosis,  and 
evaluation  of  actual  families. 

PSY  523  three  credits 
Behavioral  Medicine 

An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  health  and 
illness.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
interface  of  psychology  and  other  allied 
disciplines  with  traditional  medical  ap- 
proaches. Students  are  introduced  to 
medical  psychology  as  a  profession  and 
exposed  to  practical  applications  including 
stress  management  and  biofeedback 
training. 

PSY  524  three  credits 

Advanced  Behavior  Modification  and 

Behavior  Therapy 

Theoretical  and  functional  considerations  for 
the  design  and  implementation  of  effective 
behavior  programming.  Through  readings 
and  analysis  of  case  studies,  students  gain 
familiarity  with  the  theoretical  and  applied 
principles  of  behavior  modification  and 
therapy. 

PSY  570  three  credits 
Advanced  Group  Processes 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  graduate  status 
Theoretical,  research,  and  experiential  aspects 
of  the  study  of  group  processes  or  group 
dynamics.  The  course  examines  applications 
of  theory  and  research  in  settings  such  as 
organizations,  organizational  development, 
and  group  therapy  and  uses  lecture,  student 
seminar  presentations,  and  class  experiential 


174 


Note:  Some  graduate  courses  may  be  open 
to  undergraduates.  Please  consult  your 
department  chairperson.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


self-analytic  group  activities.  This  course 
fulfills  a  portion  of  the  Mental  Health 
Counselors  license  requirement. 

PSY  575  three  credits 
Lifestyle,  School,  and  Career  Develop- 
ment 

Explores  the  impact  of  diverse  lifestyles  on 
mental  health  issues  and  academic  and 
vocational  adjustment.  The  course  examines 
the  effect  of  culture,  gender,  ethnicity,  race, 
socioeconomic  stature,  and  sexual  orienta- 
tion on  psychotherapy,  assessment,  and 
academic  and  vocational  adjustment.  Special 
emphasis  is  given  to  cultural  differences, 
alternative  lifestyles,  gay  and  lesbian  issues, 
family  patterns,  fairness  in  testing,  the  "Bell 
Curve"  debate,  career  counseling,  and  the 
relationship  between  cultural  norms  and 
psycopathology.  This  course  fulfills  a  portion 
of  the  Mental  Health  Counselors  license 
requirement. 

PSY  580  three  credits 

Graduate  Seminar  in  Psychology 

Graduate  seminar  offered  for  one  semester 
on  a  specific  topic.  Topics  vary  according  to 
student  needs  and  faculty  expertise  in 
particular  areas  of  study. 

PSY  589  four  credits 
Graduate  Practicum 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 
A  distinctly  defined,  pre-internship, 
supervised  curricular  experience.  Course 
requirements  include  Massachusetts 
licensing  requirements  for  Master's  level 
mental  health  counselors.  Students  provide 
direct  service  with  a  clientele  appropriate  to 
the  program  emphasis.  Classroom  work 
includes  role  plays  or  other  laboratory 
experiences.  Students  are  provided  with 
both  individual  and  group  supervision 
experiences. 

PSY  590  variable  credits 
Field  Experience 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission; 
Corequisites:  PSY  51 1,  PSY  512,  or  PSY  522 
Placement  at  area  mental  health  facilities, 
involving  students  in  the  practical  applica- 
tion of  the  theories  being  studied  in  the 
classroom.  The  placements  vary  according 
to  the  specific  course  being  taken  con- 
jointly. 

PSY  591,  PSY  592  four  credits  each 
Internship  I,  II 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 
Application  of  skills  acquired  through 
classroom  work  through  internship 
placements.  Students  will  be  placed  in 


mental  health  agencies  and  will  receive 
extensive  supervision. 

PSY  593  variable  credits 
Seminar  in  Clinical  Methods 

Review  of  research  in  a  major  clinical  area, 
for  third  year  graduate  students.  Students 
create  an  in-depth  review  of  the  literature, 
culminating  in  a  final  project  that  is 
presented  to  two  graduate  faculty  for 
review. 

PSY  594  variable  credits 

Seminar  in  Professional  and  Ethical 

Issues 

Advanced  seminar  on  legal,  ethical, 
professional,  and  moral  issues  facing  mental 
health  practitioners.  Aspects  of  testing, 
assessment,  psychotherapy,  and  psychopa- 
thology  theory  will  be  central  issues.  The 
course  culminates  in  a  written  or  oral  exam 
testing  application  of  clinical  knowledge, 
ethical,  and  legal  issues  through  a  clinical 
case  study  model. 

PSY  595  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Independent  pursuit  of  an  individual 
research  project  under  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  sponsor. 

PSY  596  variable  credits;  typically  six 
Graduate  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 
Student  develops  and  executes  an  indepen- 
dent research  thesis  under  the  direction  of  a 
faculty  advisor.  Graded  A-F. 


175 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Sociology  and  Anthropology 


Sociology  Major 

BA  degree 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


The  department's  primary  focus  is  the  study 
of  human  beings  and  the  analysis  of 
collective  action  and  the  socio-cultural 
settings  in  which  it  occurs.  The  department 
offers  courses  in  sociology,  anthropology, 
social  work,  and  a  number  of  courses  that 
are  primarily  interdisciplinary  in  nature. 
Sociology  is  the  study  of  social  behavior  in 
its  different  forms.  It  is  the  study  of  whole 
societies  and  their  basic  institutions  (e.g. 
religion).  It  also  studies  human  groups  on  a 
smaller  scale  such  as  the  family,  peer  group, 
and  neighborhood. 

Anthropology  and  sociology  overlap 
somewhat,  although  an  anthropologist  is 
more  likely  to  study  non-western  societies 
and  to  emphasize  more  the  biological  base 
of  human  behavior,  human  evolution,  and  a 
society's  ethos.  Social  work  is  the  applica- 
tion of  concepts  from  disciplines  such  as 
sociology,  psychology,  and  anthropology  to 
an  area  of  concern  in  modern  society.  Social 
work  and  social  action  growing  out  of  the 
basic  disciplines  (above)  increasingly 
attempt  not  only  to  study  and  treat  but 
create  new  social  realities. 

A  major  in  this  department  may  be  chosen 
for  the  inherent  satisfaction  that  the 
knowledge  of  it  provides.  It  also  may  be  the 
foundation  for  social  action  or  for  graduate 
work. 


Jane  Hilowitz  American  society,  European 
society 

Toby  E.  Huff  sociology  of  law,  science  and 
religion;  quantitative  studies  of  American 
society;  theory;  the  Muslim  World,  globaliza- 
tion, and  the  Internet 

Andrea  C.  Klimt  sociocultural  anthropol- 
ogy, construction  of  identity,  Europe, 
contemporary  US,  Portuguese  diaspore, 
medical  anthropology,  migration  and 
transnationalism 

Susan  Krumholz  (coordinator,  criminal 
justice)  criminal  justice,  theories  of  crime, 
domestic  violence,  policing 

Yale  R.  Magrass  social  theory,  historical 
and  political  sociology,  methodology,  social 
impact  of  science  and  technology 

Larry  M.  Miller  (co-chairperson)  historical 
sociology,  Meso-Amenca,  social  theory, 
sociology  of  art  and  literature,  social 
education 

Thomas  K.  Ranuga  third  world  studies, 
social  movements,  comparative  ethnic 
relations 

R.  Penn  Reeve  (co-chairperson)  cultural 
anthropology,  social  inequality,  race  and 
ethnicity,  gay  and  lesbian  studies 

Jack  Stauder  anthropology,  marriage  and 
family,  social  change,  morality  and  human 
nature,  environmental  issues,  ranching  and 
the  American  West 


Students  are  offered,  in  addition  to  the 
many  selections  in  general  sociology,  three 
major  options,  the  option  in  anthropology, 
the  option  in  criminal  justice,  and  the  option 
in  social  services. 

The  courses  listed  "SOC  or  ANT"  are 
courses  that  bridge  the  fields  of  sociology 
and  anthropology.  Students  may  elect  to 
gain  credit  in  either  field  by  registering  in 
the  course  and  selecting  one  prefix. 
Anthropology  credits  can  be  counted 
toward  a  sociology  major. 

Students  must  have  a  2.0  cumulative  grade 
point  average  to  be  accepted  into  the  major 
and  must  maintain  a  2.5  GPA  in  major 
courses  in  order  to  graduate  with  a 
sociology  major. 


176 


Sociology  Major 

General  Option 


Sociology  Major 

Option  in  Anthropology 


Requirements 


Requirements 


Sociology  Major  Common  Departmental 
Distribution  Requirement 

To  expose  sociology  majors  to  important 
subject  areas  in  the  field  and  offer  organiza- 
tion and  coherence  to  their  choices,  we 
require  one  course  from  each  of  the  follow- 
ing four  areas.  This  departmental  distribu- 
tion requirement  is  to  be  met  within  the 
requirements  and  electives  of  the  student's 
sociology  major  or  option.  Courses  which 
have  not  been  included  (special  topics, 
readings  courses,  independent  study)  may 
be  substituted  for  courses  in  the  various 
areas,  where  appropriate  and  with  approval 
of  the  student's  advisor.  New  courses  may 
be  added  to  each  of  the  three  areas  as 
appropriate,  again  with  approval. 

All  majors  are  required  to  complete  one 
course  from  each  of  the  three  categories. 

Cultural  and  Social  institutions 

SOC  102  Social  Problems 
SOC  164  Environmental  Issues 
SOC  167  The  Human  Environment 
SOC  203  Social  Welfare  Policy 
SOC  209  Sociology  of  Life,  Death,  and 

Meaning 
SOC  220  Social  Change 
SOC/ANT  268  Environmental  Issues 
SOC  301  Sociology  of  Work 
SOC  302  Sociology  of  Art 
SOC  312  Deviant  Behavior 
SOC  323  Morality  and  Society 
SOC  325  Sex,  Marriage,  and  Family 
SOC  341  Community  Organization 
SOC  342  Organization  of  Criminal  Behavior 
SOC  350  Culture  and  the  Experience  of 

Nature  (Reading  Course) 
SOC  351  Landscape  and  Gardens  (Reading 

Course) 

Designs  of  the  Living  World 

(Reading  Course) 
SOC  357  Justice  and  Society 
SOC  381  Social  Impact  Science/Technology 

Difference  and  Social  Inequality 

SOC  305  Political  Sociology 

SOC  230  Black  Identity  &  the  Social  World 

SOC/ANT  300  Lesbian,  Gay,  and  Bisexual 

Identity  and  Culture 
SOC  310  Social  Movements 
SOC  330  Blacks  and  Whites  in  America 
SOC  336  Women  and  Social  Policy 
SOC/ANT  337  Comparative  Ethic  Relations 
SOC  351  The  Black  Family  (Reading  Course) 
SOC  356  Wealth,  Status,  Power  in  America 

Continued  in  column  to  right 


Majors  are  required  to  take  30  credits  in  the 
department,  including  12  upper-division 
credits. 

Credits 

SOC  101  Introduction  to  Sociology  OR  3 
ANT  111  Cultural  Anthropology  OR 
SOC/ANT  113  Intro,  to  Social  and  Cultural 
Behavior 

Methods  Requirement  3 

SOC  206  Intro,  to  Research  Methods  OR 
SOC/ANT  401  Research  Methods 

Theory  Requirement  3 

SOC  200  Intro,  to  Social  Thought  OR 
SOC  358  Criminological  Theory  OR 
SOC  402  Sociological  Theory  OR 
ANT  405  Anthropological  Theory 


Electives  in  Sociology  or  Anthropology  21 

Total  30     Methods  requirement 


This  option  introduces  students  to  the 
anthropological  perspective:  the  physical 
and  cultural  evolution  of  the  human  species; 
prehistoric  cultures,  comparison  of  cultures 
from  different  parts  of  the  world.  Intended 
for  students  interested  in  a  cross-cultural 
world  perspective  as  a  sound  basis  of  a 
liberal  arts  education  and/or  as  preparation 
for  graduate  school  in  anthropology  or 
employment  in  a  variety  of  fields. 

Majors  are  required  to  take  30  credits  in  the 
department,  including  12  upper-division 
credits. 

Credits 

ANT  110  Intro,  to  Physical  Anthropology  3 
ANT  1 1 1  Intro,  to  Cultural  Anthropology  3 
ANT  261  Introduction  to  Archeology  I  3 

Theory  requirement  3 

ANT  405  Anthropological  Theory  OR 
SOC  200  Intro,  to  Social  Thought 


SOC/ANT  206  Intro.  Research  Meth.  OR 
SOC/ANT  401  Research  Methods  OR 
SOC/ANT  407  Field  Inquiry 

Electives  in  sociology  or  anthropology      1 5 

Total  30 


Comparative  Cultures  and  Global  Issues 

ANT  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Cultural 

Anthropology 
SOC/ANT  113  Introduction  to  Cultural  and 

Social  Behavior 
SOC/ANT  160  Cultural  Evolution 
SOC  205  Indust.  Society  &  Human  Problems 
SOC.ANT  327  Myth  and  Ritual 
SOC/ANT  332  Portuguese  in  the  Americas 
SOC  334  Sociology  of  Food 
SOC  340  Law  and  Society 
SOC  350  Women  and  Islam  (Reading 

Course) 

SOC/ANT  351   Health,  Disease,  and  Curing 

(Reading  Course) 
SOC/ANT  361   Peoples  and  Cultures  of 

Europe 

SOC/ANT  363  Environment  and 

Development 
ANT  372  Peace  Studies 


General  Education  Departmental 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Sociology  and 
Anthropology  will  meet  their  departmen- 
tally-controlled  General  Education 
requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Students  will  select  a  course  from 

approved  list 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  TBD 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Students  will  select  a 

course  from  the  approved  list 
Area  O:  Students  select  a  course  from 

approved  list 


177 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Sociology  Major 

Option  in  Criminal  Justice 


Requirements 


Credits 


The  program  in  criminal  justice  is  an 
interdisciplinary  concentration  grounded  in 
the  liberal  arts  tradition.  It  draws  on  the  full 
range  of  the  university's  resources  to  give 
students  new  opportunities  to  combine  a 
university  education  with  enhanced  avenues 
for  career  advancement  and  public  service. 

Students  wishing  to  chose  this  option  should 
consult  a  faculty  advisor  in  the  Department 
of  Sociology  and  Anthropology. 

In  addition  to  providing  a  university 
education  for  students  who  aspire  to  serve  in 
the  criminal  justice  system,  UMass 
Dartmouth's  program  seeks  to  foster  an 
understanding  of  the  role  of  criminal  justice 
systems  in  democratic  societies.  The  intent  of 
the  training  is  to  study  the  whole  range  of 
criminal  justice  activities  and  agencies  which 
extend  from  the  commission  of  criminal  acts, 
the  police  and  the  courts,  to  probation, 
parole,  and  the  social  service  system.  Efforts 
have  also  been  made  to  incorporate 
comparative  and  historical  perspectives 
which  focus  on  the  processes  which  give  rise 
to  legal  and  extra-legal  activities.  Courses  in 
counseling,  as  well  as  probation  and  parole, 
will  form  an  integral  part  of  the  program. 

All  "pre-service"  students  will  be  required  to 
take  a  one-semester  internship.  The  student 
will  be  placed  in  a  relevant  position  in  the 
criminal  justice  system,  such  as  a  parole 
office,  court,  or  correctional  institution,  and 
his  or  her  experience  will  be  supervised  by  a 
UMass  Dartmouth  faculty  member. 

Students  with  one  or  more  years  of  working 
experience  in  the  criminal  justice  system  will 
substitute  SOC  400  (Special  Topics)  or  SOC 
495  (Independent  Study)  for  the  Internship 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Chairper- 
son of  the  Department. 


Required  Core  Courses 
Introductory  Requirement 

SOC  101  Introduction  to  Sociology  OR 

ANT  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Cultural  Anthropology  OR 

SOC/ANT  1 1 3     Introduction  to  Social/Cultural  Behavior 

Theory  Requirement 

SOC  200  Introduction  to  Social  Thought 

Methods  Requirement 

SOC/ANT  206     Research  Methods  OR 
SOC/ANT  401     Research  Methods 

Required  Core  Courses 

SOC  190  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 

SOC  270  Criminal  Due  Process 

SOC  358  Criminology 
SOC  400  Special  Topics 

SOC  450  Internship 

Two  courses  from  Group  I  -  Systems 

SOC  305  Political  Sociology 

SOC  310  Social  Movements 

SOC  323  Morality  and  Society 

SOC  340  Law  and  Society 

SOC  357  Justice  and  Society 

Two  courses  from  Group  II  -  Context 

SOC  203  Social  Work  I 

SOC  342  Organization  of  Criminal  Behavior 

PHL  326  Philosophy  of  Law 

PSY  202  Abnormal  Psychology 

PSY406  Counseling 

Two  courses  from  Group  III  -  Multicultural 

SOC  330  Black  and  White  in  America 

SOC  332  Portuguese  in  the  Americas 

SOC  336  Women  and  Social  Policy 

SOC  337  Comparative  Ethnic  Relations 

SOC  356  Wealth,  Status,  and  Power 


15 


Total 


42 


Other  courses  may  be  substituted  at  the  discretion  of  the  Coordinator  for  the  Criminal 
Justice  Option 


178 


Sociology  Minor 


Sociology/Anthropology  Courses 


A  student  can  request  entrance  to  the  minor 
program  in  sociology  after  completing  at 
least  54  credits  with  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  2.0  and  with  at  least  a  2.5 
grade  point  average  in  his/her  major. 
Requests  must  be  approved  by  the 
chairperson  of  the  Sociology/Anthropology 
Department. 

Requirements 

The  minor  in  sociology  requires  completion 
of  at  least  18  credits,  of  which  9  must  be  at 
the  upper  division  level.  Three  courses  (as  in 
the  major)  will  be  taken  which  include 
Introductory  level  courses  (SOC  101,  ANT 
1 1 1 ,  or  SOC/ANT  1 1 3),  a  theory  course 
(SOC  200,  ANT  208,  SOC  402,  or  ANT  405), 
and  a  methods  course  (SOC  206  or  SOC 
401  or  equivalent  methods  course  in 
Economics,  Political  Science,  or  Psychology), 
plus  three  upper-division  sociology  or 
anthropology  courses.  All  anthropology 
courses  can  count  for  the  Sociology  minor, 
as  they  do  for  the  major. 


Anthropology  Minor 


A  student  can  request  entrance  to  the  minor 
program  in  anthropology  after  completing 
at  least  54  credits  with  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  2.0  and  with  a  2.5  grade 
point  average  in  his/her  major.  Requests 
must  be  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  the 
Sociology/Anthropology  Department. 

The  department  also  offers  an  option  in 
social  anthropology  for  sociology  majors. 

Requirements 

The  minor  in  anthropology  requires 
completion  of  at  least  18  credits,  of  which  9 
must  be  at  the  upper  division  level. 
Specifically,  they  will  include  ANT  111, 
either  ANT  1 10  or  ANT  261;  ANT  208  or 
ANT  405;  and  three  additional  upper  level 
courses  Sociology/Anthropology  or 
Anthropology  electives. 


SOC  101  three  credits  D 
Introduction  to  Sociology 

A  survey  of  the  fundamental  principles  of 
sociology  and  the  basic  factors  conditioning 
social  behavior. 

SOC  102  three  credits 
Social  Problems 

A  survey  of  various  social  problems  in  the 
contemporary  world.  Special  emphasis  will 
be  placed  upon  analysis  of  social  problems 
in  American  society. 

ANT  110  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Physical 
Anthropology 

A  survey  of  the  fundamental  concepts  of  the 
science  of  human  beings.  This  course 
concentrates  upon  the  physical  evolution  of 
the  human  species,  the  comparison  of  the 
behavior  of  currently  existing  primates,  and 
interdisciplinary  searches  into  topical 
questions  such  as  the  evolution  and  nature 
of  aggression  and/or  hierarchy  and 
dominance. 

ANT  111  three  credits  G 
Introduction  to  Cultural 
Anthropology 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  of 
social  and  cultural  anthropology.  Readings 
emphasize  the  comparative  study  of 
societies  at  different  levels  of  socio-cultural 
integration  and  from  different  areas  of  the 
world.  This  may  include  a  brief  introduction 
to  physical  anthropology  and  archaeology. 

SOC  113  or  ANT  113  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Social  and 
Cultural  Behavior 

A  combined  introduction  to  Anthropology 
and  Sociology,  the  comparative  study  of 
societies,  their  similarities  and  differences 
and  how  these  are  understood  by  social 
science. 

SOC  159-199  three  credits 
Social  Issues 

Courses  are  offered  on  selected  social  issues 
as  student  and  faculty  interest  indicate.  May 
be  offered  under  the  ANT  prefix  where 
appropriate. 

Recent  offerings  include: 

SOC  160  or  ANT  160  three  credits 
Social  and  Cultural  Evolution 

SOC  164  three  credits  E 
Environmental  Issues 

SOC  167  three  credits 

Social  Issue:  Human  Environment 


SOC  174  three  credits 
Portuguese/American  Cultures 

SOC  177  three  credits  E 

Introduction  to  Sex,  Marriage,  and  the 

Family 

SOC  190  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 

A  broad  overview  of  the  criminal  justice 
system  and  its  major  component  parts, 
including  police,  the  courts,  and  corrections. 


SOC  200  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Sociological  Thought 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101 
An  introduction  to  the  enterprise  of 
sociological  theory.  As  such,  it  attempts  to 
introduce  students  to  the  questions, 
problems,  and  intellectual  tasks  of  theoriz- 
ing about  society  and  our  social  lives  as  well 
as  to  expose  students  to  some  of  the  most 
important  competing  ways  in  which 
previous  social  theorists  have  gone  about 
this  task. 

SOC  203  three  credits 
Social  Welfare  Policy 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  102 
Theoretical  framework  and  cross-cultural 
perspective  for  understanding  the  role  of 
the  social  services  in  our  society.  An 
exploration  of  the  history,  politics  and 
economics  of  our  social  welfare  system  will 
be  undertaken  through  discussion,  guest 
speakers  and  field  work.  Cross-listed  as 
WMS  203. 

SOC  205  three  credits 

Industrial  Society  and  Human  Problems 

An  overview  of  modern  society,  particularly 
our  own,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  problems 
and  possibilities  we  face  today. 

SOC  206  or  ANT  206  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Research  Methods 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  ANT  1 1 1  or  SOC/ 
ANT  113 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts  and 
methodology  of  social  science  research. 

ANT  208  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Anthropological  Theory 

Prerequisite:  ANT  1 1 1 

A  historical  analytical  and  current  review  of 
the  anthropological  perspective.  Several 
themes  basic  to  anthropological  thinking  are 
compared  including,  holism,  systems  and 
processes,  folk  versus  analytical  perspective, 
and  case  studies.  The  systematic  nature  of 
anthropological  inquiry  with  testing  of 


179 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


findings,  theories,  laws,  generalizations,  and 
modes  of  research  and  interpretation  will  be 
noted  in  the  reading  of  original  sources. 

SOC  209  three  credits 

Sociology  of  Life,  Death,  and  Meaning 

An  exploration  of  the  exclusion  of  the 
organic— birth,  death,  the  body,  committed 
relationships,  family,  community,  and 
nature — from  work  or  technical  perfor- 
mance in  industrial  institutions. 

SOC  220  three  credits 
Social  Change 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101 
Analysis  of  the  processes  of  social  change. 
Why  does  social  change  occur?  Attention  is 
given  to  both  economic  factors  and 
conscious  movements  for  social  change. 

SOC  226  or  ANT  226  three  credits 
Sociology  of  Africa 

A  survey  of  change  and  conflict  in  African 
society,  historically  and  at  present.  Particular 
attention  will  be  paid  to  the  effects  of 
colonialism  and  African  resistance  to  it. 
Cross-listed  as  AAS  226. 

SOC  228  three  credits 

Sex  Roles  and  Sexuality  in 

American  Society 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
The  changing  definitions  of  the  roles  of  men 
and  women  in  American  society  from  our 
own  experience  and  from  social,  historical, 
and  biological  perspectives.  The  course 
covers  the  development  of  male  and  female 
in  the  evolutionary  system;  human  sexuality, 
cross-cultural  sexual  identities;  images  of 
male  and  female  in  American  literature, 
movies,  and  the  popular  imagination; 
socialization  and  the  development  of  sexual 
identity;  problems  of  courtship  and  intimacy. 
Cross-listed  as  WMS  228. 

SOC  230  three  credits 

Black  Identity  and  the  Social  World 

The  course  examines  the  African  past 
through  literature,  the  survival  techniques 
which  Blacks  developed  in  order  to  survive 
in  an  alien  world,  and  the  collective  identity 
of  Black  people  at  the  present  time.  This 
course  is  especially  designed  for  Black 
students  and  White  students  who  are 
concerned  with  Black  heritage.  Cross-listed 
as  AAS  230. 

ANT  261  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Method  and  Theory  in 

Archaeology 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  method 
and  theory  of  modern  American 


archaeology. 

ANT  262  three  credits  G 
Introduction  to  World  Prehistory 

An  introduction  to  archaeological  documen- 
tation of  prehistoric  socio-political  organiza- 
tion. Emphasis  on  the  development  of  state 
levels  of  social  organization  in  an  evolution- 
ary perspective. 

SOC  268  or  ANT  268  three  credits 
Environmental  Issues 

Introduction  to  controversial  social  issues 
surrounding  environmental  problems.  The 
course  addresses  how  modern  society  is 
creating  and  responding  to  current 
environmental  trends  and  gives  social 
ecological  perspective  on  our  human 
prospect. 


SOC  270  three  credits 
Criminal  Due  Process 

The  law  of  criminal  procedure  as  defined  by 
the  constitution  and  the  courts.  This  course 
is  designed  to  familiarize  students  with  the 
law  as  it  pertains  to  the  work  of  the  criminal 
justice  system  and  exposes  students  to  case 
law.  Written  case  briefs  are  used  as  an 
instructional  method. 


SOC  298  or  ANT  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences 

SOC  300  or  ANT  300  three  credits 
Lesbian,  Gay,  and  Bisexual  Identity  and 
Culture 

Lesbian,  gay,  bisexual,  and  transexual 
identity,  history,  and  culture,  sexual  roles, 
homophobia,  heterosexism,  the  gay 
liberation  movement,  and  cross-cultural 
experiences  will  be  examined.  Family, 
health,  religious,  economic,  racial,  political 
and  legal  issues  will  be  explored. 

SOC  301  three  credits 
The  Sociology  of  Work 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  ANT  1 1 1  or  SOC/ 
ANT  1 1 3 

The  analysis  of  work  in  modern  society,  and 
how,  historically,  labor/management 


relations  have  shaped  our  lives  Cross-listed 
as  LST  301. 

SOC  302  three  credits 
The  Sociology  of  Art 

Prerequisite:  either  SOC  101.  SOC  111,  SOC7 
ANT  1 1 3,  or  History  of  Art;  or  permission  of 

instructor 

The  relationship  between  society  and  art  and 
artists. 

SOC  304  or  ANT  304  three  credits 
Third  World  Development 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101,  111,  or  113 
A  study  of  the  "Third  World"  —  its  political 
economy  and  roots  in  world  history  and 
international  relations.  The  focus  will  be  on 
understanding  the  sources  of  underdevelop- 
ment and  the  possibilities  for  development. 

SOC  305  three  credits 
Political  Sociology 

Prerequisites:  SOC  101,  SOC/ANT  113,  PSC 
101,  102;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Sociological  perspectives  on  the  study  of 
power  relationships,  political  communities, 
political  processes,  and  institutions.  The 
course  addresses  questions  like.  Who 
controls  America's  institutions?  What  are  the 
rights  and  powers  of  ordinary  citizens?  How 
are  decisions  made  about  war  and  peace? 
About  the  distribution  of  resources?  What  is 
the  relationship  between  political,  economic, 
and  ideological  power? 

SOC  306  or  ANT  306  three  credits 
Cultures  of  Contemporary  Portugal 

The  cultures  of  contemporary  Portugal.  We 
will  draw  on  the  work  of  anthropologists, 
sociologists,  and  historians  and  focus  on  key 
issues  including  changes  in  traditional  roles  of 
men  and  women,  Portuguese  emigration  and 
its  effect  on  Portuguese  society,  patterns  of 
ritual  and  religion,  and  national  citizenship. 

SOC  308  three  credits 
Sociology  of  Religion 

Prerequisites:  SOC  101  or  SOC/ANT  113; 
and  upper-division  status 
Comparative  sociological  analysis  of  religious 
movements  in  industrial  and  non-industrial 
societies.  The  interplay  between  religion  and 
social  structure  is  examined.  The  church-sea 
typology  and  the  institutionalizing  of 
religious  belief  systems  will  be  examined. 
Consideration  will  also  be  given  to  the 
influence  of  religious  creeds  upon  patterns 
of  thought  and  action  and  on  socio-cultural 
change. 

SOC  309  or  ANT  309  three  credits 
Readings  in  Sociological  and 


180 


Anthropological  Literature 

Prerequisite:  Junior  or  senior  standing. 
Reading  and  writing  on  specific  sociological 
and  anthropological  topics  normally  not 
included  in  the  curriculum.  Students  will 
work  on  these  topics  under  the  close 
supervision  of  individual  instructors. 
Students  are  limited  to  one  such  reading 
course  per  semester. 

SOC  310  three  credits 
Social  Movements 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  permission  of 
instructor 

A  sociological  analysis  of  the  origin  and 
development  of  social  movements  with  an 
emphasis  on  detailed  study  of  particular 
social  movements.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  310. 

SOC  312  three  credits 
Deviant  Behavior 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101;  junior  or  senior 
standing 

Review  of  theory  and  research  with 
emphasis  on  their  implications  for  a  general 
theory  of  deviant  behavior.  Sociological 
knowledge  will  be  applied  to  the  analysis  of 
selected  topics  such  as:  organized  crime  and 
drug  addiction.  Social  factors  and  influences 
in  deviant  conduct  are  given  heavy  stress. 
Sociological  analysis  of  the  agencies  of 
control  will  be  included. 

SOC  320  or  ANT  320  three  credits 
Junior  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  For  juniors  only;  permission  of 
instructor 

Students  will  discuss  and  write  papers  on 
aspects  of  a  subject  chosen  for  the 
semester. 

SOC  323  or  ANT  323  three  credits  E 
Morality  and  Society 

Inquiry  into  morality  and  its  role  in  society 
and  social  change.  This  course  will  consider 
the  origins  and  evolution  of  morality,  looking 
at  similarities  and  difference  in  the  moral 
codes  of  different  cultures,  as  well  as  of 
different  periods  of  Western  history. 
Attention  will  be  given  to  sources  of  change 
and  conflict  involving  moral  issues  in  modern 
society. 

SOC  324  or  ANT  324  three  credits 
Women  in  Contemporary  Society 

The  roles  and  status  of  women  in  contem- 
porary societies  are  examined  using  an 
historical  and  comparative  approach.  The 
course  integrates  theory  of  sexual  inequality 
and  its  relation  to  other  forms  of  social 
inequality  and  empirical  analysis  of  the 
actual  conditions  of  women.  Women's 


participation  in  social  movements  in  the  U.S. 
and  Third  World  countries  is  addressed  as 
part  of  the  analysis  of  the  changing  roles 
and  statuses  of  women.  Cross-listed  as 
WMS  324. 

Soc  325  or  ANT  325  three  credits  E 
Sex,  Marriage  and  Family 

A  survey  of  basic  human  patterns  of 
bonding  and  reproduction  in  different 
cultures,  through  human  evolution  to 
modern  times,  focusing  on  an  exploration  of 
issues  surrounding  sex,  marriage  and  family 
in  contemporary  society. 

SOC  327  or  ANT  327  three  credits 
Myth  and  Ritual 

Prerequisite:  ANT  1 1 1  or  1 13 
Exploration  of  the  significance  of  myth  and 
ritual  and  the  history  of  their  study.  Myths 
and  rituals  of  a  world  wide  sample  are 
analyzed  from  functional,  structural,  and 
symbolic  points  of  view. 

SOC  328  or  ANT  328  three  credits 
Cultural  Ecology 

The  study  of  culture  and  society  from  an 
anthropological  and  ecological  approach, 
focusing  on  the  interaction  between  human 
societies  and  their  natural  environment. 

SOC  330  three  credits 

Blacks  and  Whites  in  America 

A  multimedia  course  focusing  on  the  social 
and  cultural  similarities  and  differences 
between  Blacks  and  Whites  in  America. 
National  survey  data,  field  studies,  biogra- 
phies, autobiographies  along  with  novels 
and  films  are  included  among  the  materials 
analyzed.  Students  will  also  be  taught  the 
fundamentals  of  survey  data  analysis  using 
personal  computers. 

SOC  331  three  credits 
Race  and  Ethnicity 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  1 1 1  or  1 13 
A  study  of  the  concepts  of  "race"  and 
"ethnic  group"  and  the  role  these  concepts 
play  in  social  interaction  and  social 
differentiation. 

SOC  332  or  ANT  332  three  credits  D 
Portuguese  in  the  Americas 

The  history,  culture,  identities,  and  experi- 
ences of  Portuguese  who  have  emigrated  to 
the  Americas.  Emphasis  is  on  the  formation 
of  the  Portuguese-American  communities  in 
southeastern  Massachusetts.  Published 
research  will  be  examined  and  class  research 
projects  will  be  assigned  in  the  local 
community.  Students  conduct  research 
projects  and  oral  histories  in  the  local 


Portuguese  community  which  are  published 
on  a  web  site. 

SOC  334  three  credits 
Sociology  of  Food 

A  look  at  ancient  and  modern  food 
production  and  its  environmental  impact. 
Diet  and  nutrition;  population  pressure  and 
hunger;  the  politics  of  food;  and,  modern 
food  processing  and  its  implications  are  all 
subjects  of  study. 

SOC  335  three  credits 
Social  Policy 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  203 
An  analysis  of  the  relationship  between 
social  needs  and  societal  response  with  an 
examination  of  the  effectiveness  of  current 
policies  in  meeting  human  needs.  The 
policies  selected  for  analysis  will  be 
programs  and  provisions  directed  toward  a 
specific  population,  e.g.  elderly,  women, 
etc.  The  policies  to  be  studied  will  focus  on 
a  particular  substantive  area  and  may 
change  with  each  semester  that  the  course 
is  offered. 

SOC  336  three  credits 
Women  and  Social  Policy 

Family  policy  issues  in  the  U.S.  such  as 
childcare,  family  leave,  job  equity,  and 
marriage  and  family  relationships.  U.S. 
public  policy  is  compared  with  that  of  other 
countries.  Cross-listed  as  WMS  336. 

SOC  337  or  ANT  337  three  credits  D 
Comparative  Ethnic  Relations 

A  comparative  analysis  of  interracial  and 
interethnic  relations  in  various  areas  of  the 
world  including  the  U.S.,  Latin  America, 
Africa,  and  Europe.  An  examination  of  the 
causes  of  interethnic  conflict,  assimilation, 
ethnic  solidarity,  and  changes  in  ethnic 
identity.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  337. 

SOC  340  three  credits 
Law  and  Society 

Investigation  of  problems  in  the  sociology  of 
law,  including  lawmaking  processes; 
administration  justice  and  correctional 
systems.  Comparative  analysis  of  legal 
systems  and  their  administration. 

SOC  341  three  credits 
Community  Organizing 

An  analysis  of  the  theory  and  practice  of 
community  organizing  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  development  of  social 
action  and  community  development 
techniques  on  the  grass-roots  level.  This 
course  will  be  conducted  as  a  seminar  with 
student  participation  expected  in  class 


181 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


discussions.  In  addition,  mini-lectures,  field 
simulations,  role-playing,  guest  speakers, 
and  field  observations  will  be  utilized. 
(Formerly  SOC  240)  Cross-listed  as  LST  341 
and  WMS  341 

SOC  342  three  credits 
Organization  of  Criminal  Behavior 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  equivalent 
Sociological  approaches  to  the  study  of 
crime  typologies.  Criminal  behavior  is  best 
explained  when  broken  down  into  types. 
After  discussing  the  construction  of  types  of 
crimes,  there  will  be  an  exploration  of  the 
systems  within  which  criminal  behavior 
develops. 

SOC  345  or  ANT  345  three  credits 
Human  Evolution 

A  systematic  and  multidisciplinary  approach 
to  the  origin  and  evolution,of  the  human 
species  from  its  primate  ancestors.  Topics 
include  the  evolutionary  relationships  of  the 
various  groups  of  modern  primates,  the 
divergence  and  physical  evolution  of  the 
human  lineage  and  origin  of  modern  Homo 
Sapiens.  In  addition  an  attempt  is  made  to 
correlate  our  knowledge  of  the  behavior  of 
the  nonhuman  primates,  ethnography, 
fossils,  and  archeology  so  as  to  gain  insights 
into  the  origins  and  evolution  of  human 
social  behavior  and  our  distinctive  cultural 
adaptation. 

SOC  350  or  ANT  350  three  credits 
Readings  in  Sociological  and 
Anthropological  Literature  I 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Directed  readings  and  analysis  in  selected 
sociological  topics.  Cross-listed  as  WMS  350 
with  appropriate  topic. 

SOC  351  or  ANT  351  three  credits 
Readings  in  Sociological  and 
Anthropological  Literature  II 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Directed  readings  and  analysis  in  selected 
sociological  topics. 

SOC  352  or  ANT  352  three  credits 
Readings  in  Sociological  and 
Anthropological  Literature  III 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Directed  readings  and  analysis  in  selected 
sociological  topics. 

SOC  353  three  credits 
Readings  in  Sociological 
Literature  IV 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Directed  readings  and  analysis  in  selected 
sociological  topics.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  353 


with  appropriate  topic 

SOC  355  three  credits 
Social  Work  Practice 

Prerequisite:  SOC  203 

The  knowledge,  values  and  skills  that  under- 
lie social  work  practice.  We  will  consider  the 
roles  that  social  workers  assume,  the 
settings  in  which  they  work  and  the 
methods  of  intervention  that  are  used  in 
working  with  individual,  groups,  and 
communities.  Issues  related  to  cross-cultural 
social  work  will  also  be  explored. 

SOC  356  three  credits 

Wealth,  Status,  and  Power  in  America 

The  study  of  the  various  ways  in  which 
different  societies  assign  their  members  to 
higher  and  lower  positions  of  prestige, 
power,  and  possessions.  A  sociological 
analysis  of  the  ways  in  which  a  person's 
stratified  rank  influences  personality  and 
life-opportunities  in  society.  Cross-listed  as 
LST  356. 

SOC  357  three  credits 
Justice  and  Society 

Prerequisites:  SOC  101  or  equivalent  and 
junior  status;  or  permission  of  instructor 
An  introduction  to  the  wider  cultural  and 
legal  contexts  of  the  criminal  justice  system. 
The  course  draws  on  the  sociology  of  law 
and  the  police,  as  well  as  the  functioning  of 
the  courts  in  order  to  understand  the 
concept  of  law,  the  notion  of  the  "rule  of 
law,"  due  process,  and  the  role  of  constraint 
in  law  enforcement  in  a  democratic  society. 

SOC  358  three  credits 
Criminological  Theory 

Prerequisites:  SOC  101  or  equivalent  and 
upper-division  standing 
A  review  of  the  principal  forms  of  explana- 
tion in  the  social  sciences,  including 
environmental,  psycho-social,  economic, 
and  sociological.  Application  of  these 
approaches  is  extended  to  various  forms  of 
behavior  including  crime  and  delinquency 
through  the  work  of  Durkheim,  Lombroso, 
Freud,  Merton,  Sutherland,  Lemert, 
Chambliss,  and  others. 

SOC  361  or  ANT  361  three  credits 
Peoples  and  Cultures  of  Europe 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  ANT  1 1 1  or  SOC/ 
ANT  113 

An  examination  of  selected  societies  of 
Europe  from  an  anthropological  perspective, 
with  special  attention  paid  to  rural-urban 
relations  and  to  processes  of  transformation 
and  development.  An  attempt  will  also  be 
made  to  account  for  the  similarities  and 


differences  of  the  peoples  and  societies 
studied 

SOC  362  or  ANT  362  three  credits 
Peoples  and  Cultures  of  the  World 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  ANT  1 1 1  or  SOC/ 
ANT  113 

Classic  ethnographies  and  films  of  peoples 
in  the  pre-Columbian  Americas,  Africa, 
Melanesia  and  the  Orient.  The  course 
features  cross  cultural  exploration  through 
the  works  of  anthropologists  like 
Malinowski,  Benedict,  Evans-Pntchard  and 
Levi-Strauss  and  of  indigenous  peoples  like 
Black  Elk.  The  anthropological  concepts  and 
methods  of  the  authors  are  contrast  and 
effects  of  different  levels  of  development  on 
lifestyles  are  considered. 

SOC  363  or  ANT  363  three  credits  G 
Environment  and  Development 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  ANT  1 1 1  or  SOC/ 
ANT  1 1 3 

A  search  for  social  change  which  will 
improve  conditions  for  all  and  be  beneficial 
to  the  long-run  survival  and  future  of  the 
planet  and  our  human  species.  The  course 
discusses  action  strategies  for  constructive 
group  living  by  self-reliant  participation  in 
productive  activities  on  local  levels  and 
beyond. 

SOC  372  or  ANT  372  three  credits 
Peace  Studies 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101,  ANT  1 1 1,  or  SOC/ 
ANT  1 1 3 

A  study  of  peaceful,  non-violent  societies 
and  observation  of  the  processes  and 
conditions  that  shape  relations  of  peace  and 
non-violence  The  course  presents  evidence 
that  our  human  potential  for  peaceful 
relationships  is  strong  and  is  a  long- 
standing part  of  our  human  behavior. 
Studies  of  peace  suggest  we  have  the  ability 
to  find  new  approaches  to  the  attainment 
of  peace  in  our  own  violent  and  warlike 
time. 

SOC  381  three  credits 

Social  Impact  of  Science  and  Technology 

A  look  at  the  scientific  and  technological 
world  views:  the  claim  that  tools  are  value- 
free,  that  knowledge  (software,  etc.)  should 
be  property;  that  natural  and  social  reality 
should  be  quantified. 

SOC  400  three  credits 
Special  Topic 

Prerequisite:  Open  to  seniors  electing  the 
Criminal  Justice  option,  or  by  permission  of 
instructor 

Selected  topics  such  as  juvenile  delinquency, 


182 


probation  and  parole,  white  collar  crime, 
and  related  topics  in  criminal  justice  will  be 
offered.  May  be  repeated  with  change 
content. 

SOC  401  or  ANT  401  three  credits 
Research  Methods 

Prerequisites:  SOC  101  or  ANT  1 1 1  or  SOC 
1 1 3  or  ANT  1 1 3;  and  one  advanced  course 
in  a  social  science. 

Language  and  social  inquiry;  issues  related 
to  ideas  of  knowing,  explaining,  understand- 
ing, confirming,  etc.;  valuative  and  effective 
elements  in  inquiry;  empirical  testability  of 
propositions;  quantitative  and  qualitative 
procedures  of  data  collection  and  analysis; 
study  of  example  cases. 

SOC  402  three  credits 
Sociological  Theory 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  SOC  1 13  or  ANT 
1 13;  and  one  advanced  sociology  course. 
The  synthesizing  and  integrative  functions  of 
theory  in  the  sociological  enterprise.  The 
course  seeks  to  awaken  an  awareness  of  the 
nature  and  role  of  concepts  in  theory 
construction,  and  to  highlight  the  gains  and 
losses  which  accrue  in  all  linguistic  state- 
ments about  the  world.  The  work  of  Marx, 
Durkheim,  Weber,  Veblen,  Sorokin,  G.H. 
Mead,  and  R.K.  Merton  are  given  special 
attention,  both  as  pioneering  examples  of 
theoretical  innovation  and  as  substantive 
points  of  departure  for  future  inquiry.  Cross- 
listed  as  LST  402. 

ANT  405  three  credits 
Anthropological  Theory 

Prerequisite:  ANT  1 1 1  or  ANT  113 
An  analysis  of  the  major  theoretical 
orientations  of  anthropologists  toward  the 
two  central  anthropological  questions:  the 
nature  and  origin  of  the  human  species  and 
the  nature  and  origin  of  culture  and 
civilization. 

SOC  407  or  ANT  407  three  or 
six  credits 
Field  Inquiry 

Prerequisites:  SOC  101  or  ANT  1 1 1,  or  SOC 
1 13  or  ANT  1 13;  and  one  advanced  course 
in  social  science;  and  permission  of 
instructor. 

Research  problem  formulation,  study  design, 
and  the  gathering  and  analysis  of  data  in 
Sociology  and  Anthropology,  with  primary 
emphasis  upon  field  work.  In  addition  to 
reading  and  seminar  discussions,  each 
student  will  participate  throughout  the 
seminar  in  supervised  field  inquiry.  Interested 
students  should  talk  with  the  instructor 
about  field  work  possibilities  and  arrange- 


ments. Upon  the  approval  of  the  instructor, 
students  may  register  for  either  three  or  six 
semester  hours  in  a  single  semester  or  three 
semester  hours  in  each  of  two  successive 
semesters. 

SOC  408  three  credits 
Social  Service  Internship 

Prerequisites:  SOC  203,  355 
This  course  will  provide  students  with  the 
opportunity  to  integrate  social  work  theory 
with  practice.  Students  will  intern  with  an 
agency/organization  in  the  community  or  on 
campus  and  will  meet  as  a  seminar  to 
analyze  and  reflect  upon  their  experiences 
and  to  further  develop  skills  and  knowledge 
about  the  social  services  in  our  society. 

SOC  420  or  ANT  420  three  credits 
Senior  Seminar 

Prerequisites:  For  seniors  only;  permission  of 
instructor  required 

Students  will  discuss  and  write  papers  on 
aspects  of  a  subject  chosen  for  the 
semester. 

SOC  430  three  credits 

Seminar  on  Advanced  Problems  in 

Sociological  Theory  I 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Selected  theoretical  problems,  theorists  or 
schools  of  thought  examined  in  depth. 

SOC  431  three  credits 

Seminar  on  Advanced  Problems  in 

Sociological  Theory  II 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Selected  theoretical  problems,  theorists  or 
schools  of  thought  examined  in  depth. 

SOC  450  three  credits 
Internship 

Prerequisite:  Senior  sociology  major  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Students  registering  for  this  course  are 
placed  in  relevant  positions  in  the  criminal 
justice  system,  such  as  a  parole  office,  court, 
or  correctional  facility,  where  their  work  will 
be  supervised  by  an  on-site  sponsor  as  well 
as  Departmental  advisor. 

SOC  492  or  ANT  492  variable  credit 
Honors  Research 

Research  project  under  independent  faculty 
supervision,  by  permission. 


SOC  495  or  ANT  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

SOC  196,  296,  396,  496  or 

ANT  196,  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 

Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


183 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Earle  P.  Charlton 
College  of  Business 


The  Earle  P.  Charlton  College  of  Business 
serves  three  distinct  and  important  stakehold- 
ers: undergraduate  and  graduate  majors, 
students  from  other  academic  units  in  the 
university,  and  the  broader  professional  and 
business  community. 

The  Charlton  College  offers  five  undergradu- 
ate programs  in  business,  all  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  These  programs 
are  designed  to  prepare  the  graduate  for 
careers  in  administration,  research,  and  teach- 
ing; or  for  graduate  study. 

The  College  also  offers  a  minor  in  Business 
Administration  that  helps  non-College  majors 
acquire  an  understanding  of  business 
essentials.  College  majors  have  an  option  to 
add  a  Certificate  in  International  Business. 


Students  in  the  Charlton  College  of  Business 
engage  in  projects  and  case  studies  that 
involve  all  areas  of  business-marketing,  man- 
agement, finance,  systems  development,  and 
accounting.  Each  student's  studies  combine 
real  breadth-through  courses  in  arts,  humani- 
ties, sciences,  and  social  sciences;  foundation 
knowledge  in  accounting,  behavioral  science, 
economics,  and  mathematics  and  statistics; 
oral  and  written  communication-with  the 
advanced  specialization  of  a  major  field. 
Students  will  also  gain  an  understanding  of 
ethical  and  global  issues;  political,  social,  legal, 
environmental,  and  technological  issues;  and 
the  impact  of  diversity  on  organizations. 

The  Charlton  College  of  Business  is  accredited 
by  AACSB  International  (Association  to 
Advance  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business). 


College  Mission  Statement 


Accreditation 


General  Requirements  for 
Undergraduate  Programs 


The  Earle  P.  Charlton  College  of  Business 
provides  a  strong  basic  business  education 
that  challenges  students  and  meets  the 
needs  of  the  southeastern  Massachusetts 
business  community  and  beyond.  Grounded 
in  excellent  general  education  programs,  the 
college  provides  quality  undergraduate 
programs  in  Accounting,  Business  Informa- 
tion Systems,  Finance,  Management,  and 
Marketing.  The  MBA  program  provides 
continuing  leadership  education  for  the 
region  and  beyond.  The  college  encourages 
students  to  be  lifelong  learners  through 
faculty  commitment  to  scholarly  endeavor 
and  active  involvement  in  the  business 
profession  and  community. 

The  purpose  of  our  business  programs  is  to 
instill  in  our  students  a  knowledge  of  the 
best  business  practices;  ethical  questions; 
and  the  influence  of  environmental,  legal 
and  regulatory,  political,  social,  global,  and 
technological  factors  on  the  success  of 
organizational  activities. 


The  Charlton  College  of  Business  is 
accredited  by  AACSB  International  (Associa- 
tion to  Advance  Collegiate  Schools  of 
Business).  The  College  is  also  a  member  of 
this  organization. 


The  College's  five  business  major  programs 
focus  on  interrelations  among  business 
enterprise,  the  economy,  and  society. 
Students  develop  skills  in  the  use  of 
quantitative  data  and  theoretical  tools  in 
analyzing  problems  related  to  business  and 
the  economy.  They  are  also  assisted  in 
developing  the  skills  and  intellectual 
capacities  which  foster  mature  and 
competent  judgement. 

Students  enrolled  as  business  majors 
complete  a  common  program  of  study 
during  the  first  two  years.  This 
lower-division  program  emphasizes  a 
general  education  background  with  courses 
in  the  humanities,  mathematics,  and  both 
social  and  natural  sciences.  The  objective  of 
this  approach  is  to  provide  a  foundation  of 
work  in  those  academic  areas  necessary  for 
the  appropriate  combination  of  descriptive 
and  analytical  skill  development  to  the  study 
of  business. 


Earle  P.  Charlton 


At  its  February  1997  meeting,  the  University 
of  Massachusetts  Board  of  Trustees  voted  to 
name  the  College  of  Business  at  UMass 
Dartmouth  the  Earle  P.  Charlton  College  of 
Business.  The  name  honors  Earle  P. 
Charlton,  a  co-founder  of  the  F.  W. 
Woolworth  Company,  who  began  his  retail 
empire  in  1890  in  Fall  River,  Massachusetts 
and  acknowledges  a  substantial  gift  to  the 
College  by  the  Charlton  Charitable  Trust. 

In  the  words  of  his  grandson,  Earle  P. 
Charlton  II,  "This  is  the  American  Dream. 
My  grandfather  started  with  nothing  and 
built  an  empire  of  53  stores  across  New 
England  to  the  Pacific  Coast  and  in  Canada. 
He  was  an  inspiration  to  me,  my  hero.  He 
wanted  to  make  a  difference  in  the  world." 

The  gift  acknowledges  a  strong  belief  in  the 
value  of  public  education  in  our  society  and 
in  the  importance  of  private  support  for  it. 
His  grandfather  "never  had  the  opportunity 
to  go  to  college,"  explains  Earle  P.  Charlton 
II,  yet  "I  know  he  would  be  extremely  proud 
to  give  to  these  students  ...  the  opportu- 
nity to  get  the  education  he  missed." 


Graduate  Program 

An  MBA  program  is  offered  by  the  Earle  P. 
Charlton  College  of  Business.  See  the 
Graduate  Catalogue  for  graduate  general 
and  program  requirements. 


Transfer  of  Community  and  Junior  College  Credit 

Generally,  lower-level  business  course  credits  (first  and  second  year  courses)  can  be 
transferred  from  junior  and  community  colleges,  assuming  the  course  work  is  comparable  to 
that  offered  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  All  transfer  credits  to  apply  toward  the  degree  are  given 
at  the  discretion  of  the  College. 

The  following  courses  from  Bristol  Community  College  will  be  accepted  as  equivalent  to  the 
following  UMass  Dartmouth  courses: 


Bristol  Community  College: 

MAN  1 1  Principles  of  Management 

ACC  11,12  Accounting  I  &  II 

BUS  51  Business  Law 

BUS  53  Corporation  Finance 

MAR  1 1  Principles  of  Marketing 

CPR  1 1  /CIS  1 1  Intro,  to  Data  Processing 


UMass  Dartmouth: 

MGT  31 1 
ACT  21 1,  212 
MGT  312 
FIN  312 
MKT  21 1 
BIS  101 


Organizational  Behavior 
Accounting  I  &  II 
Legal  Framework  Business 
Financial  Management 
Principles  of  Marketing 
Business  Organization 


Comparable  courses  from  other  community  colleges  will  also  be  accepted  as  equivalent  to 
these  UMass  Dartmouth  courses. 

Transfer  students  from  community  colleges  must  comply  with  the  university  requirement  to 
complete  at  least  60  credits  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  Furthermore,  a  student  needs  to  complete 
at  least  30  credits  of  upper-level  business  courses  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  Business  elective 
courses  taken  at  the  100  or  200  level  cannot  be  transferred  for  upper-division  business 
elective  credit,  nor  can  they  be  transferred  as  non-business  electives. 


185 


College  of  Business 


General  Education  and  Core  Business  Requirements 


Change  of  Major  to  Business 


Each  business  student  is  required  to  complete 
a  sequence  of  courses  called  the  Core 
Business  Requirements.  In  addition,  each 
student  who  will  graduate  with  the  class  of 
2002  must  complete  the  UMass  Dartmouth 
general  education  requirement;  others  are 
held  to  the  college's  distribution  require- 
ments. Students  take  60  credits  of  their 
graduation  requirements  from  outside  the 
College  of  Business.  The  remaining  60  credits 
are  in  courses  from  within  the  College, 
making  up  the  Core  Business  Requirements 
as  well  as  the  student's  Major  Requirements. 

The  majors  in  the  College  of  Business  meet 
the  General  Education  requirements  in  the 
following  manner  (some  of  the  following 
statements  are  still  in  process  of  receiving 
committee  review  and  approval): 

Tier  1  Information  and  Computer  Literacy; 

Writing  Skills  ENL  101,  102 
I    Information  &  Computer  Literacy  (Tier  II) 

GBA  101;  MGT210,  21 1;  ACT  212;  BIS 

315/ACT355 
W  Writing  Intensive  ENL  265  (Tier  II) 
O  Oral  Skills  ENL  265 
M  Mathematics  MTH  107 
E   Ethics  12  hours  within  the  Core  Business 

Requirement  (integrated  within  GBA101; 

ACT  21 1,212;  MKT  211;  MGT311;  MGT 

312;  MGT  345;  BIS  315/ACT  355;  FIN 

312;  and  MGT  490) 
C  Cultural  and  Artistic  Literacy 

9  credits  from  Gen  Ed  list 
S   Natural  Science  and  Technology  6  credits, 

from  Gen  Ed  list 
G  Global  Awareness  3  credits,  from  either 

ECO  231  or  232 
D  Diversity  3  credits  from  Gen  Ed  list 

In  addition,  students  in  the  Charlton  College 
of  Business  will  take  six  credits  of  social 
sciences  (distribution  requirement). 


Courses  offered  outside  the  Business 
Curriculum 

Credits 


ENL  101,  102   Critical  Writing  and 

Reading  I  &  II  6 

MTH  107        Elements  of  College 

Math  Enhanced  3 

ECO  231,  232  Principles  of  Micro/ 

Macroeconomics  6 

ENL  265         Business  Communica- 
tions 3 

MGT  210,211  Business  Statistics  I  &  II  6 
Cultural  and  Artistic 
Literacy  9 
Diversity  course  3 
Natural  Science/ 
Technology  6 
Social  science  electives  6 
Non-business  electives  12 

Core  Business  Requirement 

GBA  101,  102  Business  Organization  3 
ACT  211,212  Principles  of  Accounting 

I  &  II  6 

MKT  211         Principles  of  Marketing  3 

MGT  311  Organizational  Behavior  3 
MGT  312        Legal  Framework  of 

Business  3 

FIN  312  Financial  Management  3 

BIS  31 5  Business  Information 

Systems  3 


(Accounting  majors  take 
ACT  355  Accounting  Info. 
Systems) 

MGT  333        Quantitative  Business 

Analysis  3 
MGT  345  Operations  Management  3 
MGT  490        Strategic  Management 

and  Policy  Formulation  3 


Students  will  be  admitted  to  the  college  if 
they  meet  one  of  the  following  two  criteria: 

They  must  have  a  G PA  of  2.5  or  higher  after 
a  minimum  of  24  credit  hours  or  they  must 
be  in  overall  good  academic  standing  in 
their  current  major  and  have  a  GPA  of  2.7 
or  higher  in  the  following  core  business 
courses:  ACT  21 1,  ACT  212.  MGT  210  or 
MGT  212,  and  one  of  the  following:  FIN 
312,  MGT312.and  MKT211. 

Non-Business  majors  are  prohibited  by 
AACSB  from  taking  more  than  21  credit 
hours  of  business  courses.  In  addition,  Non- 
Business  majors  may  not  take  300/400  level 
courses  within  any  of  the  business  majors 
without  permission  of  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  of  the  Charlton  College  of  Business. 


Dual  Major  Requirements  for  the 
College  of  Business 

All  students  who  select  a  dual  major 
within  the  College  of  Business  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  24  credit  hours  for 
the  second  business  major.  This  will  bring 
the  graduation  requirement  to  at  least  144 
credit  hours  for  dual  majors 


186 


Business  Administration  Minor 


General  Business  Course 


The  Minor  in  Business  Administration  is 
designed  for  non-College  of  Business 
students  whose  objective  is  to  acquire  an 
understanding  of  business  essentials  to 
supplement  their  own  area  of  expertise.  By 
selecting  a  Minor  in  Business  Administration, 
a  non-business  major  can  open  both 
educational  and  career  opportunities  in 
business  as  a  secondary  area  of  study.  For 
the  non-business  student  who  is  planning 
on  entering  a  Masters  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration program,  the  completion  of  the 
Minor  in  Business  administration  would 
satisfy  part  of  the  foundation  requirements 
of  the  UMass  Dartmouth  MBA  program,  as 
well  as  MBA  programs  offered  at  other 
institutions. 


Admission  to  the  Minor 

Any  undergraduate  degree  candidate,  at 
UMass  Dartmouth,  with  a  declared  major 
other  than  one  in  the  College  of  Business, 
who  has  a  GPA  of  2.4  or  higher  in  ACT  21 1, 
and  one  of  the  following:  FIN  312,  MGT 
312,  and  MKT  211,  and  is  in  good  academic 
standing  in  the  major  will  be  admitted  into 
the  minor.  Applications  for  admission  should 
be  made  to  Richard  F.  Golen,  Assistant  Dean 
for  Undergraduate  Programs,  Charlton 
College  of  Business. 


Minor  Coordinator 
Richard  F.  Golen 

Assistant  Dean  of  Undergraduate  Programs 
Charlton  College  of  Business 


Requirements 

Complete  the  following  core  courses  Credits 

MKT  211  Principles  of  Marketing  3 
ECO  231      Principles  of 

Microeconomics  3 

ACT  2 1 1      Principles  of  Accounting  I  3 

MGT  311     Organizational  Behavior  3 


GBA  101,  102  one  and  one  half  credits 
each  semester  E 

The  Business  Organization  I,  II 

Prerequisite:  Freshman  only 
A  two-semester,  cross-discipline  course  for 
first-year  day  students,  the  first  business 
core  course.  It  introduces  first-year  business 
majors  to  the  world  of  business  and 
enriches  their  first-year  experience.  It 
provides  students  with  an  overview  of 
business,  its  environment  and  its  sub- 
systems (e.g.  operations,  marketing, 
accounting,  finance,  and  information 
systems);  enhances  their  information  and 
computer  skills;  and  develops  their  team- 
working  skills  and  attitude.  Informational 
and  advising  sessions  help  students  make 
decisions  in  areas  such  as  the  selection  of 
courses,  a  major,  a  career,  and  the 
utilization  of  on-campus  student  resources. 
This  course  meets  for  one-hour  per-week 
for  each  semester  during  the  student's  first 
year  in  the  Charlton  College  of  Business. 
(Formerly  offered  as  BIS  101.) 

Transfer  students,  change  of  major,  and 
students  enrolled  in  the  Division  of  Continu- 
ing Education  will  substitute,  later  in  their 
program,  a  300  or  400-level  business  elective 
for  GBA  101/102. 


Select  three  courses  from  the  following 

ACT  2 1 2  Principles  of  Accounting  II 

BIS  315  Information  Systems 

FIN  312  Business  Finance 

MGT  365  Managing  People: 

Theory  and  Practice 

MGT  312  Legal  Framework  of  Business 

MGT  345  Operations  Management 


Prerequisites 
ACT  21 1 

ACT  212,  ECO  231 
MGT  333 


Total:  21 

At  least  five  of  these  courses  must  be  completed  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 

Course  descriptions  will  be  found  in  the  appropriate  sections  of  the  Catalogue. 

Certain  courses  may  require  prerequisites,  and  students  must  meet  the  prerequisites  prior  to 
enrolling  in  any  course  within  the  minor. 


Admission  to  any  of  the  majors  in  the  Charlton  College  of  Business  is  a  competitive  process. 


187 


College  of  Business 


Certificate  in  International  Business 


The  International  Business  Certificate 
Program  offers  a  unique  opportunity  for 
students  to  gain  exposure  to  international 
business  through  a  combination  of 
coursework  and  travel  in  an  overseas 
setting. 

The  program  is  open  to  College  of  Business 
degree  students  who  are  interested  in 
international  business. 

The  Certificate  consists  of  21  credit  hours, 
which  must  include  an  overseas  experience 
(see  below),  and  will  be  awarded  with  the 
diploma  at  graduation,  providing  that  the 
student  has  at  least  a  2.5  GPA  in  the 
Certificate  Courses. 

The  overseas  experience  can  be  fulfilled  in 
one  of  the  following  ways: 

•  UMD/CCB  sponsored  course  that  has  a 
minimum  overseas  stay  of  2  weeks; 

•  A  semester  abroad  at  a  partner 
university; 

•  A  summer  session  at  a  partner 
university; 

•  A  year  abroad  at  a  partner  university 

During  the  course  of  the  overseas 
experience  students  may  take  up  to  6 
credits  of  course  work  (or  their  equivalent) 
which  would  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the 
Certificate. 


Certificate  Requirements 

Courses  in  Foreign  Language  (6  credits) 
Elementary  or  Intermediate  Level 

Required  Upper  Division  Elective  courses 

Courses  in  Business  (3  credits) 
Choose  one  from  the  following: 
MGT420  International  Management 
MKT  420  International  Marketing 
FIN  494    International  Financial  Manage- 
ment 

Course  in  Economics  or  Political  Science 
(3  credits) 

Choose  one  from  the  following: 
ECO  371  International  Trade 
ECO  372  International  Finance 
PSC  360  Politics  and  Governments  of 

Western  Europe 
PSC  361   Chinese  Government  and  Politics 
PSC  363  Politics  and  Government  of  the 

Middle  East 
PSC  381   Contemporary  International 

Relations 

PSC  393  Portugal  and  the  European  Union 
PSC  394  The  Politics  of  European 

Integration 
PSC  395  Politics  and  Development  of 

Modern  Portugal 

Additional  Upper  Division  Elective  courses 
(3  credits) 

Any  300  or  400  level  advanced  course  in 

the  chosen  foreign  language 
Any  300  or  400  level  course  in  history  or 

sociology,  which  focuses  on  the  history 

or  culture  of  the  chosen  foreign 

language 

General  Elective  Courses  (6  credits) 
Any  200  level  (or  above)  course  (or  courses) 
in  the  chosen  foreign  language  not  used 
to  satisfy  the  Language  Requirement 
above. 

Any  economics  or  political  science  course  in 
international  issues  not  used  to  satisfy 
the  Economics  or  Political  Science 
elective  above 

Any  history  or  sociology  course  in  history  or 
culture  of  the  chosen  foreign  language 
not  used  to  satisfy  the  Additional  Upper 
Division  Elective  course  above 


Coordinator 
Richard  F.  Golen 

Assistant  Dean  of  Undergraduate  Programs 
Charlton  College  of  Business 


The  Assistant  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Programs  must  approve  certificate 
participants'  course  programs.  Other 
courses  may  be  substituted  at  the  discretion 
of  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Assistant 
Dean  for  Undergraduate  Programs. 


188 


Accounting  and  Finance 


Accounting  Major 

BS  degree 


Faculty  and 
Fields  of  Interest 


The  Department  of  Accounting  and  Finance 
offers  two  major  programs  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  Accounting 
program  is  designed  to  prepare  graduates 
for  a  variety  of  careers  in  accounting 
through  a  curriculum  that  emphasizes 
technical  accounting  knowledge  and  the 
development  of  analytical,  problem  solving 
and  computer  skills.  The  Finance  program  is 
designed  to  produce  graduates  who  can 
apply  financial  concepts  and  analytical  skills 
for  use  in  investment  analysis  and  financial 
planning. 


Michael  H.  Anderson  financial  institutions, 
corporate  finance,  international  finance 

C.  Richard  Baker  (chairperson)  financial 
accounting  and  auditing 

Michael  Griffin  finance,  investments, 
accounting 

Raymond  Jackson  (interim  dean, 
Charlton  College  of  Business)  finance, 
financial  planning 

Frederick  Jones  information  systems, 
financial  accounting 

Jeanne  H.  LaFond  accounting  theory  and 
taxation 

Lawrence  B.  Logan  corporate  accounting 

Kooros  Maskooki  corporate  finance, 
international  finance 

Deborah  Prentice  accounting 

Trib  Puri  corporate  finance,  international 
finance 


The  accounting  profession  plays  an  essential 
role  in  a  modern  economy  by  providing  a 
flow  of  financial  information  necessary  for 
problem  solving  and  decision-making  by 
managers  within  an  organization  and  by 
investors,  leaders,  and  government 
agencies.  Accountants  are  important 
members  of  an  organization's  decision- 
making team.  Managers  rely  on  accountants 
for  financial  planning,  budgeting,  and 
interpretation  of  financial  results.  Students 
learn  how  to  provide  information  that  is 
relevant  and  appropriate  for  a  variety  of 
decisions  that  managers  must  make. 

Investors,  lenders,  government  agencies, 
and  other  external  parties  also  rely  on 
accountants  and  auditors  to  provide 
accurate  and  reliable  financial  statements 
about  an  organization.  Students  learn  how 
to  apply  accounting  concepts,  standards, 
and  regulations  in  preparing,  auditing,  and 
analyzing  financial  statements. 

Because  accounting  is  an  information 
system,  there  is  substantial  emphasis  in  the 
program  on  computer  and  information 
technology  skills,  including  the  use  of 
accounting,  spreadsheet,  and  database 
applications  as  well  as  the  use  of  technology 
for  accounting  and  tax  research. 

The  accounting  program  provides  a  strong 
foundation  for  pursuit  of  a  career  in  private 
or  public  accounting,  or  for  further 
education  in  graduate  school.  In  private 
accounting,  students  may  prepare  for 
certification  as  a  Certified  Management 
Accountant  (CMA).  Preparation  for  a  career 
as  a  Certified  Public  Accountant  (CPA)  has 
been  enhanced  by  state  regulations  that 
now  require  1 50  hours  of  education  prior  to 
certification.  Students  interested  in  a  public 
accounting  career  should  talk  with  a  faculty 
member  to  consider  ways  of  achieving  the 
1 50-hour  requirement. 


189 


College  of  Business 


Requirements  Accounting  Courses 


Credits 

General  Requirements  —  Years  One  and  Two 

54 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

6 

MTH  107 

Elements  of  College  Math  Enhanced 

3 

MGT  212 

Business  Statistics 

3 

GBA  101,  102 

The  Business  Organization  I,  II 

3 

ENL 265 

Business  Communications 

3 

ECO  231,  232 

Principles  of  Micro/Macroeconomics 

6 

ACT  21 1,  212 

Principles  of  Accounting  I,  II 

6 

Cult./artistic  literacy 

9 

Diversity  course 

3 

Natural  science/technology 

6 

Social  science  electives 

6 

Core  Business  Requirements 

24 

MKT  21 1 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3 

MGT  311 

Organizational  Behavior 

3 

ACT  355 

Accounting  Information  Systems 

3 

MGT  333 

Quantitative  Business  Analysis 

3 

FIN  312 

Financial  Management 

3 

MGT  312 

Legal  Framework  of  Business 

3 

MGT  345 

Operations  Management 

3 

MGT  490 

Strategic  Management  and  Policy  Formulation 

3 

Core  Accounting  Requirements 

24 

ACT311,  312 

Intermediate  Accounting  I,  II 

6 

ACT  351 

Cost  Accounting 

3 

ACT  401 

Auditing 

3 

ACT  411 

Taxation 

3 

ACT  452 

Special  Topics  in  Accounting 

3 

ACT412 

Advanced  Taxation  OR 

6 

ACT  421 

Advanced  Financial  Accounting  OR 

ACT  431 

Advanced  Managerial  Accounting  OR 

FIN  493 

Financial  Management  of  Corporation 

Accounting/Business  Elective  3 

Any  300-  or  400-  level  course  in  College  of  Business  except  BIS  31  5 

Non-Business  Electives  15 

Courses  outside  the  College  of  Business 

Total  credits:  120 


ACT  211  three  credits  E 
Principles  of  Accounting  I 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 
Accounting  concepts  and  procedures, 
studied  through  the  analysis,  classification, 
recording,  and  summarizing  of  business 
transactions.  Financial  statements  are 
introduced  and  shown  to  be  a  source  of 
essential  information  for  management  and 
others  outside  of  the  business  Ethical  issues 
in  financial  reporting  are  considered. 

ACT  212  three  credits 
Principles  of  Accounting  II 

Prerequisites:  ACT  211,  sophomore  standing 
An  introduction  to  managerial  accounting 
emphasizing  how  managers  use  accounting 
data  within  their  organizations  for  planning, 
control,  and  making  decisions.  The  course  is 
structured  to  provide  a  foundation  of  cost 
terms,  systems  design,  cost  behavior, 
procedural  techniques  for  planning  and 
control,  performance  measurements,  and 
the  use  of  data  for  making  operational 
decisions.  Ethical  issues  in  managerial 
reporting  are  considered. 

ACT  311  three  credits 
Intermediate  Accounting  I 

Prerequisites:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  in  both 
ACT  2 1 1  and  2 1 2  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

The  first  of  two  courses  that  provide  a 
comprehensive  treatment  of  financial 
reporting  topics.  The  course  focuses  on  the 
conceptual,  procedural,  and  regulatory 
issues  involved  in  preparing  and  understand- 
ing corporate  financial  statements. 

ACT  312  three  credits 
Intermediate  Accounting  II 

Prerequisites:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  in  ACT 
31 1  and  at  least  junior  standing;  for 
business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
A  continuation  of  the  study  of  financial 
reporting  and  financial  statement  analysis 
that  begins  in  ACT  311. 


ACT  351  three  credits 
Cost  Accounting 

Prerequisites:  ACT  2 1 2  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
A  study  of  the  basic  concepts,  analyses,  uses 
and  procedures  of  cost  accounting;  cost 
accounting  as  a  managerial  tool  for  business 
strategy  and  implementation  of  operational 
decisions;  how  different  costs  are  used  for 
different  purposes;  ethical  issues  in 
operational  decisions. 


190 


ACT  355  three  credits  E 
Accounting  Information  Systems 

Prerequisites:  ACT  21 1,  BIS  101  or  ENL  102, 
or  permission  of  Assistant  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Programs;  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
A  study  of  the  design  and  implementation  of 
successful  accounting  systems.  Significant 
attention  is  devoted  to  the  relationship 
among  components  of  an  accounting 
system,  the  use  of  information  for  decision- 
making, and  internal  control.  Ethical  issues 
in  providing  and  using  information  are 
considered.  For  accounting  majors  and  non- 
business students  only.  Cannot  be  used  as  a 
business  elective  by  non-accounting  majors. 

ACT  399  three  credits 
Internship  in  Accounting 

Prerequisites:  At  least  junior  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean;  approved 
contract  filed  by  end  of  the  add/drop  period 
of  the  semester;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
Work  experience  at  a  specialized  level 
supervised  for  graded  academic  credit  by  a 
faculty  member  in  the  student's  major  field. 
Terms  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Students 
must  register  in  advance  to  receive  credit  for 
an  internship  in  the  Business  College. 
Deadline  for  registration  and  approval  for 
internship  contracts  is  the  end  of  the  add/ 
drop  period;  no  late  contracts  or  registra- 
tions will  be  accepted.  For  specific  proce- 
dures and  regulations,  see  section  of 
catalogue  on  Other  Learning  Experiences. 

ACT  401  three  credits 
Auditing 

Prerequisites:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  in  ACT 
3 1 1 ;  at  least  junior  standing;  for  business 
majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  dept.  chair 
A  study  of  the  audit  function  as  performed 
by  the  outside  public  accounting  firm.  All 
stages  are  covered:  planning  the  audit, 
gathering  evidence,  review  of  internal 
control  provisions,  development  of  working 
papers,  analysis  of  accounts,  preparation  of 
statements,  and  final  audit  report.  The  ethics 
of  the  accounting  profession  are  stressed 
throughout  the  course. 

ACT  402  three  credits 
Advanced  Auditing 

Prerequisites:  ACT  401  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
Contemporary  issues  and  problems  in 
auditing  and  assurance  services.  Topics  may 
include  application  of  auditing  concepts  and 


theory,  auditing  in  a  computerized 
environment,  application  of  judgment 
relative  to  assurance  services,  and  manage- 
ment of  risk  in  the  contemporary  environ- 
ment. 

ACT  410  three  credits 
Federal  Tax  Accounting 

Prerequisites:  ACT  2 1 2  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  not  for  accounting  majors;  for 
business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
Overview  of  the  federal,  state  and  local  tax 
laws  as  they  apply  to  individuals  and 
businesses.  This  course  focuses  on  specific 
tax  laws  which  apply  to  individuals, 
partnerships  and  corporations,  with 
emphasis  on  tax  planning  rather  than 
preparation  of  the  specific  tax  forms. 

ACT  411  three  credits 
Taxation 

Prerequisites:  ACT  2 1 2  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
A  study  of  federal  income  taxes.  Topics  will 
include  history  and  background  of  the 
federal  income  tax  system,  taxable  items, 
and  methods  of  computation.  Research  skills 
will  be  taught  and  competency  will  be 
developed  using  both  paper  and  electronic 
sources. 

ACT  412  three  credits 
Advanced  Taxation 

Prerequisites:  ACT  41 1  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
Comprehensive  tax  research  techniques 
applied  to  different  business  entities.  The 
course  will  enhance  both  research  and 
communication  skill  in  taxation. 

ACT  421  three  credits 
Advanced  Financial  Accounting 

Prerequisites:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  in  ACT 
31 1  and  ACT  312;  senior  standing;  for 
business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
Advanced  topics  in  financial  accounting. 
Students  will  become  familiar  with 
accounting  for  investments,  business 
combinations,  consolidated  financial 
statements,  and  foreign  currency  transla- 
tions. 

ACT  431  three  credits 

Advanced  Managerial  Accounting 

Prerequisites:  ACT  351  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
Advanced  concepts  and  methods  of  the 
flow  of  accounting  information  through  the 


organization.  The  course  emphasizes  uses  of 
accounting  so  that  managers  can  effectively 
make  plans  to  control  resources,  including 
planning  and  controlling  of  business 
activities  and  managerial  decision  making. 

ACT  441  three  credits 

Government  and  Non-Profit  Accounting 

Prerequisites:  ACT  312  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
A  study  of  non-corporate  organizations  with 
primary  focus  on  governments,  hospitals, 
colleges  and  universities,  and  voluntary 
health  and  welfare  organizations.  Coverage 
will  include  principles  of  fund  accounting, 
financial  reporting,  budgeting,  and  auditing 
governmental  and  not-for-profit  organiza- 
tions. In  addition,  topics  related  to  operating 
a  business  as  a  partnership  will  be  included. 

ACT  452  three  credits 
Special  Topics  in  Accounting 

Prerequisites:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  in  ACT 

31 1  and  312;  senior  standing;  for  business 

majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 

appropriate  dept.  chair 

Current  topics  of  interest  to  the  accounting 

profession 

ACT  493  (FIN  493)  three  credits 
Financial  Management  of  Corporations 

Prerequisites:  FIN  312,  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
Advanced  work  in  the  management  of 
corporate  funds.  Selected  topics  from  the 
various  fields  of  financial  activity  with 
emphasis  on  trends,  current  problems  and 
research  are  studied.  The  topics  emphasized 
include:  capital  expenditure  policies,  long- 
term  and  short-term  financing  problems, 
dividend  policies,  mergers  and  consolidat- 
ing, and  trends  in  financial  markets. 

ACT  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

ACT  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


191 


College  of  Business 


Finance  Major 

BS  degree 


Requirements 


The  curriculum  in  finance  seeks  to  develop  Credits 
an  understanding  of  the  role  played  by 

finance  in  various  organizations.  Finance          General  Requirements  —  Years  One  and  Two  54 

deals  with  the  acquisition  and  management 

of  resources  to  accomplish  organizational         ENL  101 ,  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II  6 

objectives  within  an  acceptable  risk/return        MTH  107  Elements  of  College  Math  Enhanced  3 

profile.  The  financial  manager  decides  how       MGT212  Business  Statistics  3 

to  raise  funds  in  the  capital  markets  and          GBA101,102  The  Business  Organization  I,  II  3 

how  best  to  invest  these  funds  in  order  to        ENL  265  Business  Communications  3 

accomplish  organizational  objectives  To          ECO  231,  232  Principles  of  Micro/Macroeconomics  6 

accomplish  these  tasks  the  discipline  of           ACT  211,212  Principles  of  Accounting  I,  II  6 

finance  has  developed  a  sophisticated  set  of  Cult./artistic  literacy  9 

analytical  tools  that  bring  together  concepts  Diversity  course  3 

from  a  variety  of  sources  such  as  economics,  Natural  science/technology  6 

accounting  and  mathematics.  The  concepts  Social  science  electives  6 
and  techniques  developed  in  finance  are 

equally  applicable  to  not-for-profit                 Core  Business  Requirements  24 

organizations  that  must  also  raise  and  invest 

funds  in  an  efficient  manner.  Those  skilled        MKT  211  Principles  of  Marketing  3 

in  financial  analysis  play  a  central  role  in           MGT311  Organizational  Behavior  3 

deciding  such  current  issues  as  mergers,          ACT  315  Information  Systems  3 

buyouts  and  international  investments.            MGT  333  Quantitative  Business  Analysis  3 

FIN  312  Financial  Management  3 

MGT  312  Legal  Framework  of  Business  3 

MGT  345  Operations  Management  3 

MGT  490  Strategic  Management  and  Policy  Formulation  3 

Finance  Requirements  24 

FIN  383  Investment  Analysis  3 

FIN  385  Applied  Capital  Budgeting  3 

FIN  398  Financial  Institutions  3 

FIN  484  Advanced  Investment  Analysis  3 

FIN  485  Seminar  3 

FIN  493  Financial  Management  of  Corporations  3 

FIN  494  International  Financial  Management  3 

ACT  410  Federal  Tax  Accounting  3 

Business  Elective  3 

Any  300-  or  400-  level  course  in  College  of  Business  except  ACT  355 

Non-Business  Electives  15 

Courses  outside  the  College  of  Business 

Total  credits:  120 


192 


Finance  Courses 


FIN  312  three  credits  E 
Business  Finance 

Prerequisites:  ACT  212,  ECO  231  and  at 
least  junior  standing 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  of  financial 
management.  The  course  presents  the  basic 
tools  used  in  the  decision-making  process  as 
they  pertain  to  the  acquisition,  manage- 
ment, and  financing  current  and  long-term 
assets.  Working  capital  policies,  the  time 
value  of  money,  capital  budgeting,  and  debt 
and  equity  financing  are  discussed. 

FIN  320  three  credits 
Personal  Finance 

Prerequisite:  at  least  junior  standing 
An  introduction  to  the  financial  planning 
process  of  setting  goals,  developing  action 
plans,  creating  budgets  and  measuring 
results.  The  student  will  become  familiar 
with  the  techniques  of  financial  analyses 
necessary  to  make  choices  when  consider- 
ing housing,  insurance,  retirement  plans, 
borrowing  and  other  personal  finance 
issues. 

FIN  383  three  credits 
Investment  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  FIN  312;  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Method  and  techniques  of  determining 
investment  merit  of  various  types  of 
securities.  Bonds,  preferred  stocks  and 
common  stocks  in  various  types  of 
investment  portfolios  are  studied.  The  effect 
of  the  business  cycle  on  investment  policy 
will  be  examined  and  the  importance  of 
timing  investment  commitments  will  be 
stressed.  The  investment  techniques  of 
fundamental  analysis,  technical  analysis  and 
efficient  market  theory  are  carefully 
explored.  (Formerly  FIN  483.) 

FIN  385  three  credits 
Applied  Capital  Budgeting 

Prerequisites:  MGT  210  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

A  study  of  theoretically  valid  and 
readily-applied  methods  of  capital  budget- 
ing for  business  and  government  organiza- 
tions. Complexities  such  as  risk,  timing  and 
measurement  problems  dealt  with  only 
briefly  in  introductory  courses  are  examined 
more  fully.  Capital  budgeting  considerations 
in  government  organizations  not  presented 
in  the  current  finance  curriculum  will  be 
discussed  thoroughly. 

FIN  397  three  credits 


Financing  Forecasting  Methods 

Prerequisites:  FIN  312  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

A  study  is  made  of  the  dynamic  forces  on 
economic  activity.  National  income 
accounting  and  analysis,  economic  indicators 
and  measures,  forecasting  for  the  economy 
of  the  firm,  and  problems  of  stability  and 
growth  are  considered. 

FIN  398  three  credits 
Financial  Institutions 

Prerequisites:  FIN  312  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

A  detailed  study  of  the  operations  of 
financial  institutions  and  the  interrelation- 
ships between  their  operations  and 
economic  activity.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
effect  of  economic  forces,  regulation  and 
technological  change  on  the  operations  of 
these  institutions. 

FIN  399  three  credits 
Internship  in  Finance 

Prerequisites:  At  least  junior  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean;  approved 
contract  filed  by  end  of  the  add/drop  period 
of  the  semester;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Work  experience  at  a  specialized  level 
supervised  for  graded  academic  credit  by  a 
faculty  member  in  the  student's  major  field. 
Terms  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Students 
must  register  in  advance  to  receive  credit  for 
an  internship  in  the  Business  College. 
Deadline  for  registration  and  approval  for 
internship  contracts  is  the  end  of  the  add/ 
drop  period;  no  late  contracts  or  registra- 
tions will  be  accepted.  For  specific  proce- 
dures and  regulations,  see  section  of 
catalogue  on  Other  Learning  Experiences. 

FIN  484  three  credits 
Advanced  Investment  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  FIN  383;  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

An  examination  in  greater  depth  of  subjects 
covered  in  the  foundation  investment 
analysis  course  and  an  introduction  to  recent 
innovations  in  the  field.  Emphasis  is  give  to 
the  place  of  derivatives  in  the  portfolio,  the 
active  management  of  risk,  and  the 
management  of  retirement  assets  and 
pension  funds.  Assignments  include  case 
studies  involving  the  use  of  computer 


software  and  reports  requiring  an  analysis  of 
current  research  literature. 

FIN  485  three  credits 
Seminar 

Prerequisites:  FIN  385,  398;  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Emphasis  on  the  analysis  of  case  studies. 
Based  on  assigned  readings  in  the  finance 
literature,  students  select  a  topic  for 
independent  research.  Progress  on  the 
research  paper  is  closely  monitored  by 
conferences  and  class  presentations. 

FIN  493  (ACT  493)  three  credits 
Financial  Management  of  Corporations 

Prerequisites:  FIN  312  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Advanced  work  in  the  management  of 
corporate  funds.  Selected  topics  from  the 
various  fields  of  financial  activity  with 
emphasis  on  trends,  current  problems  and 
research  are  studied.  The  topics  emphasized 
include:  capital  expenditure  policies, 
long-term  and  short-term  financing 
problems,  dividend  policies,  mergers  and 
consolidations,  and  trends  in  financial 
markets. 

FIN  494  three  credits 

International  Financial  Management 

Prerequisites:  FIN  312  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Understanding  the  forces  that  affect  the 
relative  value  of  currencies  in  international 
markets,  covering  the  major  problems 
encountered  by  the  firm  in  financing 
international  operations. 

FIN  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

FIN  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


193 


College  of  Business 


Management 


Management  Major 

BS  degree 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


The  Department  of  Management  offers  a 
major  program  leading  to  a  bachelor  of 
science  degree  in  Management.  The  purpose 
of  the  Management  program  is  to  enable 
undergraduate  management  students  to  gain 
the  requisite  understanding  of  management 
concepts  and  to  acquire  the  appropriate 
application  skills  which  will  allow  them  to 
function  creatively,  flexibly,  and  successfully 
in  private  or  public,  domestic,  and  global 
organizations  of  any  size. 


William  R.  Allen  (chairperson)  strategic 
management,  organizational  behavior, 
human  resources  development 

Paul  Bacdayan  organizational  behavior, 
total  quality  management,  management 
communications 

Walter  O.  Einstein  strategic  management, 
organizational  behavior/development, 
leadership,  motivation 

Laura  Forker  supply  chain  management, 
quality  management,  process  management, 
service  operations  management 

Richard  F.  Golen  (assistant  dean  for 
undergraduate  programs)  business  law, 
computer  law,  human  resources  law 

A.  Gunasekaran  operations  management, 
materials  management,  total  quality 
management,  quantitative  analysis 

Peter  Hughes  statistics 

Bulent  Kobu  operations  management, 
quantitative  analysis,  quality  and  productiv- 
ity management 

Kellyann  Kowalski  human  resources 
development,  organizational  behavior, 
managing  diversity,  labor  relations 

Sharon  Ordoobodi  quantitative  analysis, 
operations  management 

Chris  Papenhausen  managerial  and 
decision  organization,  equity  analysis 

Matthew  H.  Roy  organizational  behavior 

Susanne  Scott  organizational  behavior, 
team  development,  leadership  and  innova- 
tion 

Dennis  Shaul  legal  framework  of  business, 
industrial  relations,  regulatory  law 

Kathleen  Suchon  strategic  management, 
human  resources  development 

Ercan  Tirtiroglu  quantitative  analysis, 
statistics,  information,  theory,  quality  and 
marketing  science 


The  Management  major  seeks  to  enable 
undergraduate  management  students  to  gam 
the  requisite  understanding  of  management 
concepts  and  to  acquire  the  appropriate 
application  skills  to  function  creatively, 
flexibly  and  successfully  in  private  or  public, 
domestic,  and  global  organizations  of  any 
size 


194 


Requirements 


Management  Courses 


Credits 

General  Requirements  —  Years  One  and  Two 

54 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

5 

MTH  107 

Elements  of  College  Math  Enhanced 

3 

MGT212 

Business  Statistics 

3 

GBA  101,  102 

The  Business  Organization  I,  II 

3 

ENL  265 

Business  Communications 

3 

ECO  231,  232 

Principles  of  Micro/Macroeconomics 

6 

ACT211,  212 

Principles  of  Accounting  I,  II 

6 

Cult./artistic  literacy 

9 

Diversity  course 

3 

Natural  science/technology 

6 

Social  science  electives 

5 

Core  Business  Requirements 

24 

MKT  211 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3 

MGT  311 

Organizational  Behavior 

3 

BIS  315 

Information  Systems 

3 

MGT  333 

Quantitative  Business  Analysis 

3 

FIN  312 

Financial  Management 

3 

MGT  312 

Legal  Framework  of  Business 

3 

MGT  345 

Operations  Management 

3 

MGT  490 

Strategic  Management  and  Policy  Formulation 

3 

Management  Core  Requirements 

1  £. 

MGT  336 

Management  History  and  Theory 

3 

MGT  365 

Managing  People:  Theory  and  Practice 

3 

MGT  431 

Developing  and  Managing  Work  Teams 

■> 

-3 

MGT  445 

Total  Quality  Improvement 

■3 

Management  Career  Direction 

12 

Students  must 

work  with  their  advisor  to  decide  on  a  particular 

career  direction  before  undertaking  these  courses;  requires 

departmental 

chairperson  approval. 

Human  Resource  Development  Requirements 

MGT  443 

Human  Resources  Development 

3 

MGT  461 

Organizational  Development 

3 

MGT  452 

Human  Resources  Law 

3 

MGT  462 

Managing  Diversity 

3 

Operations  Management  Requirements 

MGT  415 

Applied  Decision  Models 

3 

MGT  446 

Process  Design  and  Management 

3 

MGT  425 

Materials  Management 

3 

MGT  465 

Logistics  and  Supply  Management 

3 

Business  Elective  3 

Any  300-  or  400-  level  course  in  Colleye  of  Business  except  ACT  355 

Non-Business  electives  15 

Courses  outside  the  College  of  Business 

Total  credits:  120 


MGT  120  three  credits 

Business,  Government,  and  Social 

Responsibility 

The  role  of  private  enterprise  in  the 
economy  and  in  society.  The  course  explores 
economic,  political,  and  ethical  dimensions 
of  business  actions.  Case  examples  are 
drawn  from  around  the  world.  Not  for  use 
by  College  of  Business  students,  specifically, 
cannot  be  used  as  a  College  of  Business 
elective  within  the  business  degree. 
Students  changing  to  a  College  of  Business 
major  who  have  taken  this  course  may  use  it 
as  a  substitute  for  GBA  101/102. 

MGT  212  three  credits 
Business  Statistics 

Prerequisites:  MTH  107;  sophomore 
standing 

Examines  both  descriptive  and  inferential 
statistics  as  applied  to  business.  Topics 
include  graphical  and  tabular  methods  of 
data  presentation,  probability  theory  and 
distributions,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of 
variance,  regression  and  forecasting. 
Emphasis  is  placed'on  concepts,  applica- 
tions, and  the  proper  use  of  statistics  to 
collect,  analyze,  and  interpret  data. 
Throughout  this  course  students  will  use 
computer  software  to  perform  statistical 
analyses.  Students  will  learn  how  to  make 
decisions  using  facts  and  the  techniques  of 
data  analysis.  Students  will  also  use  the 
internet  to  supplement  classroom  learning. 

MGT  311  three  credits  E,  O 
Organizational  Behavior 

Prerequisites:  ENL  265;  junior  standing 
An  interactive  skills-building  course  to 
improve  managerial  and  team  performance. 
Students  will  develop  an  understanding  of 
themselves  in  relation  to  others  in  an 
organizational  context.  Class  time  will  be 
allocated  among  short  lectures,  exercises, 
discussion,  process  observation,  role  playing, 
and  team  work  research.  Cross-listed  as  LST 
311. 

MGT  312  three  credits  E 
Legal  Framework  of  Business 

Prerequisite:  At  least  sophomore  standing. 
Overview  of  the  legal  environment  of 
business.  Topics  covered  include  contracts, 
agency  and  tort  law;  labor  law;  securities 
law.  Students  will  develop  a  general 
background  in  the  major  aspects  of  the  law 
as  it  affects  the  daily  business  environment. 

MGT  333  three  credits 
Quantitative  Business  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  MTH  107;  MGT  210,  211; 
junior  standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  appropriate  dept.  chair 


195 


College  of  Business 


Provides  the  student  with  an  appreciation  of 
the  power  and  limitations  of  common 
managerial  techniques  used  in  the  analysis 
of  business  problems  requiring  a  quantita- 
tive decision-making  approach.  The 
emphasis  is  on  a  careful  presentation  of 
problem  formulation,  mathematical  analysis, 
and  solution  procedures  using  examples 
involving  business  situations.  Computer  use 
is  emphasized. 

MGT  336  three  credits 
Management  History  and  Theory 

Prerequisites:  MGT  31 1  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  For  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

A  critical  review  of  organizational  theory 
and  practice,  from  the  "Classical  Schools" 
to  contemporary  notions.  Students  will  learn 
the  historical  roots  of  current  managerial 
practices;  primary  focus  will  be  put  upon 
students  being  able  to  examine  critically  and 
apply  such  theories  to  current  business 
organizations. 

MGT  345  three  credits 
Operations  Management 

Prerequisites:  MGT  333  and  at  least  junior 
standing 

The  planning,  coordination,  and  execution 
of  activities  in  transformation  processes  in 
manufacturing  and  serve  organizations 
where  the  inputs  to  the  process  may  be  the 
customers  themselves.  The  role  of  the 
operations  manager  is  explored,  and 
attention  is  given  to  analytical  methods  that 
improve  production  processes  and  enhance 
competitiveness. 

MGT  365  three  credits 

Managing  People:  Theory  and  Practice 

Prerequisites:  MGT  31 1  and  at  least  junior 
standing 

An  examination  of  the  interrelated  concepts 
of  motivation  and  leadership.  Students  will 
explore,  experientially  and  theoretically, 
historical  and  contemporary  theories  of 
supervising,  managing,  leading,  and 
motivating  people  in  organizational 
contexts.  Specific  "real  world"  tools  will  be 
examined  for  their  efficacy  in  supervising 
and  managing  people.  Cross-listed  as  LST 
365 

MGT  399  three  credits 
Internship  in  Management 

Prerequisites:  At  least  junior  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean;  approved 
contract  filed  by  end  of  the  add/drop  period 
of  the  semester;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  depart- 


ment chair 

Work  experience  at  a  specialized  level 
supervised  for  graded  academic  credit  by  a 
faculty  member  in  the  student's  major  field. 
Terms  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Students 
must  register  in  advance  to  receive  credit  for 
an  internship  in  the  Business  College. 
Deadline  for  registration  and  approval  for 
internship  contracts  is  the  end  of  the  add/ 
drop  period;  no  late  contracts  or  registra- 
tions will  be  accepted.  For  specific  proce- 
dures and  regulations,  see  section  of 
catalogue  on  Other  Learning  Experiences. 

MGT  415  three  credits 
Applied  Decision  Models 

Prerequisite:  MGT  333;  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Manufacturing  and  service  applications  of 
selected  analytical  decision-making  tools 
and  techniques.  The  course  illustrates,  by 
example,  how  manufacturing  and  service 
operations  can  apply  quantitative  tools  to 
decisions  using  queuing  theory;  staffing, 
scheduling  or  product  mix  planning  using 
linear  programming;  and  using  simulation  in 
inventory  control.  (Formerly  offered  as  MGT 
334.) 

MGT  420  three  credits 
International  Management 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing;  Business 
Majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
A  systematic  treatment  of  management  and 
marketing  on  a  global  scale.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  study  of  the  dimensions  of 
foreign  market  environments,  marketing 
across  national  boundaries  and  manage- 
ment and  marketing  simultaneously  in  two 
or  more  national  environments. 

MGT  425  three  credits 
Materials  Management 

Prerequisite:  MGT  345  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Focuses  on  the  management  of  materials 
flow  within  and  outside  the  organization. 
The  course  describes  strategies,  methods 
and  technologies  of  an  efficient  materials 
management  system  along  the  supply  chain. 
Topics  covered  include  capacity  planning 
and  control,  inventory  models,  materials 
requirements  planning  (MRPII),  distribution 
requirements  planning  (DRP),  and  Just-In- 
Time)  JIT.  The  learning  process  includes  case 
studies,  industrial  projects,  group  presenta- 
tions, participation  in  professional  meetings, 
and  training  on  an  MRP  system. 


MGT  431  three  credits 

Developing  and  Managing  Work  Teams 

Prerequisites:  MGT  31  1,  336,  365  and 
senior  standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chair 

An  exploration  of  the  concept  of  team 
development  in  U.S.  organizations  today 
Students  will  examine  the  approaches, 
successes,  and  failures  of  team  develop- 
ment, and  will  be  required  to  engage  in 
team  management  and  development  efforts 
as  a  significant  part  of  the  course. 

MGT  443  three  credits 

Human  Resources  Development 

Prerequisites:  MGT  31  1,  336,  365  and 
senior  standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chair 

The  study  of  sets  of  systematic,  planned 
activities  which  organizations  develop  for 
the  purpose  of  providing  people  with  skills/ 
knowledge  appropriate  for  the  current 
health  and  future  positive  growth  of  the 
people  and  organization.  Students  will  learn 
basic  Human  Resources  Management  skills, 
the  roles  of  HRD  professionals,  organiza- 
tional and  individual  needs  assessment  tools/ 
skills;  training  and  development  program 
development  tools;  and  HRD  program 
evaluation  skills/techniques  Cross-listed  as 
LST  443. 

MGT  445  three  credits 
Total  Quality  Improvement 

Prerequisite:  MGT  345  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Principles  and  practices  underlying  the 
continuous  improvement  of  quality  in  the 
business  and  non-business  enterprise. 
Particular  attention  is  given  to  philosophies 
and  methods  of  managing  for  quality,  and 
to  tools  for  quality  improvement.  The 
instructional  approach  is  highly  experiential 
and  interactive,  and  features  contact  with 
quality  systems  professionals. 

MGT  446  three  credits 
Process  Management 

Prerequisites:  MGT  345  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Methodologies  for  the  design  and  manage- 
ment of  processes  used  for  delivering  and 
maintaining  products  and  services  to 
customers.  This  course  examines  customer 
requirements  for  products  and  services  and 
the  contexts  in  which  this  information  will 
be  used  by  looking  at  a  total  design 
methodology  that  integrates  customer- 
focused,  technology-independent  methods 


196 


with  traditional  engineering  design 
processes.  A  systems  approach  is  employed 
that  recognizes  the  impact  on  the  design 
process  of  technology,  the  competitor,  the 
customer,  costs  of  production,  and  quality, 
innovation,  and  delivery. 

MGT  452  three  credits  D 
Human  Resources  Law 

Prerequisites:  MGT  312,  365;  and  at  least 
junior  standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chair 

The  laws,  executive  orders,  and  political  and 
social  factors  external  to  firms  which  affect 
their  human  resources  management 
practices  Topics  include  ethics  and  social 
responsibility,  regulatory  issues,  EEOC, 
affirmative  action,  performance  appraisal, 
and  discrimination  in  the  workplace.  Cross- 
listed  as  LST  452. 

MGT  461  three  credits 
Organizational  Development 

Prerequisites:  MGT  31  1,  336;  and  at  least 
junior  standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chair 

An  exploration  of  contemporary  theories  for 
effectively  structuring  and  maintaining 
organizations.  Students  will  examine  the 
theories  and  assumptions  which  underlie  the 
decisions  to  configure  business  organiza- 
tions. Topics  include:  OD  and  systems 
theory,  bureaucratic  structures,  organic 
structures,  virtual  corporations,  team 
structures,  the  relationship  of  structure  to 
people,  managing  change. 

MGT  462  three  credits  D 
Managing  Diversity 

Prerequisites:  MGT  311,  336,  365;  and  at 
least  junior  standing;  for  business  majors 
only,  or  by  permission  of  the  appropriate 
department  chair 

A  skills-building  course  aimed  at  increasing 
awareness  of  the  issues  related  to  managing 
multicultural  workplaces.  Focus  will  be 
placed  on  the  challenges  and  opportunities 
afforded  leaders/managers  in  dynamic  U.S.- 
based  workplaces.  Personal  exploration  of 
prejudices,  myths/facts,  and  perceptions 
which  shape  effective  leadership  will  be 
central  to  this  course.  Cross-listed  as  LST 
462. 

MGT  463  three  credits 
Management  of  Technology 

Prerequisite.  MGT  46 1 ;  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  dept.  chair 
Issues  and  concerns  in  technology  adoption 
and  implementation.  Particular  attention  is 


given  to  the  implication  of  new  technology 
for  business  strategies  regarding  work  force, 
employment,  processes,  investment,  and 
marketing.  The  course  emphasizes  the 
immense  potential  of  advancing  technology 
and  channeling  it  for  higher  productivity  and 
better  quality.  This  course  serves  as  an 
elective  in  the  College  of  Business. 

MGT  465  three  credits 

Logistics  and  Supply  Management 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing;  for  business 
majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
Skills,  issues,  and  operating  procedures  in 
the  integrated  supply  chain  process. 
Attention  is  given  to  skills  building  in 
negotiation,  price/cost  analysis,  and 
coverage  of  logistical  resources,  organiza- 
tion, and  contemporary  issues  such  as  E- 
commerce  The  instructional  approach  is 
highly  participative  with  in-class  simulations 
case  discussions,  and  contact  with  industry 
professionals. 

MGT  470  three  credits 
Management  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing,  for  business 
majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
Reading  and  discussion  of  important 
research  and  literature  in  student's 
particular  field  of  interest,  culminating  in  a 
major  written  paper. 

MGT  490  three  credits  E 

Strategic  Management  and  Policy 

Formulation 

Prerequisites:  MGT  311;  333;  345;  FIN  312; 
BIS  315  or  ACT  355;  MKT  211;  senior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

The  capstone  course  for  majors  in  business 
administration.  Students  bring  to  bear  all 
their  functional  expertise,  communication 
skills,  and  problem-solving  abilities  onto 
issues  faced  by  senior  management  in 
business  organizations  in  the  world  today. 
This  course  is  to  be  taken  during  the  last 
year  of  the  student's  program. 

MGT  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 


MGT  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


197 


College  of  Business 


Marketing  and  Business  Information  Systems 

Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


The  Department  of  Marketing  and  Business 
Information  Systems  offers  major  programs 
leading  to  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree. 

The  purpose  of  the  Marketing  Program  is  to 
prepare  students  for  careers  in  domestic  and 
international  marketing  with  a  focus  on 
consumers  and  acquiring  information  for 

decision  making. 

The  purpose  of  the  Business  Information 
Systems  program  is  to  prepare  students  for 
careers  in  the  application  of  information 
technology  that  solve  business  problems  and 
explore  new  business  opportunities. 


Godwin  Araguzo  sales  management, 
promotional  strategy,  consumer  behavior 

Nora  Ganim  Barnes  marketing  research, 
consumer  behavior 

John  A.  Chopoorian  (chairperson) 

international  marketing,  marketing 
management 

Fahri  Karakaya  consumer  behavior, 
marketing  research,  marketing 
management 

Omar  E.  M.  Khalil  (assistant  dean  for 
graduate  programs)  management 
information  systems,  database  systems, 
information  management 

Efrem  Mallach  expert  systems,  decision 
support  systems,  data  warehousing 

Timothy  Shea  systems  analysis,  database 
systems,  management  information  systems 

Shouhong  Wang  systems  analysis, 
programming,  electronic  commerce 

D.  Steven  White  services  marketing, 
promotion  and  advertising,  selling  and 
sales  management,  international  marketing 


198 


Business  Information  Systems  Major 

BS  degree 

Requirements 


The  Business  Information  Systems  program  Credits 
of  study  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for 

one  of  the  most  rapidly  expanding                 General  Requirements  —  Years  One  and  Two  54 

professions  in  the  business  world. 

ENL  101,  102          Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II  6 

BIS  prepares  the  student  both  to  analyze  an      MTH  107              Elements  of  College  Math  Enhanced  3 

organization's  information  systems  structure     MGT212              Business  Statistics  3 

and  to  design  and  implement  appropriate        GBA  101,  102        The  Business  Organization  I,  II  3 

systems.  This  major  offers  a  broad  educa-        ENL  265               Business  Communications  3 

tional  experience  in  business,  computer           ECO  231,  232         Principles  of  Micro/Macroeconomics  6 

applications,  the  humanities,  and  social           ACT  21 1,212         Principles  of  Accounting  I,  II  6 

sciences.                                                                       Cult/artistic  literacy  9 

Diversity  course  3 
The  primary  emphasis  of  the  program  is  the  Natural  science/technology  6 
application  of  the  "systems  approach"  to  Social  science  electives  6 
business  problem-solving  and  decision- 
making. Analysis  of  both  on-campus  and  Core  Business  Requirements  24 
off-campus  "real-life"  business  systems 

provides  students  with  practical  experience       MKT  211               Principles  of  Marketing  3 

and  increases  their  value  in  the  professional      MGT  3 1 1              Organizational  Behavior  3 

career  market.                                        BIS  315                Information  Systems  3 

MGT  333              Quantitative  Business  Analysis  3 

Business  Information  Systems  majors  differ       FIN  312                Financial  Management  3 

from  computer  science  majors  in  emphasiz-      MGT  3 1 2              Legal  Framework  of  Business  3 

ing  applications  of  computer  systems  over        MGT  345              Operations  Management  3 

their  development  and  analysis.  The  MGT  490  Strategic  Management  and  Policy  Formulation  3 
applications  are  focused  on  complex 

business  needs  in  organizations.  BIS  majors      Business  Information  Systems  Major  Courses  21 

conceptualize,  design,  and  implement  high 

quality  business  systems  and  build  bridges        B,s  2  j  j                 Information  Technology  Hardware  and  Software  3 

between  technical  realities,  organizational        B)S  2 , 2                Programming  and  Problem  Solving  3 

functions,  and  decision-making  by                B|S  322                Systems  Analysis  and  Design  3 

mana9ers-                                             BIS  341                 Data  Communication  and  Networks  3 

BIS  432                Database  Design  and  Implementation  3 

BIS  461                 Management  of  Information  Systems  3 

BIS  462                Advanced  Information  Systems  Project  3 

Business  Information  Systems  Elective  3 

Business  Elective  3 

Any  300-  or  400-  level  course  in  College  of  Business  except  ACT  355 

Non-Business  Electives  15 

Courses  outside  the  College  of  Business 

Total  credits:  120 


199 


College  of  Business 


Business  Information  Systems  Courses 


BIS  211  three  credits 

Information  Technology  Hardware  and 
Software 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 
Provides  the  hardware-software  technologi- 
cal background  to  enable  students  to 
understand  the  tradeoffs  in  computer 
systems  architecture  for  effective  use  in  the 
business  environment.  Topics  include 
hardware  components  (e.g.,  CPU 
architeacture,  memory,  registers,  addressing 
modes,  busses,  instruction  sets,  peripheral 
devices)  and  software  components  (e.g., 
software  environment,  system  software 
evolution,  and  the  types  and  functionalities 
of  operating  systems  and  system-user 
interfaces.  BIS  majors  only,  cannot  be  used 
to  fulfill  a  Business  Elective  for  non-BIS 
majors. 

BIS  212  three  credits 

Problem  Solving  and  Programming 

Prerequisite:  BIS  101;  sophomore  standing 
Develops  skills  in  business  computing 
problem  solving.  Issues  include  business 
data  processing,  business  software 
development,  Web-page  development, 
graphical  user  interface  design,  and  decision 
support  systems.  The  course  provides  an 
overview  of  multiple  computer  languages 
(COBOL,  C++,  HTML,  JavaScript,  Java,  and 
Visual  BASIC)  that  are  commonly  used  in  the 
business  field.  Students  learn  to  use 
structured  programming  and  object- 
oriented  programming  techniques  for 
business  computing.  BIS  majors  only,  cannot 
be  used  to  fulfill  a  Business  Elective  for  non- 
BIS  majors. 

BIS  312  three  credits 

Web-Based  Application  Development 

and  Advanced  Programing 

Prerequisites:  BIS  212  and  junior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
The  use  of  computer  programming  to 
develop  Web-based  computing  applications. 
Topics  include  physical  design,  program- 
ming, testing,  and  implementation  of  three- 
tier  Web-based  information  systems. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  programming  on  the 
server's  side.  Students  learn  advanced 
computer  programming  languages, 
including  CGFI  Perl  and  Java,  to  implement 
Web-based  business  applications. 

BIS  315  three  credits  E 
Information  Systems 

Prerequisite:  At  least  junior  standing;  BIS  101, 
or  ENL  102,  or  permission  of  Assistant  Dean 
for  Undergraduate  Programs. 
Provides  an  understanding  of  information 


technology  and  systems  and  how  information 
is  used  in  support  of  decisions  and  organiza- 
tional processes.  Emphasis  is  on  how 
information  systems  relate  to  organizational 
systems  and  decision  making,  information 
systems  components,  implementation  and 
evaluation  of  systems  performance,  and 
ethical  issues  related  to  information  systems 
design  and  use.  Cannot  be  used  as  a 
Business  Elective  by  Accounting  Majors. 

BIS  322  three  credits 

Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design 

Prerequisites:  BIS  315  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Provides  students  with  a  basic  understand- 
ing of  the  process  and  the  techniques  of 
analyzing  and  designing  computer-based 
information  systems.  The  entire  spectrum  of 
system  analysis  and  design  will  be  covered, 
beginning  with  the  first  request  for  a  system 
study  and  continuing  through  with  the 
feasibility,  analysis,  design,  implementation, 
and  maintenance  phases  of  the  system 
development  life  cycle. 

BIS  341  three  credits 

Data  Communication  and  Networks 

Prerequisites:  BIS  315  and  at  least  junior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

How  individual  computers  and  groups  of 
computers  can  be  linked  together  via 
telecommunication  networks  to  form 
optimally  performing,  integrated  computer 
networks.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  how  such 
networks  make  the  best  use  of  available 
computer  resources  while  also  providing 
computer  system  users  with  information  of 
the  highest  value  at  the  lowest  cost.  The 
course  also  examines  the  communications 
environment,  regulatory  issues,  and  network 
pricing  and  management. 

BIS  371  three  credits 

End-User  Software  Applications 

Prerequisite:  At  least  junior  standing;  BIS 
101;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Emphasizes  computer  competency  in  the 
use  of  personal  computers  in  the  modern 
business  environment.  Personal  productivity 
applications  involving  spreadsheet  analysis, 
database  construction,  and  advanced  word- 
processing  applications  are  studied. 

BIS  372  three  credits 
Managing  PC  Workstations 


Prerequisites:  BIS  315  and  junior  standing;  or 
permission  of  instructor;  for  business  majors 
only,  or  by  permission  of  the  appropriate 
department  chair 

Introduction  to  basic  skills  and  techniques 
required  to  manage  and  maintain  PC 
workstations.  Students  are  introduced  to  PC 
operations  and  maintenance,  and  are  shown 
how  to  complete  hardware  and  software 
installations,  step-by-step,  using  laboratory 
computer  systems. 

BIS  375  three  credits 

Information  Systems  Applications  for 

Manufacturing 

Prerequisite:  BIS  3 1 5  and  junior  standing;  or 
permission  of  instructor;  for  business  majors 
only,  or  by  permission  of  the  appropriate 
department  chair 

Provides  a  basic  understanding  of  the 
potential  benefits,  dangers,  and  limitations 
of  using  information  technology  (IT)  and 
systems  in  support  of  manufacturing.  Topics 
covered  include  contemporary  manufactur- 
ing systems,  IT-enabled  manufacturing,  IS 
applications  in  manufacturing  (e.g., 
computer  integrated  manufacturing,  CAD/ 
CAM,  artificial  intelligence,  EDI). 

BIS  381  three  credits 

Legal  and  Ethical  Issues  in  Information 
Systems 

Prerequisite:  BIS  31 5  and  junior  standing;  for 
business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
Legal  and  ethical  issues  relating  to  the  use  of 
information  technology  and  systems  in 
modern  society.  Topics  to  be  covered  include 
contracts  for  computer  services  such  as  sales 
and  leasing;  intellectual  property  areas  such 
as  software  protection,  licensing,  copyright- 
ing, etc.,  tort  and  constitutional  areas 
dealing  with  rights  of  privacy;  criminal  areas 
dealing  with  computer  crime,  and  tax  law 
issues  of  computer  hardware/software 

BIS  399  three  credits 

Internship  in  Business  Information 

Systems 

Prerequisites:  At  least  junior  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean;  approved 
contract  filed  by  end  of  the  add/drop  period 
of  the  semester;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Work  experience  at  a  specialized  level 
supervised  for  graded  academic  credit  by  a 
faculty  member  in  the  student's  major  field. 
Terms  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Students 
must  register  in  advance  to  receive  credit  for 
an  internship  in  the  Business  College. 


200 


Deadline  for  registration  and  approval  for 
internship  contracts  is  the  end  of  the  add/ 
drop  period;  no  late  contracts  or  registra- 
tions will  be  accepted.  For  specific  proce- 
dures and  regulations,  see  section  of 
catalogue  on  Other  Learning  Experiences. 

BIS  432  three  credits 
Business  Data  Systems 

Prerequisites:  At  least  junior  standing;  BIS 
322;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Students  demonstrate  their  mastery  of  the 
analysis  and  design  processes  acquired  in 
earlier  courses  by  designing  and  constructing 
databases  to  meet  the  information  needs  of 
users.  Topics  covered  include  data  models 
and  modeling  techniques,  information 
engineering,  database  design  and  imple- 
mentation, data  quality  and  security,  and  the 
client/server  environment. 

BIS  433  three  credits 

Advanced  Database/E-Business 

Applications  Development 

Prerequisite:  BIS  432  and  senior  standing;  for 
business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
Focuses  on  advanced  database  techniques 
and  issues  for  e-commerce  applications 
including  web-based  database  application 
development  and  data  warehousing  design. 
The  course  provides  extensive  opportunities 
for  applying  and  extending  database 
concepts  learned  in  BIS  432  (Business  Data 
Systems)  through  hands-on  use  of  web- 
based  database  applications  development 
tools  that  are  commonly  used  in  the 
business  field.  Students  complete  a  major 
project. 

BIS  451  three  credits 

Management  of  End-User  Computing 

Prerequisites:  BIS  31 5  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Theoretical  and  conceptual  framework  of 
end-user  computing.  The  course  emphasizes 
the  development  of  management  informa- 
tion systems  skills  to  guide  end  users  in 
applications,  analysis,  hardware  configura- 
tion selection,  software  package  selection, 
training,  and  applications  development. 

BIS  461  three  credits 

Management  of  Information  Systems 

Prerequisites:  BIS  315  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Technical  tools  and  managerial  approaches 
required  in  the  administration  of  information 


systems  functions  and  projects.  Topics 
include  budgeting  and  planning,  the 
structure  and  management  of  computer 
operations,  measurement  of  operating 
performance,  project  management 
techniques  for  systems  development  and 
implementation,  human  resource  manage- 
ment, and  the  role  of  the  information 
systems  manager. 

BIS  462  three  credits 

Advanced  Business  Information  Systems 
Projects 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing;  for  business 
majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
Capstone  course  in  the  Business  Information 
Systems  program.  Project  management 
techniques  are  utilized  in  the  development 
of  a  functioning  information  system  for  an 
actual  organization.  Group  work  is  empha- 
sized in  the  implementation  of  technology- 
based  solutions  to  real  business  problems. 

BIS  471  three  credits 

Advanced  Software  Applications 

Prerequisite:  BIS  31 5  and  senior  standing;  for 
business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
Emphasizes  the  necessity  of  computer 
competency  in  the  use  of  personal  comput- 
ers in  the  modern  business  environment. 
Personal  productivity  applications  involving 
spreadsheet  analysis,  data  base  construction, 
advanced  word  processing,  and  web  page 
design/construction  are  studied. 

BIS  475  three  credits 

Information  Systems  and  Business 

Process  Design 

Prerequisites:  BIS  315  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Introduction  to  the  role  if  information 
technology  (IT)  and  systems  in  support  of  an 
organization  seeking  to  improve  the 
efficiency  and  effectiveness  of  its  business 
processes.  Topics  covered  include  total 
quality  management  (TQM)  and  business 
process  reengineermg  (BPR).  BPR  method- 
ologies, enterprise  modeling  and  modeling 
techniques,  IT-enabled  change,  change 
management,  IS  role  in  BPR  projects,  and  IS 
role  in  process  management. 


BIS  481  three  credits 

Electronic  Commerce/Electronic  Business 

Prerequisites:  BIS  315  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Provides  an  understanding  of  what 
Electronic  Commerce/Electronic  Business 
(EC/EB)  involves,  how  it  is  accomplished,  and 
its  impact  on  organizations.  Both  the 
Business-to-Business  and  the  Business-to- 
Consumer  sides  of  EC/EB  are  examined. 

BIS  490  three  credits 

Special  Topics  in  Information  Systems 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing;  for  business 
majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
Reserved  for  special  topics  in  business 
information  systems.  May  be  repeated  with 
change  of  content. 

BIS  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

BIS  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


201 


College  of  Business 


Marketing  Major 

BS  degree 


Requirements 


The  marketing  curriculum  is  designed  to 

Credits 

prepare  students  for  successful  careers  in 

the  many  phases  of  marketing  and 

General  Requirements  —  Years  One  and  Two 

54 

distributing  products  and  services  through- 

out the  economy.  Graduates  are  prepared 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

6 

for  career  opportunities  such  as  research 

MTH  107 

Elements  of  College  Math  Enhanced 

3 

analysts,  sales  managers,  directors  of 

MGT  212 

Business  Statistics 

3 

marketing  programs,  or  professional  sales 

GBA  101,  102 

The  Business  Organization  I,  II 

3 

personnel. 

ENL  265 

Business  Communications 

3 

ECO  231,  232 

Principles  of  Micro/Macroeconomics 

6 

Courses  are  oriented  toward  problem- 

ACT  211,  212 

Principles  of  Accounting  I,  II 

6 

solving  and  management  decision-making. 

Cult./artistic  literacy 

9 

The  total  curriculum  emphasizes  knowledge 

Diversity  course 

3 

and  competence  in  marketing  that  will 

Natural  science/technology 

6 

enable  the  program's  graduates  to  progress 

Social  science  electives 

6 

well  in  the  early  stages  of  their  careers;  to 

develop  the  ability  to  analyze,  plan, 

Core  Business 

Requirements 

24 

organize,  coordinate,  motivate  and  control; 

to  think  creatively;  to  communicate 

MKT  211 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3 

effectively,  and  to  gam  broad  perspectives 

MGT  311 

Organizational  Behavior 

3 

essential  to  the  attainment  of  ownership  or 

BIS  315 

Information  Systems 

3 

executive  management  responsibilities. 

MGT  333 

Quantitative  Business  Analysis 

3 

FIN  312 

Financial  Management 

3 

There  are  also  opportunities  for  students  to 

MGT  312 

Legal  Framework  of  Business 

3 

gain  actual  work  experience  through  the 

MGT  345 

Operations  Management 

3 

International  Business  Association,  which 

MGT  490 

Strategic  Management  and  Policy  Formulation 

3 

sponsors  student-run  trade  missions  to 

various  overseas  locations,  conducts  a 

Marketing  Major  Requirements 

21 

special  market  research  program  in  which 

students  do  marketing  research  projects  for 

MKT  331 

Promotional  Strategy 

3 

area  business  and  organizations,  and 

MKT  330 

Marketing  Intelligence  and  Information  Technology  3 

oversees  a  student-run  advertising  agency, 

MKT  341 

Consumer  Behavior 

3 

OmniAd. 

MKT  420 

International  Marketing 

3 

MKT  432 

Sales  Management 

3 

MKT  441 

Marketing  Management 

3 

MKT  442 

Marketing  Research 

3 

Marketing  Elective 

3 

Business  Elective 

3 

Any  300-  or  400-  level  course  in  College  of  Business  except  ACT  355 


Non-Business  Electives  15 

Courses  outside  the  College  of  Business 

Total  credits:  120 


202 


Marketing  Courses 


MKT  211  three  credits  E 
Principles  of  Marketing 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing 

A  basic  understanding  of  the  role  and  scope 

of  responsibilities  facing  contemporary 

marketing  management.  Emphasis  is  placed 

on  the  integration  of  marketing  principles 

into  an  organized  approach  for  decision 

making. 

MKT  330  three  credits 

Marketing  Intelligence  and  Information 

Technology 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing;  MKT  2 1 1 ;  for 
business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Provides  students  a  working  knowledge  of 
secondary  data  acquisition  and  analysis.  This 
course  places  strong  emphasis  on  written 
and  oral  communication  skills. 

MKT  331  three  credits 
Promotional  Strategy 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  junior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission 
of  the  appropriate  department  chair 
Basic  understanding  of  the  factors  affecting 
promotional  decisions  as  well  as  the  role  of 
promotional  effort  in  market  strategy 
planning.  The  basic  principles  of  advertising, 
sales  promotion  and  personal  selling  are 
integrated. 

MKT  332  three  credits 
Sales  Management 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  junior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission 
of  the  appropriate  department  chair 
Sales  programs  are  formulated  and  then 
implemented.  This  course  deals  with 
understanding  the  importance  of  these 
major  responsibilities  in  an  age  of  accelerat- 
ing product  complexity.  (Formerly  offered  as 
MKT  432). 

MKT  360  three  credits 
Business-to-Business  Marketing 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  junior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission 
of  the  appropriate  department  chair 
A  study  of  contemporary  market  strategy 
techniques  in  industrial  companies. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  case  approach 
where  students  are  provided  an  opportunity 
to  develop  strategies  in  response  to  given 
market  opportunities  and  competitive 
behavior. 

MKT  370  three  credits 

Social  and  Ethical  Issues  in  Marketing 

Prerequisites:  MKT  211  and  junior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission 
of  the  appropriate  department  chair 


An  examination  and  appraisal  of  contempo- 
rary thought  on  the  extent  to  which 
marketing  activities  influence  the  ethical  and 
social  values  of  society. 

MKT  372  three  credits 

Retail  Management  and  Fashion 

Merchandising 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  junior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
Presents  a  strategic  marketing-oriented 
framework  within  which  the  student  can 
appreciate  the  interrelationships  of  the 
industries  and  forces  that  make  up  the 
businesses  bringing  "fashion"  fiber  to 
market.  The  course  examines  the  basic 
concepts  fundamental  to  understanding  the 
retail  environment  and  the  operation  of 
retail  firms. 

MKT  390  three  credits 
Sports  Marketing 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  junior  standing 
Provides  both  a  practical  and  theoretical 
understanding  of  the  growing  sport 
industry,  its  vital  place  in  society,  and  the 
key  component  that  composes  successful 
sport  organizations.  The  course  explores 
managerial  and  organizational  leadership 
issues  that  have  broad  applications  in  any 
business  career.  Case  studies  are  used  to 
sharpen  the  students'  analytical  ability,  their 
decision-making  skills,  and  their  oral  and 
written  communication  effectiveness. 

MKT  399  three  credits 
Internship  in  Marketing 

Prerequisites:  At  least  junior  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean;  approved 
contract  filed  by  end  of  the  add/drop  period 
of  the  semester;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Work  experience  at  a  specialized  level 
supervised  for  graded  academic  credit  by  a 
faculty  member  in  the  student's  major  field. 
Terms  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Students 
must  register  in  advance  to  receive  credit  for 
an  internship  in  the  Business  College. 
Deadline  for  registration  and  approval  for 
internship  contracts  is  the  end  of  the  add/ 
drop  period;  no  late  contracts  or  registra- 
tions will  be  accepted.  For  specific  proce- 
dures and  regulations,  see  section  of 
catalogue  on  Other  Learning  Experiences. 

MKT  420  three  credits 
International  Marketing 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 


A  systematic  treatment  of  marketing  and 
management  on  a  global  scale.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  study  of  the  dimensions  of 
foreign  market  environments,  marketing 
across  national  boundaries  and  manage- 
ment and  marketing  simultaneously  in  two 
or  more  national  environments. 

MKT  421  three  credits 
Advertising 

Prerequisites:  MKT  2 1 1 ,  331  and  senior 
standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or  by 
permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair 

Principal  form  and  applications  of  advertis- 
ing alternatives  as  a  part  of  overall  market 
strategy  planning.  Considerable  emphasis  is 
placed  on  applied  problems  which  allow  for 
student  planning  of  advertising  campaigns. 

MKT  425  three  credits 
Product  Strategy 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
The  decision  steps  of  the  product  develop- 
ment process:  innovation  strategy,  opportu- 
nity identification,  designing  new  products, 
testing  and  improving  products,  product 
introduction  and  profit  management,  and 
implementing  the  new  product  development 
process. 

MKT  431  three  credits 
Consumer  Behavior 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
A  study  of  consumer  decision  processes  as  a 
series  of  activities  related  to  the  purchase 
and  consumption  of  goods.  Emphasis  is 
given  to  contemporary  thought  on  the 
consumer  problem-solving  process,  namely 
problem  recognition,  search,  evaluation, 
commitment  and  post-purchase  behavior. 

MKT  441  three  credits 
Marketing  Management 

Prerequisites:  MKT  21 1  and  senior  standing; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of 
the  appropriate  department  chair 
A  capstone  course  that  integrates  marketing 
and  business  principles  learned  in  prior 
courses.  Being  decision-oriented  and 
analytical  it  sets  forth  a  definite  way  of 
surveying  current  developments  in  market- 
ing practice,  with  the  advantage  of  allowing 
the  student  freedom,  via  the  case  approach, 
in  his  or  her  choice  of  executive  action. 
Students  are  required  to  complete  a 
marketing  plan. 

MKT  442  three  credits 


203 


College  of  Business 


Marketing  Research 

Prerequisites:  MKT  2 1 1 ;  MGT  2 1 0,  2 1 1 ; 
MKT  330;  and  senior  standing;  for  business 
majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  the 
appropriate  department  chair 
An  examination  of  the  market  research 
process  as  used  in  approaching  contempo- 
rary marketing  problems.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  current  status  of  research  techniques 
and  their  application. 

MKT  490  three  credits 
Special  Topics  in  Marketing 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  and  MKT  211; 
for  business  majors  only,  or  by  permission 
of  the  appropriate  department  chair 
Reserved  for  special  topics  in  Marketing. 
May  be  repeated  with  change  of  content. 

MKT  495 

Independent  Study  variable  credit 
Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

MKT  396,  496 
Directed  Study  three  credits 
Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graduate  MBA  Courses 

MBA  graduate  courses  are  not  open  to 
undergraduates.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  general  and  program 
requirements  and  for  the  descriptions  for 
these  courses. 

Foundation  Courses 

MGT  500  three  credits 
Statistical  Analysis 

MKT  500  three  credits 
Marketing  Concepts 

FIN  500  three  credits 

Economic  Concepts  for  Managers 

ACT  500  three  credits 
Financial  Accounting 

FIN  501  three  credits 
Financial  Concepts 


MGT  501  three  credits 
Operations  Management 


Required  MBA  Core  Courses 

ACT  650  three  credits 
Accounting  for  Decision  Making 

BIS  650  three  credits 

Information  Technology  Management 

FIN  650  three  credits 
Finance  for  Decision  Making 

MGT  650  three  credits 
Management  of  Organizational  Behav- 
ior 

MGT  651  three  credits 
Operations  Analysis 

MKT  650  three  credits 
Marketing  Strategy 

MGT  659  three  credits 
Strategic  Management 


Elective  MBA  Courses 

ACT  670  three  credits 
Financial  Statements  Analysis 

ACT  671  three  credits 
Management  Control  and  Business 
Improvement 

ACT  672  three  credits 

Taxes  and  Business  Decisions 

BIS  670  three  credits 
Managing  Information 

BIS  671  three  credits 
Managing  Systems 

BIS  672  three  credits 

Digital  Economy  and  Commerce 

FIN  670  three  credits 
Investment  Analysis 

FIN  671  three  credits 
Personal  Financial  Planning 

FIN  672  three  credits 

International  Financial  Management 

MGT  670  three  credits 

Regulatory  and  Administrative  Law 


MGT  671  three  credits 

Management  of  Organizational  Change 

MGT  672  three  credits 

Designing  Team-Based  Organizations 

MGT  675  three  credits 

International  Supply  Chain  Management 

MGT  676  three  credits 
Business  Process  Design 

MGT  677  three  credits 

Leading,  Motivating,  and  Empowering 

Others 

MKT  670  three  credits 
Interactive  Marketing 

MKT  671  three  credits 
Marketing  Research 

MKT  672  three  credits 

International  Business  and  Multinational 

Enterprises 


Common,  Variable  Courses 

ACT  690,  BIS  690,  FIN  690,  MGT  690, 

MKT  690  three  credits 
Special  Topics 

ACT  695,  BIS  695,  FIN  695,  MGT  695, 

MKT  695  variable  credits 
Independent  Study 

ACT  696,  BIS  696,  FIN  696,  MGT  696, 

MKT  696  three  credits 
Directed  Study 


204 


College 

of  Engineering 


The  College  of  Engineering  offers  engineering  programs 
leading  to  the  B.S.  degree  in  Electrical,  Computer, 
Mechanical,  and  Civil  Engineering  and  also  the  B.S. 
degree  in  Physics,  Computer  Science,  Textile  Science, 
and  Textile  Chemistry. 

Our  engineering  programs  form  a  strong  foundation  in 
basic  sciences,  mathematics,  and  engineering  sciences. 
Our  applied  science  students  acquire  a  strong  founda- 
tion in  the  basic  sciences  and  mathematics  along  with 
the  applied  sciences  associated  with  their  major.  A 
progression  of  innovative  design  experiences  culminates 
in  a  senior  design  project.  Students  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  use  high-tech  laboratories  and  sophisti- 
cated computer  systems,  beginning  in  their  freshman 
year.  The  many  faculty  involved  with  significant  research 
projects  bring  excitement  into  the  classroom  and  tie 
theory  to  practical  applications. 


Through  cooperation  with  industry  and  government 
agencies,  the  College  of  Engineering  also  offers  stu- 
dents the  opportunity  to  obtain  valuable  work  experi- 
ence before  graduation.  Qualified  students  can  partici- 
pate in  internships  or  cooperative  education  so  that 
they  gain  practical  engineering  experience,  a  taste  of 
the  "real  world,"  and  significant  income  to  help  offset 
college  expenses. 

All  undergraduate  engineering  programs  in  Civil, 
Computer,  Electrical,  and  Mechanical  Engineering  are 
accredited  by  the  Engineering  Accreditation  Commis- 
sion and  the  program  in  Computer  Science  is  accredited 
by  the  Computing  Accreditation  Commission  of  the 
Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering  and  Technology, 
1 1 1  Market  Place,  Suite  1050,  Baltimore,  MD  21202- 
4012. 


Our  students  develop  the  knowledge,  creativity,  and 
expertise  to  succeed  in  today's  rapidly  changing  techni- 
cal world.  Our  graduates  are  actively  recruited  by 
industry  and  find  rewarding  careers,  or  have  gone  on 
for  advanced  degrees  in  competitive  graduate  programs 
around  the  country. 


College  of  Engineering 


Mission,  Goals,  and  Objectives  of  the  College  of  Engineering 


Transfer  Agreements 


The  mission  and  goals  of  the  College  of 
Engineering  are  molded  by  the  history  of  the 
region  and  the  institution,  by  the  existing 
needs  of  the  region  and  its  people,  and  by 
the  emerging  opportunities  for  regional 
economic  growth.  Building  upon  its  quality 
undergraduate  and  expanding  graduate 
programs,  its  facilities,  and  its  faculty,  the 
mission  of  the  University  of  Massachusetts 
Dartmouth  College  of  Engineering  is  to 
provide  educational  opportunities  for  the 
region  that  emphasize  teaching  and 
learning,  and  to  provide  increased  access  to 
the  College  that  will  support  economic 
growth  in  the  region,  the  Commonwealth, 
and  beyond. 

Given  the  above  mission  the  educational 
goals  of  the  University  of  Massachusetts 
Dartmouth  College  of  Engineering  are  to 
provide  its  graduates  with  a  solid  foundation 
of  knowledge,  and  a  level  of  skill  that  will 
allow  them  to  function  successfully  in  their 
professions  upon  graduation,  and  to  have  a 
breadth  of  education  that  will  allow  them  to 
meet  the  needs  of  the  contemporary 
workplace  and  to  be  life-long  learners. 

In  particular,  it  is  our  intention  to  demon- 
strate that  a  graduate  of  the  UMass 
Dartmouth  College  of  Engineering  will  have 
met  the  following  outcome  objectives: 

•  the  ability  to  apply  knowledge  of 
mathematics,  science,  and  engineering; 

•  the  ability  to  design  and  conduct 
experiments,  as  well  as  to  analyze  and 
interpret  data; 

•  the  ability  to  design  a  system,  compo- 
nent, or  process  to  meet  desired  needs; 

•  the  ability  to  function  on  multidisciphnary 
teams; 

•  the  ability  to  identify,  formulate,  and 
solve  engineering  and  science  problems; 

•  the  understanding  of  professional  and 
ethical  responsibility, 

•  the  ability  to  communicate  effectively; 

•  the  broad  education  necessary  to 
understand  the  impact  of  engineering 
and  scientific  solutions  in  a  global/societal 
context; 


•  a  recognition  of  the  need  for  and  an 
ability  to  engage  in  life-long  learning; 

•  a  knowledge  of  contemporary  issues; 
and, 

•  the  ability  to  use  techniques,  skills,  and 
modern  engineering  and  science  tools 
necessary  for  professional  practice. 

The  knowledge  and  skills  represented  by  the 
above  list,  which  are  consonant  with  those 
of  the  Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering 
and  Technology  (ABET),  are  essential  in 
contemporary  engineering  and  science 
endeavors,  and  contribute  significantly  to 
the  graduate's  ability  to  function  success- 
fully in  the  ever-challenging  and  exciting 
engineering  and  science  professions. 


The  College  of  Engineering  seeks  to 
facilitate  the  transfer  of  students  from 
community  colleges,  and  from  four-year 
institutions  that  lack  the  engineering 
baccalaureate,  by  means  of  a  variety  of 
transfer  and  matriculation  agreements. 
• 

Course  and  program  articulation  matrices 
are  maintained  to  facilitate  planning  and 
transfer  between  UMass  Dartmouth 
engineering  curricula  and  the  courses  and 
programs  at  Bristol,  Massasoit,  and  Cape 
Cod  Community  Colleges.  Transfer 
applicants  from  other  institutions  are 
assessed  individually. 
• 

Students  at  the  University  of  Massachusetts 
Boston,  Frammgham  State  College,  and 
Worcester  State  College  who  complete  an 
identified  2-year  curriculum  and  meet 
conditions  for  a  standard  of  performance 
receive  guaranteed  admission  to  identified 
engineering  programs  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 


Distribution  Requirements  /  General  Education  Requirements  for  Civil, 
Computer,  Electrical,  and  Mechanical  Engineering 

Degree  candidates  in  the  College  of  Engineering  must  satisfy  the  university's  General 
Education  requirements,  as  described  in  the  Academic  Policies  section  of  this  Catalogue. 
• 

General  Education  requirements  in  Areas  M  and  S  and  the  Tier  1  Writing/Information 
requirement  are  automatically  satisfied  by  the  courses  shown  as  required  for  these  majors. 
• 

The  General  Education  requirements  in  Areas  C,  G,  and  D  may  be  fulfilled  by  selecting  courses 
from  the  approved  lists  in  each  area,  using  the  General  Education  electives  shown  in  the 
course  requirement  tables  for  each  major. 
• 

The  requirements  for  General  Education  areas  E,  I,  W,  and  0  will  be  specified  within  courses 
that  are  included  in  each  major.  Requirement  tables  for  these  areas  are  included  for  each 
major. 


206 


Cooperative  Education  and  Internships  in  the  College  of  Engineering 


College  of  Engineering  students  have  the 
opportunity  to  gain  valuable  work  experi- 
ence with  industry  and  government 
agencies,  before  graduation.  Working  as 
engineers  in  industry  or  government 
agencies  can  provide  engineering  students 
with  an  exceptional  educational  experience 

We  encourage  students  majoring  in  any  of 
the  engineering  fields  to  participate  in  co- 
op, engineering,  or  computer  science 
internship  opportunities. 


Cooperative  Education 

Through  cooperative  education,  students 
alternate  work  and  school  sessions.  Co-op 
students  often  earn  substantial  income 
while  completing  their  degree.  This  can 
reduce  the  financial  burden  of  a  college 
education.  Furthermore,  co-op  students 
frequently  are  offered  higher  starting 
salaries  after  graduation.  Meaningful,  "real 
world"  work  experience  often  improves 
learning  by  providing  practical  connections 
for  classroom  theory.  Technical  work 
experiences  can  also  help  students  make 
better  choices  of  courses  or  career  paths. 

Eligible  Students 

Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering, 
Computer  Engineering,  Computer  Science, 
Electrical  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing, and  Physics  students  are  eligible  to 
participate  in  the  Cooperative  Education 
Program.  Students  who  meet  specific 
academic  standards  defined  by  their 
respective  department  are  invited  to  enroll 
in  the  program.  All  students  are  expected  to 
attend  special  seminars  which  prepare  them 
for  interviewing  and  for  working  in  industry. 

Those  who  choose  to  participate  in  co-op 
arrange  interviews  with  co-op  companies  in 
March  and  April.  Selection  for  work 
assignments  is  made  by  the  employers  and 
therefore  cannot  be  guaranteed.  However, 
students  who  are  somewhat  flexible  about 
the  nature  and  location  of  the  assignment 
usually  will  not  have  difficulty  obtaining 
one  Faculty  make  every  effort  to  see  that 
each  student  is  placed. 

In  order  to  remain  in  the  co-op  option, 
students  must  maintain  acceptable 
academic  and  work  performance  while 
making  satisfactory  progress  toward  their 
degree.  While  working  for  a  company, 
students  must  abide  by  the  rules  and 
regulations  of  their  employer.  In  addition, 
students  on  work  assignment  must  have 


appropriate  health  insurance  as  specified  by 
the  university. 

Schedule 

Co-op  students  alternate  work  and  school 
every  other  session  until  the  first  semester  of 
the  senior  year.  The  structure  of  the 
program  allows  for  an  employer  to  hire 
student  "pairs,"  with  each  student 
employee  following  an  alternating  schedule. 
While  one  student  is  out  on  a  work  session 
[A],  the  other  is  taking  courses  [B].  There  is 
an  "early  start"  option  -  Tracks  1  A  and  1  B, 
and  a  "late  start"  option  -  Tracks  2  A  and  2 
B. 

Track  1  A 


fall 

sprg 

sumr 

F1 

F2 

W 

So1 

W 

So2 

w 

J1 

W 

J2 

W 

E 

Sri 

Sr2 

Track  1  B 


fall 

sprg 

sumr 

F1 

F2 

So1 

W 

So2 

W 

Jr1 

W 

E 

W 

J2 

W 

Sri 

Sr2 

Late  Start  Option 
Track  2  A 


fall 

sprg 

sumr 

F1 

F2 

0 

S1 

W 

S2 

W 

J1 

w 

J2 

w 

E 

Sri 

Sr2 

Track  2  B 


fall 

sprg 

sumr 

F1 

F2 

0 

51 

S2 

W 

J1 

W 

E 

W 

J2 

W 

Sr  1 

Sr2 

Key 

W  Co-op  work  session 

F1,  F2  Fresh,  semester  1  &  2 

51,  S2  Soph,  semester  1  &  2 

J1.J2  Junior  semester  1  &  2 

Sr1,  Sr2  Senior  semester  1  &  2 

0  Open 

E  Extra  sessions,  for  electives 
or  to  fill  in  requirements 

Because  of  the  enforced  schedule,  students 
should  plan  their  programs  of  study  carefully 
in  order  to  get  the  courses  they  want.  Any 


modification  to  the  above  schedules  requires 
approval  of  a  co-op  faculty  coordinator  and 
the  co-op  director.  Most  students  complete 
five  work  sessions.  To  receive  co-op 
certification  upon  graduation  students  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  four  work  sessions 
and  satisfactorily  meet  all  co-op  require- 
ments. Co-op  certification  will  be  docu- 
mented on  students'  transcripts. 


Internships 

Many  faculty  in  the  College  of  Engineering 
at  UMass  Dartmouth  have  excellent 
relationships  with  engineering  employers  in 
the  region  and  nation,  generating  many 
opportunities  for  engineering  internships.  In 
addition,  students  often  contact  employers 
directly  and  arrange  internships  with  the 
assistance  of  faculty  advisors. 

An  internship  is  a  supervised,  practical 
learning  experience,  usually  occurring  during 
the  last  two  years  of  the  student's  program. 
For  students  in  the  College  of  Engineering, 
an  intern  would' be  employed  to  do 
engineering  work  with  a  company  or 
government  agency  while  earning  university 
credit.  Supervision  would  be  provided  by  the 
company  or  agency,  and  the  work  would  be 
done  outside  the  university  except  in 
unusual  circumstances.  A  faculty  advisor 
monitors  the  internship  and  works  with  the 
company  or  agency  to  see  that  the  work  is 
appropriate  for  the  course  credit  being 
given. 

Each  department  in  the  college  of  engineer- 
ing has  an  Engineering  Internship  course 
which  can  be  used  as  at  least  3  credits  of 
technical  electives  (CEN  400,  ECE  400,  or 
MNE  400).  In  order  for  a  student  to  enroll  in 
one  of  these  courses,  the  work  activity  must 
provide  a  learning  experience  equivalent  to 
that  obtained  in  a  typical  technical  elective. 
The  student  must  file  a  proposal  detailing 
the  work  and  learning  experience  for 
approval  by  their  internship  advisor  before 
the  experience  begins.  The  student  should 
keep  a  daily  journal  history  of  the  work 
done  and  send  copies  or  a  written  summary 
report  to  the  advisor  each  week.  The 
student  must  submit  a  summary  report  on 
the  work  experience  before  credit  can  be 
given.  The  individual  courses  may  have  other 
requirements  which  also  must  be  met,  as 
found  in  the  course  listings.  Co-op  students 
can  use  one  of  these  engineering  internship 
courses  to  obtain  credit  for  a  qualified  work 
session  experience. 


207 


College  of  Engineering 


Special  Admission  Programs 


A  work  experience  which  does  not  qualify 
tor  technical  elective  credit  may  be  able  to 
qualify  as  an  Experiential  Learning 
Internship  and  earn  free  elective  credit 
under  the  rules  of  the  Experiential  Learning 
Program  administered  through  the  Office  of 
Career  Services.  College  of  Engineering 
interns  in  this  program  must  meet  the 
advising,  proposal  and  report  writing 
requirements  of  the  previous  paragraph  in 
addition  to  the  requirements  of  Experiential 
Learning. 

Internships  are  usually  done  part  time  while 
the  student  continues  taking  classes; 
however,  some  internships  are  full  time  for 
a  semester  or  more  and  may  be  far  from 
campus.  In  those  cases  the  intern  may  not 
■be  able  to  enroll  in  other  courses.  However, 
students  enrolled  in  a  university-recognized 
internship  must  have  appropriate  health 
insurance  as  specified  by  the  university 
regardless  of  internship  work  location  and 
the  number  of  credits. 


Alternative  Paths 

The  engineering  programs  are  rigorous, 
requiring  strong  high  school  preparation  and 
high  motivation  Students  who  have  demon- 
strated an  aptitude  for  engineering  based 
upon  SATs,  or  have  demonstrated  the  ability 
and  motivation  for  engineering  studies  as 
evidenced  by  their  high  school  record  but 
have  some  deficiencies  in  their  high  school 
program  of  study,  may  still  be  offered 
admission  to  the  college  of  engineering. 

These  deficiencies  are  detected  by  the 
placement  test  conducted  during  freshman 
orientation.  Depending  on  the  results  of 
tests  in  mathematics  -  algebra  and  calculus 
readiness  -  students  may  be  placed  into  one 
of  three  courses  in  the  fall  semester:  (a)  MTH 
111  (or  113)  Calculus,  (b)  MTH  131 
Precalculus,  or  (c)  MTH  100  Basic  Algebra.  In 
the  first  case,  the  students  will  follow  the 
standard  programs  shown  on  the  following 
pages  for  each  major.  In  cases  (b)  and  (c),  for 
the  first  year,  the  student  will  enroll  in  the 
courses  shown  for  Precalculus-ready  and 


Algebra-ready  students  under  each  major. 
Some  students  in  cases  (b)  and  (c)  may  be 
able  to  up-grade  their  mathematics  standing 
by  taking  selected  courses  during  the 
summer.  If  they  are  able  to  improve  their 
Accuplacer  scores  sufficiently  on  a  re-test, 
they  will  be  placed  in  a  higher-level  math 
course  and  curriculum. 

Reduced  Load 

Students  may  carry  a  lighter  course  load 
than  that  defined  by  the  standard  curricu- 
lum. A  five  year  schedule  is  recommended 
for  those  students  who  need  time  for  a  part 
time  job,  sports,  or  other  time-consuming 
extracurricular  activities.  Many  students  who 
start  on  the  standard  curriculum  later  find  it 
necessary  to  extend  their  program  to  4  1/2 
years  or  5  years.  For  many  students  it  is 
better  to  plan  on  a  5  year  schedule  from  the 
beginning.  Personalized  programs  can  be 
arranged  through  consultation  with  the 
student's  faculty  advisor  or  the  Academic 
Advising  Center. 


208 


Gen  Ed  note:  Engineering  courses  satisfy 
the  Natural  Science  and  Technology 
requirement.  Those  marked  S  are  appropri- 
ate for  non-science/engineering  majors. 

Engineering  Core  Courses 


The  following  courses  are  taken  in  common 
by  students  in  some  of  the  majors  in  the 
college. 

EGR  105  two  credits 

Introduction  to  Engineering  Through 

Applied  Science  I 

1.5  hours  lecture,  1.5  hours  laboratory 
Corequisites:  PHY  1 1 1,  MTH  113 
An  introduction  to  engineering  and  applied 
science  that  emphasizes  development  of 
engineering  problem-solving  skills  through 
work  on  team  projects  in  engineering 
mechanics.  The  course  applies  calculus  and 
physics  problem-solving  skills  to  projects  that 
are  directed  by  faculty  from  the  Mechanical 
Engineering  department.  The  course 
develops  team  work,  written  and  oral 
communication  skills  and  uses  computer 
assisted  learning. 

EGR  108  two  credits 

Introduction  to  Engineering  Through 

Applied  Science  II 

Corequisites:  PHY  112,  MTH  114 
An  introduction  to  engineering  and  applied 
science  that  emphasizes  development  of 
engineering  problem-solving  skills  through 
work  on  team  projects  in  DC  and  AC  circuits, 
electromagnetics,  and  computer  measure- 
ment and  control.  The  course  applies 
calculus  and  physics  problem  solving  skills  to 
projects  in  the  Computer  Engineering, 
Electrical  Engineering  and  Mechanical 
Engineering  disciplines.  The  course  develops 
teamwork,  written  and  oral  communication 
skills,  and  uses  computer  tools  (Electronic 
Workbench  and  MATLAB)  for  analysis  and 
simulation. 

EGR  131  1  credit 
Introduction  to  Design 

0.5  hours  lecture,  1.5  hours  laboratory 
Covers  computer-graphic  design  material  and 
develops  graphic  communication  skills. 

EGR  232  three  credits 
Principles  of  Thermodynamics 

3  hours  lecture 

Pre-  or  corequisites:  CHM  1 52,  MTH  2 1 1 
A  single  semester  comprehensive  course  in 
thermodynamics  for  non-Mechanical 
Engineering  majors.  The  fundamentals  of 
classical  thermodynamics  are  presented.  The 
first  and  second  laws  are  formulated  and 
applied  to  basic  engineering  systems. 
Properties  of  pure  substances,  their 
calculation  and  measurement  are  explored. 
Formulae  and  concepts  for  evaluating 
efficiency  are  derived.  The  combined  first 
and  second  laws  are  used  to  develop  the 
concepts  of  useful  work,  availability  and 


exergy.  Engineering  applications  are 
discussed  and  studied  as  time  allows. 

EGR  241  three  credits 
Engineering  Mechanics  I:  Statics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  PHY  1 1 1  or  PHY  113,  MTH 
112  or  MTH  114 

The  first  course  in  engineering  mechanics, 
with  two  major  objectives:  first,  to 
introduce  the  student  to  the  science  of 
engineering  mechanics  and  second  to 
introduce  the  student  to  the  art  of  applying 
science  to  the  solution  of  engineering 
problems.  The  specific  vehicle  or  curriculum 
to  accomplish  these  objectives  will  be  a 
study  of  the  statics  of  rigid  bodies. 

EGR  242  three  credits 

Engineering  Mechanics  II:  Dynamics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  EGR  241,  MTH  21 1  or  MTH 
213 

Corequisite:  MTH  212  or  MNE  212 
A  continuation  of  the  study  of  mechanics 
initiated  in  EGR  241.  Work  and  energy 
methods  are  emphasized.  Motion  in 
accelerating  coordinate  systems  and 
dynamics  of  system  particles  lead  to  the 
discussion  of  rigid  body  dynamics  in  three 
dimensions.  A  number  of  examples  of  rigid 
body  motion  are  discussed.  Free  and  forced 
vibrations  of  one  degree  of  freedom,  and 
free  vibrations  of  multi-degree  of  freedom 
systems,  are  studied.  The  principle  of  virtual 
work  is  introduced  and  used  to  briefly 
discuss  stability  of  equilibrium. 

EGR  301  three  credits 

Applied  Engineering  Mathematics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  MTH  212  or  MNE  212 
Mathematical  methods  useful  to  all 
engineering  students.  They  include: 
elements  of  linear  algebra,  matrices, 
eigenvalue  problems,  systems  of  ordinary 
differential  equations,  Fourier  series,  partial 
differential  equations,  probability  theory, 
mathematical  statistics,  and  a  brief 
introduction  to  complex  numbers. 


Engineering  Courses  for  all  UMass 
Dartmouth  Students 

The  following  courses  are  offered  by  the 
College  of  Engineering  as  interdisciplinary 
courses  or  as  courses  that  may  satisfy 
distribution  and  science  requirements. 

EGR  101  three  credits  S 

The  Technical  Nature  of  the  Human 

Environment 

3  hours  lecture 

Three  consecutive  five-week  mini-courses, 
primarily  for  non-engineers,  designed  to 
develop  an  understanding  of  the  technical 
nature  of  structures  such  as  buildings  and 
bridges,  transportation  systems,  and 
environmental  systems.  (Formerly  EGR  100.) 

EGR  157  three  credits  S,  O 
Science  of  Engineering 

2  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  honors  requirements 
(3.2  G.P.A.  or  by  invitation) 

The  scientific  principles  underlying  the 
practice  of  various  engineering  disciplines. 
This  honors-level  course  is  for  non-science 
and  non-engineering  majors. 

EGR  203  three  credits  S 
Environmental  Geology 

3  hours  lecture 

A  brief  outline  of  earth's  development  to 
the  present  and  basic  materials  of  geology — 
rocks,  minerals,  and  geological  processes. 
The  course  examines  how  geologic 
processes  and  hazards  influence  human 
activities,  the  geologic  aspects  of  pollution 
and  waste  disposal  problems,  etc.  Prior 
exposure  to  geology  or  college-level  math  or 
science  is  not  necessary. 


209 


College  of  Engineering 


Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 

Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Civil  and  environmental  engineering  is 
the  engineering  of  constructed  facilities;  of 
buildings,  bridges,  tunnels,  and  dams;  of 
harbors  and  airports;  of  waterways, 
railways,  and  highways;  of  water  power, 
irrigation,  drainage,  and  water  supply;  of 
wastewater  and  hazardous  waste  disposal 
and  environmental  health  systems.  Civil 
Engineers  are  the  professionals  who  plan, 
design,  direct  the  construction,  and  often 
maintain  these  facilities. 

The  program  is  accredited  by  the  Engineer- 
ing Accreditation  Commission  of  the 
Accreditation  Board  of  Engineering  and 
Technology.  The  department  also  partici- 
pates in  the  college's  co-op  program. 


William  Edberg  structural  engineering 

Neil  Fennessey  hydrology,  water  resources 
engineering 

Thomas  Paul  Jackivicz  environmental 
engineering,  surveying 

Madhusudan  Jhaveri  geotechnical 
engineering,  solid  mechanics 

Heather  J.  Miller  geotechnical 
engineering 

Walaa  S.  Mogawer  (acting  chairperson) 

transportation  engineering 

Christos  Papakonstantinou  structural 
engineering 

Sukalyan  Sengupta  environmental 
engineering 


Mission 

The  Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 
Department  at  UMass  Dartmouth  offers  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Civil  Engineering.  The 
program  provides  service  to  meet  the  needs 
of  students,  industry,  government,  and 
society.  The  program  offers  excellence, 
access,  and  value  through  a  strong 
commitment  to  teaching,  scholarship, 
outreach,  and  professionalism.  The  program 
contributes  to  the  economic  development  of 
the  region  by  providing  a  resource  of 
practice-oriented  education  for  local 
industry  and  business,  by  conducting 
research,  and  by  active  involvement  in 
community  affairs. 

Objectives 

The  Department  has  the  following  program 
objectives: 

•  To  educate  students  in  the  principles 
that  underlie  technological  applications 
related  to  general  engineering  and 
subspecialty  areas  within  civil  and 
environmental  engineering:  structural 
engineering,  geotechnical  engineering, 
hydrology  and  water  resources 
engineering,  environmental  engineering, 
and  transportation  engineering 

•  To  develop  engineers  who  are  articulate 
in  communicating  science  and  engineer- 
ing concepts. 

•  To  provide  a  flexible  curriculum  to  meet 
the  diverse  needs  of  an  ever-diverse 
student  body,  including  a  cooperative 
education  program  and  intern  opportu- 
nities. 


•  To  empower  graduates  with  tools 
related  to  contemporary  professional 
practice  in  civil  and  environmental 
engineering  at  the  entry  level. 

•  To  inspire  graduates  to  become  leaders 
in  their  professional  endeavors. 

•  To  inspire  graduates  to  further  their 
education  in  graduate  schools,  not  only 
in  engineering  but  also  in  other 
professions,  and  to  encourage  the 
attitude  of  lifelong  learning. 

•  To  develop  an  awareness  in  graduates  of 
the  interrelated  context  in  which 
engineering  is  performed:  political, 
societal,  economic,  and  ethical. 


210 


Civil  Engineering  Major  Requirements 

BS  degree 


The  academic  preparation  for  a  profession 

Semester  Credits 

which  is  as  varied  as  civil  and  environmental 

First 

Second 

engineering  requires  considerable  breadth 

First  Year 

as  well  as  depth.  The  department  provides 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  1,  II 

3 

3 

this  breadth  and  depth  through  its  stated 

CHM  151,  152 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  1,  II 

3 

3 

objectives.  Each  student's  program  includes 

CHM  161,  162 

Intro  Applied  Chemistry  Engineers  1,  II 

1 

1 

a  sequence  of  technical  electives  which  are  a 

MTH  111,  112 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  1,  II 

4 

4 

combination  of  engineering  sciences  and 

PHY  1 13 

Classical  Physics  1 

4 

engineering  design  that  culminates  in  a 

CEN  161 

Civil  Engineering  Design  Graphics 

3 

meaningful  major  design  experience.  To 

14 

15 

better  prepare  the  student  to  take  his  or  her 

place  as  a  citizen  as  well  as  a  professional, 

Second  Year 

the  curriculum  is  also  designed  to  include  a 

EGR  241,  242 

Engineering  Mechanics,  1,  II 

3 

3 

number  of  courses  in  the  humanities  and 

MTH  211,212 

Calculus  III,  Differential  Equations 

4 

3 

social  sciences. 

CEN  201 

Surveying 

3 

CEN  211 

Surveying  Laboratory 

1 

CEN  302 

Mechanics  of  Materials 

3 

Civil  Engineering  Certificate  Programs 

CEN  312 

Mechanics  of  Materials  Lab 

0 

PHY  1 14 

Classical  Physics  II 

4 

The  UMass  Dartmouth  Department  of  Civil 

MTH  331 

Probability 

3 

and  Environmental  Engineering  participates 

ENL  266 

Technical  Communications 

3 

along  with  Massachusetts  Maritime 

General  Education  Requirement 

3 

Academy  and  Cape  Cod  Community 

18 

15 

College  in  four  Certificate  programs: 

Third  Year 

•    Environmental  Site  Assessment 

CEN  303 

Fluid  Mechanics 

■3 

J 

C  prtif  ir^tp 

CI  LI  1  IV-O  It; 

rCM  313 
\^  C 1  >J  -J  J 

FlinH  I\y1prh.a n ir<;  I  .ahnr^tnrv 
riuiu  i vitrei  lai  i j  Lauui  aiui  y 

1 

•    Wastewater  Management  Certificate 

CEN  306 

Structural  Analysis 

3 

•    Coastal  Zone  Management  Certificate 

CEN  309 

Introduction  to  Transportation 

3 

•    Geographical  Information  Systems  (GIS) 

CEN  403 

Soil  Mechanics 

3 

Certificate 

CEN  413 

Soil  Mechanics  Laboratory 

1 

CEN  310 

Construction  Materials  Lab 

0.5 

For  further  information,  contact  the  UMass 

EGR  232 

Principles  of  Thermodynamics 

3 

Dartmouth  Continuing  Education  Office, 

CEN  304 

Introduction  to  Environmental  Engineering 

3 

extension  8071,  or  Environmental  Technol- 

CEN 307 

Analysis  and  Design  of  Concrete  Structures 

3 

ogy  Program,  Cape  Cod  Community 

CEN  314 

Environmental  Engineering  Lab 

1 

College,  West  Barnstable,  MA  02668; 

CEN  311 

Water  Resources  Engineering 

3 

phone  508  362-2131. 

CEN  423 

Design  of  Foundations  and  Earth  Structures 

3 

CEN  434 

Traffic  Engineering 

3 

16.5 

17 

Fourth  Year 

CEN  308 

Analysis  and  Design  of  Steel  Structures 

3 

CEN  411 

Water  Quality  Engineering 

3 

CEN  402 

Engineering  Economy 

3 

CEN  452 

Ethical,  Professional,  and  Safety  Issues 

1 

Technical  Electives 

6 

CEN  491 

Civil  Engineering  Project* 

1 

2 

General  Education  Requirements  (C) 

3 

3 

General  Education  Requirements  (D) 

3 

General  Education  Requirements  (G) 

3 

General  Education  Departmental 

14 

17 

Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Civil  Engineering  will 
meet  their  departmentally-controlled 
General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  CEN  452 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  CEN  161,  CEN  306,  CEN  31 1 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  ENL  266 
Area  O:  CEN  491 


Total  Credits: 


127 


*  two  semester  course,  grades  awarded  in  spring  semester;  one  credit  first  semester;  two 
credits  second  semester 


211 


College  of  Engineering 


Technical  Electives 


Civil  and  Environmental 
Engineering  Courses 


All  Civil  Engineering  majors  must  complete 
a  minimum  of  2  technical  elective  courses. 
They  will  select  these  courses  from  the  list 
below,  according  to  a  plan  that  is  developed 
in  consultation  with  the  departmental 
advisor.  In  addition  to  the  curriculum 
requirements,  all  Civil  Engineering  majors 
must  take  the  Fundamentals  of  Engineering 
Exam  by  the  Spring  semester  of  their  senior 
year 


Technical  Electives 

CEN  31 1  Water  Resources  Engineering 
CEN412  Pollution  Control  of  Wastes 
CEN  421   Matrix  Methods  of  Structural 

Analysis 

'  CEN  422  Design  of  Structural  Systems 
CEN  432  Pavement  Design 
CEN  433  Special  Topics  in  Geotechnical 

Engineering 
CEN  443  Computer-Aided  Water  Resources 

Design 


CEN  161  three  credits 

Civil  Engineering  Design  Graphics 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
The  standard  graphical  means  of  communi- 
cation between  the  civil  engineer  and  the 
constructor  are  introduced  The  students' 
graphic  communication  skills  are  developed 
including  the  ability  to  use  computer-aided 
graphic  systems. 

CEN  201  three  credits 
Surveying 

3  hours  lecture 

A  study  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  plane 
surveying  as  applied  to  property,  topo- 
graphic, and  engineering  surveys,  including 
curves,  error  theory  and  earth-work  as 
related  to  civil  engineering  projects. 

CEN  211  one  credit 
Surveying  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  CEN  201 

Consists  of  field  practice  to  understand  and 
supplement  the  CEN  201  course  contents. 


Alternative  Paths  Program  Requirements 

Depending  on  the  results  of  placement  testing,  new  freshman  students  may  be  placed  into 
one  of  the  following  first-year  curricula  in  lieu  of  the  standard  curriculum. 


Semester  Credits 


First 

Second 

First  Year  Courses  for  Precalculus-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  151,  152 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  161,  162 

Intro  Applied  Chemistry  Engineers  I,  II 

1 

1 

MTH  131 

Precalculus 

3 

MTH  1 1 1 

Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  I 

4 

CEN  161 

Civil  Engineering  Design  Graphics 

3 

CEN  252 

Ethical,  Professional,  and  Safety  Issues 

1 

13 

12 

First 

Second 

First-Year  Courses  for  Algebra-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  151 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I 

3 

CHM  161 

Intro  Applied  Chemistry  Engineers  I 

1 

MTH  1 00 

Basic  Algebra 

3* 

MTH  131 

Precalculus 

4 

PHY  162 

Science,  Technology,  and  Society  II: 

Environment 

3 

CEN  161 

Civil  Engineering  Design  Graphics 

3 

General  Education  Electives 

6 

15 

14 

*  Students  receive  3  administrative  credits  for  Math  100.  Administrative  credits  do  not  count 
towards  the  total  credits  required  for  graduation 


CEN  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

CEN  302  three  credits 
Mechanics  of  Materials 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  EGR  241 
The  behavior  of  materials  and  members 
under  axial  load,  torsion,  flexure,  shear  and 
combined  loads,  including  the  deflection  of 
beams  and  buckling  of  columns.  The 
relationship  between  stress  and  strain, 
principal  stresses  and  strains  and  yield  and 
fracture  criteria  are  discussed. 

CEN  303  three  credits 
Fluid  Mechanics 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  EGR  242 
The  mechanics  of  fluids,  fluid  properties, 
fluid  statics.  Kinematics  and  dynamics  of 
flow  fields  are  developed.  Dimensional 
analysis,  metering,  laminar  and  turbulent 
flows  will  also  be  discussed.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  energy  equations  with  applica- 
tions to  closed  conduit  and  open  channel 


212 


Gen  Ed  note:  Civil  Engineering  courses 
satisfy  the  Natural  Science  and  Technology 
requirement. 


flow  problems.  Boundary  layer  concepts  and 
drag  and  lift  forces  on  submerged  bodies 
are  also  considered. 

CEN  304  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Environmental 
Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  CEN  303,  CHM  152 
Introduction  to  the  sanitary  engineering 
field.  The  environmental  problems  of 
urbanization  and  the  natural  cycle  of  water 
are  discussed.  Elementary  hydrology, 
physical,  chemical  and  biological  principles 
of  the  treatment  of  water  and  wastewater 
are  covered.  Municipal  services — water 
mains,  sanitary  sewers  and  storm  water 
drainage,  layout  and  operation  of  purifica- 
tion and  treatment  works  are  studied  in 
detail.  In  addition,  state  and  federal 
regulatory  standards  are  introduced  and 
discussed. 

CEN  306  three  credits 
Structural  Analysis 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  302 
Analysis  of  forces,  moments,  and  deforma- 
tions of  determinate  and  indeterminate 
beams,  fames,  trusses,  and  other  structural 
systems.  Classical  and  computer  methods 
used.  (Formerly  offered  as  CEN  32 1 .) 

CEN  307  three  credits 

Analysis  and  Design  of  Reinforced 

Concrete  Structures 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  CEN  306 

The  methods  of  structural  analysis  and 

design  of  reinforced  concrete  beams, 

columns,  frames,  and  one-and  two-way 

slabs  are  formulated  and  discussed. 

CEN  308  three  credits 

Analysis  and  Design  of  Steel  Structures 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  CEN  306 

The  field  of  structural  engineering  is 

introduced  through  a  study  of  the  methods 

of  structural  analysis  and  design  of  steel 

structures  using  the  Load  and  Resistance 

Factor  Design  Method. 

CEN  309  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Transportation 
Engineering  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  CEN  201 
A  comprehensive  overview  of  the  character- 
istics of  transportation  systems.  Concepts  in 
major  areas  such  as  geometric  design, 
human  factors,  traffic  engineering  simula- 


tion, and  transportation  planning  and 
evaluation,  including  travel  behavior  and 
socioeconomic  effects,  will  be  introduced. 
Principles  of  highway  construction  and 
design  will  be  included. 

CEN  310  one-half  credit 
Construction  Materials  Lab 

3  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  CEN  309 

A  series  of  laboratory  experiments  aimed  at 
measuring  the  engineering  properties  of 
asphalt,  asphalt  concrete  and  concrete  to 
supplement  the  theory  covered  in  CEN  309. 

CEN  311  three  credits 

Water  Resources  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  303 
Elementary  surface  and  groundwater 
hydrology,  pressure  flow  and  open  channel 
flow  fundamentals.  Topics  include  basic 
probability  and  statistics  with  a  water 
resources  emphasis,  watershed  based  and 
site  drainage  concepts,  natural  and 
constructed  open  channel  systems,  reservoir 
routing  and  design,  analysis  and  manage- 
ment issues.  Also  covered  are  the  analysis 
and  design  of  pressure  flow  systems,  dam 
spillways,  energy  dissipaters  and  stilling 
basins.  An  integrated,  systems  analyses 
approach  to  water  resources  engineering  is 
emphasized. 

CEN  312  one  half  credit 

Mechanics  of  Materials  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 

Corequisite:  CEN  302 

Laboratory  experiments  conducted  to 

investigate  the  physical  characteristics  of 

materials  and  to  verify  the  assumptions 

made  in  the  course  Mechanics  of  Materials, 

CEN  302. 

CEN  313  one  credit 

Fluid  Mechanics  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  CEN  303 

Laboratory  experiments  supplementing  the 
theory  course  CEN  303  Fluid  Mechanics, 
with  the  objective  of  introducing  the 
student  to  the  field  of  fluid  observations  and 
experimentation. 

CEN  314  one  credit 
Introduction  to  Environmental 
Engineering  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 

Corequisite:  CEN  304 

Laboratory  experiments  in  the  testing  of 

water  and  wastewater.  Supplements  the 

theory  course  CEN  304. 


CEN  400  three  credits 

Civil  Engineering  Internship 

Training  experience  for  civil  engineering 
majors  at  various  institutions/agencies 
recognized  by  the  department.  Internship 
proposals  must  be  approved  by  the 
department  chair. 

CEN  402  three  credits 
Engineering  Economy 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  MTH  1 12 
A  study  of  the  principles  involved  in  the 
analysis  of  proposed  investment  in  capital 
assets  for  decision-making.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  techniques  for  economy  studies 
of  multiple  alternatives,  uncertainties  in 
forecasts,  increment  costs,  taxes,  retirement 
and  replacement.  Current  economic  issues, 
overview  of  economic  decision-making  and 
investment  are  also  discussed.  Enrollment  is 
normally  limited  to  engineering  seniors. 

CEN  403  three  credits 
Soil  Mechanics 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  302 
Corequisite:  CEN  303 
Physical  and  mechanical  properties  of  soils 
including  weight-volume  relationships,  index 
and  classification  properties,  compaction, 
permeability  and  consolidation  characteris- 
tics. Effective  stresses  and  soil  strength 
parameters  are  also  discussed. 

CEN  411  three  credits 
Water  Quality  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  CEN  304 

Factors  influencing  the  physical,  chemical, 

and  biological  characteristics  of  surface  and 

ground  waters.  Unit  operations  and 

processes  related  to  water  treatment  are 

emphasized. 

CEN  412  three  credits 
Pollution  Control  of  Wastes 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  41 1 
The  nature  and  causes  of  wastewater 
pollutants  and  the  biological,  chemical,  and 
physical  characteristics  of  these  wastes.  The 
analysis,  treatment,  and  disposal  of 
domestic,  municipal,  and  industrial  wastes 
are  studied.  Design  of  wastewater  collec- 
tion, pumping,  and  treatment  facilities  are 
practiced. 

CEN  413  one  credit 

Soil  Mechanics  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  CEN  403 


213 


College  of  Engineering 


Laboratory  experiments  in  testing  of  various 
types  of  soils.  Supplements  the  theory 
course  CEN  403. 

CEN  421  three  credits 

Matrix  Methods  of  Structural  Analysis 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite.  CEN  306 
Fundamental  matrix  algebra  including 
inversion  of  matrices.  Stiffness  matrices  for 
spring  assemblages,  trusses,  beams,  and 
planar  frames.  Introduction  to  flexibility 
method.  Computer  programs  are  used  by 
students  to  solve  matrix  equations. 

CEN  422  three  credits 
Design  of  Structural  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  307,  308 
For  students  interested  in  a  career  in 
structural  engineering,  gives  a  basic 
understanding  of  the  behavior  of  various 
two  and  three  dimensional  load  carrying 
structural  systems  and  also  some  means  by 
which  they  can  compare  alternate  structural 
systems.  Design  concepts,  design  assump- 
tions, and  methods  of  analysis  are  stressed. 
The  selection  of  the  optimum  system  for  a 
particular  type  structure  is  also  discussed. 

CEN  423  three  credits 

Design  of  Foundations  and  Earth 

Structures 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  403 
Corequisite:  CEN  307 
The  design  of  shallow  foundations  (spread 
footings  and  mat  foundations),  deep 
foundations  (piles  and  drilled  shafts),  and 
retaining  walls.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
considerations  of  bearing  capacity  and, 
settlement  and  stability.  The  design  of 
braced  cuts  and  lateral  earth  support 
systems  is  also  discussed. 

CEN  432  three  credits 
Pavement  Design 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  309 

Provides  a  comprehensive  understanding  of 
pavement  design.  Basic  principles  and 
various  design  methods  of  pavements  will 
be  introduced.  Major  topics  to  be  covered 
are  stresses  in  flexible  and  rigid  pavements, 
AASHTO  design  method  for  flexible  and 
rigid  pavements,  design  of  overlays,  design 
of  airports,  and  other  design  methods  of 
flexible  and  rigid  pavements. 

CEN  433  three  credits 

Special  Topics  in  Geotechnical 

Engineering 


3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  403 
Selected  topics  of  special  interest  in 
geotechnical  and  geoenvironmental 
engineering  Topics  will  include  geotechnical 
aspects  of  landfill  design,  design  principals 
and  uses  of  geosynthetics  for  drainage 
systems,  separation,  and  soil  reinforcement, 
slope  stability  analysis,  and  various  other 
techniques  for  soil  stabilization  and  site 
improvement. 

CEN  434  three  credits 
Traffic  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  309 
Introduction  to  the  concepts  of  movement 
control.  Discussion  and  quantitative 
appraisal  of  the  characteristics  of  the 
transport  user,  the  vehicle,  the  road,  the 
navigation  and  control  systems.  Written  and 
oral  reports  are  assigned  on  field  data 
collections  and  evaluations  of  typical  control 
problems,  traffic  studies,  road  user 
reactions,  and  potential  future  transport 
systems. 

CEN  443  three  credits 
Computer-Aided  Water  Resources 
Design 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CEN  31 1 
Explores  the  relationship  of  hydrology  and 
hydraulics,  with  the  ultimate  goal  of 
designing  a  project.  The  concepts  of 
precipitation,  runoff,  and  hydrograph 
analysis  and  synthesis  are  emphasized. 
Additional  topics  include  frequency  analysis, 
flood  routing,  hydrologic  synthesis  and 
simulation  techniques  for  large  basins  as 
well  as  urban  and  small  watersheds.  Topics 
also  included  are:  backwater  curves, 
submerged  weirs,  and  water  hammer.  All 
subjects  are  primarily  focused  in  developing 
and  designing  a  comprehensive  hypothetical 
water-resources  project  with  computer  use 
as  cornerstone. 

CEN  452  one  credit 

Ethical,  Professional,  and  Safety  Issues 

2  hours  lecture 

Course  fee,  to  cover  cost  of  OSHA  training 
The  professional  nature  of  engineering  and 
the  code  of  ethics  which  governs  its 
practice.  Safety  issues  pertaining  to  field 
practice  by  civil  engineers  are  covered. 
Students  learn  to  make  competent  on-the- 
job  decisions  and  improve  professional 
practice  with  an  emphasis  on  safety  for 
workers  in  the  field.  Requirements  include 
completing  an  OSHA  safety  certification 
course,  for  which  students  pay  a  fee. 


CEN  491  one  credit  in  fall,  two  in  spring 
Civil  Engineering  Project 

Prerequisites:  Senior  status 
One  credit  in  fall,  two  in  spring 
Final  design  experience  requiring  practitio- 
ner involvement,  student  reports,  and  oral 
presentations.  An  interdisciplinary,  team 
approach  is  emphasized.  Graded  IP  in  fall. 

CEN  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions 
and  hours  to  be  arranged 

CEN  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 


214 


Computer  and  Information  Science 

Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Students  who  major  in  computer  science  are 
given  a  strong  background  in  computer 
hardware  and  software,  as  well  as  a 
substantial  amount  of  "hands-on" 
experience.  They  are  prepared  to  work  both 
in  computer  industry  and  business  as  well  as 
pursue  graduate  studies  in  the  discipline. 
Both  major  and  minor  programs  are  offered. 

The  undergraduate  program  is  accredited  by 
the  Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering  and 
Technology  (ABET),  Computing  Accredita- 
tion Commission. 

Qualified  computer  science  majors  can 
benefit  from  the  Cooperative  Education 
program  offered  in  cooperation  with  the 
local  computer  industry. 

The  CIS  department  also  offers  a  Master  of 
Science  Degree  in  Computer  Science  with  a 
broad  range  of  required  and  elective  courses 
in  theoretical  computer  science,  computer 
systems,  software  engineering,  parallel  and 
distributed  computing,  and  comDuter 
networks.  See  the  Graduate  Catalogue  for 
information. 


Emad  H.  Aboelela  computer  networks, 
fuzzy  systems 

Ramprasad  Balasubramanian  computer 
vision,  motion  detection,  image  processing 

Jan  Bergandy  distributed  systems,  software 
engineering,  theoretical  computer  science 

Paul  Bergstein  object-oriented  program- 
ming, databases 

Zenhai  Duan  computer  networks,  multi- 
media communications,  network  security, 
wireless  networks 

Eugene  Eberbach  evolutionary  computing, 
concurrent  systems,  artificial  intelligence 

Robert  Green  software  engineering, 
parallel  architectures  (on  leave,  associate 
provost  for  computer  and  information 
technology) 

Boleslaw  Mikolajczak  (chairperson) 

algorithms  and  complexity,  parallel  and 
distributed  processing,  computer  architec- 
ture, theoretical  computer  science 

Richard  Upchurch  social  implications, 
software  engineering,  human-computer 
interaction 

Iren  Valova  artificial  intelligence,  neural 
networks,  image  processing 

Xiaoqin  Zhang  multi-agent  systems, 
intelligent  agents,  e-commerce 


Department  Mission 

•  To  offer  the  strongest  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Computer  Science  and  ABET 
accredited  program  in  the  state  of 
Massachusetts 

•  To  offer  graduate  programs  in  Computer 
Science  of  intellectual  rigor. 

•  To  maintain  Computer  Science  research 
programs  appropriate  to  the  University 

•  To  meet  regional  and  state  needs 
through  education,  and  industrial  and 
community  outreach 

•  To  build  a  satisfying  and  career 
enhancing  environment  at  UMD. 

•  To  help  build  an  interdisciplinary 
intellectual  environment  at  UMD 

•  To  maintain  curricula  to  meet  the 
computer  fluency  needs  of  all  UMD 
students. 

Program  Goals 

•  Graduates  who  succeed  as  practicing 
computer  scientists. 

•  Graduates  who  succeed  in  advanced 
study  in  computer  science. 

•  Graduates  who  adapt  and  evolve  in 
complex  technological  environments 
such  as  those  found  in  the  workplace. 

•  Graduates  who  influence  the  develop- 
ment of  professional,  ethical  and  legal 
aspects  of  computing. 


Faculty  with  Computer  and  Information 
Science  Joint  Appointment 

Adam  O.  Hausknecht  symbolic  manipula- 
tors, foundations  of  computer  science 
Department  of  Mathematics 


215 


College  of  Engineering 


Program  Outcomes 

To  meet  the  program  goals  the  Computer 
and  Information  Science  Department, 
through  its  major  in  computer  science,  seeks 
to  produce  graduates  who: 

are  able  to  individually  solve  problems  in 
algorithmic  manner  with  given  computer 
resources  and  constraints; 
apply  their  knowledge  of  mathematics, 
science  and  computer  science  to  solve 
technical  problems; 

apply  analytic  and  empirical  techniques 
to  evaluate  technical  problems  and  their 
solutions; 

design  system,  component,  or  process  to 
meet  specified  requirements; 
participate  as  a  member  of  a  multidisci- 
plinary,  problem  solving  team; 
identify,  formulate,  and  solve  problems 
encountered  when  constructing 
solutions  involving  information  technol- 
ogy; 

articulate  the  social,  professional,  ethical 
and  legal  aspects  of  a  computing  milieu; 
evaluate  the  impact  of  computing  and 
information  technology  at  the  global/ 
societal  level; 

analyze  contemporary  issues  related  to 
the  evolving  discipline  of  computer 
science; 

communicate  effectively  (needs  to  be 
understood  as  involving  both  orally  and 
written,  and  include  choosing  and  using 
the  appropriate  representations  and/or 
media); 

apply  modern  skills,  techniques,  and 
tools  during  professional  practice. 


Alternative  Paths  Program  Requirements 

Depending  on  the  results  of  placement  testing,  new  freshman  students  may  be  placed  into 
one  of  the  following  first-year  curricula  in  lieu  of  the  standard  curriculum 


First  Year  Courses  for  Precalculus-Ready  Freshmen 
ENL  101  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I 

ENL  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II 

MTH  1 1 1  Analytical  Geometry  &  Calculus  I 

MTH  131  Precalculus 
CIS  180  Object-Oriented  Programming 

CIS  181  Programming  Paradigms 

General  Education  Electives 

First-Year  Courses  for  Algebra-Ready  Freshmen 
ENL  101  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I 

ENL  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II 

MTH  100  Basic  Algebra 

MTH  131  Precalculus 
CIS  120  Web  Page  Development 

CIS  180  Object-Oriented  Programming 

General  Education  Electives 


Total: 


Total: 


Credits 

3 
3 
4 
3 
4 
4 
6 
27 

3 
3 
3* 
3 
3 
4 
12 
31 


*  Students  receive  3  administrative  credits  for  Math  100.  Administrative  credits  do  not  count 
towards  the  total  credits  required  for  graduation 


216 


Computer  Science  Major 

BS  degree 


Requirements 


A  wide  selection  of  courses  offers  experi- 
ence in  software  engineering,  computer 
languages,  artificial  intelligence,  compilers, 
computer  networks,  operating  systems, 
computer  architecture,  computer  graphics, 
parallel  computing,  human  computer 
interaction  and  data  bases,  as  well  as 
theoretical  aspects.  The  undergraduate 
computer  science  curriculum  is  object- 
oriented,  lab  intensive,  and  directed  toward 
software  development.  The  courses  are 
supported  by  a  network  of  state-of-the-art 
workstations  and  various  specialized 
laboratories. 

The  Computer  Science  bachelor's  degree 
program  is  accredited  by  the  Computing 
Accreditation  Commission  of  the  Accredita- 
tion Board  of  Engineering  and  Technology 
(CAC/ABET,  www.abet.org). 

Computer  Science  majors  must  fulfill  the 
requirements  shown  in  the  chart  to  the 
right.  In  addition,  all  Computer  Science 
majors  must  complete  the  CIS  Department 
Exit  Survey  in  their  final  semester. 


Credits 


1. Complete  the  following  CIS  core  courses,  each  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better. 


General  Education  Departmental 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Computer  Science  will 
meet  their  departmentally-controlled 
General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  CIS  381 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  any  CIS  course 

above  CIS  110 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  266 
Area  0:  Satisfied  by  CIS  Technical  Electives, 

CIS  362  and  480 


CIS  180 

Object-Oriented  Programming 

A 
*l 

CIS  181 

Programming  Paradigms 

A 

CIS  190 

Introduction  to  Procedural  Programming 

A 
*+ 

CIS  272 

Introduction  to  Computing  Systems 

A 
* 

CIS  273 

Computer  Organization  and  Design 

A 

CIS  280 

Software  Specification  and  Design 

A 

CIS  360 

Algorithms  and  Data  Structures 

3 

J 

CIS  361 

Models  of  Computation 

■3 
J 

CIS  370 

Design  of  Operating  Systems 

A 
■f 

CIS  480 

Software  Engineering 

A 

CIS  481 

Parallel  &  Distrib.  Software  Systems 

■3 
J 

l.Complete  four  additional  courses  from  the  following  CIS  technical  electives, 

each  with  a  grade  of  'C  or  better: 

Llo  5  1 4 

Computer  Architecture 

A 

CIS  410 

Programming  Language  Design 

3 

J 

CIS  412 

Found.  Artificial  Intelligence 

5 

Intro.  Theory  of  Computing 

3 

CIS  422 

Design  of  Parallel  Algorithms 

4 

CIS  430 

Data  Mining  and  Knowledge  Discovery 

3 

j 

CIS  431 

Human-Computer  Interaction 

A 

CIS  452 

Database  Systems 

3 

D 

CIS  454 

Computer  Graphics 

3 

D 

CIS  465 

Topics  in  Computer  Vision 

3 

CIS  467 

Image  Analysis  and  Processing 

i 

CIS  471 

Compiler  Design 

3 

CIS  475 

Computer  Networks 

J 

CIS  476 

Network  Programing 

5 

CIS  490 

Machine  Learning 

3 

5 

3. Complete  the 

following  Mathematics  Requirements: 

MTH  111,112 

Analytical  Geometry  &  Calculus  I,  II 

Q 

MTH  181,182 

Discrete  Structures  I,  II 

b 

MTH  331 

Probability 

5 

^.Complete  the 

following  Science/Quantitative  courses: 

PHY  113,  114 

Classical  Physics  I,  II  (4,  4) 

Q 

o 

OR 

CHM  151,152 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I,  II  (3,  3) 

CHM  161,162 

Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I,  II  (1,  1) 

OR 

BIO  121,122 

Biology  of  Organisms  I,  II  (3,  3) 

BIO  131,132 

Biology  of  Organisms  Laboratory  I,  II  (1,  1) 

AND 

CIS  362 

Empirical  Methods  for  Computer  Science 

3 

Science/Quantitative  course 

3 

S.Complete  the 

General  Education  requirements  and  free  electives: 

Writing,  Tier  1  and  Tier  2;  Information,  Tier  1 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

6 

ENL  266 

Technical  Communications 

3 

Ethics  and  Cultural  Responsibility 

CIS  381 

Social  and  Ethical  Aspects  of  Computing 

3 

Cultural  and  Artistic  Literacy 

9 

Global  Awareness 

3 

Diversity 

3 

Free  electives 

9 

Program  Total 


at  least  120 


217 


College  of  Engineering 


Computer  Science  Minors 


Students  interested  in  a  minor  should  contact  the  CIS  department  for  an  application  and  admission  requirements.  The  department  offers 
three  different  minors,  each  with  the  emphasis  indicated.  Each  requires  credits  as  specified  below. 

Admission  to  one  of  the  minors 

Students  must  meet  the  university's  admission  requirements  for  a  minor,  which  include  having  completed  54  credits  For  computer  science, 
prospective  minors  are  encouraged  to  inquire  and  plan  their  minor  program  prior  to  earning  54  credits,  because  the  structure  of  require- 
ments could  necessitate  the  use  of  more  than  four  semesters.  Courses  completed  prior  to  formal  declaration  will  count  toward  the  minor 
program. 

Admission  to  the  minor  is  accomplished  through  an  application  form  available  in  the  office  of  the  chairperson  of  the  department  accompa- 
nied by  current  transcript(s).  Upon  acceptance  the  student  is  assigned  an  advisor,  who  works  with  the  student  to  design  an  individual  minor 
program  that  meets  the  stated  requirements.  Study  plans  are  to  be  approved  by  the  department  chairperson. 


Computer  Science 
Objectives 

1.  To  develop.in  the  student  an  under- 
standing of  computer  science  as  a 
discipline,  its  structure,  methodologies, 
and  trends. 

2.  To  use  the  computer  as  a  tool  to  solve 
problems. 

3.  To  give  the  student  a  sufficient 
background  in  computer  science  to 
continue  his/her  study  of  the  discipline 
independently. 

4.  To  give  students  a  sufficient  knowl- 
edge in  computer  science  to  gain  an 
advantage  when  entering  the  current 
job  market. 


Requirements 

credits 

Complete  the  following  courses  with  a 
grade  of  C  or  better: 

CIS  180  Object-Oriented  Programming 

CIS  181  Programming  Paradigms 

CIS  280  Software  Specif.  &  Design 

CIS  360  Algorithms  &  Data  Structures 

CIS  361  Models  of  Computation 

CIS  One  additional  300/400  course 
Total 


Students  with  prior  experience  in 
programming  can  substitute  CIS  183 
Object  Paradigm  for  the  sequence  of 
courses  CIS  180/181  Students  can 
substitute  the  sequence  CIS  1 1  5  Computer 
Programming  in  C  /  CIS  2 1 5  Program 
Design  and  Data  Structures  for  the 
sequence  CIS  180/  181. 


Software  Engineering 
Objectives 


1. 


2. 


To  develop  in  the  student  the  ability  to 
use  software  development  methodolo- 
gies and  software  processes  to 
participate  in  the  design  and  imple- 
mentation of  software  systems. 
To  teach  the  student  how  to  design 
and  implement  software. 
To  give  the  student  a  sufficient 
background  in  software  engineering  to 
continue  his/her  study  of  the  discipline 
independently. 

To  give  students  a  sufficient  knowl- 
edge in  software  engineering  to  gain 
an  advantage  when  entering  the 
current  job  market. 


Requirements 


credits 


4 

CIS  180 

4 

CIS  181 

4 

CIS  280 

3 

CIS  480 

3 

CIS  481 

3 

CIS 

21 

Complete  the  following  courses  with  a 
grade  of  C  or  better: 


Object-Oriented  Programming  4 

Programming  Paradigms  4 

Software  Specif  &  Design  4 

Software  Engineering  4 

Parallel  &  Distr.  Softw.  Systems  3 

One  additional  300/400  course  3 
Total  22 


CIS  480  has  as  a  prerequisite  CIS  362 
Empirical  Methods.  Students  without  a 
knowledge  of  empirical  methods  equivalent 
to  CIS  362  must  take  that  prerequisite 
course. 

Students  with  prior  experience  in  program- 
ming can  substitute  CIS  183  Object 
Paradigm  for  the  sequence  of  courses  CIS 
180/181. 


System  Software 
Objectives 


1. 


2. 


To  develop  in  the  student  the  ability  to 
use  computer  systems  and  system 
software  and  participate  in  the  design 
and  implementation  of  operating 
systems  and  computer  networks. 
To  give  the  student  a  sufficient 
background  in  systems  software  to 
continue  his/her  study  of  the  discipline 
independently. 

To  give  students  a  sufficient  knowl- 
edge in  operating  software  and 
computer  networks  to  gam  an 
advantage  when  entering  the  current 
job  market 


Requirements 


credits 


Complete  the  following  courses  with  a 
grade  of  C  or  better: 

CIS  1 1 5    Computer  Programming  with  C 
CIS  2 1 5    Program  Design/Data  Str.  w/  C 
CIS  272    Intro  to  Computing  Systems 
CIS  273    Computer  Organization  and 
design 

CIS  370    Design  of  Operating  Systems 
CIS  475    Computer  Networks 
CIS         One  additional  300/400  course 
Total 


3 
3 
4 

4 
4 
3 
3 
24 


218 


Gen  Ed  note:  Computer  Science  courses 
satisfy  the  Natural  Science  and  Technology 
requirement. 


Computer  and  Information  Science  Courses 


CIS  110  three  credits 
Computer  Literacy 

An  introduction  to  computers,  evolution  of 
computer  systems  and  the  impact  of 
computers  on  the  society.  In  this  hands-on 
laboratory  course,  students  will  use 
Macintosh  computers  to  learn  about 
components  of  computer  systems  and  study 
various  applications  including  word 
processing,  spreadsheet,  database, 
presentation  and  internet  browsing 
software.  With  the  HyperCard,  students  will 
learn  how  to  design  and  program  in  the 
multimedia  environment.  Each  student  will 
then  use  this  knowledge  to  develop  an 
individual  final  project  for  the  course. 

CIS  115  three  credits 

Computer  Programming  with  C 

Algorithm  development,  syntax  and 
semantics  of  a  high  level  programming 
language,  debugging  and  verification  of 
programs.  Concepts  of  structured  program- 
ming. Arrays,  subroutines.  Elementary 
system  concepts  (compilation,  time-sharing). 

CIS  161  three  credits 
Computer  Programming  BASIC 

An  elementary  programming  course  in  the 
BASIC  programming  language,  designed  for 
the  student  with  no  prior  experience  in  data 
processing. 

CIS  120  three  credits 
Web  Page  Development 

An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  applica- 
tion of  creating  web  pages  using  HTML  and 
JavaScript.  HTML  is  the  underlying  structure 
used  by  the  World  Wide  Web  and  will  be 
used  in  this  course  along  with  JavaScript  to 
assist  students  in  building  a  foundation  to 
become  proficient  in  designing  web  pages. 
The  primary  theme  of  the  course  is  learning 
how  to  create  web  pages  that  are  attractive, 
meaningful,  and  well  designed.  Assessment 
of  achieving  these  goals  also  will  be 
addressed.  As  time  allows,  DHTML  (Dynamic 
HTML),  XML  and  Java  applets  may  be  used. 

CIS  180  four  credits 
Object-Oriented  Programming  I 

3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Basic  concepts  in  programming,  and 
introduction  to  the  object  paradigm.  The 
course  introduces  the  concept  of  the  object 
paradigm  and  teaches  how  to  design  and 
implement  simple  programs  in  an  object- 
oriented  language.  The  course  also  covers 
the  basics  of  how  to  use  a  computer  and 
basic  software  tools,  including  libraries  of 
components,  in  the  process  of  developing 
programs. 


CIS  181  four  credits 
Object-Oriented  Programming  II 

3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  180 
Software  development  using  advanced 
object  paradigm  concepts.  This  course 
introduces  threads,  networking,  and 
exception  handling  and  covers  in  depth  the 
advanced  topics  of  object  paradigm  such  as 
inheritance  and  polymorphism.  These 
concepts  are  introduced  in  the  context  of 
developing  software  using  software  tools 
including  the  libraries  of  components. 

CIS  183  four  credits 
Object-Oriented  Paradigm 

3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Introduction  to  the  object  paradigm. 
Software  development  using  advanced 
object  paradigm  concepts  of  inheritance  and 
polymorphism.  Introduction  to  concurrency, 
and  faulty  tolerance.  Developing  software 
using  software  tools  including  the  libraries 
of  components.  Comparison  of  procedural 
and  object  paradigms.  Introduction  to 
programming  with  multiple  processes  and 
with  exception  handling. 

CIS  190  four  credits 

Introduction  to  Procedural  Programming 

3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  major 
Procedural  Programming  (C/C++)  under 
Unix.  Data  types,  variable  declarations, 
arithmetic  expressions,  conditional 
statements,  macros,  function  prototypes, 
standard  libraries,  file  processing,  pointers, 
structures,  unions,  and  dynamic  memory 
management  are  discussed.  Unix  file  system, 
shell  scripts,  input/output  redirection, 
piping,  programming  with  standard  I/O,  and 
unix  system  calls  are  covered. 

CIS  215  three  credits 

Program  Design  and  Data  Structures 

With  C 

Prerequisite:  CIS  115 

Program  design  issues,  abstract  data  types, 
procedural  and  data  abstraction  issues.  The 
following  data  structures  are  explored: 
linked  lists,  stacks,  queues,  binary  trees, 
tables.  Procedural  abstractions  such  as: 
functions,  recursive  functions  with  variable 
number  of  parameters,  are  further  dis- 
cussed. Features  of  the  C  programming 
language  such  as:  preprocessor,  macros, 
standard  libraries,  and  programs  with  files 
are  discussed. 

CIS  261  three  credits 

Computer  Programming,  FORTRAN 

An  intensive  course  in  the  FORTRAN 


programming  language. 

CIS  265  three  credits 

Program  Design  and  Data  Structures 

with  C 

Prerequisite:  Any  Programming  Course 
An  intensive  course  in  the  "C"  program- 
ming language  with  introduction  to  UNIX 
for  students  who  are  already  proficient  in 
another  high-level  programming  language 
such  as  BASIC,  FORTRAN,  or  PASCAL. 

CIS  266  three  credits 

Object-Oriented  Programming  in  C++ 

Prerequisite:  Any  programming  course 
Fundamental  conceptual  tools  and  their 
implementation  of  object-oriented  design 
and  programming  such  as:  object,  type, 
class,  implementation  hiding,  inheritance, 
parametric  typing,  function  overloading, 
polymorphism,  source  code  reusability,  and 
object  code  reusability.  Object-Oriented 
Analysis/Design  for  problem  solving. 
Implementation  of  Object-Oriented 
Programming  paradigm  is  illustrated  by 
program  development  in  C++. 

CIS  272  four  credits 

Introduction  to  Computing  Systems 

3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  190 
Corequisite:  MTH  181 
Introduction  to  major  components  of 
computer  system  software.  The  course 
introduces  fundamental  concepts  of 
computing  systems,  such  as  binary 
arithmetic  and  data  representation,  the  Von 
Neumann  model  for  processing  computer 
programs,  the  operation  of  memory, 
instruction  set,  and  machine  and  assembly 
language  programming.  It  systematically 
presents  the  levels  of  transformations  from 
machine  language  to  assembly  language  to 
high  level  language.  The  role  of  such 
systems  software  components  as  assem- 
blers, compilers,  linkers,  loaders,  and 
operating  systems  is  studied.  The  course  has 
a  strong  project  component. 

CIS  273  four  credits 

Computer  Organization  and  Design 

3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  190 
Corequisite:  MTH  181 
Laws  of  computer  organization  and  design 
for  RISC  architectures.  Interfaces  between 
hardware  and  software  are  studied. 
Influence  of  instruction  set  on  performance 
is  presented.  Design  of  a  processor  with 
pipelining  is  analyzed.  Computer  arithmetic 
is  studied.  Memory  hierarchy  and  their 
influence  on  performance  is  documented 


219 


College  of  Engineering 


Elements  of  interfacing  and  I/O  organization 
are  included.  The  course  has  a  design, 
implementation,  and  analytical  components. 
(Formerly  offered  as  CIS  270) 

CIS  280  four  credits 

Software  Specification  and  Design 

3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  272 
Object-oriented  analysis  and  design: 
methodologies  and  tools.  The  course 
focuses  on  methodologies  of  specification 
and  design  of  software  systems  It  addresses 
the  issues  of  user  interface  design  and 
software  prototyping.  The  course  also 
presents  the  state  of  the  art  in  the  tool  and 
environments  supporting  the  front  end  of 
the  software  development  cycle. 

CIS  298  one  tdsix  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

CIS  314  four  credits 
Computer  Architecture 

Prerequisite:  CIS  273,  360 
General  organization  of  a  computer  system. 
Memory  hierarchy.  Emphasis  on  memory 
organization  and  management  implementa- 
tion. Local  and  long  distance  communica- 
tion, bus,  input-output  organization  and 
control.  Programmed  I/O  and  I/O  processors. 
Interrupt  handling.  Processor  organization; 
instruction  set;  arithmetic-logic  unit;  parallel 
and  stack  processors.  Programmed  and 
hardwired,  central  and  distributed  control. 

CIS  360  three  credits 
Algorithms  and  Data  Structures 

Prerequisite:  CIS  181 
Comprehensive  coverage  of  all  major 
groups  of  algorithms,  including  divide-and- 
conquer,  dynamic  programming,  greedy, 
backtracking,  branch-and-bound,  and 
parallel  algorithms.  Discussion  of  the  design 
and  implementation  of  complex,  dynamic 
data  structures.  The  course  also  covers  an 
introduction  to  the  functional  paradigm. 

CIS  361  three  credits 
Models  of  Computation 

Prerequisites:  CIS  181,  MTH  182 
Models  of  sequential,  parallel,  and 


distributed  computations.  The  Chomsky 
hierarchy  of  formal  languages  and  their 
accepting  machines  are  studied  in  detail.  The 
relationship  of  these  languages  and 
machines  to  computer  programs  is  pre- 
sented. Influence  of  a  Turing  machine  and 
related  formalisms  on  modern  computing 
are  studied.  Decidability  of  decision 
problems  is  explained.  Several  models  of 
parallel  and  distributed  computations  are 
introduced  and  compared. 

CIS  362  three  credits 

Empirical  Methods  for  Computer  Science 

Prerequisite:  MTH  331 
Topics  and  methods  supporting  an  experi- 
mental approach  to  the  study  of  issues  in 
computer  science  and  software  engineering. 
Course  covers  the  basic  principles  of 
experimental  design  and  case  study 
construction.  Emphasis  in  the  course  is  on 
the  use  of  empirical  methods  for  decision 
making  and  the  evaluation  of  research  in 
computer  science  and  software  engineering 
that  employ  empirical  methods. 

CIS  370  four  credits 

Design  of  Operating  Systems 

3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  273 

Principles  of  modern  operating  systems  and 
their  design.  Scientific  principles  and 
engineering  rules  of  operating  systems  are 
explored.  Process  and  storage  management 
subsystems  are  analyzed  in  detail.  Protection 
and  security  are  taken  into  account  in 
design.  An  introduction  to  distributed 
operating  systems  is  also  presented.  This  is  a 
design  and  project  based  course  with  a 
laboratory  component. 

CIS  381  three  credits  E 

Social  and  Ethical  Aspects  of  Computing 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
Introduction  to  the  social,  legal,  and  ethical 
issues  of  computing.  Topics  include  how 
computer  use  affects  social  and  work 
relationships  and  the  uses  of  computers  in 
society.  These  will  be  reviewed  in  the 
context  of  risks,  privacy  and  intrusion, 
computer  crime,  intellectual  property,  and 
professional  decision-making.  Students 
analyze  scenarios  that  allow  them  to  view 
ethical  decision-making  as  a  crucial  part  of 
understanding  the  world  of  computing. 

CIS  410  three  credits 
Programming  Language  Design 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360 
Fundamental  concepts  and  general 
principles  underlying  current  programming 
languages  and  models.  Topics  include 


control  and  data  abstractions,  language 
processing  and  binding,  the  relationship 
between  language  design  and  language 
implementation.  A  variety  of  computational 
paradigms  are  discussed:  functional 
programming,  logic  programming,  object- 
oriented  programming,  and  procedural 
programming. 

CIS  411  three  credits 
Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Senior  CIS  standing 
Advanced  topics  in  Computer  Science. 

CIS  412  three  credits 
Artificial  Intelligence 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Artificial  intelligence  problem-solving 
paradigms.  The  course  covers  heuristic 
versus  algorithmic  methods,  rational  and 
heuristic  approaches,  and  description  of 
cognitive  processes;  and  objectives  of  work 
in  artificial  intelligence,  the  mid-brain 
problem  and  nature  of  intelligence, 
simulation  of  cognitive  behavior,  and  self- 
organizing  systems.  Examples  are  given  of 
representative  applications. 

CIS  421  three  credits 
Introduction  to  the  Theory  of 
Computing 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  CIS  361 

Several  of  the  most  significant  models  of 
computation  will  be  reviewed,  i.e.,  Turing 
machines,  1 -calculus,  predicate  calculus.  The 
traditional  undecidibility  results  will  be 
covered,  along  with  the  attempts  to 
overcome  the  resulting  limitations  in 
restricted  situations.  Mechanical  theorem 
provers  will  be  considered.  The  resolution 
and  unification  predicate  calculus  methods 
will  be  discussed  along  with  appropriate 
PROLOG  programming  assignments.  The 
Boyer-Moore  approach  will  be  discussed, 
along  with  LISP  programming  assignments. 

CIS  422  four  credits 

Design  of  Parallel  Algorithms 

3  hours  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  360  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Design  and  analysis  of  algorithms  for 
parallel  computers  with  two  modes  of 
operation:  shared  memory,  and  message 
passing.  Synchronous  and  asynchronous 
parallel  algorithms  for  the  following 
problems  will  be  designed  and  imple- 
mented: selection,  merging,  sorting, 
searching,  generating  permutations  and 
combinations,  and  matrix  operations. 


220 


Parallel  computational  complexity  of  these 
algorithms  will  be  analyzed. 

CIS  430  three  credits 

Data  Mining  and  Knowledge  Discovery 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360 

Designed  to  provide  students  with  a  solid 
background  in  data  mining  and  knowledge 
discovery  concepts,  tools,  and  methodology, 
as  well  as  their  applicability  to  real  world 
problems.  A  variety  of  data  mining 
techniques  will  be  explored  including 
memory-based  reasoning,  cluster  detection, 
classification,  neural  networks,  and  finding 
understandable  knowledge  in  large  sets  of 
real  world  examples.  Some  related  topics 
such  as  web  and  multimedia  mining  will  be 
discussed.  Students  will  gain  hands-on 
experience  in  data  mining  techniques  using 
various  data  mining  software  packages  and 
tools. 

CIS  431  four  credits 
Human-Computer  Interaction 

3  hours  lecture;  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  362  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Theory  and  principles  for  constructing 
usable  software  systems.  Cognitive  and 
effective  aspects  of  users.  The  impact  of 
user  characteristics  on  design  decisions.  The 
construction  and  evaluation  of  the  user 
interface.  Sensory  and  perceptual  aspects  of 
interfaces,  task  structure,  input  modalities, 
screen  layout,  and  user  documentation. 
Individual  concerns  for  systems  such  as 
personal  productivity  tools,  real-time  control 
systems,  instructional  software,  and  games. 

CIS  452  three  credits 
Database  Systems 

Prerequisite:  CIS  280 

Use  of  DBMS  software  in  the  development 
of  an  information  system.  Overview  of  the 
ANSI/SPARC  Study  Group  on  Database 
Management  Systems  model.  Relational 
database  model  techniques.  Emphasis  on 
user  views  necessary  to  support  data 
management  and  retrieval. 

CIS  454  three  credits 
Computer  Graphics 

Prerequisite:  At  least  junior  CIS  standing 
Graphics  devices.  Two  dimensional  and 
three  dimensional  image  representations 
and  transformations.  Graphics  systems 
software  architecture;  graphics  standards; 
packages. 

CIS  465  three  credits 
Topics  in  Computer  Vision 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360  or  permission  of  the 


instructor 

Foundations  of  computer  vision.  Image 
formats,  projection  models,  regions,  filters, 
edge  detection,  segmentation,  shape 
description  and  representation,  object 
recognition  and  understanding,  and  stereo- 
vision  are  discussed. 

CIS  467  three  credits 

Image  Analysis  and  Processing 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360  or  permission  of  the 
instructor 

Fundamentals  in  image  analysis  and 
processing.  Topics  in  image  processing  such 
as  display  and  filtering,  image  restoration, 
segmentation,  compression  of  image 
information,  warping,  morphological 
processing  of  images,  wavelets,  multi- 
resolution  imaging  and  unitary  transforms 
are  discussed. 

CIS  471  three  credits 
Compiler  Design 

Prerequisite:  CIS  361 

Organization  of  a  compiler  including  lexical 
and  syntax  analysis,  symbol  tables,  object 
code  generation,  error  detection  and 
recovery,  code  optimization  techniques,  and 
overall  design.  Compilation  techniques  and 
run-time  structures  in  block-structured 
language. 

CIS  475  three  credits 
Computer  Networks 

Prerequisites:  CIS  370 
Topology  of  computer  networks.  Physical 
transmission.  Error  handling.  Protocols. 
Satellite,  packet  radio,  and  local  networks. 
Network  interconnection.  Security. 
Applications  of  computer  networks. 

CIS  476  three  credits 
Network  Programming 

Prerequisite:  CIS  370 
Introduction  to  computer  networks,  and 
methods  for  programming  network  services 
and  applications.  The  course  covers  the 
Internet  protocol  suite  (e.g.  IP,  TCP,  UDP), 
socket  programming,  and  client-server 
design  (e.g.  connectionless,  connection 
oriented,  multiprotocol).  The  course 
discusses  the  implementation  of  real-time 
applications  (e.g.  streaming  audio  and 
video),  and  application  -level  gateways  and 
tunneling.  In  addition,  the  course  addresses 
protocol  implementation  using  routing 
sockets  and  raw  sockets.  Programming 
projects  represent  a  significant  component 
of  the  course. 

CIS  480  four  credits 
Software  Engineering 


3  hours  lecture;  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  CIS  280,  362 
Software  engineering  models  and  processes; 
total  quality  management.  The  course  will 
address  the  technical,  logistical,  and  social 
issues  associated  with  the  software 
development  process.  It  will  cover  the  issues 
of  total  quality  management  at  the  team 
and  enterprise  levels. 

CIS  481  three  credits 

Parallel  and  Distributed  Software 

Systems 

Prerequisite:  CIS  280,  370 
Parallelism  and  distribution  of  processing; 
software  bus  concept;  patterns  in  software 
design.  The  course  provides  an  in-depth 
discussion  of  the  software  systems  wit 
multiple  processes  and  of  the  relationship 
between  concurrency  and  distribution  of 
processes.  The  concept  of  the  software  bus, 
the  existing  standards,  and  the  issues 
associated  with  their  implementation  are 
covered. 

CIS  490  three  credits 
Machine  Learning 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360 
Constructing  computer  programs  that 
automatically  improve  with  experience  is  the 
main  task  of  machine  learning.  The  key 
algorithms  in  the  area  are  presented. 
Learning  concepts  as  decision  trees,  artificial 
neural  networks  and  Bayesian  approach  are 
discussed.  The  standard  iterative 
dichotomizer  (ID3)  is  presented,  the  issues 
of  overfitting,  attribute  selection  and 
handling  missing  data  are  discussed.  Neural 
nets  are  discussed  in  detail,  examples  of 
supervised  and  unsupervised  learning  are 
presented.  Instance-based  learning,  i.e.  k- 
nearest  neighbor  learning,  case-based 
reasoning  are  introduced.  Genetic  algo- 
rithms are  discussed  on  introductory  level. 

CIS  491,  492  three  credits  each 
Honors  Project  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing,  eligible  for 
department  honors  program 
The  project  courses  required  for  completion 
of  the  departmental  honors  program.  A 
significant  experience  in  developing  a 
computer  system  (typically),  but  equivalent 
alternatives  are  allowed.  This  system  should 
require  an  extensive  design  effort  prior  to 
implementation  and  a  serious  effort  for  this 
implementation.  It  should  have  scholarly 
and/or  practical  value  and  might  well  profit 
by  being  interdisciplinary  in  nature. 

CIS  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 


221 


College  of  Engineering 


Note:  Some  graduate  courses  may  be  open 
to  undergraduates  Please  consult  your 
department  chairperson  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing, 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

CIS  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Computer 
Science 

CIS  521  three  credits 
Computability  Theory 

Prerequisite:  CIS  361  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Computability  of  sets  and  functions  in  terms 
of  various  computation  models,  Church- 
Turing  thesis.  Systems  of  recursion 
equations  and  Post  canonical  systems  are 
studied.  Properties  of  the  classes  of  recursive 
functions,  recursive  sets,  and  recursively 
enumerable  sets  are  also  covered. 

CIS  522  three  credits 
Algorithms  and  Complexity 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Evaluation  of  algorithms  concerning  their 
time  and  space  complexity.  Complexity  hier- 
archies, axiomatic  approach  to  computa- 
tional complexity,  NP  complete  problems, 
approxi-mation  algorithms  for  these 
problems. 

CIS  525  three  credits 

Parallel  and  Distributed  Software 

Development 

Prerequisite:  CIS  361  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Design  and  development  of  parallel  and 
distributed  systems.  This  course  provides 
state-of-the  art  presentation  of  software 
development  for  parallel  and  distributed 
systems.  A  systematic  model-based 
approach  has  been  applied  across  stages  of 
software  development.  Various  versions  of 
Petri  nets  are  used  to  model  ,  specify, 
validate,  and  verify  correctness  of  parallel 
and  distributed  systems.  Performance  is  also 
assessed  based  on  stochastic  Petri  nets. 
Rapid  prototyping  of  parallel  and  distributed 


systems  with  automatic  code  generation  is 
an  ultimate  goal  of  his  course.  Comparison 
with  other  approaches  is  also  provided. 

CIS  526  three  credits 

Functional  Programming  and  Type 

Theory 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Introduction  to  logic,  type  theory,  and  the 
lambda  calculus.  The  course  examines  LISP 
as  a  first  application  of  these  ideas, 
consistency  proofs  using  cut  elimination  and 
type  theory,  and  constructive  type  of  theory 
in  functional  programming  languages  in 
attempts  to  achieve  program  verification  and 
automatic  code  generation. 

CIS  531  three  credits 
Software  System  Specification 

Prerequisite:  CIS  480  or  equivalent 
Formal  foundation  of  the  theory  and 
practice  of  software  specification;  produc- 
tion of  correct,  consistent,  and  reliable 
software  systems  by  expressing  the 
requirements  of  the  system  in  formal  ways. 
Formal  and  informal  requirements  analysis 
and  specification  techniques,  the  relation  of 
analysis  and  specification  to  concerns  of 
validation  and  verification,  maintenance,  and 
reusability. 

CIS  532  three  credits 
Software  Systems  Design 

Prerequisite:  CIS  480  or  equivalent 
Principles  and  techniques  for  obtaining  an 
architectural  design  from  a  system  specifica- 
tion. Where  appropriate,  automated 
software  design  tools  are  used  to  demon- 
strate particular  methodology.  The  relation 
of  various  design  methods  to  the  production 
of  quality  software  that  meets  its  specifica- 
tion, and  the  relation  of  design  method  to 
other  life-cycle  aspects.  Design  methods, 
design  tools,  the  design  process,  and 
particular  application  domains  for  design 
techniques. 

CIS  543  three  credits 

Software  Systems  Design  with  ADA 

Prerequisite:  CIS  443  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Software  engineering  principles  and 
methodologies.  Also  considered  are  issues 
related  to  the  life  cycle  of  large  systems 
developed  in  ADA,  software  engineering  of 
real-time,  fault-tolerant  and  distributed 
systems,  and  software  reuse. 

CIS  545  three  credits 
Programming  Languages 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 


Techniques  of  formal  definition  of  program- 
ming languages,  semantics  of  programming 
languages,  programming  styles,  and 
language  effects  on  software  production. 
Introduces  current  trends  in  programming 
such  as  language  features  of  problem- 
oriented  and  object-oriented  programming, 
and  analysis  and  design  of  user-oriented 
application  languages. 

CIS  552  three  credits 
Database  Design 

Prerequisite:  CIS  452  or  permission  of 
instructor 

The  relational,  hierarchical,  and  network 
approaches  to  database  systems,  including 
relational  algebra  and  calculus,  data 
dependencies,  normal  forms,  data  seman- 
tics, query  optimization,  and  concurrency 
control  on  distributed  database  systems. 

CIS  554  three  credits 
Advanced  Computer  Graphics 

Prerequisite:  CIS  454  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Three-dimensional  graphics  including:  color, 
shading,  shadowing  and  texture,  hidden 
surface  algorithms.  An  extensive  project  will 
be  assigned,  including  documentation  and 
presentation. 

CIS  560  three  credits 
Theoretical  Computer  Science 

Prerequisites:  CIS  360,  361,  or  equivalents 
Theoretical  basis  of  the  development  of 
computer  science.  The  course  details 
particular  formalisms  used  in  the  design  of 
hardware  and  software  systems.  Intrinsic 
limitations  of  computation  are  described. 
Advanced  topics  of  automata  theory  and 
analysis  of  algorithms  are  included.  The 
course  also  covers  Turing  machines,  the 
halting  problem,  models  of  computation, 
intractable  computations,  polynomial 
reductions,  P  vs.  NP,  parallel  algorithms, 
various  formal  descriptions  and  specifica- 
tions of  programs  and  computations,  and 
proofs  of  program  correctness  and 
interactive  proof  systems. 

CIS  561  three  credits 
Artificial  Intelligence 

Expert  system  architectures:  forward- 
production,  logic  programming,  deductive 
retrieval,  and  semantic  network  systems. 
The  course  also  treats  natural  language 
systems,  illustrative  working  systems,  and  Al 
pro-gramming. 

CIS  563  three  credits 
MultiAgent  Systems 

Introduction  to  multiagent  systems  and 


222 


distributed  artificial  intelligence.  The  course 
examines  the  issues  that  arise  when  groups 
or  societies  of  autonomous  agents  interact 
to  solve  interrelated  problems.  Topics 
include  defining  multiagent  systems  and 
their  characteristics,  reasoning  about  agents' 
knowledge  and  beliefs,  distributed  problem 
solving  and  planning,  coordination  and 
negotiation,  the  organization  and  control  of 
complex,  distributed  multiagent  systems, 
learning  in  multiagent  systems,  and 
applications  in  the  following  domains: 
internet  information  gathering,  electronic 
commerce,  virtual  markets,  workflow 
management,  distributed  sensing  network, 
distributed  planning  and  resource  allocation. 

CIS  564  three  credits 
Mobile  Robotics 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
The  theory,  software  and  hardware  for 
autonomous  mobile  robots.  Reactive 
behavior-based,  deliberative  goal-based,  and 
utility-based  robotic  architectures  will  be 
presented.  Control  and  planning  under 
bounded  resources  will  be  covered. 
Interaction  with  environment  using  sensors 
and  actuators,  robot  kinematics  and 
dynamics,  reinforcement  and  evolutionary 
learning  techniques  for  intelligent  robots, 
interaction  of  competing  and  cooperating 
multi-robot  systems  will  be  presented. 
Various  applications  of  mobile  robots  will  be 
explored. 

CIS  565  three  credits 
Evolutionary  Computation 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
Presentation  of  evolutionary  algorithms  and 
comparison  to  traditional  solving  tech- 
niques. This  course  deals  with  a  powerful 
new  technique  for  solution  of  hard, 
intractable  real-world  problems,  based  on 
principles  of  natural  evolution.  Four  main 
areas  of  evolutionary  computation  will  be 
explored:  genetic  algorithms,  genetic 
programming,  evolution  strategies,  and 
evolutionary  programming.  Applications  of 
evolutionary  computation  to  related  areas  of 
computer  science  will  be  discussed. 

CIS  566  three  credits 

Theory  of  Linear  and  Integer  Program- 
ming and  Computer  Applications 

Prerequisite:  CIS  360  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Basics  of  the  simplex  algorithm,  tableaux, 
artificial  variables,  the  two-phase  method, 
the  dual  problem  and  its  economic 
interpretation,  primal-dual  relationships  and 
method.  Also  studied  are  applications  to 
transportation  problems  and  network  flows, 


the  polynomial  methods  of  Khachiyan  and 
Karmarkar,  and  integer  programming. 
Computer  methods  and  exercises  will  be 
employed  throughout. 

CIS  570  three  credits 
Advanced  Computer  Systems 

Prerequisite:  CIS  314  or  equivalent 
In  depth  treatment  of  current  computer 
systems,  with  performance  issues  at  the 
center  of  an  analytical  approach.  The  course 
explores  operating  system  software  and  the 
interrelation  between  architecture  and 
system  software.  Advanced  topics  of 
compiling,  assembly,  linking  and  loading  of 
high-level  language  software  are  included. 
The  course  treats  mechanisms  of  IO  and  the 
memory  hierarchy,  various  features  of 
traditional  machines,  advanced  features  of 
modern  machines  such  as  RISC  and  multi- 
processor machines,  and  file  systems  and 
networked  and  distributed  systems  such  as 
inter-  and  intra-nets.  Throughout, 
performance  issues  are  at  the  center  of  an 
analytical  approach. 

CIS  571  three  credits 
Compiler  Construction 

Prerequisite:  CIS  471  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Different  techniques  for  lexical  analysis, 
syntax  analysis,  and  object  code  generation. 
Emphasis  on  code  optimization  techniques 
and  compiler-construction  tools.  The  course 
will  include  a  significant  project. 

CIS  572  three  credits 
Real  Time  Systems 

Prerequisite:  CIS  481  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Design  and  implementation  of  real-time 
systems.  Implementation  of  real-time  system 
in  ADA,  scheduling,  fault  tolerance,  and 
distributed  real-time  systems  are  also 
studied. 

CIS  573  three  credits 
Operating  Systems 

Prerequisite:  CIS  370  or  permission  of 
instructor 

The  methodologies  of  operating  systems 
design  and  implementation.  Concurrency, 
synchronization,  process  communication, 
switching  control,  deadlocks,  implementa- 
tion of  dynamic  structures,  design  of 
operating  systems  modules  and  interfaces, 
system  security  and  integrity,  and  system 
updating  and  documentation  are  also 
studied. 

CIS  574  three  credits 

Advanced  Computer  Architectures 


Prerequisite:  CIS  314  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Study  of  recent  advances  in  computer 
organization.  Parallel  processors,  pipelined 
processors,  modular  and  network  architec- 
tures data-flow  machines,  fault-tolerant 
systems,  language-directed,  object-based, 
capability-based,  and  message-based 
processor  organizations. 

CIS  575  three  credits 

Parallel  Algorithms  and  Parallel 

Architectures 

Prerequisites:  CIS  314,  360;  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Parallel  algorithms  and  their  implementa- 
tions in  parallel  architectures.  In  ihe  first 
part  of  the  course  parallel  algorithms  are 
analyzed  for  problems  in  graph  theory, 
algebra,  FFT,  and  artificial  intelligence.  The 
second  part  presents  implementations  of 
these  algorithms  in  various  parallel 
architectures. 

CIS  577  three  credits 
Computer  Networks 

Prerequisite:  CIS  475  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Analysis  and  modeling  of  centralized  and 
distributed  computer  networks.  Queuing 
network  analysis,  principles  of  network 
design,  software  considerations,  and  design 
of  computer  networks  are  also  studied. 

CIS  578  three  credits 

Evaluation  of  Computer  Systems 

Performance 

Prerequisite:  MTH  331,  CIS  314;  or 
permission  of  instructor. 
Techniques  of  analysis  and  simulation  for 
evaluation  of  computer  systems  perfor- 
mance. Queuing  systems,  Poisson  processes, 
scheduling,  service  distribution,  conservation 
laws,  queuing  networks,  and  discrete 
simulations  are  also  studied. 

CIS  579  three  credits 
Multimedia  Networking 

Prerequisite:  CIS  475  or  476 
Current  techniques  in  multimedia  communi- 
cations and  networking.  The  course  presents 
the  communication  requirements  of  the 
different  types  of  multimedia  applications, 
the  operation  of  the  different  underlying 
communication  networks  as  multimedia 
carriers,  and  the  communication  protocols 
associated  with  these  networks  and  gives  an 
overview  of  the  various  quality-of-service 
models,  real-time  transmission  issues,  and 
compression  techniques. 


223 


College  of  Engineering 


CIS  580  three  credits 

Paradigmatic  Software  Development 

Prerequisite:  CIS  31 1  or  equivalent 
Software  development  in  the  context  of 
various  paradigms  The  strategies  and 
methods  of  the  procedural,  object-oriented, 
and  functional  paradigms  are  studied  and 
practiced.  The  modeling  of  software 
processes  will  be  considered  from  both  the 
process  and  product  views,  as  will  the 
appropriateness  and  measures  of  effective- 
ness of  these  processes  in  the  design  of 
software  systems.  Students  will  apply  these 
measures  to  the  course  exercises,  determin- 
ing and  reviewing  the  impact  of  these 
methods  on  individual  design. 

CIS  581  three  credits 

Design- and  Verification  of  Information 
Systems 

Prerequisite:  CIS  580  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Sound  design  methodologies  and  technolo- 
gies in  development  and  maintenance  of 
information  systems/business  systems  with 
special  emphasis  on  workflow  management 
systems  An  applied  course  that  emphasizes 
the  formal  approach,  this  course  also 
addresses  issues  of  adaptability  and 
flexibility  of  information  systems  and  their 
evaluation.  The  course  supports  concurrent 
execution  of  information  systems  during  the 
design  stage  and  adopts  and  applies  various 
forms  of  Petri  nets. 

CIS  585  three  credits 

Image  Processing  and  Machine  Vision 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  and 
permission  of  the  instructor 
Foundations  of  image  processing  and 
machine  vision.  Students  apply  and  evaluate 
topics  such  as  edge  detection,  segmenta- 
tion, shape  representation,  and  object 
recognition.  Stereo  vision  and  motion 
analysis  will  be  covered  in  detail  including 
calibration,  range  images,  change  detection, 
motion  correspondence,  and  2-D  and  3-D 
tracking.  Important  research  papers  will  be 
discussed  in  class. 

CIS  588  three  credits 
Neural  Computing 

Prerequisite:  Any  course  in  programming 
languages  and  data  structures 
Fundamentals  of  artificial  neural  networks 
including  application  needs  for  neural 
networks,  discussing  the  various  architec- 
tures, learning  algorithms  and  examples  of 
applications.  The  standard  neural  networks 
are  discussed  in  greater  details,  which 
allows  for  branching  of  architectures  and 
combining  of  strategies  for  growing  and/or 
constructing  neural  networks. 


CIS  595  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  graduate  director, 
and  college  dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged 

CIS  596  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

CIS  600  three  credits 
Master's  Project 

Prerequisites:  CIS  560,  570,  and  580 
Provides  an  experience  in  the  development 
of  a  detailed,  significant  project  in  computer 
science  under  ihe  close  supervision  of  a 
faculty  member,  perhaps  as  one  member  of 
a  student  team.  This  project  may  be  a 
software  implementation,  a  design  effort,  or 
a  theoretical  or  practical  written  analysis. 
Public  presentation  of  the  master's  project 
and  evaluation  by  two  faculty  other  than  the 
project  supervisor  are  required. 

CIS  601,  602,  603  three  credits  each 
Special  Topics 

Offered  as  needed  to  present  advanced 
material  to  graduate  students. 

CIS  690  three  credits 
Master's  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  Graduate 
Program  Committee,  based  on  performance 
in  CIS  600,  approval  of  proposed  topic,  and 
support  of  a  faculty  advisor  and  two  faculty 
readers. 

Research  leading  to  submission  of  a  formal 
thesis.  This  course  provides  an  optional 
thesis  experience,  which  may  be  based  on 
the  student's  Project  in  a  more  intense  form 
or  be  a  sequel  effort  of  a  different  charac- 
ter. In  exceptional  circumstances,  the 
student  may  earn  up  to  six  thesis  credits,  if 
approved  by  the  Graduate  Program 
Committee.  Graded 
A-F. 


224 


Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


The  Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering  (ECE)  offers  undergraduate 
programs  of  study  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  either  Electrical 
Engineering  or  Computer  Engineering.  Both 
undergraduate  programs  are  accredited  by 
the  Engineering  Accreditation  Commission 
of  the  Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering 
and  Technology. 

At  the  graduate  level,  the  ECE  Department 
offers  programs  leading  to  a  Master  of 
Science  degree  in  either  Electrical 
Engineering  or  Computer  Engineering  and  a 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  Electrical 
Engineering  with  options  in  Electrical 
Engineering  and  Computer  Engineering.  In 
addition,  the  ECE  Department  offers  five 
graduate  certificate  programs.  For  details 
consult  the  Bulletin  of  the  Graduate  School. 


David  A.  Brown  acoustic  transduction, 
transducer  devices  and  arrays,  underwater 
acoustics,  fiber  optic  sensors  and  systems, 
acoustic  properties  of  materials,  ocean  and 
marine  science  and  technology 

John  R.  Buck  underwater  acoustics,  signal 
processing,  marine  mammal  bioacoustics 

Chi-Hau  Chen  pattern  recognition,  neural 
networks,  image  processing  and  machine 
vision,  communications  theory,  ultrasonic 
NDE 

Lester  W.  Cory  rehabilitation  engineering, 
small  computer  systems,  HFA/HF  communica- 
tions 

Antonio  H.  Costa  (chairperson)  time- 
frequency  representations,  spectral 
estimation,  signal  processing,  image 
processing,  digital  communications 

Thomas  J.  Curry  signal  processing, 
computer  systems,  underwater  systems 

Lee  E.  Estes  electro-optics,  underwater 
systems,  ocean  optics,  remote  sensing 

Gilbert  Fain  ocean  systems,  underwater 
communication  and  tracking,  instrumenta- 
tion measurement  systems 

Paul  J.  Fortier  database  systems,  real-time 
systems,  operating  systems,  computer 
architecture,  computer  networks,  computer 
performance  evaluation 

Robert  C.  Helgeland  marine  electronic 
systems,  computer-aided  circuit  analysis 

Dayalan  P.  Kasilingam  remote  sensing, 
applied  electromagnetics,  wireless  communi- 
cations, adaptive  signal  processing 

Gerald  J.  Lemay  power  systems, 
sustainability,  renewable  energy 

Hong  Liu  computer  networks,  compilers, 
programming  languages 

Howard  E.  Michel  distributed  artificial 
intelligence,  artificial  neural  networks, 
distributed  computing,  computer  vision, 
computer  networks 

Theophano  Mitsa  knowledge-based 
systems,  intelligent  agents,  distributed 
systems,  internet  computing 


Steven  C.  Nardone  systems  theory,  control 
and  estimation  theory,  fuzzy  systems, 
applications  to  target  tracking 

Branislav  M.  Notaros  computational 
electromagnetics,  antennas,  microwaves 

Karen  L.  Payton  digital  signal  processing, 
speech  processing,  speech  acoustics,  auditory 
perception 

Nixon  A.  Pendergrass  digital  signal 
processing,  adaptive  signal  processing, 
communications  theory,  estimation  theory 

David  Rancour  semiconductor  devices,  VLSI, 
quantum  mechanics 

Dean  J.  Schmidlin  digital  signal  processing, 
linear  discrete-time  systems  (both  time- 
varying  and  time-invariant) 

Philip  H.  Viall  computer  networks,  assembly 
languages,  rehabilitation  engineering 

Liudong  Xing  hardware  and  software 
reliability,  network  reliability,  fault-tolerant 
computing,  risk  assessment 


225 


College  of  Engineering 


Mission  Statement 

The  Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering  provides  excellent  undergradu- 
ate and  graduate  education  in  electrical  and 
computer  engineering,  develops  new  ideas 
and  technologies,  and  supports  economic 
growth  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachu- 
setts and  beyond. 

Vision  Statement 

The  Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering  will  continue  to  provide 
outstanding  undergraduate  and  graduate 
education  in  electrical  and  computer 
engineering  with  graduate  programs  driven 
by  excellence  in  research. 


Educational  Objectives 

The  undergraduate  programs  in  Electrical 
Engineering  and  Computer  Engineering  have 
the  following  educational  objectives: 
1 

To  graduate  students  trained  in  the 
fundamental  sciences  and  mathematics  with 
the  general  breadth  and  depth  necessary  for 
engineering  and  engineering  design. 
2 

To  graduate  students  possessing  effective 
communications,  teamwork,  and  leadership 
skills. 
3 

To  graduate  students  able  to  adapt  to  and 
influence  the  future  technological 
environment  in  response  to  industrial  and 
global  changes. 
4 

To  graduate  students  aware  of  the  ethical, 
social,  and  environmental  impact  of  their 
professional  actions. 
5 

To  graduate  students  prepared  for  computer 
or  electrical  engineering  careers  and 
continuing  education  including  graduate 
school,  self  study,  and  industrial  short 
courses. 


Program  Outcomes 

The  undergraduate  programs  in  Computer 
Engineering  (CPE)  and  Electrical  Engineering 
(ELE)  impose  the  following  expectations  on 
their  graduates  Graduates  will: 

1 

have  an  ability  to  apply  knowledge  of 

mathematics. 

2 

have  an  ability  to  apply  knowledge  of  basic 

sciences. 

3 

have  an  ability  to  apply  knowledge  of  core 
ELE/CPE  specialties  to  solve  engineering 
problems. 
4 

have  the  ability  to  create  computer 
programs  to  solve  engineering  problems. 
5 

have  an  ability  to  develop  models  and  apply 

them  to  engineering  problems. 

6 

have  effective  laboratory  skills. 
7 

have  an  ability  to  identify,  formulate  and 

solve  engineering  problems. 

8 

be  able  to  design  a  system,  component, 
process  or  computer  program  to  meet 
design  needs  using  design  principles, 
techniques  and  engineering  tools. 
9 

have  an  ability  to  work  as  a  contributing 
member  of  a  multidisciplinary  team. 
10 

be  able  to  communicate  and  express  ideas 
coherently,  professionally  and  effectively. 
11 

have  an  understanding  of  professional  and 

ethical  responsibility. 

12 

have  knowledge  of  contemporary  issues 
and  an  understanding  of  the  impact  of 
engineering  on  society. 
13 

understand  the  need  for  and  have  an  ability 
to  engage  in  lifelong  learning. 


226 


Computer  Engineering  Major  Requirements 

BS  degree 


Computer  Engineering  encompasses  a  broad 
spectrum  of  challenging  activities  including 
research,  design,  and  development  of 
computer  systems  hardware  and  software,  as 
well  as  the  electronic  or  software 
components  that  comprise  these  systems. 
The  Computer  Engineering  program  prepares 
students  to  meet  the  changing  high- 
technology  needs  in  the  computer 
engineering  area,  and  for  graduate  study  in 
computer  engineering,  by  imparting  a  strong 
background  in  science  and  mathematics 
along  with  engineering  skills. 

The  program  consists  of  a  core  of  basic 
science  and  mathematics  courses  interwoven 
throughout  the  four  years  of  study.  The 
student  also  selects  18  credit  hours  in  general 
education.  Students  begin  to  identify  with 
their  field  in  the  first  and  second  year  of 
study.  In  the  junior  year,  students  gain  a 
foundation  in  computer  systems.  A  senior 
year  composed  primarily  of  elective  courses 
and  a  capstone  design  project  allows 
students  to  concentrate  their  studies  in  one 
or  more  areas  of  their  choice  and  hone  their 
skills  for  the  real  world.  A  co-op  experience  is 
also  available  for  qualified  students  in 
cooperation  with  regional  industries. 

Specialization  opportunities  are  offered  in 
microprocessors  and  microcomputer  systems, 
computer  networks,  and  database  systems. 

Students  may  join  the  Institute  of  Electrical 
and  Electronics  Engineers  (IEEE),  a  profes- 
sional society  with  a  student  branch  in  the 
department  of  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering.  Qualified  students  can  join  the 
Zeta  Xi  Chapter  of  Eta  Kappa  Nu,  the 
Electical  and  Computer  Engineering  National 
Honor  Society. 


Semester  Credits 
First  Second 


First  Year 

ECE  1601 

Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering  I 

4 

EGR  105,  108 

Intro.  Engineering  through  Applied  Sci.  I,  II 

2 

2 

PHY  1 1 1*,  1 12* 

Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  I,  II 

4 

4 

CHM  153* 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  for  Engineers 

3 

MTH  113*,  114* 

Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  I,  II 

4 

4 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

16 

17 

Second  Year 

ECE  161 

Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering  II 

4 

ECE  201,  202 

Circuit  Theory  I,  II 

3.5 

3.5 

ECE  257 

Fundamentals  of  UNIX 

1 

ECE  260 

Digital  logic  and  Computer  Design 

3.5 

ECE  263 

Embedded  System  Design 

3.5 

ECE  264 

Object-Oriented  Software  Development 

3 

MTH  212 

Differential  Equations 

3 

MTH  213* 

Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  III 

4 

ENL  2662 

Technical  Communications 

3 

General  Education  Elective3 

3 

18 

17 

Third  Year 

ECE  311 

Digital  Electronics 

4 

ECE  367 

Operating  Systems 

3 

ECE  350 

Algorithms 

3 

ECE  368 

Digital  Design 

3 

MTH  350 

Applied  Discrete  Mathematics 

3 

MTH  331 

Probability 

3 

Ethics4/General  Education  Electives3 

3 

3 

General  Education  Electives3 

3 

3 

16 

15 

Fourth  Year 

ECE  457s,  458 

Design  Project  I,  II 

2 

3 

ECE  460 

Computer  System  Performance  Evaluation 

3 

CIS  480 

Software  Engineering 

4 

Restricted  CPE  Elective6 

3 

Technical  Electives7 

6 

6 

General  Education  Elective3 

3 

15 

15 

Total  credits: 


129 


*  Alternative  courses  should  only  be  taken  in  exceptional  circumstances  and  with  the  written 
permission  of  an  ECE  faculty  advisor  (CHM  151  and  CHM  161  in  lieu  of  CHM  153;  MTH  1 1 1 
in  lieu  of  MTH  113;  MTH  1 12  in  lieu  of  MTH  114;  MTH  21 1  in  lieu  of  MTH  213,  PHY  1 13  in 
lieu  of  PHY  1 11;  PHY  1 14  in  lieu  of  PHY  112). 


General  Education  Departmental 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Computer  Engineer- 
ing will  meet  their  departmentally- 
controlled  General  Education  requirements 
as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  CIS  381,  PHL  215, 

SOC  164,  SOC  323,  or  TES  350 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ECE  160 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  266 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  ECE  457 


1  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  I  (Tier  2)  requirement:  Information  and 
Computer  Literacy. 

2  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  W  (Tier  2)  requirement;  Writing  Skills.  Must 
be  taken  before  the  student's  senior  year. 

3  See  General  Education  requirements  (Areas  C,  D,  and  G). 

4  General  Education  Area  E  requirement:  Ethics  and  Social  Responsibility.  Must  be  taken 
from  this  list:  CIS  381,  PHL  215,  SOC  164,  SOC  323,  or  TES  350.  Must  be  taken  before  the 
student's  senior  year. 

5  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  O  requirement:  Oral  Skills. 

6  Must  be  taken  from  this  list:  ECE  456,  ECE  461,  ECE  465,  ECE  466,  ECE  469,  or  ECE  486. 

7  Must  be  taken  from  approved  list  of  Computer  Engineering  Technical  Electives  (see  next 
page). 


227 


College  of  Engineering 


Technical  Electives  in  Computer 
Engineering 

Technical  electives  are  courses  above  and 
beyond  the  required  courses  that  allow 
computer  engineering  students  to  broaden  or 
deepen  their  engineering  knowledge  in  one 
or  more  technical  areas.  Students  are 
required  to  take  four  technical  electives. 
Generally,  allowable  technical  electives  are 
any  400-  or  500-  level  courses  in  the  College 
of  Engineering  (CEN,  CIS,  ECE,  MNE,  PHY, 
TES  departments)  except  seminars,  indepen- 
dent study,  directed  study,  internship,  or 
required  courses  within  the  program. 
Additional  allowable  courses  are: 

Any  300-  or  400-level  course  in  Mathematics 
(MTH)  except  seminar,  independent  study, 
directed  study,  internship,  or  required  courses 
within  the  program. 

Any  300-level  course  in  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering  except  seminar, 
directed  study,  or  required  courses  within  the 
program. 

CEN  309    Introduction  to  Transportation 

Engineering  Systems 
CIS  361     Models  of  Computation 
CIS  362     Empirical  Methods  for  Computer 

Science 

PHY  341 ,  342    Modern  Physics  and 

Quantum  Mechanics  I,  II 
TES  310    Statistical  Quality  Control 
TES  311     Process  Optimization 

Choices  of  technical  electives  must  always  be 
discussed  with,  and  approved  by,  the 
student's  academic  advisor  prior  to  enroll- 
ment. Some  restrictions  are: 


Calculation  of  the  GPA  in  the  Computer 
Engineering  Major 

Students  must  have  a  2.000  cumulative 
grade  point  average  (GPA)  for  all  courses 
taken  at  the  University  in  order  to  graduate. 
Students  must  also  have  a  2.000  cumulative 
GPA  in  the  major.  For  purposes  of  this 
computation, 
1 

All  courses  with  an  ECE  prefix  except  ECE 
298,  ECE  400,  ECE  401,  ECE  495,  or  ECE 
595  and  courses  with  a  CIS  prefix  numbered 
200  or  above  except  CIS  298,  CIS  41 1,  CIS 
491,  CIS  492,  CIS  495,  or  CIS  595  count  in 
calculating  the  GPA  for  the  Computer 
Engineering  major. 
2 

Courses  required  for  the  major  but  taken 
outside  the  major  discipline  are  not  counted 
in  the  calculation  of  the  major  cumulative 
GPA. 
3 

As  is  the  case  for  all  University  courses,  only 
the  most  recently  earned  course  grade 
(whether  higher  or  lower)  shall  enter  in  the 
calculation  of  the  major  cumulative  GPA. 


1 

At  most  two  technical  elective  courses  may 
be  taken  from  outside  the  department  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering. 
2 

At  most  two  technical  elective  courses  may 

be  taken  at  the  300-level. 

3 

The  student  must  have  the  required 
prerequisites  and/or  co-requisites  for  each 
course. 
4 

Enrollment  in  500-level  courses  requires  a 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.000,  senior 
standing,  and  the  written  permission  of  the 
instructor. 


228 


Electrical  Engineering  Major  Requirements 

BS  degree 


The  Electrical  Engineering  program 
prepares  students  to  meet  changing  high- 
technology  needs  in  electrical  engineering, 
and  for  graduate  study,  by  imparting  a 
strong  background  in  science,  mathemat- 
ics, and  engineering. 

Electrical  Engineering  encompasses  a  broad 
range  of  specialties  including  communica- 
tions, signal  processing,  instrumentation, 
control  and  automation,  power  conversion 
and  distribution,  RF  and  microwave  devices 
and  systems,  and  digital  and  analog 
techniques.  In  any  of  these  specialties, 
electrical  engineers  work  with  devices  and/ 
or  systems  to  perform  various  functions 
such  as  research  and  development,  systems 
analysis,  management,  production,  testing, 
quality  control,  or  sales.  They  may  pursue 
careers  in  many  areas  such  as  monitoring 
and  control  of  the  environment,  space 
exploration,  aerospace  and  defense,  ocean 
engineering,  energy  resources,  biomedical 
engineering,  information  technology,  law, 
or  medicine. 

The  program  consists  of  a  core  of  basic 
science  and  mathematical  courses 
interwoven  throughout  the  four  years  of 
study.  The  student  also  selects  18  credit 
hours  in  general  education.  Students  begin 
to  identify  with  their  field  in  the  first  and 
second  year  of  study.  In  the  junior  year, 
students  gain  a  foundation  for  further 
study  in  particular  branches  of  electrical 
engineering.  A  senior  year  composed 
primarily  of  elective  courses  and  a  capstone 
design  project  allows  the  students  to 
concentrate  their  studies  in  one  or  more 
areas  of  their  choice,  and  hone  their  skills 
for  the  real  world.  A  co-op  experience  is 
also  available  for  qualified  students  in 
cooperation  with  regional  industries. 

Students  may  join  the  Institute  of  Electrical 
and  Electronics  Engineers  (IEEE),  a 
professional  society  with  a  student  branch 
m  the  department  of  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering.  Qualified  students 
can  join  the  Zeta  Xi  Chapter  of  Eta  Kappa 
Nu,  the  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineer- 
ing National  Honor  Society. 


Semester  Credits 
First  Second 


First  Year 

ECE  1601 
EGR  105,  108 
CHM  153* 
ENL  101,  102 
MTH  113M  14" 
PHY  111*, 112' 

Second  Year 

ECE  161 
ECE  201,  202 
ECE  260 
ECE  263 
MTH  212 
MTH  213* 
PHY  213 


Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering  I 

Intro.  Engineering  through  Applied  Sci.  I,  II  2 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  for  Engineers  3 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II  3 

Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  I,  II  4 

Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  I,  II  4 

16 

Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering  II  4 

Circuit  Theory  I,  II  3.5 

Digital  Logic  and  Computer  Design  3.5 
Embedded  System  Design 

Differential  Equations  3 
Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  III 
Applied  Modern  Physics 


4 

2 

3 
4 
4 
17 


3.5 

3.5 

4 

3 


ENL  2662 

Technical  Communications 

3 

General  Education  Elective3 

3 

17 

17 

Third  Year 

ECE  31 1,  312 

Digital  Electronics/Analog  Electronics 

4 

4 

ECE  321 

Continuous-Time  Linear  Systems 

3 

ECE  322 

Discrete-Time  Linear  Systems 

3 

ECE  335,  336 

Electromagnetic  Theory  I,  II 

3 

3 

ECE  384 

Random  Signals  and  Noise 

3 

General  Education  Elective3 

3 

Ethics4/General  Education  Electives3 

3 

3 

16 

16 

Fourth  Year 

ECE  457s,  458 

Design  Project  I,  II 

2 

3 

ECE  471 

Communication  Theory 

3 

Engineering  Mathematics6 

3 

Technical  Electives7 

6 

6 

General  Education  Electives3 

3 

3 

17 

12 

Total  Credits: 

128 

*  Alternative  courses  should  only  be  taken  in  exceptional  circumstances  and  with  the 
written  permission  of  an  ECE  faculty  advisor  (CHM  151  and  CHM  161  in  lieu  of  CHM  153; 
,  MTH  1 1 1  in  lieu  of  MTH  113,  MTH  112  in  lieu  of  MTH  1 14;  MTH  21 1  in  lieu  of  MTH  213; 
PHY  1 1 3  in  lieu  of  PHY  1 1 1 ;  PHY  1 1 4  in  lieu  of  PHY  1 1 2). 


1  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  I  (Tier  2)  requirement:  Information  and 
Computer  Literacy. 

2  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  W  (Tier  2)  requirement:  Writing  Skills. 
Must  be  taken  before  the  student's  senior  year. 

3  See  General  Education  requirements  (Areas  C,  D,  and  G). 

4  General  Education  Area  E  requirement:  Ethics  and  Social  Responsibility.  Must  be  taken 
from  this  list:  CIS  381,  PHL  215,  SOC  164,  SOC  323,  or  TES  350.  Must  be  taken  before  the 
student's  senior  year. 

5  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  O  requirement:  Oral  Skills. 

6  Must  be  taken  from  ECE  455,  ECE  485,  MTH  221,  MTH  311,  MTH  350,  or  MTH  421. 

7  Must  be  taken  from  approved  list  of  Electrical  Engineering  Technical  Electives  (see  next 
page). 


229 


College  of  Engineering 


Requirements  Applicable  to  Both  Computer  Engineering  and 
Electrical  Engineering  Majors 


Technical  Electives  in  Electrical 
Engineering 

Technical  electives  are  courses  above  and 
beyond  the  required  courses  that  allow 
electrical  engineering  students  to  broaden 
or  deepen  their  engineering  knowledge  in 
one  or  more  technical  areas.  Students  are 
required  to  complete  four  technical 
electives.  Generally,  allowable  technical 
electives  are  any  400-  or  500-  level  courses 
in  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 
(ECE),  Mathematics  (MTH),  Mechanical 
Engineering  (MNE),  or  Computer  Science 
(CIS)  except  seminars,  independent  study, 
directed  study,  internship,  or  required 
courses  within  the  program.  Additional 
allowable  courses  are: 

ECE  367  Operating  systems 

ECE  350  Algorithms 

ECE  368  Digital  Design 

PHY  341 ,  342  Modern  Physics  and 

Quantum  Mechanics  I,  II 
PHY  441    Statistical  Thermodynamics 
PHY  442    Elements  of  Solid  State  Physics 
MTH  311,312  Advanced  Calculus  I,  II 
MTH  332  Mathematical  Statistics 
MTH  353  Applied  Linear  Algebra 
MTH  361,  362  Numerical  Analysis  I,  II 

Choices  of  technical  electives  must  always 
be  discussed  with,  and  approved  by,  the 
student's  academic  advisor  prior  to 
enrollment.  Some  restrictions  are: 

1 

At  most  two  technical  elective  courses  may 
be  taken  from  outside  the  department  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering. 
2 

At  most  two  technical  elective  courses  may 

be  taken  at  the  300-level. 

3 

The  student  must  have  the  required 
prerequisites  and/or  co-requisites  for  each 
course. 


Alternative  Paths  Program  Requirements 

Depending  on  the  results  of  placement  testing,  new  freshman  students  may  be  placed  into 
one  of  the  following  first-year  curricula  in  lieu  of  the  standard  curriculum. 


First  Year  Courses  for  Precalculus-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

CHM  151  Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I 

CHM  161  Intro  Applied  Chemistry  I 

MTH  131  Precalculus 
MTH  1 1 1  Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus  I 

ECE  160  Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering 

General  Education  Electives 


First-Year  Courses  for  Algebra-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 
CHM  151  Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I 

CHM  161  Intro  Applied  Chemistry  I 

MTH  100*  Basic  Algebra 

MTH  131  Precalculus 
CIS  161  Computer  Programming  BASIC 

ECE  160  Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering 

General  Education  Electives 


*  Students  receive  3  administrative  credits  for  Math  100  Administrative  credits  do  not  not 
count  towards  the  total  credits  required  for  graduation. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Electrical  Engineering  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled 
General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  CIS  381,  PHL  215,  SOC  164,  SOC  323,  or  TES  350 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ECE  160 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  266 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  ECE  457 

Calculation  of  the  GPA  in  the  Electrical  Engineering  Major 

Students  must  have  a  2.000  cumulative  grade  point  average  (GPA)  for  all  courses  taken  at  the 
University  in  order  to  graduate  Students  must  also  have  a  2.000  cumulative  GPA  in  the  major. 
For  purposes  of  this  computation, 


First 

Second 

3 

3 

3 

1 

3 

4 

4 

3 

3 

13 

14 

First 

Second 

3 

3 

3 

1 

3 

3 

3 

4 

6 

15 

14 

Enrollment  in  500-level  courses  requires  a 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  3  000, 
senior  standing,  and  the  written  permission 
of  the  instructor. 


All  courses  with  an  ECE  prefix  except  ECE  298,  ECE  400,  ECE  401,  ECE  495,  or  ECE  595  count 

in  calculating  the  GPA  for  the  Electrical  Engineering  major. 

2 

Courses  required  for  the  major  but  taken  outside  the  major  discipline  are  not  counted  in  the 
calculation  of  the  major  cumulative  GPA. 

As  is  the  case  for  all  University  courses,  only  the  most  recently  earned  course  grade  (whether 
higher  or  lower)  shall  enter  in  the  calculation  of  the  major  cumulative  GPA 


230 


Double  Major  in  Electrical  Engineering  and  Computer  Engineering 


Students  interested  in  pursing  a  particularly 

Semester  Credits 

challenging  program  of  study  may  complete 

First 

Second 

a  double  major  in  Computer  Engineering  and 

First  Year 

Electrical  Engineering,  meeting  the  obliga- 

ECE 1601 

Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering  I 

4 

tions  of  both  programs 

EGR  105,  108 

Intro  to  Engineering  through  Applied  Sci.  I,  II 

2 

2 

MTH  113*.  114* 

Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  I,  II 

4 

4 

To  facilitate  such  a  double  major,  the 

CHM  153* 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  for  Engineers 

3 

department  has  created  a  structured  advising 

PHY  1 1 1*,  1 12* 

Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  I,  II 

4 

4 

plan.  To  accomplish  the  program  in  four 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

years,  at  least  one  summer  must  be  devoted 

16 

17 

to  academic  study.  As  with  individual  majors, 

Second  Year 

a  co-op  experience  is  available  for  qualified 

ECE 161 

Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering  II 

4 

students  in  cooperation  with  regional 

ECE  201,  202 

Circuit  Theory  I,  II 

3.5 

3. 

industries. 

ECE  257 

Fundamentals  of  UNIX 

1 

ECE  260 

Digital  Logic  and  Computer  Design 

3.5 

ECE  263 

Embedded  System  Design 

3. 

ECE  264 

Object-Oriented  Software  Development 

3 

MTH  212 

Differential  Equations 

3 

MTH  213* 

Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  III 

4 

PHY  213 

Applied  Modern  Physics 

3 

ENL  2662 

Technical  Communications 

3 

18 

17 

Third  Year 

ECE  311,  312 

Digital  Electronics/Analog  Electronics 

4 

4 

ECE  321 

Continuous-Time  Linear  Systems 

3 

ECE  367 

Operating  Systems 

3 

ECE  384 

Random  Signals  and  Noise 

3 

ECE  350 

Algorithms 

3 

ECE  368 

Digital  Design 

3 

MTH  350 

Applied  Discrete  Mathematics 

3 

General  Education  Elective3 /Ethics4 

3 

3 

16 

3 
16 

Fourth  Year 

CIS  480 

Software  Engineering 

4 

ECE  322 

Discrete-Time  Linear  Systems 

3 

ECE  335,  336 

Electromagnetic  Theory  I,  II 

3 

3 

ECE  457s,  458 

Design  Project  I,  II 

2 

3 

ECE  460 

Computer  Systems  Performance  Evaluation 

3 

ECE  471 

Communications  Theory 

3 

Engineering  Mathematics6 

3 

Restricted  CPE  Elective7 

3 

General  Education  Elective3 

3 

18 

15 

Additional  Courses  (Summers  or  one  additional  semester) 

General  Education  Electives3 

9 

Total  credits:  142 


*  Alternative  courses  should  only  be  taken 
in  exceptional  circumstances  and  with  the 
written  permission  of  an  ECE  faculty  advisor 
(CHM  151  and  CHM  161  in  lieu  of  CHM 
1 53;  MTH  1 1 1  in  lieu  of  MTH  1 1 3;  MTH 
1 12  in  lieu  of  MTH  1 14;  MTH  211  in  lieu  of 
MTH  2 1 3;  PHY  1 1 3  in  lieu  of  PHY  1 1 1 ;  PHY 
114  in  lieu  of  PHY  112). 


1  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  I  (Tier  2)  requirement:  Information  and 
Computer  Literacy. 

2  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  W  (Tier  2)  requirement:  Writing  Skills.  Must 
be  taken  before  the  student's  senior  year. 

3  See  General  Education  requirements  (Areas  C,  D,  and  G). 

4  General  Education  Area  E  requirement:  Ethics  and  Social  Responsibility.  Must  be  taken 
from  this  list:  CIS  381 ,  PHL  2 1 5,  SOC  1 64,  SOC  323,  or  TES  350.  Must  be  taken  before  the 
student's  senior  year. 

5  This  course  meets  the  General  Education  Area  O  requirement:  Oral  Skills. 

6  Must  be  taken  from  this  list:  ECE  455,  ECE  485,  MTH  221,  MTH  31 1,  or  MTH  421. 

7  Must  be  taken  from  this  list:  ECE  456,  ECE  461,  ECE  465,  ECE  466,  ECE  469,  or  ECE  486. 


231 


College  of  Engineering 


Minors  in  Electrical  Engineering  and  Computer  Engineering 


Minor  in  Electrical  or  Computer 
Engineering 

The  Minor  in  Electrical  Engineering  and  the 
Minor  in  Computer  Engineering  are 
designed  to  allow  students  with 
quantitative  and  scientific  aptitudes  and 
interests  to  acquire  a  basic  level  of 
competence  in  a  particular  area  of  electrical 
engineering  or  computer  engineering.  One 
of  these  minors  can  bring  significant  career 
benefits  to  majors  in  science  or  other 
engineering  programs. 

Admission  and  Constraints 

Any  degree  candidate  who  has  earned  at 
least  54  credits,  with  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  (GPA)  of  2.000  and  with  at 
'least  a  2.500  GPA  in  the  major,  may 
request  admission  to  a  minor  in  Electrical 
Engineering  from  the  chairperson  of  the 
department  of  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering.  A  total  of  at  least  19  credits  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (ECE) 
courses  must  be  taken,  following  a  plan  of 
study  approved  by  an  advisor  in  the 
Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering  and  signed  by  the  chairperson 
of  the  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 
department.  At  least  half  of  the  credits 
required  for  the  minor  must  be  taken  at  the 
University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth, 
and  the  GPA  in  the  minor  must  be  at  least 
2.000. 


Minor  in  Electrical  Engineering 


Credits 
7 


Required  of  all  students 
ECE  201,202  Circuit  Theory  I,  II  or 
ECE  2 1 1 ,  2 1 2  Elements  of  Electical 
Engineering  I,  II  and  ECE  251  Elements  of 
Electical  Engineering  Laboratory 

Students  also  complete  one  specialization. 
Typical  specializations  are: 

Electromagnetic  Theory  1 2 

ECE  335,  336  Electromagnetic  Theory 
I,  II  (3,  3)  and  two  of  the  following 
courses:  ECE  431  Antennas  and 
Propagation  (3),  ECE  433  Advanced 
Electromagnetic  Theory  (3),  ECE  435 
Microwave  and  RF  Engineering  (3),  and  ECE 
436  Wireless  System  Design  (3) 


Communication  Theory  1 2 

ECE  321  Continuous-Time  Linear 
Systems  (3),  ECE  384  Random 
Signals  and  Noise  (3),  ECE  471 
Communication  Theory  (3),  and  one  of 
the  following  two  courses:  ECE  432 
Wireless  Communications  (3),  and 
ECE  472  Advanced  Communications 
Systems  (3) 

Electronics  13.5 
ECE  260  Digital  Logic  and  Computer 
Design  (3.5),  ECE  311  Digital 
Electronics  (4),  ECE  312  Analog 
Electronics  (3),  and  ECE  41 1  Active 
Circuits  (3) 

Power  13.5 
ECE  260  Digital  Logic  and  Computer 
Design  (3.5).  ECE  31 1  Digital  Electronics 
(4),  ECE  335  Electromagnetic  Theory  I 
(3),  and  one  of  the  following  three 
courses:  ECE  441  Electromechanical 
Energy  Conversion  (3),  ECE  442  Power 
Electronics  (3),  and  ECE  443  Power 
Systems  I  (3) 

Signal  Processing  1 2 

ECE  321  Continuous-Time  Linear 
Systems  (3),  ECE  322  Discrete-Time 
Linear  Systems  (3),  ECE  384  Random 
Signals  and  Noise  (3),  and  ECE  475 
Digital  Signal  Processing  (3) 


Minor  in  Computer  Engineering 

Credits 

Required  of  all  students  1 1  or  1 2 

ECE  160  Foundations  of  Computer 

Engineering  I,  ECE  201  Circuit 

Theory  I,  ECE  257  Fundamentals 

of  UNIX,  and  ECE  260  Digital  Logic 

and  Computer  Design  or 

CIS  180  Object  Oriented  Programing, 

ECE  201  Circuit  Theory  I,  and 

ECE  260  Digital  Logic  and  Computer 

Design 

Students  also  complete  one  specialization. 
Typical  specializations  are: 


Computer  Architecture 
ECE  161  Foundations  of  Computer 
Engineering  II  (4)  or  CIS  181 
Programming  Paradigms  (4)  and 
ECE  367  Operating  Systems  (3), 
ECE  456  Computer  Architecture  (3), 
and  ECE  468  Advanced  Computer 
Architecture  (3) 


13 


13 


Computer  Networks 
ECE  161  Foundations  of  Computer 
Engineering  II  (4)  or  CIS  181 
Programming  Paradigms  (4),  and 
ECE  367  Operating  Systems(3), 
ECE  469  Computer  Networks  (3)  and 
one  of  the  following  three  courses: 
ECE  350  Algorithms  (3),  ECE  470 
Network  Application  Programming  (3),  and 
ECE  489  Network  Security  (3) 

Database  Systems  1 3 

ECE  161  Foundations  of  Computer 

Engineering  II  (4)  or  CIS  181 

Programming  Paradigms  (4),  and 

ECE  367  Operating  Systems  (3), 

ECE  486  Database  Systems  I  (3),  and 

one  of  the  following  two  courses: 

ECE  350  Algorithms  (3),  and 

ECE  466  Database  Programming  (3) 

Digital  Circuits  12  .5 

ECE  263  Embedded  System  Design 
(3.5),  ECE  367  Operating  Systems 
(3),  ECE  368  Digital  Design  (3),  and 
ECE  461  Microprocessors  I  (3) 


VLSI  13.5 

ECE  260  Digital  Logic  and  Computer 

Design  (3.5),  ECE  311  Digital 

Electronics  (4),  ECE  413  Introduction 

to  VLSI  Design  (3),  and  ECE  414  Introduction 

to  Analog  Integrated  Circuit  Design  (3) 


232 


Gen  Ed  note:  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering  courses  satisfy  the  Natural 
Science  and  Technology  requirement. 


Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  Courses 


ECE  160  four  credits 

Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering  I 

3  hours  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Engineering  student  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor 

Algorithm  development,  syntax  and  seman- 
tics of  the  C  programming  language  stressing 
computer  systems  concepts.  Concepts  of  the 
machine  model,  procedural  programming  and 
program  development  including  coding,  de- 
bugging and  testing  of  programs  are  covered. 
The  use  of  libraries,  header  files  and  macros 
are  covered.  Engineering  examples  are  used. 
Variables,  operators,  control,  input/output,  ar- 
rays, structures,  functions,  pointers,  and  files 
are  covered  using  engineering  examples. 

ECE  161  four  credits 

Foundations  of  Computer  Engineering  II 

3  hours  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  ECE  160 

Computer  system  and  program  design  issues, 
abstract  data  types,  dynamic  memory  alloca- 
tion, procedural  and  data  structures  using  the 
C  programming  language.  Concepts  of  the 
machine  model,  procedural  programming  and 
program  development  including  coding,  de- 
bugging, and  testing  of  programs  are  covered. 
The  following  data  structures  are  covered: 
linked  lists,  stacks,  queues,  binary  trees  and 
hash  tables.  Run  time  complexity  and  proce- 
dural abstractions  such  as  recursive  functions 
are  discussed.  Features  of  the  C  programming 
language  such  as  multiple  header  files,  librar- 
ies and  input/output  programming  with  files 
are  covered  using  engineering  examples. 

ECE  201  three  and  one  half  credits 
Circuit  Theory  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1 .5  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  EGR  108 
Corequisites:  ENL  266  and  MTH  212 
The  first  course  covering  basic  theory  of 
circuit  analysis.  The  goals  of  this  course 
include  developing  an  ability  to  solve 
engineering  problems  and  to  design, 
implement  and  test  circuits  to  meet  design 
specifications.  Topics  include  network 
theorems,  review  of  techniques  to  solve 
simultaneous  equations,  nodal  and  mesh 
circuit  analysis,  dependent  sources, 
Thevenin's  and  Norton's  equivalent  circuits, 
solution  of  first  and  second  order  networks 
to  switched  DC  inputs,  natural  responses, 
AC  circuit  steady-state  response  analysis, 
review  of  complex  numbers,  phasors, 
coupled  inductors  and  ideal  transformers, 
rms  voltage  and  current,  the  maximum 
power  transfer  theorem,  balanced  3-phase 
systems,  and  power  and  energy  computa- 
tions. Group  classroom  and  project  activities 
require  design,  simulation,  implementation 


and  measurement  of  practical  circuits. 
Written  reports  of  project  results  are 
required.  One  component  of  the  class  is  an 
introduction  to  the  importance  of  engineer- 
ing societies  to  the  profession.  Joining  a 
society  is  expected. 

ECE  202  three  and  one  half  credits 
Circuit  Theory  II 

3  hours  lecture,  1 .5  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  ECE  201,  ENL  266,  and  MTH 
212 

The  second  course  in  basic  circuit  theory  and 
design.  Topics  include  applications  of 
Laplace  transforms  to  solutions  of  switched 
circuits  and  differential  equations  with  initial 
conditions,  stability,  poles/zeros,  Fourier 
transform,  frequency  response,  Bode  plots, 
network  analysis,  and  equivalent  circuits. 
Students  are  introduced  to  graphical 
convolution  and  Fourier  series.  Group 
classroom  and  project  activities  require 
design,  implementation  and  measurement 
of  filters  and  other  circuits  to  meet  design 
specifications.  Students  are  expected  to 
write  an  essay  on  the  impact  of  engineering 
on  society. 

ECE  211  three  credits 

Elements  of  Electrical  Engineering  I 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 14  (or  MTH  112) 
Introduces  the  non-ECE  major  to  some  of 
the  basic  concepts  in  Electrical  Engineering. 
The  laws  of  circuit  theory  and  their 
applications  in  the  analysis  of  both  DC  and 
AC  circuits  consisting  of  passive  components 
(resistors,  capacitors,  and  inductors)  are 
introduced.  The  concepts  of  power, 
impedance,  reactance,  complex  power, 
phasors,  and  frequency  response  are 
discussed.  Semiconductor  devices  (diodes 
and  transistors)  are  introduced,  analyzed, 
and  applied  in  basic  circuits.  Use  of  available 
computer  software  to  simulate  and  evaluate 
circuit  performance  is  required. 

ECE  212  three  credits 

Elements  of  Electrical  Engineering  II 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  2 1 1 
Second  course  of  two-part  sequence  for 
non-ECE  majors,  covering  more  advanced 
concepts/applications  of  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. Amplifiers  utilizing  bipolar  or  field- 
effect  transistors  are  analyzed  and  designed. 
The  concepts  of  feedback  systems  are 
introduced  in  the  application  of  operational 
amplifiers  as  summers,  integrators, 
differentiators,  filters,  and  comparators. 
Basic  Boolean  algebra  and  elements  of 
digital  logic  (gates,  adders,  flip-flops, 


counters,  and  registers)  are  applied  in  the 
analysis  and  design  of  practical  digital 
circuits.  Use  of  available  computer  software 
to  simulate  and  evaluate  the  analog  and 
digital  circuit  designs  and  homework 
problems  is  required.  In  addition,  three- 
phase  power,  magnetic  circuits,  and  the 
characteristics,  control,  and  application  of 
AC  and  DC  machines  are  studied. 

ECE  251  one  credit 

Elements  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  ECE  21 1 
Introduces  and  develops  basic  bread- 
boarding  techniques  and  circuit  construc- 
tion; acquaints  the  non-ECE  student  with 
measurements  using  voltmeters,  ammeters, 
oscilloscopes,  power  supplies,  and  signal 
generators;  and  demonstrates  the  practical 
use  of  some  fundamental  electronic  devices 
in  simple  applications.  Students  use  a 
computer  software  package  to  simulate  the 
behavior  of  the  devices  and  circuits,  which 
have  been  constructed  and  tested  in  the 
laboratory  exercises. 

ECE  257  one  credit 
Fundamentals  of  UNIX 

1  hour  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  160 

Fundamentals  of  the  UNIX  operating  system. 
Students  apply  the  skills  learned  in  ECE  160, 
using  the  UNIX  operating  system.  Topics 
covered  include  X-windows,  several  basic 
UNIX  commands,  compilers  and  debugging 
tools,  scripting  tools,  the  use  of  system 
libraries,  and  the  creation  of  system  libraries. 

ECE  260  three  and  one  half  credits 
Digital  Logic  and  Computer  Design 

3  hours  lecture,  1.5  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Engineering  student  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Fundamental  theory  and  design  methods  for 
digital  systems.  Topics  include  logic 
components,  Boolean  algebra,  combina- 
tional circuit  analysis  and  design,  synchro- 
nous and  asynchronous  sequential  circuit 
analysis  and  design,  state  diagrams,  state 
minimization  and  assignment,  basic 
computer  organization  and  design.  This 
course  also  teaches  the  use  of  software 
tools  for  design,  minimization,  simulation, 
and  schematic  capture  of  digital  systems. 
The  digital  systems  that  are  designed  will  be 
implemented  using  MSI,  LSI,  and  field 
programmable  gate  arrays.  A  hands-on 
laboratory  is  included  in  which  students 
work  in  teams. 


233 


College  of  Engineering 


ECE  263  three  and  one  half  credits 
Embedded  System  Design 

3  hours  lecture,  1 .5  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  ECE  260 

A  study  of  embedded  system  design  useful 
to  electrical  and  computer  engineers, 
including  assembly  language  programming, 
program  debugging,  and  system  design. 
Students  learn  the  fundamentals  of 
microprocessor  technology  including 
instruction  set  architectures,  memory 
hierarchy  design,  and  input/output 
functions.  Practical  applications  apply  this 
technology  toward  the  design  of  systems 
involving  data  collection,  automatic  control, 
and  operator  interfaces.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  hands-on  program  development  using  a 
microcontroller. 

ECE  264  three  credits 

Object-Oriented  Software  Development 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  161  or  CIS  215;  and  ECE 
257 

Basic  object-oriented  concepts.  This  course 
covers  language  concepts  including  objects, 
classes,  and  polymorphism  from  the 
viewpoint  of  object-oriented  design;  and 
implementation  including  portability, 
maintainability,  networking,  and 
concurrency.  There  is  a  term  project 
applying  the  object-oriented  approaches  to 
the  entire  life-cycle  of  software  develop- 
ment, in  which  the  students  work  in  teams 
to  prototype  a  software  system  with  design 
tools  and  test  the  system  against  various 
design  criteria. 

ECE  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

ECE  311  four  credits 

Digital  Electronics  four  credits 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 

Prerequisites:  ECE  201;  ECE  260;  and  PHY 

112  or  PHY  114 

Fundamentals  of  solid-state  electronic 
devices  and  the  application  of  these  devices 
to  the  design  of  digital  circuits.  Among  the 
topics  covered  are  junction  transistors,  logic 
gates,  MOS  and  CMOS  logic  design,  bipolar 
logic  design  using  emitter-coupled  logic 


(ECL).  Focus  is  on  the  design  of  logic  circuits 
through  solving  design-oriented  problems 
and  the  design,  implementation,  and  testing 
of  logic  circuits  by  means  of  computer 
simulation  software.  The  course  has  an  inte- 
grated laboratory  and,  in  addition,  contains 
a  component  designed  to  increase  aware- 
ness of  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  field. 

ECE  312  four  credits 
Analog  Electronics 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  ECE  202  and  ECE  31 1 
Fundamental  concepts  of  analog  electronics 
and  the  application  of  these  concepts  to  the 
design  of  analog  circuits  (both  discrete  and 
integrated).  Among  the  topics  covered  are 
the  fundamentals  of  operational  amplifiers, 
small-signal  modeling  and  linear  amplifica- 
tion, single-transistor  amplifiers,  and 
multistage  amplifiers.  Also  covered  are 
frequency  response,  feedback,  stability,  and 
oscillators.  Focus  is  on  the  design  of  analog 
circuits  through  solving  design-oriented 
problems  and  the  design,  implementation, 
and  testing  of  analog  circuits  by  means  of 
computer  simulation  software.  This  course 
has  an  integrated  laboratory. 

ECE  321  three  credits 
Continuous-Time  Linear  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  202 
Introduction  to  continuous-time  signal 
analysis  and  linear  systems.  Topics  include 
classification  of  signals  and  systems,  basic 
signal  manipulation,  system  properties,  time 
domain  analysis  of  continuous-time  linear 
time-invariant  (LTI)  systems,  Laplace 
transform  and  its  use  in  LTI  system  analysis, 
transfer  functions  and  feedback,  frequency 
response  and  analog  filters,  Fourier  series 
representation  and  properties,  continuous- 
time  Fourier  transform,  spectral  analysis  and 
AM  modulation,  and  simulation.  Students 
learn  to  use  signal  analysis  tools. 

ECE  322  three  credits 
Discrete-Time  Linear  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  321 

Introduction  to  discrete-time  signal  analysis 
and  linear  systems.  Topics  include  time 
domain  analysis  of  discrete-time  linear  time- 
invariant  (LTI)  systems,  solution  of  difference 
equations,  system  function  and  digital  filters, 
stability  and  causality,  discrete-time  Fourier 
series,  discrete-time  Fourier  transform  and 
discrete  Fourier  transforms,  z-transforms, 
sampling  and  the  sampling  theorem, 
discrete-time  state  equations,  and  communi- 
cation systems.  Students  use  analysis  tools  to 


design  systems  that  meet  functional 
specifications 

ECE  335  three  credits 
Electromagnetic  Theory  I 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  201;  MTH  213  or  MTH 
211;  and  PHY  112  or  PHY  114 
Fundamentals  of  time-invariant  electric  and 
magnetic  fields  and  time-varying  electro- 
magnetic fields  leading  to  general  Maxwell's 
equations.  Topics  include  the  electromag- 
netic model,  vector  calculus,  electrostatic 
fields,  steady  electric  currents,  magneto- 
static  fields,  electromagnetic  induction, 
slowly  time-varying  electromagnetic  fields, 
and  Maxwell's  equations  in  integral  and 
differential  form;  solutions  of  Maxwell's 
equations  in  the  presence  of  boundary 
conditions  are  presented  Maxwell's 
equations  in  complex  domain  are  introduced 
and  utilized.  Circuit  theory  and  its  relation- 
ship to  electromagnetics  is  presented  as  an 
approximate  form  of  Maxwell's  equations. 
Numerical  techniques  for  field  computation 
are  introduced.  Simulations  in  a  computer 
classroom  include  visualization  of  2-D  and  3- 
D  electric  and  magnetic  fields,  and  exercises 
m  vector  calculus. 

ECE  336  three  credits 
Electromagnetic  Theory  II 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  335 
Fundamentals  of  electromagnetic  waves, 
propagation,  and  radiation  as  a  continuation 
of  ECE  335.  The  course  reviews  general 
Maxwell's  equations  in  integral  and 
differential  form,  and  electromagnetic 
boundary  conditions.  Poynting's  theorem 
and  Lorentz  potentials  are  studied.  Topics 
include  the  propagation  of  uniform  plane 
electromagnetic  waves  in  free  space  and  in 
various  media  (including  wave  reflection  and 
refraction,  and  skin  effect),  transmission-line 
theory  using  frequency-  and  time-domain 
analysis,  analysis  of  waveguides  and 
electromagnetic  resonators,  and  fundamen- 
tals of  radiation  and  antennas.  Numerical 
techniques  for  radiation  and  scattering  are 
introduced.  Simulations  in  a  computer 
classroom  include  the  Smith  chart,  visualiza- 
tion of  uniform  plane  waves  and  transients 
on  transmission  lines,  and  radiation.  Two 
laboratory  experiments  on  transmission  lines 
and  waveguides  are  performed. 

ECE  350  three  credits 
Algorithms 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  161  or  CIS  215;  MTH  114 
or  MTH  112;  and  MTH  181  or  MTH  350 


234 


Computer  algorithm  design  concepts, 
computational  complexity,  NP-complete- 
ness,  and  the  design  and  analysis  for 
efficient  algorithms.  Topics  include  data 
structures,  sorting,  graph,  shortest  path, 
depth  first  search,  breadth  first  search,  and 
network  flow  networks,  computational 
geometry,  dynamic  programming,  linear 
programming,  parallel  and  distributed,  and 
other  state-of-the-art  algorithms.  The  course 
includes  group  projects  and  presentations 
requiring  students  to  design  experiments  to 
determine  algorithms'  complexity  as  well  as 
to  design  algorithms  for  problem  solving. 

ECE  367  three  credits 
Operating  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  161  or  CIS  215;  ECE  257; 
and  ECE  260 

Operating  system  design  and  implementa- 
tion using  the  specifics  of  current  operating 
systems.  The  course  covers  file,  process, 
memory  and  Input/Output  management; 
multitasking,  synchronization,  and  dead- 
locks; scheduling,  and  inter-process 
communication.  Projects  include  team 
system's  programming  assignments  to 
investigate  the  kernel  interface,  files, 
processes,  and  inter-process  communication 
for  a  current  operating  system. 

ECE  368  three  credits 
Digital  Design 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  ECE  263 

Synthesis  of  state  machines  including 
design,  applications  and  implementation. 
Register  transfer  languages  and  ASM  chart 
design  methodologies.  PLA,  ROM-CEN- 
TERED, and  FPGA  implementations.  Specific 
applications  to  controllers  and  interface 
devices  will  be  discussed.  An  FPGA  based 
laboratory  experience  is  included. 

ECE  384  three  credits 
Random  Signals  and  Noise 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  321 

Concepts  of  probability  and  statistics  as  they 
apply  to  random  signals  and  their  effect  on 
system  analysis  and  design.  Topics  covered 
include  basic  probability,  random  variables, 
probability  density  and  distribution 
functions,  joint  distributions,  conditional 
distributions,  functions  of  a  random 
variable,  mean,  variance,  covariance, 
characteristic  functions,  random  processes, 
correlation  functions,  power  spectral 
density,  linear  systems,  linear  filters,  systems 
that  maximize  signal-to-noise  ratio,  and 
selected  applications  and  designs  from 


communication  theory,  sonar  and  radar,  and 
control  theory. 

ECE  400  three  credits 
Engineering  Internship 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing;  submission  of 
a  detailed  project  proposal  to  be  approved 
by  the  ECE  Curriculum  Committee 
An  electrical  or  computer  engineering 
project  performed  under  the  joint  supervi- 
sion of  an  industrial  or  governmental 
sponsor  and  a  faculty  advisor.  ECE  400  may 
not  be  substituted  for  ECE  457/458  -  Design 
Project  l/ll. 

ECE  401  three  credits 
Undergraduate  Research 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
Investigations  of  a  fundamental  and/or 
applied  nature  intended  to  develop  research 
techniques,  initiative,  and  self-reliance.  Also, 
studies  are  conducted  in  areas  not  included 
in  the  formal  course  offerings.  Admission  to 
the  course  is  based  on  a  formal  proposal 
endorsed  by  an  advising  professor.  On  the 
recommendation  of  the  advising  professor, 
the  course  may  be  extended  for  another 
three  credits. 

ECE  403  three  credits 
Special  Topics  in  Electrical  and  Com- 
puter Engineering 

Topics  of  timely  interest  in  electrical  and 
computer  engineering.  Course  content  may 
change  from  year  to  year  according  to 
instructor's  preferences. 

ECE  411  three  credits 
Active  Circuits  I 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  312 
Design  course  in  the  manipulation  and 
generation  of  signals  using  analog  inte- 
grated circuits,  especially  operational 
amplifiers.  Methods  are  developed  to 
understand  and  control  the  impact  of 
practical  component  limitations  like  input 
and  output  impedance,  frequency  response, 
offset  voltages,  bias  currents  and  cost. 
Stability  considerations  and  compensation 
techniques  are  studied,  and  students  are 
introduced  to  noise  considerations  in  circuit 
design.  Students  design,  build,  and  test 
many  of  the  circuits  discussed  in  the  course 
such  as  precision  voltage  and  current 
sources,  V/l  and  IA/  converters,  and  active 
filters.  Students  work  individually  on  small 
designs  but  in  teams  on  larger  ones. 

ECE  412  three  credits 
Active  Circuits  II 

3  hours  lecture 


Prerequisite:  ECE  41 1 

Continuation  of  ECE  41 1  involving  analog 
integrated  circuits,  especially  operational 
amplifiers,  with  nonlinear  devices.  Students 
design,  build  and  test  many  of  the  circuits 
discussed  in  the  course  such  as  nonlinear 
amplifiers,  signal  generators,  sample-and- 
hold  circuits,  D/A  and  A/D's,  and  phase- 
locked  loops.  Students  work  individually  on 
the  small  designs  but  in  teams  on  larger 
ones. 

ECE  413  three  credits 
Introduction  to  VLSI  Design 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  ECE  31 1 
Introduction  to  design  of  Very  Large  Scale 
Integrated  Circuits  (VLSI),  taught  at  the 
transistor  level.  Computer  tools  are  used  to 
create  and  simulate  integrated  circuit 
layouts.  Levels  of  design  automation 
covered  include  Full  Custom  layout. 
Schematic  Driven  layout,  Standard  Cells  and 
fully  automated  synthesis  of  HDL  code. 
Students  are  required  to  complete  a  project 
that  can  be  submitted  for  fabrication. 

ECE  414  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Analog  Integrated 
Circuit  Design 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  413 

Introduction  to  the  design  of  CMOS  analog 
integrated  circuits  (ICs),  with  occasional 
references  to  bipolar  ICs  to  make  compari- 
sons. Students  are  required  to  complete  the 
design  of  a  reasonably  complex  IC  and  make 
a  class  presentation  of  its  design  methodol- 
ogy and  simulation  results. 

ECE  431  three  credits 
Antennas  and  Propagation 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  336 
Solution  of  Maxwell's  equations  for 
radiation  problems.  Hertzian  dipole  as  a 
fundamental  radiation  element  is  described. 
Radiation  patterns,  directivity,  gain,  antenna 
impedance,  radiation  efficiency,  and 
antenna  polarization  are  defined.  The  course 
reviews  wire  dipole  antennas,  loop 
antennas,  antennas  above  ground  plane, 
and  corner  reflector  antennas.  Topics 
include  receiving  antenna  properties, 
antenna  arrays,  and  microstnp  patch  and 
slot  antennas  Rectangular  horn  antennas 
and  parabolic  reflector  antennas  are  studied. 
Also  discussed  are  ground-wave  propaga- 
tion and  ionospheric  propagation. 

ECE  432  three  credits 
Wireless  Communications 


235 


College  of  Engineering 


3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  the  principles  and  practice 
of  wireless  communications.  The  course 
presents  the  concepts  of  frequency  reuse 
and  cellular  structure  and  covers  propaga- 
tion effects,  multipath  fading,  digital  and 
analog  modulation,  diversity  and  equaliza- 
tion, multiple  access,  and  wireless  networks. 
The  course  also  presents  modern  wireless 
systems  and  standards.  The  focus  of  the 
course  is  to  understand  wireless  communi- 
cations at  a  systems  level  and  is  designed  as 
a  senior  elective  for  ELE  and  CPE  majors. 
Basic  understanding  of  electromagnetic 
wave  propagation  and  communication 
theory  is  expected.  The  course  includes  a 
project  related  to  new  technological 
advances  in  wireless  systems. 

ECE  433  three  credits 

Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  336  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Vector  analysis  in  a  generalized  orthogonal 
coordinate  system.  The  course  reviews  basic 
electromagnetic-field  theorems.  Two-  and 
three-dimensional  boundary  value  problems 
are  addressed  and  solution  methods 
presented.  Topics  include  wave  propagation 
in  multi-layer  media  and  wave  polarization. 
Waveguides  with  cylindrical  conducting 
boundaries,  special  waveguide  types, 
waveguide  devices,  cavity  resonators, 
radiation,  and  scattering  are  also  studied. 

ECE  435  three  credits 
Microwave  and  RF  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  335 
Review  of  transmission  line  theory.  The 
concept  of  impedance  transformation  is 
presented.  The  characteristics  of  coaxial 
lines,  waveguides,  and  microstrip  lines  are 
studied  in  detail.  Propagation  and  imped- 
ance properties  of  these  lines  are  derived. 
Smith  charts  are  used  for  designing 
matching  and  tuning  circuits.  The  use  of  S- 
parameters  and  the  analysis  of  multi-port 
networks  are  presented.  Passive  multi-port 
devices  such  as  microwave  power  couplers 
and  dividers  are  described.  The  fundamen- 
tals of  microwave  and  RF  filters  and 
resonators  are  discussed,  and  their 
implementation  using  microstrip  lines  and 
waveguides  is  also  presented. 

ECE  436  three  credits 
Wireless  System  Design 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  335 


Design  of  microwave  and  RF  wireless 
systems.  Transmission  line  theory  and 
network  analysis  are  reviewed  and  the 
fundamentals  of  antenna  theory  are 
presented.  Basic  antennas  such  as  dipoles, 
slots,  and  horns  are  covered.  System  noise 
and  its  description  are  discussed  Opera- 
tional concepts  of  microwave  detectors  and 
mixers  are  presented.  The  design  and 
analysis  of  detector  and  mixer  circuits  are 
covered.  Operational  concepts  of  microwave 
and  RF  amplifiers,  oscillators,  and  frequency 
synthesizers  are  presented,  the  integration 
of  components  in  microwave  and  RF 
receivers  and  their  performance  are  covered 
Microwave  systems  such  as  radar,  remote 
sensors,  and  radiometers  are  also  described 

ECE  438  three  credits 
Optical  Devices 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Modern  optical  devices,  introduced  and 
incorporated  in  the  design  of  electro-optic 
systems  Optical  fibers,  lenses,  prisms, 
gratings,  polarizers,  interferometers,  filters, 
beam  splitters,  light  sources  including  lasers, 
light  modulators,  light  detectors,  and  array 
sensors  are  incorporated  into  the  design  of 
optical  systems  intended  for  communica- 
tions, illumination,  metrology,  display  and 
observation.  Design  experience  is  achieved 
through  assignments  that  are  progressively 
larger  system  design  problems  generally 
incorporating  earlier  designs. 

ECE  441  three  credits 
Electromechanical  Energy  Conversion 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  31 1 

Transformers  and  rotating  machines.  Among 
the  AC  devices  studied  are  three-phase 
transformers,  induction  motors,  reluctance 
motors,  stepper  motors,  and  synchronous 
motors.  DC  motors  and  electric  vehicle  drive 
circuits  are  included. 

ECE  442  three  credits 
Power  Electronics 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  31 1 
Electronic  circuit  design  techniques  using 
power  semiconductor  devices  for  industrial 
and  residential  applications.  Typical 
applications  include  switching  DC  power 
supplies,  power  conditioners,  DC-to-AC 
inverters,  DC-to-DC  converters,  motor 
controllers,  AC-to-AC  converters,  and  utility- 
intertie. 

ECE  443  three  credits 


Power  Systems  I 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  335 
First  course  of  a  two-semester  sequence 
covering  energy  sources  such  as  fossil-fuels, 
nuclear,  hydro,  photovoltaic,  wind,  and  bio- 
mass,  loads  such  as  residential  and 
commercial  end-users,  and  the  transmission- 
distribution  networks  that  connect  them. 

ECE  444  three  ere 
Power  Systems  II 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite.  ECE  443 

Second  course  of  a  two-semester  sequence 
continuing  with  the  modeling,  analysis,  and 
design  of  power  generating  plants,  loads, 
and  transmission-distribution  networks. 

ECE  455  tl 

Computing  Methods  of 
Numerical  Analysis 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  160  or  CIS  115;  MTH 
212;  and  MTH  213  or  MTH  211 
Mathematical  methods  useful  to  the 
computer  engineer,  including  topics  from 
numerical  analysis  and  linear  algebra. 
Students  learn  how  and  when  to  appfy  a 
particular  numerical  analysis  tool  or  method 
and  can  analyze  and  interpret  the  results 
provided  by  the  method.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  selecting  appropriate  numerical  tools  for 
a  variety  of  basic  problems,  applying  them, 
and  studying  their  reliability,  efficiency,  and 
computer  implementation.  A  large  number 
of  problems  are  solved  using  the  computer. 

ECE  456  three  credits 
Computer  Architecture 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites.  ECE  161  or  CIS  215;  and  ECE 
260;  or  permission  of  instructor 
An  examination  of  various  components  that 
make  up  a  computer  system,  including  CPU, 
memory,  input/output,  and  buses,  as  well  as 
how  they  all  work  together  to  form  a 
functioning  computer  system.  The  major 
advances  in  the  computer  organization  and 
architecture  including  von  Neumann 
architecture,  interrupts,  the  family  concept, 
microprocessors,  cache  memory,  virtual 
memory,  virtual  I/O,  pipelining.  RISC, 
superscalar  processors,  IA-64  (EPIC),  micro- 
programmed control  unit  as  well  as  parallel 
processing  are  also  presented.  This  course 
includes  team  projects. 

ECE  457  two  credits  O 
Design  Project  I 

1  hour  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  electrical  or 


236 


computer  engineering 
The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  the 
student  to  undertake  and  successfully 
complete  the  capstone  design  experience 
embodied  in  the  subsequent  course  ECE 
458  Design  Project  II.  The  objectives  of  this 
course  include  providing  a  firm  basis  in  the 
methodology  of  planning  and  executing  an 
engineering  design  project,  exposing  the 
student  to  real  case  studies  involving 
engineering  design,  forming  a  design 
project  group  and  developing  group  skills  in 
executing  design  projects,  preparing  a 
design  project  plan,  and  having  the  student 
groups  select  a  design  project  of  appropriate 
complexity  and  their  faculty  advisor  in 
preparation  for  the  subsequent  course  ECE 
458.  Included  in  this  course  are  two  major 
written  reports  and  two  major  oral 
presentations  as  well  as  minor  reports  and 
presentations. 

ECE  458  three  credits  O 
Design  Project  II 

1  hour  lecture;  6  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  ECE  457 
Continuation  of  ECE  457.  Goals  of  this 
course  are  for  the  student  to  conduct, 
successfully  complete,  and  professionally 
present  the  results  of  his/her  capstone 
design  project  under  the  oversight  of  his/her 
faculty  advisor.  The  objectives  of  this  course 
include  executing  the  design  project  plan 
prepared  in  ECE  457,  conducting  group 
activities  associated  with  the  execution  of 
the  design  project,  participating  in  design 
reviews,  preparing  the  project  report,  and 
presenting  and  demonstrating  the  results  of 
the  project  activities  to  a  group  of  faculty, 
students,  and  industry  representatives. 
Included  in  this  course  are  three  major 
written  reports  and  three  major  oral 
presentations  as  well  as  minor  reports  and 
presentations. 

ECE  460  three  credits 

Computer  Systems  Performance 

Evaluation 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  263,  ECE  367,  ECE  350, 
and  MTH  331  (or  ECE  384) 
Probability  and  statistics  with  applications  to 
principles  of  queuing  theory,  computer 
systems  simulation,  and  empirical  analysis 
techniques  as  applied  to  computer  systems 
modeling.  This  course  is  oriented  toward  a 
practical  application  of  theory  and  concepts 
to  computer  systems  hardware  and  software 
performance. 

ECE  461  three  credits 
Microprocessors  I 


3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  263  and  ECE  367 
Design  and  construction  of  a  microprocessor 
based  computer  system.  Students  will  learn 
how  a  computer  operates  at  the  chip  level 
and  develop  an  understanding  of  the 
interdependence  of  hardware  and  software. 
Students  will  develop  circuitry  and  software 
to  control  CPU  interaction  with  SRAM,  ROM 
and  peripheral  chips,  as  well  as  reset  and 
boot-up  control  and  interrupt  handling.  At 
the  end  of  the  course,  students  will  have 
produced  a  working  computer. 

ECE  462  three  credits 
Microprocessors  II 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  461 

Design  and  construction  of  multiprocessor 
microprocessor  computer  systems.  This 
course  is  a  continuation  of  ECE  461  in  which 
students  will  modify  the  previous  design  to 
accommodate  multiple  processors  to 
achieve  parallel  computation. 

ECE  463  three  and  one  half  credits 
Software  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture,  1.5  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  ECE  264  and  ENL  266 
The  software  development  process:  user 
requirements,  specifications,  design,  coding, 
testing,  maintenance,  documentation  and 
management.  This  course  is  designed  to 
enable  participants  to  acquire  the  ability  to 
(1)  apply  software  engineering  principles 
and  practices  to  the  planning  and  develop- 
ment of  an  actual  software  product,  (2) 
work  as  a  member  of  a  software  project 
team,  (3)  produce  professional  software 
engineering  documents,  and  (4)  deliver  oral 
presentations  associated  with  software 
development. 

ECE  465  three  credits 
Microprogrammed  Design 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  263 

Microprocessor  and  microcontroller  design 
and  operations  using  state  machine  and 
microprogramming  techniques.  Students 
will  learn  how  to  describe,  design  and  test 
architectures  from  assembly  language 
perspectives  and  learn  how  to  develop 
microprogrammed  implementations  of  an 
assembly  level  instruction  set  for  a  variety  of 
platforms. 

ECE  466  three  credits 
Database  Programming 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  ECE  26;,  MTH  181  or  MTH 
350;,  and  MTH  331  or  ECE  384 


Database  management  system  specification, 
design,  implementation,  operations  and 
evaluation  introduced  using  a  current 
industrial  grade  database  management 
system  (Oracle,  IBM  DB2,  Microsoft  SQL  or 
Informix  UDS).  SQL  language  concepts 
including  object-relational  operations, 
object-language  relational  schema  modeling 
using  entity-relationship  modeling  concepts, 
data  definition  language,  data  manipulation 
language,  data  control  language,  persistent 
stored  modules,  triggers  and  assertions 
specification  and  use,  applied  within  both 
ad-hoc  and  embedded  systems  environ- 
ments are  investigated  in  a  studio  classroom 
context.  The  laboratories  include  team 
database  application  development  projects 
utilizing  all  major  elements  of  contemporary 
object-relational  database  languages  aimed 
at  developing  least  cost  solutions  to 
contemporary  information  management 
problems. 

ECE  467  three  credits 
Advanced  Database  Design 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  ECE  466 

Database  management  systems  and 
operations.  Students  learn  how  to  describe 
and  design  a  database,  how  to  describe  and 
specify  embedded  and  ad-hoc  database 
applications,  and  how  to  develop  least  cost 
solutions  to  information  management 
problems  integrated  through  a  series  of 
database  design  exercises  implemented 
within  an  industry  grade  database  manage- 
ment system.  Topics  include  database 
management  systems  architecture  and 
operations,  database  applications  specifica- 
tion, database  stored  procedure  design, 
database  embedded  program  design,  and 
database  ad-hoc  specification  and  design. 

ECE  468  three  credits 

Advanced  Computer  Architecture 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  456 

Advanced  computer  design,  emphasizing 
fundamental  limitations  and  tradeoffs  in 
designing  high  performance  computer 
systems.  Students  develop  an  understand- 
ing of  the  theoretical  foundations  in  both 
hardware  and  software  by  studying  parallel 
computer  models;  program  partitioning, 
granularity,  and  latency;  processor  architec- 
tures and  interconnects;  and  memory 
hierarchy,  interleaving  and  bandwidth. 
Specific  architectures  such  as  shared 
memory  multi-processors,  message  passing 
multi-computers,  and  superscalar, 
supervector,  VLIW,  and  dataflow  designs 
will  be  explored. 


237 


College  of  Engineering 


ECE  469  three  credits 
Computer  Networks 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  201  and  ECE  367 
Introduction  to  current  networking 
methodologies.  Backbone  design,  layered 
architecture,  protocols,  local  and  wide  area 
networks,  internetworking,  broadband, 
electrical  interface,  and  data  transmission. 
Simulation  projects  are  included. 

ECE  470  three  credits 

Network  Application  Programming 

3  hours  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  ECE  469 
Methodologies  of  network  application 
programming,  design  and  implementation. 
Client-Server  model,  threads,  and  synchroni- 
zation in  a  distributed  computing  environ- 
ment, communication  protocols  (TCP/UDP 
and  TCP/IP),  inter-process  communication 
using  sockets,  remote  procedure  calls  (RPC), 
and  the  transport  interface  (XTI)  are 
covered.  This  course  includes  the  design, 
implementation  and  testing  of  both 
network  application  projects  and  an  intranet 
laboratory  in  which  the  students  work  in 
teams. 

ECE  471  three  credits 
Communication  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  384 
Probability  theory,  signals  and  linear 
networks,  Fourier  transforms,  random 
processes  and  noise  are  reviewed.  Analog 
communications  including  amplitude  and 
frequency  modulation  with  and  without 
noise  are  studied.  Digital  communications 
including  baseband  pulse  modulation, 
quantization,  sampling  theory,  digital  pulse 
shaping,  matched  filter,  Nyquist  criterion 
and  error  rates  due  to  noise  are  covered. 

ECE  472  three  credits 

Advanced  Communications  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  471 
Continuation  of  ECE  471.  Signal-space 
analysis  is  introduced.  Passband  digital 
transmission,  direct  sequence  and  fre- 
quency-hop spread-spectrum  modulation 
and  multiuser  radio  are  studied.  Entropy  is 
discussed  and  channel  capacity  is  derived. 
Block  and  convolutional  error-control 
coding  is  covered. 

ECE  475  three  credits 
Digital  Signal  Processing 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  322 

Methods  and  techniques  for  digital  signal 


processing,  covering  the  basic  principles 
governing  the  design  and  use  of  digital 
systems  as  signal  processing  devices.  Review 
of  discrete-time  linear  systems,  Fourier 
transforms  and  z-transforms.  Topics  include 
allpass  and  minimum-phase  systems,  linear 
phase  systems  and  group  delay,  sampling, 
decimation,  interpolation,  discrete-time  filter 
design  and  implementation,  discrete  Fourier 
series,  discrete  Fourier  transform,  the  fast 
Fourier  transform,  and  basic  spectral 
estimation.  Applications  to  digital  processing 
of  real  data  are  included. 

ECE  477  three  credits 

Digital  Processing  of  Speech  Signals 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  384  and  ECE  475;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Applications  of  digital  signal  processing  to 
speech  signals.  Course  goals  are  to  reinforce 
concepts  learned  in  prerequisite  courses,  to 
introduce  new  tools  needed  to  deal  with 
time-varying  signals  and  to  have  students 
apply  what  they  have  learned  to  their  own 
voices  A  semester  design  project  is  a  large 
component  of  this  course.  Topics  include  a 
review  of  digital  signal  processing  and 
random  signal  fundamentals,  brief  introduc- 
tion to  articulatory  and  acoustic  phonetics, 
time-domain  methods  for  speech  process- 
ing, short-time  Fourier  analysis,  homomor- 
phic  speech  processing,  linear  predictive 
coding  of  speech,  and  applications. 

ECE  481  three  credits 
Control  Theory  I 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  321 
Classical  control  of  single-input  single- 
output  systems.  Both  time  domain  and 
frequency  domain  analysis  and  design 
techniques  are  presented.  Subjects  included 
are  signal  flowgraphs,  control  devices, 
electrical  motors,  root-locus.  Bode  plots, 
stability,  Routh-Hurwitz  criterion,  Nyquist 
stability,  phase  lead/lag  controllers  and  PID 
controllers. 

ECE  482  three  credits 
Control  Theory  II 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  481 

Continuation  of  ECE  481 .  Control  Theory  II 
introduces  control  of  discrete  systems, 
modern  control  theory,  and  nonlinear 
control.  Concepts  of  discrete  systems,  state 
variables,  observability,  controllability,  phase 
plane  and  describing  functions  method  are 
surveyed. 

ECE  485  three  credits 


Advanced  Engineering  Mathematics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MTH  2 1 3  (or  MTH  2 1 1 )  and 
MTH  212 

Selective  topics  in  advanced  engineering 
mathematics.  The  mathematical  areas 
considered  are  linear  algebra,  partial 
differential  equations,  complex  analysis,  and 
calculus  of  variations.  Representative 
examples  of  the  topics  covered  are  real  and 
complex  matrices,  eigenvalues  and 
eigenvectors,  method  of  separating  variables 
for  solving  partial  differential  equations, 
solution  of  partial  differential  equations  by 
Fourier  series  and  integrals,  integration  of 
complex  functions,  Taylor  and  Laurent 
series,  conformal  mapping,  unconstrained 
and  constrained  optimization,  and  Lagrange 
multipliers. 

ECE  486  three  credits 
Database  Systems  I 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  367 
Introduction  to  database  systems  from  an 
architectural  and  functional  perspective.  The 
course  provides  an  overview  of  database 
systems  architecture,  computer 
representation  of  information,  computer 
data  storage,  properties  of  persistent  data, 
database  structuring  models  (relational, 
object,  object-relational,  and  entity- 
relationship),  transaction  processing  models, 
concurrency  control  techniques,  database 
transaction  recovery,  and  security.  These 
concepts  will  then  be  explored  by  examining 
and  comparing  the  architecture  and 
operations  of  database  systems  such  as 
conventional,  real-time,  temporal,  fault- 
tolerant,  distributed,  heterogeneous,  secure 
and  others. 

ECE  489  three  credits 
Network  Security 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  469  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Principles  and  practices  of  security  in 
computer  networks.  This  course  covers  the 
theoretical  foundations  of  securing 
computer  networks  including  cryptography 
and  models.  It  steps  through  the  practical 
process  of  defending  networking  resources. 
It  also  reveals  various  case  studies,  large  and 
small,  to  familiarize  the  techniques  that 
attackers  use.  An  Internet  Testbed  is 
facilitated  for  students  to  experiment  attacks 
and  defenses 

ECE  491  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Ocean  Engineering 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 


238 


Note:  Some  graduate  courses  may  be  open 
to  undergraduates.  Please  consult  your 
department  chairperson.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


Lab  includes  boat  trips  and  LMSET  Acousto/ 

Optic  Tank  Experiments 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  College  of 

Engineering 

Study  of  a  range  of  ocean  engineering 
topics  to  provide  a  basis  for  the  design  of 
systems,  which  must  function  in  the  ocean 
environment.  Topics  include  ocean  waves, 
water  quality,  ocean  optics,  vehicle 
dynamics,  underwater  structures,  and  ocean 
sensing  systems.  The  course  also  includes 
laboratory  experiments  aboard  the  UMass 
Dartmouth  research  vessel  Lucky  Lady  and 
experiments  in  the  acousto/optic  tank  at  the 
UMass  Dartmouth  Laboratory  for  Marine 
Science  and  Technology. 

ECE  493  three  credits 

Principles  of  Underwater  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  491 
Principles  that  govern  the  design  and 
operation  of  underwater  systems,  for 
engineering  students.  The  student  develops 
a  broad  understanding  of  underwater 
systems  that  will  prepare  him/her  for  more 
advanced  studies  and/or  engineering 
projects  in  underwater  systems.  Topics 
include  generation  of  sonar  signals  and 
sound  propagation  in  the  ocean.  The  course 
also  includes  laboratory  experiments  aboard 
the  UMass  Dartmouth  research  vessel  Lucky 
Lady  and  experiments  in  the  acousto/optic 
tank  at  the  UMass  Dartmouth  Laboratory 
for  Marine  Science  and  Technology. 

ECE  495  variable  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Requires 
the  submission  and  approval  of  a  detailed 
proposal  that  will  become  part  of  the 
student's  file.  Conditions  and  hours  to  be 
arranged. 

ECE  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered.  Requires 
the  submission  and  approval  of  a  detailed 
proposal  that  will  become  part  of  the 
student's  file.  Conditions  and  hours  to  be 
arranged. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering 

ECE  501  three  credits 
Master's  Graduate  Research 

Prerequisite:  Formal  proposal  endorsed  by  a 
faculty  advisor 

Investigations  of  a  fundamental  and/or 
applied  nature  intended  to  develop  design 
techniques,  research  techniques,  initiative, 
and  self-reliance.  Admission  is  based  on  a 
formal  proposal  endorsed  by  an  advisor  and 
submitted  to  the  ECE  Graduate  Program 
Director. 

ECE  511  three  credits 
Application  of  Active  Circuits 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Advanced  analog  design  techniques  with 
emphasis  on  using  operational  amplifiers. 
Topics  include  multi-pole  transfer  functions 
and  stability,  noise  calculations,  interfacing 
with  digital  circuits,  and  specialized  analog 
applications.  Problems  are  solved  using 
numerical  and  circuit  simulation  software 
packages. 

ECE  515  three  credits 
Modern  Optics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Fermat's  Principle,  geometrical  optics, 
diffraction  theory,  Huygens  Principle, 
coherence,  Fourier  optics,  modulation 
transfer  function,  side  looking  radar, 
holography  and  lens  aberrations. 

ECE  517  three  credits 

Optical  Fiber  Communications 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  Fourier  analysis  and 
electromagnetics;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Optical  fibers  and  devices.  Topics  include 
structures  and  wave-guiding,  optical  fiber 
signal  degradation,  optical  sources,  power 
launching  and  coupling,  photodetectors, 
optical  receiver  operation,  transmission  link 
analysis,  measurements,  optical  fiber 
fabrication  and  cabling,  and  introduction  to 
sensors. 

ECE  521  three  credits 

Random  Signals  and  Systems  I 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Probability  and  random 
variables;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Random  variables  and  probabilistic 
description  of  signals  and  systems.  The 
course  provides  the  analytical  tools  for 
studying  random  phenomena  in  engineering 


systems  and  provides  graduate  students 
with  an  extensive  treatment  of  probability 
theory,  Bayes  theorem,  random  variables, 
distribution  and  density  functions, 
conditional  distributions,  moments, 
functions  of  random  variables,  characteristic 
functions,  stochastic  processes,  Gaussian 
processes,  stationary  processes,  correlation 
functions,  power  spectral  density,  response 
of  systems  to  random  inputs,  mean  square 
error  estimation,  filtering  and  prediction, 
and  noise  analysis.  The  course  prepares 
students  for  a  wide  range  of  courses  in 
communications,  signal  processing, 
acoustics,  control,  and  other  areas  of 
engineering  in  which  random  signals  and 
systems  have  an  important  role. 

ECE  522  three  credits 

Random  Signals  and  Systems  II 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  521  or  permission  of 
instructor 

A  continuation  of  ECE  521 .  The  application 
of  random  signals  in  a  number  of 
engineering  problems  including  detection 
theory,  estimation  theory,  spectral 
estimation  techniques,  estimation  and 
prediction  techniques  using  Kalman  filtering 
and  queuing  theory. 

ECE  523  three  credits 
Digital  Spectral  Analysis 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521,  ECE  574;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Spectral  estimation  techniques  with 
particular  emphasis  on  performance/ 
resolution  tradeoffs.  The  course  enables 
participants  to  understand  spectral 
estimation  and  acquire  a  working 
knowledge  of  the  spectral  analysis 
techniques  available,  with  a  critical 
understanding  of  the  advantages  and 
limitations  of  all  spectral  estimation 
techniques  studied.  The  student  learns:  (1) 
the  limitations  of  Fourier  transform  based 
spectral  estimators;  (2)  the  benefits  and 
limitations  of  high  resolution  methods;  (3) 
how  to  choose  accurate  and  appropriate 
models;  (4)  the  "state-of-the-art"  in  modern 
spectral  estimation;  (5)  how  the  modern 
spectral  estimators  perform  in  practice;  (6) 
when  to  select  each  spectral  estimation 
method. 

ECE  524  three  credits 
Solid  State  Electronics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Solid  state  device  behavior.  Among  the 
topics  covered  are  semiconductor 


239 


College  of  Engineering 


fundamentals,  p-n  junction  theory,  and  both 
the  bipolar  and  the  field  effect  transistor. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  those  transistor 
parameters  that  need  to  be  considered  in 
VLSI  and  microwave  applications. 

ECE  525  three  credits 
Digital  Filters 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521,  ECE  574;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Design,  simulation,  and  implementation  of 
digital  filters.  After  a  review  of  classical  FIR 
and  IIR  design  techniques  and  modern  AR, 
MA,  and  ARMA  techniques,  the  course 
immerses  the  student  in  problem  solving 
with  digitized  signals  and  DSP 
microprocessors.  These  problems  include 
noise  reduction,  echo  cancellation,  signal 
detection,  etc.  Computer  simulation  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  course,  and  students  are 
expected  to  have  some  familiarity  with  small 
computer  operating  systems  and  assembly 
language  programming  concepts. 

ECE  527  three  credits 

Active  Remote  Sensing  of  the 

Environment 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  336,  ECE  384;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Principles  and  applications  of  active  remote 
sensing  techniques.  Course  focuses  on 
microwave  and  millimeter  wave  radar 
techniques.  Topics  include  radar  equation, 
detection  theory,  scattering  from  targets 
and  natural  surfaces,  and  imaging  systems. 
The  following  sensors  are  covered:  synthetic 
aperture  radar  (SAR),  radar  scatterometers, 
altimeters,  polarimetric  radars  and 
interferometric  radars.  Applications  include 
ocean  wave  and  wind  measurements,  soil 
moisture  measurements,  biomass 
measurements,  measurement  of  land 
topography,  and  precipitation  studies. 
Course  also  includes  laboratory  computer 
exercises  for  analyzing  and  processing  real 
sensor  data. 

ECE  528  three  credits 

Passive  Remote  Sensing  of  the 

Environment 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  336,  ECE  384;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Principles  and  applications  of  passive  remote 
sensing  techniques  Course  addresses  the 
use  of  sensors  such  as  thematic  mappers, 
optical  multispectral  scanners,  infrared 
radiometers  and  multispectral  microwave 
radiometers.  The  following  sensors  are 
covered:  Thematic  Mapper,  SPOT,  AVHRR, 


SSM/I  and  WINDRAD.  Applications  include 
ocean  color  and  productivity  measurements, 
ocean  temperature  measurements,  salinity 
measurements,  ocean  wind  measurements, 
marine  pollution  monitoring,  and 
atmospheric  measurements  Course  also 
includes  laboratory  computer  exercises  for 
analyzing  and  processing  real  sensor  data. 

ECE  531  three  credits 

Radio  Frequency  Propagation  in 

Wireless  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  336  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Analytical  and  numerical  analysis  and 
modeling  of  electromagnetic  propagation  at 
radio  frequencies  in  modern  wireless 
systems.  The  course  reviews  plane  wave 
propagation,  reflection,  transmission, 
diffraction,  antennas,  and  radiation.  Also 
reviewed  are  wireless  basics  such  as  the 
cellular  concept  and  fading.  Techniques  for 
analyzing  propagation  in  the  presence  of 
buildings  and  the  effects  of  terrain  and  trees 
are  presented.  Applications  include  site- 
specific  propagation  prediction,  wireless 
system  performance  analysis  and  adaptive 
antenna  analysis. 

ECE  532  three  credits 
Radar  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  435,  ECE  436,  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Fundamentals  of  microwave  radar  engineer- 
ing and  radar  system  analysis.  The  course 
covers  the  radar  equation,  radar  detection 
theory,  noise  analysis,  radar  cross-section, 
continuous  wave  and  pulsed  systems, 
moving  target  indicators,  pulse  compression, 
radar  transmitters  and  receivers.  Also 
covered  are  radar  systems  such  as  pulsed 
Doppler  radar,  synthetic  aperture  radar 
(SAR),  inverse  synthetic  aperture  radar 
(ISAR),  polarimetric  radar  and  interferomet- 
ric radar.  Applications  include  target 
detection,  radar  remote  sensing,  satellite 
oceanography,  and  terrain  mapping. 

ECE  533  three  credits 
VLSI  Design 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  31 1 ;  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Design  of  Very  Large  Scale  Integrated 
Circuits  (VLSI),  taught  at  the  transistor  level. 
Compute'  tools  are  used  to  create  and 
simulate  integrated  circuit  layouts.  Levels  of 
design  automation  covered  include  Full 
Custom  layout,  Schematic  Driven  layout, 
Standard  Cells  and  fully  automated  synthesis 


of  HDL  code.  Required  readings  from  the 
current  literature  lead  to  a  formal  written 
report  on  recent  developments  in  VLSI. 
Students  are  required  to  complete  and 
present  at  least  one  project  Some  designs 
may  be  fabricated. 

ECE  534  three  credits 
Microwave  Electronics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  435,  ECE  436,  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Principles  and  analysis  of  microwave 
electronic  devices  and  circuits.  The  course 
covers  the  modeling  and  analysis  of  solid- 
state  microwave  devices  (such  as  Schottky 
diodes,  PIN  diodes,  MESFETs  and  HEMTs), 
the  analysis  of  mixer  and  detector 
circuits  and  amplifier  and  oscillator  circuits, 
and  quasi-linear  and  nonlinear  analysis 
techniques.  Topics  include  mixer  conversion 
loss,  noise  equivalent  temperature,  s- 
parameter  modeling,  amplifier  stability,  gam 
and  noise  circles. 

ECE  535  three  credits 

Analog  Integrated  Circuit  Design 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite  ECE  413  or  ECE  533  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  the  design  of  CMOS  analog 
integrated  circuits  (IC's),  with  occasional 
references  to  bipolar  IC's  to  make 
comparisons.  Required  readings  from  the 
current  literature  lead  to  a  formal  written 
report  on  recent  developments  in  analog 
IC's  Students  are  required  to  complete  the 
design  of  a  complex  IC  and  make  a  class 
presentation  of  its  design  methodology  and 
simulation  results. 

ECE  536  three  credits 
Applied  Computational 
Electromagnetics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  336  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Numerical  techniques  for  practical  applica- 
tions in  electromagnetic  scattering, 
propagation,  and  radiation.  The  course 
reviews  fundamentals  of  electromagnetic 
field  and  wave  theory  and  covers  all  basic 
classes  of  computational  techniques  used  in 
modern  applied  electromagnetics.  Numeri- 
cal techniques  include  the  method  of 
moments,  finite  difference  method,  finite 
element  method,  and  physical  optics. 
Applications  cover  static  and  quasi-static 
problems,  transmission  lines,  scattering,  and 
antennas. 

ECE  537  three  credits 


240 


Antenna  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  336  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Antenna  fundamentals,  antenna  arrays,  and 
basic  types  of  antennas  for  wireless 
communication.  Mathematical  solution  of 
Maxwell's  equations  for  radiation  problems 
is  introduced.  Basic  antenna  parameters  are 
defined  and  discussed.  Electrically  small 
antennas  are  analyzed.  Theory  of  receiving 
antennas  is  presented.  Topics  in  antenna 
arrays  include  the  array  factor,  pattern 
multiplication,  multidimensional  arrays,  and 
phased  arrays.  Several  types  of  antennas  are 
studied,  including  wire  and  microstrip 
antennas. 

ECE  538  three  credits 

Advanced  Antenna  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  537  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Advanced  antenna  engineering  concepts, 
with  in-depth  studies  of  analysis  and 
synthesis  techniques,  broadband  and 
aperture  antennas,  and  antenna  measure- 
ments. The  synthesis  of  arrays  and  design  of 
broadband  antennas  are  presented.  Topics 
in  aperture  antennas  include  Huygens' 
equivalence  principle,  horn  antennas,  slot 
antennas,  and  large  reflector  antennas.  The 
use  of  antennas  as  devices  in  wireless  and 
radar  systems  is  covered,  along  with 
antenna  measurements.  Integral  equations 
for  antenna  current  distributions  are 
studied. 

ECE  539  three  credits 
Electromagnetics  of  Signal  Integrity 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  336  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Electromagnetic  fundamentals  of  signal 
integrity  in  high-speed,  high-density 
interconnects.  Theory  of  multi-conductor 
transmission  lines  (MTLs)  is  presented.  Per- 
unit-length  capacitance,  inductance, 
conductance,  and  resistance  matrices  of 
MTLs  embedded  in  a  multi-layer  substrate 
are  introduced  and  evaluated  numerically 
using  the  method  of  moments.  Time- 
domain  response  of  MTLs  terminated  in 
arbitrary  networks  is  studied.  Circuit- 
analysis  models  for  MTLs  in  the  Laplace- 
transform  domain  are  introduced.  The 
effects  of  signal  delay,  distortion,  cross-talk, 
ringing,  multiple  reflections,  and  losses  are 
discussed. 

ECE  541  three  credits 
Database  Systems  I 


3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing  and  at  least 
a  C  grade  in  programming 
Introduction  to  database  systems  from  an 
architectural  and  functional  perspective.  The 
course  provides  an  overview  of  database 
systems  architecture,  computer  representa- 
tion of  information,  computer  data  storage, 
properties  of  persistent  data,  database 
structuring  models  (relational,  network, 
object,  object-relational  and  entity- 
relationship),  transaction  processing  models, 
concurrency  control  techniques,  database 
and  transaction  recovery,  and  security.  These 
concepts  will  then  be  explored  by  examining 
and  comparing  the  architecture  and 
operations  of  database  systems  such  as 
conventional,  real-time,  temporal,  fault 
tolerant,  distributed,  heterogeneous,  secure 
and  others. 

ECE  544  three  credits 

Fault-Tolerant  Computing  and  Reliability 
Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MTH  212;  MTH  331  or  ECE 
384;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Techniques  for  designing  and  analyzing 
computer-based  systems.  Topics  addressed 
include  fault,  error,  and  failure  cause-and- 
effect  relationships;  fault  avoidance 
techniques;  fault  tolerance  techniques, 
including  hardware,  software,  information, 
and  time  redundancy;  fault  coverage,  time- 
to-failure  models  and  distributions;  reliability 
modeling  and  evaluation  techniques, 
including  fault  trees,  cut-sets,  reliability 
block  diagrams,  binary  decision  diagrams, 
and  Markov  models.  In  addition,  availability 
modeling,  safety  modeling,  and  trade-off 
analysis  are  presented.  The  course  will  also 
include  a  research  paper  and  investigation  of 
current  topics. 

ECE  552  three  credits 

Fundamentals  of  Ocean  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  engineering 
or  permission  of  instructor 
Study  of  selected  areas  of  engineering  to 
provide  a  basis  for  intelligent  engineering 
design  in  the  ocean.  Topics  include  ocean 
forces,  basic  ship  theory,  undersea  life- 
support,  marine  navigation  systems,  and 
corrosion. 

ECE  553  one  credit 

Ocean  Engineering  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 
Corequisite:  ECE  552 
Measurements  of  ocean  properties  and 
processes.  Topics  include  navigation. 


underwater  sound,  underwater  light,  and 
oceanographic,  biological,  and  water  quality 
parameters.  Experiments  are  performed 
from  UMass  Dartmouth's  research  vessel 
and  in  the  laboratory  Each  student  designs 
and  executes  an  at-sea  experiment. 

ECE  557  three  credits 
Fundamentals  of  Acoustics 

3  hours  lecture  supplemented  by  classroom 
demonstrations 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Fundamentals  of  acoustics  including 
vibration  and  wave  propagation  in  solid  and 
fluid  media.  Topics  include:  vibration  and 
wave  propagation  in  one-dimensional,  two- 
dimensional,  and  three-dimensional  media 
including  strings,  bars,  membranes,  plates 
and  fluids;  mechanical  and  electrical 
equivalent  circuit  models,  separation  of 
variables  and  normal  modes;  the 
development  of  the  homogeneous  and 
inhomogeneous  linearized  wave  equation 
and  solutions;  propagation  of  plane  waves 
and  spherical  waves  in  gasses  and  fluids, 
derivation  of  speed  of  sound  for  arbitrary 
fluids,  complex  sound  speed  and  wave 
numbers;  acoustic  impedance,  acoustic 
velocity,  acoustic  displacement  and  energy 
relations;  reflection,  transmission,  refraction, 
and  attenuation  phenomena  in  fluids. 

ECE  560  three  credits 

Computer  Systems  Performance 

Evaluation 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  460;  graduate  standing 
Development  of  a  broad  working 
knowledge  of  probability,  queuing  theory, 
petri-nets,  simulation  and  empirical 
modeling  as  applied  to  computer  systems 
hardware  and  software  performance 
modeling  and  assessment.  The  course  is 
oriented  toward  a  practical  application  of 
theory  and  concepts  with  an  emphasis 
placed  on  the  use  of  computer  tools  to 
model  performance  and  to  perform  trade- 
off analysis. 

ECE  561  three  credits 
Computer  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  161  and  ECE  260;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
An  examination  of  various  components  that 
make  up  a  computer  system,  including  CPU, 
memory,  input/output,  and  buses,  as  well  as 
how  they  all  work  together  to  form  a 
functioning  computer  system.  The  major 
advances  in  the  computer  organization  and 
architecture  including  von  Neumann 


241 


College  of  Engineering 


architecture,  interrupts,  the  family  concept, 
microprocessors,  cache  memory,  virtual 
memory,  virtual  I/O,  pipelining,  RISC, 
superscalar  processors,  IA-64  (EPIC),  micro- 
programmed control  unit  as  well  as  parallel 
processing  are  also  presented.  State-of-the- 
art  research  projects  are  assigned  to  prepare 
students  to  perform  research  in  the  field  of 
computer  organization  and  architecture 

ECE  562  three  credits 

Advanced  Computer  Architecture 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  561  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Advanced  computer  design,  emphasizing 
fundamental  limitations  and  tradeoffs  in 
designing  high  performance  computer 
systems.  Students  develop  an  understanding 
of  the  theoretical  foundations  in  both 
hardware  and  software  by  studying  parallel 
computer  models;  program  partitioning, 
granularity,  and  latency;  processor 
architectures  and  interconnects;  and 
memory  hierarchy,  interleaving  and 
bandwidth.  Specific  architectures  such  as 
shared  memory  multi-processors,  message 
passing 

multi-computers,  and  superscalar, 
supervector,  VLIW  and  dataflow  designs  will 
be  explored. 

ECE  565  three  credits 
Computer  Operating  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites.  ECE  161  or  CIS  215;  ECE  257; 
and  ECE  260 

Operating  system  design  and  implementa- 
tion using  the  specifics  of  current  operating 
systems.  Topics  covered  include:  file, 
process,  memory  and  Input/Output 
management;  multitasking,  synchronization, 
and  deadlocks;  scheduling  and  inter-process 
communication.  Projects  include  system's 
programming  assignments  to  investigate  the 
kernel  interface,  files,  processes,  and  inter- 
process communication  for  a  current 
operating  system. 

ECE  566  three  credits 
Microprocessors  I 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing  in  the 
College  of  Engineering 
Design  and  construction  of  a  microprocessor 
based  computer  system.  Students  will  learn 
how  a  computer  operates  at  the  chip  level 
and  develop  an  understanding  of  the 
interdependence  of  hardware  and  software. 
Students  will  develop  circuitry  and  software 
to  control  CPU  interaction  with  SRAM,  ROM 
and  peripheral  chips,  as  well  as  reset  and 


boot-up  control  and  interrupt  handling.  At 
the  end  of  the  course,  students  will  have 
produced  a  working  computer. 

ECE  567  three  credits 
Microprocessors  It 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  566 
Design  and  construction  of  multiprocessor 
microprocessor  computer  systems.  This 
course  is  a  continuation  of  ECE566  in  which 
students  will  modify  the  previous  design  to 
accommodate  multiple  processors  to 
achieve  parallel  computation. 

ECE  569  three  credits 
Advanced  Computer  Networks 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  469  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Advanced  topics  on  the  protocols, 
algorithms,  and  tools  supporting  the 
development  and  delivery  of  quality  assured 
services  over  networks  The  course  covers 
capabilities  provided  by  emerging  ultra-fast 
network  technologies,  routers  and  routing 
functions.  Emphasis  on  today's  de-facto 
Internet  standards  of  TCP/IP  protocol  suite, 
recent  developments  and  research  issues  for 
next  generation  internetworking  driven  by 
multimedia  real-time  distributed  applications 
requiring  quality  of  service  guarantees. 

ECE  571  three  credits 
Digital  Communications 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  471  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Fundamentals  of  digital  communications. 
Topics  covered  include  information  theory, 
vector  signal  space,  detection  of  digital 
signals  in  noise,  sampling  process,  waveform 
coding  techniques,  digital  modulation  and 
demodulation  techniques,  error  control 
coding,  spread  spectrum  modulation,  and 
wireless  communications. 

ECE  574  three  credits 
Discrete-Time  Signal  Processing 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  384,  475;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Representation,  analysis  and  design  of 
discrete  signals  and  systems.  Topics  include 
a  review  of  the  z-transform  and  the  discrete- 
time  Fourier  transform,  the  fast  Fourier 
transform,  digital  filter  structures,  digital 
filter  design  techniques,  quantization  issues 
and  effects  of  finite  word-length  arithmetic, 
sampling  and  oversampling,  decimation  and 
interpolation,  linear  prediction,  the  Hilbert 
transform,  and  the  complex  cepstrum. 


Students  gain  experience  in  analyzing  and 
designing  digital  signal  processing  systems 
through  computer  projects 

ECE  575  three  credits 
Sonar  Signal  Processing 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521,  597;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Classical  theories  in  detecting  and 
processing  both  active  and  passive  signals  in 
noise  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
underwater  environment  and  associated 
techniques  in  sound  navigation  ranging 
(SONAR)  Both  spatial  and  temporal 
processing  methods  are  studied  including 
beamforming,  matched  filtering,  effects  of 
noise  and  interference,  application  and 
utility  of  frequency  agile  signals, 
narrowband  and  broadband  passive 
techniques,  and  adaptive  algorithms  to 
address  the  time/space  varying  interference 
sources.  Applications  in  underwater 
detection,  classification,  localization,  and 
communication  are  also  discussed 

ECE  576  three  credits 
Computer  Communications 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  471  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Mathematical  theory  for  computer  network 
analysis  and  design,  coding  for  error  control; 
system  elements  including  terminals, 
modems,  multiplexers  and  concentrators, 
and  communication  processors;  digital 
transmission  media,  teleprocessing  networks 
and  computer  networks;  system  modeling 
and  analysis;  reliability  and  security 
problems  in  computer  communications 

ECE  577  three  credits 
Artificial  Intelligence 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  Probability  and  random 
variables;  or  permission  of  instructor 
An  introduction  to  artificial  intelligence  and 
expert  systems.  Topics  covered  include  state- 
space  representations  and  search  methods; 
problem-reduction  representation  and 
search  methods;  Bayes  networks;  theorem 
proving  using  predicate  calculus;  natural 
languages;  expert  system  design  using  Lisp 
or  Prolog;  and  an  introduction  to  neura! 
networks  and  pattern  recognition. 

ECE  580  three  credits 
Time  Series  Analysis 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  384  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Fundamentals  of  time  series  analysis.  Topics 


242 


include:  moving  average  and  autoregressive 
models;  estimation  of  the  mean  and 
autocorrelation;  statistical  forecasting; 
spectral  analysis  and  estimation;  bivariate 
processes;  linear  system  identification;  and 
nonstationary  time  series.  Application  to 
electrical  engineering  problems  is 
emphasized. 

ECE  581  three  credits 
Mathematics  of  Systems  Analysis 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
Elementary  exposition  of  linear  algebra  and 
time  domain  methods  and  their  utility  in  the 
analysis  and  design  of  linear  systems.  Linear 
space,  state  variables,  controllability, 
observability,  assignability,  linear  state 
variable  feedback  design,  time  variant 
systems  and  adjoint  model  are  included. 

ECE  582  three  credits 
Optimal  Control  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  581 
The  calculus  of  variation  and  classical 
optimal  control  techniques  based  on  it. 
Modern  control  theory  is  presented  inclu- 
ding Pontryagin's  principle  of  maximum  and 
Bellman's  dynamic  programming.  Relation 
to  Hamiltonian  mechanics  is  discussed. 

ECE  583  three  credits 
Nonlinear  Systems  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  581 
Analysis  and  design  techniques  for 
nonlinear  systems.  Topics  covered  include 
singular  points,  contraction  mapping, 
existence  and  uniqueness  of  solutions, 
comparison  principle,  Lyapunov  stability, 
stability  of  perturbed  systems,  slowly 
varying  systems,  input-output  stability,  circle 
criterion,  Popov  criterion,  small-gain 
theorem,  describing  function  method, 
feedback  control  design  via  linearization, 
exact  feedback  linearization,  and  other 
selected  topics  from  nonlinear  control 
theory. 

ECE  584  three  credits 
Estimation  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  ECE  521,  581 
Basic  concepts  and  principles  of  estimation 
theory.  Topics  include  least  squares 
estimation,  recursive  least  squares 
estimation,  best  linear  unbiased  estimator, 
Bayes  estimation,  maximum  likelihood 
estimation,  maximum  a  posteriori 
estimation,  conditional  mean,  Gauss- 
Markov  random  process,  Kalman  filtering, 


prediction,  smoothing,  and  nonlinear 
estimation.  Estimator  bounds  and  properties 
are  discussed. 

ECE  587  three  credits 

Fuzzy  Sets  and  Applications 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  Probability  and  random 
variables;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Concepts  of  fuzzy  sets,  understanding  their 
impact  on  mathematics,  and  development  of 
the  principles  of  design.  Crisp  sets,  their 
operations,  and  classical  two  value  logic  are 
reviewed  and  extended  to  fuzzy  sets  and 
fuzzy  logic.  Relations,  orderings, 
compatibility  maps,  and  morphisms  are 
extended  to  their  fuzzy  counterparts.  Fuzzy 
numbers,  fuzzy  arithmetic  and  equations  are 
presented.  Approximate  reasoning,  evidence 
theory,  possibility  theory  and  probability  are 
covered.  Measures  of  uncertainty, 
vagueness,  and  information  are  developed. 
Application  to  fuzzy  control  is  presented 
while  applications  to  other  disciplines  are 
studied  via  individualized  student  projects. 

ECE  591  three  credits 

Topics  in  Electrical  and  Computer 

Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Topics  of  timely  interest  in  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering.  Course  content  may 
change  from  year  to  year  according  to 
instructor's  preferences. 

ECE  592  three  credits 

Principles  of  Project  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
An  introduction  to  design,  scheduling, 
managing,  implementation,  and  documenta- 
tion of  engineering  and  applied  science 
projects.  The  course  emphasizes  the 
methodologies  that  lead  to  successful 
execution  of  projects  and  the  phases  and 
steps  of  the  design  process.  The  course 
requires  the  students  to  practice  writing 
parts  of  a  professional  technical  document 
or  journal  submission.  Students  work  on  real 
engineering  tasks  and  assignments  of 
contemporary  importance;  these  may  be 
work  or  school  related. 

ECE  593  three  credits 
Quantum  Electronics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  336  and  PHY  341;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
General  principles  of  laser  systems  including 
media,  transmission  and  resonators.  Specific 
laser  types  including  solid  state,  gaseous  and 


semiconductor.  Modulation,  noise  and 
detection  of  optical  radiation.  Nonlinear 
applications  such  as  second  harmonic 
generation  and  parametric  interactions. 

ECE  595  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Submission  of  a  formal 
proposal  that  includes  grading  procedure; 
approval  by  the  instructor,  student's  advisor, 
ECE  Graduate  Program  Director,  and 
department  chairperson  before  the  course 
begins. 

Allows  study  into  areas  not  included  in  the 
formal  course  listings. 

ECE  596  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
the  ECE  Graduate  Program  Director,  and  the 
department  chairperson. 
Allows  completion  of  a  numbered  course 
formally  in  the  graduate  program  listing  but 
not  being  offered  as  a  scheduled  class. 

ECE  597  three  credits 
Underwater  Acoustics  I 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  557  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Underwater  aspects  of  sound  including  a 
review  of  the  wave  equation  and  its 
solutions.  Topics  include:  production, 
propagation  and  reception  of  sound 
underwater,  radiation  impedance,  normal 
modes  in  rectangular  and  cylindrical  cavities, 
acoustic  waveguides,  group  speed  and 
phase  speed,  introduction  to  transducers 
and  arrays,  beam  patterns  and  aperture 
functions  -  Fourier  transform  pairs,  beam 
steering,  The  wave  equation  and  its 
application  to  boundary  value  problems  are 
reviewed.  The  Eikonal  equation,  velocity 
profiles  in  the  ocean,  ray  tracing  techniques 
and  propagation  models  of  sound  in  the  sea 
are  introduced.  Transmission  loss,  noise, 
directivity  and  the  passive  and  active  sonar 
equations  are  also  developed. 

ECE  598  three  credits 
Underwater  Acoustics  II 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  597  or  permission  of 
instructor 

A  continuation  of  ECE  597.  This  course 
covers  advanced  aspects  of  underwater 
sound  propagation  including  ray,  normal 
mode,  parabolic  and  WKB  approximations, 
shallow  water  treatments,  surface  and 
bottom  reflection,  scattering  theory, 
reverberation,  and  ambient  and  self  noise 
studies. 


243 


College  of  Engineering 


ECE  601  up  to  6  credits 
Master's  Graduate  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  formal 
proposal  endorsed  by  the  student's 
Graduate  Committee 
Investigations  of  a  fundamental  and/or 
applied  nature,  intended  to  develop  design 
techniques,  research  techniques,  initiative, 
and  self-reliance.  A  written  thesis  must  be 
completed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of 
the  Graduate  School  and  the  College  of 
Engineering.  Admission  to  the  course  is 
based  on  a  formal  proposal  endorsed  by  the 
student's  graduate  committee  and 
submitted  to  the  ECE  Graduate  Program 
Director. 

ECE  603  three  credits 
Pre-Dissertation  Research 

Research  for  and  preparation  of  doctoral 
dissertation  proposal.  The  dissertation 
proposal  must  provide  a  thorough  survey  of 
the  research  activities  in  the  research  topic 
area  and  it  must  present  original  and 
innovative  research  ideas  and  preliminary 
results  as  well  as  a  defined  research  scope 
and  directions.  PhD  students  must  have 
passed  this  course  before  registering  for 
doctoral  dissertation  research  credits. 
Graded  P/F. 

ECE  609  three  credits 

Distributed  Computing  Architecture 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  ECE  561 ,  565 
Corequisite:  ECE  562 

An  m  depth  exploration  of  the  architecture 
and  systems  of  state-of-the-art  distributed 
computers.  Students  will  develop  an 
understanding  of  the  requirements  and 
design  issues  associated  with  high 
performance  computing  using  networks  of 
commodity  computers,  including  the 
underlying  networking  technologies  and 
issues  and  techniques  associated  with 
process  scheduling  and  load  balancing. 
Representative  systems  will  be  examined. 

ECE  610  three  credits 

Distributed  Computing  Programming 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  ECE  561,  565 
Corequisite:  ECE  562 
An  in  depth  exploration  of  the  issues  and 
methodology  in  programming  distributed 
computers.  Students  will  develop  an 
understanding  of  the  programming 
languages  and  supporting  programming 
environments  associated  with  high 
performance  computing  on  networks  of 
commodity  computers  Representative 
algorithms  and  applications  will  be 


examined. 

ECE  611  three  credits 

Current  Topics  in  Distributed  Computing 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  ECE  561,  565 
Corequisite:  ECE  562 
A  survey  of  issues  and  methodology  in 
programming  distributed  computers. 
Students  will  develop  an  understanding  of 
the  hardware  and  software  used  in  high 
performance  computing  based  upon 
networks  of  commodity  computers. 
Representative  systems,  algorithms,  and 
applications  will  be  examined. 

ECE  615  three  credits 
Ocean  Optics 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  515  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Interaction  of  light  within  the  ocean  and  at 
the  air-sea  interface.  Topics  studied  include 
hydro-optical  characteristics,  factors 
determining  the  optical  properties  of  ocean 
water,  molecular  optics  of  ocean  water, 
scattering  by  suspended  particles,  air-sea 
interactions,  and  inverse  problems. 

ECE  624  three  credits 

Quantum  Phenomena  for  Electrical 

Engineers 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Introduces  concepts  of  quantum  mechanics 
relevant  to  understanding  of  modern 
devices.  Topics  include  the  wave-particle 
nature  of  electrons,  wave  packets,  scattering 
by  simple  barriers,  WKB  approximation, 
expectation  values  and  operators,  variational 
principle,  perturbation  theory,  symmetry  and 
degeneracy,  and  electrons  in  periodic  crystal 
potentials. 

ECE  625  three  credits 

Carrier  Transport  in  Semiconductors 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Transport  phenomena  in  semiconductors. 
Topics  include  a  review  of  semi-classical 
carrier  transport,  the  Boltzmann  Transport 
Equation,  limitations  of  drift-diffusion 
equations,  scattering  rates/mechanisms, 
charge  and  heat  flow,  Monte  Carlo 
simulation,  high-field  transport,  ballistic 
transport,  and  velocity  overshoot. 

ECE  631  three  credits 
Database  Systems  II 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  541 

An  in  depth  view  of  database  management 


systems  architecture  and  operations  The 
focus  is  on  architectural  and  operational 
aspects  of  transactions  and  transaction 
processing.  Topics  include  properties  of  data 
in  a  database,  database  management 
systems  architecture,  transaction  properties, 
transaction  processing,  transaction  and 
database  recovery,  concurrency  control, 
locking  protocols,  storage  management, 
and  the  application  of  concepts  within 
various  database  systems.  The  course 
includes  a  design  project  derived  from  topics 
covered 

ECE  632  three  credits 
Advances  in  Database  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  541 
An  m  depth  exploration  of  the  theory, 
architecture,  implementation  and  design  of 
state-of-the-art  specialized  data  base 
systems.  Students  will  develop  an 
understanding  of  the  requirements  and 
design  issues  associated  with  emerging 
technologies  applied  to  specialized  database 
systems.  Database  systems  to  be  studied  will 
be  selected  based  on  present  research 
interest  of  course  faculty  and  students. 

ECE  640  three  credits 
Wavelets 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  574  and  graduate 
standing;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Basic  theory  and  applications  of  wavelets 
and  filter  banks.  Wavelet  theory  provides 
very  general  techniques  that  can  be  applied 
to  many  tasks  in  signal  processing,  e.g., 
multi-resolution  analysis  in  computer  vision, 
subband  coding  in  speech  and  image 
compression,  and  wavelet  series  expansions 
in  applied  mathematics.  The  course  is 
designed  to  enable  participants  to 
understand  wavelet  theory  and  to  acquire  a 
working  knowledge  of  the  techniques 
available  in  this  signal  processing  area.  In 
particular,  a  paramount  goal  is  to  enable 
each  participant  to  develop  a  critical 
understanding  of  the  advantages  and 
limitations  of  wavelet  analysis. 

ECE  642  three  credits 

Advanced  Topics  in  Signal  Processing 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  ECE  521,  574 
Advanced  signal  processing  topics.  Content 
may  vary  according  to  instructor's 
preferences  but  typically  includes  selections 
from:  two-dimensional  signal  processing, 
higher-order  spectral  analysis,  chaotic  signal 
processing,  array  signal  processing,  multirate 
signal  processing,  optimal  filtering  and 


244 


linear  prediction,  time-frequency  and  time- 
scale  signal  analysis,  smart  antennas,  and 
inverse  problems  (signal  reconstruction). 
Applications  are  discussed  in  radar,  sonar, 
acoustics,  speech,  communications,  and 
image  processing. 

ECE  644  three  credits 
Adaptive  Filtering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521  and  ECE  574 
Basic  theory  of  adaptive  filter  design  and 
implementation  including  applications. 
Topics  include  optimal  filters,  adaptive  linear 
combiners,  performance  measures,  adaptive 
FIR  filters,  adaptive  IIR  filters,  and  nonlinear 
adaptive  filters.  Applications  in  adaptive 
signal  processing  include  adaptive  modeling 
and  system  identification,  adaptive 
deconvolution  and  equalization,  and 
adaptive  interference  canceling. 

ECE  646  three  credits 
Digital  Speech  Processing 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521,  ECE  574,  and 
graduate  standing 

Signal  processing  and  statistical  techniques 
used  in  processing  speech  signals  providing 
an  understanding  of  how  these  techniques 
are  used  in  the  coding,  synthesis  and 
recognition  of  speech.  Topics  typically 
include  the  human  vocal  and  auditory 
systems,  characteristics  of  speech  signals, 
lossless  tube  model  of  speech  production, 
time  and  frequency  domain  representations 
of  speech,  time-frequency  speech  analysis 
methods,  homomorphic  speech  processing, 
speech  coding,  speech  synthesis,  speech 
recognition,  pitch  detection  and  processing, 
and  acoustic  preprocessing  for  speech 
recognition. 

ECE  655  three  credits 

Ocean  Data  Acquisition  and  Processing 

Systems 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  552  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Focuses  primarily  on  modern  shipboard  and 
underwater  systems  for  measuring, 
analyzing  and  processing  oceanographic, 
acoustic  and  optical  ocean  data.  Topics 
include  probes,  sensors,  and  signal 
conditioning.  Channel  transfer  functions, 
synoptic  measurements  and  inverse 
problems  are  examined. 

ECE  669  three  credits 

Computer  Network  Management 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  569  or  permission  of 


instructor 

Advanced  topics  in  computer  networks. 
Topics  include:  network  management 
systems  and  architectures;  network 
management  protocols  and  standards; 
management  of  information  bases.  Examples 
are  drawn  primarily  from  the  Internet  (e.g., 
SNMP). 

ECE  671  three  credits 
Information  Theory 

Prerequisite:  ECE  521  and  571 
Fundamental  aspects  of  information  theory. 
Topics  include  discrete  and  differential 
entropy,  discrete  source  and  channel  model, 
information  rate,  mutual  information  and 
channel  capacity,  coding  theorems  for 
sources  and  channels,  the  data  processing 
theorem,  encoding  and  decoding  of  data  for 
transmission  over  noisy  channels,  rate 
distortion  theory,  maximum  entropy 
distributions,  and  entropy  estimation 
techniques  for  unknown  sources.  Several 
applications  of  information  theory  are 
included. 

ECE  672  three  credits 
Signal  Detection  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521  and  571 
Fundamentals  of  detection  theory.  Topics 
include  Bayes  and  Neyman-Pearson  tests, 
composite  hypothesis  testing,  nonparametric 
test,  detection  of  known  signals  in  Gaussian 
noise,  detection  of  signals  with  random 
parameters  in  noise,  multiple  pulse  detection 
of  signals,  generalized  likelihood  ratio  test, 
Bayes  and  maximum  likelihood  estimators, 
comparison  of  communication  systems, 
space-time  processing,  application  to  radar 
and  sonar. 

ECE  673  three  credits 
Pattern  Recognition 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  ECE  521 
An  introduction  to  the  theory  and 
applications  of  pattern  recognition.  Topics 
include  descriptions  of  patterns,  problem 
formulation,  linear  and  nonlinear 
classification  theories,  representation  of 
patterns,  feature  selection,  supervised  and 
unsupervised  training,  nonparametric 
methods  in  pattern  recognition,  cluster  and 
mode-seeking  techniques,  recursive 
algorithms  using  stochastic  approximation, 
sequential  pattern  recognition,  design  of 
computer  recognition  experiments,  linguistic 
approach  to  pattern  recognition. 

ECE  674  three  credits 
Time-Frequency  Signal  Processing 


3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  574  and  graduate 
standing;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Time-varying  signal  processing  methods.  The 
course  covers  many  of  the  prevalent 
techniques  that  have  been  developed  over 
the  years  for  time-frequency  signal  analysis 
and  addresses  the  characteristics  and 
properties  of  time-frequency  representations 
in  Cohen's  fixed  kernel  class,  e.g.,  the 
spectrogram  and  the  Wigner  distribution. 
The  course  covers  many  time-frequency 
representations  and  addresses  their 
performance  tradeoffs  in  applications. 

ECE  675  three  credits 
Sonar  Systems  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521  and  597;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Principles  and  design  of  sonar  systems. 
Topics  include:  complex  array  and  element 
apertures  (weighting)  functions,  and  beam 
shaping;  linear,  planar,  and  volumetric 
arrays;  directivity  and  beam-forming; 
operating  and  installation  of  sonar  systems; 
improving  signal-to-noise  ratios;  wave  vector 
spectrum  filtering. 

ECE  676  three  credits 

Advanced  Topics  in  Pattern  Recognition 

Prerequisites:  ECE  673,  admission  to  PhD 
Advanced  pattern  recognition  topics.  Topics 
include  decision  theoretic  pattern 
recognition  with  contextual  information, 
sequential  pattern  recognition,  error 
bounds,  structural  pattern  recognition, 
syntactic  and  grammatical  pattern 
recognition,  error  correction  parsing, 
statistical  and  syntactic  mixed  models, 
neural  networks,  and  statistical  pattern 
recognition.  Several  pattern  recognition 
applications  are  included. 

ECE  677  three  credits 
Neural  Networks 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521 
Theory  of  neural  networks.  Topics  include 
learning  models,  single  and  multilayer 
perceptrons,  IMS  algorithm,  back 
propagation  algorithms,  radial  basis  function 
networks,  Hopfield  networks  and  Boltzman 
machine,  self-organizing  systems  including 
Hebbian  learning,  Kohonen  feature  map 
algorithm,  temporal  processing  neural 
networks,  biological  neural  networks,  and 
VLSI  implementation. 

ECE  678  three  credits 
Digital  Image  Processing 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521  and  574 


245 


College  of  Engineering 


Fundamentals  of  digital  image  processing. 
Topics  include  human  vision  models,  2-D 
sampling  and  quantization,  image 
transforms,  image  enhancements,  color 
image  processing,  image  restoration,  image 
and  video  compression,  image  segmentation 
by  thresholding  and  region  analysis,  texture 
analysis,  boundary  descriptions, 
morphological  methods,  image  processing 
system  architecture. 

ECE  679  three  credits 

Geophysical,  Radar,  and  Speech  Signal 

Processing 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  521  and  574 
Common  mathematical  frameworks  in  the 
processing  of  geophysical,  radar,  and  speech 
signals  are  introduced,  followed  by  a  study 
of  individual  source  mechanisms  and 
transmission  media.  Specific  digital  filtering, 
deconvolution,  spectral  analysis  and 
interference  or  clutter  rejection  techniques 
are  discussed.  Case  studies  for  effective 
processing  of  seismic,  radar,  and  speech 
signals  are  also  included. 

ECE  680  three  credits 
Computer  and  Robot  Vision 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  678  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Conditioning  and  labeling,  the  facet  model, 
texture  models,  image  segmentation  and  arc 
extraction,  3-D  shape  representation  and 
shape  recovery,  surface  reflection 
mechanism,  shape  from  shading,  range 
image  analysis,  stereo  vision,  2-D  and  3-D 
motion  analysis,  non-rigid  body  motion 
analysis,  relational  matching,  3-D  object 
recognition,  fundamentals  of  robot  vision, 
architecture  of  computer  vision  systems. 

ECE  697  three  credits 
Nonlinear  Acoustical  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  597 

Nonlinear  acoustic  fields  and  parametric 

sources.  Topics  include  nonlinear  acoustics 

of  fluids,  turbulence,  underwater  explosions 


as  sources  of  sound,  parametric  acoustic 
arrays,  finite-amplitude  effects,  acoustic 
cavitation,  and  streaming. 

ECE  699  three  credits 
Acoustic  Transduction  and 
Electroacoustic  Transducers 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  ECE  557  and  597 
An  advanced  course  covering  fundamental 
principles,  design,  and  operation  of 
transducers  for  the  reception  and 
generation  of  underwater  sound  using 
energy  analysis  methods.  Topics  include: 
theory  of  simple  radiators  and  receivers, 
electromechanical  circuit  analogies, 
impedance  functions  and  equivalent  circuits; 
piezoelectricity;  reciprocity,  acoustic 
properties  of  transducer  materials;  acoustic 
motion  sensors;  pressure  gradient  sensor 
designs,  and  diffractions  constants. 

ECE  700  one  credit 
Graduate  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 

Seminar  discussions  and  presentations  based 

on  research  or  detailed  literature  surveys. 

ECE  701  up  to  nine  credits 
Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 

Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  PhD 
comprehensive  examination  and  approval  of 
doctoral  dissertation  proposal  by  the 
student's  graduate  committee 
Investigations  of  a  fundamental  and/or 
applied  nature  representing  an  original 
contribution  to  the  scholarly  research 
literature  of  the  field.  PhD  dissertations  are 
often  published  in  refereed  journals  or 
presented  at  major  conferences.  A  written 
dissertation  must  be  completed  in 
accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  the  College  of  Engineering. 
Admission  to  the  course  is  based  on 
successful  completion  of  the  PhD 
comprehensive  examination  and  submission 
of  a  formal  proposal  endorsed  by  the 
student's  graduate  committee  and 
submitted  to  the  ECE  Graduate  Program 
Director. 


246 


Mechanical  Engineering 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Mechanical  engineers  are  involved  in  a 
spectrum  of  technical  activities  from  the 
design  and  manufacture  of  various  products 
to  fundamental  research. 

Mechanical  engineers  are  concerned  with 
the  production,  transmission,  and  use  of 
power.  They  design  and  develop  systems 
which  produce  power,  such  as  steam  and 
gas  turbines,  internal  combustion  engines, 
nuclear  reactors,  jet  engines,  and  rocket 
motors.  They  also  design,  develop,  and 
manufacture  devices  which  consume  power 
in  order  to  accomplish  some  useful  result, 
such  as  refrigeration  and  air  conditioning 
equipment,  machine  tools,  rolling  mills,  and 
elevators,  to  name  a  few. 

The  environmental  impact  of  these  systems 
forms  an  integral  part  of  their  analysis  and 
design.  Mechanical  engineers  must  cope 
with  stringent  standards  of  air  and  water 
quality,  noise  abatement,  and  thermal 
pollution. 

Graduates  find  employment  in  a  number  of 
areas,  including  private  industry,  govern- 
ment, consulting  firms  and  education.  They 
may  be  involved  in  one  or  more  of  the 
following:  research,  design,  development, 
manufacturing,  administration,  manage- 
ment, sales  or  production  supervision. 
Others  continue  studies  in  graduate  school. 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  program  is 
accredited  by  the  Engineering  Accreditation 
Commission  of  the  Accreditation  Board  for 
Engineering  and  Technology. 

A  student  chapter  of  the  American  Society 
of  Mechanical  Engineers  permits  the 
student  to  initiate  professional  contacts 
through  a  program  of  technical  and  social 
events  which  introduces  the  student  to 
practicing  engineers  from  industry  and 
students  from  other  engineering  schools. 

Mission  Statement 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  Department  at 
UMass  Dartmouth  offers  two  degrees,  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Mechanical 
Engineering  and  a  Master  of  Science  in 
Mechanical  Engineering.  The  program 
provides  service  to  meet  the  needs  of 
students,  industry,  government,  and  society. 
The  program  offers  excellence,  access,  and 
value  through  a  strong  commitment  to 
teaching,  scholarship,  outreach,  and 
professionalism. 


Program  Educational  Objectives 

•  To  educate  students  in  the  principles  that 
underlie  technological  applications  related 
to  mechanical  design,  manufacturing,  and 
energy  systems. 

•  To  provide  a  flexible  curriculum  having 
several  specialty  tracks  to  meet  the 
diverse  needs  of  an  ever  diverse  student 
body. 

•  To  contribute  to  the  economic  develop- 
ment of  Southeastern  Massachusetts  by 
providing  a  resource  of  practice-oriented 
graduate  education  for  local  industry  and 
conducting  research. 

Program  Outcomes 

UMass  Dartmouth  Mechanical  Engineering 
graduates  will  have: 

•  an  ability  to  apply  knowledge  of 
mathematics,  science,  and  engineering; 

•  an  ability  to  design  and  conduct 
experiments,  as  well  as  to  analyze  and 
interpret  data; 

•  an  ability  to  design  a  system,  component, 
or  process  to  meet  desired  needs 
including  experience  in  designing  and 
building  a  project; 

•  an  ability  to  function  on  multi-disciplinary 
teams  including  an  ability  to  work 
collaboratively  and  a  broad 
interdisciplinary  knowledge; 

•  an  ability  to  identify,  formulate,  and  solve 
engineering  problems; 

•  an  understanding  of  professional  and 
ethical  responsibility; 

•  an  ability  to  communicate  effectively 
including  with  written,  oral,  and 
electronic  communication; 

•  the  broad  education  necessary  to 
understand  the  impact  of  engineering 
solutions  in  a  global/societal  context 
including  understanding  cultural,  political, 
and  economic  issues; 

•  a  recognition  of  the  need  and  an  ability  to 
engage  in  life-long  learning  including 
being  an  independent  learner  and 
working  in  industry  and/or  furthering 
their  education  in  graduate  schools,  not 
only  in  engineering  but  also  in  business, 
law,  or  medicine,  depending  on  their 
future  interests; 

•  a  knowledge  of  contemporary  issues; 

•  an  ability  to  use  the  techniques,  skills,  and 
modern  engineering  tools  necessary  for 
engineering  practice  including  computers 
and  instrumentation. 


Farhad  Azadivar  (dean  of  the  college  of 
engineering)  modeling  and  optimization  of 
manufacturing  systems,  computer  simula- 
tion, management  of  technological 
innovation 

Sankha  Bhowmick  heat  and  mass  transfer, 
bioengineering,  MEMS 

Diane  DiMassa  acoustics/hydroacoustics, 
flow  measurement  technology,  autonomous 
vehicles,  marine  engineering  design 

Ronald  DiPippo  thermodynamics,  power 
plant  design,  geothermal  energy,  energy 
analysis 

Sherif  D.  El  Wakil  computer-aided 
manufacturing,  design  for  manufacturing, 
materials  science 

Alex  J.  Fowler  fluid  flow  in  porous  media, 
heat  transfer,  thermodynamics,  bioengineer- 
ing 

Peter  D.  Friedman  experimental  fluid 
mechanics  and  heat  transfer,  thermodynam- 
ics, nuclear  power  plant  operation 

John  W.  Hansberry  solid  mechanics, 
control  theory,  machine  design,  vibration, 
safety  engineering 

Ibrahim  Kattan  manufacturing  engineering 
systems,  production  planning  and  control, 
engineering  optimization 

Raymond  N.  Laoulache  thermodynamics, 
multiphase  flow,  control  systems,  fluid 
mechanics,  laser  doppler  anemometry, 
parallel  computing 

Tesfay  Meressi  (chairperson)  robotics, 
control  theory,  machine  design 

John  M.  Rice  solid  mechanics, 
computer-aided  engineering,  finite  element 
analysis,  composite  materials,  vibration 

T.  K.  Roy  machine  design,  sohd  mechanics, 
shell  dynamics,  robotics 

K.  Srinagesh  manufacturing  processes, 
physical  metallurgy,  foundry  engineering 


247 


College  of  Engineering 


Mechanical  Engineering  Major  Requirements 

BS  degree 


Throughout  the  program,  the  use  of 
computer  work  stations  is  emphasized  for 
the  solution  of  complex  problems  and  for 
the  design  and  manufacture  of  components 
and  systems.  Hands-on  design  experiences 
occur  throughout  the  curriculum,  culminat- 
ing in  a  senior  project  solving  a  real-life 
engineering  program  with  realistic  con- 
straints of  time  as  well  as  economic, 
aesthetic,  safety,  social  and  environmental 
implications.  The  students  defend  their  work 
in  an  oral  presentation  before  their  class, 
faculty,  guests  and  an  invited  panel  of 
judges  from  local  industries. 

The  first  two  years  of  the  program  include 
basic  courses  in  the  areas  of  mathematics, 
chemistry  and  physics,  together  with 
introductory  courses  in  applied  science  such 
as  mechanics,  materials  and  electrical 
science.  Specialization  occurs  during  the  last 
two  years  with  courses  available  in  the  areas 
of  thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics, 
manufacturing  processes  and  systems, 
control  systems,  materials  behavior,  energy, 
and  mechanical  design. 


Areas  of  Concentration 
Design: 

MNE  441,  452,  462,  463,  480,  482,  485 
Energy: 

MNE  422,  423,  424,  425,  431,  432,  460, 
492 

Manufacturing: 

MNE  472,  473,  476,  481,  482 

Students  should  confer  with  advisors  before 
selecting  technical  electives  to  assure  that 
they  meet  requirements  in  engineering 
science  and  engineering  design.  Students 
who  wish  to  select  technical  electives  from 
other  departments  must  receive  prior 
approval  from  the  mechanical  engineering 
department. 


A  proposal  for  experiential  learning  must  be 
first  sponsored  by  a  faculty  member  and 
then  approved  by  the  full  department.  A 
proposal  that  meets  minimum  standards 
shall  normally  be  approved  for  three  free 
elective  credits.  An  extraordinarily  meritori- 
ous proposal  may  be  approved  for  three 
technical  elective  credits  only  if  it  involves 
significant  creative  technical  design  with  a 
tangible  product. 


Semester  Credits 
First  Second 


First  Year 

EGR  107,  108 
PHY  111  (or  113) 
PHY  112  (or  114) 
MTH  113  (or  111) 
MTH  114  (or  112) 
CHM  153 

CHM  151,  161 
CHM  152,  162 
ENL 101,  102 

Second  Year 

MNE  231 

MTH  213  (or  211) 
MNE  102 
EGR  241,  242 

MNE  212 
MNE  201 
MNE  220 
MNE  252 
MNE  292 

Third  Year 

EGR  301 
MNE  321 
MNE  345 
MNE  381 
ECE  251 
ECE  211,  212 
MNE  305,  306 
MNE  332 
MNE  355 
ENL  266 

MNE 

Fourth  Year 

MNE  466 
MNE  491 
MNE  411 
MNE 

MNE  497,  498 


Intro.  Engineering  through  Applied  Sci.  I,  II 
Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  I 
Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  II 
Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  I 
Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  II 
Modern/Applied  Chem.  for  Sci./Engrg.  I  OR 
Princ.  Modern  Chem.  I /Applied  Chem.  I  (4) 
Princ.  Modern  Chem.  II  /  Applied  Chem. II 
Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 


Materials  Science 

Calculus  for  Applied  Sci  &  Engineering  III 

Programming  and  Computer  Usage 

Engineering  Mechanics  I,  II 

General  Education  Elective 

Math  Approaches  to  Engineering  Systems 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory  I 

Engineering  Thermodynamics  I 

Mechanics  of  Materials 

Intro,  to  Mechanical  Engineering  Design 


Applied  Engineering  Mathematics 
Engineering  Thermodynamics  II 
Design  for  Manufacturing 
Design  of  Machine  Elements 
Electrical  Measurement  Laboratory  I 
Elements  of  Electrical  Engineering  I,  II 
Mechanical  Eng  Lab  II,  III  (biweekly) 
Fluid  Mechanics  I 

Manufacturing  Processes  Laboratory 
Technical  Communications 
General  Education  Elective 
MNE  Technical  Elective** 


Control  Theory 
Advanced  Machine  Design 
Heat  Transfer 
Technical  Electives** 
General  Education  Electives 
Design  Project  I,  II 


Total  credits: 

**  Usually  taken  from  approved  list  (shown  on  next  page). 


3 
17 

4 
4 

3 
3 
3 


17 

3 
3 
3 
3 
1 
3 

0.5 


16.5 

3 
4 

3 
3 

2 
15 


4 
3 
17 


3 
1 
3 
3 
1 

14 


3 

0.5 
3 
1 
3 
3 
3 
16.5 


3 
9 
2 
14 


127 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Mechanical  Engineering  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled 
General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  the  sequence  MNE  292,  381,  491,  and  497/498 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  the  sequence  MNE  292,  305,  and  306 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  266 

Area  0:  Satisfied  by  the  sequence  MNE  292  and  MNE  497/498 


248 


Mechanical  Engineering 

Option  in  Manufacturing  Engineering 


Technical  Electives 


MNE 

422 

MNE 

423 

MNE 

424 

MNE 

425 

MNE 

431 

MNE 

432 

MNE 

441 

MNE 

442 

MNE 

452 

MNE 

460 

MNE 

462 

MNE 

463 

Energy  Conversion 

Refrigeration  &  Air  Conditioning 

Geothermal  Energy 

Power  Plant  Design  and 

Engineering 

Fluid  Mechanics  II 

Aircraft  and  Rocket  Propulsion 

Systems 

Mechanical  Vibrations 
Intro,  to  Numerical  Methods 
Mechanics  of  Materials  II 
Combustion  Systems 
Experimental  Stress  Analysis 
Kinematic  and  Dynamic  Analysis 
of  Machines 


MNE  471     Physical  Metallurgy 
MNE  472    Metal  Forming  Operations 
MNE  473    Powder  Metallurgy 
MNE  475    Principles  of  Foundry 

Engineering 
MNE  476    Manufacturing  Quality  Control 
MNE  480    Computer-Aided  Engineering 
MNE  481    Computer-Aided  Manufacturing 
MNE  482  Robotics 
MNE  485    Introduction  to  the  Finite 

Element  Method 
MNE  490    Special  Topics  in  Mechanical 

Engineering 
MNE  492    Laser  Doppler  Anemometry  in 

Fluid  Flow 


Requirements 

The  Option  in  Manufacturing  Engineering 
utilizes  a  core  of  courses  already  in  the 
Mechanical  Engineering  major — MNE  231, 
MNE  345,  and  MNE  355— and  a  special 
selection  of  elective  courses. 

Students  in  the  option  in  Manufacturing 
Engineering  complete  the  requirements  for 
Mechanical  Engineering,  at  the  same  time 
making  the  following  specific  course 
selections: 
• 

They  must  select  ECO  231  and  232  within 

the  General  Education  electives. 

• 

They  must  select  three  courses — the  MNE 
Technical  Electives — from  the  following  list: 
MNE  471,  MNE  472,  MNE  473,  MNE  475, 
MNE  476,  MNE  481,  and  MNE  482. 


Alternative  Paths  Program  Requirements 

Depending  on  the  results  of  placement  testing,  new  freshman  students  may  be  placed  into 
one  of  the  following  first-year  curricula  in  lieu  of  the  standard  curriculum. 


Semester  Credits 

First 

Second 

First  Year  Courses  for  Precalculus-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  153 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  for  Engineers  I 

3 

MTH  131 

Precalculus 

3 

MTH  1 1 3 

Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  I 

4 

PHY  182 

Introduction  to  the  Weather 

3 

PHY  1 1 1 

Physics  for  Science  and  Engineering  I 

4 

EGR  107 

Intro  to  Engineering  Through  Applied  Science  I 

3 

General  Education  Electives 

6 

15 

17 

First 

Second 

First- Year  Courses  for  Algebra-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  151 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I 

3 

CHM  161 

Intro  Applied  Chemistry  Engineers  I 

1 

MTH  100 

Basic  Algebra 

3* 

MTH  131 

Precalculus 

3 

PHY  182 

Introduction  to  the  Weather 

3 

EGR  131 

Introduction  to  Design 

1 

General  Education  Electives 

6 

15 

11 

*  Students  receive  3  administrative  credits  for  Math  100.  Administrative  credits  do  not  not 
count  towards  the  total  credits  required  for  graduation. 


249 


College  of  Engineering 


Gen  Ed  note:  Mechanical  Engineering 
courses  satisfy  the  Natural  Science  and 
Technology  requirement. 


Mechanical  Engineering  Courses 


MNE  102  three  credits 
Programming  and  Computer  Usage 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 1 1  or  MTH  113 
Introduction  to  computer  hardware  and 
software.  Computer  mathematics;  curve 
fitting;  charting;  spreadsheets.  Data  base 
management.  Graphical  representation; 
Applications  in  mechanical  engineering. 

MNE  201  one  credit 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory  I 

3  hours  laboratory 
Corequisites:  MNE  220,  252 
Experiments  to  supplement  Mechanics  of 
Materials  I  and  Engineering  Thermodynam- 
ics I.  Probability  and  statistical  analysis  are 
applied  to  experimental  results.  Topics  such 
as  experimental  uncertainty,  linear  regres- 
sion, normal  distributions,  confidence 
intervals,  calorimetry,  specific  heats,  engine 
performance,  strain  gauges,  tensile  and 
torsion  testing  are  typically  covered. 

MNE  212  three  credits 
Mathematical  Approaches  to 
Engineering  Systems 

Prerequisite:  MTH  1 1 4  or  MTH  1 1 2 
Overview  and  working  knowledge  of  linear 
algebra  and  ordinary  differential  equations 
applied  to  engineering  problems.  Topics 
include  zero-order  equations,  introduction 
to  ordinary  differential  equations  (ODE's), 
first-order  ODEs,  second-order  ODEs, 
second-order  boundary  value  ODEs,  and 
finite  difference  method  for  the  solution  of 
ODEs. 

MNE  220  three  credits 
Engineering  Thermodynamics  I 

3  hours  lecture 

Pre-  or  corequisites:  CHM  1 52,  MTH  2 1 1  or 
MTH  213 

The  fundamental  concepts  and  basic 
principles  of  classical  thermodynamics.  The 
Zeroth,  First  and  Second  laws  of  thermody- 
namics are  formulated  with  recourse  to 
empirical  observations  and  then  expressed  in 
precise  mathematical  language.  These  laws 
are  applied  to  a  wide  range  of  engineering 
problems.  The  properties  of  pure  substances 
are  described  using  equations  of  state  and 
surfaces  of  state.  Reversible  processes  in 
gases  are  analyzed  by  means  of  the  First  and 
Second  laws.  A  representative  sampling  of 
engineering  applications  is  discussed  and 
analyzed. 

MNE  231  four  credits 
Material  Science 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  CHM  1  51  or  CHM  1 53  and 


CHM  152 

The  relation  between  the  atomic  or  micro 
structure  of  engineering  materials  and  their 
properties.  Structures  of  metals,  ceramics, 
polymers  and  composites  are  introduced. 
Experiments  on  equilibrium  diagrams, 
metallographic  structures,  property  changes 
of  metals  are  included. 

MNE  252  three  credits 
Mechanics  of  Materials  I 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  EGR  241 
Material  behavior  and  the  concepts  of 
equilibrium  and  compatibility  of  deforma- 
tion are  combined  and  initially  applied  to 
one-dimensional  problems.  Torsion  of  bars  is 
discussed  with  application  to  problems  of 
shaft  design.  Stress  in  beams  of  simple  and 
composite  shapes  is  considered  as  well  as 
shear  in  beams  and  combined  twisting  and 
bending.  Deflections  of  beams,  shafts  and 
structures  are  discussed  using  several 
calculation  procedures.  Stress  and  strain  are 
considered  in  three  dimensions  with 
attention  to  principal  directions.  Buckling  is 
considered  and  some  attention  is  paid  to 
plastic  action  in  the  various  course  topics. 

MNE  292  one  credit  O,  E 
Introduction  to  Mechanical  Design 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Corequisites:  EGR  242,  MNE  252 
Mechanical  design  with  emphasis  on 
microcomputers  as  an  aid  to  analysis  and 
optimization.  The  concept  of  probabilistic 
design  and  the  Monte-Carlo  techniques  are 
introduced.  Attention  is  primarily  paid  to 
the  solid  mechanical  aspects  of  the  subject. 
Stress,  flexibility  and  minimum  weight 
considerations  are  addressed  through 
introduction  to  the  finite  element  method  of 
analysis.  Proper  form  for  technical  reports 
and  calculations  is  discussed.  Final  oral 
presentation  in  class  required. 

MNE  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

MNE  305  one-half  credit 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory  II 

3  hours  biweekly 


Corequisite:  MNE  321 
Extensive  investigations  into  various 
commonly-encountered  devices  in  areas  of 
interest  to  the  mechanical  engineer.  These 
include  engines,  turbines,  water  cooling 
towers,  conduction,  convection,  radiation 
and  refrigeration 

MNE  306  one-half  credit 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory  III 

3  hours  laboratory  biweekly 
Corequisite:  MNE  332 
Several  experiments  demonstrating  the 
concepts  in  the  course  MNE  332  Fluid 
Mechanics  I.  These  include:  jet  impact, 
Venturi  meter,  flow  under  a  sluice  gate, 
friction  losses  in  tubes,  introduction  to  data 
acquisition,  and  calibration  of  valves  using 
computer  control. 

MNE  321  three  credits 
Engineering  Thermodynamics  II 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  MNE  220 
Mechanical  engineering  applications  of  ideal 
and  real  compressors;  gas  turbine  power 
systems;  various  air-standard  cycles 
including  Brayton,  Ericsson,  Stirling,  Otto, 
Diesel  and  Wankel  cycles;  and  several  vapor 
cycles  including  Carnot,  Rankine,  modified 
Rankine,  and  binary  cycles.  An  introduction 
is  given  to  vapor-compression  refrigeration 
and  heat  pumps.  Thermochemistry  and 
combustion  are  discussed  with  emphasis  on 
application  of  the  First  and  Second  laws  to 
chemical  reactions  Chemical  equilibria  in 
homogenous  gas  systems  are  studied. 

MNE  332  three  credits 
Fluid  Mechanics  I 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  220,  MTH  21 1  or  MTH 
213 

Understanding  the  basic  conservation 
equations  in  integral  and  differential  form. 
The  applications  are  concerned  primarily 
with  steady  flows  of  inviscid,  incompressible 
fluids.  A  brief  discussion  of  similitude  and 
modeling  precedes  the  introduction  to 
viscous  flows.  Flows  in  pipe  systems  with 
friction  influences  and  including  turbines 
and  pumps  are  studied  using  the  extended 
Bernoulli  equations.  The  elements  of 
incompressible  potential  flow  are  studied 
using  real  and  complex  potential  functions. 

MNE  345  three  credits 
Design  for  Manufacturing 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  MNE  231 
Discussion  and  comparison  of  manufactur- 
ing processes  for  economy  of  production; 


250 


and  modifications  to  proposed  designs  to 
suit  existing  equipment.  Material  selection 
to  suit  production  and  service  requirements 
is  covered  along  with  economics  of 
automation  and  inventory  control. 

MNE  355  one  credit 

Manufacturing  Processes  Laboratory 

3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  MNE  345 
Machining  operations  using  conventional 
and  modern  machine  tools  are  covered. 
Basic  principles  of  the  statistic  and  probabil- 
ity theory  as  applied  to  quality  control  of 
machined  parts  are  discussed  and  empha- 
sized. 

MNE  381  three  credits  E 
Design  of  Machine  Elements 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  252,  EGR  242 
Comprehensive  survey  of  the  analytical 
design  methods  that  are  valuable  to 
mechanical  engineers.  Some  of  the  areas 
covered  are:  stress  analysis,  fatigue,  stress 
concentration,  design  of  curved  beams, 
selection  of  standardized  elements,  and 
lubrication.  The  objective  of  the  course  is  to 
enable  the  student  to  handle  design 
problems  with  confidence  and  assurance. 

MNE  400  variable  credits 
Engineering  Internship 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
Experiential  learning  in  conjunction  with  an 
industrial  or  governmental  agency  project 
under  the  joint  supervision  of  an  outside 
sponsor  and  a  faculty  advisor.  To  be  eligible, 
a  student  should  have  completed  the  junior- 
year  courses.  A  detailed  project  proposal 
must  be  prepared  by  the  student  for 
departmental  approval  prior  to  the  start  of 
the  project.  Typically,  three  credits  will  be 
assigned.  Based  upon  the  determination  of 
the  advisor  and  sponsor,  the  learning 
component  shall  be  at  least  100  hours  out 
of  the  total  work  hours.  Up  to  six  credits 
may  be  assigned  for  exceptional  projects 
that  extend  over  two  semesters  MNE  400 
may  be  used  to  satisfy  one  3-credit  technical 
elective  course. 

MNE  411  three  credits 
Heat  Transfer 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  220,  EGR  301 
Principles  of  heat  conduction,  forced  and 
free  convection  and  thermal  radiation,  and 
their  application  to  various  engineering 
problems.  Mass  transfer  and  its  analogy  to 
heat  transfer  phenomena  are  sketched. 
Special  problems,  such  as  boiling  and 


condensation,  heat  transfer  in  high  speed 
flow,  and  fire  propagation  are  introduced. 
Mathematical  analysis  motivated  by  physical 
reasoning  is  emphasized. 

MNE  422  three  credits 
Energy  Conversion 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  321,  332,  ECE  212, 
consent  of  instructor 

An  introduction  to  various  energy  resources, 
followed  by  a  description  of  the  use  of 
chemical  potential  energy,  nuclear  energy 
and  solar  energy,  the  analysis  and  design 
criteria  for  various  energy  conversion 
devices,  such  as  generators,  transformers, 
motors,  power  distribution  systems,  solar 
cells,  and  so  on.  Understanding  of  working 
principles  and  essential  design  conditions  is 
emphasized 

MNE  423  three  credits 
Refrigeration  and  Air  Conditioning 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  321,  consent  of 
instructor 

Principles  of  refrigeration  are  presented  with 
applications  to  vapor-compression,  steam-jet 
and  absorption  systems,  together  with  heat 
pumps.  Psychrometrics  and  the  physiological 
factors  involved  in  air-conditioning  are 
discussed  along  with  the  analysis  of  various 
processes.  In  particular  the  use  and  analysis 
of  water  cooling  towers  is  emphasized. 

MNE  424  three  credits 
Geothermal  Energy 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  321,  332,  consent  of 
instructor 

A  brief  review  of  relevant  topics  from 
thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics  and  heat 
transfer.  Elements  of  geology  pertinent  to 
geothermal  energy  are  covered.  The  various 
types  of  geothermal  resource  are  discussed. 
Technical  systems  of  geothermal  utilization 
are  covered.  Major  emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  energy  conversion  systems  which 
produce  electrical  power  from  geothermal 
resources.  Dry  steam,  single  and  dual  flash, 
binary,  total  flow,  and  hybrid  systems  are 
analyzed  in  detail.  The  environmental  impact 
of  geothermal  energy  usage  and  the 
economic  factors  associated  with  it  are  also 
discussed. 

MNE  425  three  credits 
Power  Plant  Design  and 
Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  321,  consent  of 
instructor 


Theory  as  a  basis  for  plant  design  and 
equipment  selection.  Practical  design 
calculations  including  heat  balance  are 
carried  out.  Fossil-  and  nuclear-fueled  plants 
as  well  as  gas  turbine  and  hydroelectric 
plants  are  studied.  The  economics  of 
alternatives  is  discussed. 

MNE  431  three  credits 
Fluid  Mechanics  II 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  332,  consent  of 
instructor 

Basic  equations  of  fluid  mechanics,  applied 
to  quasi  one-dimensional,  compressible 
flows,  including:  isentropic  flows  with  area 
changes,  Fanno  and  Rayleigh  flows,  and 
normal  shock  waves.  Two-dimensional  flow 
fields  are  studied  using  Prandtl-Meyer 
expansion  and  oblique  shock  waves.  The 
basic  concepts  are  applied  to  selected  topics 
such  as:  aircraft  and  rocket  propulsion, 
combustion  chambers  in  jets  and  rockets, 
wind  tunnels  and  shock  tubes,  supersonic 
diffusers,  and  flow  about  supersonic  airfoils. 

MNE  432  three  credits 

Aircraft  and  Rocket  Propulsion  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  321 ,  431 ,  consent  of 
instructor 

The  mechanics  and  thermodynamics  of 
airborne  propulsion  systems.  Thrust 
equations  and  efficiencies  are  derived  from 
first  principles  and  applied  to  a  variety  of 
systems.  Airbreathing  engines  that  are 
discussed  include  ramjets,  turbojets, 
turbofans,  and  turboprops.  The 
aero-thermodynamics  of  inlets  and  nozzles 
is  presented.  The  course  concludes  with  an 
introduction  to  rocket  propulsion,  including 
the  identification  and  classification  of  types 
of  rocket  systems,  fundamental  definitions 
and  derivations,  and  rocket  dynamics. 

MNE  441  three  credits 
Mechanical  Vibrations 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  EGR  242,  301,  consent  of 
instructor 

Discussion  of  generalized  coordinates  and 
the  Lagrangian  method  of  determining  a 
system's  equations  of  motion.  Normal 
modes  and  normal  coordinates  are 
introduced  and  the  method  of  matrix 
iteration  is  used  to  find  natural  frequencies 
and  modes.  Free  vibration  of  continuous 
systems  is  considered  and  techniques  for 
finding  natural  frequencies  are  developed. 
Forced  and  transient  responses  of  one 
degree  of  freedom  systems  are  treated 
extensively,  and  forced  response  of 


251 


College  of  Engineering 


multi-degree  of  freedom  systems  is 
discussed.  Electrical  analogies,  use  of  the 
analog  computer,  and  modeling  of  actual 
physical  systems  are  discussed. 

MNE  442  three  credits 

Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisites:  MTH  212 
Numerical  methods  most  useful  to  the 
engineer  using  structured  programming. 
Topics  discussed  include  numerical 
integration,  differentiation,  large  system  of 
linear  and  non-linear  the  use  of  spread- 
sheets for  engineering  calculations  as  well 
as  solutions  of  nonlinear  algebraic  equa- 
tions, system  of  ordinary  differential 
equations.  Also  covered  are  criteria  for 
stability  and  convergence  and  introduction 
to  numerical  techniques  for  partial 
differential  equations. 

MNE  452  three  credits 
Mechanics  of  Materials  II 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  252,  EGR  301,  consent 
of  instructor 

After  reviewing  the  development  of  the 
flexure  formula,  the  stress  equation  is 
derived  for  unsymmetrical  bending.  Curved 
beams  loaded  in  the  plane  of  curvature  are 
analyzed  as  are  beams  with  combined  axial 
and  lateral  loadings.  The  general  equation 
for  beams  on  elastic  foundations  and  its 
applications  are  studied.  Stresses  and 
deflections  due  to  dynamic  loads  are 
examined.  The  basic  equations  of  elasticity 
are  developed  and  two-dimensional 
problems  analyzed  using  Airy's  stress 
function.  Solutions  are  compared  to 
strength  of  materials  results.  Energy 
methods  are  discussed.  The  Lagrange  plate 
equation  is  derived  and  plates  fabricated 
from  modern  composite  materials  are 
discussed. 

MNE  460  three  credits 
Combustion  Systems 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  321,  332,  41  1,  concur- 
rently; consent  of  instructor 
Review  of  fundamental  aspects  of  combus- 
tion, with  concentration  on  the  following 
combustion  systems:  internal  combustion 
engines,  gas  turbine  power  plant,  fossil  fuel 
power  plant,  modern  solid  waste  incinera- 
tion. Students  will  present  special  projects  or 
several  seminars. 

MNE  462  three  credits 
Experimental  Stress  Analysis 

3  hours  lecture 


Prerequisites:  MNE  252,  consent  of 
instructor 

The  course  is  divided  into  two  major  parts 
The  first  part  of  the  course  deals  with  theory 
and  practice  of  photo-elastic  methods 
applied  to  classical  experimental  stress 
analysis  of  models  and  are  modified  for  use 
in  photoelastic  coatings.  Three-dimensional 
problems  are  studied  and  solved  by  the  use 
of  the  digital  computer.  Emphasis  is  on  the 
interpretation,  limitations  and  designing  by 
photo-elasticity.  The  second  part  of  the 
course  presents  the  theory  and  application 
of  mechanical  and  electrical  strain  gauges, 
and  brittle  coatings.  Installation,  instrumen- 
tation and  circuitry  of  gauge  set-ups  or 
transducer  use  in  experimental  stress 
analysis  are  discussed. 

MNE  463  three  credits 

Kinematic  and  Dynamic  Analysis  of 

Machines 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  EGR  242,  301,  consent  of 
instructor 

Introduction  to  the  various  types  of 
mechanisms,  their  application  and  methods 
of  operations  Four-bar  linkages  are 
discussed  in  detail  with  emphasis  on  the 
velocity  and  acceleration  analysis  of 
slider-crank,  quick-return,  scotch-yoke  and 
intermittent  motion  mechanisms.  Vector 
methodology  is  used  extensively,  along  with 
graphical  and  complex  variable  methods. 
Different  types  of  cams  and  followers  are 
studied  and  profiles  determined  satisfying 
given  tie-displacement  requirements.  Both 
standard  and  non-standard  gears  are 
treated  with  regard  to  their  construction, 
performance,  usage  and  geometrical 
features.  Various  types  of  gear  trains  are 
analyzed.  Force  and  torque  analysis  of 
various  machine  parts  is  performed  for  both 
static  and  dynamic  conditions.  Gyroscopic 
devices  are  treated.  The  course  concludes 
with  the  study  of  balance  of  machinery 
under  static  and  dynamic  conditions. 

MNE  466  three  credits 
Control  Theory 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  ECE  212,  EGR  301 
Introduction  to  sensors  used  widely  in 
control  systems.  Analog  as  well  as  digital 
control  of  machines  and  processes  are 
discussed  along  with  modeling  of  control 
system  elements  and  linearization  method 
and  its  applicability.  Both  frequency  and 
time  domain  control  design  techniques  are 
discussed.  Algorithms  for  computer  control 
and  the  effect  of  sampling  on  stability  are 
developed.  Applications  of  analog  control 


devices  and  microprocessors  are  included 

MNE  471  three  credits 
Physical  Metallurgy 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  231,  consent  of 
instructor 

Structure  of  metals  and  alloys  and  their 
determination  by  x-ray  diffraction.  Structural 
imperfections  and  their  influence  on  mech- 
anical properties  are  covered.  The  electron 
theory  of  metal  is  introduced  Binary  phase 
diagrams  are  studied  on  the  basis  of  therm- 
odynamic principles  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  iron-carbon  system,  and  subjects  like 
creep  and  fatigue  are  also  considered 

MNE  472  three  credits 
Metal  Forming  Operations 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  231,  consent  of 
instructor 

Plastic  deformation  in  terms  of  dislocation 
theory.  Various  methods  of  the  failure  of 
metals  are  discussed  and  the  field  of  plastic 
working  and  shaping  is  studied  Emphasis  is 
on  metallurgical  interpretation  and  the 
influence  of  structure  on  mechanical 
properties  Operations  such  as  forging, 
rolling,  extrusion,  and  rod,  wire  and  tube 
drawing  are  presented  in  some  detail. 

MNE  473  three  credits 
Powder  Metallurgy 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  231,  consent  of 
instructor 

Characterization  and  production  of  powder. 
Measuring  techniques  and  bulk  properties. 
Powder  compaction  methods.  Behavior  of 
powders  during  compaction  and  green 
properties  Sintering.  Material  transport  and 
transformations  during  sintering.  Sintering 
atmospheres  and  furnaces.  Properties  of 
sintered  materials.  Engineering  properties 
and  product  design  applications. 

MNE  475  three  credits 

Principles  of  Foundry  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  MNE  231,  consent  of 
instructor 

Principles  relative  to  the  following  aspects  of 
manufacturing  metal  castings:  nature  of  cast 
metals;  solidification  of  castings;  need  and 
design  of  risers;  flow  of  metals  and  gating 
systems;  molding  materials  and  processes; 
design  of  castings  and  patterns;  metal 
melting  and  refining  in  foundries:  refracto- 
ries, furnaces,  reactions,  inoculants. 

MNE  476  three  credits 


252 


Manufacturing  Quality  Control 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  EGR  301,  consent  of  instructor 
Principles  and  procedures  necessary  to 
control  processes  and  quality  of  manufac- 
tured products.  Topics  include:  product 
quality,  quality  assurance,  destructive  and 
non-destructive  tests,  statistical  methods  in 
quality  control,  acceptance  sampling, 
rectifying  inspection,  sensors,  automated 
inspection,  control  charts,  total  quality 
control,  quality  circle,  quality  philosophy  of 
Deming,  Taguchi,  and  others. 

MNE  480  three  credits 
Computer-Aided  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  EGR  301,  MNE  252,  MNE  292, 
consent  of  the  instructor 
The  fundamental  concepts  of 
computer-aided  engineering  (CAE).  The 
topics  include  interactive  computer  graphics 
for  3D  CAE  systems;  CAE  hardware  and 
software;  solid  modeling;  and  finite  element 
analysis.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
current  state-of-the-art  technology,  the 
integration  of  CAE  systems,  and  future 
trends.  The  student  will  also  be  introduced 
to  the  mathematics  of  computer  graphics. 
Classroom  lectures  will  be  supplemented  by 
laboratory  demonstration  of  interactive 
graphics,  and  interactive  finite  element 
analysis. 

MNE  481  three  credits 
Computer-Aided  Manufacturing 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  MNE  345;  Corequisite:  MNE 
355,  consent  of  instructor 
Scope,  principles  and  various  applications  of 
computer-aided  manufacturing.  This  involves 
the  use  of  computers  in  monitoring  and 
controlling  of  machine  tools  and  manufac- 
turing systems.  The  concepts  of  NC,  CNC, 
DNC,  computer-assisted  part  programming, 
group  technology,  computer-aided  process 
planning,  FMS  and  FMC  will  be  discussed. 

MNE  482  three  credits 
Robotics 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  consent  of 
instructor 

Introduction  to  the  various  aspects  of  the 
mechanics  of  robotics,  its  classifications  and 
terminologies  involved.  Direct  and  inverse 
kinematics  of  a  robot  manipulator  are 
treated  in  detail  with  the  application  of 
homogeneous  and  Denavit-Hartenberg 
transformation  techniques.  Dynamics, 
control  and  programming  of  a  robot 
manipulator  are  discussed  with  associated 


laboratory  work. 

MNE  485  three  credits 
Introduction  to  the  Finite  Element 
Method 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisites:  EGR  301,  MNE  252,  MNE  292, 
consent  of  instructor 

Principles  of  the  finite  element  method  for 
solid  mechanics.  In  addition,  some  fluid  and 
heat  flow  problems  will  be  covered.  Topics 
include  the  direct  method;  energy  methods; 
variational  principles;  interpolation  func- 
tions; and  the  modeling  of  truss,  beam, 
plate,  and  shell  structures.  This  course  is  half 
theory  and  half  computer  modeling. 

MNE  488  three  credits 
Operations  Research 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  EGR  301 
Concepts  and  principles  associated  with 
operations  research  techniques  for  engi- 
neers, which  are  powerful  tools  for  product 
design,  production  planning  and  control. 
Introduction  to  linear  programming, 
formulation  of  linear  programming,  the 
Simplex  Method,  transportation  model  and 
its  variants,  network  models,  inventory 
models,  forecasting  models,  Markovian 
decision  process,  and  classical  optimization 
theory.  Students  work  in  a  team  on  a  design 
project  related  to  these  topics. 

MNE  490  three  credits 

Special  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

3  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
Visiting  professors  or  members  of  the  faculty 
present  current  topics  of  interest  in  their 
areas  of  expertise. 

MNE  491  four  credits  E 
Advanced  Machine  Design 

3  hours  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
The  design  of  machines.  The  complete 
design  process  is  carried  out  from  the 
conceptual  stage  through  consideration  of 
alternative  designs  to  final  creation  of  the 
device.  Extensive  use  of  the  computer  is 
made  to  facilitate  the  process.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  design  and  automation  of  electro- 
mechanical and  electro-hydraulic  systems 

MNE  492  three  credits 

Laser  Doppler  Anemometry  in  Fluid  Flow 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  MNE  332,  consent  of 
instructor 

Introduction  to  laser  doppler  anemometry 
(LDA)  in  fluid  flow.  The  following  topics  are 


considered:  principles  of  LDA,  doppler 
effect;  fringe  mode  LDA;  seeding,  frequency 
shifting,  digital  data  acquisition  and  signal 
processing;  time  correlation;  spectra; 
experiments  on  flow  over  a  cylinder  and  an 
air  foil,  on  turbulent  jets,  pipe  flow  and 
wave  motion. 

MNE  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
A  student  works  under  the  direction  of  a 
faculty  member  to  pursue  a  specific  line  of 
study  in  an  area  of  interest  to  the  student. 
The  work  may  deal  with  subject  matter  not 
normally  available  in  the  curriculum,  or  may 
involve  a  design  project.  Study  under  the 
supervision  of  a  faculty  member  in  an  area 
not  otherwise  part  of  the  discipline's  course 
offerings.  Conditions  and  hours  to  be 
arranged.  The  work  may  deal  with  subject 
matter  not  normally  available  m  the 
curriculum,  or  may  involve  a  design  project. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

MNE  196.  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Lecture/laboratory  arranged  as  required 
Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

MNE  497  two  credits 

Mechanical  Engineering  Design  Project  I 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
Professional  and  management  activities  of 
project  engineering,  first  of  a  two  course 
sequence.  Topics  covered  include  engineer- 
ing ethics,  selection  of  senior  design  project, 
and  initial  product  design  leading  to  a 
written  and  oral  presentation  of  project 
proposal.  Project  will  be  completed  in  MNE 
498,  but  work  done  in  this  course  is 
evaluated  and  a  course  grade  is  given 

MNE  498  two  credits 

Mechanical  Engineering  Design  Project  II 

Prerequisite:  MNE  497 
Application  of  knowledge  gained  in  various 
courses  to  the  synthesis,  analysis,  and 
design  of  a  system  in  a  particular  field  of 
interest  selected  by  student  This  is  the 
second  of  a  two-course  sequence  Design 
project  proposed  in  MNE  497  will  be 
completed,  and  a  final  report  and  oral 
presentation  will  be  made  before  a  panel  of 
judges. 


253 


College  of  Engineering 


Note:  Some  graduate  courses  may  be  open 
to  undergraduates.  Please  consult  your 
department  chairperson.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Mechanical 
Engineering 

MNE  501  three  credits 

Advanced  Engineering  Mathematics 

Prerequisite:  EGR  301  or  equivalent 
Ordinary  differential  equations:  power  series 
solutions;  solutions  to  Legendre,  Bessel, 
Hermite,  associated  Legendre,  and  Mathieu 
equations.  Partial  differential  equations: 
separation  of  variables;  transform  methods; 
eigenvalues;  Green's  function;  solutions  to 
elliptic,  parabolic  and  hyperbolic  equations. 

MNE  502  three  credits 
Applied  Numerical  Methods 

Prerequisite:  EGR  301  or  equivalent 
An  introduction  to  the  tools  of  numerical 
analysis  used  in  all  areas  of  engineering 
study.  Solution  of  linear  systems  and  non- 
linear systems  of  equations.  Numerical 
integration  of  functions  ODE's  and  PDE's: 
differentiation,  error  control,  stability  and 
accuracy.  Extensive  programming  in  C  is 
required. 

MNE  503  three  credits 
Continuum  Mechanics 

Prerequisites:  EGR  301  and  MNE  252  or 
equivalents 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  fundamental 
principles  of  Continuum  Mechanics.  The 
following  topics  are  covered:  stress,  strain, 
and  strain  rated  tensors;  Lagrangian  and 
Eulerian  descriptions;  conservation  laws; 
constitutive  relations;  Navier-Cauchy  and 
Navier  Stokes  equations;  Newtonian  fluids. 

MNE  504  three  credits 
Advanced  Mechanics  of  Fluids 

Prerequisite:  MNE  332  or  equivalent 
Integral  Transformation:  Divergence 
Theorem;  Stokes  Theorem.  Reynolds 
Transport  Theorem.  Navier-Stokes  equa- 
tions. Kelvin's  theorem.  Vorticity  Transport. 
Crocco's  Theorem.  Viscous  flow:  boundary 
layers,  buoyancy-driven  flows. 

MNE  511  three  credits 
Theory  of  Elasticity 

Prerequisite:  MNE  503  or  equivalent 
Basic  field  equations.  Generalized  Hooke's 
law.  General  concepts  of  stress  and  strain. 
Equilibrium  equations.  Plane  problems. 
Stress  functions.  Saint  Venant  torsion  and 
flexure.  Introduction  to  three-dimensional 
problems.  Thermoelasticity.  Anisotropic 
solutions. 

MNE  512  three  credits 

Plasticity  and  Metal  Forming  Theory 


Prerequisite:  MNE  503  or  equivalent 
Tresca  and  von  Mises  yield  criteria  and  their 
associated  flow  rules.  Slip-line  field  theory 
and  Geiringer  velocity  equations.  Upper 
bound  and  lower  bound  theories.  Applica- 
tion of  the  plasticity  theories  to  rigid, 
perfectly-plastic  bodies  undergoing  large 
plastic  deformation  in  various  metal  forming 
processes  such  as  wire  drawing,  extrusion, 
forging,  deep  drawing,  etc. 

MNE  513  three  credits 
Theory  of  Plates  and  Shells 

Prerequisite:  EGR  242,  Pre  or  corequisite: 
MNE  503 

Basic  plate  and  shell  equations;  solutions  of 
different  shape  plates.  Application  of 
cylindrical  and  spherical  shell  equations. 
Linear  and  non-linear  situations.  Plates  on 
elastic  foundations.  Numerical  solutions  of 
plates  and  shells.  Membrane  theory. 

MNE  515  three  credits 
Finite  Element  Analysis 

Prerequisite:  MNE  485  or  equivalent 
A  broad  study  of  the  principles  of  Finite 
Element  Analysis.  The  following  topics  are 
covered:  energy  methods;  variational 
principles;  element  formulation;  coordinate 
transformation;  problems  in  dynamics, 
solids,  and  heat  transfer;  non-linear 
problems,  numerical  errors  and  conver- 
gence; computer  modeling. 

MNE  518  three  credits 
Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy 

Prerequisites:  EGR  231,  EGR  221  or 
equivalents 

Extending  understanding  of  the  effect  of 
structure  on  the  properties  of  metals  and 
alloys.  Deviation  in  various  forms  from 
perfect  crystallinity  will  be  analyzed. 
Metallurgical  processes  of  typical  ferrous 
and  nonferrous  alloys  will  be  explored. 

MNE  519  three  credits 
Metal  Casting  Principles 

Prerequisites:  EGR  231,  MNE  345,  MNE  41 1 
or  equivalents 

Advanced  concepts  in  solidification  of  alloys. 
Mutually  dependent  topics  are:  flow  of 
liquid  metals,  transient  heat  transfer,  phase 
and  state  change.  Consequence  of  these  in 
the  design  of  sound  castings  will  be 
presented. 

MNE  521  three  credits 
Classical  Thermodynamics 

Prerequisite:  EGR  232  or  equivalent 
An  in-depth  study  of  the  fundamental 
principles  of  classical  thermodynamics.  The 
following  topics  are  covered:  equilibrium; 


temperature;  equations  of  state;  fundamen- 
tal equations;  First  Law  for  steady,  unsteady 
and  continuous  systems;  Born-Caratheodory 
formulation  of  the  Second  Law,  Third  Law 

MNE  522  three  credits 
Statistical  Thermodynamics 

Prerequisite:  EGR  232  or  equivalent 
The  principles  of  thermodynamics  based  on 
a  microscopic  approach.  The  following 
topics  are  covered:  statistical  concepts, 
Kinetic  Theory,  Gibbsian  ensembles, 
partition  function,  Liouville's  theorem, 
Boltzmann  equation  and  the  Chapman- 
Enskog  solution,  calculation  of  equilibrium 
and  transport  properties. 

MNE  525  three  credits 
Bioengineering  Fundamentals 

Applications  of  thermodynamics,  fluid 
mechanics,  and  transport  study  to  biological 
systems.  An  introduction  to  chemical 
kinetics,  intercellular  interactions,  and  basic 
biomechanics  is  also  included.  Emphasis  is 
on  engineering  with  relevance  to  clinical  and 
research  medical  applications. 

MNE  530  three  credits 
Simulation  Modeling 

Prerequisites:  Advanced  mathematics  (EGR 
301)  and  computer  programming  (EGR  102) 
or  equivalents 

Concepts  and  principles  associated  with 
systems  simulation  and  modeling  using 
contemporary  software  such  as  Simulation 
with  Arena.  Topics  include  probability  and 
statistics,  discrete  event  simulation, 
statistical  techniques  in  simulation  modeling. 
Statistical  analysis  is  integrated  for  the  most 
part  into  the  simulation  modeling,  reflecting 
the  joint  nature  of  these  activities  in  good 
simulation  studies,  and  continuous 
simulation  of  industrial  and  manufacturing 
systems  using  SIMAN  language.  The  student 
will  work  in  a  team  producing  a  design 
project  relating  to  these  topics. 

MNE  531  three  credits 
Advanced  Dynamics 

Prerequisites:  EGR  242,  EGR  301  or 
equivalents 

A  course  of  study  of  technologically  useful 
topics  from  dynamics,  such  as:  three 
dimensional  motion  of  rigid  bodies; 
dynamics  of  flexible  rotors  and  linkages; 
balancing  of  machinery  and  non-linear 
forces  and  stability.  Variational  methods  and 
numerical  techniques  will  be  introduced. 

MNE  532  three  credits 
Advanced  Robotics 

Prerequisite:  MNE  482  or  equivalent 


254 


Advanced  course  in  kinematics,  dynamics 
and  control  of  robots.  Topics  covered 
include:  trajectory  generation,  position  and 
force  control  of  open  chain  and  closed 
chain 

manipulators,  kinematic  redundancy,  link 
flexibility,  artificial  intelligence  and 
integration  of  industrial  robots  in  integrated 
manufacturing  systems. 

MNE  533  three  credits 
Manufacturing  Automation 

Prerequisite:  MNE  345  or  equivalent 
A  study  of  the  different  components  of  an 
automated  manufacturing  system.  Design 
of  the  hardware  and  software  used  in  the 
different  manufacturing  systems.  Analysis, 
modeling,  performance  and  economics  of 
flexible  manufacturing  systems  and  flexible 
manufacturing  cells.  Design  of  parts  to 
facilitate  automatic  assembly. 

MNE  534  three  credits 
Advanced  Vibrations 

Prerequisites:  EGR  242,  EGR  301,  or 
equivalent 

Vibration  of  structures  and  machine 
components,  free  and  forced  vibrations, 
damped  vibrations,  normal  modes,  critical 
speeds,  non-linear  systems  techniques, 
phase  plane  and  function  description 
methods. 

MNE  536  three  credits 
Advanced  Control  Theory 

Prerequisite:  MNE  466  or  equivalent 
Advanced  course  in  design  of  control 
systems.  Topics  covered  include:  input- 
output  and  state  space  description; 
controlability  and  observability  of  multi- 
input  multi-output  systems;  pole  placement; 
observer  design  and  separation  principle; 
linear  quadratic  optimal  control;  non-linear 
systems  and  linearization;  Lyapunov  stability 
theory,  application  to  electromechnical 
systems. 

MNE  537  three  credits 
Manufacturing  Systems  Design 

Prerequisite:  MNE  345  or  equivalent 
Advanced  topics  in  manufacturing  systems 
design  and  analysis  with  emphasis  on 
modeling  and  integration  methodologies. 
Specific  topics  include  production  flow 
analysis,  group  technology,  manufacturing 
cell  design,  facilities  location  and  work 
design,  material  handling  systems  and  auto- 
mated guided  vehicles,  flexible  manufactur- 
ing systems,  and  systems  evaluation.  Term 
design  projects  are  required  using  computer 
and  software  tools. 


MNE  538  three  credits 
Manufacturing  Planning  and  Control 

Prerequisite:  EGR  301  or  equivalent 
Advanced  topics  in  manufacturing  produc- 
tion planning  and  control  with  emphasis  on 
design  and  resource  utilization.  Specific 
topics  include  operations  planning  and 
control,  linear  programming,  capacity 
planning,  resource  material  planning, 
inventory  control,  project  scheduling,  and 
manufacturing  cost  analysis.  Term  design 
projects  are  required  using  computer  and 
software  tools. 

MNE  539  three  credits 
Engineering  Optimization 

Prerequisite:  EGR  301  or  equivalent 
Advanced  topics  in  engineering  optimization 
with  emphasis  on  the  algorithm  and 
applications.  Specific  topics  include  linear 
and  nonlinear  optimization,  mathematical 
modeling,  constrained  optimally  criteria, 
transformation  methods,  constrained  direct 
search,  quadratic  approximation  methods 
for  constrained  problems,  and  comparison 
of  constrained  optimization  methods. 
Term  design  projects  are  required  using 
computer  and  software  tools. 

MNE  541  three  credits 
Heat  Conduction 

Prerequisite:  MNE  41 1  or  equivalent 
Basic  heat  transfer  modes.  Steady  one 
dimensional  problems  with  or  without  heat 
sources,  constant  or  variable  properties. 
Concepts  of  thermal  resistance.  Multidimen- 
sional heat  conduction  problems.  Transient 
problems.  Numerical  treatment  of  heat 
conduction  problems.  Special  applications  in 
heat  conduction  field. 

MNE  542  three  credits 
Convective  Heat  Transfer 

Prerequisite:  MNE  41 1  or  equivalent 
Boundary  layer  flow  problems:  laminar  and 
turbulent  plows.  Thermal  boundary  layer 
plows.  Dimensional  analysis.  Forced 
convection  problems.  Free  convection 
problems.  Duct  flows.  Boiling  and  Conden- 
sation. Special  convection  problems.  Heat 
Exchange  Design.  Applications. 

MNE  543  three  credits 
Radiation  Heat  Transfer 

Prerequisite:  MNE  41 1  or  equivalent 
Basic  concepts  and  fundamental  relations  of 
thermal  radiation.  Radiation  field;  Kirchoff's 
laws.  Radiation  density.  Radiation  pressure. 
Blackbody  radiation.  Graybody  radiation. 
Radiative  heat  exchanges  among  surfaces,  in 
enclosures.  Radiation  through  weakly 
absorbing  media. 


MNE  551  three  credits 
Compressible  Fluid  Flow 

Prerequisite:  MNE  431  or  equivalent 
Conservation  laws.  Wave  propagation  in 
compressible  media.  Isentropic  flow.  Normal 
and  oblique  shock  waves.  Prandt-Meyer 
flow.  Converging-diverging  nozzles  and 
supersonic  diffuses.  Supersonic  oblique 
shock  diffuses.  Exit  flow  for  underexpanded 
and  overexpanded  supersonic  nozzles. 
Fanne  line  flow.  Rayleigh  line  flow. 

MNE  552  three  credits 
Computational  Fluid  Mechanics 

Prerequisite:  MNE  504 
Solutions  to  Navier-Stokes  equations.  Finite 
difference  methods:  Lax-Wendroff, 
MacCormack,  Rusanov,  implicit,  forward- 
time  and  centered-method,  leap-frog/ 
Dufort-Frankel,  ADI,  predictor-corrector 
methods.  Grid  generation.  Accuracy  and 
convergence. 

MNE  560  three  credits 

Methods  of  Experimental  Research 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
The  need  and  subject  matter  of  research. 
Laws,  truths,  analogy  and  hypothesis. 
Identifying  and  clustering  parameters.  Use 
of  models.  Experimental  setup.  Induction, 
deduction,  statistics,  and  conclusions. 
Presentation  and  use  of  finding. 

MNE  570  three  credits 
Reading  and  Research 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  and 
approval  of  student's  graduate  committee 
Independent  study  under  faculty  supervi- 
sion. Intensive  literature  search  culminating 
in  a  technical  report.  Oral  presentation  at 
the  option  of  the  faculty. 

MNE  580  six  credits 
Masters  Thesis 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing,  Thesis 
Option,  and  approval  of  the  student's 
Graduate  Committee 
Thesis  research  on  an  experimental  or 
theoretical  project  in  mechanical  engineer- 
ing under  a  faculty  advisor.  A  formal  thesis 
must  be  submitted  to  fulfill  the  course 
requirements. 

MNE  590  six  credits 
Masters  Project 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing,  Project 
Option,  and  approval  of  the  student's 
Graduate  Committee 

Project  research  in  conjunction  with  industry 
under  a  faculty  advisor.  A  formal  report 
must  be  submitted  to  fulfill  the  course 
requirements. 


255 


College  of  Engineering 


Physics 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Physicists  are  involved  in  theoretical  studies, 
in  experimental  research,  and  in  the 
development  of  new  devices  to  uncover  the 
mysteries  of  nature;  they  probe  the  depths 
of  space,  design  and  program  computers, 
solve  environmental  problems,  teach 
science,  and  investigate  the  structure  of 
nuclei.  Research  in  physics  has  often  paved 
the  way  for  technological  innovations  such 
as  lasers,  fusion  power,  solar  cells, 
diagnostic  techniques  in  medicine,  and 
solid-state  electronics.  Physicists  lead  some 
of  the  world's  major  technology  companies. 
Physicists  spearheaded  the  development  of 
the  vast  Internet  computer  network. 

The  powerful  array  of  technical  skills 
acquired  by  physics  majors — critical 
thinking  and  problem  solving,  computers, 
electronics,  mathematical  analysis,  technical 
writing — are  of  practical  importance  in 
many  areas  of  theoretical  and  applied 
science.  Employers  value  the  broad  training, 
versatility,  and  laboratory  experience  of 
physics  graduates. 

In  addition  to  experiencing  the 
department's  course  offerings,  students  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  research  in 
physical  oceanography,  particle  physics, 
theoretical  physics,  liquid  crystals,  (electro- 
)optics,  traffic  engineering,  computational 
physics,  physics  education  and  astronomy. 
In  addition,  many  possibilities  exist  for 
physics  students  to  study  and  participate  in 
research  in  closely  allied  areas  such  as 
computer  science,  acoustics,  electro-optics 
with  faculty  in  departments  in  engineering, 
science,  and  mathematics. 

The  physics  department  has  equipment 
including  computers,  lasers,  x-ray  appara- 
tus, and  a  fully-equipped  observatory  with  a 
new  state  of  the  art  16  inch  Meade 
computer-controlled  telescope  and 
electronic  CCD  imaging  camera.  A 
significant  number  of  our  faculty  and 
students  are  involved  in  the  Marine  Science 
program  offered  through  the  newly 
established  system-wide  Intercampus 
Graduate  School  (IGS)  of  Marine  Science 
and  Technology. 


Jim  Bisagni  satellite  oceanography,  physical 
oceanography,  and  physical-biological 
interactions 

Renate  Crawford  liquid  crystal  displays, 
polymer-liquid  crystal  composites,  physics 
education  and  outreach 

Avijit  Gangopadhyay  physical  oceanogra- 
phy, ocean  modeling  and  prediction,  ocean- 
atmosphere  interaction,  El  Nino  and  climate 
system  dynamics  and  modeling 

Alan  Hirshfeld  astrophysics,  history  of 
astronomy 

Elliott  Horch  observational  astronomy, 
astrophysics,  astronomical  imaging  systems 

Jong-Ping  Hsu  symmetry  principles  and 
gauge  field  theories 

Grant  O'Rielly  photonuclear  physics  at 
intermediate  energies,  few-body  systems, 
pion  photoproduction,  fundamental  nuclear 
energies 

Amit  Tandon  fluid  dynamics,  physical 
oceanography,  environmental,  and 
computational  physics 

Jay  (Jianyi)  Wang  theory  and  simulations 
of  electronic,  atomic  and  optical  processes, 
ion-solids  and  ion-surface  interactions, 
computational  physics 

Marguerite  Zarrillo  traffic  engineering, 
queuing,  computer  simulation  and  modeling 
of  surface  transportation,  active  galactic 
nuclei,  radio  astronomy,  and  astrophysics 

Faculty  in  Related  Fields 

Several  members  of  other  departments 
teach  courses  with  a  large  component  of 
physics  and  carry  out  research  in  areas 
which  may  interest  physics  students.  The 
following  faculty  members  are  included  in 
this  category.  Students  should  always  feel 
free  to  propose  interdisciplinary  projects, 
even  if  faculty  involved  are  not  on  this  list: 

David  A.  Brown  acoustics  and  transduction 

John  R.  Buck  underwater  acoustics  and 
signal  processing 

Lee  E.  Estes  electro-optics,  underwater 
systems 

Dana  Fine  applied  math,  gauge  theory 


Mission 

As  the  focus  of  its  mission,  the  Physics 
Department  works  to  provide  its 
students  with: 
1 

a  comprehensive,  high-quality  education 

in  the  physical  sciences; 

2 

a  flexible  curriculum  that  allows  students 
to  tailor  their  education  according  to 
their  specific  interests; 
3 

the  opportunity  to  experience  the 
excitement  of  scientific  discovery 
through  direct  participation  in  faculty 
research; 
4 

an  increased  awareness  of  the  physical 
processes  in  the  surrounding  world; 
5 

the  essential  knowledge  and  analytical 
tools  with  which  to  pursue  post- 
graduate education  in  a  variety  of 
physics-related  fields; 
6 

the  foundation  for  eventual  success  in 
any  of  a  broad  array  of  careers;  and 
7 

the  motivation  for  a  lifelong  love  of 
learning. 


256 


Physics  Major  Physics  Major 

BS  degree  Conventional  Option 


Requirements 


Career  plans  of  the  physics  major  may 
include  graduate  study  in  physics,  materials 
science,  biophysics,  geophysics,  oceanogra- 
phy, medical  physics,  or  in  various  branches 
of  applied  science  or  engineering.  Other 
physics  majors  establish  careers  in  industrial 
or  government  laboratories  or  teach  in 
secondary  schools.  A  major  in  physics  is 
sometimes  selected  by  students  wishing  to 
enter  the  professions  of  law,  business,  or 
medicine  with  the  competitive  edge  that  a 
good  physics  background  can  provide. 

The  advanced  courses  selected  during  the 
third  and  fourth  years  should  be  consistent 
with  the  students'  interests  and  goals.  These 
interests  may  be  in  physics  or  in  allied  fields 
such  as  astronomy,  computer  science, 
environmental  science,  biophysics,  meteorol- 
ogy and  oceanography. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  arrange 
supervised  independent  study  as  well  as 
work  on  individual  research  projects.  There 
are  frequent  opportunities  for  student 
participation  in  faculty  research. 

Students  should  consult  frequently  with 
their  departmental  advisors  and  familiarize 
themselves  with  department  activities  such 
as  the  meetings  and  special  lectures  of  the 
Physics  Club. 

The  department  also  offers  a  graduate 
program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science 
degree  in  physics  and,  in  conjunction  with 
UMass  Amherst,  offers  a  cooperative  PhD 
program. 


Of  the  120  credits  needed  for  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  physics,  the  department 
requires  45  credits  in  physics,  12  credits  in  specified  courses  in  mathematics,  and  6  credits  in 
courses  in  a  second  science  or  mathematics  or  engineering.  The  recommended  course 
sequence  of  required  and  recommended  mathematics  courses  is  given.  Of  the  120  credits, 
30  must  be  in  the  upper-division.  Each  student  is  required  to  consult  with  his  or  her  advisor 
before  registering  for  courses. 


Semester  Credits 


First  Year 

EGR  107,  108 
PHY  111  (or  113) 
PHY  112  (or  114) 
MTH  113  (or  111) 
MTH  114  (or  112) 
ENL  101,  102 


Second  Year 

PHY  1 15 
PHY  213 
PHY  225,  227 
PHY  234 
MTH  213  (or  21 
MTH  212 
ENL  266 
CIS  115 


Third  Year 

PHY  341,  342 
PHY  300 
PHY  313 
MTH  321,  322 


Fourth  Year 


Intro.  Engineering  through  Applied  Sci.  I,  II1 
Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  I2 
Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  II2 
Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  I 
Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  II 
Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 
General  Education 

(Recommended  Sequence) 
Introduction  to  Classical  Physics 
Applied  Modern  Physics 
Introductory  Experimental  Physics  I,  II 
Intermediate  Mathematical  Physics 
Calculus  for  Applied  Sci.  and  Engineering  III 
Differential  Equations  I  (recommended) 
Technical  Communications 
Computer  Programming  with  C3 
General  Education 

(Recommended  Sequence) 

Modern  Physics  and  Quantum  Mechanics  I,  II 

Undergraduate  Seminar 

Mechanics 

Topics  in  Applied  Math  I,  II  (recommended)4 
Physics  Electives  (minimum  required)4 
General  Education 

(Recommended  Sequence) 
Advanced  Laboratory  Requirement5 
General  Education 
Physics  Electives  (minimum  required) 
Additional  Physics  Electives  or 
Free  Electives 


First 

3 


14 


3 
3 
15 

3 
3 
3 
3 

3 
15 

3 
3 
3 

6 
15 


Second 

2 


4 
3 
3 
16 


3 
1 
3 

3 
3 

3 
16 


3 
3 
6 

15 


10 
14 


Total  credits 


120 


General  Education  Departmental 
Requirement 

Students  majoring  in  Physics  will  meet  their 
departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Select  a  course  from  the  approved 
list 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  CIS  1 1 5  or  other  CIS/ 

computer  course  approved  by  advisor 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  ENL  266  or  PHY  1 1 5 
Area  O:  PHY  1 15 


1  Students  who  transfer  from  another  school  or  who  change  their  UMmass  Dartmouth  major 
to  Physics  should  see  their  advisor  for  substitute  courses. 

2  A  grade  of  'O  or  better  is  required  for  physics  majors  in  the  PHY  1 1 1/1 12  or  PHY  113/114 
sequence. 

3  Other  computer  courses  may  be  substituted  for  CIS  1 1 5,  as  approved  by  advisor. 

4  MTH  321/322  are  recommended  OR  students  must  take  a  total  of  six  credits  of  science  or 
mathematics  or  engineering  courses  offered  by  the  following  departments:  biology, 
chemistry,  computer  and  information  science,  mathematics,  civil  engineering,  electrical 
computer  engineering  or  mechanical  engineering.  200-  or  300-level  physics  courses  in  the 
area  of  astrophysics  are  also  eligiblet.  The  courses  must  be  acceptable  for  credit  to  students 
majoring  in  the  respective  science  or  engineering  departments,  and  be  approved  by  the 
advisor 

5  Upper-division  Laboratory  requirement:  a  minimum  of  6  credits  must  be  selected  from  the 
laboratory  courses  PHY  321,  322,  421,  422 — included  in  total  of  minimum  required  physics 
electives  (ECE  211,  251  may  substitute  for  PHY  321). 

Physics  Electives  are  listed  on  the  following  page 


257 


College  of  Engineering 


Physics  Major 

Materials  Science  Option 


Requirements 


Electives:  Conventional  Physics  Option 


PHY  251,  252 
PHY  301 
PHY  314 
PHY  315 


PHY  321,  322 

PHY  351,  352 
PHY  363 
PHY  41 1,  412 

PHY  421,  422 

PHY  441 
PHY  442 

PHY  495 
PHY  480 
PHY  490 
PHY  510 
PHY  521 
PHY  531 

PHY  543 
PHY  550 


Elem  Astrophysics  I,  II 
Undergraduate  Seminar 
Wave  Motion* 
Fluid  Mechanics 
Supplement 
(Corequisite  MNE  332) 
Electronic  Devices  and 
Circuits* 

Physics  of  the  Environment 
Intermediate  Astrophysics 
Electric  and  Magnetic 
Fields  I,  II* 
Advanced  Physics 

Laboratory  I,  II* 
Statistical  Thermodynamics 
Elements  of  Solid  State 
Physics 

Independent  Study 
Undergraduate  Research 
Senior  Thesis 
Special  Topics  in  Physics 
Computational  Physics 
Intermediate  Quantum 
Mechanics  I* 

Statistical  Thermodynamics 
Fundamentals  of  Physical 
Oceanography 


Materials  science  is  a  rapidly  developing  field  that  includes  theoretical  and  experimental 
studies  relating  to  solid  state  microelectronics,  liquid  crystals,  superconductors,  optical  fibers, 
metallic  alloys,  ceramic  materials,  gravity-free  processing,  and  other  advanced  applications. 


Semester  Credits 


*  Students  who  intend  to  continue  their 
studies  in  physics  at  the  graduate  level 
should  consult  with  their  advisors.  A  typical 
course  selection  for  students  planning  on 
attending  graduate  school  is  indicated 
above  by  a  star  after  the  course  number. 


Recommended  Electives:  Materials 
Science  Option 

ECE  231    Electrical  Material  Science** 

EGR  232    Engineering  thermodynamics 

PHY  314    Wave  Motion* 

PHY  411,412  Electric/magnetic  Fields  I,  II* 

MNE  471    Physical  Metallurgy 

PHY  531    Intermediate  Quantum 

Mechanics  I* 
CHM  523  Thermodynamics 

*  Recommended  for  graduate-school  bound 
students 

**  Requires  a  minimal  knowledge  of  circuit 
theory  —  PHY  321  is  sufficient 


First  Year 

EGR  107,  108 
PHY  1 1 1  (or  113) 
PHY  112  (or  114) 
MTH  113  (or  111) 
MTH  114  (or  112) 
CHM  151,  161 
CHM  152,  162 
ENL  101 

Second  Year 

PHY  1 1 5 
PHY  213 
PHY  225,  227 
PHY  234 
MNE  231 

MTH  213  (or  211) 
ENL  102 
ENL  266 
CIS  115 

Third  Year 

PHY  313 
PHY  321,  322 
PHY  341,  342 
CHM  315,  316 
PHY  300 


Fourth  Year 

PHY  441 
PHY  442 


Intro.  Engineering  through  Applied  So.  I,  II 
Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  I 
Physics  for  Science  &  Engineering  II 
Calculus  for  Applied  So.  and  Engineering  I 
Calculus  for  Applied  So.  and  Engineering  II 
Pnnc.  Modern  Chem.  I  /  Applied  Chem.  I 
Pnnc.  Modern  Chem.  II/  Applied  Chem  II 
Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I 


Introduction  to  Classical  Physics 
Applied  Modern  Physics 
Introductory  Experimental  Physics  I.  II 
Intermediate  Mathematical  Physics 
Materials  Science1 

Calculus  for  Applied  So.  and  Engineering  III 
Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II 
Technical  Communications 
Computer  Programming  with  C2 


Mechanics 

Electronic  Devices  and  Circuits  I,  II3 
Modern  Physics  &  Quantum  Mech  I,  II1 
Physical  Chemistry  I,  II1 
Undergraduate  Seminar 
General  Education 


Statistical  Thermodynamics1 
Elements  of  Solid  State  Physics1 
General  Education 
Free  Electives 
Physics  Electives*** 


Total  credits: 


First 

3 
4 

4 

4 

15 

3 

2 

3 
4 
3 

15 

3 
3 
3 
4 
3 

16 

3 

6 

6 
15 


Second 

2 

4 

4 

4 
3 
17 


3 
3 
13 


3 
3 
4 

6 
16 


3 
6 
3 
3 

15 
122 


1  Required  courses  for  materials  science  option  (beyond  those  for  Conventional  Option). 

2  Other  computer  course  may  be  substituted  for  CIS  1 1 5,  but  must  be  approved  by  advisor. 

3  Upper-division  Laboratory  requirement:  a  minimum  of  6  credits  must  be  selected  from  the 
laboratory  courses  PHY  321,  322.421,  422—  included  m  total  minimum  required  physics 
electives  (ECE  21 1,  251  may  substitute  for  PHY  321). 


258 


Alternative  Paths  Program  Requirements 

Depending  on  the  results  of  placement  testing,  new  freshman  students  may  be  placed  into 
one  of  the  following  first-year  curricula  in  lieu  of  the  standard  curriculum. 

Semester  Credits 

First  Second 

3  3 
3 

3 

4 
4 

3 

3 

6 

15  17 
First  Second 


First-Year  Courses  for  Algebra-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101.  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II  3  3 

CHM151  Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I  3 

CHM  161  Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I  1 

MTH100  Basic  Algebra  3* 

MTH  131  Precalculus  4 

PHY  162  Science,  Technology,  and  Society  II: 

Environment  3 
EGR  131  Introduction  to  Design  1 

General  Education  Electives  6 


15  12 

*  Students  receive  3  administrative  credits  for  Math  100.  Administrative  credits  do  not 
count  towards  the  total  credits  required  for  graduation. 


First  Year  Courses  for  Precalculus-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

CHM  1 53  Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  for  Engineers 

MTH  131  Precalculus 

MTH  1 13  Calculus  For  Science  and  Engineering  I 

PHY  1 1 1  Physics  for  Science  and  Engineering  I 

PHY  162  Science,  Technology,  and  Society  II: 

Environment 

EGR  107  Introduction  to  Engineering  Applied  Science  I 

General  Education  Electives 


259 


College  of  Engineering 


Physics  Minors  Physics  Courses 


In  the  course  of  their  studies,  many  UMass  Dartmouth  students  acquire  a  background  in 
basic  physics  and  mathematics  which  enables  them  to  take  upper  division  physics  courses.  A 
number  of  these  students  may  elect  to  extend  their  study  of  physics  into  more  advanced 
areas  A  major  goal  of  our  two  physics  minors  is  to  provide  encouragement  and  formal 
recognition  for  these  students. 

The  Physics  Minor  has  the  additional  goal  of  establishing  the  physics  background  needed  to 
enter  interdisciplinary  fields  which  have  a  significant  physics  content.  This  would  be 
particularly  useful  for  students  majoring  in  fields  such  as  Chemistry,  Mathematics,  Engineer- 
ing, and  Computer  Science.  Students  considering  a  career  in  fields  such  as  Biophysics  or 
Medical  Physics  would  benefit  from  a  minor  in  physics. 

The  Environmental  Physics  Minor  focuses  specifically  on  the  physics  background  needed  to 
enter  interdisciplinary  environmental  fields  which  have  a  significant  physics  content. 

Students  who  wish  to  enter  either  program  must  obtain  approval  of  the  Physics  Department 
chairperson,  preferably  before  enrolling  in  upper-division  courses.  Students  who  adopt  one 
of  the  Physics  minors  must  meet  the  university  requirements  of  cumulative  grade  point 
averages  and  total  number  of  credits.  In  addition,  the  Physics  Department  requires  that  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average  in  physics  courses  submitted  for  recognition  of  completion 
of  a  minor  in  physics  be  2.0  or  above. 


Physics 
Requirements 


credits 


PHY  113  Classical  Physics  I 

PHY  114  Classical  Physics  II 

PHY  213  Applied  Modern  Physics  OR 

PHY  1 1 5  Intro,  to  Classical  Physics 


following  upper  division  courses: 


Environmental  Physics 
Requirements 

Classical  Physics  I  OR 
Introduction  to  Physics  I 


4 

PHY 

113 

4 

PHY 

101 

3 

3 

PHY 

114 

1 

PHY 

102 

PHY 

351 

PHY 

352 

credits 


3  or  4 


3  or  4 


PHY 

300 

PHY 

313 

PHY 

314 

PHY 

341 

PHY 

351 

PHY 

363 

PHY 

411 

PHY 

441 

PHY 

442 

PHY 

531 

Undergraduate  Seminar 

Mechanics 

Wave  Motion 

342  Modern  Physics  and 

Quantum  Mechanics  I,  II 
352  Environmental  Physics  I,  II 
Intermediate  Astrophysics 
412  Electric  &  Magnetic  Fields  I, 
Statistical  Thermodynamics 
Elements  of  Solid  State  Physics 
Intermediate  Quantum  Mech.  I 


Total  20 


Notes:  Physics  Minor 


Certain  other  graduate  courses  may  be 
substituted  for  the  listed  upper  division 
courses,  with  the  approval  of  the  Physics 
Department. 

A  student  wishing  to  minor  in  Physics  must 
also  acquire  a  substantial  background  in 
calculus  (MTH  1 1 1 ,  1 1 2,  and  2 1 1  or  equi- 
valent are  required). 


PHY 


PHY 


Physics  of  the  Environment  I  3 
Physics  of  the  Environment  II  3 
300/400/500  Physics  elective  3 
with  an  environmental  theme* 
One  other  Physics  environ- 
mental elective**  3 

Total  18-20 


Notes:  Environmental  Physics  Minor 

*  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Oceanography  is 
an  example. 

**  Environmentally  related  courses  include 
PHY  162,  163,  171,  172,  and  182. 


PHY  030  three  administrative  credits* 
START  Science  I 

A  laboratory  based  course  which  develops 
scientific  reasoning  skills  by  the  study  of 
basic  physical  concepts.  Students  study 
properties  of  matter  (mass,  volume,  density, 
etc.).  This  course  is  for  students  accepted  to 
the  university  into  the  special  START 
Program.  (Formerly  STR  030,  fall  semester.) 

PHY  101  three  credits  S 
Introduction  to  Physics  I 

Pre- or  Corequisite:  MTH  101  recommended 
An  introductory  course  in  physics  covering 
mechanics,  heat,  and  thermodynamics. 
Emphasis  is  on  fundamentals  and  their 
application  to  practical  problems.  Non- 
calculus  presentation. 

PHY  102  three  credits  S 
Introduction  to  Physics  II 

Pre-  or  Corequisite:  MTH  102  recommended 
Continuation  of  PHY  101 .  The  topics 
covered  include  heat  and  thermodynamics, 
vibrations,  optics,  electricity  and  magnetism. 
Non-calculus  presentation 

PHY  103  one  credit  S 
General  Physics  Laboratory  I 

2  hours  laboratory 

A  laboratory  course  that  accompanies  PHY 
101 .  An  introduction  to  experimental 
techniques.  Experiments  in  mechanics. 

PHY  104  one  credit  S 
General  Physics  Laboratory  II 

2  hours  laboratory 

A  laboratory  course  that  accompanies  PHY 
102  or  PHY  108.  Experiments  m  optics, 
electricity  and  modern  physics  using 
electrical  measurement  techniques. 

PHY  111  four  credits 

Physics  for  Science  and  Engineering  I 

4  hours  lecture 

Corequisite:  MTH  1 13,  EGR  107 
A  calculus-based  introduction  to  the 
concepts  of  classical  mechanics.  The  course 
is  taught  in  an  active  learning  mode  in  a 
computerized  physics  studio.  Topics  include 
one  and  two  dimensional  motion,  dynamics, 
conservation  of  energy  and  momentum, 
rotational  motion  and  angular  momentum. 
Covers  the  same  topics  as  PHY  1 13  in  an 
integrated  instructional  mode.  This  course,  a 
version  of  PHY  1 13  for  the  integrated 
freshman  year  curriculum  in  engineering, 
may  be  repeated  as  PHY  113. 


*  Administrative  credits  do  not  count 
toward  the  total  required  for  graduation. 


260 


Gen  Ed  note:  Physics  courses  satisfy  the 
Natural  Science  and  Technology  require- 
ment. Those  marked  S  below  are  appropri- 
ate for  non-science/engineering  majors. 
Some  courses  satisfy  other  requirements,  as 
noted. 


PHY  112  four  credits 

Physics  for  Science  and  Engineering  II 

4  hours  lecture 

Prerequisite:  PHY  1 1 1  or  PHY  113 
Corequisite:  MTH  1 14,  EGR  108 
A  calculus-based  introduction  to  the 
concepts  of  thermodynamics  and  electricity 
and  magnetism.  The  course  is  taught  in  an 
active  learning  mode  in  a  computerized 
physics  studio.  Topics  include  the  first  and 
second  laws  of  thermodynamics,  electric 
fields,  flux,  electric  potential,  elementary  DC 
and  AC  circuits  and  magnetic  fields.  Covers 
the  same  topics  as  PHY  1 14  in  an  integrated 
instructional  mode.  This  course,  a  version  of 
PHY  1 14  for  the  integrated  freshman  year 
curriculum  in  engineering,  may  be  repeated 
as  PHY  114. 

PHY  113  four  credits  O  if  honors 
Classical  Physics  I 

Includes  2-hour  weekly  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  MTH  1 13  or  1 1 1 
A  calculus  based  introduction  to  classical 
mechanics  emphasizing  problem  solving. 
Topics  include  particle  kinematics  and 
dynamics,  concepts  of  work,  energy  and 
momentum,  rotational  motion  and 
oscillations. 

PHY  114  four  credits  O  if  honors 
Classical  Physics  II 

Includes  2-hour  weekly  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  MTH  1 14  or  1 12 
Continuation  of  PHY  1 13.  Study  of  electric 
and  magnetic  fields,  electric  potential, 
capacitance  and  inductance,  elementary 
circuits,  electromagnetic  oscillations,  and 
optics. 

PHY  115  three  credits  S,  W.  O 
Introduction  to  Classical  Physics 

Prerequisite:  PHY  111  or  1 1 3 
This  course  treats  topics  in  classical  physics 
from  the  areas  of  waves,  optics,  and 
thermodynamics.  Two  oral  presentations 
with  technical  write-ups  are  required. 

PHY  130  three  credits  S 
START  Science  II 

Prerequisite:  PHY  030  (STR  030) 
A  laboratory  based  course  which  develops 
scientific  reasoning  skills  by  the  study  of 
basic  physical  concepts,  continuing  from  STR 
030.  Students  study  properties  of  motion 
(position,  velocity,  acceleration,  etc.).  This 
course  is  for  students  accepted  to  the 
university  into  the  special  START  Program. 
(Formerly  STR  130,  spring  semester.) 

PHY  151  three  credits  S 
Introductory  Astronomy 


An  introduction  to  astronomy  that  surveys 
the  content,  structure,  and  scale  of  the 
cosmos  as  it  is  presently  known.  Properties 
of  the  solar  system,  the  sun  and  stars,  exotic 
objects  such  as  pulsars  and  black  holes, 
galaxies,  quasars,  and  the  universe  as  a 
whole  are  discussed.  Each  semester  a 
different  topic  of  current  interest  in 
astronomical  research  will  also  be  covered. 
Evening  observing  sessions  will  be  arranged. 

PHY  161  three  credits  S 

Science,  Technology,  and  Society  I 

Interaction  of  science  and  technology  with 
the  individual  and  contemporary  society. 
Topics  include  forensic  physics,  including 
how  science  and  technology  are  used  in 
today's  judicial  system. 

PHY  162  three  credits  E,  S,  G 
Science,  Technology,  and  Society  II: 
The  Environment 

This  course  studies  current  environmental 
issues  and  their  relations  to  technological 
choices.  For  example,  air  and  water  quality 
are  examined  in  relation  to  the  use  of 
various  renewable  and  non-renewable 
energy  resources.  The  course  is  non- 
mathematical  and  satisfies  3  credits  of  the 
Natural  Science  requirement. 

PHY  163  three  credits  S 

Energy  and  Energy  Alternatives 

A  non-mathematical  yet  quantitative  survey 
of  contemporary  energy  questions.  Energy 
sources  such  as  coal,  oil,  natural  gas,  solar 
energy,  and  wind  power  are  examined. 
Energy  conservation  techniques  are 
examined  in  detail. 

PHY  171  three  credits  S 

Planet  Earth  and  its  Resources  I 

Origin  and  history  of  earth;  composition  and 
structure  of  its  interior,  crust,  oceans,  and 
atmosphere.  Plate  tectonics  and  sea  floor 
spreading;  seismology,  vulcanism  and 
earthquakes;  magnetism  of  earth.  Forces 
shaping  earth's  surface,  faults  and  folds, 
erosion,  sedimentation  and  weathering. 
Earth  materials:  soil,  minerals  and  ores, 
igneous,  sedimentary,  and  metamorphic 
materials.  Earth  resources:  salts  and 
fertilizers,  chemical  supplies,  and  building 
materials. 

PHY  172  three  credits  S 

Planet  Earth  and  its  Resources  II 

Earth  resources:  rare  and  abundant  metals 
and  their  uses,  history  of  life  on  earth,  the 
fossil  record.  Energy  and  fossil  fuels  Nuclear 
energy  sources,  uranium,  plutonium,  and 
deuterium.  Water  and  its  distribution,  rate  of 


use,  and  pollution.  Atmospheric-oceanic 
circulation  and  heat  balance.  Weather  and 
climate.  Humanity  as  agent  of  change  on 
planet  Earth.  Outlook  on  future. 

PHY  180  three  credits  S 

Scientific  and  Social  Aspects  of  Solar 

Energy 

The  development  of  solar  energy  in  the  U.S. 
Individual  sources  both  direct  and  indirect 
(biomass,  wind,  etc.)  are  examined  as  to 
current  state  of  the  art  and  future  potential 
Different  development  schemes  such  as 
centralized  or  distributed  modes  are 
considered.  The  goal  of  the  inquiry  will  be 
to  determine  the  optimum  paths  for  future 
development. 

PHY  182  three  credits  S,  G 
Introduction  to  the  Weather 

The  fundamentals  of  atmospheric  science. 
Basic  physical  principles  which  affect  the 
general  circulation  of  the  atmosphere  and 
their  relation  to  the  day-to-day  sequence  of 
weather  events  are  discussed.  As  part  of  the 
course,  students  generate  short-term 
forecasts  using  real  time  information 
available  by  computer  from  the  internet. 

PHY  183  three  credits  S,  G 
Global  Climate  Change 

What  we  know  about  global  climate  change 
and  how  to  understand  it,  and  with  what 
certainty  we  know  it,  aimed  to  meet  the 
increasing  need  for  citizens  of  the  world  to 
be  scientifically  literate  about  this  issue. 
Using  basic  physical  principles,  this  course 
concentrates  on  the  science  of  climate 
change. 

PHY  213  three  credits 
Applied  Modern  Physics 

4  classroom  hours  weekly 
Prerequisite:  PHY  1 12  or  1 14 
A  first  course  in  modern  physics  designed 
for  engineering  and  physics  students.  It 
deals  with  basic  atomic  and  nuclear  physics 
and  emphasizes  the  applied  areas  of 
modern  physics  that  are  likely  to  be  of  use  in 
practical  engineering  applications. 

PHY  225  two  credits 

Introductory  Experimental  Physics  I 

1  hour  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Introduction  to  techniques,  equipment  and 
data  analysis  in  experimental  physics. 
Develops  skills  in  the  use  of  instruments 
such  as  the  oscilloscope  and  multimeter; 
error  estimation  and  propagation;  data 
analysis  using  computer  spreadsheets;  and 
laboratory  notetaking  and  reporting.  The 
lectures  introduce  the  theory  of  error 


261 


College  of  Engineering 


analysis,  interpretation  of  experimental  data 
and  scientific  ethics. 

PHY  226  three  credits 

Introductory  Experimental  Physics  II 

(long  version) 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  PHY  225  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Continuation  of  PHY  225.  The  lecture 
portion  introduces  the  computer  as  a  tool  in 
physics  for  acquiring,  analyzing  and 
displaying  experimental  data,  and  comput- 
ers are  used  for  solving  differential 
equations  and  simulating  dynamical 
problems. 

PHY  227  one  credit 

Introductory  Experimental  Physics  II 
(short  version) 

3  hours  laboratory 

Prerequisite:  PHY  225  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Continuation  of  PHY  225. 

PHY  234  three  credits 
Intermediate  Mathematical  Physics 

3  hours  weekly 

Prerequisites:  PHY  1 1 2  or  1 1 4,  MTH  2 1 3  or 
211 

The  development  of  the  mathematical  and 
computational  tools  needed  for  solving 
more  advanced  physics  problems.  Topics  are 
selected  primarily  from  classical  mechanics 
and  electricity  and  magnetism. 

PHY  251  three  credits 
Elementary  Astrophysics  I 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  science  or 
mathematics  or  permission  of  instructor 
Basic  concepts  and  modern  developments  in 
astrophysics  at  an  elementary  level.  It  can  be 
used  to  fulfill  the  science  requirement. 
Subjects  to  be  discussed  range  from  the 
solar  system  and  the  structure  and  evolution 
of  the  stars  to  galaxies  and  the  expanding 
universe.  Observing  techniques  are  also 
taught  using  the  observatory  telescope. 

PHY  252  three  credits 
Elementary  Astrophysics  II 

Prerequisite:  PHY  251  or  permission  of 
instructor 

A  continuation  of  PHY  251,  this  course 
consists  of  a  more  detailed  analysis  of 
subjects  introduced  the  preceding  semester. 
Among  the  topics  to  be  considered  are 
cosmology  and  high-energy  astrophysics 
including  pulsars,  quasars  and  black  holes. 
More  advanced  observing  techniques  are 
introduced,  including  astrophotography  and 
electronic  imaging. 


PHY  261  three  credits  S 

Physics  of  Music:  Waves,  Wiggles,  and 

Music 

The  science  behind  how  musical  instruments 
work,  with  hands-on  activities  and  demon- 
stration No  mathematics  beyond  simple 
algebra  will  be  used.  Topics  include  simple 
vibrators;  waves  on  strings  and  in  other 
structures;  scales,  temperaments,  and 
harmony,  acoustical  environments: 
production  and  perception  of  musical  tones. 
Previous  musical  experience  is  helpful. 

PHY  271  three  credits  S 

The  Solar  System:  Exploring  the  Planets 

3  hours  lecture 
Prerequisite:  PHY  171 
Introduction  to  the  physical  nature  of  the 
solar  system.  Characteristics  of  the  planets 
and  major  satellites  will  be  examined  using 
lecture  and  WWW  sites.  Topics  will  include 
compositions,  internal  structures,  atmo- 
spheres, possibilities  for  biological  activity 
and  the  development  of  geologic  surface 
features.  The  presentation  is  non-math- 
ematical and  will  introduce  the  use  of  the 
observatory  and  basic  astrophotography. 

PHY  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

PHY  300,  301  three  credits  each 
Undergraduate  Seminar  I,  II 

A  seminar  conducted  at  the  sophomore- 
junior  level  on  topics  m  contemporary 
physics,  astrophysics  and  related  topics. 

PHY  313  three  credits 
Mechanics 

Prerequisites:  PHY  1 1 5.  234,  MTH  2 1 1  or 
213 

Mechanics  of  particle  systems  including 
central  force  motion  and  two  body 
scattering,  accelerating  coordinate  systems, 
rigid  body  kinematics  and  dynamics, 
coupled  oscillators,  small  vibrations  and 
normal  modes,  introduction  to  Lagrangian 
methods. 

PHY  314  three  credits 
Wave  Motion 

Prerequisites:  PHY  234,  MTH  211  or  2 1 3 


Wave  phenomena  in  mechanics,  optics  and 
acoustics  A  study  of  the  wave  equation  and 
its  applications  with  emphasis  on  the 
general  properties  of  waves  Interference, 
diffraction,  reflection,  refraction  and 
polarization 

PHY  315  1  credit 

Fluid  Mechanics  Supplement 

1  hour  lecture 

Prerequisites:  PHY  1 1 5,  MTH  211  or  2 1 3 
Corequisite:  MNE  332 
To  enhance  the  background  of  physics 
students  who  take  MNE  332  Specific  topics 
include  distributed  force  and  moment 
analysis  for  applications  to  fluid  statics, 
thermodynamic  principals  applied  to  fluid 
mechanics,  Conolis  force  m  rigid  bodies  and 
in  the  ocean-atmospheric  system,  and  basic 
force  balance  for  the  ocean  and  the 
atmospheric  flows. 

PHY  321  three  credits 
Electronic  Devices  and  Circuits  I 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  PHY  1 14,  MTH  211 

A  lecture  and  laboratory  course  in  electronic 
circuit  theory  covering  both  active  and 
passive  devices  and  elementary  networks. 

PHY  322  three  credits 

Electronic  Devices  and  Circuits  II 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  PHY  321 
A  continuation  of  PHY  321  with  emphasis 
on  applications  using  the  elements  and 
techniques  of  modern  research,  including 
mtegrated-circuit  devices,  digital  circuits, 
and  computer  interfacing. 

PHY  341  three  credits 
Modern  Physics  and  Quantum 
Mechanics  I 

Prerequisite:  PHY  213 
Experimental  evidence  leading  to  the 
development  of  modern  physics,  Bohr- 
Sommerfeld  theory  of  the  hydrogen  atom. 
Special  relativity,  introduction  to  the 
Schroedinger  equation  with  solutions  to 
simple  problems  leading  to  the  study  of  one 
electron  atoms.  Electron  spin,  magnetic 
moment,  and  the  fine  structure  in  hydrogen 
spectra. 

PHY  342  three  credits 

Modern  Physics  and  Quantum 

Mechanics  II 

Prerequisite:  PHY  341 
Continuation  of  PHY  341 .  Further  applica- 
tions of  the  principles  of  quantum  mechan- 
ics with  applications  to  many  particle 
systems.  Quantum  statistics,  atomic  spectra 


262 


of  many  electron  atoms,  nuclear  structure, 
nuclear  models  and  scattering. 

PHY  351  three  credits 
Physics  of  the  Environment  I 

Prerequisites:  A  one  year  course  in  physics 
and  MTH  101  or  131 
A  course  applying  scientific  concepts  and 
simple  mathematical  modeling  (noncalculus) 
to  environmental  problems.  Major  topics 
addressed  include  the  cycling  of  various 
substances  (water,  carbon,  sulfur,  etc.)  in 
the  natural  environment  and  effects  of 
anthropogenic  perturbations  on  them. 

PHY  352  three  credits 
Physics  of  the  Environment  II 

Prerequisite:  PHY  351 
Continuation  of  PHY  351.  Acid  rain, 
climatology  and  the  "greenhouse  effect". 
Survival  of  populations.  More  elaborate 
mathematical  modelling,  some  of  which 
involves  a  little  calculus,  but  a  knowledge  of 
calculus  is  not  a  prerequisite. 

PHY  363  three  credits 
Intermediate  Astrophysics 

Prerequisites:  PHY  251,  252,  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

This  course  explores  in  greater  detail  topics 
in  stellar  and  galactic  astronomy  that  were 
introduced  in  PHY  251-252.  Variable  stars, 
binary  stars,  star  clusters,  and  galactic 
structure  will  be  discussed  with  an  emphasis 
on  areas  of  current  astronomical  research. 
Astronomical  imaging  and  image-processing 
techniques  will  be  taught  using  equipment 
at  the  observatory. 

PHY  411  three  credits 
Electric  and  Magnetic  Fields  I 

Prerequisite:  PHY  234 
Study  of  the  fields  of  static  charges  and 
constant  currents,  the  properties  of 
dielectric  and  magnetic  materials,  and 
magnetic  induction  leading  to  the  formula- 
tion of  Maxwell's  equations. 

PHY  412  three  credits 

Electric  and  Magnetic  Fields  II 

Prerequisite:  PHY  41 1 

Continuation  of  PHY  41 1 .  Development  of 
the  wave  equation.  Electro-magnetic  waves 
in  space  and  in  matter.  Study  of  radiation 
from  time  varying  charge  and  current 
distributions. 


current  experimental  techniques  in  physics 
and  methods  of  data  analysis. 

PHY  422  three  credits 
Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  II 

1  hour  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  PHY  421 
A  continuation  of  PHY  42 1 .  Projects  in 
experimental  physics  with  emphasis  on 
independent  work  by  the  student. 

PHY  430  three  credits 

Methods  and  Strategies  for  Physics 

Teachers 

Prerequisites:  PHY  1 1 1  or  1 13,  1 12  or  1 14, 
213, 234 

This  course  is  designed  for  Physics  teachers. 
It  emphasizes  the  use  of  varied  teaching 
strategies  and  methods  to  cater  to  different 
learning  styles  of  students.  Attention  is  given 
to  analytic  and  graphic  as  well  as  intuitive 
presentation  of  physics  concepts  and 
phenomena.  Teaching  techniques  including 
audio-visual  aids,  demonstration  and  hand- 
on  experiments  are  used  to  enhance  the 
learning  experience. 

PHY  441  three  credits 
Statistical  Thermodynamics 

Prerequisite:  PHY  213 
The  laws  of  thermodynamics  and  their 
interpretation  based  on  the  microscopic 
behavior  of  matter.  Entropy  and  probability, 
equilibrium,  reversibility,  thermodynamic 
functions,  phase  changes,  quantum 
statistics.  Applications  to  problems  in  solid 
state  physics. 

PHY  442  three  credits 
Elements  of  Solid  State  Physics 

Prerequisite:  PHY  342 

Basic  concepts  of  condensed  matter  physics, 
crystal  structure,  crystal  diffraction,  lattice 
vibrations,  theory  of  metals,  semiconductors 
and  insulators,  magnetic  properties  of  solids. 

PHY  480  three  credits 
Undergraduate  Research 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  department 
Individual  work  under  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  member  on  an  experimental, 
theoretical,  or  literature  review  project  in 
physics.  This  work  may  lead  to  a  senior 
thesis  project  or  may  be  concluded  by  a 
written  report  at  the  end  of  the  term. 


PHY  490  three  credits 
Senior  Thesis 

Intensive  individual  work  on  an  experimental 
or  theoretical  problem  in  physics  under  the 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member.  The  special 
project  is  to  be  selected  at  the  beginning  of 
the  senior  year.  Credit  will  be  assigned  in 
the  second  semester. 

PHY  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Individual  study  of  selected  topics  in  physics 
under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  advisor.  This 
course  is  suitable  for  study  of  physics 
subfields  of  special  interest  to  individual 
students  and  faculty  members.  Conditions 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

PHY  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


PHY  421  three  credits 
Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  I 

1  hour  lecture,  4  hours  laboratory 

Prerequisites:  PHY  213,  226 

Laboratory  course  to  acquaint  students  with 


263 


College  of  Engineering 


Note:  500-level  courses  are  for  graduate 
students  and  advanced  undergraduates 
600-level  courses  are  for  graduate  students 
only.  See  the  Graduate  Catalogue  for 
graduate  general  and  program  require- 
ments. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Physics 

PHY  501  three  credits 
Graduate  Laboratory  I 

Principles  of  electronics  and  electronic 
instrumentation.  Recommended  for 
students  with  little  or  no  prior  experience  in 
electronics. 

PHY  502  three  credits 
Graduate  Laboratory  II 

Continuation  of  PHY  501.  Introduction  to 
experimentation  in  physics.  Recommended 
for  students  with  little  prior  experience  in 
conducting  experiments,  especially  those 
who  wish  to  enter  into  experimental 
research  projects.  Emphasis  is  on  advanced 
topics  and  methods  of  data  analysis. 

PHY  510  three  credits 
Special  Topics  in  Physics 

Prerequisites:  Variable,  depending  on  topic 
An  advanced  treatment  of  a  special  topic  in 
physics  with  an  emphasis  on  recent 
developments.  The  subject  matter  varies 
according  tho  the  interests  of  the  instructor 
and  the  students. 

PHY  515  three  credits 

Physics  of  Ocean  Boundary  Layers 

Prerequisites:  PHY  31 5  and  MNE  332  or 
equivalent;  or  exposure  to  PDEs  or 
undergradaute  fluid  medchanics 
Tools  and  the  physical  concepts  needed  to 
understand  the  physics  of  ocean  boundary 
layers.  This  course  considers  tensor  analysis, 
motion  relative  to  a  point,  Bousinessq 
approximation,  vorticity  dynamics  in 
geophysical  fluid  flows  and  the  physical 
processes  pertaining  to  oceanic  boundary 
layers,  surface  gravity  waves,  and  oceanic 
turbulence.  Also  discussed  is  surface  energy 
exchange  at  the  ocean-atmosphere 
interface. 

PHY  521  three  credits 
Computational  Physics 

Prerequisites:  CIS  1 15  and  PHY  313  or 
equivalents 

Application  of  computational  techniques  to 
computer  simulations  in  physical  science  and 
engineering.  The  course  covers  physical 
concepts  such  as  realistic  projectile  motion, 
planetary  systems,  nonlinear  dynamics, 
chaos  and  fractals,  and  electromagnetic  and 
quantum  systems.  The  course  exposes 
students  to  numerical  algorithms  and 
methods  such  as  solutions  to  optimization, 
quadrature,  fast  Fourier  transform,  and 
boundry  value  problems,  and  gives  hands- 
on  experience  in  programming  and 
computer  simulations. 


PHY  531  three  credits 
Intermediate  Quantum  Mechanics  I 

Fundamentals  of  quantum  mechanics 
Schrodmger  equation,  operator  techniques, 
angular  momentum,  central  force  motion, 
spin,  matrix  representations,  and  elementary 
perturbation  theory  are  studied. 

PHY  543  three  credits 
Statistical  Thermodynamics 

The  laws  of  thermodynamics  and  their 
interpretation  based  on  the  microscopic 
behavior.  Entropy  and  probability,  equilib- 
rium, reversibility,  thermodynamic  functions, 
phase  changes,  quantum  statistics  are 
studies.  Applications  to  problems  in  solid 
state  physics  are  examined.  (Formerly 
offered  as  offered  as  PHY  441 .) 

PHY  550  three  credits 

Fundamentals  of  Physical  Oceanography 

Prerequisite:  Differential  and  integral 
calculus  or  permission  of  instructor 
Fundamental  physical  oceanographical 
processes  important  to  coastal  and  open 
ocean  environments.  Included  in  the  course 
are  lectures  by  current  researchers  in 
specialized  topics  such  as  satellite  oceanog- 
raphy and  numerical  modeling. 

PHY  611  three  credits 
Electromagnetic  Theory  I 

Boundary  value  problems  m  electrostatics. 
Green's  functions  and  eigenfunction 
expansions.  Also  examined  are  Maxwell's 
equations,  momentum  and  energy  of  the 
electromagnetic  field,  radiation,  multipole 
expansions,  scattering,  special  relativity  and 
Lagrangian  formulation,  radiation  from 
moving  charge,  radiation  reaction  (Formerly 
offered  as  PHY  522.) 

PHY  612  three  credits 
Electromagnetic  Theory  II 

Prerequisite:  PHY  61 1  or  equivalent 
Study  of  simple  radiating  systems,  scattering 
and  diffraction  of  electromagnetic  waves, 
radiation  by  moving  charges,  special  theory 
of  relativity,  Lorentz  transformation, 
covariant  formulation  of  Maxwell's 
equations,  relativistic  particle  dynamics, 
scattering  of  charged  particles,  radiation 
damping  and  self-fields  of  a  charged 
particle. 

PHY  615  three  credits 

Theoretical  Mechanics  and  Relativity 

The  Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  formula- 
tion of  Newtonian  mechanics.  Also  covered 
are  variational  principles,  transformation 
theory,  Poisson  brackets,  Hamilton-Jacobi 
theory,  special  relativity  and  the  covariant 


formulation  of  particle  mechanics.  General 
relativity  is  introduced.  (Formerly  offered  as 
PHY  521.) 

PHY  616  three  credits 
Graduate  Seminar 

A  seminar  devoted  to  the  discussion  of 
topics  in  modern  physics  and  related 
subjects.  (Formerly  offered  as  PHY  575.) 

PHY  621  three  credits 

Advanced  Mathematical  Physics  I 

Mathematical  methods  in  physics  Linear 
algebra,  complex  variable  theory, 
eigenfunction  expansions  and  orthogonal 
functions,  the  special  functions  of  math- 
ematical physics  are  studied  (Formerly  PHY 
511.) 

PHY  622  three  credits 

Advanced  Mathematical  Physics  II 

Continuation  of  PHY  511.  Partial  differential 
equations,  integral  equations,  Green's 
functions,  generalized  functions,  calculus  of 
variations,  and  group  theory  are  studied. 
(Formerly  PHY  512.) 

PHY  631  three  credits 

Intermediate  Quantum  Mechanics  II 

Radiative  processes  and  the  theory  of 
scattering.  Other  topics  included  are 
variational  principles,  symmetry  and 
mvanance  principles,  and  second  quantiza- 
tion. Relativistic  quantum  mechanics  and 
field  theory  are  introduced.  (Formerly 
offered  as  PHY  532  ' 

PHY  632  three  credits 
Advanced  Quantum  Mechanics 

Further  training  for  students  in  theoretical 
physics  on  a  graduate  level.  Explores  in 
depth  topics  discussed  in  PHY  531  and  PHY 
631.  (Formerly  offered  as  PHY  533.) 

PHY  635  three  credits 
Solid  State  Physics  I 

Basic  concepts  of  solid  state  physics, 
including  crystal  structures,  lattice  vibrations 
and  ionic  crystals.  Also  examined  are 
dielectric  and  optical  properties  of  insula- 
tors, ferroelectrics,  free  electron  theory  of 
metals,  energy  bands,  and  semiconductors. 
(Formerly  offered  as  PHY  541 .) 

PHY  636  three  credits 
Solid  State  Physics  II 

Theory  of  conductivity  and  related  effects. 
Rectification  and  transistors,  imperfection  in 
crystals,  plastic  deformation  color  centers, 
optical  properties  of  solids,  and  theory  of 
magnetism  are  also  studied.  (Formerly 
offered  as  PHY  542.) 


264 


PHY  641  three  credits 
Statistical  Mechanics 

Prerequisite:  PHY  213  or  equivalent 
Thermodynamics  and  its  statistical  interpre- 
tation. Canonical,  micro-canonical,  and 
grand  canonical  ensembles.  Boltzmann, 
Fermi,  and  Bose  distributions,  and  their 
applications  to  equilibrium  and  transport 
phenomena.  Phase  equilibrium  is  also 
studied. 

PHY  645  three  credits 

Ocean  Circulation  and  Modeling 

Prerequisite:  PHY  550  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Theories  of  ocean  circulation,  including 
wind-driven  and  thermohaline  components, 
and  their  numerical  modeling.  The  concepts 
of  geostrophy,  Sverdrup-to-Strommel 
dynamics,  stratification,  rotation,  and 
diffusion  processes  are  discussed  for  the 
general  circulation  features  in  all  three 
world  oceans.  Primitive  equation-based 
numerical  modeling  experiments  are 
discussed  for  the  global-scale,  basin-scale, 
regional-scale,  and  feature-based  models. 

PHY  651  three  credits 
Nuclear  Physics 

Structure  and  properties  of  nuclei.  Also 
studied  are  nuclear  forces  and  potentials, 
nuclear  shell  model  and  collective  model, 
strong,  electromagnetic,  and  weak 
interactions,  nuclear  reactions  and  decays. 
(Formerly  offered  as  PHY  551 .) 

PHY  652  three  credits 
Elementary  Particle  Physics 

Relativistic  kinematics  of  particle  motion, 
phenomenological  and  dynamical  theories 
of  particle  interactions  and  classification  of 
particles  according  to  symmetry  principles. 
(Formerly  offered  as  PHY  552.) 

PHY  655  three  credits 

Ocean  Atmosphere  Dynamics 

Prerequisite:  PHY  550  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Ocean  atmosphere  dynamic  interaction 
processes  related  to  short-term  and  long- 
term  climate  variability.  El  Niho/southern 
oscillation,  North  Atlantic  osscilation  and 
moonsoon  dynamics  are  discussed  with  the 
perspective  of  global  climate  change.  During 
the  semester  the  class  will  conduct  a  real- 
time monitoring  experiment  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean  using  the  Internet.  Also  presented  are 
advanced  assimilation  techniques  of  satellite 
(GEOSTAT,  Topex/Poseidon,  SeaWifs)  and 
in-situ  data  from  the  World  Ocean  Circula- 
tion Experiment  (WOCE)  in  numerical 
climate  models. 


PHY  660  three  credits 
Physical-Biological  Interactions  in  the 
Ocean 

Prerequisite:  PHY  550  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Fundamental  physical-biological  interactions, 
emphasizing  the  relationships  between 
physical  oceanographic  processes  and 
oceanic  biology  over  a  variety  of  spatial  and 
temporal  scales.  This  interdisciplinary  course 
uses  lectures,  readings,  and  sample 
problems,  and  requires  a  mini-research 
project  or  term  paper. 

PHY  661  three  credits 

Physical  Oceanography  of  Shallow  Seas 

Prerequisite:  PHY  550  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Physical  oceanographic  processes  important 
to  European  and  United  States  shallow  seas, 
continental  shelves,  and  banks,  and  their 
relationship  to  nutrients  and  biology 
(plankton  and  fish)  in  these  regions. 
Included  in  the  course  are  lectures  by 
current  researchers  in  appropriate  topics. 

PHY  662  three  credits 

Physical  Oceanography  of  Enclosed 

Basins 

Prerequisite:  PHY  550  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Physical  oceanographic  processes  important 
to  enclosed  basins  and  their  relationship  to 
nutrients  and  biology  (plankton  and  fish)  in 
these  regions.  Regions  of  study  include  the 
Gulf  of  Maine,  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and 
Mediterranean  Sea.  Included  in  the  course 
are  lectures  by  current  researchers  in 
appropriate  topics. 

PHY  680  three  credits 
Graduate  Project 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Directed  research  on  a  project  in  experimen- 
tal, theoretical,  or  applied  physics  under  the 
supervision  of  a  faculty  sponsor.  The 
research  may  be  concluded  with  a  written 
report  at  the  end  of  one  or  two  terms. 
Graded  A-F,  or  IP  if  the  project  is  conducted 
across  two  terms. 


PHY  685  three  credits 
Graduate  Research 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Supervised  research  on  an  experimental  or 
theoretical  topic  in  physics  under  a  faculty 
advisor.  This  course  is  offered  only  to 
students  indicating  strong  intention  and 
ability  to  do  thesis  work  in  subsequent 
semesters.  The  credits  are  considered 
equivalent  to  Thesis  (PHY  690)  if  thesis  work 
on  the  same  topic  is  taken  up  later. 
Otherwise,  a  written  report  is  required  at 
the  end  of  the  research.  Graded  A-F,  or  IP  if 
the  work  is  approved  to  be  continued  as 
PHY  690  Thesis,  in  which  case  the  grade 
earned  when  the  thesis  is  completed  will 
replace  the  IP. 


265 


College  of  Engineering 


Textile  Sciences 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


The  textile  industry  in  the  United  States 
depends  upon  the  quality  of  the  technical 
and  managerial  leadership  attracted  to  the 
industry.  Technological,  chemical,  and 
marketing  advances  in  the  industry  in  recent 
years  have  opened  the  door  to  many  career 
opportunities. 

Today's  modern  textile  industry  is  remark- 
ably diversified,  comprising  a  world  where 
one  can  develop  individual  talent  and 
specialize  in  aspects  of  manufacturing, 
chemistry,  marketing,  management,  styling, 
and  design.  Textiles  have  their  application  in 
every  conceivable  field  of  modern  day  living 
from  the  products  we  wear,  to  industry,  the 
environment,  medicine,  and  explorations  in 
space  and  the  oceans 

Government  and  industry  continue  to  have 
need  for  those  educated  in  the  textile 
sciences.  More  than  ever,  the  industry  relies 
on  well-educated  textile  graduates  to 
continue  its  manufacturing  excellence, 
develope  innovative  new  products,  and 
compete  in  a  high-tech,  global  market.  The 
curriculum  at  UMass  Dartmouth  educates  its 
students  to  meet  these  challenges  and 
contribute  to  the  industry's  future. 

Through  a  special  student  exchange 
program  with  the  University  of  Rhode  Island, 
students  may  spend  one  or  two  semesters  in 
the  Department  of  Textiles,  Fashion 
Merchandising,  and  Design.  Possible 
coursework  includes  fashion  retailing, 
fashion  buying,  textile  marketing,  textile 
history,  fashion  history,  apparel  design, 
apparel  production,  and  clothing  and 
human  behavior. 

Students  enrolled  in  Textile  Sciences  who 
have  an  interest  in  fashion,  buying,  or 
merchandising  that  extends  beyond  the 
course  offerings  at  UMass  Dartmouth  are 
eligible  to  become  "visiting  students"  at  the 
Fashion  Institute  of  Technology.  Students 
are  responsible  for  tuition  and  other  costs 
assessed  by  the  Fashion  Institute  of 
Technology. 

Textile  Science  students  can  also  take 
advantage  of  exchange  opportunities  with 
several  universities  in  eastern  Europe. 

The  Textile  Sciences  Department  awards  a 
number  of  industry-sponsored  scholarships 
every  year,  based  on  both  need  and 
academics  Textile  programs  qualify  under 
the  New  England  Regional  Student  Program 
to  allow  non-resident  students  from  the 
other  New  England  states  to  pay  a  reduced 


non-resident  tuition. 

The  Textile  Sciences  Building  has  approxi- 
mately 15,000  square  feet  of  laboratory 
space  devoted  to  research  and  education, 
with  equipment  for  the  processing  of  yarn 
from  the  raw  material  and  the  conversion  of 
these  yarns  into  various  textile  structures 
from  wovens  and  knits  to  composites  and 
specialty  products. 

Equipment  is  also  available  for  dyeing  small 
lots  of  fibers,  yarns,  and  fabrics  both 
atmospherically  and  under  pressure.  A 
variety  of  chemical  finishes  can  be  applied  to 
fabrics  to  produce  various  functional 
properties.  Students  gain  experience  with 
most  wet  finishing  operations  and  evaluat- 
ing performance  properties  during  each 
processing  stage. 

Most  of  the  research  conducted  by 
undergraduate  and  graduate  students,  in 
conjunction  with  faculty  members,  is  in  the 
area  of  materials  science.  The  department 
has  purchased  about  $700,000  in  new 
equipment  over  the  last  seven  years.  UMass 
Dartmouth  is  a  member  of  the  National 
Textile  Center  and  shares  resources  with 
several  other  universities  in  the  U.S. 


Paul  D.  Calvert  (chairperson)  materials 
science,  polymer  and  ceramic  structure/ 
property  relations,  biomatenals,  ink  jet 
printing 

Qinguo  Fan  textile  chemistry,  chemical 
analysis,  wastewater  treatment,  color 
science,  dye  chemistry 

Yong  Ku  Kim  textile  engineering,  fiber/ 
polymer  physics,  composite  materials, 
polymer  engineering,  medical  textiles 

Kenneth  Langley  flock  materials,  micros- 
copy, statistics,  yarn  processing,  natural 
fibers 

Samuel  C.  Ugbolue  polymer,  fiber,  and 
textile  science,  yarn  manufacture,  knitting 
and  clothing  engineering 

Steven  B.  Warner  fiber  formation  and 
properties,  material  science,  polymers, 
absorbency,  anisotropic  wicking,  nonwoven 
technology,  microscopy,  thermal  analysis, 
biomatenals 


Mission 

The  Department  of  Textile  Sciences: 
• 

Supplies  appropriately  educated  and  trained,  quality  graduates  at  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
and  Master  of  Science  levels  for  graduate  schools  or  leadership  roles  in  the  textile  and  allied 
industries, 
• 

Provides  research  and  development  capability  necessary  for  sustained  improvement  and  long 

term  growth  in  the  textile  sector,  and 

• 

Provides  outreach  programs  with  specialized  expertise  to  educate  and  disseminate  knowl- 
edge and  information,  and  to  drive  the  solution  of  increasingly  complex  and  textile  related 
problems. 

We  strive  to  stimulate  regional  as  well  as  national  industry  in  the  fiber,  textile,  and 
associated  fabricated  product  businesses  to  compete  successfully  in  the  global  marketplace. 


266 


Textile  Science 

BS  Degree 


General  Option  Requirements 

Semester  Credits 


This  program  of  study  offers  a  unique 

First 

Second 

blend  of  courses  in  the  textile  sciences, 

First  Year 

manufacturing,  and  management. 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

MTH  101,  102 

Elements  of  College  Math  I,  II 

3 

3 

The  program  also  enhances  the  student's 

GBA  101 

The  Business  Organization  I,  II 

1.5 

1.5 

knowledge  of  timely  environmental  issues 

TES  105 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Textile  Science 

3 

and  the  linking  of  science  and  management 

TES  110 

Environmental  Science  and  Business 

3 

principles  to  address  the  technological 

General  Education  Electives 

3 

6 

objectives  of  industry. 

13.5 

16.5 

Second  Year 

This  innovative  program  is  the  result  of 

ACT  21 1,  212 

Accounting  I,  II 

3 

3 

extensive  consultation  with  industry 

TES  201 

Fiber  Materials 

3 

representatives  and  is  designed  to  prepare 

ECO  231,  232 

Principles  Micro/Macroeconomics 

3 

3 

students  for  a  broad  selection  of  careers. 

MGT  210 

Business  Statistics  I 

3 

MKT  211 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3 

Business  Administration  Minor 

ENL  265 

Business  Communications 

3 

The  courses  in  Business  Information 

General  Education  Electives 

3 

3 

Systems,  Accounting,  Management,  and 

15 

15 

Marketing,  and  Economics  comprise  a 

Third  Year 

special  version  of  the  Business  Administra- 

TES 300 

Fabric  Design  and  Structure 

4 

tion  Minor  offered  by  the  College  of 

TES  301 

Textile  Manufacturing  I 

4 

Business.  Students'  transcripts  will  display 

TES  303 

Dyeing,  Printing,  and  Finishing  I 

4 

the  Textile  Science  major  and  a  Business 

TES  305 

Textile  Testing 

3 

Administration  minor.  This  minor  is 

TES  310 

Statistical  Quality  Control 

3 

required  for  completion  of  the  Textile 

TES  31 1 

Process  Optimization 

3 

Science  msjor. 

TEC  333 

Color  Science 

3 

FIN  312 

Fin^nri^l  Man^npmpnt 

I  M  ioi  iviaiiayciiciii. 

3 

BIS  315 

Information  Systems 

3 

MGT  311 

Organizational  Behavior 

3 

18 

15 

Fourth  Year 

TES  401 

Textile  Manufacturing  II 

4 

TES  402 

Advanced  Materials  and  Composites 

3 

MGT  333 

Quantitative  Business  Analysis 

3 

MGT  345 

Operations  Management 

3 

TES  410 

Manufacturing  Facilities  Design 

3 

TES  41  1 

Managing  Technology 

3 

TES  463 

Senior  Project  (Research  Experience/ 

Structured  Internship) 

3 

Free  Elective/Textile  Elective 

3 

3 

16 

12 

Total  Credits:  121 

Note:  In  the  junior  and  senior  years  specific  textile  science  courses  are  offered  every  other 
year.  Upperclass  students  must  take  these  courses  when  offered  as  soon  as  possible, 
otherwise  they  will  not  graduate  on  time. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Textile  Science  General  Option  will  meet  their  departmentally- 
controlled  General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  ECO  231 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  TES  31 1 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  265 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  TES  252 


267 


College  of  Engineering 


Textile  Science 

BS  Degree 


Applied  Fiber  Materials  Option 


Requirements 


Semester  Credits 


This  option  emphasizes  science  and 
engineering  principles  and  how  these 
interact  with  processing  and  high- 
performance  textile  structures,  for  students 
who  are  more  inclined  towards  careers  in 
product  development,  industrial  engineer- 
ing, or  research,  rather  than  in  manage- 
ment. 

New  freshman  students  will  be  considered 
for  this  option  during  an  initial  advising 
session  before  the  beginning  of  their  first 
semester.  Admissions  will  look  for  a 
secondary  school  background  in  mathemat- 
ics and  science  similar  to  that  expected  for 
admission  to  study  in  biology,  engineering, 
medical  laboratory  science,  and  nursing. 


First  Year 

TES  105 
TES  201 
ENL  101,  102 
CHM  151,  152 
CHM  161,  162 
MTH  111,  112 


Second  Year 

TES  350 
TES  301 
MNE  231 
PHY  1 13 
MGT  210 

ENL  266 
MTH  211 


Contemporary  Issues  in  Textile  Science 
Eiber  Materials 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 
Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I,  II 
Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I,  II 
Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  I,  II 
General  Education  Electives 


Environmental  Science  &  Indr.  Compliance 
Textile  Manufacturing  I 
Materials  Science 
Classical  Physics  I 
Business  Statistics  I 

Technical  Communication 
Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 
General  Education  Elective 


First 


3 
3 
1 
4 
3 
17 

3 
4 
4 
4 


Second 


3 
3 
3 
1 
4 
3 
17 


15 


3 
4 
3 
13 


Department  Policy  Statements 
1 

Upper-division  students  with  at  least  a  2.5 
grade  point  average  may,  upon  approval  of 
the  department  chairperson,  earn  up  to  3 
credits  in  experiential  Learning,  which  may 
be  applied  to  fulfill  a  free  or  a  textile 
elective. 


Students  must  consult  with  their  academic 
advisor  prior  to  registering  for  any  classes. 
Transfer  students  should  be  aware  of 
possible  scheduling  problems  due  to  the 
sequential  nature  of  the  Department's 
curricula,  that  may  cause  a  delay  in  meeting 
graduation  requirements.  Transfer  students 
are  therefore  especially  encouraged  to  meet 
with  their  academic  advisor  early  in  order  to 
satisfy  prior-year  requirements  as  soon  as 
possible.  In  any  case,  final  responsibility  for 
keeping  pace  with  the  curriculum  and 
taking  required  courses  in  sequence  rests 
with  each  student 


TES  310 
TES  300 
TES  303 
TES  305 
TEC  333 
EGR  232 
EGR  241 


Fourth  Year 

TES  401 
TES  402 
TES  403 
TES  406 
TES  407 
TES  410 
TES  41 1 
TES  463 


Statistical  Quality  Control 
Fabric  Design  and  Structure 
Dyeing,  Printing,  and  Finishing  I 
Textile  Testing 
Color  Science 
Thermodynamics 
Engineering  Mechanics  I:  Statics 
General  Education  Electives 


Textile  Manufacturing  II 
Advanced  Materials  and  Composites 
Mechanics  of  Textile  Structures 
Computer  Applications  in  Textiles 
Fiber  Reinforced  Polymeric  Materials 
Manufacturing  Facilities  Design 
Managing  Technology 
Senior  Project  (Research  Experience/ 

Structured  Internship) 
General  Education  elective 


3 
3 
17 

4 

3 

3 
3 


16 

Total  Credits: 


3 
3 
3 

6 
15 


12 
122 


Note:  In  the  junior  and  senior  years  specific  textile  science  courses  are  offered  every  other 
year.  Upperclass  students  must  take  these  courses  when  offered  as  soon  as  possible, 
otherwise  they  will  not  graduate  on  time. 


General  Distribution  Requirements:  All 
students  in  the  Department  of  Textile 
Sciences  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of 
9  credits  in  the  humanities  and  9  credits  in 
the  social  sciences.  For  majors  in  Textile 
Science,  General  Option,  ENL  265  Business 
Communications  counts  as  a  humanities 
course  and  ECO  231,  232  Principles  of 
Micro/Macroeconomics  I,  II  count  as  social 
science  courses. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Textile  Science  Applied  Fiber  Materials  Option  will  meet  their 
departmentally-controlled  General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  TES  350 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  TES  406 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  266 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  TES  252 


268 


Alternative  Paths  Program  Requirements 

Depending  on  the  results  of  placement  testing,  new  freshman  students  may  be  placed  into 
one  of  the  following  first-year  curricula  in  lieu  of  the  standard  curriculum. 

Textile  Science:  General  Option 

Semester  Credits 
First  Second 

First  Year  Courses  for  Precalculus-Ready  Freshmen 


ENL  101,102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

MTH  101,  102 

Elements  of  College  Mathematics  I,  II 

3 

3 

GBA  101 

The  Business  Organization  I, II 

1.5 

1.5 

TES  105 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Textile  Sciences 

3 

TES  1 10 

Environmental  Science  and  Business 

3 

General  Education  Electives 

3 

3 

13.5 

13.5 

First 

Second 

First-Year  Courses  for  Algebra-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

GBA  101 

The  Business  Organization  I, II 

1.5 

1.5 

MTH  100 

Basic  Algebra 

3* 

MTH  101 

Elements  of  College  Mathematics  I 

3 

TES  105 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Textile  Sciences 

3 

TES  1 1 0 

Environmental  Science  and  Business 

3 

General  Education  Electives 

3 

3 

13.5 

13.5 

Textile  Science:  Applied  Fiber  Materials  Option 

Semester  Credits 

First 

Second 

First  Year  Courses  for  Precalculus-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  151 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I 

3 

CHM  161 

Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I 

1 

MTH  131 

Precalculus 

3 

MTH  1 1 1 

Calculus  For  Science  and  Engineering  I 

4 

TES  105 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Textile  Sciences 

3 

TES  201 

Fiber  Materials 

3 

General  Education  Electives 

6 

15 

14 

First 

Second 

First-Year  Courses  for  Algebra-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  151 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I 

3 

CHM  161 

Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I 

1 

MTH  100 

Basic  Algebra 

3* 

MTH  131 

Precalculus 

4 

TES  105 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Textile  Sciences 

3 

TES  201 

Fiber  Materials 

3 

General  Education  Electives 

6 

15 

14 

*  Students  receive  3  administrative  credits  for  Math  100.  Administrative  credits  do  not 
count  towards  the  total  credits  required  for  graduation. 


269 


College  of  Engineering 


Textile  Science  Courses 


TES  105  three  credits  S,  E 
Contemporary  Issues  in  Textile  Sciences 

A  student-centered,  discovery-oriented, 
laboratory-based  science  course  dealing  with 
fundamentals  and  basic  quantitative  aspects 
of  textile  sciences  and  the  textile  industry. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  fundamentals  of 
fibers,  yarns,  and  fabrics,  their  properties, 
usage,  quality  aspects  and  relationship  to  the 
finished  product.  Flowcharts  are  used  to 
describe  the  various  textile  processes  and 
specific  products  are  selected  and  dissected. 
Federal  legislation  and  relevant  international 
trade  agreements  as  the  relate  to  textile  are 
considered.  Students  learn  about  various 
opportunities  within  the  textile  industry  and 
visit  two  different  textile  plants/facilities. 

TES  110  three  credits  S 
Environmental  Science  and  Business 

Physical  sciences  and  technologies  for 
business  persons  to  deal  intelligently  with 
their  responsibility  of  protecting  the  environ- 
ment. Fundamental  scientific  principles  are 
discussed  in  the  context  of  the  geology  of 
groundwater,  soil  contamination  and  its  rem- 
ediation, use/safe  handling  and  disposal  of 
hazardous  industrial  chemicals/wastes  and 
industrial  air  pollution  and  its  control.  OSHA- 
regulated  issues  like  toxic  materials  use  and 
m-plant  noise  pollution  are  also  discussed. 

TES  201  three  credits  S 
Fiber  Materials 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 
The  molecular  structures  and  morphologies 
of  fibers.  A  foundation  is  provided  for 
understanding  the  physical,  chemical  and 
mechanical  properties  and  behavior  of 
fibrous  structures.  Production  processes  and 
applications  are  also  examined. 

TES  252  one  credit 
Textile  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 
Discussions  and  presentations  on  textile 
materials,  processes  and  products.  Students 
learn  to  interrelate  knowledge  from  all  areas 
of  textile  -  fibers,  yarns,  fabrics,  dyeing, 
finishing,  and  end  products  and  gam  an 
understanding  of  the  continuity  from  course 
to  course  in  the  Textile  Science  Program. 

TES  262  three  credits  S 
Microscopy 

Various  microscopic  techniques  in  fiber 
identification  and  structure,  composition  of 
blends,  physical,  chemical,  and  biological 
conditions  of  fibers  and  yarns.  Students  are 
taught  the  principles  of  various  microscopic 
and  photomicroscopic  techniques — scanning 
electron,  optical,  polarized  light,  atomic 


force,  and  so  on — as  well  as  introduced  to 
the  principles  of  image  analysis. 

TES  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

TES  300  four  credits 

Fabric  Design  and  Structure  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  upper-division  standing 
A  study  of  the  interaction  of  basic  designs 
and  processing  dynamics  on  the  aesthetic, 
physical  and  functional  properties  of  fabric 
structures. 

TES  301  four  credits 
Textile  Manufacturing  I 

3  hours  lecture,  1  hour  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
An  examination  of  current  and  emerging 
systems  employed  in  conversion  of  fibers  into 
textile  yarn  structures.  The  relationships 
between  material/process  constraints  and 
product  functional  quality  are  analyzed 

TES  303  four  credits  S 

Dyeing,  Printing  and  Finishing  I 

Prerequisite:  TES  201 
The  principles  of  dyeing,  printing,  and 
finishing  of  textile  materials.  Basic  character- 
istics of  dyes,  chemical  structure  of  dyes  and 
fibers,  detergent  and  scouring,  classification 
of  dyes  and  fibers,  color  and  chemical 
composition  are  studied.  Dyeing  equipment 
and  the  specific  dyes  and  procedures  used  to 
dye  textiles  are  also  examined. 

TES  305  three  credits 
Textile  Testing 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
Determination  of  raw  material,  and 
manufactured  textile  product  conformance  to 
specifications,  and  process/product  evalua- 
tion by  physical,  chemical  and  microscopic 
methods.  Standard  test  methods  of  industrial 
laboratories  are  employed.  Laboratory  test 
reports  are  generated  by  students  from  the 
data  collection  and  analysis. 

TES  310  three  credits 
Statistical  Quality  Control 


Prerequisite:  MGT  210 

The  vision  of  never-ending  improvement  in 

quality.  Statistical  quality  control  charts  are 

developed  for  implementing  and  maintaining 

economic  control  of  processes  Diagnostic 

techniques  for  determining  faults  are 

explored. 

TES  311  three  credits  I 
Process  Optimization 

Prerequisite:  TES  310 

The  process  of  moving  from  the  control  stage 
to  continuous  improvement  Using  computer 
workshops  and  the  experimental  methods 
developed  by  Taguchi  and  Box,  opportunities 
are  identified  for  finding  and  sustaining 
breakthroughs  in  improved  quality. 

TES  312  three  credits 

Fabric  Design  and  Structure  II 

Prerequisite:  TES  300 

Advanced  woven  fabric  design  and  structural 
analysis  pertaining  to  compound  fabric 
structures  involving  extra  warp  and/or  weft 
systems,  layered  fabrics,  and  leno  constructed 
fabrics  The  student  is  expected  to  under- 
stand and  develop  commercially  viable 
complex  fabric  Students  learn  how  to  apply 
computer  design  software  for  proper  woven 
structure  layout  and  development. 

TES  331  three  credits 
Textile  Technology 

A  course  designed  for  Textile  Design  students 
that  covers  the  theory  and  procedures 
employed  in  the  processing  of  raw  materials 
into  yarns  and  fabrics,  including  natural  and 
manufactured  fibers. 

TES  350  tnree  credits  E 
Environmental  Science  and  Industry 
Compliance 

Prerequisite:  Upper  division  standing 
A  study  of  environmental  science,  technol- 
ogy, and  compliance  issues  relevant  to 
modern  industrial  manufacturing  practice. 
The  applied  science  of  environmental 
pollution  remediation  technology  is  reviewed 
in  the  context  of  laws,  regulations,  and 
ethics.  Issues  of  importance  to  the  textile, 
chemical  product,  and  related  manufacturing 
industries  are  emphasized. 

TES  352  three  credits 
Seminar 

A  program  designed  to  improve  oral 
communication  skills  by  learning  and  using 
concepts  in  textile  sciences.  Students  attend 
seminars  presented  by  outside  speakers, 
faculty,  and  graduate  students  and  then  each 
student  prepares  a  seminar  for  the  class 


270 


TES  401  four  credits 
Textile  Manufacturing  II 

Prerequisite:  TES  301 

The  sequential  processes  employed  in  the 
conversion  of  textile  yarns  into  woven  fabric. 
The  course  focuses  on  the  interaction  of 
processing  conditions,  both  from  traditional 
and  advanced  technologies,  on  woven  fabric 
quality.  Consideration  is  also  given  to 
dedicated  information  systems. 

TES  402  three  credits 

Advanced  Materials  and  Composites 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing 
Processes  used  for  producing  functionally- 
advanced  fibrous  materials:  non-woven 
fabrics  bonded  by  mechanical,  chemical  or 
thermal  techniques;  spunbonded,  spunlaced 
and  meltblown  systems.  Braided  and  knotted 
structures,  fabric  coating  systems,  assem- 
blage of  fabrics  by  stitching,  chemical  and 
high  radio  frequency  bonding,  and  advanced 
composite  materials  are  considered. 

TES  403  three  credits 
Mechanics  of  Textile  Structures 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  applied 
fibers  option 

Study  of  the  basic  mechanics  of  fibrous 
assemblies.  Topics  included  are  geometry 
and  mechanical  behavior  of  twisted,  woven, 
knit,  and  non-conventional  structures  under 
various  stress  conditions,  and  end  use 
application. 

TES  404,  405  three  credits 
Processing  Dynamics  I,  II 

Prerequisite:  upper-division  standing  in 
applied  fibers  option 
Theoretical  analysis  of  the  dynamics  and 
machine-fiber  assembly  interaction  in  textile 
fabrication  processes.  The  inter-relations 
between  mechanics  of  production  and 
mechanical  properties  of  yarns,  fabrics,  and 
other  fiber  assemblies  are  studied.  Unit 
operations  required  to  process  fibers  to  the 
finished  products  are  considered. 

TES  406  three  credits 

Computer  Applications  in  Textiles 

Prerequisite:  Knowledge  of  PCS  and  textile 
manufacturing;  Upper  class  standing 
A  survey  of  computer  applications  and 
computer  integrated  manufacturing  (CIM) 
systems  in  textiles.  The  course  covers 
automatic  process  control,  quality  monitor- 
ing, and  manufacturing  data  acquisition 
supported  by  microprocessors  and  personal 
computers.  Course  involves  extensive  hands- 
on  assignments  using  MS-DOS,  Spreadsheet 
(LOTUS  1-2-3),  word  processing,  business 
graphics,  databases,  and  BASIC  program- 


ming software. 

TES  407  three  credits 

Fiber  Reinforced  Polymeric  Materials 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisites:  TES  201,  301 
An  introduction  to  advanced  composite 
materials  employing  fiber  reinforcement.  Also 
studied  are  resins  for  polymeric  matrices, 
reinforcing  fibers,  and  properties  of  the 
resulting  structures.  Manufacturing  tech- 
niques and  testing  of  composite  materials  are 
examined. 

TES  408  three  credits 
Jaquard  Fabrication 

Prerequisites:  TES  300,  312;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

The  execution  of  complex  woven  structures 
for  the  high  end  apparel  and  home 
furnishings  fabric  markets.  Artistic  and 
technical  skills  are  combined  to  produce 
jacquard  woven  fabrics  which  are  aestheti- 
cally and  functionally  appealing.  Color,  yarn 
selection  and  design  are  manipulated  and 
organized  on  a  state-of-the  art  CAD  system. 

TES  410  three  credits 
Manufacturing  Facilities  Design 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
A  study  of  the  design  of  a  new  manufactur- 
ing plant.  General  consideration  is  given  to 
plant  design  and  layout  installation,  plant 
service  functions,  and  engineering  economy 
related  to  plant  engineering.  New  manufac- 
turing methods  and  processes  in  industry  are 
surveyed.  Computer-aided  design  and 
manufacturing  (CAD/CAM)  concepts  and 
practices  are  considered  in  developing  layouts 
of  theoretical  process-  and/or  product- 
oriented  plants.  Service  facilities  design  is  also 
considered. 

TES  411  three  credits 
Managing  Technology 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
Understanding  the  impact  of  technology  on 
manufacturing  and  society.  The  course 
analyzes  the  effects  of  technology  on  society 
and  various  business  functions,  such  as 
product  design,  manufacturing  processes, 
marketing  strategies,  and  research  and 
development.  Topics  include  technical  innova- 
tion, entrepreneurship,  and  patent  protec- 
tion. Ethical  issues  related  to  technology, 
including  product  liability,  industrial  espio- 
nage, and  the  environment,  are  discussed. 

TES  463  three  credits  O,  W 
Senior  Project 

Prerequisite:  Upper  class  standing 

Exposure  to  and  experience  in  timely  research 


and  development  projects  either  in  the 
laboratory  or  a  real  world  setting — at 
companies  in  the  area.  Most  but  not  all 
topics  will  be  in  the  area  of  textile  sciences: 
(a)  Product  Design  and  Analysis  or  Reverse 
Engineering;  (b)  Plant  Design,  Marketing, 
Business  Strategy  Research  based  on  library 
work;  (c)  supervised  lab  intensive  project;  (d) 
Directed/Independent  Study  with  Industrial 
Internship. 

TES  465  three  credits 

Textile  Merchandising  and  Marketing 

Case  histories  and  general  discussions  of  the 
following  subjects:  the  marketing  of  textile 
fibers,  yarns,  fabric,  and  garments;  the 
influence  of  style  and  fashions  on  textile 
industry  products;  and  price  policies  and 
other  problems  characteristic  of  the  textile 
industry. 

TES  475  three  credits 
Textile  Cost  Accounting 

Principles  and  problems  basic  to  textile 
costing;  basic  cost  concepts,  cost  problems; 
materials,  labor,-  and  manufacturing  costs; 
textile  fiber  and  supplier  purchasing; 
spinning,  weaving,  and  finishing  mill  costs; 
textile  marketing  costs,  and  financial 
statements. 

TES  482  three  credits 
Fabric  Design  for  Function 

A  case  study  in  the  development  of  textile 
fabrics  that  have  engineering  designs  to 
provide  specific  properties.  Examples  include 
dome  structures,  geotextiles,  bullet-proof 
vest,  artificial  turf,  and  medical  fabrics.  The 
courses  correlates  properties  of  textile 
materials,  engineering  principles  in  textile 
processing,  and  the  design  of  fabric 
structures  with  the  desired  properties  for  a 
particular  functional  use. 

TES  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

TES  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


271 


College  of  Engineering 


Textile  Chemistry  Major 

BS  degree 


The  Textile  Chemistry  program  offers  students  the  opportunity  to  prepare  for  careers  in  the 
application  of  chemistry  to  the  coloration  and  alteration  of  the  aesthetic  and  functional 
properties  of  textile  materials.  Students  receive  a  thorough  understanding  of  chemistry  in 
addition  to  specialized  instruction  in  the  chemistry  of  fibers,  dyes,  finishes,  and  the  appli- 
cable technology  of  manufacturing. 

Requirements 

Semester  Credits 
First  Second 

First  Year 


TES  1 05 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Textile  Science 

3 

CHM  151,  1  52 

Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  165,  lob 

Introduction  to  Experimentation  I,  II 

I 

2 

K  ATU    111       1  1  1 

M  1 M  III,  1  1  2 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  I,  I! 

A 

4 

A 

4 

cmi   ini  im 
bNL  1  (Jl ,  1  02 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

i 

i 

CHM  I  11 

Intro.  Computer  Programming  for  Chemists 

I 

General  Education  Elective 

5 

1  3 

TO 

Second  Year 

TES  201 

Fiber  Materials 

3 

MTH  211 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

4 

CHM  251,  252 

Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 

3 

3 

CHM  265,  266 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II 

2 

2 

PHY  113,  1 14 

Physics,  I,  II 

4 

4 

ENL  266 

Technical  Communications 

3 

13 

15 

Third  Year 

TES  300 

Fabric  Design  and  Structure 

4 

TES  303 

Dyeing,  Printing,  and  Finish  I 

4 

CHM  305 

Modern  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 

3 

CHM  307 

Procedures  of  Chemical  Analysis 

2 

CHM  315,  316 

Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 

4 

4 

TES  406 

Computer  Applications  in  Textiles 

3 

TES  305 

Textile  Testing 

3 

General  Education  Electives 

6 

17 

16 

Fourth  Year 

TEC  420 

Adv.  Topics  in  Dyeing,  Printing, &  Finishing 

3 

TES  350 

Environmental  Sci.  &  Indust.  Compliance 

3 

TEC  463,  464 

Senior  Thesis 

3 

3 

TEC  533 

Computer  Color  Matching 

3 

TEC  410 

Polymer  Chemistry 

3 

General  Education  Electives/Textile  elective 

6 

6 

15 

15 

Total  Credits:  122 

Note:  In  the  junior  and  senior  years  specific  textile  science  courses  are  offered  every  other 
year.  Upperclass  students  must  take  these  courses  when  offered  as  soon  as  possible, 
otherwise  they  will  not  graduate  on  time. 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Textile  Chemistry  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  TES  350 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  CHM  1 72 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ENL  266 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  TES  252 


272 


Textile  Chemistry  Courses 


Alternative  Paths  Program  Requirements 

Depending  on  the  results  of  placement  testing,  new  freshman  students  may  be  placed  into 
one  of  the  following  first-year  curricula  in  lieu  of  the  standard  curriculum. 


First  Year  Courses  for  Precalculus-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

CHM  1 53  Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  for  Engineers 

MTH  131  Precalculus 

MTH  1 13  Calculus  For  Science  and  Engineering  I 

PHY  1 1 1  Physics  for  Science  and  Engineering  I 

PHY  162  Science,  Technology,  and  Society  II: 

Environment 

EGR  107  Introduction  to  Engineering  Applied  Science  I 

General  Education  Electives 


First-Year  Courses  for  Algebra-Ready  Freshmen 

ENL  101,  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

CHM  151  Principles  of  Modern  Chemistry  I 

CHM  161  Introduction  to  Applied  Chemistry  I 

MTH  100  Basic  Algebra 

MTH  131  Precalculus 

PHY  162  Science,  Technology,  and  Society  II: 

Environment 
EGR  131  Introduction  to  Design 

General  Education  Electives 


Semester  Credits 
First  Second 


6 
15 

First 

3 


6 
15 


3 
17 

Second 

3 
3 
1 


1 

12 


*  Students  receive  3  administrative  credits  for  Math  100.  Administrative  credits  do  not  count 
towards  the  total  credits  required  for  graduation. 


TEC  101  three  credits 

Science  and  Technology  of  Human  Hair 

An  introduction  to  the  science  and 
technology  of  human  hair  and  hair-care 
products.  The  biology  of  hair  loss,  hair 
treatment,  history  of  hair  treatments  and 
fashions,  differences  between  scalp  and 
body  hair  and  the  relationship  between  hair 
and  physical  and  psychological  well-being 
are  examined. 

TEC  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

TEC  303  three  credits  S 

The  Art  of  Dyeing  with  Natural  Dyes 

The  natural  dyes  used  by  throughout  history 
are  discussed.  Methods  relating  to  the 
extraction  and  preparation  of  the  dyes  from 
woods,  bark  and  insects  are  studied. 
Laboratory  work  consists  of  the  preparation 
of  the  dye-baths  and  the  actual  application 
of  the  dyes  to  fabrics.  Logwood,  cochineal, 
madder,  fustic,  indigo,  quercitron,  osage 
orange  and  hypernic  are  some  of  the  dyes 
utilized.  Can  only  be  used  as  a  Free  Elective 
by  students  in  the  Textile  Sciences  Depart- 
ment. 


TEC  325  three  credits 
Textile  Chemistry  I 

Prerequisites:  CHM  101,  102;  or  151,  152 
Introductory  course  in  the  chemistry  of 
textile  fibers,  polymers,  dyestuffs,  surfac- 
tants, bleaching,  and  other  chemicals  used 
in  the  textile  industry. 

TEC  326  three  credits 
Textile  Chemistry  II 

A  continuation  of  TEC  325.  An  introduction 
to  the  fundamental  chemistry  and  principles 
of  dyeing,  printing  and  finishing.  All  phases 
of  textile  wet  processing  will  be  covered  in 
order  to  provide  a  basic  understanding  of 
these  various  phases  of  textiles. 

TEC  333  three  credits  S 
Color  Science 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
Principles  of  color:  characteristics  of  color, 
light,  colorants,  and  how  color  affects  our 
daily  life  and  cultural  values.  An  integrated 


273 


College  of  Engineering 


Note:  Textiles  graduate  courses  are  not 
open  to  undergraduates  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


approach  to  describing  color  and  light  is 
presented,  incorporating  not  only  the  basic 
color  concepts  and  usage,  but  also  providing 
information  on  the  vast  and  often  hidden 
ways  in  which  color  affects  our  everyday 
lives.  Topics  on  how  color  influences  our 
health,  spending  habits,  perceived  image, 
communication,  and  consumer  brand 
preferences  are  discussed. 

TEC  402  three  credits 
Dyeing  II 

Prerequisites:  TEC  303,  304 
The  colloid  science,  surface  and  physical 
chemistry  of  fiber/fabric  dyeing.  An 
introduction  to  color  physics  including  dye 
formulation  prediction  and  color  matching 
by  computer  methods.  Special  topics  on 
large-scale  dyeing  methods  and  recent 
advances  in  dyeing  technology. 

TEC  410  three  credits 
Polymer  Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  CHM  151,  152  or  CHM  251, 
252 

The  physical  and  organic  chemistry  of 
polymers,  kinetics,  molecular  weight 
determination,  polymerization  mechanisms, 
and  stereochemistry. 

TEC  411  three  credits 
Textile  Printing 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  in  TEC 
Methods  of  printing  (roller,  screen  dyes, 
pigments,  transfer)  and  the  preparation  of 
printing  pastes.  Direct,  discharge  and  resist 
printing  methods  are  included. 

TEC  420  three  credits 

Advanced  Topics  in  Dyeing, Printing,  and 
Finishing 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  TEC 
An  m-depth  study  of  dyeing,  printing,  and 
finishing,  including  color  measurement, 
various  types  of  equipment,  and  process 
controls  used  in  industry.  Students  will  take 
field  trips  to  various  industrial  sites. 

TEC  421,  422  three  credits  each 
Chemical  Technology  of  Finishing  I,  II 

Chemical  finishes  which  modify  fabric 
appearance,  feel,  and  serviceability  (to 
shrinkage,  soiling,  mildew,  moths,  wrinkling, 
fire,  water,  static  electricity,  etc.)  are 
discussed,  along  with  the  means  used  to 
apply  them.  The  production  of  special 
effects  (permanent  press,  crepe,  moire,  etc.) 
is  also  studied. 

TEC  431  three  credits 
Industrial  Chemical  Analysis 

Chemical  analysis  and  testing  of  products 


associated  with  the  textile  industry:  fibers, 
dyes,  finishes,  surfactants  and  auxiliary 
products,  plus  acids,  alkalis,  oxidizing  and 
reducing  agents.  The  various  methods  of 
analysis  are  critically  reviewed. 

TEC  433  three  credits 
Color  Science 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
How  color  affects  daily  life  and  the 
formation  and  measurement  of  color.  Color, 
colorants  and  the  coloring  of  materials  are 
examined.  What  color  means,  the  effect  of 
light  on  color,  and  the  results  of  this  effect 
on  the  human  eye  and  mind  are  studied. 
The  physical  and  chemical  processes  that 
apply  colorants  to  textiles  and  methods  for 
incorporating  colorants  into  paints,  inks, 
and  plastics  are  also  examined. 

TEC  442  three  credits 
Chemistry  of  Fibers 

Prerequisites:  CHM  251,  252,  265,  266,  TEC 
325 

The  chemistry  of  natural  and  synthetic 
fibers  Studies  are  made  concerning  the 
relationship  between  the  chemical  structure 
and  physical  properties  of  fibers. 

TEC  463,  464  three  credits  each  O 
Senior  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
Students  prepare  a  thesis  proposal  and  do 
laboratory  research  in  one  of  the  following 
areas:  polymer  chemistry,  fibers,  dyeing, 
printing  and  finishing.  Findings  are  presen- 
ted at  the  end  of  the  second  semester. 

TEC  485,  486  three  or  six  credits 
Introduction  to  Research 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
Textile  Chemistry  students  accepted  for 
research  study  by  a  faculty  research  advisor 
are  assigned  a  topic  for  investigation.  This 
course  aims  to  introduce  the  student  to 
research  and  develop  his  or  her  proficiency 
in  the  analysis,  solution  and  presentation  of 
his  or  her  investigating  work. 

TEC  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

TEC  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 


Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  m  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Textile 
Chemistry 

TEC  500  eight  credits 
Thesis 

Written  presentation  of  an  original  research 
topic  m  Textile  Chemistry,  which  demon- 
strates analysis,  ability,  and  proficiency  in 
the  solution.  The  thesis  shall  be  conducted 
under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  advisor. 
An  oral  examination  m  defense  of  the  thesis 
is  required.  Graded  CR/F. 

TEC  501  four  credits 
Chemistry  of  Dyestuffs 

This  course  deals  with  the  chemistry  and 
technology  of  dyestuffs.  The  raw  materials, 
intermediates  and  finished  dyestuffs  are 
studied  in  detail.  The  effect  of  the  constitu- 
tion on  color  and  fastness  properties  is 
emphasized.  Theoretical  as  well  as  practical, 
economic,  and  ecological  points  of  view  are 
presented  The  preparation  of  typical 
intermediates  and  dyestuffs  is  earned  out  in 
the  laboratory. 

TEC  502  three  credits 
Physical  Chemistry  of  Dyeing 

This  is  a  lecture  course  concerned  with  the 
physiochemical  theories  of  the  application  of 
dyestuffs  to  textile  and  related  materials, 
including  the  thermodynamics  and  kinetic 
principles  involved. 

TEC  503  three  credits 

Physical  Chemistry  of  Surface  Active 

Agents 

This  lecture  course  is  concerned  with  the 
physiochemical  principles  involved  in 
surface-active  agents  The  chemical  nature 
of  the  agents  is  studied  and  related  to  their 
properties  The  technical  uses  are  evaluated 
on  this  basis. 

TEC  506  three  credits 
Survey  of  Current  Textiles 

Studies  in  this  course  include  a  survey  of  the 
fundamental  reference  works  and  literature 
of  Textile  Chemistry.  Timely  reports  are 
required  concerning  recent  advances  in  the 
manufacture,  modification,  dyeing  and 
finishing  of  synthetics  and  blends. 


274 


Textile  Technology  Courses 


TEC  508  three  credits 
Advanced  Textile  Printing 

Prerequisite:  TEC  41 1 
The  more  complex  styles  of  printing, 
discharge  and  resist,  are  covered  in  detail. 
The  preparation  of  white  and  colored  print 
paste  for  all  classes  of  dyed  backgrounds  is 
investigated.  Attention  is  given  in  dyeing 
ground  shades  for  discharge  printing. 
Special  effects  such  as  Plisse,  Burn-out  and 
Vigoreaux  styles  are  considered. 

TEC  509  three  credits 

Chemical  Technology  of  Finishing 

This  course  is  more  comprehensive  than  that 
given  in  the  undergraduate  course.  Greater 
detail  is  provided  concerning  the  mecha- 
nisms used  in  the  application  of  specialized 
finishes  and  the  chemical  reactions  involved. 

TEC  510  three  credits 
Polymer  Chemistry 

The  physical  and  organic  chemistry  of 
monomers  and  polymers,  including  a 
consideration  of  bonding  forces,  spectro- 
scopic methods  of  structure  determination, 
structure  and  property  correlations, 
fractionation,  thermodynamics,  and 
methods  of  molecular  weight  determination 
for  polymers  in  solution;  the  kinetics  of 
condensation  and  additional  polymerization 
as  applied  to  polymers  and  copolymers, 
mechanism  of  free  radical  and  ionic 
polymerization,  stereospecific  polymers,  the 
chemistry  of  the  more  common  polymers 
systems,  and  preparation  of  their  corre- 
sponding monomers. 

TEC  521  three  credits 
Textile  Chemistry  I 

The  mechanics  of  dyeing,  printing,  and 
finishing.  The  structures  of  dyes  and  textile 
fibers,  detergency  and  scouring,  and  dyeing 
equipment  and  procedures. 

TEC  522  three  credits 
Textile  Chemistry  II 

The  principles  involved  in  the  application 
and  printing  of  dyes  and  pigments  on  textile 
materials.  Topics  include  textile  finishing  and 
functional  requirements  of  permanent  press, 
softness,  water  repellancy,  and  fire 
retardance. 

TEC  523  one-half  credit 
Textile  Laboratory  Practice  I 

Practice  and  experimentation  in  the  dyeing 
of  fibers  with  various  dyes,  wash  and 
lightf astness  properties,  finishing. 

TEC  524  one-half  credit 
Textile  Laboratory  Practice  II 


A  continuation  of  TET  524,  includes  fiber 
microscopy,  textile  printing  exercises, 
experiments  in  color  science  including 
measurement  and  assessment. 

TEC  525  three  credits 
Fiber  Materials 

The  structure  and  production  of  fibers, 
including  molecular  arrangements  and 
morphologies.  The  conversion  of  fibers  into 
textile  yarn  structures  and  the  relationship 
between  physical  and  chemical  properties  of 
fibers  and  processing  dynamics  on  the  yarn 
properties  will  be  studied. 

TEC  533  three  credits 
Computer  Color  Matching 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  in  textiles 
A  complete  discussion  of  color  science  and 
computer  match  prediction  in  dyeing  fibers, 
yarns,  and  fabrics.  Objective  specification  of 
color,  color  difference,  measurements,  and 
various  color  spaces  are  introduced.  Based 
on  color  theory  and  numerical  analysis, 
computer  match  prediction  algorithms  are 
discussed.  Practical  fiber/dye  data  files  are 
created  and  used  to  reproduce  dyed 
samples  with  the  match  prediction  software 
in  accompanying  computer  color  matching 
labs. 

TEC  595 

Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

TEC  596  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


TET  401  three  credits 
Advanced  Yarn  Technology 

Prerequisites:  TES  301 

Discussions  of  the  stress-strain  properties  of 
fibers  and  their  relation  to  processing  and 
product  characteristics.  Blends,  blend 
systems,  and  the  processing  of  blend  and 
100%  synthetic  staple  material  into  yarns  is 
also  emphasized.  Other  selected  topics  will 
also  be  considered. 

TET  419  three  credits 
Synthetic  Fiber  Processes 

Prerequisite:  TES  201 

Synthesis  of  polymeric  materials  and  their 
extrusion  into  films  and  fibers.  Manufacture 
of  the  major  synthetic  fibers,  namely 
polyamide,  polyester,  acrylics  and  polypro- 
pylene, is  discussed  in  depth.  Newer  fibers 
such  as  those  derived  from  aromatic 
polyamides  are  also  covered.  This  course 
also  deals  with  the  relative  merits  of  the 
various  fibers  in  terms  of  economics  and 
performance. 

TET  470  three  credits 
Advanced  Knitting  Technology 

Prerequisite:  TES  302 

A  study  of  knit  fabrics  made  on  Raschel  and 
Warp  knitting  machines,  together  with  the 
creation  of  new  designs  and  the  formation 
of  many  types  of  webbing  using  different 
yarns.  Charts  are  made  of  the  sample  to 
indicate  the  variances  in  types  of  yarns — 
fabric  reactions  from  fine  gauge  knit  lace  to 
course  webbings.  Finishing  requirements  of 
these  particular  fabrics  are  studied. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Textile 
Technology 

TET  500  eight  credits 
Thesis 

Written  presentation  of  an  original  research 
topic  in  Textile  Technology,  which  demon- 
strates analysis,  ability,  and  proficiency  in 
the  solution.  The  thesis  shall  be  conducted 
under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  advisor. 
An  oral  examination  in  defense  of  the  thesis 
is  required.  Graded  CR/F. 

TET  501  three  credits 
Yarn  Technology 

Prerequisite:  TET  51 1 

Aspects  of  yarn  processing  which  affect  the 
properties  of  the  product  during  the  various 
stages  of  manufacturing.  Extensive  use  of 
reference  materials  is  required  in  completion 
of  written  reports  on  subject  matter 
assigned.  To  familiarize  the  student  with 


275 


College  of  Engineering 


research  procedures  and  the  evaluation  of 
results,  actual  project  reports  will  be 

studied. 

TET  502  three  credits 
Yarn  Technology 

Continuation  of  TET  501 

TET  503  one  credit 
Research  Techniques 

Aids  the  student  in  better  understanding 
research  approach  and  techniques.  To 
develop  an  insight  as  to  the  evaluation  of 
research  results.  A  proposal  on  an  original 
research  topic  must  be  submitted  and 
approved. 

TET  504  three  credits 
Graduate  Seminar 

Student  discussions  on  selected  topics  will 
be  carried  out  under  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  member.  Written  papers  to  be 
submitted  on  those  topics  assigned. 

TET  506  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  graduate  standing 
Individual  study  under  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  member  in  an  area  of  textiles  not 
otherwise  a  part  of  the  course  offerings. 
Students  shall  be  held  responsible  for 
meeting  the  requirements  of  independent 
study  as  outlined  in  an  approved  proposal. 

TET  507  three  credits 
Textile  Microscopy  and  Photo- 
micrography 

Prerequisite:  TET  462 
The  use  of  the  microscope  in  relation  to 
fiber  identification  and  structure,  composi- 
tion of  blends,  physical,  chemical,  and 
biological  condition  of  yarns  and  fabrics. 
Recording  of  data  by  photomicrography  is 
included. 

TET  508  three  credits 

Design  and  Analysis  of  Experiments 

Prerequisites:  TET  41 1 ,  TET  41 2 
A  study  of  the  statistical  methods  and 
systems  employed  in  the  design  of  experi- 
ments, the  testing  of  materials,  and  the 
evaluation  of  test  data. 

TET  511  three  credits 
Fabric  Technology 

An  investigation  into  advanced  styling  and 
the  development  of  methods  of  textile 
fabrication.  Requirements  of  modification 
and  the  introduction  of  new  procedures  are 
studied  pertaining  to  new  design  in  fabric 
construction  for  improved  performance  and 
specific  uses.  Extensive  research  of  reference 


material  is  conducted  with  written  reports 
submitted  on  assigned  related  subject 
matter. 

TET  512  three  credits 
Fabric  Technology 

Prerequisite:  TET  51 1 
Continuation  of  TET  51 1 

TET  517  three  credits 

Fiber  Reinforced  Polymeric  Materials 

2  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  or  senior  standing 
An  introduction  to  advanced  composite 
materials  employing  fiber  reinforcement. 
Also  studied  are  resins  for  polymeric 
matrices,  reinforcing  fibers,  and  properties 
of  the  resulting  structures.  Manufacturing 
techniques  and  testing  of  composite 
materials  are  examined. 

TET  521  three  credits 

Statistical  Methods  of  Quality  Control 

A  study  of  methods  and  systems  by  the  use 
of  statistical  analysis  in  the  design  of 
experiments,  in  the  testing  of  materials  and 
in  the  evaluation  of  test  data  as  applied  in 
the  interest  of  improvement  and  control  of 
quality,  as  well  as  studies  of  processing 
efficiency. 

TET  522  three  credits 

Statistical  Methods  of  Quality  Control 

Prerequisite:  TET  521 
Continuation  of  TET  52 1 

TET  526  three  credits 

Textile  Manufacturing  Processes 

The  conversion  of  fibers  and  yarns  into 
fabric  structures  by  weaving  and  nonwoven 
processes.  Also  studied  are  the  interaction 
of  material,  design,  and  processing 
conditions  on  the  quality  of  fabric  and  fabric 
structures  as  they  relate  to  dyeing  and 
finishing  applications. 

TET  563  three  credits 
Fibrous  Structure 

The  molecular  structure  and  arrangements 
of  molecules  in  fibers  are  considered  with 
respect  to  giving  a  foundation  to  the 
understanding  of  the  physical  and  mechani- 
cal properties  and  behavior  of  textile  raw 
materials.  The  properties  are  examined  from 
a  fundamental  viewpoint  so  that  a  sound 
approach  to  the  technological  utilization  of 
fibers  in  textiles  can  be  established.  An 
introduction  is  made  to  the  interrelation 
between  fiber  properties  and  yarn  and  fabric 
geometry  m  determining  the  behavior  of 
textiles. 


TET  564  three  credits 
Mechanics  of  Fibrous  Structures 

A  study  of  the  mechanics  of  fibrous 
assemblies  such  as  twisted  structures  (yarns, 
rope,  braid),  woven,  knitted,  and  non- 
woven  fabrics  The  methods  of  continuum 
mechanics  and  differential  geometry  to 
interrelate  material  properties  and  end-use 
properties  are  considered. 

TET  595  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged 

TET  596  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


276 


College 
of  Nursing 


Professional  nurses  provide  health  care  services  across 
the  life  span  and  in  varied  environments.  Nursing  is 
concerned  with  promoting,  maintaining,  and  restoring 
health.  Nursing  is  committed  to  the  goal  of  promoting 
an  optimal  level  of  functioning  for  all  individuals, 
families  and  groups,  thereby  contributing  to  the  health 
of  the  nation. 

Professional  nurses  determine  health  status  of  individu- 
als, families,  and  populations  and  make  clinical  deci- 
sions regarding  the  appropriate  action  to  be  taken.  They 
collaborate  and  cooperate  with  other  members  of  the 
health  team  such  as  the  physician,  social  worker, 


physical  therapist,  pharmacist,  and  occupational 
therapist.  Nursing  plays  an  essential  role  in  advocating 
high-quality  affordable  health  care  for  all  members  of 
society  and  in  shaping  health  policy. 

Professional  nursing  requires  a  broad  background  of 
knowledge  in  arts,  sciences,  and  nursing,  including 
clinical  and  cognitive  skills  of  analysis,  critical  thinking, 
therapeutic  intervention,  and  communication. 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 
Community  Nursing 


Adult  and  Child  Nursing 


Mission  and  Goals 


Carole  J.  Howe  community  health  nursing 

Janet  Kenty  maternal-child  health  nursing 

Jeanne  M.  Leffers  community  health 
nursing 

Jean  Maher  community  health  nursing 

Carol  Mailloux  maternity  nursing 

Sonja  Stone  Peterson  psychiatric/mental 
health  nursing 

Joan  C.  Pisarczyk  (chairperson)  commu- 
nity health  nursing 

Sharon  Sousa  psychiatnc/mental  health 
nursing 


Gina  Ankner  adult  health 

Nancy  Glasdell  adult  health 

Judith  Catalan  adult  health 

Ellen  Christian  (chairperson)  child  health 

Kimberly  Christopher  adult  health 

Phyllis  Currier  adult  health 

Nancy  M.  Dluhy  adult  health 

Kathleen  M.  Elliot  adult  health 

Kerry  H.  Fater  adult  health 

Leslie  C.  Frost  child  and  adult  health 

Kathryn  L.  Gramling  adult  health 

Susan  Hunter  adult  health 

Mary  McCurry  adult  nurse  practitioner 

Eileen  S.  O'Neill  adult  health 

Elisabeth  A.  Pennington  (dean  of  the 
college)  adult  health 

Margaret  Rudd-Arieta  child  health 


The  mission  of  the  UMass  Dartmouth 
College  of  Nursing  is  to  provide  visionary 
leadership  that  advances  the  practice  of 
nursing  in  a  dynamic  environment.  The 
college  is  committed  to  generate  collabora- 
tive and  consultative  relationships  with 
professional  colleagues  and  consumers  to 
enhance  the  health  of  individuals,  families 
and  communities.  The  college  actualizes 
this  mission  by  providing  excellent  nursing 
education,  meaningful  service,  and 
scholarship  that  advances  nursing  knowl- 
edge to  the  commonwealth  and  beyond. 

The  College  fulfills  its  mission  by  pursuit  of 
the  following  goals: 

1 

To  provide  exemplary  nursing  education  that 
offers  learners  opportunities  to  expand  their 
knowledge  base  and  pursue  advanced 
study. 

2 

To  foster  creative  and  critical  thinking  that 
advances  the  discipline  of  nursing. 

3 

To  prepare  nurses  who  demonstrate 
behaviors  consistent  with  professional 
nursing  practice 

4 

To  create  and  sustain  an  environment  for 

nursing  scholarship  and  research  within  the 
university  and  beyond. 

5 

To  prepare  leaders  m  the  delivery  of  cost- 
effective  innovative  health  care  which 
promotes  positive  consumer  outcomes 

6 

To  integrate  concepts  of  health  within  the 
fabric  of  the  University  and  the  region. 

7 

To  expand  partnerships  to  improve  the 
health  status  of  the  population. 

8 

To  facilitate  the  exploration  of  political, 
social,  and  economic  factors  influencing  the 
present  and  future  of  health  care.The 
College  of  Nursing  at  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts Dartmouth  is  approved  by  the 
Massachusetts  Board  of  Registration  m 
Nursing,  and  the  baccalaureate  and 
graduate  programs  are  accredited  by  the 
National  League  for  Nursing  Accrediting 
Commission  (NLNAC),  61  Broadway,  New 
York,  NY  10006;  phone  212  363-5555 


278 


Programs  of  College 


Academic  Policies  for  the  Undergraduate  Program 


The  College  of  Nursing  offers  the  only 
baccalaureate  and  graduate  degree 
programs  in  southeastern  Massachusetts. 
Students  are  admitted  to  one  of  two 
baccalaureate  options:  Students  with  no 
prior  nursing  education,  and  Licensed 
Practical  Nurses,  are  admitted  to  the  basic 
option.  The  second  option,  a  flexible-access 
track  for  RNs,  provides  the  opportunity  for 
registered  nurses  who  are  graduates  of 
associate  degree  and/or  diploma  schools  to 
complete  requirements  for  the  bachelor's 
degree  in  nursing  (RN-BS),  or  continue  onto 
the  master's  degree  (RN-MS). 

The  College  of  Nursing  offers  the  Masters  of 
Science  Degree  (MS)  for  Advanced  Practice 
Nursing,  with  tracks  for 

•  Adult  Advanced  Practice 

•  Adult  Nurse  Practitioner 

•  Community  Nursing  Advanced  Practice 

The  College  of  Nursing  also  offers  Post 
Baccalaureate  Certificate  Programs  in 

•  Nursing  Education 

•  Leadership/Management  in  Nursing 

The  College  of  Nursing  also  offers  a  Post 
Masters  Advanced  Nurse  Practitioner 
certificate. 

Other  post  masters  courses  are  also  offered. 
Please  consult  with  the  graduate  program 
director  for  further  information. 

For  details  of  graduate  program  admission 
requirements  and  curriculum,  please  refer  to 
the  graduate  catalog. 


1 

The  minimum  passing  grade  for  all  courses 

except  electives  is  "C-." 

2 

Students  may  repeat  a  course  only  once,  only 
as  space  is  available,  with  the  consent  of  the 
department  chairperson  and  the  student's 
advisor.  A  second  failure  (grade  below  C-)  in 
the  same  course  will  result  in  disenrollment 
from  the  College  of  Nursing. 
3 

At  the  end  of  each  program  year,  the  student 
must  have  an  overall  2.0  cumulative  grade 
point  average.  At  the  end  of  the  sophomore 
year  and  for  subsequent  program  years,  the 
student  must  also  have  a  cumulative  average 
of  2.0  in  the  nursing  major.  Failure  to  meet 
these  criteria  will  result  in  academic  probation. 
4 

After  the  completion  of  three  semesters, 
students  with  a  GPA  of  less  than  2.0  in  nursing 
major  courses  will  be  placed  on  academic 
probation.  All  students  placed  on  probation 
must  meet  with  their  academic  advisors  and  an 
individualized  program  plan  will  be  developed 
and  filed  in  the  Dean's  office.  If  at  the  comple- 
tion of  two  subsequent  semesters  students  do 
not  have  an  overall  GPA  of  2.0  in  the  nursing 
major,  they  will  be  subject  to  academic 
disqualification  from  the  nursing  major. 
5 

The  following  number  of  credits  must  have 
been  successfully  completed  at  the  end  of  each 
program  year: 

End  of  Credits  Completed 

Freshman  Year  30 
Sophomore  Year  62 
Junior  Year  92 
Senior  Year  1 22 

6 

A  student  who  earns  less  than  "C-"  in  12  cred- 
its of  required  courses,  regardless  of  repeating, 
will  be  disqualified  from  the  nursing  major. 
7 

Students  have  a  right  to  appeal  grades.  Please 
refer  to  the  grade  appeal  policy  in  the 
academic  regulations  section  of  the  catalog. 
8 

Enrollment  in  each  required  NUR  course  can 
only  be  approved  on  completion  of  the  NUR 
prerequisites  to  that  course.  Within  a  given 
academic  year,  the  student  may  not  have 
completed  all  non-nursing  prerequisites  for 
Spring  semester  courses;  however,  before  the 
student  can  progress  to  the  required  NUR 
course  for  the  next  program  year,  both  nursing 
and  non-nursing  prerequisites  must  have  been 
completed.  Early  registration  for  a  required 
NUR  course  does  not  alter  these  prerequisites 
for  progression. 
9 

Theory  and  lab/clinical  components  of  a 


nursing  course  must  be  taken  simultaneously, 
and  both  components  must  be  passed  for 
successful  completion  of  the  course.  The  theory 
grade  is  submitted  to  the  Registrar  as  the  final 
course  grade  and  is  recorded  on  the  transcript 
for  both  course  components. 
10 

Status  and  eligibility  for  progression  in  under- 
graduate nursing  programs  are  determined  on 
the  basis  of  an  annual  review  conducted  in 
June  in  the  office  of  the  dean.  Each  student 
receives  formal  written  notification  of  status 
based  upon  the  annual  review 
11 

Selection  of  students  eligible  for  progression 
may  be  limited  by  the  availability  of  faculty  and/ 
or  clinical  placements.  In  the  event  that  the 
number  of  eligible  students  exceeds  available 
resources,  students  will  be  selected  on  the  basis 
of  academic  standing. 
12 

Students  are  responsible  for  being  certified  for 
cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  (CPR)  prior  to  the 
beginning  of  each  academic  year  in  which  they 
enroll  in  clinical  courses.  A  copy  of  the 
certification  must-be  on  file  in  the  Dean's 
office. 
13 

Students  in  the  basic  program  must  purchase 
student  liability  insurance  through  the  university 
bursar's  office  prior  to  each  academic  year  in 
which  they  enroll  in  clinical  courses.  RN 
students  must  submit  a  copy  of  current 
professional  liability  insurance  to  the  dean's 
office  prior  to  each  academic  year  in  which  they 
enroll  in  clinical  courses. 
14 

Students  are  responsible  to  provide  their  own 

transportation  to  clinical  agencies. 

15 

Students  are  responsible  to  have  appropriate 
immunizations  during  the  summer  preceding 
each  academic  year  in  which  they  enroll  in 
clinical  courses.  The  written  reports  must  be  on 
file  in  the  university  health  office  prior  to  the 
student's  receiving  a  clinical  assignment 
16 

All  students  must  undergo  a  Criminal  Offense 
Record  Investigation  (CORD  before  entering 
clinical  courses.  This  check  is  administered 
through  the  College  of  Nursing  to  the 
Massachusetts  CORI  Board. 
17 

Any  exceptions  to  the  above  academic  policies 
will  be  considered  by  the  dean  only  on 
recommendation  of  the  student's  academic 
advisor. 
18 

The  faculty  reserve  the  right  to  change  a 
student's  selection  of  clinical  site  m  order  to 
consolidate  sections,  as  necessary. 


279 


College  of  Nursing 


Nursing  BS  degree 


Freshman  Admission 


The  College  of  Nursing  offers  two  under- 
graduate programs,  each  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  the  basic 
undergraduate  program,  and  the  RN-BSN 
program 

The  undergraduate  curriculum  in  both 
programs  emphasizes  critical  thinking, 
clinical  decision  making,  therapeutic 
interventions,  and  communication  skills. 

The  American  Nurses  Association  Code  of 
Ethics  and  Professional  Standards  of  Practice 
for  basic  practices  guides  all  clinical  learning 
activities. 

The  baccalaureate  graduate  of  the  UMass 
Dartmouth  College  of  Nursing  curriculum: 
• 

understands  and  exhibits  the  attributes  of  an 

educated,  healthy,  informed  citizen; 

• 

implements  the  concept  of  professional 
responsibility  and  accountability  for  self  and 
colleagues  as  a  basis  for  delivery  of  health 
care; 
• 

synthesizes  theoretical  and  empirical 
knowledge  from  the  humanities,  the 
physical  and  behavioral  sciences  and  nursing 
as  a  theoretical  base  for  assisting  client 
systems  to  achieve  optimal  level  of  function- 
ing; 
• 

understands  the  research  process  and 
applies  research  findings  to  nursing  practice; 
• 

provides  nursing  care  utilizing  the  nursing 
process:  assessing,  goal-setting,  planning, 
implementing  and  evaluating  the  results  of 
nursing  intervention  for  individuals,  families 
and  communities, 
• 

participates  and  collaborates  in  or  manages 
the  delivery  of  nursing  care  to  the  well  and 
to  the  acutely,  chronically  and  terminally  ill, 
at  any  age  or  stage  of  development, 
irrespective  of  environment  or  client  system 
level;  and 
• 

participates  in  identifying  and  effecting 
needed  change  to  improve  delivery  of  health 
care  to  all  client  system  levels  as  a  result  of 
accurate,  reliable  interpretation  of  valid 
data. 


Students  are  admitted  to  the  basic  baccalau- 
reate nursing  program  through  the 
University  Office  of  Admissions.  Applicants 
to  the  Nursing  Program,  in  addition  to 
fulfilling  the  requirements  for  all  University 
students,  must  have  had  a  secondary  school 
program  including  at  least  three  units  of 
mathematics  and  two  laboratory  courses  of 
natural  sciences.  The  three  units  of 
mathematics  must  include  two  units  of 
algebra. 

Placement  Exam — Math 

Freshman  students  admitted  to  the  College 
of  Nursing  must  take  the  math  placement 
examination  before  they  commence  studies 
The  results  of  that  examination  may  require 
students  to  receive  tutoring  or  additional 
instruction. 

Admission  by  Transfer 

All  students  admitted  to  UMass  Dartmouth 
by  transfer  after  having  completed  some 
course  work  at  other  colleges  must  meet  the 
same  entrance  requirements  as  those  who 
apply  as  freshmen. 

Credits  earned  in  another  college,  for  which 
grades  meet  the  academic  policy  in  effect 
for  the  class  to  which  the  student  is 
admitted,  may  be  accepted  as  transfer 
credits  after  evaluation  of  official  transcripts. 


280 


Course  of  Study:  Basic  Baccalaureate  Nursing 


Typical  Program  Plan  Freshman  year 


Studies  in  the  sciences  and  liberal  arts 
provide  the  base  required  to  integrate  a 
conceptual  approach  to  the  study  of 
nursing  that  begins  in  the  sophomore  year. 

In  the  sophomore  year,  students  are  taught 
to  interact  with  individuals  using  successive 
phases  of  the  nursing  process.  They  acquire 
skills  in  observation  and  communication 
necessary  to  assess  an  individual's  needs, 
set  measurable  and  realistic  goals  of 
nursing  care,  and  devise  a  plan  of  care  to 
attain  the  goals.  Students  acquire  the  basic 
nursing  skills  to  implement  the  care  plan. 
They  evaluate  the  outcome  of  the  nursing 
care  plan  in  accordance  with  the  goals 
previously  set. 

In  the  junior  year,  the  scope  of  the 
students'  experiences  broadens  to  include 
family  groups  and  populations  at  risk. 
Students  develop  skills  in  caring  for  acutely 
ill  adults,  childbearing  and  childrearing 
families  in  the  hospital  and  community,  as 
well  as  populations  at  risk  in  communities. 
The  family  as  a  unit  of  care,  as  well  as 
populations  at  risk  in  communities,  become 
the  foci  for  the  nursing  process. 

In  the  senior  year,  the  students  learn  to 
interact  with  persons  at  all  levels  of  the 
hospital  and  long-term  care  structures,  and 
with  individuals  in  social  and  welfare 
agencies  that  impact  the  distribution  of 
health  care.  The  complexity  of  nursing  care 
required  by  clients  increases  and  students 
develop  skills  in  managing  complex  health 
needs.  Additionally,  Critical  Thinking,  Oral 
and  Written  Communication,  and 
Therapeutic  Nursing  intervention  skills  are 
refined. 

In  the  last  half  of  the  final  semester, 
students  have  a  mentorship  experience. 
During  this  experience  the  student  works  in 
partnership  with  a  staff  nurse  taking  on  the 
full  role  of  the  registered  nurse. 


The  basic  nursing  program  is  eight  semes- 
ters long  and  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree. 

Students  may  study  full-time  or  part-time  or 
follow  a  five-year  curriculum  plan  rather 
than  the  traditional  four-year  plan. 

All  students  must  complete  the  university's 
general  education  requirements  prior  to 
graduation. 

Generally  students  must  complete  one 
program  level  before  progressing  to  the  next 
level,  because  courses  build  on  previous 
knowledge. 

In  the  junior  and  senior  year,  there  are  two 
options  for  sequence  of  courses.  Detailed 
information  on  those  options  is  available 
from  the  academic  advisors  at  the  time  of 
early  registration  for  spring  semester  junior 
year. 

Exception  to  progression  policies  or 
prerequisites  can  only  be  made  by  the  Dean 
on  recommendation  of  the  faculty  advisor. 

All  students  take  examinations  to  document 
critical  thinking  ability.  These  examinations 
do  not  affect  progression  or  student  grades 
The  results  of  these  examinations  are  used 
for  documentation  of  outcomes.  Outcome 
evaluation  of  other  abilities  including 
therapeutic  interventions  and  communica- 
tion are  documented  by  review  of  randomly 
selected  student  works.  All  students,  in  all 
programs,  may  have  their  work  chosen  for 
review.  The  results  of  these  outcome 
reviews  will  be  reported  in  the  aggregate, 
preserving  the  students'  privacy  and 
anonymity.  Results  are  used  for  program 
evaluation  and  accreditation. 


During  the  Freshman  year  the  student  must 
complete  the  following  course  requirements 
for  progression  to  the  Sophomore  year: 

Credits 

ENL  101,102  Critical  Writing/Reading  6 


Math  (101  or  higher)  3 

Philosophy  3 

Psychology  101  3 

Sociology  101  3 

Natural  Sciences 

CHM  101,102  General  Chemistry  6 

BIO  154  Fundamentals  of  Biology  3 

NUR  105  Nutrition  3 

Total  30 


Students  must  have  completed  30  credits  by 
the  end  of  the  Freshman  year. 


281 


College  of  Nursing 


Sophomore  year 


Junior  year 


Senior  year 


In  the  Sophomore  year  students  begin  to 
develop  skills  in  nursing  care.  The  student 
must  complete  the  following  course 
requirements  for  progression  to  the  Junior 
year. 


Credits 


In  the  Junior  year  students  gam  nursing  skill 
in  caring  for  hospitalized  adults  and 
childbearing  and  child-rearing  families. 
Students  must  complete  the  following 
course  requirements  for  progression  to  the 
Senior  year. 

Credits 


In  the  Senior  year  students  care  for  persons 
with  complex  health  problems  in  a  variety  of 
settings 


Credits 


Natural  Sciences 

BIO  221,  223;  222,  224 
Anatomy  and  Physiology 

BIO  251  Medical  Microbiology 

BIO  261  Medical  Microbiology  Lab 

General  Education 

Social  Science  Requirement 

Humanities  Requirement 

Nursing 

NUR  204  Nursing  as  a 
Health  Profession  —  Theory 
and  Concepts 

NUR  240,  241  Health  Assessment 
through  the  Life  Span 

NUR  290,  291  Nursing  Care  of 
Persons  with  Alterations  in 
optimal  level  of  functioning 

NUR  303  Selected  Mechanisms  of 
Disease  and  Related  Pharmacology 


General  Education 

Humanities 

Nursing 

NUR  304  Mechanisms  of 

Disease  and  Related  Pharmacology 

NUR  314  Fundamentals  of 
Nursing  Research 

NUR  320,  321  Nursing  Care  of 
Hospitalized  Adults 

NUR  332  Concepts  of 
Family  Care 

NUR  334,  335  Nursing  Care  of 
Beginning  Families 

NUR  336,  337  Nursing  Care  of 
Children 


General  Education 
Elective  course 
Humanities 
Nursing 

NUR  420,  421  Psychiatric 
Mental  Health  Nursing 

NUR  430,  431 
Community  Nursing 

NUR  408  Contemporary  Issues 
in  Nursing 

NUR  440.  441  Nursing  Manage- 
ment in  Long-Term  Care 

NUR  450,  451  Nursing  Manage- 
ment in  Acute  Care 


Total 

Cumulative  Total 


32 
62 


Total 

Cumulative  Total 


30 
92 


Total 

Total  Credits: 


30 
122 


General  Education  Requirement  — Basic  Nursing 

Students  in  the  Basic  Baccalaureate  Nursing  program  will  meet  their  departmentally- 
controlled  General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Incorporated  into  NUR  204,  290,  314,  and  420 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Incorporated  into  required  NUR  courses 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Incorporated  into  required  NUR  courses 
Area  O:  Incorporated  into  NUR  314,  321,  431,  and  450 


282 


Nursing  Programs  for  RNs  —  Baccalaureate  and  Combined  BS-MS 


The  College  of  Nursing  offers  registered 
nurses  the  opportunity  to  advance  their 
professional  knowledge  in  two  professional 
degree  programs.  The  registered  nurse  may 
either  earn  a  baccalaureate  degree  in 
nursing  or  may  choose  to  accelerate 
progression  in  the  undergraduate  program 
and  complete  selected  requirements  for  a 
Master  of  Science  degree  in  nursing. 
Students  who  select  this  option  must  be 
matriculated  in  the  baccalaureate  program 
and  may  earn  9  graduate  credits  as  part  of 
their  undergraduate  study.  Upon  completion 
of  the  BS  degree,  students  proceed  to 
complete  the  graduate  program  in  nursing 
for  the  MS  degree. 

Admission 

Applicants  to  the  RN-BS  program  apply  for 
admission  as  transfer  students  through  the 
Admissions  Office.  A  current  Massachusetts 
RN  license  is  required  at  the  time  of 
application. 

Transfer  Credits 

Nursing  Credits 

A  registered  nurse  with  an  associate  degree 
from  Bristol,  Cape  Cod,  Massasoit,  or  Mass 
Bay  Community  College  is  eligible  to  transfer 
30  nursing  credits  based  on  articulation 
agreements  with  these  programs.  All  others 
receive  up  to  30  transfer  nursing  credits 
based  on  successful  achievement  of  selected 
Regents/Excelsior  College  challenge 
examinations. 

Non-Nursing  Distribution  Credits 

A  maximum  of  59  credits  may  be  transferred 
or  challenged.  Students  may  opt  to  take 
challenge  examinations  in  non-nursing 
courses  through  the  College  Level  Equiva- 
lency Program  (CLEP). 

Academic  Requirements  for  the  RN 
Baccalaureate  Student 

University  academic  regulations  and  those 
described  for  all  nursing  students  also  apply 
to  the  Baccalaureate  Program  for  the  RN.  A 
current  Massachusetts  RN  license  is  required 
for  admission  to  the  RN  program  and  must 
be  on  file  at  the  beginning  of  any  semester 
in  which  the  student  is  enrolled  in  a  clinical 
nursing  course.  Liability  insurance,  CPR 
certification,  immunization  status  report, 
and  CORI  check  are  also  required. 


Academic  Advisement 

Registered  nurses  have  unique  educational 
and  experiential  backgrounds.  Academic 
advisement  considers  the  needs  of  each 
student.  The  RN  Program  Director  in 
consultation  with  each  student  develops 
individualized  program  plans.  It  is  recom- 
mended that  students  considering  the  RN 
options  meet  with  the  RN  Program  Director 
for  informal  transcript  evaluation.  Upon 
admission  to  the  baccalaureate  program  a 
formal  transfer  credit  evaluation  is  com- 
pleted. Students  are  encourage  to  meet 
periodically  with  the  RN  Program  Director  to 
plan  progression  in  the  program.. 

Professor  Phyllis  A.  Currier  EdD,  RN 
RN  Program  Director 
Office:  Dion,  308  B 
508  999-8583 
pcurrier@umassd.edu 

During  the  summer  months  (June  -  August 
and  vacation  periods),  information  can  be 
obtained  from  the  office  of  the  Dean,  508 
999-8586. 


RN-BS  Program  Requirements 

Non-nursing  credits  59 

Nursing  Transfer  Credits  30 

UMass  Dartmouth  required 

Nursing  credits  33 

Total  Credits  for  Graduation  1 22 

RN  students  must  meet  the  University 
residency  requirement  of  a  minimum  of  45 
credits  earned  at  UMass  Dartmouth  in  order 
to  be  eligible  for  graduation.  This  represents 
33  required  nursing  credits  plus  12 
additional  non-nursing  credits. 

General  Education  Requirement 

Students  in  the  RN-BS  program  will  meet 
their  departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  NUR  306,  314,  408 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  Incorporated  into  required 
NUR  courses 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Incorporated  into  required 
NUR  courses 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  NUR  314,  321,  431,  and 
453 


The  RN— BS  Course  of  Study 

Nursing  Requirements-33  credits 
earned  at  UMass  Dartmouth: 

NUR  105  3 
Human  Nutrition 

NUR  302  3 
Disease  and  Related 
Pharmacology  for  RN  Students 

NUR  306**  4 
Professional  Nursing  Concepts 

NUR 322  3 
Extended  Assessment 
Skills  for  Nurses 

NUR 314  3 

Fundamentals  of  Nursing 

Research 

NUR 332**  3 
Concepts  of  Family  Care 

NUR  430,  431**  6 
Community  Nursing 

NUR  408  2 
Contemporary  Issues 
in  Nursing 

NUR  452,  453**  6 
Nursing  Management  Across 
the  Continuum  of  Care 

Total  36 

**  These  courses  include  clinical  experience. 


Non-Nursing  Requirements-59  credits 
The  following  33  credits  are  to  be  com- 
pleted prior  to  registration  for  the  first 
clinical  course. 


English 

Anatomy  and  Physiology 

Microbiology 

Math  (101  or  higher) 

Social  Sciences 


6 
8 
4 
3 
12 


The  following  26  credits  may  be  completed 
at  any  time. 


Humanities  (Philosophy) 
Humanities  electives 
Free  electives 


3 
6 
17 


283 


College  of  Nursing 


Nursing  Courses 


Combined  BS-MS  Program 
Requirements 

This  fast-track  program  enables  qualified 
BS  degree  students  in  the  RN  program 
track  to  complete  both  the  BS  and  MS 
degrees  with  an  overall  saving  of  time  and 
credits. 

Eligibility 

The  RN  student  must  be  matriculated  in 
the  baccalaureate  program  and  have: 

•  Completed  non-nursing  baccalaureate 
program  requirements 

•  Transferred  or  successfully  challenged 
30  nursing  credits 

•  Completed  Core  BS  nursing  courses 
totaling  25  credits: 

NUR  105  Human  Nutrition 

NUR  302  Selected  Mechanisms  of 

Disease  and  Pharmacology 
NUR  306  Professional  Nursing 

Concepts 
NUR  322  Health  Assessment 
NUR  430/431    Community  Nursing 
NUR  452/453   Nursing  Management 
Across  the  Continuum 
of  Care 

•  Earned  at  least  a  3.2  GPA  in  25  credits 
of  core  BS 

nursing  course 

•  Completed  the  required  Statistics 
course 

•  Satisfactory  performance  in  writing 
proficiency 

Those  who  qualify  and  are  interested  in  ths 
program  should  provide  references  from 
two  UMass  Dartmouth  faculty  members 
and  one  employer. 

Progression  to  MS  Program 

Students  will  take  selected  graduate 
courses  as  senior  year  elctives.  Studetns  will 
receive  a  baccalaureate  degree  with  a  total 
of  123  credits  and  be  eligible  to  progress 
into  the  graduate  program  if  a  GPA  of  3.0 
is  achieved  in  NUR  511,  NUR  541,  and  NUR 
520.  The  student  will  file  a  Nursing  MS 
application  in  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  meet  with  the  Nursing 
Graduate  Program  director  to  select  a 
graduate  program  option  The  completion 
of  30  additional  graduate  credits  is 
required  to  complete  the  Master  of  Science 
degree  in  nursing. 


BS-MS  Courses 

NUR  51 1  Research  Methods  in  Nursing  (3 
credits)  in  lieu  of  NUR  314  Fundamentals  of 
Nursing  Research 

NUR  541  Case  Management  in  the  Health 
Care  of  Families  (3  credits)  in  lieu  of  NUR 
332  Concepts  of  Family 
NUR  520  Health  Care  Systems  (3  credits)  in 
lieu  of  NUR  408 

Tuition  and  Fees 

Students  pay  tuition  and  fee  rates  as 
published  by  the  University.  Students 
selecting  the  BS-MS  option  will  pay 
undergraduate  rates  until  they  reach  the 
level  of  completion  of  the  baccalaureate 
degree. 


NUR  105  three  credits  S 
Human  Nutrition 

The  principles  of  human  nutrition.  Mam 
classifications  of  nutrients  will  be  covered 
with  emphasis  on  their  role  in  health 
maintenance.  Factors  which  affect  the 
nutritional  status  of  individuals,  including 
stage  m  the  life  cycle,  will  also  be  introduced 
along  with  current  nutritional  problems  in 
the  U.S.  This  course  is  open  to  all  students 
regardless  of  major.  May  fulfill  elective 
credits  for  non-nursing  majors. 

NUR  204  two  credits 
Nursing  as  a  Health  Profession: 
Theoretical  and  Conceptual  Basis 
of  Practice 

The  role  of  professional  nursing  in  the  health 
care  delivery  system.  The  historical, 
socioeconomic  and  political  context  of 
nursing  will  be  discussed  together  with  the 
theoretical  basis  and  content  of  nursing 
practice 

NUR  207  three  credits 
Womens'  Health  Issues 

Women's  health  needs  throughout  the  life 
stages  The  course  explores  the  significance 
of  women's  reproductive  capacity,  m  a 
physiological,  psychological,  and  social 
context  and  provides  a  framework  for 
discussion  of  related  issues.  The  course 
presents  basic  health  information  to  assist 
students  in  promoting  positive  personal 
health.  Cross-listed  as  WMS  207. 

NUR  208  three  credits 

Survey  of  Complementary  and 

Alternative  Health  Care 

An  exploration  of  alternative  and  comple- 
mentary therapies  used  to  prevent  illness, 
maintain  wellness,  or  alter  disease  progres- 
sion. The  philosophy,  science,  and  art  of  the 
prevailing  model  of  Western  health  care  as 
well  as  complementary  models  of  health 
care  from  other  cultures  are  discussed.  Roles 
of  various  health  practitioners  are  explored. 
This  course  is  open  to  all  students  regardless 
of  major. 

NUR  230  three  credits 
Holistic  Health  Promotion 

An  exploration  of  the  role  of  genetic 
endowment,  environment,  and  lifestyle 
behaviors  in  achieving  optimal  health  for 
individuals.  A  life-span  developmental 
approach  is  utilized  in  considering  health 
practices  intended  to  enhance  health  status 
and  well-being  for  all  age  groups.  Students 
will  examine  their  own  health  status  and 
develop  a  personal  health  promotion 
program. 


284 


Note:  Theory  portion  meets  one  50  minute 
session  per  credit;  clinical/lab  portion  meets 
three  50  minute  sessions  per  credit. 


NUR  240/241  two  credits  theory/one  credit 
laboratory 

Health  Assessment  Through  the  Life 
Span 

Corequisites:  BIO  221,  223 
Introduces  the  student  to  parameters  of 
health  for  individuals  representing  various 
ages  and  stages  across  the  life  span. 
Communication  skills  are  stressed  in 
developing  the  nurse/client  relationship. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  systematic  assessment  of 
healthy  individuals  as  a  first  step  in  the 
nursing  process. 

NUR  290/291  three  credits  theory/three 
credits  clinical 

Nursing  Care  of  Persons  with  Alter- 
ations in  Optimal  Level  of  Functioning 

Prerequisites:  NUR  204,  240,  241 
Corequisite:  NUR  303 

This  theory/clinical  laboratory  course  focuses 
on  application  of  the  nursing  process  in 
support  of  the  individual  adult  client  with 
selected  alterations  affecting  optimal  level 
of  function  (nursing  diagnoses).  Emphasis  is 
on  the  acquisition  of  basic  skills  for  use  in 
appropriate  intervention  with  selected 
nursing  diagnoses. 

NUR  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

NUR  302  three  credits 

Selected  Mechanisms  of  Disease  and 

Related  Pharmacology 

Prerequisites:  RN  status;  BIO  221,  222,  or 
ACT-PEP 

Disease  processes  in  humans.  Content 
selected  for  study  is  chosen  specifically  to 
enhance  the  RN  student's  understanding  of 
basic  pathophysiologic  concepts  and  is 
essential  to  understand  the  rationale  for 
clinical  judgment  and  therapeutic  interven- 
tion in  disease  conditions.  The  ability  of 
human  beings  to  adapt  to  stressors  is 
discussed  throughout  the  course.  Concepts 
of  pharmacology  and  drug  therapy  are 
integrated  to  allow  students  to  utilize  this 
information  in  clinical  practice. 

NUR  303/304  three  credits  each  term  S 
Selected  Mechanisms  of  Disease 


and  Related  Pharmacology  I,  II 

Prerequisites  or  Corequisites:  BIO  221,  223, 
BIO  222,  224 

Introduction  to  disease  processes  humans. 
Humans'  responses  and  adaptation  to  injury 
and  disease  are  discussed  throughout.  The 
content  selected  for  study  provides  the 
rationale  for  clinical  decision  making  and 
therapeutic  interventions  in  disease 
conditions.  Concepts  of  pharmacology  are 
integrated  throughout  these  courses. 

NUR  306  four  credits 
Professional  Nursing 

Professional  role  development  for  RN 
students,  addressing  nursing  issues  through 
critical  analysis  of  the  historical  influences, 
philosophical  perspectives,  and  socioeco- 
nomic factors  which  impact  professional  role 
development.  Emphasis  will  be  on  theoreti- 
cal knowledge  influencing  client  outcomes 
in  various  settings.  Effective,  creative 
communication  skills  leading  to  role 
transformation  behaviors  will  be  encouraged 
through  the  use  of  group  process  activities. 

NUR  314  three  credits 
Fundamentals  of  Nursing  Research 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
Introduces  the  student  to  research  as  it 
relates  to  nursing  practice  and  consequent 
improvement  in  health  care.  Content 
includes  research  design,  methods  of  data 
collection  and  exploration  of  analytical 
procedures  for  interpretation  of  data. 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  use  of  clinical 
nursing  research  findings. 

NUR  320/321  four  credits  theory/five  credits 
clinical 

Nursing  Care  of  Hospitalized  Adults 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
Corequisites:  NUR  304,  314 
The  application  of  the  nursing  process 
consistent  with  ANA  Standards  of  Clinical 
Nursing  Practice  in  support  of  adult  clients 
experiencing  multiple  alterations  in  optimal 
level  of  functioning  (OLF).  Focus  is  placed  on 
nursing  interventions  appropriate  to  clients 
with  acute  needs  and  multiple  nursing 
diagnoses.  Critical  thinking,  communication, 
and  therapeutic  nursing  intervention  skill 
development  are  emphasized. 

NUR  322  three  credits 

Extended  Assessment  Skills  for  Nurses 

Prerequisite:  must  have  a  current  RN  license 
Provides  registered  nurses  with  instruction 
and  practice  in  physical  examination  skills, 
obtaining  a  health  history,  and  recognizing 
abnormal  findings.  This  course  or  its  equival- 
ent is  prerequisite  to  the  graduate  program. 


NUR  332  three  credits 
Concepts  of  Family  Care 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  RN  student 
This  course  introduces  the  student  to 
application  of  nursing  process  to  the  family. 
Students  will  draw  from  a  variety  of  theories 
and  conceptual  frameworks  to  guide  the 
gathering  and  interpretation  of  assessment 
data.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  assessment  and 
nursing  interventions  to  support  or 
strengthen  optimal  level  of  functioning  (OLF) 
for  families  across  the  life  cycle. 

NUR  334/335  two  credits  theory/two  credits 
clinical 

Nursing  Care  of  Beginning  Families 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  and 
NUR  320,  321 
Corequisites:  NUR  332 
This  theory/clinical  lab  course  focuses  on  the 
nursing  care  required  by  the  childbearing 
and  childrearing  family  as  they  adapt  to 
developmental  and  situational  stressors.  The 
student  applies  the  nursing  process  to  the 
care  of  parents,  children  and  families  in  col- 
laboration with  other  members  of  the  health 
team.  Clinical  experience  occurs  in  a  variety 
of  community  and  institutional  settings. 

NUR  336/337  two  credits  theory/three 

credits  clinical 

Nursing  Care  of  Children 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  and 
NUR  320,  321 
Corequisite:  NUR  332 

This  theory/clinical  lab  course  focuses  on  the 
nursing  care  of  children  from  infancy 
through  adolescence  and  their  families 
within  a  developmental  framework, 
identifying  ways  to  support  the  child's 
adaptation  to  developmental  or  situational 
stress.  Emphasis  is  on  the  responses  of 
children  and  their  families  to  health 
maintenance  measures,  illness,  injury  and 
hospitalization. 

NUR  408  two  credits 
Contemporary  Issues  in  Nursing 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
Expands  the  student's  understanding  of  the 
way  in  which  historical,  socioeconomic,  and 
political  forces  have  influenced  both  the 
nursing  profession  and  the  nursing  profes- 
sional, and  of  ways  in  which  an  understand- 
ing of  those  forces  can  help  nurses  to  shape 
the  future  of  nursing.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  identification  of  strategies  for  confront- 
ing and  dealing  with  issues  in  nursing. 

NUR  420/421  three  credits  theory/three 
credits  clinical 

Psychiatric  Mental  Health  Nursing 


285 


College  of  Nursing 


Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  and 
NUR  320,  321 

Theory/clinical  lab  course  introducing  the 
student  to  selected  nursing  and  other 
theories  of  psychiatric  and  mental  health 
nursing  as  the  basis  for  application  of 
nursing  process  to  individuals  with 
alterations  in  mental  health.  The  goal  of 
nursing  with  the  client  population  is  to 
promote  optimal  mental  health  of  individu- 
als and  small  groups  within  the  context  of 
the  family  and  community.  Emphasis  will  be 
on  the  evaluation  of  client  outcomes 
attributable  to  care  provided  by  nursing  and 
other  members  of  the  health  team. 

NUR  430/431  three  credits  theory/three 
credits  clinical 
Community  Nursing 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing,  NUR  320,  321 
(basic  program);  NUR  306  (RN  program) 
Corequisite:  NUR  332 
Theory/clinical  lab  course  introducing  the 
student  to  the  community  and  aggregate 
populations  as  the  client,  and  examining  the 
role  of  the  community  health  nurse  as  a 
facilitator  of  change  in  communities  and 
populations.  Principles  of  epidemiology, 
demography,  environmental  sciences  and 
political  organizations  are  synthesized  with 
nursing  concepts  and  principles  to  provide 
the  basis  for  community  nursing  practice. 
Using  the  community  process,  stressors  on 
and  adaptations  of  communities  and  aggre- 
gates within  communities  are  assessed,  and 
theory  based  nursing  care  plans  for 
populations  are  developed  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  implementation  and  evaluation  of 
interventions  designed  to  promote  health  of 
populations  at  risk  by  maximizing  the 
population's  self  care  potential. 

NUR  440/441  two  credits  theory/one  credit 

clinical 

Nursing  Management  in  the  Long-Term 
Care  System 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing  (basic 
program);  NUR  306  (RN) 
Corequisites:  NUR  450,  451  (basic  program), 
none (RN) 

The  clinical  management  role  of  the 
professional  nurse  in  the  nursing  care  of 
older  adults.  Nursing  practice  occurs  in 
skilled  nursing  facilities  and  other  settings 
that  provide  students  with  the  opportunity 
for  clinical  decision  making,  health 
promotion,  health  teaching,  and  referral 
within  the  long-term  care  system.  Long-term 
care  system  regulatory  processes,  public 
poky,  legal  and  ethical  issues,  and 
socioeconomic  and  cultural  variables  will  be 
considered  as  they  affect  client  outcomes. 


Cross-listed  as  GRT  440/441 . 

NUR  450/451  three  credits  theory/four 
credits  clinical 

Nursing  Management  in  Acute  Care 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing 
Theoretical  concepts,  research,  and  inter- 
vention strategies  essential  to  the  nursing 
management  of  the  acutely  ill  client,  and 
consistent  with  the  ANA  Standards  of 
Clinical  Nursing  Practice  Students  are 
provided  with  opportunities  to  demonstrate 
synthesis  of  their  learning  in  a  variety  of 
practice  settings.  Socio-environmental 
factors  which  influence  client  and  nurse 
health  care  decisions  are  analyzed.  Oppor- 
tunities to  apply  principles  of  leadership/ 
management  in  practice  are  provided.  The 
collaborator,  advocate,  and  leadership  roles 
of  the  nurse  are  stressed  Critical  thinking, 
communication,  and  therapeutic  nursing 
intervention  skills  in  nursing  practice  are 
refined.  Clinical  settings  include  acute  care 
hospitals,  and  clients'  homes 

NUR  452/453  three  credits  theory/  three 
credits  clinical 

Nursing  Management  Across  the 
Continuum  of  Care 

Prerequisites:  NUR  306,  NUR  322 
The  nursing  management  of  adults 
experiencing  chronic  health  problems  with 
complex  responses.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  assessment  of  the  functional  health 
status  of  middle  and  older  adults  and 
families  in  multiple  care  settings.  This 
theory/clinical  course  is  designed  to  provide 
students  with  knowledge  from  bio-psycho- 
social  sciences,  nursing  theory  and  research, 
and  philosophy  that  supports  a  multidimen- 
sional perspective  on  the  experience  of 
chronicity.  Selected  concepts  of  chronicity 
such  as  quality  of  life,  altered  mobility, 
sexuality,  body  image,  stigma,  social 
isolation,  compliance  and  chronic  pain  are 
applied  in  clinical  experiences  with  clients 
across  the  continuum  of  care.  Nursing 
models  are  used  to  guide  implementation  of 
the  nursing  process  for  adults  of  various 
developmental  stages. 

NUR  481/581  three  credits 
Women's  Health  Seminar 

Prerequisites:  Seniors  must  have  minimum 
GPA  of  3.2 

Research  into  the  causes,  treatments,  and 
prevention  of  health  problems  that  affect 
the  quality  of  life  of  adult  women  in  the 
United  States.  Material  from  the  NIH,  Office 
of  Research  on  Women's  Health,  and  other 
relevant  studies  will  be  reviewed  using 
electronic  and  other  data  sources.  Issues 


that  pertain  to  women's  health  will  be 
addressed  as  related  to  diseases,  disorders, 
and  conditions  that  are  unique  to,  more 
prevalent  among,  or  far  more  serious  for 
women  than  for  men.  Factors  such  as 
biological  processes,  lifestyle,  racial,  ethnic, 
age,  and  socioeconomic  variables  will  be 
studied. 

NUR  485/585  three  credits  S 
Environmental  Health 

Prerequisite:  Introductory  Chemistry  or 
Biology  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
The  interaction  of  the  environment  and 
human  health,  from  the  perspective  of  an 
ecological  framework.  Physical,  psychologi- 
cal, and  psychosocial  health  responses  to 
environmental  toxins  and  infectious  agents 
will  be  a  central  theme.  Previous  endeavors 
to  maintain  and  improve  the  environment 
through  the  legislative  process,  public  policy 
and  regulation  will  be  studied  by  examining 
case  studies.  The  effects  of  war  on  the 
environment  and  public  health  will  also  be 
studied.  (Only  the  485  level  carries  general 
Education  credit.) 

NUR  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Nursing 

NUR  500  three  credits 
Theory  Building  in  Nursing 

Examination  of  (a)  components  of  theories, 
various  activities  of  theory  development  and 
theoretical/conceptual  analysis,  and  (b)  the 
evolution  and  status  of  theory  development 
in  nursing.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  relationship  of  theory-research- 
practice  in  nursing  knowledge  development. 

NUR  503  three  credits 

Transition  to  Advanced  Practice  Nursing 

Portfolio  students  only 
Designed  for  nurses  with  bachelor's  degrees 
in  areas  other  than  nursing,  provides  a 
common  knowledge  base  including  the 
community  perspective  as  a  foundation  for 
graduate  study  in  nursing.  The  realities  of 
modern  nursing  practice  are  examined. 

NUR  511  three  credits 


286 


Note:  Some  graduate  courses  may  be  open 
to  undergraduates.  Please  consult  your 
department  chairperson.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


Research  Methodology  in  Nursing 

Assists  students  in  identifying  and  exploring 
researchable  problems  in  nursing.  Compo- 
nents of  the  research  process  are  examined. 
Both  quantitative  and  qualitative  approaches 
to  generating  and  testing  nursing  knowl- 
edge and  the  associated  philosophies  of 
each  approach  are  examined.  The  focus  of 
the  course  is  on  (a)  understanding  and 
judging  the  usefulness  of  scientific  informa- 
tion for  clinical  nursing  practice,  (b)  valuing 
research  as  a  basis  for  professional  nursing, 
and  (c)  collaborating  in  research  activities. 

NUR  515  three  credits 

Managing  Organizational  Resources 

The  use  of  financial  and  human  resources  to 
fulfill  the  function  of  nursing  in  a  health 
agency.  Coalition  building,  negotiation,  and 
conflict  resolution  skills  will  be  developed  to 
facilitate  roles  in  the  bureaucratic  environ- 
ment. Alternate  approaches  to  leadership 
styles,  management  skills,  utilization  of 
personnel,  interpersonal  negotiations,  bud- 
get management  and  the  nurse  leader  in 
the  organizational  structure  will  be  explored. 

NUR  520  three  credits 
Health  Care  Systems 

The  nature  of  the  health  care  system.  The 
focus  will  be  on  the  history,  development, 
financing,  and  regulation  of  the  health  care 
system.  Selected  mechanisms  for  change 
such  as  policy  formation,  cost  analysis, 
rationing,  accreditation,  and  quality 
assurance  programs  will  be  examined. 

NUR  540  three  credits 
Biostatistics  and  Epidemiology 

The  basic  principles  and  methods  of 
biostatistics  and  epidemiology  and  their 
applicability  in  the  field  of  public  health 
nursing.  Student  will  learn  the  basic  skills 
needed  to  interpret  the  literature  relevant  to 
public  health  practitioners. 

NUR  541  two  credits  theory; 

one  credit  practicum  (3  clock  hours) 

Case  Management  in  the  Health  Care  of 

Families 

Analyzing  theories  of  family  development 
and  interaction  to  develop  a  conceptual 
base  for  assessment  of  family  health  needs. 
Students  will  be  expected  to  develop/or 
critically  examine  the  defining  characteristics 
of  a  family-based  nursing  diagnosis. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  nursing 
interventions  for  families  in  crises  due  to 
family  dysfunction  or  the  occurrence  of  HIV 
infection,  chronic  illness,  or  social  pathol- 
ogy. Case  management  as  a  strategy  for 
meeting  family  health  needs  will  be  utilized 
in  a  clinical  setting. 


NUR  542  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Nursing  Education 

Identifying  and  exploring  current  problems  in 
nursing  education.  This  seminar  focuses  on 
(a)  understanding  the  conceptual  issues  in 
nursing  education,  (b)  evaluating  the 
usefulness  of  various  approaches  in  nursing 
education,  (c)  valuing  multiple  approaches 
and  styles  both  in  teaching  and  learning,  and 
(d)  developing  skills  in  nursing  education. 

NUR  543  three  credits 

Topics  in  Ethics  and  Distributive  Justice 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Current  ethical  issues  in  health  care 
embedded  in  theoretical  frameworks  of 
distributive  justice,  ethics,  and  feminism. 
Students  from  various  advanced  practice 
arenas  of  human  services  including  nursing, 
philosophy,  political  science,  criminal  justice, 
and  the  social  sciences  debate  and  analyze 
specific  ethical  issues  inherent  in  their 
advanced  practice.  A  multidisciplinary 
approach  provides  the  student  with  a 
comprehensive  perspective  for  analyzing 
ethical  issues. 

NUR  549  three  credits 

Community  Building  and  Planning  for 

School  Health 

Special  elective  for  off -campus  program,  not 
for  UMass  Dartmouth  degree  program 
Theories  of  coalition  building  and  methods 
of  program  planning  to  develop  health  care 
programs  for  school  populations.  The 
emphasis  will  be  on  planning,  organizing, 
and  obtaining  resources  for  school  health 
programs  to  promote  health.  The  legislative 
and  regulatory  branches  of  the  government 
will  be  examined  closely  to  understand  their 
part  in  defining  problems,  regulating,  and 
evaluating  health  programs  within  local  and 
regional  school  systems. 

NUR  550  three  credits 
Pathophysiological  Bases  for  Advanced 
Nursing  Practice 

The  interrelationship  of  human  systems  and 
the  effect  of  illness  on  the  individual  as  a 
whole.  Students  examine  prototypic 
concepts  and  patterns  related  to  clinical 
physiology  using  current  texts  and  research 
literature.  The  pathophysiology  of  various 
body  processes  such  as  oxygenation,  per- 
fusion, digestion,  elimination  and  defense 
are  considered.  The  dynamics  of  stress, 
ischemia,  edema,  and  pain  are  presented. 
Students  analyze  physiological  problems  in- 
depth  as  they  relate  to  specific  clients. 

NUR  551  two  credits  theory 

Scope  and  Outcomes  in  Advanced  Health 

287 


Nursing 

Prerequisite:  NUR  500 
The  scope,  standards,  and  outcomes  of 
advanced  practice  nursing.  The  evolution  of 
advanced  practice  is  considered  by 
examining  historical  background,  current 
realities,  and  future  directions.  Students 
analyze  the  role  components  of  expert 
clinician,  educator,  consultant,  and  case 
manager  in  the  care  of  adult  clients. 
Standards  of  practice,  development  and  use 
of  protocols/practice  guidelines,  and 
evidence  of  improved  health  outcomes  are 
analyzed  as  mechanisms  to  promote 
delivering  quality  care.  Critical  thinking, 
written  and  oral  communication,  and 
therapeutic  nursing  intervention  skill 
development  are  emphasized. 

NUR  552  one  credit  theory, 

two  credits  lab/practicum  (6  clock  hours) 

Advanced  Assessment  for  Primary  Care 

Establishing  a  foundation  for  assessment  in 
primary  care  through  didactic,  laboratory 
modules,  and  practicum  experiences. 
Emphasis  is  on  health  history  interviewing, 
basic  physical  examination  using  four  mod- 
alities, and  beginning  skill  development  in 
differential  diagnosis.  The  course  is  restric- 
ted to  adults  including  emphasis  on  gender, 
racially  diverse  and  aging  populations. 

NUR  553  three  credits 

Clinical  Pharmacology  for  Ambulatory 

Care 

Prerequisite:  NUR  550 
Pharmacological  agents  used  in  the 
prevention,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of 
human  disease  and  injury  in  the  adult.  The 
focus  is  on  the  basis  for  the  clinical  use  of 
drug  therapy.  Characterization,  evaluation 
and  comparison  of  drugs  form  the  frame- 
work for  this  course.  Classes  of  drugs  will  be 
critically  evaluated  in  terms  of  desired 
effects  and  degree  of  tolerable  undesired 
effects.  Clinical  pharmacological  concerns 
related  to  aging,  drug  interactions,  and 
legalities  will  be  addressed. 

NUR  556  two  credit  theory, 

three  credits  practicum  (9  clock  hours) 

Introduction  to  Primary  Care 

Prerequisites:  NUR  550,  NUR  552,  NUR  553 
Nursing  care  of  the  adult  client  who  is 
experiencing  acute  episodic  illness  in  a 
community  setting.  The  content  reflects 
knowledge  necessary  for  providing  primary 
care  services  in  an  ever-changing,  ever- 
evolving  health  care  climate.  It  will  build  on 
the  student's  knowledge  of  physical 
assessment,  pathophysiology,  pharmacol- 
ogy, and  other  treatment  modalities, 

College  of  Nursing 


emphasizing  knowledge  and  skill  of  health 
promotion,  screening,  maintenance, 
diagnosis,  differential  diagnosis,  and 
management  of  care  in  collaboration  with 
other  health  professionals.  Nursing  care  and 
treatment  modalities  will  be  stressed  for 
each  patient.  Clinical  experiences  will  be 
with  preceptors  in  a  variety  of  settings. 

NUR  595  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prereguisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  graduate  director, 
and  college  dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

NUR  596  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

NUR  610  one  credit 
Capstone/Thesis  Direction 

The  student  works  with  the  major  advisor  to 
develop  a  purpose  for  either  a  capstone  or  a 
thesis.  The  completed  study  will  be 
submitted  as  a  major  scholarly  product.  The 
report  must  be  acceptable  and  will  be 
graded  P/F;  it  will  not  carry  a  letter  grade. 

NUR  635  two  credits 

Clinical  Reasoning  in  Advanced  Nursing 
Practice 

Pre-  or  corequisite:  Clinical  course  in 
selected  option 

Current  theoretical  and  empirical  knowledge 
relative  to  critical  thinking  and  clinical 
decision  making.  Research  guided  by 
decision  theory,  information  processing 
theory  and  prospect  theory  will  be  consid- 
ered. Several  informatic  approaches  such  as 
expert  systems  and  decision  analysis  will  be 
examined.  Ethical  considerations  will  be 
explored.  Strategies  to  improve  diagnostic 
reasoning  will  be  discussed  and  students  will 
analyze  their  own  clinical  judgments 
throughout  the  course 

NUR  647  three  credits 

Social  Pathologies/The  New  Morbidities 

The  prevalence  and  severity  of  public  health 
problems  or  social  morbidities.  Survey  instru- 
ments that  assess  high  risk  health  behaviors 
m  selected  populations  are  examined.  Public 
health  strategies  designed  to  reduce  the 


new  social  morbidities  are  reviewed 

NUR  654  two  credits  theory, 
three  credits  practicum  (9  clock  hours) 
Advanced  Nursing  Management 
of  Illness-Related  Phenomena 

Prerequisites:  NUR  658  (NP  track  only) 
Negotiated  management  of  illness-related 
phenomena  occurring  along  a  continuum. 
Relevant  theoretical  foundations,  expanded 
clinical  knowledge,  and  complex  nursing 
interventions  are  explored  and  further 
synthesizes  into  client-based  theories  and 
measurable  outcome  criteria  The  practicum 
focuses  on  the  application  of  theoretical 
knowledge  and  clinical  skills  within  the 
selected  clinical  focus.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
issues  related  to  continuum  of  care. 

NUR  658  two  credits  theory, 

four  credits  practicum  (12  clock  hours) 

Role  Synthesis:  Adult  Nurse  Practitioner 

Prerequisite:  NUR  556 

The  historical,  socio-economic,  political,  and 
professional  constraints  and  opportunities 
influencing  the  nurse  practitioner  role 
Leadership  strategies  that  support  the 
development  and  negotiation  of  this  role  in 
the  health  care  system  are  explored.  Policies 
related  to  legal  aspects  of  the  role  are 
analyzed  Transition  to  the  role  is  enhanced 
by  further  examination  of  decision-making 
in  primary  and  continuing  care  in  both  the 
theoretical  and  practicum  component. 

NUR  675  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Advanced  Practice 

Individualized  clinical  assignments  and 
focused  seminar  discussions  to  foster  the 
synthesis  of  advanced  knowledge  and  skills 
in  the  development  of  the  advanced  practice 
role  Precepted  clinical  experiences  will  be 
expanded  through  the  exploration  of 
innovative  models  of  advanced  practice, 
research,  utilization  strategies  relating  to 
identified  concerns  for  a  specific  client 
population  or  environment  of  care,  and 
emphasis  on  client  population  or  environ- 
ment of  care,  and  emphasis  on  client  and 
system  outcome  measures. 

NUR  680  three  credits 
Community  Health  Assessment 

Providing  knowledge  and  skills  to  develop 
the  role  of  the  community/public  health 
nursing  specialist.  The  course  presents 
throughout  the  core  public  health  functions 
of  assessment,  assurance,  and  policy 
development,  focusing  on  assessment.  Each 
student  will  assess  a  community,  identifying 
the  strengths,  weaknesses,  stressors,  and 
adaptations  of  aggregates  and  communities. 


Principles  of  epidemiology,  demography, 
environmental  sciences,  and  political  theory 
will  be  synthesized  with  nursing  concepts  to 
provide  the  basis  for  community  nursing 
practice  in  a  dynamic  health  delivery  system 

NUR  681  three  credits 
Community  Health  Nursing  II 

Prerequisites:  NUR  541  and  599 
Study  of  methods  of  health  planning 
through  development  of  program  plans  that 
address  identified  health  care  problems  in 
the  region,  with  special  emphasis  on  needs 
of  the  underserved,  cultural  variations  in 
health  practices,  and  cost  effectiveness.  The 
course  explores  theories  of  community  org- 
anization, coalition  development,  and  of 
health  program  generation  that  incorporate 
latest  research  findings  Evaluation  plans  will 
be  developed  to  measure  outcomes. 
Legislative,  executive,  and  regulatory 
branches  of  government  will  be  examined  to 
understand  their  roles  in  assessing  problems, 
planning,  implementing,  and  evaluating 
health  programs;  funding  sources  for 
programs  will  also  be  explored. 

NUR  682  three  credits  practicum  (9  clock 
hours) 

Community  Health  Nursing  II  Practicum 

Pre-  or  corequisites:  NUR  680  and  681 
The  student  will  utilize  principles  of  social 
change,  community  organization,  planning, 
and  evaluation  to  develop  effective 
community  nursing  programs  Working 
within  a  community  framework,  the  student 
will  develop  a  community  project  as  an 
intervention  for  a  previously  identified 
community  health  problem. 

NUR  683  three  credits 
Community  Health  Nursing  III 

Prerequisite:  NUR  682 
Effective  advanced  practice  in  community 
health  nursing,  through  a  theoretical  basis 
to  support  the  role  of  community  health 
nursing  in  program  evaluation  and  quality 
management.  The  student  will  analyze 
critically  existing  taxonomies  and  databases 
to  determine  their  effectiveness  for 
measuring  outcomes.  Students  will  gain 
evaluation  research  skills  through  analysis  of 
existing  nursing  programs  and  will  refine 
those  skills  by  identifying  variables  that  have 
the  potential  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of 
community  health  nursing  programs. 

NUR  684  three  credits  practicum  (9  clock 
hours) 

Community  Health  Nursing  III  Practicum 

Corequisite:  NUR  683 

Application  of  evaluation  skills  to  enhance 


288 


the  role  of  quality  management  in  public 
health/community  health  nursing.  The  major 
focus  will  be  on  measurement  of  outcomes, 
quality  management,  and  cost  effectiveness. 
The  students  will  identify  and  evaluate  a 
community  program,  identify  critical 
variables,  and  create  or  analyze  a  database 
to  promote  measurement  of  qualify  and 
effectiveness.  The  practicum  utilizes 
computer  skills  throughout. 

NUR  701  three  credits 
Systematizing,  Translating,  and 
Transitioning  Knowledge  to  Nursing 
Practice 

Synthesis,  transfer,  and  application  of  know- 
ledge in  practice.  During  this  course  doctoral 
students  study  how  practice  knowledge  is 
structured  and  explore  metacognitive  strate- 
gies to  promote  accurate  knowledge  use.  In- 
depth  analysis  of  theories  of  knowledge  use 
will  be  examined.  Students  will  examine 
structured  models,  construct  new  models, 
and  attempt  to  resolve  inconsistencies  in 
existing  designs  to  make  practice  knowledge 
explicit.  The  role  of  reflective  knowledge 
generation  will  be  scrutinized.  Issues  of 
common  language,  including  taxonomy 
systems  recognized  by  the  ANA,  emerge  as 
significant  features  in  practice  knowledge 
development.  Knowledge  assimilation, 
codification  strategies,  synthesis,  concept 
mapping,  and  clustering  become  important 
tools  for  the  knowledge  developer.  Infor- 
matics and  the  use  of  decision  support 
systems  as  well  as  issues  of  soft  knowledge 
such  as  intuition  will  be  considered. 


289 


College  of  Nursing 


College  of  Visual 
and  Performing  Arts 


CVPA,  the  College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts,  is  a 
comprehensive  arts  college  with  Bachelor's  and 
Master's  programs  that  prepare  students  for  careers  in 
the  arts.  To  assure  that  its  programs  meet  appropriate 
standards,  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
is  an  accredited  institutional  member  of  the  National 
Association  of  Schools  of  Art  and  Design,  the  national 
accrediting  body  for  the  visual  arts. 

Undergraduate  students  in  the  college  may  choose 
concentrations  from  a  broad  spectrum  of  the  arts,  all  of 
which  provide  a  framework  for  developing  a  high 
degree  of  professional  competence  and  pursuing 
individual  creative  goals.  Essential  to  this  framework 
are  the  academic  programs  and  resources  of  the  whole 
university. 

Students  of  Visual  Design  may  select  Graphic  Design, 
Illustration,  Photography,  Electronic  Imaging,  Ceramics, 


or  Jewelry/Metals  and  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in 
Visual  Design.  Alternatively,  students  may  pursue 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degrees  in  Art  Education,  Paint- 
ing/20 Studies,  Sculpture/3D  Studies,  or  Textile  Design/ 
Fiber  Arts.  Students  may  also  pursue  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  in  Art  History  or  in  Music. 

The  facilities  and  eguipment  on  the  Dartmouth  and 
New  Bedford  campuses  are  a  source  of  pride  for  our 
students  and  faculty,  and  are  among  the  finest  in  New 
England.  Visits  by  applicants  are  encouraged. 

Individual  attention  is  also  emphasized.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  consult  with  the  Foundation  advisors, 
departmental  advisers,  the  Chairpersons,  and  the  Dean 
about  choosing  programs  and  options  and  on  matters 
concerning  their  progress  at  the  university. 


General  Academic  Policies 


Admission  to  the  Undergraduate  Major 
Programs  in  Studio  Art 

All  applicants  for  admission  submit  an  art 
portfolio.  This  requirement  is  summarized 
below.  Specific  instructions  are  given  in  the 
Admissions  Bulletin. 

New  freshman  applicants  are  encouraged  to 
seek  admission  to  the  college's  studio  art 
programs  as  "Studio  Art  Unspecified" 
majors.  During  the  Foundation  Year  they 
will  have  an  opportunity  to  select  specific 
areas  of  specialization  in  consultation  with 
an  advisor. 

Transfer  students  are  admitted  into  specific 
majors  only.  They  will  present  an  art  port- 
folio as  an  element  in  the  department's 
admission  decision  and  to  aid  in  the  evalu- 
ation of  their  previous  work  for  transfer 
credit  at  UMass  Dartmouth.  They  will  also 
be  asked  to  identify  a  preferred  option,  such 
as  "Graphic  Design"  or  "Ceramics,"  if  their 
major  of  choice  offers  options.  Transfer 
students  who  wish  to  be  admitted  into 
courses  above  the  sophomore  level  must 
bring  a  portfolio  to  transfer  orientation. 
Acceptance  into  advanced  courses  is  rare, 
not  automatic. 

Art  Portfolio 

Submission  of  a  portfolio  is  required.  In 
order  to  understand  an  applicant's  ability 
and  preparation,  faculty  members  will 
review  a  portfolio.  We  recognize  that  a 
portfolio  is  not  a  precise  measure  of 
potential  and  that  our  applicants  come  to  us 
with  varying  amounts  of  previous  art 
instruction.  Space  in  the  art  programs  is 
limited;  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  you 
submit  your  application  together  with  your 
portfolio  before  March  15. 

A  portfolio  should  consist  of  fifteen  35mm 
slides  presented  in  an  8  1/2"  by  1 1 "  plastic 
file  sheet.  The  faculty  is  especially  interested 
in  seeing  drawing  from  direct  observation. 
Slides  should  have  labels  with  the 
applicant's  name  and  the  size,  medium,  and 
date  of  completion  of  the  work;  a  dot  in  the 
lower  left  hand  corner;  and  numbers.  The 
numbers  should  correspond  to  a  list  which 
includes  information  that  will  be  useful  in 
understanding  the  work  (e.g.,  descriptions 
of  the  assignments,  concepts,  or  processes). 
Please  enclose  a  stamped  envelope  with 
enough  postage  so  that  we  may  return  your 
portfolio. 


Music  Audition 

An  audition  is  required  of  applicants  to  the 
music  program.  The  Department  of  Music 
and  the  Office  of  Admissions  will  arrange  a 
convenient  time  with  applicants. 

Changing  to  a  Studio  Art  major 

Students  requesting  a  change  of  major  into 
one  of  the  studio  arts  majors/options  are 
expected  to  provide  a  portfolio  of  slides 
along  with  the  change  of  major  form. 

Advanced  Placement 

Credit  for  advanced  placement  courses  will 
be  awarded  if  grades  of  3  or  above  (on  a 
1-5  scale)  have  been  achieved  in  courses 
which  have  UMass  Dartmouth  equivalents. 
The  department  will  determine  whether  this 
credit  will  be  given  toward  elective  or  major 
requirements. 

Course  Prerequisites 

Many  programs  in  the  College  of  Visual  and 
Performing  Arts  are  sequential,  building 
knowledge  and  skills  step-by-step.  Course 
prerequisites,  which  assure  that  essential 
knowledge  has  been  achieved,  are  identified 
in  the  course  descriptions  found  in  this 
catalogue.  Normally,  courses  are  offered 
only  once  each  year;  therefore,  students 
entering  the  college  at  mid-year  should  be 
aware  that  they  may  have  to  wait  until  the 
following  semester  to  meet  a  prerequisite. 

Studio  Credit/Class  Hour  Requirements 

Studio  art  courses  require  three  hours  of 
work  per  week  for  each  hour  of  credit.  In 
most  studio  art  courses,  two  hours  per 
credit  a  week  are  scheduled  in  class,  and  the 
third  hour  is  the  individual  student's 
responsibility  to  complete. 

Cumulative  Average 

To  be  eligible  to  graduate,  a  student  must 
achieve  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative  average  (C) 
for  the  entire  program  with  a  minimum  of 
2.0  in  identified  key  courses  in  the  major 
field  of  study,  as  identified  in  subsequent 
sections  of  the  catalogue. 

Retention  of  Student  Work 

The  College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 
reserves  the  right  to  retain  examples  of 
student  class  work  for  teaching  and 
exhibition  purposes. 


Accreditation 

The  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
is  an  accredited  institutional  member  of  the 
National  Association  of  Schools  of  Art  and 
Design. 


Graduate  Programs 

The  college  offers  graduate  programs 
leading  to  the  Master  of  Fine  Arts  in 
Artisanry,  the  Master  of  Fine  Arts  in  Fine 
Arts,  the  Master  of  Fine  Arts  in  Visual 
Design,  and  the  Master  of  Art  Education. 
The  MFAs  in  Artisanry,  Fine  Arts,  and  Visual 
Design  are  professionally  oriented  and 
develop  the  abilities  and  interests  of  each 
student  toward  the  broad  goal  of  advanced 
professional  practice.  The  Master's  in  Art 
Education  has  components  for  in-service  art 
teachers,  fine  arts  degree  holders,  and 
continuing  education  students.  See  the 
Graduate  Catalogue  for  information. 


Foundation  Studio  Arts  Program 

Required  of  All  Majors  (except  Art  History 
and  Music) 

The  foundation  studio  arts  program  at  the 
College  of  Visual  and  Performing  arts  is  a 
rigorous  program  designed  to  promote 
creativity  and  develop  in  the  young  artist  an 
understanding  of  the  visual  language. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  drawing 
skills  through  organic  and  inorganic  subject 
matter,  refining  abilities  in  working  with 
two-  and  three-dimensional  design 
problems,  and  identifying  professional 
interests.  The  foundation  courses  (at  the 
100  level)  are  required  for  all  visual  arts 
majors  and  are  a  prerequisite  for  all  200-  or 
higher-level  courses  in  Fine  Arts,  Textile 
Design/Fiber  Arts,  Visual  Design,  and  Art 
Education.  Two  Art  History  courses,  ARH 
125  Studies  in  Visual  Culture:  Renaissance 
to  Modern  Art  and  ARH  150  Studies  in 
Visual  Culture:  Modern  to  Contemporary 
Art,  are  also  required,  and  together  with 
ARH  200  Studies  in  Visual  Culture:  Ancient, 
Medieval,  and  World  Art  (scheduled  for  the 
second  year),  they  provide  a  historical 
survey  of  the  art  of  the  Western  world. 


291 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


All  studios  meet  two  hours  weekly  for  each 
credit  offered. 


Foundation  Studio  Arts  Program,  cont. 


Foundation  Courses 

FOU  101  one  credit  C 
Visual  Arts  Colloquium  I 

1 .25  lecture  hours 

A  forum  for  faculty  and  visual  artists  to 
present  current  topics  in  the  arts  to  new 
visual  art  students.  It  serves  as  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  resources  of  the  College  of 
Visual  and  Performing  Arts  and  the 
University  In  addition,  the  Colloquium  hosts 
cultural  events,  providing  opportunities  for 
community  activities  for  the  CVPA. 

FOU  102  one  credit  C 
Visual  Arts  Colloquium  II 

1.25  lecture  hours 
Continuation  of  FOU  101. 

FOU  110  three  credits  C 
Foundation:  Structural  Drawing 

One  of  two  studio  courses  that  introduce 
students  to  the  comprehensive  visual 
language  of  drawing.  Various  projects  and 
presentations  expose  students  to  numerous 
drawing  approaches,  including  ways  of 
structuring  the  picture  plane,  establishing 
proportion,  creating  believable  space  with 
linear  perspective,  and  modeling  form  with 
shading.  Students  will  apply  these  skills  to 
idea  generation,  form  development, 
experimental  variations  on  a  design, 
investigative  studies  of  creative  problem 
solving,  and  expressions  of  movement  and 
spatial  illusion.  Students  are  also  introduced 
to  the  processes  involved  in  planning, 
researching,  and  actualizing  a  major 
drawing  project.  Critiques  and  lectures  will 
help  students  develop  an  understanding  of 
the  critical  issues  of  drawing  and  of  its 
context  within  the  history  of  art. 

FOU  112  three  credits  C 
Foundation  Life  Drawing 

Studio  course  that  introduces  students  to 
fundamental  drawing  principles.  The 
advancement  of  observational  skills  is  the 
primary  concern,  as  it  plays  a  major  role  in 
preparing  students  for  subsequent  study  in 
the  visual  arts.  Assignments  develop  abilities 
in  the  two-dimensional  representation  of 
form  and  space.  In  addition,  students  are 
introduced  to  the  historical  spectrum  of 
drawing  through  lectures  and  demonstra- 
tions. Through  intensive  study  of  the  figure, 
students  are  provided  with  a  basis  for 
artistic  and  cultural  tradition.  The  human 
form,  the  most  enduring  theme  of  western 
art,  has  been  used  by  artists  throughout 
history  to  express  their  interpretations  of 
the  world. 


FOU  114  two  credits  C 
2D  Workshop 

To  develop  a  critical  understanding  of  basic 
two  dimensional  design,  students  explore 
the  processes  of  idea  generation,  research, 
and  organization  of  fundamental  visual 
principles  Comprehension  is  facilitated  by 
direct  implementation  in  a  single  medium. 
Students  pursue  the  development  of  visual 
principles  in  one  of  the  following  studio 
areas:  painting,  photography,  pnntmaking, 
illustration,  or  textile  design.  The  studio 
dynamics  allow  for  intense  interactions  with 
faculty  and  fellow  students,  as  well  as  the 
enhancement  of  critical  and  creative 
problem  solving.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
constructive  critical  analysis,  visual  percep- 
tion, and  the  relationship  between  sensory 
and  reasoning  activities 

FOU  115  two  credits  C 
Visual  Language 

Studio  course  that  explores  two  dimensional 
form  at  a  fundamental  level.  Assignments 
develop  skills  in  composition,  color  theory, 
figure  and  ground,  proportion,  contrast  and 
scale.  In  addition,  attention  to  craftsmanship 
in  various  media,  such  as  drawing,  painting, 
photography  and  collage,  develop  patience, 
concentration,  and  the  necessary  work  ethic 
for  all  forms  of  visual  communication.  A 
fundamental  goal  for  this  course  is  to 
investigate  the  communicative  power  of  art. 
Lectures  and  presentations,  coordinated 
with  other  disciplines  such  as  Art  History  and 
English,  develop  students'  critical  awareness 
of  visual  arts'  potential  to  inform  and 
influence  its  audiences. 

FOU  124  two  credits  C 
3D  Concepts 

Studio  course  that  promotes  the  discovery 
and  understanding  of  the  third  dimension 
through  the  manipulation  of  materials. 
Students  develop  creative  problem  solving 
abilities  by  conducting  research,  generating 
ideas,  developing  working  drawings  and 
plans,  and  constructing  three  dimensional 
objects.  This  course  advances  visual 
sensitivity,  accurate  analysis  of  process,  and 
a  basic  proficiency  in  the  processes  of 
carving,  modeling,  casting,  and  assemblage. 

FOU  125  two  credits  C 
3D  Workshop 

Studio  course  that  utilizes  the  tactile, 
physical  and  visual  richness  of  three 
dimensional  discipline  areas  to  explore 
object  making  and  related  processes. 
Students  will  explore  basic  design  in  one  of 
the  following  studio  areas:  ceramics,  metals, 
sculpture  or  wood.  The  limited  class  sizes 


provide  significant  contact  between  faculty 
and  students,  and  the  inclusion  in  a  studio 
community  provides  exposure  to  creative 
problem  solving  techniques  and  innovations 
used  by  advanced  students.  This  course 
strives  to  help  students  develop  an 
awareness  of  what  is  meaningful  and  of 
personal  interest  to  them,  promoting  idea 
generation  and  self  confidence. 

ARH  125  three  credits  C,  G 

Studies  in  Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to 

Modern  Art 

3  lecture  hours 

Surveys  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture 
from  the  Renaissance  to  Impressionism. 

ARH  150  three  credits  C,  G 

Studies  in  Visual  Culture:  Modern  to 

Contemporary  Art 

3  lecture  hours 

Surveys  developments  in  painting  and 
sculpture  from  the  late  19th  century  to 
World  War  H.  The  historical  context  of  major 
artists  and  the  theoretical,  critical  and 
aesthetic  issues  surrounding  their  works  will 
be  discussed. 

ARH  200  three  credits  C.  G.  W 
Studies  in  Visual  Culture:  Ancient, 
Medieval,  and  World  Art 

3  lecture  hours 

Prerequisites:  ARH  125,  150;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Explores  the  critical  relationships  between 
art/architecture  and  its  social,  political,  and 
economic  contexts.  The  course  presents  the 
art  object  as  a  cultural  artifact  which 
expresses  specific  values  of  the  time  and 
space  in  which  created.  The  course  thus 
transcends  identification  and  chronology  of 
objects  of  art,  to  ask:  Why  was  a  work  of  art 
made?  Students  will  attain  an  intellectual 
and  visual  understanding  of  significant 
themes  and  issues  of  Ancient,  Medieval,  and 
World  Art;  will  think  and  write  critically 
about  social,  economic,  political,  and/or 
religious  structures  that  influence  and 
formulate  visual  art  traditions;  and  will  gam 
m-depth  knowledge  on  a  specific  artist,  art 
period,  or  theoretical  problem  through  an 
extended  research  project. 


292 


The  College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts  offers  two  Certificate  programs. 


Certificate  in  Artisanry 


The  Certificate  in  Artisanry  is  a  36  credit 
credential  awarded  by  the  College  of  Visual 
and  Performing  Arts,  UMass  Dartmouth, 
upon  completion  of  study  centered  on  the 
development  of  skills  and  concepts  in  the 
craft  areas.  Participating  programs  in 
Artisanry  include  Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts, 
Jewelry/Metals,  Ceramics,  and  Wood/ 
Furniture  Design. 

It  is  expected  that  students  who  complete 
the  Certificate  Program  will  have  gained 
mastery  of  specific  technical  skills  in  one  or 
more  craft  areas,  knowledge  of  current 
trends  and  various  historical  precedents  of 
that  media  area,  and  a  direction  for  future 
work,  and  acquaintance  with  the  profes- 
sional paths  available  to  them. 

Up  to  18  credits  may  be  met  through 
transfer  of  prior  educational  experience, 
which  can  include  credits  from  an  accredited 
institution  of  higher  learning  or  experience 
gained  in  workshop(s)  that  awarded  no 
formal  credit,  e.g.,  Haystack,  Arrowmont, 
Penland,  or  centers  of  learning  in  foreign 
countries. 

At  least  18  credits,  including  part  of  the 
introductory  studio  requirement,  all 
intermediate  and  advanced  level  studio 
requirements  in  the  student's  chosen  field, 
and  the  adjunct  Artisanry  studio  course 
requirement  must  be  taken  in  residence  at 
UMass  Dartmouth. 

Certificate  students  are  integrated  into 
regularly  scheduled  undergraduate  classes. 
They  are  expected  to  perform  on  a  similar 
technical  and  aesthetic  level,  and  must  be 
willing  to  work  within  the  established 
curriculum  and  semester  schedule  of  class 
meetings,  projects,  field  trips,  critiques,  and 
student  exhibitions.  Certificate  course 
requirements  may  be  completed  on  a  full- 
time  or  part-time  schedule. 

Student  Profile 

The  Certificate  student  will  enroll  in  a  series 
of  studio  and  academic  courses  to  develop 
appropriate  technical  skills  and  a  personal 
aesthetic  for  sustained  professional  work. 
Certificate  students  work  alongside  BFA  and 
sometimes  MFA  degree  students  and  are 
expected  to  perform  on  similar  technical  and 
creative  levels.  This  program  is  designed  to 
include  the  following  students: 
•  second  degree  art/design  students  wishing 
to  pursue  experience  in  one  or  more  craft 
areas  as  an  adjunct  to  their  prior  arts 
education, 


•  art/design  professionals  wanting  to  retrain, 
augment,  or  update  their  skills  and  creative 
directions, 

•  second  career  students  with  personally 
gained  skills  in  the  crafts  but  little  or  no 
previous  formal  arts  education, 

•  those  for  whom  the  existing  degrees 
offered  by  the  University  are  not  deemed 
necessary  or  feasible. 

Application  Procedure 

Persons  interested  in  applying  to  the 
Artisanry  Certificate  program  write  to  the 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Visual  and  Perform- 
ing Arts  requesting  admission  to  the 
program.  Applicants  should 

•  indicate  which  subject  they  wish  to  pursue 
and  their  goals  in  pursuing  the  Certificate, 

•  enclose  transcripts  of  all  undergraduate 
work  completed  and  records  of  related 
non-credit  experience  at  recognized 
national  workshops, 

•  enclose  at  least  1 0  slides  of  their  art  work, 
and 

•  enclose  a  self-addressed,  stamped 
envelope  if  they  wish  their  slides  to  be 
returned  by  mail. 

The  Dean's  Office  will  forward  applications 
to  the  faculty  in  the  appropriate  subject 
areas  for  their  recommendation.  Faculty  may 
request  an  interview  with  the  applicant. 
Recommendations  are  due  to  the  Dean 
within  two  weeks  of  receipt  of  the 
applicant's  materials. 

Paying  careful  attention  to  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  faculty,  the  Dean  of  the  college 
will  decide  whether  to  admit  the  applicant 
to  the  program.  The  Dean  will  notify  the 
applicant  of  the  decision.  The  Dean  will  send 
the  files  of  admitted  students  to  the  Office 
of  University  Records  for  a  non-degree 
student  file  to  be  created.  Because  Certifi- 
cate students  are  placed  in  regularly 
scheduled  classes,  admission  to  a  specific 
area  will  also  be  based  on  the  availability  of 
space. 

If  an  applicant  is  judged  to  be  insufficiently 
prepared  in  technical  areas  or  lacks  clear 
focus  but  is  judged  to  have  potential  for 
learning  and  personal  growth,  the  applicant 
may  be  asked  to  enroll  in  one  or  more 
courses  as  a  non-certificate  special  student 
prior  to  making  formal  application  to  the 
Certificate  Program. 

Registration  for  Certificate  students  will  take 
place  after  the  close  of  the  registration 
period  for  degree  students. 


Course  and  Credit  Requirements 

Students  in  the  Artisanry  Certificate  Program 
are  required  to  take  the  following  sequence 
of  courses.  If  proof  of  prior  credits  earned  is 
provided  through  transcripts,  several  courses 
and  credits  may  be  waived  at  the  discretion 
of  the  faculty.  Courses  for  which  transfer 
credit  is  allowed  are  noted  below. 

Courses  Credits 

Intro.  Studio  (e.g.,  Ceramics  1,2)  6 
3  transfer  credits  allowed,  e.g., 
Ceramics  1 

Interm.  Studio  (e.g.,  Ceramics  3,  4)  6 

Adv.  Studio  (e.g.,  Ceramics  5,  6)  3 

Adjunct  Artisanry  Studio  Elective 

(e.g.,  Weaving  1)  3 

Drawing,  Foundation  Design,  or  Color 
Studio  3 
3  transfer  credits  allowed 

Art  History  Electives  6 
6  transfer  credits  allowed 

English  Lit.  or  Composition  Electives  6 
6  transfer  credits  allowed 

Total  for  Certificate  in  Artisanry  36 


293 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Certificate  in  Fine  Arts 


The  Certificate  in  Fine  Arts  is  a  36  credit 
credential  awarded  by  the  College  of  Visual 
and  Performing  Arts  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 
This  interdisciplinary  program  centers  on 
development  of  skills  and  concepts  in  the 
areas  of  Drawing,  Painting,  Printmaking, 
and  Sculpture. 

It  is  expected  that  students  who  complete 
the  Certificate  Program  will  have  gained 
mastery  of  certain  specific  technical  skills  in 
one  or  more  areas,  an  awareness  of  current 
trends  and  various  historical  precedents  of 
that  media  area,  and  an  understanding  of 
their  own  focus  and  the  professional  paths 
available  to  them. 

A  maximum  of  15  of  the  credit  require- 
ments can  be  met  through  transfer  of  prior 
educational  experience,  which  can  include 
advanced  prior  learning  at  a  recognized 
institution  or  workshop  venue  where  no 
formal  university  credit  was  available,  i.e., 
Haystack,  Arrowmont,  Penland,  Vermont 
Studio  School,  Skowhegan,  or  a  center  of 
learning  in  foreign  countries. 

At  least  18  credits,  including  part  of  the 
introductory  studio  requirement,  all 
intermediate  and  advanced  level  studio 
requirements  in  the  student's  chosen  field, 
and  the  adjunct  Fine  Arts  studio  course 
requirement  must  be  taken  in  residence  at 
UMass  Dartmouth. 

Certificate  students  will  be  integrated  into 
regularly  scheduled  undergraduate  classes. 
They  will  be  expected  to  perform  on  a 
similar  technical  and  aesthetic  level,  and 
must  be  willing  to  work  within  the 
established  curriculum  and  semester 
schedule  of  class  meetings,  projects,  field 
trips,  critiques,  and  student  exhibitions. 
Certificate  course  requirements  may  be 
completed  on  a  full-time  or  a  part-time 
schedule. 

Student  Profile 

The  certificate  student  will  enroll  in  a  series 
of  studio  and  academic  courses  to  develop 
appropriate  technical  skills  and  a  personal 
aesthetic  for  sustained  professional  work. 
Certificate  Program  students  work  alongside 
BFA  degree  students  and  are  expected  to 
perform  on  similar  technical  and  creative 
levels.  The  program  is  designed  to  include 
the  following  students: 
•  second  degree  art/design  students  wishing 
to  pursue  experience  in  one  or  more  areas 
of  the  Fine  Arts  as  an  adjunct  to  their  prior 
arts  education, 


•  art/design  professionals  wanting  to 
retrain,  augment,  or  update  their  skills  and 
creative  directions, 

•  second  career  students  with  personally 
gained  skills  in  Fine  Arts  but  little  or  no 
previous  formal  arts  education, 

•  those  for  whom  the  existing  degrees 
offered  by  the  University  are  not  deemed 
necessary  or  feasible, 

•  art  educators  who  wish  to  return  to  a 
learning  environment  and  develop  their 
skills  in  the  Fine  Arts. 

Application  Procedure 

Persons  interested  in  applying  to  the  Fine 
Arts  Certificate  program  write  to  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 
requesting  admission  to  the  program. 
Applicants  should 

•  indicate  which  subject  they  wish  to  pursue 
and  their  goals  in  pursuing  the  Certificate, 

•  enclose  transcripts  of  all  undergraduate 
work  completed  and  records  of  related 
non-credit  experience  at  recognized 
national  workshops, 

•  enclose  at  least  10  slides  of  their  art  work, 
and 

•  enclose  a  self-addressed,  stamped 
envelope  if  they  wish  their  slides  to  be 
returned  by  mail. 

The  Dean's  Office  will  forward  applications 
to  the  faculty  in  the  appropriate  subject 
areas  for  their  recommendation.  Faculty  may 
request  an  interview  with  the  applicant. 
Recommendations  are  due  to  the  Dean 
within  two  weeks  of  receipt  of  the 
applicant's  materials. 

Paying  careful  attention  to  the  recommen- 
dation of  the  faculty,  the  Dean  of  the 
college  will  decide  whether  to  admit  the 
applicant  to  the  program.  The  Dean  will 
notify  the  applicant  of  the  decision  The 
Dean  will  send  the  files  of  admitted  students 
to  the  Office  of  University  Records  for  a 
non-degree  student  file  to  be  created. 
Because  Certificate  students  are  placed  in 
regularly  scheduled  classes,  admission  to  a 
specific  area  will  also  be  based  on  the 
availability  of  space. 

If  an  applicant  is  judged  to  be  insufficiently 
prepared  in  technical  areas  or  lacks  clear 
focus  but  is  judged  to  have  potential  for 
learning  and  personal  growth,  the  applicant 
may  be  asked  to  enroll  in  one  or  more 
courses  as  a  non-certificate  special  student 
prior  to  making  formal  application  to  the 
Certificate  Program. 


Registration  for  Certificate  students  will  take 
place  after  the  close  of  the  registration 
period  for  degree  students 

Course  and  Credit  Requirements 

Students  in  the  Fine  Arts  Certificate  Program 
will  be  required  to  take  the  following 
sequence  of  courses  If  proof  of  prior  credits 
earned  is  provided  through  transcripts, 
several  courses  and  credits  can  be  waived  at 
the  discretion  of  the  faculty.  Courses  for 
which  transfer  credit  is  allowed  are  noted 
below. 

Courses  Credits 
Introductory  Studio 

(200-level  course  in  chosen  area)  6 
3  transfer  credits  allowed,  e.g.. 
Sculpture  1  or  Painting  1 

Intermediate  Studio 

(300-level  course  in  chosen  area)  6 
Advanced  Studio 

(400-level  course  in  chosen  area)  6 

Drawing,  300  level.  6 
Students  who  have  made  drawing  their 
chosen  area  will  take  6  credits  in  another 
area,  e  g.,  Painting,  Printmaking 
3  transfer  credits  allowed 


Art  History  Electives  6 
6  transfer  credits  allowed 

English  Lit.  or  Composition  Electives  6 
6  transfer  credits  allowed 

Total  for  Certificate  in  Fine  Arts  36 


294 


Art  Education 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest  Art  Education  Major  BFA  degree 


The  Art  Education  program  provides  a 
sequence  of  practical,  theoretical  and 
studio-based  experiences  leading  to 
proficiency  in  the  teaching  of  art.  The  scope 
of  the  program  permits  the  student  to  work 
in  public  or  private  school  systems  or  in 
other  private  and  public  agencies.  The 
program  emphasizes  both  supervised  field 
work  in  surrounding  communities  and 
university  courses  in  the  theory  and  practice 
of  art  and  education. 

Teaching  licensure  in  art  education  is  the 
goal  of  most  art  education  majors.  Students 
wishing  licensure  should  consult  with  the 
department  chairperson.  Teaching  licensure 
may  also  be  earned  by  students  who  already 
possess  the  bachelor's  degree  and  are 
interested  in  earning  an  MAE  degree. 


Virginia  K.  Freyermuth  art  education, 
painting,  art  advocacy,  family  involvement, 
interdisciplinary  studies 

Kathy  A.  Miraglia  art  education,  especially 
elementary;  adult  professional  development; 
research;  painting,  drawing,  interdisciplinary 
curriculum 

Arlene  B.  Mollo  (chairperson)  art 

education,  public  policy,  research,  interdisci- 
plinary curriculum,  museum  education, 
painting  and  design 


Various  choices  are  presented  in  the 
curriculum  shown  here,  and  further 
substitutions  are  possible  with  the  approval 
of  the  Art  Education  chairperson.  Art 
Education  students  complete  a  concentra- 
tion in  one  of  the  studio  areas  in  the 
College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts.  The 
studio  concentration  may  be  in  Painting, 
Graphic  Design,  or  Textile  Design.  Upon 
consultation  with  the  Art  Education 
chairperson,  a  program  of  studio  electives 
can  be  designed  in  other  areas,  such  as 
Crafts,  Art  History,  Sculpture,  or  2-D  work. 

Students  aiming  for  teaching  licensure  must 
choose  to  pursue  either  the  elementary  (N- 
9)  or  the  secondary  (5-12)  level.  Teaching 
licensure  students  become  Art  Education 
Teacher  Candidates  after  passing  the 
Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  portion 
of  the  Massachusetts  Test  of  Educator 
Licensure  (MTEL).  Teaching  licensure 
students  become  Art  Education  Pre-Service 
Candidates  only  after  passing  the  entire 
MTEL — a  prerequisite  for  entrance  to  the 
student  teaching  practicum.  The  appropriate 
Art  Education  courses  must  be  selected 
depending  upon  the  level  of  licensure 
sought,  in  consultation  with  the  Art 
Education  chairperson,  prior  to  class 
registration  each  semester.  A  positive 
recommendation  by  the  chairperson  permits 
the  student  to  do  his/her  student  teaching 
(Practicum). 

Program  requirements  will  be  revised  to 
reflect  on-going  developments  in  state 
regulations  and  educational  reform. 

Students  aiming  for  careers  other  than 
teaching  may  also  pursue  this  major,  and 
these  students  are  not  held  to  a  requirement 
to  pass  the  MTEL.  These  students  take  an 
alternative  Practicum  that  provides  a  field 
experience  placement  in  a  community 
setting,  agency,  hospital,  nursing  home  or 
geriatric  center,  museum,  children's  day  care 
facility,  or  the  like  in  lieu  of  a  student 
teaching  placement  in  a  school. 

During  their  sophomore  year  all  majors  must 
meet  with  the  Art  Education  chairperson  to 
declare  their  career  intentions  and  plan  their 
studies  accordingly.  Majors  must  choose 
their  Studio  Concentration  area  by  the 
spring  advising  period  of  their  sophomore 
year. 


295 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Requirements  Post-Baccalaureate  Art  Teacher 

Licensure 


Semester  Credits  Those  who  already  possess  a  bachelor's 


First 

Second 

degree  and  wish  to  return  to  school  to 

First  year 

receive  art  teacher  licensure  may  apply  for 

FOU  101,  102 

Visual  Arts  Colloquium 

1 

1 

acceptance  to  the  teacher  licensure  program 

FOU  110,  112 

Foundation:  Structural/Life  Drawing 

3 

3 

through  the  MAE  degree.  Those  who  are  m 

FOU  114,  115 

2D  WorkshopA/isual  Language 

2 

2 

another  bachelor's  degree  program  and  are 

FOU  124,  125 

3D  Concepts/3D  Workshops  I 

2 

2 

considering  art  teacher  licensure  should 

ARH  125 

Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to  Modern  Art 

3 

transfer  into  Art  Education  beginning  with 

ARH  150 

Visual  Culture:  Modern  to  Contemporary  Art 

3 

the  sophomore  year  and  select  a  level  of 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

certification:  grades  N-9  (Elementary)  or  5- 

PSY  101 

General  Psychology 

3 

12  (Secondary). 

PSY  102 

Child  Psychology 

3 

17 

17 

This  post-baccalaureate  program  has  the 
approval  of  the  Bureau  of  Teacher  Certifica- 

Second Year 

tion,  Massachusetts  Department  of 

AED  200 

Observational  Strategies  in  Artistic  Dev. 

3 

Education,  to  lead  to  a  single  level  initial 

AED  215 

Special  Needs:  Current  Issues 

3 

license  in  Massachusetts  as  an  art  teacher  in 

ARH  200 

Visual  Culture:  Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art 

3 

grades  Pre  K-9  or  5-12.  As  an  added 

Art  History  Elective 

3 

benefit,  interstate  recognition  makes  art 

FIA  221.  222 

Figure  Drawing  I,  II 

3 

3 

teacher  certification  earned  at  UMass 

Art  Ed  Elective 

3 

Dartmouth  reciprocally  valid  m  many  other 

CVPA  Studio  Concentration** 

3 

3 

states. 

General  Education  Elective* 

3 

Literature  Electives*** 

3 

3 

This  program  is  designed  for  students  with 

18 

18 

already  strong  backgrounds  in  studio  work 
who  want  licensure  which  allows  them  to 

Third  Year 

work  in  schools,  museums,  or  social  service 

AED  300 

Methods  and  Materials 

3 

agencies.  Candidates  must  demonstrate 

AED  310 

Curriculum  Design 

3 

studio  competencies  in  areas  specified  by 

CVPA  Electives 

3 

6 

the  State  Department  of  Education  Standard 

CVPA  Studio  Concentration** 

3 

3 

I  prior  to  applying  for  the  state  teaching 

Natural  Science/Technology  Electives 

3 

3 

license.  While  at  UMass  Dartmouth, 

Mathematics  Elective 

3 

licensure  students  take  courses  from  the 

15 

15 

listed  requirements  for  the  major  in  Art 
Education  that  apply  toward  state  licensure 

Fourth  Year 

standards,  including  courses  in  studio  art, 

AED  405 

Social  Philosophy  and  History  of  Art  Education 

3 

the  social  theory  and  philosophy  of 

CVPA  Electives 

6 

education,  human  development  and 

CVPA  Studio  Concentration** 

3 

learning  of  art,  and  teaching  methodology. 

Humanities  Electives*** 

3 

During  their  required  field  experience. 

General  Education  Elective* 

3 

students  will  visit  schools  and  other  learning 

AED  411 

Practicum/Seminar:  Elementary  N-9  or 

sites.  The  courses  and  field  work  provide 

AED  412 

Practicum/Seminar:  Secondary  5-12 

12 

students  with  the  opportunity  and  skills  to 
develop  effective  strategies  for  work  with 
learners  in  a  variety  of  settings  Post- 

15 

15 

baccalaureate  Art  Education  licensure 
candidates  must  pass  both  the  Literacy  and 

Total  credits: 

130 

Content  portions  of  the  Massachusetts  Test 

of  Educator  Licensure  (MTEL>  as  a  condition 
for  entering  the  program. 


*  Students  must  select  electives  in  such  a  way  as  also  to  satisfy  their  general  education  During  their  required  pre-practicum  field 

requirements  in  diversity  and  ethics.  experience,  students  need  to  select  the 

grade  level  (PreK-9  or  5-12)  in  private  or 
**  The  Studio  Concentration  requirement  consists  of  15  credits  of  sequential  study  (sopho-         public  schools  in  which  they  are  assisting  or 
more,  junior,  and  senior  year  studio  courses)  in  one  of  the  major  studio  areas  of  the  College  of     teaching  students.  Students  must  acquire  a 
Visual  and  Performing  Arts.  total  of  seventy  five  hours. 

***  In  Art  Education,  Humanities  electives  include  Art  History,  English,  Foreign  Language,  The  full  program  requires  27  credits  and  PSY 

Literature,  History,  Music,  and  Philosophy  courses.  Students  must  select  electives  in  such  a  way     201  (3  credits)  and  its  prerequisite  PSY  101 
as  also  to  satisfy  their  general  education  requirements  in  diversity  and  ethics.  (3  credits).  Additional  credits  may  be  needed 

if  a  certificate  student  lacks  prerequisites  or 
depth  of  studio  preparation. 

296 


Art  Education  Courses 


The  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  has 
adopted  a  new  teacher  licensure  process. 
The  one-stage  life-time  certificate  is  now 
replaced  by  a  two-stage  process  in  which  an 
initial  licensure  is  earned,  followed  by 
professional  licensure.  Within  five  years  of 
beginning  employment  under  an  initial 
license,  teachers  must  earn  professional 
licensure  in  order  to  maintain  professional 
standing  and  teach  in  the  public  schools.  A 
Master's  degree  that  includes  clinical 
experience  and  education  coursework  is 
required  for  professional  licensure.  The 
department  will  be  offering  this  degree 
through  its  Art  Education  graduate 
program,  including  coursework  and 
experience  designed  to  enable  students  to 
qualify  for  the  professional  license.  Those 
interested  should  consult  the  department 
about  the  Art  Education  master's  degree 
options,  and  consult  the  university's 
Graduate  Catalogue. 


General  Education  Departmental 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Art  Education  will 
meet  their  departmentally-controlled 
General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course 

bearing  E  credit 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  TBD 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200 
Area  0:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course 
bearing  0  credit 


AED  200  three  credits  C 
Observational  Strategies  in  Artistic 
Development 

Field-based  pre-practicum  opportunities  for 
students  to  conduct  and  assess  observations 
of  learners  and  teachers.  Students  will  record, 
interpret,  and  analyze  behavior  in  written  or 
digital  form.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  expanding 
the  student's  view  of  the  relationship 
between  the  environment,  developmental 
stages,  and  learning  objectives.  (Formerly 
titled  Development  of  Visual  Symbols) 

AED  215  three  credits  C 
Special  Needs:  Current  Issues 

Introduction  to  the  visual  arts  as  a  therapeutic 
instrument,  examined  through  practical 
experiences,  discussions,  and  readings.  The 
course  explores  art's  potential  in  diagnosis, 
physical  therapies,  and  affective  and  cognitive 
therapies;  explores  the  variety  of  special 
needs  students;  and  discusses  current  issues 
and  literature.  A  key  goal  is  to  promote 
understanding  in  dealing  with  special  needs 
students  in  grades  N-9  and  5-12. 

AED  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

AED  300  three  credits 

Methods  and  Materials:  Curriculum 

Methods  in  Art  Education 

Experimental  uses  of  materials  and  methods 
and  their  didactic  implications.  This  course 
seeks  to  develop  skills  in  designing  curricula 
for  varied  age  groups  which  focus  on  the 
expressive  range  of  each  media.  Students  will 
meet  for  a  studio-based  session  to  explore 
alternative  media  and  techniques,  followed 
by  a  second  session  in  which  studio  majors 
pursue  the  ideas  to  create  art  objects  and  art 
education  majors  pursue  the  ideas  to  design 
lessons  and  units  with  which  these  same 
ideas  may  be  taught  to  others.  In  accordance 
with  the  Massachusetts  Department  of 
Education,  students  seeking  teaching 
certification  in  either  N-9  or  5-12  will  have 
readings  and  field  practicum  specifically  for 
the  intended  age  range.  Students  aiming  for 
careers  other  than  teaching  will  do  readings 
and  a  field  practicum  appropriate  to  those 
career  goals. 


AED  310  three  credits 
Curriculum  Design 

Development  of  curriculum  units  in  the  visual 
arts  applicable  to  educational  settings  in 
public  schools  as  well  as  other  selected 
institutions.  From  a  basis  in  understanding 
the  broad  goals  of  art  education,  students 
plan  appropriate  learning  experiences. 
Curricula  will  be  designed  based  upon 
traditional  concepts  and  principles  of  art  in  a 
context  of  human  development,  physical  and 
social  environment,  and  aesthetics.  In 
accordance  with  the  recommendations  of  the 
Massachusetts  Department  of  Education, 
students  seeking  teaching  certification  in 
either  N-9  or  5-12  will  have  readings  and 
field  practicum  specifically  for  the  intended 
age  range.  Students  aiming  for  careers  other 
than  teaching  will  do  readings  and  a  field 
practicum  appropriate  to  those  career  goals. 

AED  405  three  credits 

Social  Philosophy  and  History  of  Art 

Education 

Relationships  between  philosophical 
influences  and  historical  practices  in  art 
education.  Writings  by  prominent  educators 
such  as  Dewey,  Read,  Langer,  and  Broudy 
provide  a  philosophical  framework  for 
analysis  of  theories  by  Cizek,  Lowenfeld, 
Eisner,  and  Gardner.  Their  theories  will  be  set 
in  a  social  context  in  order  to  describe  how 
the  general  period  and  the  specific  history  of 
each  author  shaped  that  individual's  thinking. 
Comparative  historical  interpretations  by 
Gaitskill,  Effland,  Korzenik,  and  others  will 
also  be  explored. 

AED  41 1  twelve  credits 
Practicum/Seminar:  Elementary 

Prerequisite:  AED  200,  215,  300,  310,  405, 
and  teaching  licensure  students  must  have 
passed  all  parts  of  the  MTEL  test,  both 
literacy  and  content  area 
Practicum  experience  for  which  teaching 
licensure  students  are  assigned  to  a  school 
corresponding  as  much  as  possible  with  the 
student's  own  interests.  Working  with  and 
supported  by  a  cooperating  teacher  and 
supervisor  from  the  University,  the  student  is 
afforded  the  opportunity  to  conduct  art 
experiences  under  actual  classroom 
conditions  and  responsibilities.  This  practicum 
is  a  fifteen-week,  full-time  classroom 
experience  at  the  elementary  level  N-9.  A 
weekly  seminar  will  be  held  at  school  sites  for 
the  student  teachers  to  share  insights  and 
problems.  Students  aiming  for  careers  other 
than  teaching  take  this  course  but  are 
placed  in  a  non-school  setting. 


297 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Gen  Ed  Note 

All  Art  Education  courses  satisfy  Cultural/ 
Artistic  Literacy;  lower  division  courses  are 
marked  C,  but  advanced  courses  are  eligible  as 

well. 


AED  412  twelve  credits 
Practicum/Seminar:  Secondary 

Prerequisite:  AED  200,  215,  300,  310,  405; 
and  teaching  licensure  students  must  have 
passed  all  parts  of  the  MTEL  tests,  both 
literacy  and  content  area 
Practicum  providing  teaching  licensure 
students  a  fifteen-week,  full-time  classroom 
experience  under  the  direction  of  a  university 
supervisor  and  working  with  and  supported 
by  a  cooperating  teacher  The  student 
teacher  is  afforded  the  opportunity  to 
conduct  art  experiences  under  actual 
classroom  conditions  and  responsibilities  at 
the  secondary  level  5-12.  A  weekly  seminar 
will  be  held  at  school  sites  for  the  student 
teachers  to  share  insights  and  problems 
about  their  practicum.  Students  aiming  for 
careers  other  than  teaching  take  this  course 
but  are  placed  in  a  non-school  setting. 

AED  413  one  credit 
Children's  Art  Workshop 

Provides  practical  experience  with  children 
ages  6-12  on  Saturday  mornings  in  the  Art 
Education  rooms.  The  teaching  of  the 
workshop  will  be  based  on  a  humanistic 
approach  to  art  education  and  must  be 
taken  simultaneously  with  AED  400. 

AED  435  three  credits 

Art,  Artists,  Aging,  and  Enjoyment 

Prerequisite:  200-300  level  courses  in  Art/Art 
Education  or  12  or  more  credits  in  Gerontol- 
ogy courses,  or  GRT  310 
Art  history  as  it  relates  to  the  careers  of 
older  artists;  the  representation  of  age 
in  art;  the  design  of  art  programs  of  use  to 
elders  and  a  review  and  practice  of 
appropriate  media  will  be  presented  in  a 
combined  lecture  and  studio  format. 

AED  460  three  credits 

Arts  for  the  Elementary  Classroom 

Students  preparing  to  teach  grades  K-6  will 
learn  how  to  integrate  art  into  the  curricu- 
lum Methodologies,  media,  and  techniques 
will  be  explored  to  help  the  classroom 
teacher  who  is  not  an  arts  specialist  extend 
and  integrate  art  lessons. 

AED  470  three  credits 

Special  Topics  in  Art  Education 

Offered  as  needed  to  present  advanced 
material  to  advanced  undergraduate 
students.  The  specific  topic  is  stated  when 
the  course  is  scheduled.  May  be  repeated 
with  change  of  content. 

AED  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 


permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

AED  196,  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 


Graduate  Courses  in  Art  Education 


Graduate  Courses  for  Initial  Licence 

For  course  descriptions,  see  undergraduate 
equivalent  courses. 

AED  500  three  credits 
Methods  and  Materials 

Graduate  equivalent  of  AED  300.  Graduate- 
level  students  must  meet  additional  work 
expectations. 

AED  501  three  credits 
Observational  Strategies 

Graduate  equivalent  of  AED  200.  Graduate- 
level  students  must  meet  additional  work 
expectations. 

AED  505  three  credits 

Social  Philosophy  and  History 

Graduate  equivalent  of  AED  405.  Graduate- 
level  students  must  meet  additional  work 
expectations. 

AED  510  three  credits 
Curriculum  Design 

Graduate  equivalent  of  AED  310.  Graduate- 
level  students  must  meet  additional  work 
expectations. 

AED  515  three  credits 
Special  Needs:  Current  Issues 

Graduate  equivalent  of  AED  215.  Graduate- 
level  students  must  meet  additional  work 
expectations. 

AED  511/512  six  credits 
Graduate  Student  Teaching 

Graduate  equivalent  of  AED  41 1/41 2. 
Graduate-level  students  must  meet 
additional  work  expectations. 


Regular  Graduate  Courses 

AED  530  three  credits  (nine  credits 

maximum) 

Graduate  Studio 

Graduate  studio  work  on  a  tutorial  basis, 
with  a  required  final  show.  The  student  may 
work  in  any  medium  providing  that  s/he  has 
shown  a  sufficient  portfolio  of  work 
indicating  real  promise  for  study  in  an  area 
An  art  Education  faculty  member  will 
supervise  the  project  and  help  secure  space 
and  equipment  The  studio  experience 
includes  regularly  scheduled  meetings  at 
least  five  times  a  semester  and  individual 
consultations. 

AED  533  three  credits 

Arts  Leadership  and  Administration 

An  examination  of  arts  management  issues 
such  as  communication,  research  and 
planning,  budgeting,  staffing,  and  informa- 
tion systems.  Students  conduct  field 
research  and  must  develop  a  project  in 
conjunction  with  an  agency,  school,  or 
nonprofit  organization. 

AED  534  three  credits 
Funding  for  the  Arts 

How  does  our  government  support  the  arts? 
or  the  private  sector?  How  can  an  individual 
or  organization  obtain  funding  to  support 
projects  and  initiatives  in  the  arts  or 
education?  These  and  other  normative 
questions  will  be  explored  through  readings 
and  discussion.  Each  student  will  be 
expected  to  select  a  topic  and  develop  a 
funding  proposal  or  case  study  from  the 
field. 

AED  535  three  credits 

Art,  Artists,  Aging,  and  Enjoyment 

An  examination  of  the  careers  of  older 
artists  in  history;  the  representation  of  age 
in  art;  the  design  of  art  programs  of  use  to 
elders;  and  a  review  and  practice  of 
appropriate  media.  This  course  combines 
lecture  and  studio  formats. 

AED  541  three  credits 
Research:  Current  Issues 

Introduction  to  research  techniques  and 
methodologies  in  arts  education,  including 
historical  inquiry,  empirical  investigations, 
and  ethnographic  research.  Topics  include 
problem  definition,  research  design,  data 
collection  and  analysis,  and  methods  of 
presenting  findings.  Students  will  explore 
and  research  current  issues  of  importance  to 
art  education  and  related  fields  through 
lecture,  seminar,  and  field  trip  components. 
Not  open  to  BFA. 


298 


Note:  Some  graduate  courses  may  be  open 
to  undergraduates.  Please  consult  your 
department  chairperson.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 


AED  560  three  credits 

Arts  for  the  Elementary  School 

Integrating  art  into  the  N-6  curriculum. 
Students  will  create  curricula  which 
integrate  art  with  other  subjects.  The  class 
explores  methodologies,  media,  and 
techniques  to  help  the  classroom  teacher 
who  is  not  an  arts  specialist  extend  and 
integrate  art  lessons. 

AED  570  three  credits 

Special  Topic  in  Art  Education 

The  specific  topic  is  stated  when  the  course 
is  scheduled.  May  be  repeated  with  change 
of  topic  and  be  offered  in  lecture  or  seminar 
format.  Examples  of  topics  offered  recently 
are  Integrated  Arts,  Safer  Printmaking,  and 
ARTSUNKS:  Interdisciplinary  Curriculum 
Design;  Technology  in  the  Arts  Classroom; 
Maskmaking:  Context  and  Ritual;  Art  of 
Teaching  Watercolor. 

AED  595  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

AED  596  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

AED  616  three  credits 

Clinical  Experience — Elementary 

AED  617  three  credits 

Clinical  Experience — Secondary 

Students  develop  studies,  working  in  the 
field,  based  on  their  understanding  of  art 
education  theory,  pedagogy,  and  methodol- 
ogy. Students  design  their  projects  or 
curricula,  implement  their  model  through 
instruction  in  a  classroom,  and  analyze  and 
assess  its  efficacy.  This  clinical  study  is 
conducted  at  a  higher  level  than  the  pre- 
licensure  student  teaching  practicum.  The 
course  consists  of  five  seminars,  site 
implementation,  a  supervisory  visit,  and 
individual  consultations.  Clinical  sites  may 
be  the  student's  current  place  of  employ- 
ment or  an  alternate  site  arranged  in 
consultation  with  the  instructor.  Not  open 
to  BFA. 


AED  618  three  credits 
Partnership 

Prerequisite:  AED  617  or  616 
Students  work  with  teachers  in  regional 
schools  or  educational  agencies  and  with 
college  faculty  to  create  and  implement  new 
program  models  that  improve  school-based 
experiences.  Students  make  connection  to  a 
site  and  build  a  working  relationship  with 
the  staff  there;  write  a  proposal;  design  and 
plan  a  program;  carry  out  their  collaborative 
plan;  and  evaluate  its  effectiveness.  The 
course  provides  students  with  opportunities 
to  grow  professionally  through  sharing, 
modeling,  research,  and  reflection.  It 
consists  of  five  seminars,  site  implementa- 
tion, a  supervisory  visit,  and  individual 
consultations.  Not  open  to  BFA. 

AED  640  six  credits 
Advanced  Capstone  Project — 
Theoretical  or  Applied 

Prerequisite:  AED  541,  616,  617,  618 
AED  641  six  credits 
Advanced  Capstone  Project — 
Practice/Studio 

Prerequisite:  AED  541,  616,  617,  618 
Students  present  a  Final  Paper/Project  for 
the  Theoretical  or  Applied  Project  and/or  a 
Final  Visual  Project  or  Exhibition  for  the 
Practice/Studio  Project.  The  student  meets 
every  other  week  with  the  instructor  or 
makes  equivalent  arrangements  to  ensure 
that  the  project  is  developed  well  and  on 
time.  The  instructor  decides  when  the 
project  is  ready  for  a  second  reader/ 
evaluator,  and  the  student  presents  the 
work  to  them  as  a  committee  for  correction 
and  final  approval.  Graded  A-F;  if  more  than 
a  semester  is  required  for  completion,  the 
work  may  initially  be  graded  IP.  Not  open  to 
BFA. 


299 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Art  History 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


The  Department  of  Art  History  seeks  to 
enhance  students'  visual  critical  abilities  by 
exploring  analytical  approaches  to  works  of 
art  and  artifacts  from  a  diversity  of  cultures. 
Similarly,  the  faculty  hold  that  art  work  is 
more  richly  understood  in  light  of  those 
social,  cultural,  spiritual,  and  intellectual 
events,  as  well  as  material  and  individual 
contributions,  that  have  accompanied  its 
creation.  The  departments's  goals  are,  using 
a  broad  spectrum  of  instructional  method- 
ologies including  Internet-based  and  video 
conferencing,  to  provide  art  history  and 
general  education  instruction  for  visual  arts 
studio  and  art  education  students,  to 
respond  to  the  general  education  needs  of 
students  across  the  UMass  Dartmouth 
campus,  and  to  prepare  Art  History  students 
for  employment  in  art-related  professions. 

Art  History  is  allied  to  the  liberal  arts.  It 
examines  ancient  to  contemporary  art  and 
artifacts,  including  architecture,  sculpture, 
painting,  graphics,  and  crafts,  from  western 
and  non-western  cultures.  These  are  studied 
in  relation  to  those  political,  social,  cultural, 
spiritual,  and  intellectual  events  that  have 
accompanied  their  creation,  enabling  art 
history  graduates  to  more  fully  understand 
and  assess  critically  the  visual  products  of 
past  and  present  cultures. 

The  Art  History  curriculum  provides  its  majors 
with  a  broad  understanding  of  the  major 
periods  and  areas  of  art  history,  acquaints 
them  with  various  methods  and  theories  of 
art  historical  study,  and  allows  concentration 
on  topics  and  periods  of  the  student's 
choosing.  In  addition,  the  major  offers 
opportunities  to  propose  and  carry  out 
research  projects  and  to  work  in  arts 
institutions. 

Art  History  majors  develop  advanced  writing 
skills  as  well  as  verbal  and  visual  analytical 
abilities.  Achieving  an  Art  History  degree 
endows  one  with  a  life-long  critical  tool. 
Graduates  enter  the  job  market  with  skills 
equivalent  to  their  counterparts'  in  the 
Liberal  Arts,  and  they  have  the  added 
advantage  of  visual  critical  abilities.  The 
major  also  provides  the  intellectual  training 
for  students  wishing  to  prepare  for  advanced 
work  m  one  of  the  specialized  areas  of  Art 
History  or  in  a  related  field. 


Lasse  B.  Antonsen  gallery  director,  modern 
and  contemporary  art 

Magali  M.  Carrera  ancient  Mexico  and 
Peru  and  traditional  art  of  Africa,  America, 
and  Oceania 

Liana  Cheney  renaissance,  baroque  art 
(visiting  from  UMass  Lowell) 

Memory  Holloway  modern  and  contem- 
porary art 

Thomas  W.  Puryear  medieval  art  and 
American  and  early  modern  architecture 

Michael  D.  Taylor  (chairperson)  medieval 
and  renaissance  art 


300 


Art  History  Major  BA  Degree 
Requirements 


Art  History  Minor 


All  students  take  the  following  Visual  Culture  courses: 


ARH  125  Visual  Culture 
ARH150  Visual  Culture 
ARH  200      Visual  Culture 


Renaissance  to  Modern  Art 
Modern  to  Contemporary  Art 
Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art 


3 
3 

3 

27 


3 
3 
42 


All  students  complete  27  credits  of  Art  History  courses 
One  Art  History  course  must  be  taken  in  a  non-western  area. 

All  students  complete  one  Art  History  seminar  (ARH  442-490) 

All  students  complete  one  course  in  studio  art 

Total  major  credits: 

Distribution/General  Education  Requirement 


Students  are  subject  to  the  university's  General  Education  requirement  and  must  also  meet 
our  distribution  requirement,  as  outlined  here: 

•  6  credits,  English  101  and  102. 

•  6  credits  in  Literature;  courses  may  be  selected  from  English  Literature  or  Literature  in 
Translation. 

•  Successful  completion  of  202  level  in  a  foreign  language.  Foreign  language  proficiency  is  a 
requirement  for  the  BA  degree  at  the  university.  The  requirements  listed  for  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degree  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  also  apply  to  Art  History  majors.  See  the 
front  section  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  chapter  of  this  catalogue  for  an  exact 
listing  of  those  requirements.  Credits  vary  depending  on  language  placement. 

•  9  credits  in  History  and/or  Philosophy. 

•  6  credits  in  Science,  as  defined  for  general  education  requirements. 

•  3  credits  in  Mathematics,  as  defined  for  general  education  requirements. 

•  12  credits  in  Social  Sciences.  Courses  for  the  social  science  elective  may  be  selected  from 
Computer  Science,  Psychology,  Sociology/Anthropology,  Political  Science,  Economics. 

•  Free  electives,  to  bring  the  total  number  of  credits  to  120. 


Students  in  all  fields,  especially  those  in 
other  humanities  programs  or  in  art  and 
design,  are  encouraged  to  enhance  their 
academic  credentials  with  a  Minor  in  Art 
History.  They  will  find  that  it  complements 
their  majors  and  enriches  their  understand- 
ing of  contemporary  and  historical  cultures. 

Admission  to  the  Minor 

Any  student  who  has  earned  at  least  54 
university  credits  with  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
2.0  and  a  2.5  GPA  in  his  or  her  major  may 
request  admission  to  the  Art  History  Minor. 
Permission  may  be  granted  by  the  Chairper- 
son, provided  such  request  is  made  in 
writing,  at  any  time  before  graduation. 
Forms  are  available  from  the  registrar. 


Requirements 
• 

At  least  21  hours  in  Art  History  (designated 
by  the  prefix  ARH),  at  least  1 2  of  which 
must  be  above  the  100  level  and  three 
credits  of  which  must  be  at  the  400  level  in 
Seminar. 


Students  must  maintain  a  2.0  GPA  in  al 
History  courses. 


Art 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Art  History  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled  General  Education 
requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course  bearing  E  credit 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  the  combination  of  ARH  200,  a  300-level  Art  History  course,  and 

the  400-level  Art  History  Seminar 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200  or  any  300-level  Art  History  course  bearing  W  credit 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  the  400-level  Art  History  seminar 


301 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Gen  Ed  Note 


All  Art  History  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy  area  C.  Some  courses  satisfy  other 
requirements,  as  noted. 


Art  History  Courses 


ARH  101  three  credits  C 

Survey  of  European  Art:  Prehistory  to 

1250 

Not  for  studio  art,  art  history,  fine  arts, 
design,  or  art  education  majors. 
Traces  the  development  of  the  visual  arts 
(painting  and  sculpture)  and  architecture 
from  prehistoric  to  medieval  times.  In 
addition,  the  course  explores  the  critical 
relationship  between  art  and  the  social, 
political,  and  economic  structures  which 
prevailed  at  the  time  of  the  making  of  a 
work  of  art. 

ARH  102  three  credits  C 

Survey  of  European  Art:  1250  to  1850 

Not  for  studio  art,  art  history,  fine  arts, 
design,  or  art  education  majors. 
Surveys  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture 
from  the  Renaissance  to  Impressionism. 

ARH  125  three  credits  C,  G 

Studies  in  Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to 

Modern  Art 

3  lecture  hours 

Surveys  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture 
from  the  Renaissance  to  Impressionism. 

ARH  150  three  credits  C,  G 

Studies  in  Visual  Culture:  Modern  to 

Contemporary  Art 

3  lecture  hours 
Prerequisite:  ARH  125 
Surveys  developments  in  painting  and 
sculpture  from  the  late  19th  century  to  the 
present.  The  historical  context  of  major 
artists  and  the  theoretical,  critical,  and  aes- 
thetic issues  surrounding  their  works  will  be 
discussed.  (Formerly  offered  as  ARH  103.) 

ARH  200  three  credits  C,  G,  W 
Studies  in  Visual  Culture:  Ancient, 
Medieval,  and  World  Art 

3  lecture  hours 

Prerequisites:  ARH  125,  150;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Exploraes  the  critical  relationships  between 
art/architecture  and  its  social,  political,  and 
economic  contexts.  Students  will  attain  an 
intellectual  and  visual  understanding  of 
significant  themes  and  issues  of  Ancient, 
Medieval,  and  World  Art;  will  think  and 
write  critically  about  social,  economic, 
political,  and/or  religious  structures  that 
influence  and  formulate  visual  art  traditions; 
and  will  gain  in-depth  knowledge  on  a 
specific  artist,  art  period,  or  theoretical 
problem  through  an  extended  research 
project. 

ARH  298  one  to  six  credits  C 
Experiential  Learning 


Prerequisites:  At  least  soph,  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

ARH  306  three  credits  C 
Roman  Art 

Defines  the  Roman  qualities  of  Roman  Art, 
in  contrast  to  its  Etruscan,  Greek  and 
Hellenistic  forebearers.  The  development  of 
painting,  sculpture  and  architecture  is  traced 
to  the  time  of  Emperor  Constantine,  ca.  325 
A.D. 

ARH  313  three  credits  C 
The  Art  of  Portugal 

Major  developments  in  Portuguese  art  from 
the  1 2th  century  to  the  present,  including 
painting,  sculpture,  ceramics,  tiles,  and 
architecture.  Some  topics  to  be  discussed 
will  include  the  Awakening  of  Identity;  the 
Art  of  Reconquest;  the  Image  of  Empire;  the 
Rise  of  the  Portuguese  Baroque;  the 
Romantic  Consciousness;  Modernism  and 
the  Escola  Portugesa;  Cafes,  Art  and  Artists 
of  the  time  of  Fernand  Pessoa;  and  recent 
Portuguese  Art:  Internationalism,  Absorption 
and  Resistances.  The  study  of  contemporary 
art  will  extend  to  an  examination  of  film  and 
photography. 

ARH  315  three  credits  C 
Romanesque  Art 

Architecture,  painting,  and  sculpture  in 
western  Europe  from  about  the  year  1000 
through  the  12th  century. 

ARH  316  three  credits  C 
Gothic  Art 

Architecture,  sculpture,  manuscript  painting, 
and  stained  glass  from  the  beginnings  of  the 
Gothic  in  England,  Normandy,  and  the  Isle 
de  France  to  the  internationalization  of  the 
style  in  the  13th  and  14th  centuries. 

ARH  321  three  credits  C 
Early  Northern  Painting 

The  development  of  panel  painting  in  France 
and  Flanders  from  1400  to  the  early  years  of 
the  16th  century.  Close  attention  also  is  paid 
to  miniature  painting,  engraving,  and  the 
beginnings  of  printing  in  this  period. 

ARH  325  three  credits  C,  W 
Italian  Renaissance  Art 

A  study  of  the  painting,  sculpture,  and 


architecture  in  Italy  during  the  1 5th  and 
16th  centuries. 

ARH  329  three  credits  C 
Portraiture 

Issues  and  problems  in  portraiture,  of  all 
media,  from  the  Renaissance  through  the 
20th  century. 

ARH  336  three  credits  C 
Baroque  Art  in  Italy  and  France 

A  study  of  painting,  sculpture,  and 
architecture  in  Italy  and  France  during  the 
1 7th  century. 

ARH  337  three  credits  C 

Baroque  Art  in  Flanders,  Holland, 

and  Spain 

A  study  of  17th-century  painting  and 
graphics  in  these  countries,  with  in-depth 
studies  of  Rubens,  Rembrandt,  and 
Velazquez. 

ARH  339  three  credits  C 
18th-century  European  Painting 

A  study  of  the  18th-century  European 
painting,  in  France,  Britain,  Italy,  and  Spam. 

ARH  340  three  credits  C 

Late  18th-century  Art  in  Britain 

and  France 

An  investigation  of  themes  and  issues, 
including  the  Academy,  Neoclassicism,  and 
Historicism. 

ARH  342  three  credits  C,  W 
Impressionism  to  Symbolism 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

An  in-depth  study  of  art  from  the  1860s  to 
the  early  years  of  the  20th  century. 

ARH  343  three  credits  C 
Cubism 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

This  course  explores  the  origin  and 
development  of  Cubism  in  France  and  its 
impact  on  artistic  developments  throughout 
Europe  and  the  Americas.  The  major 
emphasis  of  this  course  is  on  painting  and 
sculpture. 

ARH  344  three  credits  C 
Expressionism 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

A  cultural  and  historical  study  of  Expression- 
ism from  its  late  19th-century  forerunners 
through  contemporary  Neo-Expressionism. 


302 


ARH  347  three  credits  C 
Dada  and  Surrealism 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

A  detailed  investigation  of  these  avant- 
garde  movements  in  Switzerland,  Germany, 
France,  Italy,  and  the  U.S.A.  The  influence  of 
both  Dada  and  Surrealism  on  contemporary 
art  will  be  examined. 

ARH  349  three  credits  C 
Development  of  Modern 
Architecture 

A  study  of  world  architecture  from  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century  to  1950. 

ARH  350  three  credits  C 
Picasso 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

An  in-depth  study  of  Picasso's  art,  beginning 
with  the  youthful  and  academic  work  of  the 
1890s  and  concluding  with  the  expressionis- 
tic  and  erotic  work  of  the  1960s  and  70s. 

ARH  352  three  credits  C 
American  Architecture  to  1900 

A  study  of  architecture  in  North  America 
from  the  first  settlers  to  the  early  work  of 
Frank  Lloyd  Wright. 

ARH  353  three  credits  C 
Bauhaus 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Emphasizes  the  major  innovations  of  the 
artists,  architects,  designers,  and 
craftspeople  at  the  Bauhaus  in  the  context 
of  their  times.  The  range  of  works  discussed 
will  emphasize  specific  media  concerns  and 
multimedia  experiments. 

ARH  354  three  credits  C 

Russian  and  Soviet  Art:  From  the  1860s 

to  the  Present 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

An  in-depth  study  of  themes  and  issues  in 
19th  and  20th  century  Russian  and  Soviet 
art,  with  special  focus  on  Malevich  and 
Suprematism;  Kandinsky  and  the  "Blue 
Rider";  Tatlin,  Lissitzsky,  Rodchenko  and 
Constructivism;  and  the  Post-Modern 
period. 

ARH  355  three  credits  C 
American  Painting 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

A  survey  of  major  artists  and  tendencies 
from  the  earliest  colonial  limners  to  the 
triumph  of  Abstract  Expressionism  in  the 


mid-20th  century. 

ARH  356  three  credits  C 
Art  Since  1945 

Prerequisite:  ARH  102  or  125,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

A  study  of  major  developments  in  contem- 
porary art. 

ARH  360  three  credits  C,  G.  W 
Survey  of  Primitive  Art 

An  introduction  to  the  arts  of  Africa, 
Oceania,  and  the  Americas.  The  course  will 
emphasize  method,  theory,  and  cross- 
cultural  analysis. 

ARH  361  three  credits  C,  G 
Art  and  Culture  of  Africa 

A  survey  of  the  arts,  crafts,  and  architecture 
of  Africa.  Historical  developments,  stylistics, 
and  aesthetics  will  be  investigated  within  a 
sociocultural  framework. 

ARH  363  three  credits  C,  G 

Art  and  Culture  of  Ancient  Mexico 

An  examination  of  the  arts  and  architecture 
of  Mexico  and  Central  America  before  the 
arrival  of  the  Spanish. 

ARH  364  three  credits  C,  G 

Art  and  Culture  of  Ancient  Peru 

A  survey  of  art  and  architecture  of  the  high 
cultures  of  Peru  from  5000  B.C.  to  1 500 
AD. 

ARH  365  three  credits  C 
North  American  Indian  Art  I 

Survey  of  the  arts,  crafts  and  architecture  of 
the  Native  American  populations  in  the 
Southwest,  California  and  the  Plains. 

ARH  366  three  credits  C 
North  American  Indian  Art  II 

This  course  will  investigate  the  arts  and 
crafts  of  the  Northwest  Coast,  The  Arctic 
area,  the  Eastern  woodlands,  and  the 
Southeast. 

ARH  367  three  credits  C 
Oceanic  Art 

A  detailed  survey  of  the  arts  and  crafts  of 
Melanesia,  the  Pacific  Islands,  and  Australia. 
Historical  and  cultural  determinants  will  be 
examined 

ARH  368  three  credits  C.  G,  W 
Critical  Perspectives  of  the  History  of 
Art 

The  history  of  art  from  the  critical  perspec- 
tives of  post-colonial  and  visual  culture 
theory.  Students  will  review  examples  of 
post-colonial  literature  and  the  major  themes 


of  post-colonial  and  visual  culture  theory. 
These  theories  will  be  used  to  conceptualize 
and  critique  the  function  of  race  and 
colonialism  in  formulation  of  the  history  of 
western  art. 

ARH  369  three  credits  C 
The  Arts  of  Asia 

A  contextual  study  of  the  arts  of  India,  China, 
Japan,  and  Southern  Asia.  This  course 
concentrates  on  selected  case  studies, 
monuments,  or  schools  of  art,  that  together 
form  an  overview  of  the  major  currents  of 
Asian  art  and  culture. 

ARH  370  three  credits  C 
Readings  in  Visual  Culture 

Prerequisite:  ARH  103  or  150 
Investigates  important  issues  in  the  fields  of 
design  and  artisanry  through  study  of  visual 
objects  and  readings,  and  to  show  how 
these  fields  are  linked  stylistically  and 
conceptually. 

ARH  375  three  credits  C,  W 
Exhibiting  Culture:  The  Museum  as 
Artifact 

Prerequisite:  ARH  125  or  ARH  150,  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Exploration  of  how  a  museum  represents  sets 
of  ideas  and  ideals  of  specific  culture.  The 
course  provides  a  historical  and  theoretical 
overview  of  museums  and  their  exhibitions. 

ARH  380  three  credits  C,  D,  W 
Feminist  Perspectives  on  Art  History 

Prerequisites:  ARH  101  or  200,  102  or  125, 
and  WMS  101;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Analyzes  the  feminist  critique  of  the  history 
of  art.  This  course  will  review  recent 
critiques  of  both  art  and  culture  through  an 
investigation  of  the  production  and 
evaluation  of  art  and  the  role  of  the  artist  in 
Western  and  non-Western  cultures.  Also 
offered  as  WMS  380. 

ARH  385  three  credits  C 

Women  Artists  and  the  Histories  of  Art 

Provides  knowledge  and  understanding  of 
the  art  made  by  women  from  the  Late 
Medieval  period  through  Contemporary 
periods  of  art.  This  study  will  be  set  in  the 
context  of  specific  social,  familial,  economic, 
and  psychological  conditions  of  the  period 
in  which  the  art  was  made.  The  course  will 
familiarize  students  with  recent  feminist 
critiques  of  visual  culture. 

ARH  442  to  490  C 
Seminars 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Students  will  examine  the  bibliography  and 


303 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Note:  Graduate  ARH  courses  are  not  open 
to  undergraduate  students. 


research  methods  of  the  discipline  of  Art 
History.  They  will  pursue  extensive  research 
which  will  be  presented  in  written  and  oral 
formats. 

ARH  445  three  credits  C 
Issues  in  20th-century  Art 

ARH  450  three  credits  C 

Problems  in  American  Art:  New  England 

Architecture 

ARH  460  three  credits  C 
Problems  in  Primitive  Art 

ARH  461  three  credits  C 
Problems  in  Pre-Columbian  Art 

ARH  481  three  credits  C 
Literature  of  Art:  Iconography 

ARH  482  three  credits  C 

Literature  of  Art:  Artists'  Biographies 

ARH  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

ARH  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graduate  Courses  in  Art  History 

ARH  500  three  credits 

Method  and  Theory  in  Art  History 

An  introduction  to  art  historical  methodol- 
ogy with  application  to  studio  problems. 
Oral  reports  and  research  papers  are 
required. 

ARH  525  three  credits 

Seminar:  Issues  and  Problems  in 

Art  History 

Prerequisite:  ARH  200  or  comparable 
course,  or  permission  of  instructor 
An  in-depth  study  of  major  artists  and 
movements  since  World  War  II,  with  a  focus 
on  current  issues,  exhibitions,  and  events 
within  national  and  international  art.  The 
course  will  question  the  relationship 
between  form  and  subject  matter,  and  focus 
on  the  role  of  art  in  contemporary  life. 
Elective  course  for  MFA  students;  may  be 
used  toward  MAE  degree. 

ARH  595  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

ARH  596  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


304 


Design 


The  department  offers  two  undergraduate 
degrees,  a  BFA  in  Visual  Design  and  a  BFA  in 
Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts. 

Under  those  two  headings  students  pursue 
work  in  a  wide  variety  of  options.  These 
options  are  grouped  into  two  general 
categories,  visual  arts  related  to  visual  design 
professions  (Visual  Design)  and  visual  arts 
related  to  the  crafts  professions  (Artisanry). 

Visual  design  options  include  Graphic 
Design,  Illustration,  Photography,  and 
Electronic  Imaging. 

Artisanry  options  include  Ceramics,  Jewelry/ 
Metals,  and  Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts. 

The  Design  Department  takes  advantage  of 
being  in  a  university  structure — providing  a 
challenging  stimulus  within  the  whole, 
interrelating  the  verbal  with  the  visual  and 
the  conceptual  with  the  perceptual.  Because 
the  function  of  Design  is  to  communicate,  it 
has  a  built-in  relationship  with  all  disciplines, 
and  involves  cultural,  behavioral,  social  and 
technological  factors. 

Admission  to  specific  options  requires 
submission  of  portfolio. 

All  transfer  students  who  wish  to  be 
admitted  to  courses  marked  with  a  "*" 
above  the  sophomore  level  must  bring  a 
portfolio  to  transfer  orientation.  Acceptance 
into  advanced  courses  is  rare,  not  automatic. 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Scott  Ahrens  electronic  imaging 

Jean  Francois  Allaux  illustration,  electronic 
imaging 

David  Allen  photography 

David  Chapman  graphic  design 

Vicky  Crayhon  photography 

Jan  Fairbairn  graphic  design,  typography 

Elaine  Fisher  photographic  imaging, 
electronic  imaging 

Laura  Franz  graphic  design,  typography, 
electronic  imaging 

Harvey  Goldman  electronic  imaging 

Susan  Hamlet  jewelry/metals 

Rebecca  Hutchinson  ceramics 

Spencer  Ladd  (chairperson)  graphic  design, 
typography,  photographic  imaging,  electronic 
imaging 

James  Lawton  ceramics 

Yoon  Soo  Lee  graphic  design,  typography, 
electronic  imaging 

Bruce  Maddocks  illustration,  graphic  design 

Geraldine  Millham  typography 

Mark  Millstein  electronic  imaging 

Ziddi  Msangi  graphic  design,  typography, 
electronic  imaging 

Sheila  Oliveira  photography 

Marjorie  Durko  Puryear  textile  design/fiber 
arts 

Alan  Burton  Thompson  (spokesperson, 
artisanry)  jewelry/metals 

Shawn  Towne  electronic  imaging 

Stephen  Whittlesey  wood/furniture  design 

Howard  Windham  graphic  design, 
typography,  history  of  design  history  of 
design 

Janine  Wong  graphic  design,  typography 


Visual  Design  Major 

BFA  degree 


Visual  Design  Options 

The  Visual  Design  area  is  a  cluster  of 
professionally-oriented  options: 
Graphic  Design,  Illustration,  Photography, 
and  Electronic  Imaging.  The  emphasis 
throughout  these  programs  is  communica- 
tion. Students  explore  visual  communication 
in  the  widest  sense,  employing  both 
traditional  and  contemporary  electronic  and 
computer  technologies. 

Faculty  representing  a  variety  of  philosophies 
and  viewpoints  teach  visual  design  as  an  art 
form,  a  craft,  or  as  information  dissemination 
for  education,  business  and  commerce,  or 
the  entertainment  industries.  The  modern 
visual  artist/designer  must  be  broadly 
educated,  articulate,  and  literate,  an  active 
participant  in  all  levels  of  a  project,  not 
merely  someone  who  dutifully  packages  the 
finished  product. 


Student  Reviews 

Each  Visual  Design  Option  has  a  list  of 
designated  courses,  each  of  which  requires  a 
grade  of  C  or  better.  A  student  who  receives 
a  C-  or  below  in  a  designated  course  shall  be 
subject  to  dismissal  from  the  major  option. 
The  student  shall  be  reviewed  by  the 
department  chairperson  (or  designee)  and  a 
minimum  of  one  faculty  member  from  the 
student's  Option.  A  review  will  determine 
whether  the  student  may  continue  in  the 
Option.  If  continuance  is  denied,  the  student 
will  be  offered  academic  advising.  If 
continuance  is  approved,  conditions  will  be 
stipulated  in  writing.  If  the  course  must  be 
repeated,  it  will  be  under  university 
regulations — that  a  student  may  repeat,  but 
only  if  space  is  available  and  with  consent  of 
the  chairperson  and  advisor.  If  the  course  to 
be  repeated  is  a  prerequisite  for  the  next 
required  level,  the  student's  advancement 
may  be  delayed  by  a  full  year.  A  student  who 
receives  a  second  grade  of  C-  in  a  designated 
course  during  a  subsequent  semester  shall  be 
subject  to  dismissal  from  all  Visual  Design 
options. 


305 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Graphic  Design  Option  Requirements 


The  Graphic  Design  option  emphasizes  the 

Credits 

process  of  visual  communication  in  a  context 

Foundation 

of  message,  audience,  environment,  and 

FOU  101 

Visual  Arts  Colloquium  I 

1 

technology.  Students  learn  how  to  approach 

FOU  102 

Visual  Arts  Colloquium  II 

1 

research  and  analysis  of  content  as  part  of 

FOU  110 

Foundation:  Structural  Drawing 

3 

the  design  process,  and  learn  to  develop 

FOU  112 

Foundation:  Life  Drawing 

3 

graphic  translations — symbols,  books, 

FOU  114 

♦2D  Workshop 

2 

posters,  interactive  media — based  on  that 

FOU  1 15 

*Visual  Language 

2 

research  and  analysis.  In  addition,  classical 

FOU  124 

3D  Concept 

2 

diiu  con Lcinpurdry  issues  ui  lypuyidpny  die 

FOU  125 

3D  Workshop 

z 

explored  within  the  program.  Projects  in 

diverse  media  include  letterform  design, 

Art  History 

information  design,  book  and  periodical 

ARH  125 

Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to  Modern  Art 

3 

design,  letterpress  printing,  video,  animation, 

ARH  150 

Visual  Culture:  Modern  to  Contemp.  Art 

3 

websites,  and  cd-roms. 

ARH  200 

Visual  Culture:  Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art 

3 

ARH 

Art  History  elective 

3 

Students  are  introduced  to  an  historical 

context  of  visual  design  as  well  as  to  state-of- 

General  Education/Distribution 

the-art  practices.  This  program  prepares 

ENL  101 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I 

3 

students  for  the  diverse  opportunities 

ENL 102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II 

3 

available  in  professional  design  practice  as 

ENL 

English  literature  elective 

3 

well  as  a  continuing  quest  for  personal  and 

MTH 

Mathematics  elective 

3 

creative  growth. 

Science  electives 

6 

Order  of  courses 

Non  Studio  Electives  (select  to  meet  remaining  General  Education  requirements) 

Graphic  Design  1  may  be  taken  before 

Five  courses  at  any  level 

15 

Graphic  Design  II.  Typography  II  may  also  be 

One  course  at  300  or  400  level 

3 

taken  before  Typography  1. 

Free  Electives  Three  courses  at  any  level 

9 

Free  Electives 

All  university  courses  (including  Studios  and 

Major  /  Option  Studios 

Studio  Electives)  may  be  used  as  Free 

DES  251 

*Graphic  Design  I 

3 

Electives. 

DES  252 

♦Graphic  Design  II 

3 

DES  351 

*Graphic  Design  III 

3 

♦Designated  Course 

DES  352  or  354 

♦Graphic  Design  IV 

3 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  the 

DES  451  or  453 

♦Graphic  Design  V 

6 

course(s)  indicated  with  a  grade  of  C  or 

DES  452  or  454 

♦Graphic  Design  VI 

6 

better;  if  a  C  -  or  lower  is  received,  the  course 

must  be  retaken.  For  full  details,  see  the 

Major  /  Option  Additional  Requirements,  Studios 

"Student  Reviews"  paragraph  on  the  first 

DES  282 

Photo  Imaging  II 

3 

page  of  this  Design  department  chapter. 

DES  253 

♦Typography  I 

3 

DES  254 

♦Typography  II 

3 

General  Education  Departmental 

DES  283 

Electronic  Imaging  I 

3 

Requirements 

DES  331 

History  of  Design 

3 

Students  majoring  in  Visual  Design/Graphic 

DES  353 

♦Typography  III 

3 

Design  will  meet  their  departmentally- 

controlled  General  Education  requirements 

Miscellaneous  Studios 

as  follows: 

FIA 

200-Level  Drawing  I  (consult  advisor  on  selection) 

3 

FIA 

200-Level  Drawing  II  (consult  advisor  on  selection) 

3 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course 

DES  or  FIA 

Three  Studio  Electives 

9 

bearing  E  credit 

Area  1,  Tier  2:  TBD 

Total  credits: 

130 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200  and 

DES  451  and  452 
Area  O:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course 

bearing  O  credit 


306 


Illustration  Option 


Requirements 


The  aim  of  the  Illustration  option  is  to  equip 
all  of  its  graduating  students  with  the  skills, 
habits,  and  knowledge  necessary  for 
successful  professional  practice  in  the  field. 
Conceptual  imaginativeness,  rendering  and 
compositional  fluency,  and  an  originality  of 
stylization  are  understood  to  be  of  equal  and 
complementary  importance.  Students  learn 
the  uses  of  symbolism,  sequencing,  advanced 
perspective,  and  the  integration  of  digital 
processes.  The  history,  marketing,  and  ethics 
of  the  trade  are  examined,  as  are  the  various 
applications  of  illustration:  editorial, 
advertising,  book,  children's  book,  comic 
book,  and  documentary  illustration;  seniors 
choose  an  emphasis  based  on  individual 
abilities  and  interests.  A  professional  portfolio 
of  work  is  expected  for  graduation. 

Recommended  Studio  Electives 


DES  211 
DES  213, 214 
DES  215 
DES  251 
*DES  254 
DES  281,  282 
DES  317 

*DES  383  to  484 

FIA  223,  224 

FIA225 

FIA  285  to  482 

FIA311 

*FIA  421,  422 


Color  Studio 
Calligraphy  l-ll 
Structural  Representation 
Graphic  Design  I 
Typography  II 
Photo.  Imaging  I,  II 
Art  of  the  Book 
Electronic  Imaging  lll-VI 
Nature  Drawing  I,  II 
Object  Drawing 
Printmaking  (ALL) 
Composition  &  Design 
Drawing  V,  VI 


Order  of  courses 

Typography  II  may  be  taken  before  Typogra- 
phy I;  both  are  prerequisite  for  Electronic 
Imaging  lll-VI.  Photographic  Imaging  l-ll  are 
prerequisites  for  Electronic  Imaging  III. 

Free  Electives 

All  university  courses  (including  Studios  and 
Studio  Electives)  may  be  Free  Electives. 

♦Designated  Course 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  the 
course(s)  indicated  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better;  if  a  C-  or  lower  is  received,  the  course 
must  be  retaken.  For  full  details,  see  the 
"Student  Reviews"  paragraph  on  the  first 
page  of  this  Design  department  chapter. 

General  Education  Departmental 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Visual  Design/ 
Illustration  will  meet  their  departmentally- 
controlled  General  Education  requirements 
as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  a  course  with  E  credit 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  TBD 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200 
Area  0:  Satisfied  by  a  course  with  0  credit 


Foundation 

FOU  101 
FOU  102 
FOU  1 10 
FOU  112 
FOU  1 14 
FOU  1 15 
FOU  124 
FOU  125 

Art  History 

ARH  125 
ARH  150 
ARH  200 
ARH 


Visual  Arts  Colloquium  I 
Visual  Arts  Colloquium  II 
Foundation:  Structural  Drawing 
Foundation:  Life  Drawing 
*2D  Workshop 
*Visual  Language 
3D  Concept 
3D  Workshop 


Visual  Culture 
Visual  Culture 
Visual  Culture 


Renaissance  to  Modern  Art 
Modern  to  Contemp.  Art 
Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art 


Art  History  elective 


General  Education/Distribution 

ENL  101  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I 

ENL  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II 

ENL  English  literature  elective 

MTH  Mathematics  elective 

Science  electives 

Non  Studio  Electives  (select  to  meet  remaining  General  Education  requirements) 
Five  courses  at  any  level 
One  course  at  300  or  400  level 

Free  Electives  Three  courses  at  any  level 

Major  /  Option  Studios 

DES  221  illustration  I, 

DES  222  illustration  II 

DES  321  illustration  III 

DES  322  illustration  IV 

DES  421  illustration  V 

DES  422  illustration  VI 

Major  /  Option  Additional  Requirements,  Studios 

FIA  241 
FIA  242 
DES  283 
FIA  341 
FIA  321 

FIA  342  or  322 


Painting  I 
Painting  II 

Electronic  Imaging  I 
Painting  III 
Figure  Drawing  III 
Painting  IV  OR  Figure  Drawing  IV 


Miscellaneous  Studios 


FIA 
FIA 

DES  421  AND 
DES  422 
OR 

DES  441  AND 
DES  442 

DES  or  FIA 

Total  credits: 


200-Level  Drawing  I  (consult  advisor  on  selection) 
200-Level  Drawing  II  (consult  advisor  on  selection) 

Figure  Drawing  V 
Figure  Drawing  IV 

Painting  V 
Painting  VI 

Studio  Elective 


Credits 

1 
1 
3 
3 
2 
2 
2 
2 


15 
3 


3 

130 


307 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Electronic  Imaging  Option 


Requirements 


Students  in  Electronic  Imaging  are  intro- 
duced to  the  design  process,  language,  and 
technology  involved  in  the  field  of  digital 
communication.  Skills  obtained  in  the 
required  graphic  design  courses  are 
necessary  prerequisites  to  prepare  students 
for  advanced  study  in  electronic  imaging.  At 
the  end  of  the  freshman  year,  students 
wishing  to  specialize  in  Electronic  Imaging 
begin  concentrated  study  in  digital  imaging, 
animation,  and  interactive  multimedia.  The 
Electronic  Imaging  Option  offers  students 
the  opportunity  to  improve  their  critical 
thinking  and  aesthetic  abilities  while  gaming 
an  in-depth  understanding  of  the  strengths 
and  weaknesses  of  various  types  of  media 
and  technologies.  Students  learn  to  choose 
the  appropriate  medium  for  each  project 
and  to  exploit  the  strengths  of  various 
media  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  project  at 
hand.  After  completing  the  program, 
students  are  prepared  to  obtain  work  in 
numerous  creative  positions  including  art 
director/creative  director,  web  designer, 
animator  (2D  and/or  3D),  multimedia 
author,  broadcast  designer,  software 
application  design,  interface  designer, 
information  designer,  entrepreneur, 
producer,  product  designer,  environmental 
designer,  scientific  visualization, 
videographer,  video  editor,  educator, 
multimedia  programmer,  artist,  advertising, 
special  effects  designer,  cartoonist, 
publication  designer,  and  package  designer. 

Order  of  courses 

DES  252  is  a  prerequisite  for  Electronic 
Imaging  lll-VI.  Typography  II  may  be  taken 
before  Typography  I  and  is  required  for 
Electronic  Imaging  III,  VI. 

Free  Electives 

All  university  courses  (including  Studios  and 
Studio  Electives)  may  be  used  as  Free 
Electives 

*Designated  Course 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  the 
course(s)  indicated  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better;  if  a  C-  or  lower  is  received,  the 
course  must  be  retaken.  For  full  details,  see 
the  "Student  Reviews"  paragraph  on  the 
first  page  of  this  Design  department 
chapter. 


Foundation 

FOU  101 

FOU  102 

FOU  110 

FOU  112 

FOU  114 

FOU  115 

FOU  124 

FOU  125 

Art  History 

ARH  125 
ARH  150 
ARH  200 
ARH 


Visual  Arts  Colloquium  I 
Visual  Arts  Colloquium  II 
Foundation:  Structural  Drawing 
Foundation:  Life  Drawing 
*2D  Workshop 
*Visual  Language 
3D  Concept 
3D  Workshop 


Visual  Culture 
Visual  Culture 
Visual  Culture 


Renaissance  to  Modern  Art 
Modern  to  Contemp.  Art 
Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art 


Art  History  elective 


General  Education/Distribution 

ENL  101  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I 

ENL  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II 

ENL  English  literature  elective 

MTH  Mathematics  elective 

Science  electives 

Non  Studio  Electives  (select  to  meet  remaining  General  Education  requirements) 
Five  courses  at  any  level 
One  course  at  300  or  400  level 

Free  Electives  Three  courses  at  any  level 


Credits 

1 
1 

3 
3 
2 
2 
2 
2 


Major  /  Option  Studios 

DES  282  'Photographic 


Imaging  II 


DES  283 
DES  284 
DES  383 
DES  384 
DES  483 
DES  484 


'Electronic  Imaging 

*Electronic  Imaging 

♦Electronic  Imaging 

♦Electronic  Imaging 

♦Electronic  Imaging 


'Electronic  Imaging  VI 


Major  /  Option  Additional  Requirements,  Studios 

DES  251  *Graphic  Design  I 

DES  252  'Graphic  Design  II 

DES  254  Typography  II 

Miscellaneous  Studios 

FIA  200-Level  Drawing  I  (consult  advisor  on  selection) 

FIA  200-Level  Drawing  II  (consult  advisor  on  selection) 

DES  or  FIA  Five  Studio  Electives 

Total  credits: 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 


15 

3 


3 
3 
15 

130 


Students  majoring  in  Visual  Design/Electronic  Imaging  will  meet  their  departmentally- 
controlled  General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course  bearing  E  credit 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  TBD 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200  and  DES  484 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course  bearing  O  credit 


308 


Photography  Option 


Requirements: 


The  profound  impact  of  the  digital  revolution  Credits 

has  resulted  in  a  broadening  of  the  entire  Foundation 

field  of  photography,  both  in  university  FOU  101  Visual  Arts  Colloquium  I  1 

programs  and  the  world  at  large.  Students  FOU  102  Visual  Arts  Colloquium  II  1 

are  provided  with  instruction  in  both  FOU  110  Foundation:  Structural  Drawing  3 

traditional  and  digital  approaches  to  FOU  112  Foundation:  Life  Drawing  3 

photographic  study  within  UMass  FOU  114  *2D  Workshop  2 

Dartmouth's  well-maintained  photography  FOU  115  *Visual  Language  2 

lab  and  department  media  lab.  Students  are  FOU  124  3D  Concept  2 

provided  with  instruction  in  both  traditional  FOU  125  3D  Workshop  2 
and  digital  approaches  to  photographic 

study  Art  History 

ARH  125  Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to  Modern  Art  3 

Introductory  courses  include  standard  wet-  ARH  1 50  Visual  Culture:  Modern  to  Contemp.  Art  3 

processes  along  with  digital  media  processes.  ARH  200  Visual  Culture:  Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art  3 

Extensive  technical  information  is  presented  ARH  Art  History  elective  3 
to  ensure  practical  understanding  of  how  to 

use  both  photographic  and  computer  General  Education/Distribution 

equipment.  Specific  assignments  dealing  ENL  101  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I  3 

with  visual  and  conceptual  issues  are  ENL  1 02  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II  3 

presented  to  begin  the  process  of  under-  ENL  English  literature  elective  3 

standing  more  complex  visual  concepts.  MTH  Mathematics  elective  3 

Science  electives  6 

Intermediate  courses  begin  the  exploration 

of  more  advanced  analog  and  digital  Non  Studio  Electives  (select  to  meet  remaining  General  Education  requirements) 

photographic  techniques.  Attention  is  Five  courses  at  any  level  1 5 

focused  strongly  on  maintaining  the  One  course  at  300  or  400  level  3 
coherence  of  visual  elements  within  images, 

as  well  as  discovery  of  a  personal  vision.  Free  Electives  Three  courses  at  any  level  9 

Advanced  courses  emphasize  the  develop-  Major  /  Option  Studios 

ment  of  a  coherent  body  of  work.  These  DES  281  *  Photographic  Imaging  I  3 

upper  level  courses  present  opportunities  for  DES  282  "Photographic  Imaging  II  3 

more  self-directed  projects  that  lead  to  a  DES  381  *Photographic  Imaging  III  3 

senior  portfolio  exhibition  of  high  profes-  DES  382  *Photographic  Imaging  IV  3 

sional  quality.  DES  481  *Photographic  Imaging  V  6 

DES  482  *Photographic  Imaging  VI  6 

Personal  artistic  growth  is  expected  at  every 

level  and  is  fostered  through  numerous  Major  /  Option  Additional  Requirements,  Studios 

group  and  individual  critiques  with  instruc-  DES  251  *Graphic  Design  I  OR  Studio  elective  3 

tors.  In  keeping  with  UMass  Dartmouth's  DES  283  Electronic  Imaging  I  3 

general  education  goals,  competence  in  DES  284  *Electronic  Imaging  II  OR  Studio  elective  3 

expression  is  emphasized  in  both  verbal  and  DES  332  History  of  Photography  3 

written  form.                                     _  DES  385  Studio  Photography  '  3 

FIA311  Composition  &  Design  3 

Free  Electives 

All  university  courses  (including  Studios  and  Miscellaneous  Studios 

Studio  Electives)  may  be  used  as  Free  FIA  200-Level  Drawing  I  (consult  advisor  on  selection)  3 

Electives.  FIA  200-Level  Drawing  II  (consult  advisor  on  selection)  3 

DES  or  FIA  Three  Studio  Electives  9 

"Designated  Course 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  the  Total  credits:  130 

course(s)  indicated  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better;  if  a  C-  or  lower  is  received,  the  course 

must  be  retaken.  For  full  details,  see  the  General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 


"Student  Reviews"  paragraph  on  the  first  Students  majoring  in  Visual  Design/Photography  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled 
page  of  this  Design  department  chapter.  General  Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course  bearing  E  credit 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  DES  283 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  DES  332 


309 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Artisanry  Areas 


The  Artisanry  programs  at  UMass  Dartmouth 
have  earned  a  national  reputation  for 
excellence  in  craft  education.  Undergradu- 
ates in  Artisanry  may  pursue  BFA  options  in 
Ceramics  and  Jewelry/Metals.  They  may  also 
major  in  Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts  A  graduate 
degree,  the  MFA  in  Artisanry,  offers 
specialization  in  Ceramics,  Fibers,  Metals,  or 
Wood.  Wood/Furniture  is  offered  on  the 
undergraduate  level  as  an  elective. 

The  educational  philosophy  of  the  Artisanry 
programs  has  evolved  from  the  craft 
tradition  of  functional  object  making, 
emphasizing  professional  standards  in 
technical  skill  and  design,  knowledge  of 
history  of  the  craft,  The  craft  in  relation  to 
popular  culture,  and  personal  aesthetic 
development. 

Frequent  presentations  in  each  area  by 
visiting  artists,  lecturers,  and  designers 
representing  diverse  fields  supplement  the 
artisanry  student's  education  Students  are 
challenged  to  extend  their  creative  involve- 
ment into  the  areas  of  object  production, 
artistic  expression,  or  design  for  industry.  The 
goal  is  to  instill  the  confidence  and  self- 
discipline  necessary  to  sustain  productive 
artistic  careers. 

The  studio  facilities,  located  at  the 
university's  New  Bedford  campus,  contain 
state-of-the-art  equipment  and  have  ample 
work  areas  that  encourage  artistic  develop- 
ment. 


310 


Ceramics  Option 


Requirements 


Ceramics  at  UMass  Dartmouth  balances  Credits 
between  traditional  and  non-traditional  work  Foundation 

and  encourages  both  sculptural  and                FOU  101  Visual  Arts  Colloquium  I  1 

functional  approaches.  A  variety  of  clay            FOU  1 02  Visual  Arts  Colloquium  II  1 

techniques  and  forming  processes  are             FOU  110  Foundation:  Structural  Drawing  3 

taught,  including  hand-building,  wheel-           FOU  112  Foundation:  Life  Drawing  3 

throwing,  and  slip-casting.  Ceramics               FOU  114  *2D  Workshop  2 

students  learn  how  to  use  clay  and  glaze          FOU  115  *Visual  Language  2 

materials,  to  build  and  fire  kilns,  and  to            FOU  124  3D  Concept  2 

utilize  the  history  of  their  craft.  The  Ceramics     FOU  1 25  3D  Workshop  2 
faculty  encourages  in  its  students  individual 
exploration  and  professional  goals.                 Art  History 

ARH  125  Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to  Modern  Art  3 

Recommended  Studio  Electives                 ARH  150  Visual  Culture:  Modern  to  Contemp.  Art  3 

Courses  below  may  be  used  as  Studio             ARH  200  Visual  Culture:  Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art  3 

Electives  or  as  Free  Electives.                        ARH  Art  History  elective  3 

DES  305  Issues  &  Criticism  in  Ceramic  Arts       General  Education/Distribution 

DES  306   Moldmaking                              ENL  101  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I  3 

ENL  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II  3 

Free  Electives                                        ENL  English  literature  elective  3 

All  university  courses  (including  Studios  and       MTH  Mathematics  elective  3 

Studio  Electives)  may  be  used  as  Free  Science  electives  6 
Electives. 

Non  Studio  Electives  (select  to  meet  remaining  General  Education  requirements) 

*  Designated  Courses  Five  courses  at  any  level  1 5 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  the  One  course  at  300  or  400  level  3 
course(s)  indicated  with  a  grade  of  C  or 

better;  if  a  C-  or  lower  is  received,  the  course  Free  Electives  Three  courses  at  any  level  9 
must  be  retaken.  For  full  details,  see  the 

"Student  Reviews"  paragraph  on  the  first         Major  /  Option  Studios 

page  of  this  Design  department  chapter.           DES  291  *Ceramics  I  3 

DES  292  'Ceramics  II  3 

General  Education  Departmental               DES  391  *Ceramics  III  3 

Requirements                                         DES  392  *Ceramics  IV  3 

Students  majoring  in  Visual  Design/               DES  491  *CeramicsV  6 

Ceramics  will  meet  their  departmentally-  DES  492  *CeramicsVI  6 
controlled  General  Education  requirements 

as  follows:  Major  /  Option  Additional  Requirements,  Studios 

DES  303  Ceramic  traditions  3 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course         DES  304  Clay  &  Glazes  I  3 

bearing  E  credit                                   DES  307  Clay  &  Glazes  II  3 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  TBD                                     DES  308  Kiln-Building  3 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200              DES  283  or  372  Electronic  Imaging  I  OR  Textile  Design  for  Computer  Design  3 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course         DES  or  FIA  Studio  Elective  3 

bearing  O  credit 

Miscellaneous  Studios 

FIA  200-Level  Drawing  I  (consult  advisor  on  selection)  3 

FIA  200-Level  Drawing  il  (consult  advisor  on  selection)  3 

DES  or  FIA  Three  Studio  Electives  9 

Total  credits:  130 


311 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Jewelry/Metals  Option 


Requirements 


At  UMass  Dartmouth,  Jewelry/Metals  offers  a  Credits 
comprehensive  and  diverse  understanding  of  Foundation 

the  technical  and  aesthetic  potential  of            FOU  101  Visual  Arts  Colloquium  I  1 

metal.  Earlier  studies  feature  skills  for  metal        FOU  102  Visual  Arts  Colloquium  II  1 

fabrication,  construction,  forming,  and             FOU  110  Foundation:  Structural  Drawing  3 

surface  treatment,  while  later,  more                FOU  1 12  Foundation:  Life  Drawing  3 

advanced  studies  explore  such  techniques  as      FOU  114  *2D  Workshop  2 

forging,  casting,  stone-setting,  chasing/            FOU  1 15  "Visual  Language  2 

repousee,  holloware,  enameling,  and  die-         FOU  124  3D  Concept  2 

forming.  As  students  gain  technical  skills,          FOU  125  3D  Workshop  2 
they  are  encouraged  to  grow  in  expressive 
ability  and  to  strive  toward  professionalism.        Art  History 

ARH  125  Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to  Modern  Art  3 

Free  Electives                                        ARH  1 50  Visual  Culture:  Modern  to  Contemp  Art  3 

All  university  courses  (including  Studios  and       ARH  200  Visual  Culture:  Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art  3 

Studio  Electives)  may  be  used  as  Free  ARH  Art  History  elective  3 
Electives. 

General  Education/Distribution 

♦Designated  Courses                               ENL101  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I  3 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  the       ENL  1 02  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II  3 

course(s)  indicated  with  a  grade  of  C  or            ENL  English  literature  elective  3 

better;  if  a  C-  or  lower  is  received,  the  course      MTH  Mathematics  elective  3 

must  be  retaken.  For  full  details,  see  the  Science  electives  6 
"Student  Reviews"  paragraph  on  the  first 

page  of  this  Design  department  chapter.           Non  Studio  Electives  (select  to  meet  remaining  General  Education  requirements) 

Five  courses  at  any  level  1 5 

General  Education  Departmental  One  course  at  300  or  400  level  3 
Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  Visual  Design/Jewelry-  Free  Electives  Three  courses  at  any  level  9 
Metals  will  meet  their  departmentally- 

controlled  General  Education  requirements       Major  /  Option  Studios 

as  follows:                                             DES  293  *Jewelry/Metals  I  3 

DES  294  'Jewelry/Metals  II  3 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course          DES  393  *Jewelry/Metals  III  3 

bearing  E  credit                                   DES  394  *Jewelry/Metals  IV  3 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  TBD                                    DES  493  *  Jewelry/Metals  V  6 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200              DES  494  *Jewelry/Metals  VI  6 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course 

bearing  O  credit                                   Major  /  Option  Additional  Requirements,  Studios 

DES  126  Art,  Craft,  and  Popular  Objects  OR  Studio  Elective  3 

DES  395  Enameling  3 

DES  283  or  372  Electronic  Imaging  I  OR  Textile  Design  for  Computer  Design  3 

DES  or  FIA  Studio  Elective  3 

DES  or  FIA  Studio  Elective  3 

DES  or  FIA  Studio  Elective  3 

Miscellaneous  Studios 

FIA  200-Level  Drawing  I  (consult  advisor  on  selection)  3 

FIA  200-Level  Drawing  II  (consult  advisor  on  selection)  3 

DES  or  FIA  Three  Studio  Electives  9 

Total  credits:  130 


312 


Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts  Major  Requirements 

BFA  degree 


The  curriculum  of  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Credits 

Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts  balances  woven  and  Foundation 

printed  textile  design  for  industry  with  FOU  101  Visual  Arts  Colloquium  I  1 

explorations  in  fiber  art.  The  student  learns  FOU  102  Visual  Arts  Colloquium  II  1 

about  the  structure  and  decoration  of  cloth  FOU  1 1 0  Foundation:  Structural  Drawing  3 

through  exploration  of  creative  concerns  and  FOU  1 1 2  Foundation:  Life  Drawing  3 

formal  design  issues.  Textile  function  and  use  FOU  1 14  *2D  Workshop  2 

are  explored  through  the  making  of  yardage,  FOU  115  *  Visual  Language  2 

garments,  and  other  textile  art  objects.  FOU  124  3D  Concept  2 

History  of  world  textiles  is  an  important  part  FOU  1 25  3D  Workshop  2 
of  the  program. 

Art  History 

The  main  elements  of  the  curriculum  include:  ARH  125  Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to  Modern  Art  3 

•  ARH  150  Visual  Culture:  Modern  to  Contemp.  Art  3 
Hand  Weaving  using  multi-harness  looms,  ARH  200  Visual  Culture:  Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art  3 
spinning,  and  basketry  constructions.  ARH  Art  History  elective  3 

Surface  Design  on  fabric  including  screen  and  General  Education/Distribution 

block  printing  and  resist-dye  techniques.  ENL  101  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I  3 

Sewing  techniques  are  also  introduced.  ENL  102  Critical  Writing  and  Reading  II  3 

•  ENL  English  literature  elective  3 
Textile  Design,  the  study  of  croquis  and  MTH  Mathematics  elective  3 
repeat  designs  in  a  wide  range  of  hand-  Science  electives  6 
rendering  techniques  on  paper,  with 

industry-standard  colorings  and  coordinate  Non  Studio  Electives  (select  to  meet  remaining  General  Education  requirements) 

design  work  for  portfolio  presentation.  Five  courses  at  any  level  1 5 

•  One  course  at  300  or  400  level  3 
Computer  Aided  Design  for  Textiles,  which 

extends  the  design  process.  Textile-specific  Free  Electives  Three  courses  at  any  level  9 
computer  software,  including  NedGraphics 

and  Monarch's  Pointcarre,  offer  connections  Major  /  Option  Studios 

to  design  processes  used  in  industry.  DES  277  Textile  Design  I  3 

DES  278  Textile  Design  II  3 

Graduation  requirements  include  participa- 
tion in  the  annual  senior  Artisanry  exhibition,  DES  373  AND  *Weaving  III 

and  a  formal  portfolio  review  conducted  by  a  DES  374  *Weaving  IV  3 

visiting  designer.  Internships  with  industry,  OR  3 

textile  production  studios,  or  museum  DES  377  AND  Textile  Design  III 

programs  are  encouraged.  Active  profes-  DES  378  Textile  Design  IV 
sional  alumni  aid  students  in  job  placement 

after  graduation.  DES  476  *Senior  Fibers  I  3 

DES  477  Textile  Design/Weaving  V  3 

Free  Electives  DES  478  Textile  Design/Weaving  VI  3 

Any  university  course  (including  Studios  and  DES  479  *Senior  Fibers  II  3 
Studio  Electives)  may  be  used  as  Free  Elective. 

Major  /  Option  Additional  Requirements,  Studios 

♦Designated  Courses  DES  273  Weaving  I  3 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  the  DES  274  Weaving  II  3 

course(s)  indicated  with  a  grade  of  C  or  TES  300  Fabric  Design  and  Structure  I  3 

better;  if  a  C-  or  lower  is  received,  the  course  TES  3 1 2  Fabric  Design  and  Structure  II  3 

must  be  retaken.  For  full  details,  see  the  DES  or  FIA  Studio  Elective  3 

"Student  Reviews"  paragraph  on  the  first  DES  370  History  of  Textiles  OR  Studio  Elective  3 

page  of  this  Design  department  chapter.  DES  372  Textile  Design/Computer  Design  3 

General  Education  Requirements  for  Miscellaneous  Studios 

Visual  Design/Textile  Design  majors:  FIA  200-Level  Drawing  I  (consult  advisor  on  selection)  3 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  university  course  FIA  200-Level  Drawing  II  (consult  advisor  on  selection)  3 

bearing  E  credit  DES  or  FIA  Three  Studio  Electives  9 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  TBD 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200  Total  credits:  130 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  DES  370  or  any 
university  course  bearing  O  credit 


313 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Gen  Ed  Note 


Visual  Design  Courses 


All  Design  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy;  lower  division  courses  are  marked 
C,  but  advanced  courses  are  eligible  as  well. 
Some  courses  satisfy  other  requirements,  as 
noted 


Visual  Design — Courses  in  Common 

DES  126  three  credits  C 

Art,  Craft,  and  Popular  Objects 

Survey  of  the  visual  arts  and  consumer 
products  from  the  40s  to  the  80s  The 
objects  we  live  with,  use  and  wear  reflect 
the  beliefs,  attitudes  and  tastes  of  the  time. 
This  course  offers  a  survey  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  pop  object,  product  design 
and  craft  media  from  World  War  II  to  the 
present.  An  overview  of  world  events,  art 
and  architecture,  political  and  social  change 
will  be  included  to  provide  context  and 
chronology. 

DES  211  three  credits  C 
Color  Studio 

Prerequisite:  FOU  1 14,  115 

A  second-year  course  for  students  within 

the  design  department.  Emphasis  is  on  an 

exploration  of  major  concepts  of  color  use 

and  theory  for  artists.  Color  pigments  are 

used  to  achieve  expressive  variations  in 

palettes. 

DES  215  three  credits  C 
Structural  Representation 

Provides  the  student  with  experience  in 
handling  volume  and  spatial  arrangements. 

DES  216  three  credits  C 
Dimensional  Design 

Prerequisite:  DES  215  or  permission  of 
instructor 

For  Art,  Engineering  and  other  students 
wishing  to  pursue  projects  in  Public  Art 
Proposals  or  in  architectural,  sculptural,  or 
environmental  settings.  Multidisciplmary 
concept  of  design,  technical  drawing,  site 
study,  perspective  renderings,  structural  and 
fabrication  techniques  are  explored. 

DES  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

DES  300  three  credits 
Concepts  in  Design 

Offered  as  needed  to  present  material  in  he 
design  field  The  specific  topic  is  stated 
when  the  course  is  scheduled.  May  be 
repeated  with  change  of  content 


DES  333/533  three  credits 
On  Creativity 

Prerequisites:  ENL  101,  102 
Basic  patterns  of  conscious  and  unconscious 
information  processing  underlying  artistic, 
humanistic,  and  scientific  inspiration, 
discovery,  and  invention 

DES  317  three  credits 
Art  of  the  Book 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing,  any  art  major 
Experimental  approaches  to  bookmaking. 
Exploring  conceptual  attitudes  will  be 
combined  with  developing  skills  in  book- 
binding, papermaking,  assorted  printed 
processes  and  other  related  techniques 

DES  331  three  credits 
History  of  Design 

3  lecture  hours 

A  slide/lecture  course  covering  the  history  of 
modern  graphic  design  from  the  mid- 1800s 
to  the  present.  Aside  from  viewing  the  work, 
attention  is  given  to  the  artists,  their 
technical  and  esthetic  contributions,  and  to 
the  larger  social,  political  and  philosophical 
developments  that  are  the  content  of  this 
field. 

DES  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

DES  196,  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

Calligraphy  Courses 

DES  213  three  credits  C 
Calligraphy  I 

The  fundamentals  of  letterform  as  a 
language  system  and  its  graphic  implica- 
tions. Projects  emphasize  the  visual 
relationships  of  formal  and  informal 
letterforms  as  affected  by  natural  rhythms, 
line  shape,  texture  and  the  integration  of 
images  and  decoration.  This  course  is  open 
to  any  student  of  the  university. 


DES  214  three  credits  C 
Calligraphy  II 

Prerequisite:  DES  213 

Continuation  of  DES  213,  an  in-depth  study 
of  the  five  basic  alphabet  styles  through 
design  problems.  This  course  is  open  to  any 
student  of  the  university. 

DES  313  three  credits 
Calligraphy  III 

Prerequisite:  DES  214 
Continuation  of  DES  214,  a  study  of 
lettering,  type  design,  and  calligraphy.  This 
course  is  open  to  any  student 
of  the  university. 

DES  314  three  credits 
Calligraphy  IV 

Prerequisite:  DES  313 

Continuation  of  DES  313.  This  course  is 

open  to  any  student  of  the  university. 


Graphic  Design  Courses 

DES  251  three  credits  C 
Graphic  Design  I 

Prerequisites:  FOU  114,  115 
An  introduction  to  the  basic  principals  and 
theories  of  color  and  icon  development 
Through  a  series  of  projects  using  traditional 
media,  students  explore  these  two  funda- 
mental design  concepts.  Note:  Either  DES 
251  or  252  may  be  taken  first. 

DES  252  three  credits  C 
Graphic  Design  II 

Prerequisites:  FOU  114,  115 
An  application  of  fundamental  visual  design 
concepts  covered  in  FOU  1 1 5  to  more 
specific  concepts  of  communication  design. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  hierarchy,  sequenc- 
ing, and  word-image  relationships.  Projects 
introduce  both  contemporary  and  traditional 
tools  and  techniques.  Note:  Either  DES  251 
or  252  may  be  taken  first. 

DES  351  three  credits  C 
Graphic  Design  III 

Prerequisite:  DES  251,  252,  254 
Communication  design  concepts  are  further 
explored  with  an  emphasis  placed  on 
creating  conceptually  and  formally  complex 
compositions.  Traditional  contemporary  and 
avant  garde  design  strategies  are  explored. 
The  importance  of  writing,  research,  and 
self-generated  imagery  is  stressed  as  are  the 
role  of  the  designer  in  society  and  the  role 
of  the  designer  as  author. 

DES  352  three  credits  C 
Graphic  Design  IV 


314 


Students  attend  all  studios  two  hours 
weekly  for  each  credit  offered. 


Prerequisites:  DES  351,  353 
An  advanced-level  course.  Projects  explore 
design  strategies  through  an  emphasis  on 
information  design  and  systems.  Projects 
may  be  print  or  screen-based. 

DES  451  six  credits  E 
Graphic  Design  V 

Prerequisite:  DES  352 
Students  are  encouraged  to  develop  a 
personal  approach  to  design,  exploring  their 
individual  strengths,  interests,  and  sense  of 
self.  Projects  examine  graphic  design  in  a 
social  context  from  an  ethical  perspective. 
As  part  of  professional  development, 
pragmatic  problem  solving  issues  are 
addressed  such  as  off-set  printing,  resume 
building,  and  the  design  practice  of 
estimating  and  billing. 

DES  452  six  credits  O 
Graphic  Design  VI 

Prerequisite:  DES  451 
Students  focus  on  their  degree  project 
which  is  a  self-directed  study  that  is  both 
multi-dimensional — an  ensemble  of  studies 
on  formal  and  contextual  concerns  (inside 
and  outside  of  design) — and  consists  of 
several  pieces  of  work.  Portfolio  presenta- 
tion is  an  integral  part  of  this  course,  as  are 
guest  critics  and  lecturers.  A  minimum  of 
two  oral  presentations  are  required. 


Electronic  Imaging  Courses 

DES  283  three  credits  C 
Electronic  Imaging  I 

Prerequisite:  FOU  114,  115 
Presents  the  skills  necessary  to  construct 
complex  and  detailed  drawings,  illustrations, 
montages,  and  collages  using  the  digital 
medium.  Students  experiment  with  color 
correcting  and  retouching  of  digitized 
images  and  are  introduced  to  the  range  of 
effects  associated  with  electronic  imaging. 

DES  284  three  credits  C 
Electronic  Imaging  II 

Prerequisite:  DES  283 
Continuation  of  DES  283. 

DES  383  three  credits 
Electronic  Imaging  III 

Prerequisites:  DES  281,  284,  251,  254 
Exploration  in  depth  of  the  concepts  of 
change,  transformation,  and  visual  rhythm. 
The  student  will  be  introduced  to  two 
dimensional  computer  paint  and  animation 
programs,  image-processing  technology  as 
well  as  basic  story-boarding.  The  history  of 
animation  and  its  relationship  to  other 


media  will  be  explored  through  required 
readings  and  seminar  style  discussion. 
Students  will  produce  a  number  of  still  and 
animated  pieces. 

DES  384  three  credits 
Electronic  Imaging  IV 

Prerequisite:  DES  383 

Three-dimensional  computer  animation  skills 
are  the  focus  of  this  class.  In-depth  studies 
of  natural  forms  and  their  associated 
motions  will  be  emphasized  along  with 
discussions  of  time,  space,  color,  and  light. 
Storyboarding,  lighting,  and  editing 
techniques  will  be  introduced  along  with  a 
variety  of  readings  on  the  political  and  social 
role  electronic  media  have  played  in 
contemporary  society.  Students  will  produce 
a  number  of  short  animations  related  to 
these  technical  areas  as  well  as  an  in-depth 
final  production. 

DES  483  six  credits 
Electronic  Imaging  V 

Prerequisite:  DES  384 
Professional  skills  for  the  construction  of 
interactive  multimedia  presentations  for  CD- 
ROM  and  the  Internet.  Research,  navigation, 
and  interface  design  are  emphasized. 
Central  to  the  course  is  the  development  of 
technical  proficiencies  to  author  with  image, 
text,  animation,  audio,  and  video.  This 
course  emphasizes  the  solving  of  a  wide 
range  of  communication  and  technical 
problems  as  well  as  the  development  of 
each  student's  individual  vision. 

DES  484  six  credits  O 
Electronic  Imaging  VI 

Prerequisite:  DES  483 
Production  by  students  of  high-quality 
senior  level  projects  and  portfolios.  Students 
may  work  in  the  areas  of  still  imaging, 
animation,  or  interactive  multimedia,  or 
design  for  the  Internet.  The  class  includes 
exploration  and  presentations  of  profes- 
sional opportunities  in  electronic  imaging. 
The  course  also  includes  readings  and 
discussion  of  politics  and  ethics  of  electronic 
media  in  contemporary  society. 


Photography  Courses 

DES  281  three  credits  C 
Photographic  Imaging  I 

A  survey  of  the  theory  of  black  and  white 
photography.  Emphasis  will  be  on  darkroom 
experience,  including  the  development  of 
film,  contact  and  enlargement  printing.  This 
course  is  open  to  any  student  of  the 
university.  It  is  a  prerequisite  for  Electronic 


Imaging  III. 

DES  282  three  credits  C 
Photographic  Imaging  II 

Prerequisite:  DES  281 
Emphasis  on  development  of  digital 
photographic  printing  skills,  professional 
presentation,  and  exploration  of  contempo- 
rary means  of  photographic  expression.  This 
course  is  open  to  any  student  of  the 
university.  It  is  a  prerequisite  for  Electronic 
Imaging  III. 

DES  332  three  credits  E,  G,  O 
History  of  Photography 

3  lecture  hours 

Survey,  through  lecture  and  audio-visual 
presentation  of  the  development  of 
technical  and  aesthetic  concerns  in 
photography  from  its  origins  to  the  present. 
Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  impact 
of  historic  events  on  the  aesthetic  consider- 
ations of  the  day.  This  course  is  open  to  any 
student  of  the  university. 

DES  381  three  credits  W,  O 
Photographic  Imaging  III 

1  1/2  hour  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  DES  281,  283 
The  development  of  a  personal  approach  to 
photography  as  well  as  application  of 
techniques  used  in  applied  photography, 
integrated  in  a  series  of  projects  involving 
multiple  image  printing,  use  of  high  contrast 
film,  and  large  format  camera  work.  This 
course  is  open  to  any  student  of  the 
university. 

DES  382  three  credits 
Photographic  Imaging  IV 

1  1/2  hour  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  DES  381 
Continuation  of  DES  381  with  further 
exploration  of  experimental  techniques  and 
their  application  to  applied  and  personal 
photographic  statements.  A  brief  survey  is 
made  of  the  history  of  photography. 

DES  385  three  credits 
Studio  Photography 

Prerequisite:  DES  281 

3  hours  laboratory;  studio  demonstrations, 
print  and  slide  presentation  three  hours 
Professional  methods  of  photographing  two 
and  three  dimensional  objects  in  black  and 
white,  and  color.  Lighting  techniques 
utilizing  daylight,  quartz  lights  and 
electronic  flash  are  studied.  Film  formats 
from  35  mm  to  4x5  are  used  to  produce 
prints  and  transparencies.  Effective  use  of 
simple  studio  props  is  studied. 


315 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Students  attend  all  studios  two  hours 
weekly  for  each  credit  offered. 


DES  481  six  credits 
Photographic  Imaging  V 

3  hours  lecture,  6  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  DES  382 

An  intensive  study  of  advanced  techniques 
used  in  contemporary  photography. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  a 
personal  fine-arts  photographic  approach 
coupled  with  professional  esthetic  stan- 
dards. This  course  is  open  to  any  student  of 
the  university. 

DES  482  six  credits 
Photographic  Imaging  VI 

3  hours  lecture,  6  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  DES  481 

Continuation  of  DES  481  with  an  emphasis 

placed  on  the  preparation 

of  a  professional  photographic  portfolio. 

This  course  is  open  to  any  student  of  the 

university. 


Illustration  Courses 

DES  221  three  credits  C 
Illustration  I 

Prerequisites:  FOU  110,  112 
An  introduction  to  illustration  focusing  on 
drawing  and  composition  as  they  relate  to 
the  special  needs  of  the  illustrator;  an 
exploration  of  the  tools,  techniques,  and 
surfaces  commonly  used  in  illustration,  with 
emphasis  on  black  and  white  media. 

DES  222  three  credits  C 
Illustration  II 

Prerequisite:  DES  221 

Continuation  of  DES  221  focusing  on  color 
media,  with  an  introduction  to  concepts  for 
illustrators.  The  course  also  includes  a 
review  of  procedures  used  in  gathering 
reference  material  for  illustration,  and  a 
slide  survey  of  the  history  of  illustration. 

DES  321  :-ree  crea  ts 
Illustration  III 

Prerequisite:  DES  222 
Through  specific  projects,  students  are 
introduced  to  a  wide  range  of  specialized 
areas  within  the  illustration  field.  This 
course  also  includes  in-depth  exploration  of 
concepts  for  illustrators  and  slide  surveys  of 
both  contemporary  illustration  and  the  work 
of  fine  artists  who  have  influenced 
illustration. 

DES  322  three  credits 
Illustration  IV 

Prerequisite:  DES  321 

Continuation  of  DES  321  with  increasing 

focus  on  the  student's  individualized  area  of 


interests  and  the  tools  and  techniques  most 
appropriate  to  that  area  This  course  also 
includes  guest  lecturers  by  professional 
illustrators. 

DES  323  three  credits 
Fashion  Illustration  I 

Prerequisites:  FOU  110,  112 
Learning  to  draw  the  fashion  figure. 
Includes  intensive  drawing  from  clothed 
models,  fashion  photos  and  prototypes 
Rendering  skills  to  be  developed  by  working 
from  a  wide  variety  of  clothing  and 
accessories  as  well  as  through  experimenta- 
tion with  painting  and  illustrational 
techniques.  Includes  female,  male  and 
children's  fashion  illustration.  Attention  will 
also  be  given  to  the  composition  of  the  total 
fashion  ad,  with  layout  assignments  dealing 
with  the  relationship  of  figure  to  type. 

DES  324  three  credits 
Fashion  Illustration  II 

Prerequisite:  DES  323  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

Continuation  of  DES  323 

DES  421  six  credits 
Illustration  V 

Prerequisite:  DES  322 

Students  develop  their  individual  strengths 
and  interests  to  bring  technical  and 
conceptual  skills  to  a  professional  level  and 
to  define  a  personal  style.  This  course  also 
includes  projects  which  will  result  in  printed 
work,  and  frequent  guest  lectures. 

DES  422  six  credits 
Illustration  VI 

Prerequisite:  DES  421 
Continuation  of  DES  421.  Each  student 
designs  and  executes  a  long-term  project  in 
his  or  her  particular  area  of  interest  in  order 
to  build  a  consistent,  professional-level 
portfolio.  Self  promotion  and  business 
aspects  of  the  illustration  field  are  explored. 

Typography  Courses 

DES  253  three  credits  C 
Typography  I 

A  survey  of  the  development  of  our 
alphabet  from  ancient  times  to  the  present. 
Through  a  series  of  projects,  students 
explore  the  anatomy  of  letterforms,  the 
alphabet  as  a  system,  the  evolution  of  type 
specification  since  the  development  of 
moveable  type,  and  the  continuing 
evolution  of  letterforms  and  lettermaking. 
Note:  Either  DES  253  and  254  may  be  taken 
first.  Open  to  any  student  of  the  university. 


DES  254  three  credits  C 
Typography  II 

A  concentrated  study  of  type;  its  language, 
rules,  and  styles  as  a  means  of  communica- 
tion and  as  a  tool  for  expression  Hierarchies 
and  grids  are  introduced  as  methods  for 
organizing  written  information  The  course 
is  divided  between  studio  projects  which 
explore  the  basic  elements  and  structure  of 
type,  and  the  computer  lab  where  more 
complex  typographic  projects  are  in 
introduced  though  InDesign.  Scanning  and 
printing  procedures  are  reviewed  Note: 
Either  DES  253  and  254  may  be  taken  first. 
Open  to  any  student  of  the  university 

DES  353  three  credits  C 
Typography  III 

Prerequisites  DES  253.  254 
Projects  emphasize  the  organization, 
hierarchy,  and  expressive  use  of  typography 
Assignments  encourage  students  to  explore 
both  traditional  and  experimental  ap- 
proaches to  using  type  while  acquiring  the 
knowledge  and  use  of  the  finer  points  of 
typography. 

DES  354  three  credits  C 
Typography  IV 

Prerequisite:  DES  353 

An  exploration  of  the  tools  and  techniques 
used  m  a  specialized  area  of  classical  and 
contemporary  typography  Topic  vanes 
Example  topics  include:  letterpress  and 
prmtmaking;  time-based  type;  typeface 
design;  communicating  complex  information 
through  typography 

DES  453  six  credits 
Typography  V 

Prerequisite:  DES  354 
Continuation  of  DES  354 

DES  454  six  credits 
Typography  VI 

Prerequisite:  DES  453 
Continuation  of  DES  453. 


Ceramics  Courses 

DES  291  three  credits  C 
Ceramics  I 

Clay  as  a  material  for  making  art.  A  variety 
of  handbuilding  and  forming  techniques  will 
be  explored  through  the  context  of  making 
objects.  Clay,  slip,  glaze,  and  various  firing 
methods  will  be  presented. 

DES  292  three  credits  C 
Ceramics  II 

The  potter's  wheel  as  the  primary  forming 


316 


Gen  Ed  Note 

All  Design  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy;  lower  division  courses  are 
marked  C,  but  advanced  courses  are 
eligible  as  well.  Some  courses  satisfy 
other  requirements,  as  noted. 


*  Student  majors  are  required  to  take  the 
300-  and  400-level  courses  in  their  majors 
for  six  credits.  Work  will  be  adjusted 
accordingly. 


tool  in  making  pottery.  Utility  and  function 
will  be  the  primary  intention,  using  the 
formed  vessel  as  a  means  of  expression. 
Clay  bodies,  slips,  glazes,  and  firing 
methods  will  be  presented. 

DES  303  three  credits 
Ceramic  Traditions 

3  hours  lecture 

The  individual  artists  and  philosophies 
responsible  for  the  development  of  20th- 
century  American  studio  ceramics.  Contem- 
porary ceramics  and  its  relationship  with 
technical,  historical,  and  philosophical 
concerns  will  be  presented. 

DES  304  three  credits 
Clay  and  Glazes  I 

Prerequisites:  DES  291,  292;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Individual  clays,  clay  body  formulation,  and 
engobes.  Various  physical  properties  of  clay 
materials  that  determine  color,  firing 
temperature,  and  plasticity  will  be  discussed, 
along  with  the  formulation  of  specific  clay 
bodies  for  a  variety  of  forming  methods  and 
firing  techniques. 

DES  305  three  credits 

Issues  and  Criticism  in  the  Ceramic  Arts 

Prerequisites:  DES  291,  292;  or  permission 
of  instructor 
3  hours  lecture 

An  exploration  of  the  ways  in  which  ceramic 
artists  throughout  history  have  used  their 
medium  to  create  a  broad  range  of 
utilitarian  and  symbolic  forms.  The  course 
will  concentrate  on  the  aesthetic  principles 
inherent  in  the  ceramic  arts. 

DES  306  three  credits 
Moldmaking 

Prerequisites:  DES  291,  292;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

The  fundamentals,  information,  and  skills 
necessary  to  make  a  variety  of  molds  used  in 
the  ceramic  process.  The  casting  and 
forming  methods  available  to  ceramists 
through  plaster  and  other  materials  will  be 
explored. 

DES  307  three  credits 
Clay  and  Glazes  II 

Prerequisites:  DES  291,  292,  304;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
The  physical  properties  of  glaze  materials 
used  in  the  ceramic  process.  Through 
lectures  and  lab  assignments,  students  will 
learn  to  translate  technical  information  into 
visual  and  tactile  objects  while  exploring 
glaze  surface,  color,  and  transparency. 


DES  308  three  credits 
Kiln  Building 

Prerequisites:  DES  291,  292;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

The  information  and  skills  necessary  to 
design  and  build  a  variety  of  ceramic  kilns. 
Discussion  will  include  fuel  sources,  burner 
design,  and  combustion  needs  for  these 
fuels,  and  how  these  factors  affect  kiln 
design. 

DES  391  three  credits 
Ceramics  III 

Prerequisite:  DES  292  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Exploration  of  the  many  possibilities  of  clay. 
Students  will  develop  a  variety  of  ideas 
using  handbuilding,  wheel-thrown,  and  slip- 
cast  molds  as  forming  methods.  Issues 
related  to  sculpture  and  their  translation  to 
the  ceramics  medium  will  be  discussed. 

DES  392  three  credits 
Ceramics  IV 

Prerequisite:  DES  391 

Using  the  technical  knowledge  acquired  in 
previous  semesters,  students  will  develop  a 
personal  aesthetic  direction.  Students  will  be 
challenged  to  explore  the  large  range  of 
possibilities  within  the  field  of  ceramics  as  it 
applies  to  their  personal  goals. 

DES  491  three  or  six  credits  * 
Ceramics  V 

Prerequisite:  DES  392 
Encourages  advanced  students  to  develop 
further  their  personal  artistic  vision,  to  be 
self-critical,  and  to  challenge  aesthetic 
concerns  and  concepts.  Each  student  will 
present  an  oral  report  on  a  major  artist  who 
was  influential  in  his  or  her  development. 

DES  492  three  or  six  credits  * 
Ceramics  VI 

Prerequisite:  DES  491 

During  this  final  semester,  students  develop 
and  present  a  body  of  work  in  the  form  of  a 
senior  thesis.  As  part  of  this  presentation,  a 
45  minute  slide  lecture  is  given,  relating 
their  artistic  ideas,  influences,  work,  and 
future  goals. 


Jewelry/Metals  Courses 

DES  293  three  credits 
Jewelry  and  Metals  I 

Prerequisite:  Foundation  courses  for  majors; 
no  prerequisite  for  non-majors. 
The  basic  properties  and  characteristics  of 
metal.  Projects  involve  learning  to  saw, 
form,  fabricate,  and  finish  various  metals 


and  will  include  simple  stone  settings 

DES  294  three  credits 
Jewelry  and  Metals  II 

Prerequisite:  DES  293  for  majors;  permission 
of  instructor  for  non-majors. 
A  more  in-depth  study  of  the  properties  and 
characteristics  of  metal  through  casting, 
moldmaking,  etching,  forging,  and  sinking 
shallow  forms.  Projects  using  cast  forms, 
multiple  elements,  simple  mechanisms,  and 
functional  utensils  will  be  assigned. 

DES  393  three  credits 
Jewelry  and  Metals  III 

Prerequisite:  DES  294 

Detailed  study  of  holloware  techniques  with 
raising  and  seamed  construction.  Projects 
will  be  conducted  using  chasing/repousse, 
stone  setting,  aluminum  anodizing,  and 
more  advanced  mechanisms. 

DES  394  three  credits 
Jewelry  and  Metals  IV 

Prerequisite:  DES  393 
Further  exploration  of  metal  form  through 
machining  methods,  spinning,  and 
electroformmg.  Projects  of  a  more  compre- 
hensive nature  will  be  conducted  using 
previously-learned  processes  and  tech- 
niques. 

DES  395  three  credits 
Enameling 

Prerequisite:  DES  293  or  permission  of 
instructor 

The  techniques  and  processes  for  applying 
vitreous  enamels  to  metal.  Students  will  be 
expected  to  view  enameling  as  a  means  for 
incorporating  color  into  their  existing 
knowledge  of  metalworking. 

DES  493  six  credits 
Jewelry  and  Metals  V 

Prerequisite:  DES  394 
Senior-level  metalwork  requires  the 
development  of  a  contract  plan  for 
intensified,  self-directed  study  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  faculty.  The  student  shall 
pursue  building  a  body  of  work  which 
extends  technical  proficiency  and  establishes 
a  firm  personal  aesthetic. 

DES  494  six  credits 
Jewelry  and  Metals  VI 

Prerequisite:  DES  493 
Continuation  of  contract  plan  study.  The 
objective  of  the  final  semester  is  to  complete 
a  concise,  cohesive  body  of  work  which  will 
culminate  with  an  exhibition. 


317 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Gen  Ed  Note 

All  Design  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy;  lower  division  courses  are 
marked  C,  but  advanced  courses  are 
eligible  as  well.  Some  courses  satisfy  other 
reguirements,  as  noted. 


Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts  Courses 

DES  273  three  credits  C 

Weaving  I:  Off-Loom  Constructions 

Introduction  to  spinning  of  yarns  from 
natural  fibers  using  the  drop  spindle  and 
spinning  wheel,  followed  by  simple  natural 
dyeing  processes  and  textile  construction 
techniques  such  as  twining,  plaiting,  card 
weaving,  and  basketry.  Traditional  world- 
wide use  of  these  techniques  will  be 
discussed.  Samples  and  projects  of  each 
technique  are  required. 

DES  274  three  credits  C 

Weaving  II:  Introduction  to  On-Loom 

Weaving 

Weaving  on  the  4-harness  floor  loom. 
Design  for  weaving  will  focus  on  color,  fiber 
and  pattern  investigation.  Stripes,  twills, 
coior-and-weave  techniques,  and  overshot 
patterns  will  be  used  for  woven  samples 
and  inventive  functional  projects  such  as 
scarves,  garments  and  rugs.  Pattern  drafting 
for  weave  structure  notation  will  be  done  by 
hand  on  graph  paper,  and  on  computer 
with  a  CAD  weave  program. 

DES  275  three  credits  C 
Creative  Weaving 

For  non-majors  only 
An  open  university  elective  to  introduce 
weaving  on  the  4-harness  floor  loom. 
Patterns  such  as  twills,  plain  weave,  inlay, 
and  other  surface  effects  will  be  used  in 
combination  with  a  variety  of  fibers  to 
produce  samples  and  projects  in  the  form  of 
garments  or  other  functional  textiles. 

DES  277  three  credits  C 

Textile  Design  I:  Introduction  to  Print 

and  Dye  Techniques 

Introduction  to  fabric  dyeing  and  printing 
techniques  such  as  immersion  dyeing,  resist 
dyeing  including  batik  and  paste  resist, 
block  print  and  screen  print.  Use  of  dyes 
and  dyelab  equipment  will  be  presented 
according  to  required  health  and  safety 
guidelines.  Samples  of  various  technical 
experiments  will  be  matted  for  presentation 
or  logged  in  a  research  sketch  book. 
Functional  and  non-functional  formats  will 
be  explored  for  projects.  Basic  sewing 
machine  techniques  will  be  introduced 

DES  278  three  credits  C 

Textile  Design  II:  Introduction  to 

Croquis  and  Repeats 

Introduction  to  pattern  design  on  paper 
including  specific  rendering  techniques  such 
as  gouache  painting,  luma  dye,  and  ruling 
pen  and  their  use  in  the  textile  design 


industry.  A  categorized  clippings  source 
book  of  design  and  color  ideas  is  compiled 
by  each  student.  Projects  include  CAD  color 
palette  generation  and  gouache  color 
matching,  painted  repeats,  and  needlework 
or  quilt  projects. 

DES  309  three  credits 
Textile  Styling 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Various  subjects  concentrating  on  traditional 
and  on-traditional  textile  related  construc- 
tion techniques  which  may  include  sewing 
for  garment,  costume,  and  body  adornment, 
or  3-dimensional  sculptural  forms. 

DES  310  three  credits 
Resist  Dyeing 

Prerequisite:  DES  277  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Exploration  of  resist  dyeing  techniques  with 
emphasis  on  Japanese  and  West  African 
traditions  and  their  application  to  contempo- 
rary textile  expression.  Course  is  open  to 
students  with  basic  understanding  of  surface 
design  and  dyeing,  including  majors  and 
non-majors. 

DES  370  three  credits  G,  O 
History  of  Textiles 

A  chronological  survey  of  Eastern  and 
Western  world  textiles  from  prehistoric  times 
to  the  20th  century.  Emphasis  is  on  artistic, 
religious,  socio-economic,  technological,  and 
political  influences  on  textile  development, 
Areas  of  study  include  textiles  from  Asia, 
Africa,  India,  Europe,  and  the  Americas. 
Weekly  quizzes  are  supplemented  by 
research  reports  and  an  oral  presentation. 

DES  372  three  credits  I 
Computer-Aided  Textile  Design 

Open  to  all  students 

Exploration  of  computer  design  techniques 
for  design  generation  and  enhancement, 
using  textile-specific  software  including 
NedGraphcs  and  Monarch's  Pointcarre. 
Students  learn  aspects  of  complex  design  in 
the  print,  software  systems  for  the  print, 
color  palette  and  design  coloring  programs, 
as  well  as  weave  design,  jacquard  design 
and  3-D  rendering,  resulting  in  a  portfolio  of 
design  work  Woven  sampling  on  the 
computerized  dobby  loom  is  included. 

DES  373  three  credits 
Weaving  III 

Introduction  to  multi-harness  weave 
structures  concentrating  on  dimensional 
surface  effects,  scale  and  color  changes,  and 
double  weave  techniques  for  imagery  and 
layering.  Focus  is  on  the  contrasting 


properties  and  characteristics  of  natural 
wool  fibers  and  man-made  fibers  Samples 
are  matted  for  portfolio  presentation.  Major 
projects  include  upholstery  products, 
functional  woolens,  or  other  textile  object  A 
CAD  system  weave  program  is  used  for  yarn 
design  and  pattern  drafting. 

DES  374  three  credits 
Weaving  IV 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Multi-layermg,  dyed  and  painted  warps,  and 
supplementary  warp  and  weft  techniques 
for  dimensional  and  compositional  effects. 
Using  eight  to  sixteen-harness  looms 
students  develop  projects  including 
functional  objects  and  fiber  art  installations 

DES  375  three  credits 
Woven  Imagery  three  credits 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Exploration  of  various  techniques  which 
allow  images  to  be  woven,  including 
tapestry,  double  weave  pick-up,  dye. 
discharge,  and  paint  Course  is  open  to 
students  with  a  basic  understanding  of  4- 
harness  weaving,  including  majors  and  non- 
majors. 

DES  378  three  credits 

Textile  Design  IV:  Screen  Print  on  Fabric 

Prerequisite:  DES  272  or  permission  of 
instructor 

The  process  of  photographic  silk  screen 
printing  for  repeat  pattern  designs  on  fabric 
is  used  to  develop  printed  textiles.  A  variety 
of  fabric  and  dye  types  is  used  to  explore 
repeat  pattern  ideas  based  on  personal 
research  and  nature  drawings.  The  CAD 
print  program  is  used  for  color  separation, 
repeat  unit  trials,  and  colorings.  Individual 
repeat  units  are  used  for  portfolio  presenta- 
tions. Final  projects  are  in  the  form  of 
printed  yardage  fabrics. 

DES  476  three  credits 

Senior  Fibers  I:  Fiber  Art  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
A  body  of  work  is  developed  to  address 
current  issues  in  fiber  art.  Traditional  and 
ethnic  surface  design  and  dyeing  tech- 
niques, such  as  shibon  and  indigo,  are 
introduced  as  vehicles  for  artistic  ideas. 
Students  choose  from  a  variety  of  print,  dye. 
woven  or  mixed  media  techniques  to  solve 
each  project.  Technical  samples  are  matted 
for  inclusion  in  portfolio.  Projects  are 
prepared  for  formal  graduation  exhibition  at 
the  end  of  the  spring  semester. 

DES  477  three  credits 

Textile  Design  V/Weaving  V:  Portfolio 


318 


Students  attend  all  studios  two  hours 
weekly  for  each  credit  offered. 


Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
The  development  of  design  work  in  print, 
paint,  or  weave  with  surface  embellishment 
techniques  for  portfolio  coordinates  and 
collections.  Sources  include  documentaries 
of  historical  and  ethnic  textiles,  sources  from 
nature,  and  conversational  subjects.  Idea- 
boards  are  created  to  develop  design 
sources  for  CAD  print,  weave,  and  jacquard 
projects  culminating  in  a  major  portfolio 
review  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 

DES  478  three  credits 

Textile  Design  Vl/Weaving  VI:  Portfolio 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Continuation  of  work  concentrating  on  the 
development  of  design  work  in  print,  paint, 
or  woven  media  with  significant  additional 
work  in  needlework  and  surface  embellish- 
ment techniques  for  portfolio  coordinates. 
Design  sources  including  florals,  historical 
and  ethnic  subjects  are  explored.  CAD 
programs  are  used  to  generate  or  enhance 
personal  ideas  in  the  development  of  the 
final  portfolio  for  formal  review  by  a  visiting 
designer. 

DES  479  three  credits 

Senior  Fibers  II:  Fiber  Art  Thesis 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Students  develop  a  body  of  work  in  various 
fiber  art  media  describing  a  personal  style 
and  aesthetic.  Sources  of  inspiration  include 
historical  and  contemporary  textiles.  Projects 
range  from  site  specific  installations  to 
innovative  functional  objects.  Work  is 
prepared  for  formal  graduation  exhibition  to 
be  held  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 


DES  301  three  credits 
Wood/Furniture  Design  III 

Prerequisite:  DES  202  or  permission  of 
instructor 

An  intermediate-level  course  focusing  on 
furniture  design  concepts  and  construction 
methods,  including  carcase  and  frame 
techniques. 

DES  302  three  credits 
Wood/Furniture  Design  IV 

Prerequisite:  DES  301  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Continuation  of  DES  301,  focusing  on  chair- 
making  techniques  from  both  a  conceptual 
and  a  traditional  viewpoint. 

DES  401  six  credits 
Wood/Furniture  Design  V 

Prerequisite:  DES  302 
An  advanced-level  course  continuing 
practices  in  furniture  design  concepts  and 
construction  methods,  focusing  on  large- 
scale  furniture  projects,  and  emphasizing 
the  use  of  plywood  and  related  fabricated 
material,  veneering  techniques,  and 
advanced  finishing  methods — as  well  as  the 
design  applications  appropriate  to  these 
processes. 

DES  402  six  credits 
Wood/Furniture  Design  VI 

Prerequisite:  DES  401 
Continuation  of  DES  401.  Lectures  and 
presentations  will  address  issues  in 
professional  practice.  Upon  acceptance  of  a 
project  proposal,  students  present  a  body  of 
work  in  the  form  of  a  senior  thesis. 


Wood/Furniture  Design  Courses 

DES  201  three  credits  C 
Wood/Furniture  Design  I 

3  studio  hours 

Introduction  to  wood  as  a  material  and  the 
proper  use  of  hand  tools  and  woodworking 
machinery,  focusing  on  box  construction 
techniques  and  appropriate  joinery 
techniques. 

DES  202  three  credits  C 
Wood  /Furniture  Design  II 

Continuation  of  DES  201  focusing  on  table 
construction  techniques  and  simple  finishing 
methods. 


319 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Fine  Arts 


The  Department  of  Fine  Arts'  mission  is  to 
maintain  an  environment  where  artists  are 
committed  to  the  pursuit  of  teaching, 
research,  and  creative  work.  As  a  faculty  of 
professional  artists,  we  provide  a  high- 
quality  studio  education  to  students  at  the 
foundation,  undergraduate,  and  graduate 
levels  through  formal,  aesthetic,  technical, 
and  intellectual  training.  We  prepare  our 
students  to  become  creative  artists,  pursue 
graduate  study,  or  engage  in  Fine  Arts 
related  professions  by  granting  the  BFA  and 
MFA. 

Our  goals  are: 
• 

to  prepare  students  to  become  professional 
practitioners  in  the  disciplines  of  painting, 
printmaking,  or  sculpture,  as  well  as  equip 
them  for  other  art-related  careers,  by 
offering  high  quality  education  and  training 
in  the  visual  arts 
• 

to  give  students  a  thorough  understanding, 
appreciation,  and  competence  in  drawing 
from  life  through  a  rigorous  four-year 
drawing  requirement  which  emphasizes  and 
underscores  the  importance  of  drawing  skills 
as  universal  to  all  visual  arts  disciplines 
• 

to  encourage  students  to  pursue  their 
personal  directions  in  art,  based  on  a  firm 
grounding  in  the  fundamentals  of  their  field 
• 

to  provide  those  students  who  wish  to 
continue  their  education  at  the  graduate 
level  with  qualifications  for  entry  and  the 
values  which  will  contribute  to  their  success 
• 

Our  ultimate  objective  is  to  develop  respect 

for  learning  and  the  creative  act, 

to  enable  our  graduates  to  contribute  to 

human  culture  with  confidence  and 

authority. 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Richard  J.  Creighton  sculptor 

Alma  Davenport  photography, 
printmaking 

Willoughby  R.  Elliott  painter,  prmtmaker 

Severin  Haines  painter 

Laurie  Kaplowitz  painter 

Anne  Leone  painter 

Eric  Lintala  sculptor 

Bryan  McFarlane  painter 

Anthony  J.  Miraglia  painter 

Marc  St.  Pierre  (chairperson)  prmtmaker/ 
photographer 

Stacy  Latt  Savage  sculptor 
Kurt  Wisneski  prmtmaker 


Majors  in  Painting/2D  Studies 

and  Sculpture/3D  Studies  BFA  degree 


The  Department  of  Fine  Arts  offers  two 
majors:  Pamting/2D  Studies  and  Sculpture/ 
3D  Studies.  Students  who  choose  one  of 
these  disciplines  enter  a  rigorous,  four-year 
program.  As  its  foundation,  each  major  has 
a  structured,  sequential  drawing  require- 
ment which  provides  a  rich  visual  vocabulary 
and  a  basis  for  visual  problem  solving.  The 
department  teaches  the  fundamental 
principles  and  skills  of  each  discipline, 
enabling  students  to  acquire  the  knowledge 
needed  to  produce  a  coherent,  personal 
body  of  creative  work. 

Pamtmg/2D  Studies  and  Sculpture/3D 
Studies  students  have  space,  facilities,  and 
equipment  which  places  the  programs 
among  the  more  desirable  ones  m  the 
country.  Juniors  and  seniors  work  in  private 
studio  areas  Each  student  receives 
individual  attention  from  faculty  committed 
to  teaching  excellence  as  well  as  the  critical 
support  that  comes  from  working  within  a 
group  Students  know  that  their  instructors 
are  active  and  respected  artists  who  bring 
first-hand,  up-to-date  knowledge  to  their 
studios.  Academic  excellence  is  recognized 
annually  by  department  and  college  awards 

Fine  Arts  also  has  an  active  Visiting  Artist 
Program  that  brings  well-known  artists  to 
the  university  on  a  regular  basis  to  discuss 
their  work,  conduct  workshops,  and  assess 
developments  in  the  art  world.  The 
Department  and  College  host  or  participate 
in  many  on  and  off-campus  exhibitions. 
These  experiences  prepare  students  to  enter 
the  competitive,  exciting  world  of  the  visual 
arts  with  confidence. 


320 


Requirements  for  Painting/2D  Studies 
and  Sculpture/3D  Studies  Majors 


Specific  Requirements  for  the 
Different  Majors 


Semester  Credits 
First  Second 


First  Year 

FOU  101,  102 
FOU  110,  112 
FOU  114,  115 
FOU  124,  125 
ARH  125 
ARH  150 
ENL 101,  102 


Second  Year 

FIA  221,  222 
ARH  200 


Third  Year 

FIA  321,  322 
FIA  311 


Fourth  Year 

FIA  421,422 

FIA  400 


Visual  Arts  Colloquium 
Foundation:  Structural/Life  Drawing 
2D  WorkshopA/isual  Language 
3D  Concepts/3D  Workshops 
Visual  Culture:  Renaissance  to  Modern  Art 
Visual  Culture:  Modern  to  Contemp.  Art 
Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 
Non-Studio  electives 


Figure  Drawing  I,  II 

Visual  Culture:  Ancient,  Medieval,  World  Art 
Major  Studios 
Studio  Support* 

Gen  Ed  E,  D,  or  G/Hum  or  Soc  Sci  elective 
Gen  Ed  D,  G,  W/Literature  elective 
Studio/Free  Elective 


Figure  Drawing  III,  IV 
Composition  and  Design 
Major  Studios 
Studio  Elective 

Gen  Ed/Natural  Science  Elective 
Art  History  Elective 
Mathematics  elective 


Drawing  V 

Major  StudiosA/isual  Thesis 
Senior  Seminar 

Gen  Ed  E,  D,  or  G/Hum  or  Soc  Sci  elective 
Gen  Ed/Natural  Science  Elective 
Studio  Elective  OR  Free  Elective 
Free  Elective 


1 

3 
2 
2 
3 

3 
3 
17 

3 
3 
3 
3 


15 


6 

3 

3 

15 

3 
6 

3 
6 


18 


1 
3 
2 
2 

3 
3 
3 
17 


3 
3 
3 

3 
15 

3 

3 
3 


3 
15 


All  Fine  Arts  Majors  are  required  to  take 
one  300-level  Art  History  elective  in  addition 
to  the  ARH  1 25,  1 50,  and  200  require- 
ments. Students  are  urged  to  take  as  much 
Art  History  as  possible  or  an  Art  History 
Minor. 

*Studio  Support:  Painting/2D  Studies 
Majors:  are  required  to  take  one  200-level 
sculpture  course  and  one  200-level 
printmaking  course. 

*Studio  Support:  Sculpture/3D  Studies 
Majors:  are  required  to  take  one  200-level 
painting  course  and  one  200-level 
printmaking  course. 

Studio  Electives 

Credits  are  fulfilled  by  taking  studio  courses 
offered  by  the  following  departments;  Art 
Education,  Design,  and  Fine  Arts. 

Free  elective 

Any  course  will  satisfy  this  requirement. 


3 
3 
3 
12 


Total  credits: 


124 


General  Education  Departmental  Requirements 

Students  majoring  in  a  Fine  Arts  major  will  meet  their  departmentally-controlled  General 
Education  requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E:  Satisfied  by  any  course  from  the  approved  list  of  Area  E  courses 

Area  I,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  FIA  400 

Area  W,  Tier  2:  Satisfied  by  ARH  200 

Area  O:  Satisfied  by  FIA  341,  FIA  381,  or  FIA  391 


321 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Students  attend  all  studios  two  hours 
weekly  for  each  credit  offered 


Fine  Arts  Courses 


FIA  221,  222  three  credits  each  C 
Figure  Drawing  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  FOU  110,  122 
The  human  figure,  its  form,  mass,  and 
proportions,  is  studied  in  relation  to  its 
environment.  Live  models  are  used. 

FIA  223,  224  three  credits  each  C 
Nature  Drawing  I,  II 

Prerequisite:  FOU  112 
Problems  in  drawing  based  on  direct 
observation  of  flowers,  plants,  and  other 
natural  forms. 

FIA  225  three  credits  C 
Object  Drawing  I 

Prerequisite:  FOU  112 
Explores  a  variety  of  problems  involved  in 
drawing  natural  as  well  as  artificial  objects 
and  perspective. 

FIA  241,  242  three  credits  each  C 
Painting  I,  II 

Prerequisite:  FOU  112 
This  is  an  introductory  course  in  beginning 
painting.  The  technique  of  oil  is  predomi- 
nant; however,  other  plastic  media  are  also 
considered.  Concepts  of  design,  composi- 
tion, and  color  are  studied.  The  development 
of  the  intuitive  and  creative  ability  of  the 
individual  is  given  careful  attention. 

FIA  243  three  credits  C 
Watercolor 

An  introduction  to  the  medium  of  water 
color  from  initial  conception  to  final  image. 
There  will  be  intensive  personal  experimen- 
tation with  techniques. 

FIA  281  three  credits  C 
Printmaking  I:  Silkscreen 

Corequisites:  FIA  221,  241 
A  studio  course  in  silkscreen,  in  which 
various  stencil-making  processes  will  be 
introduced.  Color  and  shape  relationships, 
as  well  as  artistic  values  and  techniques  will 
be  stressed. 

FIA  283  :nree  credits  C 
Printmaking  I:  Intaglio 

Prerequisites:  FOU  110,  112 

A  studio  course  in  the  techniques  of  intaglio. 

Artistic  values  as  well  as  techniques  will  be 

stressed. 

FIA  284  :iree  credits  C 
Printmaking  I:  Etching 

Prerequisites:  FOU  110,  112 

A  studio  course  in  the  techniques  of  etching. 

Artistic  values  as  well  as  techniques  will  be 

stressed. 


FIA  285  three  credits  C 
Printmaking  I:  Lithography 

Prerequisites:  FOU  110,  112 
An  introduction  to  the  printmaking  process 
of  lithography  on  stone,  and  aluminum 
plate.  The  development  of  artistic  values  as 
well  as  technical  facilities  will  be  stressed. 

FIA  286  three  credits  C 
Printmaking  II 

Prerequisites:  FOU  110,  112 
Continuation  of  sophomore  studies  in 
printmaking  (etching  and  lithography).  This 
course  builds  on  first  semester  lithography 
and  etching  printmaking  and  applies  that 
basic  knowledge  on  advanced  concepts. 

FIA  287  three  credits  C 
Printmaking:  Monotype 

Prerequisites:  FOU  110,  112 
A  studio  course  exploring  the  monotype,  or 
unique  print,  that  applies  artistic  aesthetics 
in  making  painterly  prints. 

FIA  288  three  credits  C 

Photo  Processes  and  Printmaking 

Prerequisites:  FOU  101,  112,  114,  115 
Methods  of  image-making  and  producing 
multiples  using  non-silver  processes. 
Students  will  explore  the  use  of  positive  and 
negative  transfer  materials  affecting  non- 
silver  print  processes  and  will  be  expected  to 
expand  upon  the  problems  introduced  in 
traditional  photography  and  printmaking 
classes.  No  camera  required 

FIA  291  three  credits  C 
Sculpture  I 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  art  major  standing; 
or  permission  of  department 
A  structured  introduction  to  basic  tech- 
niques including  clay  modeling  from  the 
figure,  used  of  plaster,  wood,  welding,  mold 
making,  and  casting.  The  course  should 
enable  the  beginning  student  to  explore 
media  and  gam  fundamental  skills  with 
them.  Content,  form  and  technique  are 
discussed  in  relation  to  the  work. 

FIA  292  three  credits  C 
Sculpture  II 

Continuation  of  FIA  291 . 

FIA  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

FIA  300  three  credits 
Advanced  Color  Theory 

Prerequisites:  FOU  114,  115 
This  studio  course  discusses  the  work  of 
major  color  theorists  and  applies  their 
theories  in  a  series  of  class  assignments  The 
course  proceeds  with  regular  weekly 
lectures  illustrated  by  slides  and  reproduc- 
tions. All  classwork  is  reviewed  in  weekly 
critiques  The  theorists  discussed  include 
Munsell,  Ostwald,  Itten,  Albers  and  others. 
Also  discussed  are  structural  usage  of  color, 
color  psychology,  color  history,  color  m 
modern  art  and  the  various  color  media. 

FIA  310  three  creoits 
Visual  Language  of  Art 

3  lecture  hours 

Provides  the  student  with  a  basis  for 
evaluation  of  paintings  and  sculpture 
through  the  use  of  slides,  basic  problems, 
lectures,  and  discussions. 

FIA  311  three  credits 
Composition  and  Design 

Prerequisites:  FIA  222,  242 
An  advanced  consideration  of  design 
principles  is  applied  to  weekly  assigned 
drawing  problems.  Resourcefulness  in 
technical  treatment  and  imaginative 
approach  are  encouraged 

FIA  321  three  credits 
Figure  Drawing  III 

Prerequisite:  FIA  222 

Continuation  of  Figure  Drawing  I  with  more 
attention  given  to  composition  and 
individual  approaches.  New  techniques  and 
media  are  introduced 

FIA  322  three  credits 
Figure  Drawing  IV 

Continuation  of  FIA  321. 

FIA  341  three  credits  O 
Painting  III 

Prerequisites:  FIA  222,  242 
Intermediate  painting  problems  related  to 
the  individual,  aimed  at  improving  the 
student's  ability  to  compose  in  a  profes- 
sional manner.  The  student  works  from  the 
figure,  nature,  and  still  life  with  an  emphasis 
toward  his/her  personal  development. 

FIA  342  three  credits 
Painting  IV 

Continuation  of  FIA  341. 


322 


Gen  Ed  Note 

All  Design  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy;  lower  division  courses  are 
marked  C,  but  advanced  courses  are 
eligible  as  well.  Some  courses  satisfy  other 
requirements,  as  noted 


FIA  380  three  credits 
Relief  Printmaking 

Construction  of  images  by  printing  from 
various  surfaces.  Traditional  woodcuts  are 
featured  as  well  as  experiments  with  other 
possibilities  of  "Relief  Type"  surfaces. 

FIA  381  three  or  six  credits*  O 
Printmaking  III 

Prerequisites:  FIA  222,  281,  283,  285 
A  studio  course  aimed  at  developing  a  high 
degree  of  technical  articulation  with 
printmaking  techniques  of  the  students' 
choice  as  they  relate  to  the  image  making 
process. 

FIA  382  three  or  six  credits* 
Printmaking  IV 

Continuation  of  FIA  381 . 

FIA  391  three  or  six  credits*  O 
Sculpture  III 

Prerequisite.  FIA  292 

A  course  designed  for  those  having  a  deeper 
interest  in  sculpture.  Intended  to  deepen 
and  refine  skills  in  one  or  more  media.  The 
beginning  of  the  student's  development  of  a 
sculptural  idea  in  an  open  workshop. 
Students  who  are  majoring  in  sculpture  can 
register  for  six  (6)  credits.  The  work  required 
will  be  adjusted  accordingly. 

FIA  392  three  or  six  credits* 
Sculpture  IV 

Continuation  of  FIA  391 

FIA  400  three  credits  I 
Senior  Seminar 

3  lecture  hours 

Prepares  the  student  in  Fine  Arts  for  the 
field  they  will  be  entering.  The  course  deals 
with  portfolio  preparation,  resumes, 
contracts,  and  the  business  aspects  of  the 
art  world. 

FIA  421  three  credits 
Drawing  V 

Six  studio  hours 

Prerequisite:  FIA  322 

A  drawing  course  intended  to  help  the 

student  correlate  previous  drawing 

experiences.  More  emphasis  is  placed  on 

individual  expression  and  interpretation. 

FIA  422  three  credits 
Drawing  VI 

Continuation  of  FIA  42 1 . 

FIA  441  three  or  six  credits* 
Painting  V 

Prerequisite:  FIA  342 

Advanced  problems  in  painting  with 


emphasis  on  personal  development.  There 
are  individual  criticisms  and  seminar 
discussions  of  contemporary  problems  in 
painting. 

FIA  442  three  or  six  credits* 
Painting  VI 

Prerequisite:  FIA  441 

Continuation  of  FIA  441  with  the  student 
gradually  working  more  independently. 
Criticisms  applied  even  more  on  an 
individual  basis. 

FIA  481,  482  three  or  six  credits  each* 
Printmaking  V,  VI 

Prerequisite:  A  minimum  of  15  credits  in 
printmaking 

An  advanced  studio  course  in  printmaking 
aimed  at  the  further  development  of  a 
professional  attitude  toward  the 
printmaking  techniques  as  a  means  of 
artistic  statement. 

FIA  491  three  or  six  credits* 
Sculpture  V 

Prerequisite:  FIA  392 
A  studio  course  stressing  individual 
concentration  with  sculptural  media  and 
processes  for  the  advanced  student. 
Students  who  are  majoring  in  sculpture  can 
register  for  six  (6)  credits.  The  work  required 
will  be  adjusted  accordingly. 

FIA  492  three  or  six  credits* 
Sculpture  VI 

Continuation  of  FIA  491 .  Students  who  are 
majoring  in  sculpture  can  register  for  six  (6) 
credits.  The  work  required  will  be  adjusted 
accordingly. 

FIA  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites.  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

FIA  196,  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


FIA  498,  499  three  credits  each 
Special  Topics  in  Sculptural 
Materials  and  Techniques  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  FIA  291  and  292,  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor  (majors),  permission  of 
instructor  (non-majors) 
An  in-depth  exploration  of  a  specific 
sculptural  concern.  A  single  topic  will  be 
offered  each  semester.  Special  topics 
include  Bronze  Casting,  Aluminum  Casting, 
Stone  Carving,  Installation/Performance  Art, 
The  Figure,  Cast  Paper,  and  Site-Specific 
Sculpture. 


*Note:  Student  majors  are  required  to  take 
any  of  the  300-  and  400-level  courses  in 
their  majors  for  six  credits.  Work  will  be 
adjusted  accordingly. 


323 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Note:  Undergraduates  may  not  take 
graduate  courses  See  the  Graduate 
Catalogue  for  graduate  general  and 
program  requirements. 

Graduate  Artisanry,  Fine  Arts,  and  Visual  Design  Courses 
(MFA  Program) 


ART  505  three  credits 
Graduate  Seminar  I 

Forum  for  exploring  contemporary  art  and 
design  issues  and  learning  from  peers  about 
developments  in  various  art  fields  Represen- 
tative critical  writings  are  discussed. 

ART  506  three  credits 
Graduate  Seminar  II 

Continuation  of  ART  505. 

Art  507  three  credits 
Fine  Arts  Symposium 

Integrates  the  beginning  Fine  Arts  graduate 
student  into  the  studio  program,  deepening 
and  enriching  awareness  of  personal 
direction,  and  introduces  the  greater  art 
community  and  issues  of  the  professional 
artist.  Students  periodically  present  and 
discuss  their  work,  guest  critics  discuss  and 
evaluate  their  work,  and  professional  artists 
make  presentations  in  their  studios.  The 
course  also  presents  professional  topics  such 
as  grant  writing,  studio  space,  business,  and 
bookkeeping.  Required  of  Fine  Arts  MFA 
students;  takes  the  place  of  an  elective 

ART  512  six  credits 
Visual  Thesis 

The  preparation  of  a  body  of  conceptually 
focused,  original,  and  innovative  visual  work 
for  exhibition  or  presentation.  Graded  A-F. 

ART  515  three  credits 
Writing  Seminar 

Organizational  tools  for  thesis  preparation, 
with  analysis  of  content  and  style  of  theses 
by  recent  graduates  and  other  writings. 
Writing  begins  with  a  revision  of  the  thesis 
proposal  as  the  introduction  to  the  thesis.  A 
preliminary  draft  is  prepared  by  the  end  of 
the  semester.  Significant  class  time  is  devo- 
ted to  group  critiques  of  student  writing. 

ART  516  three  credits 
Written  Thesis 

The  completion  of  the  written  thesis,  a 
verbal  explanation  of  the  visual  thesis  which 
includes  research  of  sources  and  a  discus- 
sion of  pertinent  aesthetic  issues,  materials, 
and  processes.  Graded  A-F. 

ART  520  three  credits 
Philosophy  of  Art 

Themes  to  be  discussed  include  the  nature 
of  form  and  expression  in  art,  the  similarities 
and  differences  between  the  artist's  relation 
to  the  work  of  art  and  the  spectator's,  the 
difference  between  linguistic  and  visual  arts, 
and  the  social  function  of  art.  The  works  of 
a  few  major  philosophers  will  be  compared 
to  demonstrate  alternative  points  of  view. 


ART  531  three  credits 
On  Creativity 

Basic  patterns  of  conscious  and  unconscious 
information  processing  underlying  artistic, 
humanistic,  and  scientific  inspiration, 
discovery,  and  invention. 

ART  590  three  credits 
Instructional  Development 

Provides  fundamental  knowledge  needed  to 
develop  course  content,  curriculum,  and 
project  planning  for  studio  classes  taught  in 
the  foundation  program. 

ART  595  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

ART  596  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor, 
graduate  director,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 

Graduate  Major  and  Elective  Studios 

The  major  studios  involve  intensive  work  and 
research  in  the  student's  area  of  concentra- 
tion. Students  investigate  the  aesthetic, 
conceptual,  technical,  and  structural 
properties  of  chosen  media  through  an 
individualized  study  program  developed 
under  the  guidance  of  their  major  advisors. 
Through  questioning  and  experimentation, 
students  are  expected  to  consolidate 
technique  with  the  development  of  strong, 
expressive  ideas.  Informal  critiques  and 
individualized  discussions  are  scheduled. 

Graduate  Studio  I  nine  credits  each  as 
major  studio 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Instructor 
The  studios  listed  are  major  or  elective 
studios  depending  on  the  student's 
identified  major  option,  the  course,  and  the 
number  of  credits  chosen.  A  student 
typically  takes  9  credits  in  the  major  studio 
and  3  credits  as  an  elective  in  another 
studio.  Independent  study  (ART  595)  or 
Directed  Study  (ART  596)  may  also  be  used 
for  elective  work. 

ART  501     Graduate  Studio  I:  Wood/ 
Furniture  Design 


ART  521 
ART  523 
ART  533 
ART  541 
ART  551 

ART  553 
ART  573 
ART  581 
ART  583 

ART  585 
ART  591 
ART  593 


Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Design 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Imaging 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Jewelry 


Studio  t 
Studio  I: 
Studio  b 
Studio  I 
Studio  I: 

Studio  I: 
Studio  I: 
Studio  I: 
Studio  I: 

Studio  I: 
Studio  t 
Studio  I 


Drawing 

Illustration 

Sculpture 

Painting 

Graphic 

Typography 
Fibers 

Photography 
Electronic 

Pnntmaking 

Ceramics 

Metals/ 


Graduate  Studio  II  nine  credits  each  as 
major  studio 

Prerequisite.  Permission  of  Instructor 
Continuation  of  major  and  elective  studios 


ART  502 

ART  522 
ART  524 
ART  534 
ART  542 
ART  552 

ART  554 
ART  574 
ART  582 
ART  584 

ART  586 
ART  592 
ART  594 


Graduate 

Furniture 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Design 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Imaging 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Jewelry 


Studio  II: 
Design 
Studio  II: 
Studio  II: 
Studio  II: 
Studio  II: 
Studio  Hi 

Studio  II: 
Studio  II: 
Studio  II: 
Studio  II: 

Studio  II: 
Studio  II: 
Studio  II: 


Wood/ 

Drawing 

Illustration 

Sculpture 

Painting 

Graphic 

Typography 
Fibers 

Photography 
Electronic 

Pnntmaking 

Ceramics 

Metals/ 


Graduate  Studio  III  three  credits  each 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Instructor 
Final  major  studio/continuation  elective 
studio. 


ART  601 

ART  621 
ART  623 
ART  633 
ART  641 
ART  651 

ART  653 
ART  673 
ART  681 

ART  683 

ART  685 
ART  691 
ART  693 


Graduate 

Furniture 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Design 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

phy 

Graduate 

Imaging 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Graduate 

Jewelry 


Studio  III: 
Design 
Studio  III: 
Studio  III: 
Studio  III: 
Studio  III: 
Studio  III: 

Studio  III: 
Studio  III: 
Studio  III: 


Wood/ 

Drawing 

Illustration 

Sculpture 

Painting 

Graphic 

Typography 

Fibers 

Photogra- 


Studio  III:  Electronic 


Studio 
Studio 
Studio 


Pnntmaking 

Ceramics 

Metals/ 


324 


Music 


Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


The  Bachelor  of  Art  in  Music  program  offers 
a  comprehensive  major  that  contains  a  core 
curriculum  of  music  theory,  music  history, 
musicianship,  and  functional  piano  and 
provides  exposure  to  performance.  Students 
in  this  major  may  decide  to  gam  additional, 
specialized  music  exposure  by  selecting  one 
of  a  number  of  options.  This  program 
represents  a  substantial  restructuring  of 
previous  offerings. 

Options  are  offered  in 

•  Music  Education  (leading  to  teacher 
certification) 

•  Music  Technology 

•  Western  Music 

•  World  Music/African  American  Music. 

In  addition,  the  department  offers  two 
Music  minors:  the  Minor  in  Music  that  has 
applied  and  non-applied  emphases,  and  a 
new  minor  in  Music  Therapy. 

Graduates  of  the  major  program  have  a 
variety  of  avenues  open  to  them,  from 
teaching  and  performing  to  electronic  music 
(composition,  sound  design,  and  audio 
recording),  advanced  study,  and  careers  in 
related  fields.  The  department  urges  its 
students  to  develop  interdisciplinary 
programs  with  other  university  departments. 

The  Music  Department  sponsors  a  Guest 
Artist  Recital  Series,  a  Faculty  Recital  Series, 
a  Guest  Artist  Lecture  Series,  and  many 
student  ensemble  and  solo  recitals.  A 
collaborative  program  with  the  New  Bedford 
Symphony  Orchestra  permits  qualified 
students  to  play  with  the  orchestra  and  to 
participate  in  their  outreach  programs. 


James  Bohn  electronic  music,  theory 

Eleanor  Carlson  (chairperson)  piano, 
music  history 

royal  hartigan  ethnomusicology,  world 
music 

John  Laughton  (dean  of  the  college) 

clarinet,  theory,  music  history 

Adjunct  and  Part-Time  Faculty 

Todd  Baker  bass,  jazz  studies,  contempo- 
rary ensemble 

Annette  Betanski  classical  voice 

Richard  Britto  saxophone,  jazz  studies 

Wayman  Chin  piano,  music  skills 

Hyunjang  Choi  harp 

Paul  Cienniwa  music  history,  music  skills, 
harpsichord,  organ 

Justin  Cohen  French  horn 

Jamie  Eckert  percussion,  percussion 
methods,  percussion  ensemble,  pep  band 

Emmanuel  Feldman  cello 

Marcel  Gauvin  jazz  voice 

Tim  Harbold  chorus,  Spinners  vocal 
ensemble  and  gospel  choir 

John  Harrison  jazz  piano,  jazz  studies,  jazz 
ensemble 

William  Kingsland  trombone,  tuba,  brass 
methods 

Semenya  McCord  jazz  studies,  jazz  voice, 
vocal  ensemble 

Andy  McWain  jazz  studies 

Tim  Meldinger  theory,  orchestration 

Tobias  Monte  wind  ensemble,  conducting, 
brass  methods 


Charlene  Monte  string  methods 
Jane  Murray  oboe 

Marie  Nelson  music  education,  class  piano 

Eliot  Porter  double  bass 

Will  Riley  classical  guitar,  music  skills 

Wendy  Rolfe  flute 

Kareem  Roustom  music  technology 

Issi  Rozen  jazz  guitar,  guitar  ensemble 

Lisa  Rue  music  therapy 

Charles  Sherba  violin,  chamber  ensemble 

Consuelo  Sherba  viola 

Sissie  Wun  Sze  Siu  classical  saxaphone, 
woodwind  methods 

Rieko  Tanaka  staff  accompanist 

Susan  Wood  bassoon 


325 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Music  Major  BA  Degree 
Requirements 


Entrance  to  the  Major 

All  candidates  must  pass  an  entrance 
audition  and  take  an  advisory  exam  to 
determine  their  potential  and  background  in 
music.  Candidates  are  expected  to  have 
some  facility  on  their  instrument  and  to 
have  some  preparation  in  fundamental 
concepts  of  music  theory. 

Distribution/Gen  Ed  Requirements 

Music  majors  are  subject  to  the  General 
Education  requirements  and  to  the 
following  distribution  requirements: 

Six  credit  hours  in  a  foreign  language. 
Credits  may  be  taken  in  Italian,  French,  or 
German  (two  semesters  in  the  same 
language) 

Six  credits  in  Western  Civilizations  or  World 
Civilizations  (HST  101,  102  or  HST  103, 
104). 

Twelve  additional  credits  from  courses 
outside  of  the  Music  department. 

Students  majoring  in  Music  will  meet  their 
departmentally-controlled  General  Education 
requirements  as  follows: 

Area  E  and  M:  Choose  from  lists  of 

approved  courses 
Area  I,  Tier  2:  MUS  128,  129,  271,  272 
Area  W,  Tier  2:  MUS  203,  204 
Area  O:  MUS  203,  204 


The  base  major  requires  52  credits  of  MUS  courses;  students  who  elect  an  option  will  add  from 
12  to  16  additional  credits  to  that  number  (26  for  teaching).  Students  not  electing  an  option 
will  have  12  free  electives  The  degree  program  remains  at  120  total  credits  except  for  those 
doing  teaching. 

Semester  Credits 


First  Year 

First 

Second 

MUS  128,  129 

Intro  to  Music  Technology  I,  II 

1 

1 

MUS  171,  172 

Theory  I,  II 

3 

3 

MUS  109,  110 

Music  Skills  I,  II 

2 

2 

MUS  165,  166 

Class  Piano  I,  II 

1 

1 

MUS 

Applied  InstrumentA/oice 

1 

1 

MUS 

Ensemble 

1 

1 

MUS  291 

Performance  Workshop 

0 

0 

ENL 101,  102 

Critical  Writing  and  Reading  I,  II 

3 

3 

HST  101,  102 

History  of  Western  Civ.  I,  II  OR 

3 

3 

HST  103,  104 

History  of  World  Civ.  I,  II 

15 

15 

Second  Year 

MUS  271,  272 

Theory  III,  IV 

3 

3 

MUS  209,  210 

Music  Skills  III,  IV 

2 

2 

MUS  203,  204 

Survey  of  Western  Music 

3 

3 

MUS 

Applied  InstrumentA/oice 

1 

1 

MUS 

Ensemble 

1 

1 

MUS  291 

Performance  Workshop 

0 

0 

Gen  Ed  Math/Free  Elective1 

3 

3 

Free  Electives' 

1 

1 

14 

14 

Third  Year 

MUS  242 

Survey  of  African  American  Music 

3 

MUS  372 

Music  in  World  Cultures 

3 

MUS 

Applied  InstrumentA/oice 

1 

1 

MUS 

Ensemble 

1 

1 

MUS  291 

Performance  Workshop 

0 

0 

Language  Elective2 

3 

3 

MUS 

Music  Option/Free  Electives3 

3 

3 

Free  Electives 

6 

6 

17 

17 

Fourth  Year 

MUS 

Applied  InstrumentA/oice 

1 

1 

MUS 

Ensemble 

1 

1 

MUS  291 

Performance  Workshop 

0 

0 

Gen  Ed  Ethics 

3 

Gen  Ed  Science/Tech4 

3 

3 

MUS 

Music  Option/Free  electives3 

3 

3 

Free  Electives 

3 

6 

14 

14 

Total  credits: 

120 

Music  Education  students  should  enroll  in  Child  or  Adolescent  Psychology  for  their  free 

elective. 

2 

All  Music  Majors  are  required  to  study  a  language  other  than  English.  Specific  language 
areas  are  determined  by  advisement  and  relevance  to  a  student's  concentration.  One  full 
year  of  a  chosen  language  is  necessary  and  may  be  taken  at  the  100-level. 
3 

Courses  and  requirements  for  each  junior/senior  year  Option  are  taken  here;  students  not 
completing  an  Option  may  select  free  electives. 


It  is  recommended  that  students  enroll  in  PHY  261 ,  Physics  of  Music. 


326 


Options  for  the  Music  Major 


All  Music  BA  candidates  will  follow  the  four-year  common  curriculum.  Students  who  wish  may  also  select  one  of  the  four  music  options, 
which  will  be  noted  on  diplomas  and  academic  transcripts.  Students  who  do  not  wish  to  complete  an  option  will  replace  the  courses  listed 
as  "Music  Concentration"  courses  with  free  electives. 

Western  Music  Option  Music  Education  Option 

Select  1 2  credits  from  the  following  courses:  See  next  page. 

MUS  219,  220  Foreign  Language  Diction*  (2) 

MUS  265/266  Class  Piano  III,  IV  2 

MUS313  Orchestration  3 

MUS  340  Principles  of  Conducting  2 

MUS  Music  History  (period  courses)  up  to  6 

MUS  335,  336,  Composition  Lessons  4 
435,  436                 (1  credit  each  semester  in  both 
junior  and  senior  years) 

MUS  412  Form  and  Analysis  3 

Total  Selected:  14(16) 

*  Additional  credits  required  for  music  majors  studying  applied  voice. 


World  Music/ African  American  Music  Option 

Select  1 2  credits  from  the  following  courses 

MUS  371  Topics  in  World  Music  up  to  9 

(the  Americas,  European-non  art 

music,  the  Middle  East,  Africa, 

Oceania,  Asia,  India) 
MUS  370  Music  and  Culture  of  African  Diaspora  3 

MUS  31 1,312  JazzPianol.il  2 

MUS  314,  315  Jazz  Improvisation  I,  II  6 

MUS  318  Jazz  Arranging  3 

Total  Selected:  12 


Music  Technology  Option 

Complete  12  credits  from  the  following  courses,  as  specified: 
All  students  complete  the  following  course: 

MUS  223  Electronic  Music  Studio  Techniques  I  3 

Students  select  three  of  the  following  courses:  at  least  9 

MUS  322  MIDI  Composition  Techniques 

MUS  323  Scoring  for  Video 

MUS  324  Synthesizer  Programming  Techniques 

MUS  325  Recording  Techniques 

MUS  341  Synthesizer  Performance  I 

MUS  343  Electronic  Composition  I  (one  credit  course) 

MUS  345  Sound  Production  I 

Total  Selected:  12 


327 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Music  Education  Option 


Each  of  the  following  must  be  taken.  This  curriculum  qualifies  the  student  for  teacher 
certification,  after  the  student  completes  the  EDU  415/416  and  416/417  student  teaching 
requirement,  which  can  be  done  after  graduating.  Note  that  students  must  meet  certain 
requirements  to  enter  the  student  teaching  preparation  curriculum  and  to  remain  active  in  it; 
these  are  stated  below 

Music  Courses  and  Requirements 

MUS  215,216,         Instrumental  Methods  Sequence  4 
217,  and  218 

MUS  265,266  Class  Piano  III,  IV  2 

Sophomore  A  non-credit  experience  required  before 

Workshop  the  Music  Education  student  takes  MUS 

316  and  317:  field  observations  in  schools 

with  on-campus  seminar  discussions 
MUS  316  Teaching  Children  Music  3 

MUS  317  Teaching  Music  in  Secondary  Schools  3 

MUS  340  Principles  of  Conducting  2 

MUS  313  Orchestration  3 

MUS  412  Form  and  Analysis  3 

MUS  Music  History  (two  period  courses)  6 


Total  Required  26 


Other  Courses 


PSY  Child  or  Adolescent  Psychology  3 

EDU  414,  416  or      Student  Teaching  Practicum/Workshop  15 
41 5,  41 7  (may  be  completed  after  the  student  graduates) 

Other  Requirements 

The  Music  Department  is  approved  by  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  offer 
Certification  in  Music  Education  at  both  the  elementary  level  (grades  PreK-9)  and  the 
secondary  level  (grades  5-12).  Reciprocal  agreements  allow  this  certification  to  be  valid  in 
many  states  in  addition  to  Massachusetts.  This  program  is  open  to  all  qualified  baccalaureate 
music  majors.  It  is  also  available  to  individuals  with  degrees  who  wish  to  gain  certification  in 
music  education. 

Requirements  to  enter  and  remain  active  in  the  student  teaching  preparation  curriculum 
leading  to  provisional  certification  with  advanced  standing: 

•  An  interview  with  the  Department  Chairperson. 

•  Formal  acceptance  into  a  UMass  Dartmouth  degree  program  or  possession  of  an  appropri- 
ate BA  or  BS  degree. 

•  A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.75.  (A  GPA  of  2.5  will  qualify  for  probationary 
status,  and  the  Department  will  consider  students  with  less  than  a  2.5  GPA  if  there  are 
bona  fide  extenuating  circumstances.  A  formal  appeal  process  has  been  instituted  for  this 

purpose.) 

•  Pass  the  Communication  and  Literacy  Skills  Test  (CLST)  of  the  Massachusetts  Test  of 
Educator  Licensure  (MTEL)  as  an  entrance  requirement  for  this  option. 

•  Pass  the  Music  Content  Area  test  of  the  MTEL  as  a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching. 

Statistics  about  our  student  teaching  program  and  state  teacher  test  results  are  shown  at  the 
end  of  the  chapter  on  "Interdisciplinary  Programs."  Program  requirements  will  be  revised  to 
reflect  on-going  developments  in  state  regulations  and  educational  reform. 


328 


Music  Minors 


Other  Requirements  and 
Information 


Music  Minor  (General) 

The  Music  minor  is  available  to  all  UMass  Dartmouth  students  who  meet  the  university 
requirement  of  a  2.5  grade  point  average  and  meet  the  Music  Department  entrance 
requirements.  The  program  is  designed  for  talented  students  who  desire  an  opportunity  to 
develop  their  musical  abilities.  It  will  also  allow  students  who  are  seeking  an  eventual  major 
in  music  to  begin  serious  study  in  a  challenging  atmosphere. 

Students  may  choose  an  area  of  concentration  such  as  applied  studies  (piano,  voice,  flute, 
etc.),  theory,  or  jazz  studies.  Each  student's  program  is  then  built  around  this  area  of 
concentration  in  consultation  with  a  departmental  advisor.  In  addition,  certain  basic  courses 
are  required  of  all  students.  Students  demonstrating  a  special  ability  or  interest  may,  with 
approval  of  the  full  music  faculty,  develop  individualized  programs  through  independent 
study.  Graduating  seniors  who  have  successfully  completed  the  music  minor  will  have  this 
fact  stated  on  their  official  transcripts. 


Applied  Emphasis 

For  students  whose  area  of  concentration  is 
piano,  voice,  or  orchestral  instruments. 

Credits 


MUS  171,  172  Theory  I,  II  6 
MUS  203,  204  Survey  of  Western 

Music  I,  II  6 

MUS  165-166  Class  Piano  I,  II  2 
MUS             Applied  Voice/Instrument  4 

MUS              Electives  6 

Total  24 


Students  with  an  applied-emphasis  minor 
must  participate  in  at  least  one  student 
recital,  which  must  be  scheduled  with  the 
approval  of  the  applied  instructor.  They  are 
also  required  to  participate  in  a  major 
ensemble  during  at  least  one  semester. 


Non-Applied  Emphasis 

For  students  whose  area  of  concentration  is 

jazz  studies  or  theory. 

Credits 

MUS  171,  172  Theory  I,  II  6 
MUS  203,  204  Survey  of  Western 

Music  I,  II  6 
MUS  165-166  Class  Piano  I,  II  2 
MUS  Applied  Voice/Instrument  2 

MUS  Music  Concentration**  9 

Total  25 

**  Jazz  concentration  minors  must  include 
Jazz  Theory  and  Improvisation  for  three 
credits  and  African-American  Music  for  three 
credits.  Theory  concentration  minors  must 
include  MUS  271  and  MUS  272  for  six 
credits. 


Minimum  Acceptable  Course  Grades/ 
Progress  Requirements 

The  Music  Department  requires  a  minimum 
acceptable  grade  of  C  (2.000)  in  each  music 
course  that  will  be  included  in  fulfillment  of 
music  major  and  minor  requirements. 
Students  wishing  to  pursue  Music  Education 
Certification  must  maintain  a  2.700  grade 
point  average  and  receive  at  least  a  B-  in 
each  required  music  course. 

Students  will  have  their  progress  monitored 
by  the  music  department  faculty  in 
semester-end  juries.  Information  on  these 
criteria  and  other  departmental  regulations 
is  available  from  the  department  office. 

Music  and  the  Business  Minor 

Students  interested  in  music  management 
or  other  aspects  of  the  music  industry  may 
enroll  in  the  Business  Minor  program. 
Details  on  the  various  business  options  are 
available  from  the  Music  Department  or 
from  the  Business  College.  (See  require- 
ments and  courses  under  the  College  of 
Business.) 

Senior  Project 

Each  student  is  required  to  complete  a 
senior  project  (0  credits)  prior  to  graduation 
within  a  course  taken  in  the  senior  year.  This 
should  take  a  form  relevant  to  the  course  of 
study — performance,  recital,  composition, 
research  document/thesis,  or  other 
medium — ,  selected  in  consultation  with  a 
faculty  advisor. 

Study  Abroad 

Students  are  encouraged  to  pursue 
fieldwork  study  and  research  abroad  in  a 
culture  relevant  to  area  of  concentration. 
This  work  may  fulfill  specific  course 
requirements  with  prior  approval.  All  study 
abroad  should  be  planned  in  consultation 
with  your  faculty  advisor  and  the  music 
department  chairperson. 

Courses  from  Cognate  Fields 

It  is  recommended  that  students  select 
electives  from  outside  the  Music  Depart- 
ment. Electives  may  be  chosen  in  relevant 
disciplines,  such  as  African  or  African- 
American  studies,  Anthropology,  Computer 
and  Information  Science,  or  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering. 


Music  Therapy  Minor 

The  Music  Therapy  minor  is  available  to  all  UMass  Dartmouth  students  who  meet  the 
university  requirement  of  2.5  grade  point  average  and  meet  the  Music  Department  entrance 
requirements.  The  program  is  designed  for  students  who  are  interested  in  the  therapeutic 
applications  of  music  and  majoring  in  related  fields,  such  as  education,  nursing,  geriatrics, 
and  psychology.  Students  will  be  placed  in  appropriate  core  music  courses  based  on  their 
entrance  examinations.  Graduating  seniors  who  have  successfully  completed  the  music 
therapy  minor  will  have  this  fact  stated  on  their  official  transcripts. 


MUS  171,  172 

Theory  I,  II 

6 

MUS  165,  166 

Class  Piano  I,  II 

2 

MUS 

Applied  InstrumentA/oice 

2 

MUS  117 

Class  Guitar  I 

1 

MUS 

Music  History  Survey* 

3 

MUS  205 

Introduction  to  Music  Therapy 

3 

MUS  305 

Activities  in  Music  Therapy 

3 

MUS  307 

Practicum  in  Music  Therapy 

3 

MUS  405 

Topics  in  Music  therapy 

3 

Total 

26 

*May  be  chosen  from  MUS  203,  204  Survey  of  Western  Music,  MUS  242  Survey  of  African 
American  Music,  or  MUS  372  Music  in  World  Cultures 


329 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Music  Courses 


Courses  Primarily  for  Non-Majors 

MUS  101  three  credits  C,  G 
Introduction  to  Music  I 

Presents  a  basic  music  vocabulary  and 
develops  intelligent  discrimination  in  the 
listener  through  study  and  analysis  of 
outstanding  works  from  Gregorian  Chant  to 
the  present,  including  music  of  diverse 
cultures.  Emphasis  is  also  placed  on  the 
relationship  of  the  historical  development  of 
music  to  parallel  movements  in  art,  drama, 
philosophical  thought,  etc. 

MUS  102  three  credits  C 
Introduction  to  Music  II 

Continuation  of  MUS  101 . 

MUS  103  three  credits  G 
Introduction  to  World  Music 

Explores  the  musical  traditions  of  various 
cultures  with  respect  to  their  historical, 
social,  and  cultural  backgrounds.  This 
course  also  explores  different  approaches  to 
musical  organization,  musical  practice,  and 
significant  aspects  of  style  within  a  world 
music  setting. 

MUS  106  three  credits  C,  D 

Art  of  Rock:  History  of  Rock  Music 

Multicultural  sources  of  rock,  examined 
through  text-related  lectures,  listening  to 
recordings,  and  viewing  documentary 
videos  As  an  overview  for  non-music 
majors,  the  course  is  intended  to  broaden 
students'  socio-cultural  perspectives.  The 
diversity  of  American  popular  music  offers  a 
direct  reflection  of,  and  at  times  a  focus  for, 
many  factors  in  identifying  and  appreciating 
subcultures  of  age,  ethnicity,  gender,  race, 
region,  and  religion. 

MUS  107  three  credits  C 
Fundamentals  of  Theory 

A  music  course  for  beginners  with  no  theory 
background.  The  study  of  the  elements  of 
music,  systems  of  sounds,  pitch,  meter, 
rhythm,  note  values,  dynamics,  manuscript, 
etc.  Identification,  nomenclature,  and 
performance  will  be  carried  out  through  a 
programmed  text,  lecture  and  practical 
application  through  singing  and  playing. 
This  is  a  foundation  course  in  theory  and 
composition. 

MUS  125  three  credits  C.  D 
Jazz:  The  Listener's  Guide 

Study  of  jazz  based  on  listening  and  class 
discussion.  The  course  is  intended  to 
increase  awareness  of  the  roots  of  jazz 
within  the  African-American  community  and 
of  the  cross-cultural  fertilizations  occurring 


throughout  its  more  recent  history. 
Although  academic  and  technical  studies  of 
jazz  were  established  in  the  50s,  it  is  only 
within  the  past  fifteen  years  that  these 
studies  have  led  to  the  recognition  of  jazz  as 
a  truly  valued  American  art  form. 

MUS  235  three  credits  C 
Survey  of  American  Music 

American  music  from  the  Pilgrims  to  the 
present,  including  Folk  Music,  Jazz,  and 
show  tunes. 

Applied  Music  courses  are  available  for 
those  who  have  met  the  prerequisites. 
Courses  are  available  in  piano,  guitar, 
saxophone,  voice,  orchestra  instruments, 
and  electronic  music. 

Performance  Ensembles  are  also  open 
to  all  university  students,  faculty,  and  staff 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  director.  They 
may  be  utilized  as  free  electives  and 
repeated  for  credit. 

Applied  Music  courses  and  Performance 
Ensembles  are  listed  later  in  this  section  of 
the  catalogue. 

Courses  Primarily  for  Music  Majors 
and  Minors 

MUS  109,  1 10  two  credits  each  C 
Music  Skills  I,  II 

Prerequisite:  MUS  107  or  equivalent 
An  intensive  study  and  practice  of  the 
reading,  performance,  notation  and 
dictation  of  rhythm,  meter,  intervals, 
melody,  and  chords.  Useful  for  all  singers 
and  instrumentalists. 

MUS  128  one  credit 

Introduction  to  Music  Technology  I 

Exploration  of  a  variety  of  computer 
applications  that  can  be  utilized  by 
musicians.  After  learning  to  use  a  music 
notation  program,  students  investigate  MIDI 
(Musical  Instrument  Digital  Interface) 
technology.  The  course  also  covers  roles  of 
musical  representation  and  organization 
through  the  means  of  notation  and  data. 

MUS  129  one  credit 

Introduction  to  Music  Technology  II 

Continuation  of  MUS  128. 

MUS  155  one  credit  C 
UMass  Dartmouth  Chorus 

Open  to  students,  staff,  and  faculty.  Sight- 
reading  not  required  but  minimal  experience 


in  group  singing  desirable. 

MUS  157  one  credit  C 
Orchestra 

Qualified  students  audition  to  play  with  the 
New  Bedford  Symphony  Orchestra.  The 
course  provides  opportunity  for  qualified 
students  to  perform  standard  and  contem- 
porary orchestral  literature. 

MUS  159  one  credit  C 
Wind  Ensemble 

This  course  provides  an  opportunity  for 
qualified  students  to  perform  major 
standards  and  contemporary  band  literature. 

MUS  161  one  credit  C 

Small  Instrumental  Ensembles 

Small  performing  organizations  devoted  to 
the  music  repertoire  of  all  stylistic  periods 

MUS  162  one  credit  C 
Gospel  Choir 

Performance  of  choral  repertoire  in  the 
gospel  tradition.  Sight  reading  not  required 
but  minimal  experience  in  group  singing 
desirable. 

MUS  163  one  credit  C 
Large  Jazz  Ensemble 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Performance  of  traditional  large  ensemble 
repertoire  focusing  on  the  African  American 
jazz  tradition. 

MUS  165,  166,  265,  266 

one  credit  each  C 
Class  Piano  I,  II,  III,  IV 

Upper  levels  are  continuation  courses 
requiring  permission  of  the  instructor 
Instruction  in  piano  for  the  beginning 
student.  No  prior  musical  knowledge  is 
necessary.  An  electronic  piano  laboratory 
will  provide  the  setting  for  class  instruction. 
Harmonic  and  melodic  improvisation  will  be 
pursued  as  well  as  the  study  of  keyboard 
skills  and  appropriate  performance  literature. 

MUS  167  one  credit  C 
Madrigal  Singers 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Performance  of  madrigals  and  other  works 
for  small  chorus  from  a  variety  of  musical 
styles.  Concurrent  participation  in  MUS  155 
is  encouraged. 

MUS  171  three  credits  C 
Music  Theory  I 

Prerequisite:  MUS  107  or  equivalent 
An  introduction  to  tonal  harmony,  including 
elements  of  pitch  and  rhythm,  triads,  voice 
leading  and  harmonic  progression.  This  is 


330 


Gen  Ed  Note 


All  Music  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy;  lower  division  courses  are  marked 
C,  but  advanced  courses  are  eligible  as  well. 
Some  courses  satisfy  other  requirements,  as 
noted. 


the  first  of  four  courses  in  music  theory 
required  of  all  music  majors. 

MUS  172  three  credits  C 
Music  Theory  II 

Prerequisite:  MUS  171 
Continuation  of  MUS  171,  exploring 
functional  harmonic  practices.  The  uses  of 
non-chord  tones,  triadic  inversions,  seventh 
chords  and  simple  chromaticism  will  be 
studied. 

MUS  203,  204  three  credits  each  C,  G 
Survey  of  Western  Music  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  MUS  171,  172;  MUS  203  is 
prerequisite  for  MUS  204 
Survey  of  music  from  the  middle  ages  to  the 
present.  Listening  and  analysis  will  be 
stressed,  but  historical  background  will  also 
be  discussed.  The  course  will  include 
exposure  to  music  of  diverse  cultures. 

MUS  205  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Music  Therapy 

Fundamentals  of  music  therapy,  including 
historical  and  theoretical  perspectives.  Brain 
functioning  is  studied  as  a  key  to  under- 
standing music  therapy  through  simple 
models  and  case  studies.  This  course  is  open 
to  all  students  interested  in  the  multi-faceted 
uses  of  music  therapy. 

MUS  209,  210  two  credits  each  C 
Music  Skills  III,  IV 

Prerequisites:  MUS  109,  110 
Continuation  of  MUS  109  and  1 10. 

MUS  215  one  credit  C 
String  Methods 

Prerequisite:  Music  major,  sophomore 
standing 

Designed  for  those  interested  in  teaching  in 
the  secondary  school  system.  It  will  give  a 
basic  understanding  of  all  string  instruments, 
and  the  techniques  involved  in  playing  them. 

MUS  216  one  credit  C 
Percussion  Methods 

Prerequisite:  Music  major,  sophomore 
standing 

Designed  for  those  interested  in  teaching  in 
the  secondary  school  system.  It  will  give  a 
basic  understanding  of  all  percussion 
instruments  and  the  techniques  involved  in 
playing  them. 

MUS  217  one  credit  C 
Woodwind  Methods 

Prerequisite:  Music  major,  sophomore 
standing 

Designed  for  those  interested  in  teaching  in 
the  secondary  school  system.  It  will  give  a 


basic  understanding  of  all  woodwind 
instruments  and  the  techniques  involved  in 
playing  them. 

MUS  218  one  credit  C 
Brass  Methods 

Prerequisite:  Music  major,  sophomore 
standing 

Designed  for  those  interested  in  teaching  in 
the  secondary  school  system.  It  gives  a  basic 
understanding  of  all  brass  instruments  and 
the  techniques  involved  in  playing  them. 

MUS  219,  220  one  credit  each  C 
Foreign  Language  Diction 

Pronunciation  of  languages  used  in  vocal 
music,  for  voice  majors. 

MUS  223  three  credits  C 

Electronic  Music  Studio  Techniques  I 

Prerequisite:  MUS  172 
Introduction  to  basics  of  sound,  electronic 
music  equipment,  and  MIDI  sequencing. 
Lectures,  readings,  and  studio  projects  are 
included.  Rudimentary  music  theory 
knowledge  is  necessary,  although  keyboard 
knowledge  is  not  required. 

MUS  242  three  credits  C 
African-American  Music  History 

Prerequisite:  MUS  107  or  equivalent 
A  survey  of  African-American  music  from  its 
African  origins  to  the  present.  The  course 
introduces  the  student  to  the  vast  and  rich 
expanses  of  black  musical  culture  from  a 
stylistic,  cultural,  and  socio-historical 
perspective,  with  a  focus  on  jazz.  Cross- 
listed  as  AAS  242. 

MUS  245,  246  one  credit  each  C 
Applied  Vocal  Repertoire  and  Ensemble 
Class  I,  II 

Various  interpretive  styles  of  composers  in 
song  and  music-drama-literature:  aesthetics, 
audience  rapport,  diction,  dynamics,  tempo, 
phrasing.  Includes  solo  repertoire,  the  vocal 
small  ensemble  repertoire,  and  chamber 
literature  with  instrument  and  voice. 

MUS  271  three  credits  C 
Music  Theory  III 

Prerequisite:  MUS  172 
An  exploration  of  the  chromatic  aspects  of 
tonal  harmony,  including  secondary 
functions,  modulation,  and  mode  mixture. 
Formal  structures  such  as  binary  and  ternary 
form  will  also  be  studied.  Compositional 
exercises  will  be  required. 

MUS  272  three  credits  C 
Music  Theory  IV 

Prerequisite:  MUS  271 


An  expansion  of  harmonic  vocabulary, 
including  ninths,  elevenths,  and  other 
higher-order  chords,  chromatic  procedures 
of  the  nineteenth  century  and  extensions  of 
harmonic  principles  into  the  twentieth 
century.  Compositional  exercises  will  be 
required. 

MUS  291  non-credit  experience 
Performance  Workshop 

Non-credit  workshop  taken  by  Music  majors 
every  semester. 

MUS  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  section  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

MUS  305  three  credits 
Activities  in  Music  Therapy 

Prerequisite:  MUS  205 

Development  of  music  skills  as  used  in  music 
therapy  sessions,  examined  through 
lectures,  reviewed  through  selective 
repertoire  survey,  and  practiced  through  in- 
class  music  making.  This  class  prepares 
students  for  MUS  307  through  portfolio 
development  and  in-class  music  making 
opportunities. 

MUS  307  three  credits 
Practicum  in  Music  Therapy 

Prerequisite:  MUS  305 
Integration  of  theory  and  practice  in  music 
therapy  through  in-class  presentations  and 
field  experience.  Students  are  required  to 
prepare  and  present  a  short-term  music 
therapy  activity  project  for  a  specific 
community  setting  in  the  first  seven  weeks 
of  the  semester.  Students  then  implement 
this  activity  project  by  giving  a  case 
presentation  to  the  class  and  video  taping 
their  case  work.  Practicum  sites  may  include 
a  school,  day  care  center,  residential  facility, 
or  community  center. 

MUS  311,  312  one  credit  each 
Jazz  Piano  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  Piano  proficiency  and 
permission  of  instructor 
A  practical  study  of  the  historical  styles  of 
the  jazz  piano  tradition  with  an  emphasis  on 
the  inclusion  of  these  elements  in  the 
student's  developing  style.  Emphasis  is  on 


331 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Gen  Ed  Note 


All  Music  courses  satisfy  Cultural/Artistic 
Literacy,  lower  division  courses  are 
marked 

C,  but  advanced  courses  are  eligible  as 
well.  Some  courses  satisfy  other 
requirements,  as  noted. 


developing  a  jazz  vocabulary  through 
intensive  work  in  oral  response,  harmonic 
construction,  rhythmic  dexterity,  and 
spontaneous  improvisation 

MUS  313  three  credits 
Orchestration 

Prerequisite:  MUS  272 
An  introduction  to  range,  function,  and 
transposition  of  instrumental.  Scoring 
projects  will  be  assigned  and  selected  scores 
will  be  analyzed. 

MUS  314,  315  three  credits  C 

Jazz  Theory  and  Improvisation  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  MUS  171,  172,  and  instru- 
mental proficiency 

Jazz  theory  and  improvisation,  including 
scales,  chord  structures,  progression 
patterns,  rythmic  fluency,  form,  and 
spontaneous  creativity.  Theoretical  studies 
are  put  into  practice  through  performance. 

MUS  316  three  credits 

Teaching  Children  Music,  Grades  N-9 

Prerequisites:  Acceptance  to  the  Music 
Education  Option;  completion  of  the 
sophomore  workshop 
A  study  of  children's  musical  experiences  in 
learning  rhythm,  in  singing,  in  reading 
music,  in  developing  listening  skills,  and  in 
classroom  instrumental  activities  coupled 
with  pre-practicum  observation  in  local 
schools.  Also  open  to  UMass  Dartmouth 
students  concentrating  in  Education. 

MUS  317  three  credits 

Teaching  Music  in  Secondary  Schools 

Prerequisite:  Acceptance  to  the  Music 
Education  Option;  completion  of  the 
sophomore  workshop 

The  methods  and  materials  of  the  complete 
music  programs  in  Middle  and  High  schools 
with  required  observation  for  pre-practicum. 

MUS  318  three  credits 

Jazz  Arranging  and  Composition 

Prerequisite:  MUS  212 

A  study  of  composition  and  arranging  in 

idiomatic  jazz  styles,  including  New  Orleans, 

swing,  behop,  modal  and  experimental 

traditions. 

MUS  320  three  credits 

Keyboard  Experiences  for  Teachers 

The  piano  and  electronic  keyboards  used  in 
teaching,  including:  music  theory  adapted  to 
keyboard  harmonizations  of  basal  series  and 
curriculum  materials,  stylistic  figurations, 
musicianship  and  creativity.  On  hand  activity 
to  develop  skills  and  confidence  is  of  prime 
importance. 


MUS  322  three  credits 

MIDI  Composition  Techniques 

Prerequisite:  MUS  223  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Developing  facility  in  using  MIDI  (Musical 
Instrument  Digital  Interface)  hardware  and 
related  software  in  a  compositional 
framework.  In  addition  to  readings,  quizzes 
and  lectures,  there  will  be  a  minimum  of 
three  hours  studio  work  per  week. 

MUS  323  three  credits 
Scoring  For  Video 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  studio 
Prerequisite:  MUS  223  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Exploration  of  the  aesthetic  and  technical 
issues  relating  to  the  synchronization  of 
sound  and  video.  Audio  is  dealt  with  not 
only  through  music  but  also  through  sound 
design  (the  establishment  of  environment 
through  the  medium  of  sound).  Course 
work  focuses  primarily  on  assignments  and 
studio  projects. 

MUS  324  three  credits 

Synthesizer  Programming  Techniques 

Prerequisite:  MUS  223  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Exploration  of  sound  design.  Advanced 
programming  techniques  on  analog  and 
digital  synthesizers,  sound  design,  and  the 
use  of  editor/librarian  programs  are 
explored.  In  addition  to  readings,  quizzes 
and  lectures,  there  will  be  a  minimum  of 
three  hours  studio  work  per  week. 

MUS  325  three  credits 
Recording  Techniques 

Prerequisite:  MUS  223  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Developing  facility  in  using  various  digital 
recording  media.  The  course  provides 
detailed  exploration  of  relevant  equipment, 
recording  and  microphone  techniques, 
audio  post  production  with  Pro  Tools,  and 
audio  CD  production.  In  addition  to 
readings,  quizzes  and  lectures,  there  will  be 
a  minimum  of  three  hours  group  recording 
or  individual  studio  time  per  week. 

MUS  337  three  credits 

Music  of  the  Twentieth  Century  C 

Prerequisites:  MUS  203,  204;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Trends  in  twentieth  century  music, 
embracing  analysis  of  representative  works 
from  the  period  and  their  relationships  to 
the  existing  culture. 

MUS  330  three  credits  C 
Music  of  the  Baroque  Period 


Prerequisites:  MUS  203,  204 

Major  stylistic  developments  in  music  from 

1600  to  1750.  Monteverdi  to  Bach  and 

Handel. 

MUS  335,  336  one  credit  each 
Composition  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  MUS  272  and  permission  of 
instructor 

Advanced  individual  studies  in  music 
composition. 

MUS  338  three  credits  C 
Music  of  the  Classical  Period 

Prerequisites:  MUS  203,  204 
An  in-depth  survey  of  musical  developments 
from  1720  to  1827  Emphasis  is  on  the 
works  of  Haydn,  Mozart,  and  Beethoven. 

MUS  339  three  credits  C 
Music  of  the  Romantic  Period 

Prerequisites:  MUS  203,  204 

A  survey  of  the  stylistic  developments  and 

major  composers  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

MUS  340  two  credits 
Principles  of  Conducting 

An  in-depth  study  of  conducting  techniques 
appropriate  for  choral  and  instrumental 
ensembles,  combined  with  the  study  and 
development  of  score  reading  techniques 
and  analytical  techniques  needed  by  the 
serious  interpreter  of  music. 

MUS  370  three  credits  D,  G 
Music  and  Culture  of  the  African 
Diaspora 

Prerequisites:  A  course  on  the  history, 
sociology,  writings,  and  art  of  non-western 
cultures  and/or  permission  of  instructor 
A  study  of  the  culture  and  instrumental 
music,  song,  and  dance  of  African  people 
from  various  areas  of  the  African  continent, 
the  Caribbean,  and  South,  Central,  and 
North  America.  In  addition  to  readings, 
quizzes,  and  lectures,  students'  work 
includes  an  ensemble  performance  to  offer 
a  firsthand  experience  of  African  music, 
dance,  and  culture.  Cross-listed  as  AAS  370. 

Music  371  three  credits  D,  G 

Topics  in  World  Music  Performance 

Prerequisites:  A  course  on  the  history, 
sociology,  writings,  and  art  of  non-western 
cultures  and/or  permission  of  instructor 
Investigation  of  the  musical  traditions  of 
Asia,  Africa,  the  Middle  East,  Oceania,  and 
the  Americas  with  a  focus  on  the  develop- 
ment of  playing  skills  in  indigenous  genres, 
as  well  as  an  understanding  of  their  function 
as  an  expression  of  culture.  Cross-listed  as 
AAS  371. 


332 


Note:  Students  who  are  not  majors  pay 
course-specific  fees  for  applied  music 
classes.  Majors  may  take  one  applied  class 
without  paying  a  fee  but  pay  the  fee  for  any 
additional  applied  music  classes.  The 
charges  are  modest  compared  to  private 
lessons. 


MUS  372  three  credits  G 
Music  in  World  Cultures 

Prerequisite:  A  course  on  the  history, 
sociology,  writings,  and  art  of  non-western 
cultures  and/or  permission  of  instructor 
The  indigenous  musics  of  Africa,  Asia,  the 
Middle  East,  Oceania,  Europe,  and  the 
Americas,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  cultural 
and  historical  context  of  music  making. 
Cross-listed  as  AAS  372. 

MUS  395  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Music  History 

Prerequisites:  MUS  203,  204 

Seminar  on  selected  topics  in  music  history. 

MUS  397  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Music  Theory 

Prerequisite:  MUS  212  or  MUS  272 
A  seminar  on  selected  topics  in  music 
theory. 

MUS  405  three  credits 
Topics  in  Music  Therapy 

Prerequisites:  MUS  305,  307 
Discussion  of  relevant  topics  in  music 
therapy,  with  focused  reading  assignments 
and  examination  of  topics  for  class 
presentations  and  dialogue.  This  seminar 
course  serves  as  the  capstone  experience  for 
the  Music  Therapy  Minor. 

MUS  412  three  credits 
Form  and  Analysis  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  MUS  272 
Selected,  exemplary  works  from  the  pre- 
tonal,  tonal  and  post-tonal  periods  will  be 
examined  in  detail.  Advanced  techniques  in 
analysis  will  be  explored.  Much  of  the 
emphasis  will  be  on  deducing  internal 
theoretical  structures  from  the  works  and 
comparing  and  relating  these  to  traditional 
theoretical  systems. 

MUS  461  two  to  six  credits 
Advanced  Study  in  Music  History 

Prerequisites:  MUS  203,  204  and  two  of 
MUS  337,  339,  341,  343 
Intensive  study  of  research  on  a  special 
topic  in  Music  History  under  the  direction  of 
a  faculty  member. 

MUS  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study  in  Music 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


MUS  196.  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study  in  Music 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

MUS  497  two  to  six  credits 
Advanced  Study  in  Music  Theory 

Prerequisites:  MUS  412 
Intensive  study  or  research  on  a  special  topic 
in  music  theory  under  the  direction  of  a 
member  of  the  music  faculty. 


Applied  Music  Courses 

MUS  117  one  credit 
Class  Guitar  I 

Group  Applied  Music  Fee 

Class  guitar  for  beginners  or  those  with 

slight  experience.  Emphasis  is  on  learning  to 

play  simple,  notated  melodies  and  to  learn 

chord  fingerings  for  accompanying. 

Workshops  on  writing  melodies  will  be 

included. 

MUS  118  one  credit  C 
Class  Guitar  II 

Group  Applied  Music  Fee 
Continuation  of  MUS  1 17. 

MUS  149,  150,  249,  250 

one  credit  each  C 

Applied  Vocal  Studies  I,  II,  III,  IV 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Weekly  private  lessons. 

MUS  151,  152,  251,  252 

one  credit  each  C 

Applied  Keyboard  Studies  I,  II,  III,  IV 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Weekly  private  lessons. 

MUS  153,  154,  253,  254 

one  credit  each  C 

Applied  Instrumental  Studies  I,  II,  III,  IV 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Weekly  private  lessons. 

MUS  169,  170,  269,  270  one  credit  each  C 
Class  Voice  I,  II,  III,  IV 

Group  Applied  Music  Fee 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
To  bring  to  the  student  by  observation, 
demonstration,  participation  and  listening,  a 
comprehension  of  the  basic  principles  of 


vocal  production  and  exposure  to  the  vocal 
repertoire.  Included  will  be  vocalization, 
breathing  language  with  application  to 
literature.  Besides  class  attendance,  students 
participate  in  performances. 

MUS  335,  336  one  credit  each 
Composition  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  MUS  272  and  permission  of 
instructor 

Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Advanced  individual  studies  in  music 
composition. 

MUS  341,  342  one  credit  each 
Synthesizer  Performance  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  MUS  223,  two  semesters  of 
300-level  electronic  studio  courses  and 
permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Advanced  individual  studies  in  Music 
Technology  specializing  in  Synthesizer 
Performance. 

MUS  343,  344  one  credit  each 
Electronic  Composition  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  MUS  223,  two  semesters  of 
300-level  electronic  studio  courses  and 
permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Advanced  individual  studies  in  Music 
Technology  specializing  in  Electronic 
Composition. 

MUS  345,  346  one  credit  each 
Sound  Production  I,  II 

Prerequisites:  MUS  223,  two  semester  of 
300-level  electronic  studio  courses  and 
permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Advanced  individual  studies  in  Music 
Technology  specializing  in  Sound  Produc- 
tion. 

MUS  349,  350,  449,  450 

one  credit  each 

Applied  Vocal  Studies  V,  VI,  VII,  VIII 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Weekly  private  lessons.  Vocal  pedagogy  will 
be  included  at  each  level. 

MUS  351,  352,  451,  452 

one  credit  each 

Applied  Keyboard  Studies  V,  VI,  VII,  VIII 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Weekly  private  lessons.  Piano  pedagogy  will 
be  included  at  each  level. 

MUS  353,  354,  453,  454 

one  credit  each 


333 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Note:  Students  who  are  not  majors  pay 
course-specific  fees  for  applied  music 
classes.  Majors  may  take  one  applied  class 
without  paying  a  fee  but  pay  the  fee  for  any 
additional  applied  music  classes  The  charges 
are  modest  compared  to  private  lessons. 


Applied  Instrumental  Studies  V,  VI,  VII, 
VIII 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Weekly  private  lessons.  Instrumental 
pedagogy  will  be  included  at  each  level. 

MUS  435,  436  one  credit  each 
Composition  III,  IV 

Prerequisites:  MUS  336  and  permission  of 
instructor 

Continuation  of  MUS  335,  336 

MUS  441,  442  one  credit  each 
Synthesizer  Performance  III,  IV 

Prerequisite:  MUS  342  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Continuation  of  MUS  341,  342 

MUS  443,  444  one  credit  each 
Electronic  Composition  III,  IV 

Prerequisite:  MUS  344  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Continuation  of  MUS  343,  344 

MUS  445,  446  one  credit  each 
Sound  Production  III,  IV 

Prerequisites:  MUS  346  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Individual  Applied  Music  Fee 
Continuation  of  MUS  345,  346 


334 


Theater  Arts  Courses 


Courses  in  Theater  Arts  introduce  students 
to  the  history,  theory,  and  craft  of  the 
theater.  In  conjunction  with  them,  theatrical 
productions  offer  laboratory  experience.  As 
electives  they  are  open  to  all  the  students  in 
the  university. 


TAR  111  three  credits  C 
Introduction  to  Theater 

3  lecture  credits 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  role  of  the 
theatre  artists  (playwrights,  actors,  directors, 
designers,  and  technicians),  the  unique 
nature  of  live  theatrical  performance,  the  art 
of  theatre  as  an  expression  of  human 
experience,  and  the  legacy  of  the  theatre 
globally  and  historically. 

TAR  113  three  credits  C 
Theater  Workshop 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
(audition) 

Using  the  creativity  and  talents  of  all 
enrolled  students,  an  original  ensemble 
theatre/performance  piece  is  conceived, 
designed,  written,  performed,  and  produced 
by  the  class  ensemble.  Open  by  audition  to 
all  students  interested  in  the  visual  and 
performing  arts.  May  be  repeated;  up  to  12 
total  credits  can  be  used  towards  the 
undergraduate  degree  (credits  in  the 
previous  courses  TAR  100,  101,  200,  201 
count  toward  this  limit). 

TAR  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences.  (Formerly  listed 
as  Contract  Learning.) 

TAR  295  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  permission  of  instructor  and 
college  dean 

Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 


335 


College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 


Marine  Science 
and  Technology 


The  School  for  Marine  Sciences  and  Technology 
(SMAST)  at  UMass  Dartmouth  conducts 
research  and  provides  instruction  in  the  interdisciplinary 
areas  of  marine  science,  oceanography,  engineering 
and  technology,  and  policy.  SMAST  is  a  major  center 
for  research  and  economic  development  for  UMass 
Dartmouth  and  the  University  of  Massachusetts. 

SMAST's  faculty  and  staff  engage  in  basic  and  applied 
marine  science  and  technology  investigations  and 
interact  with  industries  and  public  agencies  on 


economic  development  and  environmental  and  policy 
issues.  While  SMAST  research  tends  to  concentrate  on 
the  watersheds,  embayments,  and  estuaries  along  the 
coastlines  of  Massachusetts,  New  England  and  the 
adjacent  U.S.,  some  of  its  programs  are  conducted  in 
remote  regions  of  the  global  oceans.  SMAST  is  located 
on  2.6  acres  of  land  in  New  Bedford  along  Clark's 
Cove,  which  empties  into  Buzzards  Bay. 

SMAST  is  the  home  at  UMass  Dartmouth  of  the 
Intercampus  Graduate  School  MS  and  PhD  programs 
in  Marine  Sciences  and  Technology. 


Marine  Sciences  and  Technology 

Faculty  and  Fields  of  Interest 


Programs 


Altabet,  Mark  A.  marine  biochemistry  and 
environmental  change,  stable  isotopes, 
biogeochemistry,  oceanic  nitrogen  cycling, 
paleoceanography,  and  paleoclimatology 

Brown,  Wendell  S.  (chairperson)  coastal 
physical  oceanography,  moored  ocean 
observations,  real  time  circulation  modeling 
and  data/information  management  system 
development 

Chen,  Changsheng  modeling  and 
observational  exploration  of  coastal  ocean 
circulation,  oceanic  frontal  processes, 
turbulent  mixing/bottom  boundary  layer 
dynamics,  chaotic  mixing,  western 
boundary  currents,  internal  waves  and 
tides,  and  biological/physical  interaction 

Goodman,  Louis  physical  oceanography, 
ocean  internal  waves,  turbulence  and 
mixing,  bottom  and  surface  mixed  layers, 
ocean  acoustics,  and  autonomous 
underwater  vehicles 

Howes,  Brian  estuarine  and  embayment 
nutrient  cycling  and  modeling;  saltwater 
and  freshwater  wetland,  lake,  embayment 
management  and  restoration 

MacDonald,  Daniel  estuarine  oceanogra- 
phy, estuarine  hydrodynamics,  stratified 
turbulence,  and  environmental  engineering 

Rothschild,  Brian  (director.  School  for 
Marine  Science  and  Technology)  ocean 
ecosystems:  marine  fish  population 
dynamics,  models  of  plankton  dynamics 
and  interactions 

Stokesbury,  Kevin  marine  biology/ecology 
focusing  on  fisheries  including  scallop 
population  dynamics  and  life  history  studies 

Sundermeyer,  Miles  dispersion  and 
transport  processes,  numerical  modeling  of 
mixing  and  stirring,  numerical  modeling  of 
physical  and  biological  interactions 


Faculty  with  SMAST  Joint  Appointments 

Primary  Departments 

Bisagni,  James 

Physics 

Buck,  John  R. 

Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 
Fain,  Gilbert 

Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Georgianna,  Daniel  L 

Economics 

Gangopadhyay,  Avijit 

Physics 

O'Connor,  Nancy  J. 

Biology 

Singh,  Bal-Ram 

Chemistry 

Tandon,  Amit 

Physics 

Turner,  Jefferson 

Biology 


Graduate  students  who  enroll  in  the  School 
for  Marine  Sciences  and  Technology 
(SMAST)  at  UMass  Dartmouth  have  access 
to  MS  and  PhD  degrees  in  Marine  Sciences 
and  Technology,  which  are  offered  through 
an  innovative  structure,  the  Five-Campus 
Intercampus  Graduate  School  of  Marine 
Sciences  and  Technology  (IGS)  of  the 
University  of  Massachusetts. 

The  IGS  faculty  consists  of  faculty  from  four 
campuses — UMass  Amherst,  UMass  Boston, 
UMass  Dartmouth,  and  UMass  Lowell.  The 
IGS  structure  serves  as  an  administrative 
umbrella  for  the  five  campus  faculty,  who 
have  diverse  teaching  and  research  interests 
in  the  marine  sciences  and  associated 
technologies.  Dr.  Brian  Rothschild  of  UMass 
Dartmouth  serves  as  the  IGS  Dean. 

This  program  offers  students  advanced 
academic  studies  and  research  across  a 
range  of  specializations  clustered  in  five 
option  areas. 

At  UMass  Dartmouth,  the  administrative 
home  of  the  IGS  program  is  the  School  for 
Marine  Sciences  and  Technology 
(SMAST),  headed  by  Dr.  Brian  Rothschild 
as  Director.  SMAST  offers  interdisciplinary 
programs  in  the  areas  of  marine  science, 
oceanography,  engineering  and  technol- 
ogy, and  policy.  Its  Program  Chairperson  is 
Dr.  Wendell  S.  Brown. 

In  addition  to  teaching,  SMAST  is  a  major 
center  for  research  and  economic  develop- 
ment for  UMass  Dartmouth  and  the 
University  of  Massachusetts.  Its  faculty  and 
staff  engage  in  basic  and  applied  marine 
science  and  technology  investigations  and 
interact  with  industries  and  public  agencies 
on  economic  development  and  environ- 
mental and  policy  issues.  While  SMAST 
research  tends  to  concentrate  on  the 
watersheds,  embayments,  and  estuaries 
along  the  coastlines  of  Massachusetts,  New 
England  and  the  adjacent  U.S.,  some  of  our 
programs  are  conducted  in  remote  regions 
of  the  global  ocean. 

SMAST  is  located  on  2.6  acres  of  land  in 
New  Bedford  along  Clark's  Cove,  which 
empties  into  Buzzards  Bay.  A  description 
of  the  facilities  and  research  program  at 
SMAST  is  given  in  the  chapter  on  "Gradu- 
ate Opportunities  at  UMass  Dartmouth. 


337 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Graduate  Courses  in  Marine  Sciences  and  Technology 


MAR  510  three  credits 

Introductory  Chemical  Oceanography 

Prerequisite:  Enrollment  In  IGS  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Chemical  oceanography  starting  with  the 
basic  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  sea 
water  and  going  through  the  major 
processes  shaping  chemical  distributions  in 
the  ocean.  A  brief  review  of  basic  thermody- 
namics and  chemical  equilibria  precedes  a 
discussion  of  carbonate  equilibria  and  trace 
metal  speciation.  Throughout  much  of  the 
course  an  interdisciplinary  approach  is  taken 
and  pertinent  material  on  the  interaction 
between  ocean  chemistry  and  marine 
physics,  biology,  and  geology  will  be 
presented.  Whenever  possible,  the  results  of 
recent  studies  will  be  incorporated  into  class 
material  and  the  last  few  class  periods  are 
devoted  to  special  topics. 

MAR  520  two  credits 

Thesis  Proposal  Development  Seminar 

Guides  graduate  student  preparation  of  an 
acceptable  master's  thesis  or  PhD  disserta- 
tion proposal  in  a  series  of  papers  and  in- 
class  oral  presentations.  Students  work  with 
a  thesis  advisor  and  committee  within  a 
framework  defined  by  the  instructor  to 
define  a  thesis  problem  in  terms  of  relevant 
literature  and  design  a  research  plan, 
including  a  support  budget.  In  the  process, 
students  are  expected  to  improve  their  skills 
in  literature  research,  writing,  and  oral 
presentations. 

MAR  540  three  credits 
Introductory  Fisheries  Science 

Provides  a  background  on  the  development 
of  fisheries  science  and  examines  the 
theories  and  techniques  of  biology,  ecology, 
oceanography,  and  population  dynamics 
presently  employed.  Components  include 
fish  and  shellfish  basic  population  dynamics, 
early  life  history  recruitment,  migration, 
growth,  fishery  dependent/independent 
surveys,  alternative  abundance  measure- 
ment techniques,  habitat  considerations, 
and  introductory  fisheries  modeling. 

MAR  555  three  credits 

Introductory  Physical  Oceanography 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
A  descriptive  treatment  of  ocean  atmo- 
sphere interactions,  water  properties, 
general  wind  driven  and  thermohaline 
circulation,  waves  and  tides,  and  coastal 
processes.  Simplified  conceptual  models 
demonstrate  the  important  principles. 

MAR  560  three  credits 
Acoustical  Oceanography 


Prerequisite:  Basic  calculus  and  physics 
courses 

Modern  methods  of  acoustics  in  oceanogra- 
phy and  the  use  of  acoustics  in  other 
subdisciplines  of  the  marine  sciences 
emphasizing  fundamental  theories  of 
relevance  to  the  ocean.  The  course 
introduces  students  to  the  fundamental 
nature  of  wave  propagation,  the  concept  of 
acoustic  impedance,  sources  of  sound,  array 
theory,  and  duct  propagation.  Students 
apply  sonar  equations  to  both  passive  and 
active  acoustics.  Reverberation,  scattering, 
deep  and  shallow  propagation  are  dis- 
cussed. Students  examine  tools  and 
techniques  used  in  modern  acoustical 
oceanography,  including  acoustical 
tomography,  propagation  through  ocean 
internal  waves,  fisheries  acoustics,  and 
Doppler  techniques. 

MAR  572  three  credits 
Marine  Resource  Economics 

Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing  and 
consent  of  instructor  (for  economics 
undergraduates  prerequisite  is  ECO  472) 
Application  of  economic  reasoning  to 
understanding  causes  and  solutions  of 
problems  faced  in  managing  the  marine 
environment.  Students  learn  to  analyze 
natural  resources  management  issues  from 
an  economic  perspective  with  emphasis  on 
management  of  marine  fisheries.  Students 
learn  how  economists  determine  the  value 
of  environmental  goods  and  services  that 
are  not  traded  in  markets  and  about 
economic  policy  tools  used  to  address 
problems  such  as  marine  pollution  and  other 
threats  to  the  marine  environment. 

MAR  596  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
the  SMAST  Graduate  Program  Director,  and 
the  department  chairperson. 
Allows  completion  of  a  numbered  course 
formally  in  the  graduate  program  listing  but 
not  being  offered  as  a  scheduled  class. 

MAR  599  three  credits 

Special  Topics  in  Marine  Sciences  and 

Technology 

Prerequisites:  Variable,  depending  on  topic 
An  advanced  treatment  of  a  special  topic  in 
specific  areas  of  marine  sciences  and 
technology  with  an  emphasis  on  recent 
developments.  The  subject  matter  varies 
according  to  the  interests  of  the  instructor 
and  the  students. 

MAR  600  up  to  6  credits 
Masters  Thesis  Research 


Prerequisite:  Graduate  Standing  and 
approval  of  student's  Graduate  Committee 
Thesis  research  on  an  experimental  or 
theoretical  project  in  Marine  Science  or 
Technology  under  a  faculty  advisor. 

MAR  603  three  credits 
Pre-Dissertation  Research 

Research  for  and  preparation  of  doctoral 
dissertation  proposal  The  dissertation 
proposal  must  provide  a  thorough  survey  of 
the  research  activities  in  the  research  topic 
area  and  it  must  present  original  and 
innovative  research  ideas  and  preliminary 
results  as  well  as  a  defined  research  scope 
and  directions.  PhD  students  must  have 
passed  this  course  before  registering  for 
doctoral  dissertation  research  credits. 
Graded  P/F. 

MAR  620  four  credits 

Case  Studies  in  Estuarine  Dynamics 

3  hours  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Interdisciplinary  estuarine  dynamics 
emphasizing  how  interactions  between 
physical,  biological,  and  chemical  phenom- 
ena govern  major  estuarine  processes  The 
course  uses  two  estuaries  as  case  studies  of 
the  types  of  interdisciplinary  problems 
encountered  in  marine  ecosystems  with 
partial  focus  on  temperate  estuarine 
environments.  The  two  case  studies  are  used 
to  compare  and  contrast  physical,  biological, 
and  chemical  characterization  of  estuaries  of 
differing  watersheds,  tidal  dynamics,  and 
geomorphologies.  Field  and  laboratory 
studies  are  used  to  complement  the  theory 
taught  in  lectures  and  serve  as  a  "hands  on" 
part  of  the  course. 

MAR  622  three  credits 

Case  Studies  in  Fisheries  Science  and 

Management 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Integration  of  fundamental  concepts  of 
natural  science  and  social  science  relating  to 
management  of  living  marine  resources.  This 
course  utilizes  a  case  study  of  a  fishery  to 
explore  how  knowledge  and  methods  from 
a  variety  of  disciplines  including  oceanogra- 
phy, biology,  ecology,  mathematics,  and 
economics  are  used  together  in  manage- 
ment of  marine  fisheries 

MAR  630  three  credits 
Estuarine  Biogeochemistry 

Prerequisites::  Biogeochemistry  or  microbiol- 
ogy and  biological  oceanography  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Biogeochemistry  of  estuaries  emphasizing 
complex  interactions  of  the  major 


338 


geochemical  cycles  and  biological  systems 
such  as  animal  and  plant  production, 
nutrient  uptake,  and  marine  system 
transformations.  Among  the  topics  covered 
are  the  basic  biogeochemical  cycles  as  they 
related  to  both  the  productivity  and  function 
of  estuarine  systems,  and  the  role  of 
estuaries  within  the  coastal  zone  relative  to 
their  watersheds  and  adjacent  off  shore 
waters.  Estuaries  are  examined  both  within 
the  global  and  the  New  England  context. 
Current  issues  of  estuarine  management 
and  restoration  are  addressed. 

MAR  640  three  credits 

Global  Marine  Biogeochemistry 

Prerequisite:  MAR  510 

Advanced  treatment  of  marine  biogeochem- 
istry and  global  environmental  change.  The 
oceans  play  a  predominant  role  in  global 
environmental  change  particularly  with 
respect  to  their  major  geochemical  cycles  of 
carbon,  nitrogen,  oxygen,  phosphorus, 
sulfur,  etc.  The  major  features  of  these 
cycles  as  they  operate  on  a  global  basis  are 
presented.  Examples  of  natural  and 
anthropogenic  perturbations  at  present  and 
in  the  past  are  a  major  focus  of  this  course. 
A  significant  segment  of  the  material  deals 
directly  with  the  role  of  oceans  in  control- 
ling atmospheric  carbon  dioxide  through  its 
biological  and  solubility  pumps. 

MAR  650  four  credits 

Marine  Ecosystem  Dynamics  Modeling 

Prerequisites:  IGS  core  courses,  preparation 
in  calculus  and  partial  differential  equations, 
or  permission  of  instructor 
3  hours  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory 
Structures  and  dynamics  of  ocean  ecosys- 
tems. The  dynamics  of  global  to  local  scale 
biophysical  interaction  processes  are 
explored  in  terms  of  basic  dynamic 
principles.  Existing  ecosystem  models  are 
used  to  solve  some  realistic  coastal 
ecosystem  problems.  There  is  a  strong 
emphasis  on  solving  process  oriented 
problems  requiring  integration  of  lecture 
materials.  A  term  paper  is  required. 

MAR  660  three  credits 

Coastal  Physical  Oceanography 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Physics  of  the  coastal  ocean  covering  a  wide 
variety  of  coastal  physical  oceanographic 
processes  with  emphasis  on  the  continental 
shelf  processes.  Topics  include  tides  and 
tidal  currents,  upwelling  and  downwelling, 
front  processes,  fresh  water  plumes, 
coastally  trapped  waves,  boundary  layer 
flows,  and  vertical  and  horizontal  dispersion 
processes.  This  course  is  intended  for 


students  in  IGS  who  require  a  working 
understanding  of  coastal  ocean  circulation 
and  dynamics.  Students  enrolling  in  this 
course  should  be  thoroughly  comfortable 
with  differential  and  integral  calculus. 

MAR  670  four  credits 

Advanced  Time  Series  Analysis  of  Ocean 
and  Earth  System  Data 

Prerequisites:  College  calculus  and  introduc- 
tory statistical  methods 
Advanced  statistical  tools  are  used  to 
analyze  ocean  and  earth  system  time  series 
with  specific  application  to  fixed  location 
oceanographic  and  meteorological  data 
sets.  Lectures  describe  the  theoretical 
aspects  of  the  advanced  statistical  tools  that 
are  used  to  analyze  discrete  data  sets. 
Students  use  practical  analysis  exercises  to 
learn  the  various  ways  to  interpret  set  of 
equally  spaced  time  and  or  space  data  series 
in  the  context  of  instrumental  and  statistical 
noise. 

MAR  700  one  credit 
Graduate  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 

Seminar  discussions  and  presentations  based 

on  research  or  detailed  literature  surveys. 

ECE  701  up  to  nine  credits  each 
Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 

Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  PhD 
comprehensive  examination  and  approval  of 
doctoral  dissertation  proposal  by  the 
student's  graduate  committee 
Investigations  of  a  fundamental  and/or 
applied  nature  representing  an  original 
contribution  to  the  scholarly  research 
literature  of  the  field.  PhD  dissertations  are 
often  published  in  refereed  journals  or 
presented  at  major  conferences.  A  written 
dissertation  must  be  completed  in 
accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  the  School  for  Marine  Science 
and  Technology.  Admission  to  the  course  is 
based  on  successful  completion  of  the  PhD 
comprehensive  examination  and  submission 
of  a  formal  proposal  endorsed  by  the 
student's  graduate  committee  and 
submitted  to  the  SMAST  Graduate  Program 
Director. 


339 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Division  of 

Continuing  Education 


The  Division  of  Continuing  Education  is  committed  to 
serve  the  needs  of  those  students  who  choose  to 
pursue  a  degree  on  a  part-time  basis  during  evening 
hours  or  in  the  summer.  Any  person  who  has  gradu- 
ated from  high  school  or  holds  a  Certificate  of  General 
Education  Development  (GED)  is  entitled  to  enroll  in 
undergraduate  courses  offered  through  the  Division  of 
Continuing  Education. 

All  credit  courses  offered  are  University  of  Massachu- 
setts Dartmouth  courses,  and  the  grades  earned  are 
reflected  in  the  student's  grade  point  average  at  the 
university.  Students  may  enroll  in  one  course,  a  number 
of  courses,  or  a  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor's 
degree. 


In  addition,  each  term,  courses  are  offered  for  personal 
or  professional  development  which  carry  no  academic 
credit,  and  a  few  courses  for  professional  certification 
may  be  offered  which,  at  their  completion,  award 
Professional  Development  Points  (PDP's). 

Many  students  who  attend  the  university  through  the 
Division  of  Continuing  Education  are  working  full  time, 
have  family  responsibilities,  and  have  a  limited  amount 
of  time  available  to  study  and  attend  courses.  These 
students  may  have  attended  a  community  college,  may 
have  started  their  coursework  at  the  university  directly 
after  high  school,  or  may  have  had  years  elapse 
between  their  high  school  and  university  careers.  All 
are  welcome  and  are  encouraged  as  they  achieve  each 
level  of  their  education.  Whether  students  register  for 
courses  each  Fall  term,  each  Spring  term,  or  continue 
through  many  terms,  each  is  advised  individually  while 
progressing  toward  personal  academic  goals. 

This  learning  environment  provides  the  opportunity  for 
students,  including  those  who  are  unsure  of  their 
ability  to  do  university  work,  to  explore  academic 
courses,  to  return  to  school  at  a  pace  of  their  own 
choosing,  to  continue  their  education  while  enrolled  in 
a  degree  program  at  another  college  or  university,  or  to 
explore  their  personal  interests. 

The  Division  of  Continuing  Education  offers  opportuni- 
ties at  the  main  campus  in  North  Dartmouth,  as  well  as 
alternative  learning  sites  at  the  Neighborhood  College 
in  New  Bedford,  the  Professional  and  Continuing 
Education  Center  in  Fall  River,  and  Cape  Cod  Commu- 
nity College.  The  Neighborhood  College  is  an  outreach 
facility  that  serves  the  community  through  outreach  and 
recruitment  for  adult  and  youth  educational  programs, 
job  training,  and  skills  development  opportunities.  The 
Professional  and  Continuing  Education  Center  in  Fall 
River  offers  undergraduate,  graduate,  and  professional 
training  in  the  areas  of  business,  management,  allied 
health,  education,  criminal  justice,  and  nursing. 
Through  a  partnership  with  Cape  Cod  Community 
College,  the  Division  of  Continuing  Education  offers  a 
Two-Plus-Two  Program  in  Humanities/Social  Sciences. 


Phone:  508  999-8071 


Degree  Candidacy 

A  student  may  earn  30  credits  (the 
equivalent  of  10  credit  courses)  before 
applying  for  degree  candidacy  or  declaring  a 
major.  Anyone  who  has  completed  30 
credits  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average 
of  2.0  (the  equivalent  of  a  C  average)  is 
eligible  to  be  accepted  into  a  University  of 
Massachusetts  Dartmouth  degree  program 
leading  to  a  Bachelor's  degree  in  one  of  the 
majors  offered  through  the  Division  of 
Continuing  Education. 

When  a  student  is  accepted  into  a  degree 
program,  those  courses  that  were  success- 
fully completed  and  which  fulfill  the 
requirements  of  the  program  will  count 
toward  graduation.  All  courses  taken  will 
appear  on  the  student's  transcript  and  will 
be  calculated  into  the  student's  grade  point 
average. 

Undergraduate  Degree  Programs 

At  present,  the  UMass  Dartmouth's  majors 
in  the  following  disciplines  are  available 
through  the  Division  of  Continuing 
Education: 

College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 

English/Literature 

EnglishAA/riting  and  Communications 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
Psychology* 
Sociology 

Sociology/Criminal  Justice 
Sociology/Social  Welfare 

Charlton  College  of  Business 

Accounting 
Management 

College  of  Engineering 

Admission  to  the  following  two  programs  is 
closed  for  the  2001-2002  academic  year 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

at  Cape  Cod  Community  College 

Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
UMass  Dartmouth  offers  the  junior  and 
senior  years  to  students  who  already  have  at 
least  45  completed  college  credits 

For  access  to  other  majors,  DCE  students 
apply  for  admission  through  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions. 


Tuition  and  Fees 

Students  who  register  through  the  Division 
of  Continuing  Education  for  credit-bearing 
courses  pay  charges  based  on  the  Fee 
Schedule  for  that  Division.  Students  are 
charged  a  basic  fee  per  academic  credit  and 
additional  service  fees.  The  listing  of  specific 
charges  is  available  from  the  Office  of 
Continuing  Education.  Tuition  and  fees  are 
subject  to  change  at  the  discretion  of  the 
governing  authorities  of  the  university. 


Academic  Counseling  and  Financial  Aid 
Information 

A  staff  of  experienced  professionals  is 
available  Monday  through  Thursday 
evenings  to  assist  students  in  planning 
programs  suitable  to  educational  and  career 
objectives.  Work  experience  and  other 
learning  experiences  may,  in  some  instances, 
be  translated  into  academic  credit  (see 
below). 

The  full  range  of  financial  aid  programs  is 
available  to  the  Continuing  Education 
student:  grants,  low  interest  educational 
loans  and  scholarships.  Individuals  are 
strongly  encouraged  to  explore  their 
eligibility  for  these  programs. 


Credit  for  Non-Traditional  Prior  Learning 

Non-traditional  prior  learning  is  an 
innovative  program  that  enables  participants 
to  gain  academic  credit  based  on  previous 
learning  experiences.  It  is  designed  for  the 
returning  adult  student  who  would  like  to 
earn  credits  toward  a  degree,  and  is 
available  to  degree-seeking  students.  An 
individual's  college-level  skills  and  knowl- 
edge that  have  derived  from  prior  learning 
or  work  experience  will  be  documented 
during  a  one-semester  workshop.  Evaluation 
for  credit  of  the  documented  learning 
experience  will  be  completed  at  the  end  of 
each  academic  year. 


*  Some  Psychology  courses  required  for 
graduation,  especially  upper-division  ones, 
may  not  be  conveniently  available  during 
evening  hours;  in  some  cases,  evening 
students  with  a  pressing  need  to  graduate 
may  need  to  take  one  or  more  courses 
during  the  day. 


Fall  River  Educational  Center 

In  September  of  2002  a  new  Fall  River 
Educational  Center  opened  in  a  former 
department  store  in  the  downtown  area.  This 
new  venture  for  the  Department  of 
Continuing  Education  offers  special 
educational  and  professional  development 
programs  for  non-traditional  students.  The 
Cherry  &  Webb  venture  reflects  the 
university's  continuing  collaboration  with 
neighboring  communities  to  expand 
educational  opportunities  in  the  region.  The 
director  of  the  center,  Dennis  P.  Paquette, 
can  be  reached  at  508  678-3636. 


Special  Programs  and  Learning 
Opportunities 

The  Microsoft  IT  Academy  is  a  program 
designed  to  offer  the  best  in  cutting-edge 
training,  materials,  and  hands-on  experience 
as  students  prepare  to  take  Microsoft 
certification  exams.  The  Division  of  Continu- 
ing Education  also  offers  intensive  institutes 
in  the  arts;  as  well  as  a  variety  of  opportuni- 
ties to  study  abroad.  There  are  10-day  travel- 
study  programs,  as  well  as  month  long  study 
abroad  programs.  Each  is  designed  to 
maximize  the  country  and  culture  in  which 
the  student  is  immersed  while  studying  the 
history,  art  history,  anthropology,  or  the 
visual  conception  through  painting. 


Student  Government 

The  Continuing  Education  Student 
Government  (CESG)  is  the  official  represen- 
tative voice  of  part-time  students.  CESG  is 
instrumental  in  helping  UMass  Dartmouth 
respond  to  the  special  needs  of  Continuing 
Education  students. 


Contacts 

General  Information 
508  999-8071 

Advising,  Arts  &  Science  Programs 
508  999-9158 

Advising,  Business  Programs 
508  999-8041 

Office  Hours 

Monday  -  Thursday  8:30  am  —  7:00  pm 
Friday  8:30  am  —  4:00  pm 

www.umassd.edu/dce 


341 


Division  of  Continuing  Education 


Interdisciplinary 
Programs 


Interdisciplinary  Minors 


Interdisciplinary  minors  involve  a  number  of  academic 
fields  and  are  offered  by  faculty  from  many  academic 
departments.  But  these  programs  do  more  than  just 
convey  a  subject  matter  that  happens  to  intersect  with 
more  than  one  academic  field.  They  are  interdiscipli- 
nary by  design  and  intention,  concerned  with  the 
methodological  issues  of  interdisciplinary  study  and 
valuing  the  interplay  of  forms  of  dialogue  used  in 
various  fields  of  inquiry. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  contact  the  advisors  for 
these  programs  to  learn  more  about  their  range  of 
courses,  their  benefits,  and  their  challenges. 


Pre-Professional  Programs 

This  chapter  describes  two  pre-professional  programs 
that  will  be  of  special  interest  to  our  students,  pre- 
med  and  pre-law 

All  degree  programs  at  the  university  are  pre-profes- 
sional in  that  they  prepare  students  to  enter  their 
chosen  career  fields.  They  allow  students  to  enter  the 
job  market,  pursue  studies  toward  an  advanced 
degree,  or  seek  professional  credentialing,  and  they  are 
designed  to  meet  professional  standards  for  their  fields. 
In  addition,  a  number  of  degree  programs  aim  specifi- 
cally at  preparing  students  for  entrance  into  a  profes- 
sion that  requires  candidates  to  obtain  a  license  or 
certificate  after  completing  their  required  university 
studies.  Examples  include  Medical  Laboratory  Science, 
Nursing,  Engineering,  and  the  program  for  Teacher 
Preparation.  The  descriptions  of  these  and  other 
programs  are  found  in  the  departmental  sections  of 
this  Catalogue. 


This  chapter  lists  minors  and  other  programs  that  are 
not  contained  in  one  specific  college  of  the  university. 


African  and  African-American  Studies  Minor 


African  and  African-American 
Studies  Committee 


Requirements 


African  and  African-American  Studies  is  a 
multidisciplinary  approach  to  the  under- 
standing of  the  society,  culture,  and  history 
of  Africans  and  people  of  African  descent. 
Drawing  on  the  expertise  of  scholars  of  the 
African  and  African-American  experience  in 
the  fields  of  sociology,  literature,  the  visual 
and  performing  arts,  history,  political 
science,  education,  economics,  and 
anthropology,  the  minor  has  the  following 
goals: 
• 

To  emphasize  the  African  and  African- 
American  contribution  to  world  develop- 
ment. 
• 

To  broaden  and  deepen  students'  under- 
standing of  Africa,  the  African  diaspora,  and 
the  American  identity. 
• 

To  provide  students  of  African  descent  with 
an  opportunity  to  pursue  a  program  of 
study  directly  relevant  to  their  own  lives  and 
expose  as  many  students  as  possible  to 
African  and  African-American  studies. 


John  Fobanjong  (program  director) 

Political  Science 

Veronique  Helenon  History 
Everett  Hoagland  English 
Semenya  McCord  Music 
Ziddi  Msangi  Design 
Carol  Pimentel  staff 
Thomas  K.  Ranuga  Sociology 
John  Rice  Engineering 
Bruce  Rose  Upward  Bound 


Selected  Faculty  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  College  of  Business,  College  of 
Engineering,  and  College  of  Visual  and 
Performing  Arts  also  participate  in  the 
offering  of  courses. 


Each  student  who  minors  in  African  and 
African-American  Studies  is  required  to 
complete  AAS  101  Introduction  to  African 
and  African-American  Studies.  In  addition, 
five  elective  courses  must  be  selected,  two 
from  Group  A  and  three  from  Group  B.  No 
more  than  two  of  the  elective  courses  may 
be  in  one  department.  Program  total:  18 
credits. 


Group  A:  Choose  two  courses 


AAS/ECO  103 
AAS/MUS  125 
AAS/HST  1 90 
AAS/ENL  200 

AAS/HST  205 
AAS/HST  206 
AAS/ENL  214 
AAS/ENL  215 

AAS/SOC  226 
AAS/SOC  230 

AAS/PSC  239 
AAS/MUS  242 
AAS/PSC  243 
AAS/ENL  246 
AAS/HST  290 


Cities,  Minorities,  and  Poverty 
Jazz:  The  Listener's  Guide 
African  Civilizations 
Studies  in  Literature  (with 
appropriate  topic) 
African-American  History  I 
African-American  History  II 
African-American  Literature 
West  Indian  and  African 
Literature 
Sociology  of  Africa 
Black  Identify  and  the  Social 
World 

African  American  Politics 
African-American  Music 
Ethnic  Politics 
Women  Writers 
Modern  Africa 


Group  B:  Choose  three  courses 


AAS  298 
AAS  495 
AAS  196,  296, 
396,  496 
AAS/HST  300 

AAS/PSC  303 

AAS/PSC  306 
AAS/SOC  310 
AAS/PSC  313 
AAS/ECO  343 

AAS/EDU  451 

AAS/SOC  353 

AAS/ARH  361 
AAS/PSC  367 
AAS/MUS  370 

AAS/MUS  371 

AAS/MUS  372 
AAS/HST  378 
AAS/HST  391 


Experiential  Learning 
Independent  Study 
Directed  Study 

Topics  in  American  History 

(with  appropriate  topic) 

Cape  Verdean  Politics  and 

Society 

Civil  Rights 

Social  Movements 

Urban  Politics 

The  Economics  of  Sex  and 

Race  Discrimination 

Contemporary  Issues  and 

Challenges 

Readings  in  Sociological 
Literature:  The  Black  Family 
Art  and  Culture  of  Africa 
African  Political  Systems 
Music  and  Culture  of  the 
African  Diaspora 
Topics  in  World  Music 
Performance 
Music  in  World  Cultures 
Slavery  in  the  New  World 
Topics  in  African  History 


African  and  African-American 
Studies  Courses 


AAS  101  three  credits 
Introduction  to  African  and  African- 
American  Studies 

3  hours  lecture 

Introduction  to  the  principal  topics  in  the 
study  of  Africans  and  African-Americans. 
This  is  the  introductory  course  for  the  minor 
in  African  and  African-American  Studies, 
providing  students  with  an  encompassing 
framework  for  the  African  and  African- 
American  experience. 

AAS  103  (ECO  103;  LST  103;  WMS  103) 

three  credits  D,  E,  O 

Cities,  Minorities,  and  Poverty 

Review  and  analysis  of  major  social 
problems  faced  by  cities;  emphasis  on 
origin,  causes  and  possible  solutions  for 
poverty  and  minority  problems. 

AAS  125  (MUS  125)  three  credits  C 
Jazz:  The  Listener's  Guide 

Study  of  jazz  based  on  listening  and  class 
discussion.  The  course  is  intended  to 
increase  awareness  of  the  roots  of  jazz 
within  the  African-American  community 
and  of  the  cross-cultural  fertilizations 
occurring  throughout  its  recent  history. 
Although  academic  and  technical  studies  of 
jazz  were  established  in  the  50s,  it  is  only 
within  the  past  fifteen  years  that  these 
studies  have  led  to  the  recognition  of  jazz 
as  a  truly  valued  American  art  form. 

AAS  190  (HST  190)  three  credits  C 
African  Civilizations 

An  introduction  to  the  culture,  history,  and 
civilizations  of  the  African  continent,  with 
special  emphasis  on  sub-Saharan  Africa. 
This  one-semester  survey  is  designed  to 
acquaint  the  student  with  the  principal 
themes  of  African  history  and  development 
from  pre-histonc  to  modern  times. 

AAS  200  (ENL  200,  LST  200) 

three  credits  C 

Studies  in  Literature:  Black  Literature 

Applicable  to  LST  minor  when  offered  with 
the  Black  Literature  emphasis.  May  be 
repeated  with  change  of  content. 

AAS  205  (HST  205) 

three  credits  C,  D 
African-American  History  I 

A  survey  of  the  role  of  African-Americans  in 
American  life  and  culture  from  the  colonial 
period  to  the  1890s. 

AAS  206  (HST  206) 

three  credits  C,  D 
African-American  History  II 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  the  role  of 


African-Americans  in  American  history,  from 
the  1890s  to  the  present. 

AAS  214  (ENL  214;  WMS  214) 

three  credits  C 

African-American  Literature 

Chronological  survey  beginning  with 
Gustavus  Vassa  and  Robert  Hayden's 
"Middle  Passage"  and  continuing  through 
contemporary  writers.  Toward  the  end  of 
the  course  there  will  be  a  focus  on  new 
women  writers  and  major  writers  through 
the  1990s. 

AAS  215  (ENL  215)  three  credits  C 
West  Indian  and  African  Literature 

A  study  of  important  and  innovative  West 
Indian  and  contemporary  African  writers. 

AAS  226  (SOC  226  or  ANT  226) 

three  credits 
Sociology  of  Africa 

A  survey  of  change  and  conflict  in  African 
society,  historically  and  at  present.  Particular 
attention  will  be  paid  to  the  effects  of 
colonialism  and  African  resistance  to  it. 

AAS  230  (SOC  230)  three  credits 
Black  Identity  and  the  Social  World 

The  course  examines  the  African  past 
through  literature,  the  survival  techniques 
which  Blacks  developed  in  order  to  survive 
in  an  alien  world,  and  the  collective  identity 
of  Black  people  at  the  present  time.  This 
course  is  especially  designed  for  Black 
students  and  White  students  who  are 
concerned  with  Black  heritage. 

AAS  239  (PSC  239)  three  credits  C,  D 
African  American  Politics 

A  study  of  the  role  of  African  Americans  in 
the  American  political  system,  both 
historically  and  contemporarily,  with  special 
attention  given  to  the  alternative  political 
strategies  used  in  the  struggle  for  political 
inclusion.  Various  philosophies  that  have 
been  adopted  to  open  up  the  political 
process  and  increase  the  democratic 
participation  of  African  Americans  are 
studied. 

AAS  242  (MUS  242)  three  credits  C 
African-American  Music  History 

Prerequisite:  MUS  107  or  equivalent 
A  survey  of  African-American  music  from  its 
African  origins  to  the  present.  The  course 
introduces  the  student  to  the  vast  and  rich 
expanses  of  black  musical  culture  from  a 
stylistic,  cultural,  and  socio-histoncal 
perspective,  with  a  focus  on  jazz. 

AAS  243  (PSC  242)  three  credits 


Ethnic  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101 
The  complex  ethnic  structure  of  the 
American  political  landscape.  The  course 
examines  the  role  that  ethnicity  plays  in 
American  politics  in  a  comparative  examina- 
tion of  the  politics  of  major  racial  and  ethnic 
minority  groups. 

AAS  246  (ENL  246) 

three  credits  C 
Women  Writers 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 

When  the  subject  matter  is  related  to  the 

minor:  an  examination  of  the  relationship 

between  the  woman  writer  and  her  work 

through  a  study  of  literature  by  and  about 

women.  Satisfies  literature  distribution 

requirement. 

AAS  290  (HST  290)  three  credits  C,  G 
Modern  Africa 

Survey  of  Africa's  modern  history,  beginning 
especially  after  1800.  It  looks  at  the 
beginnings  and  expansions  of  European  and 
African-American  settlements  there,  the 
Zulu  and  Islamic  Revolutions,  the  conquest 
and  colonization  of  Africa,  and  post-colonial 
developments. 

AAS  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

AAS  300  (HST  300)  three  credits 
Topics  in  American  History 

When  the  subject  matter  is  related  to  the 
minor:  a  critical  analysis  of  selected  topics  or 
issues  in  African-American  history. 

AAS  303  (PSC  303)  three  credits  C.  D,  G 
Cape  Verdean  Politics  and  Society 

A  study  of  Cape  Verdeans  as  an  ethnic  sub- 
population  in  the  United  States,  and  as 
comprising  an  independent,  self-governing 
nation-state.  The  historical,  political,  social, 
and  economic  contributions  of  Americans  of 
Cape  Verdean  descent  in  the  United  States 
and  in  Cape  Verde  are  examined. 

AAS  306  (PSC  306)  three  credits  C,  D 
Civil  Rights  Movements  in  the  United 
States 


344 


A  study  of  the  politics  of  civil  rights  and  the 
various  philosophical  approaches  that  have 
been  used  to  extend  such  rights  to  groups 
that  have  traditionally  had  no  access  to  the 
agenda  setting  processes  within  the 
legislative  system.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
philosophy  of  nonviolence  and  on  the 
political  effectiveness  of  such  organizing 
strategies  as  marches,  sit-ins,  and  public 
demonstrations;  and  how  the  American 
experience  with  civil  rights  has  influenced 
civil  rights  movements  in  other  parts  of  the 
world. 

AAS  310  (SOC  310)  three  credits 
Social  Movements  I 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  permission  of 
instructor 

A  sociological  analysis  of  the  origin  and 
development  of  social  movements  with  an 
emphasis  on  detailed  study  of  particular 
social  movements. 

AAS  313  (PSC  313)  three  credits  G 
Urban  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing 

A  critical  examination  of  the  urban  political 
community  in  the  United  States.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  the  adequacy  of  the  city 
as  an  arena  of  conflict  resolution  and 
decision-making  as  well  as  such  current 
problems  as  urban  reconstruction  in  the 
ghettos.  Field  research  in  the  area  by 
individuals  or  groups  is  encouraged  but  not 
required. 

AAS  337  (SOC  or  ANT  337)  three  credits  D 
Comparative  Ethnic  Relations 

A  comparative  analysis  of  interracial  and 
interethnic  relations  in  various  areas  of  the 
world  including  the  U.S.,  Latin  America, 
Africa,  and  Europe.  An  examination  of  the 
causes  of  interethnic  conflict,  assimilation, 
ethnic  solidarity,  and  changes  in  ethnic 
identity. 

AAS  343  (ECO  343)  three  credits  E,  G 
The  Economics  of  Sex  and  Race 
Discrimination 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

The  theory  of  labor  markets  and  the 
problem  of  discrimination.  Current  problems 
facing  women  and  minorities  will  be 
examined.  Existing  programs  and  trends  will 
be  explored. 

AAS  353  (SOC  353)  three  credits 
Readings  in  Sociological  Literature  IV: 
The  Black  Family 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 


When  the  subject  matter  is  related  to  the 
minor:  directed  readings  and  analysis  in 
sociological  topics  related  to  the  Black 
family. 

AAS  361  (ARH  361)  three  credits  C,  G 
Art  and  Culture  of  Africa 

A  survey  of  the  arts,  crafts,  and  architecture 
of  Africa.  Historical  developments,  stylistics, 
and  aesthetics  will  be  investigated  within  a 
socio-cultural  framework. 

AAS  367  (PSC  367)  three  credits  C,  D,  G 
African  Political  Systems 

A  study  of  the  contemporary  politics  of 
African  states  and  governments,  and 
providing  exposure  to  the  African  historical 
backgrounds,  political  cultures,  political 
trends,  and  ideology.  The  colonial  heritage 
of  African  states,  the  quest  for  moderniza- 
tion and  nation-building,  and  the  transition 
to  democratic  governance  are  explored. 

AAS  370  (MUS  370)  three  credits  D,  G 
Music  and  Culture  of  the  African 
Diaspora 

Prerequisites:  A  course  on  the  history, 
sociology,  writings,  and  art  of  non-western 
cultures  and/or  permission  of  instructor 
A  study  of  the  culture  and  instrumental 
music,  song,  and  dance  of  African  people 
from  various  areas  of  the  African  continent, 
the  Caribbean,  and  South,  Central,  and 
North  America.  In  addition  to  readings, 
quizzes,  and  lectures,  students'  work  includes 
an  ensemble  performance  to  offer  a  firsthand 
experience  of  African  music,  dance,  and 
culture. 

AAS  371  (MUS  371)  three  credits  D,  G 
Topics  in  World  Music  Performance 

Prerequisites:  A  course  on  the  history, 
sociology,  writings,  and  art  of  non-western 
cultures  and/or  permission  of  instructor. 
Investigation  of  the  musical  traditions  of 
Asia,  Africa,  the  Middle  East,  Oceania,  and 
the  Americas  with  a  focus  on  the  develop- 
ment of  playing  skills  in  indigenous  genres, 
as  well  as  an  understanding  of  their  function 
as  an  expression  of  cultures. 

AAS  372  (MUS  372)  three  credits  G 
Music  in  World  Cultures 

A  course  on  the  history,  sociology,  writings, 
and  art  of  non-western  cultures  and/or 
permission  of  instructor. 
The  indigenous  musics  of  Africa,  Asia,  the 
Middle  East,  Oceania,  Europe,  and  the 
Americas  with  an  emphasis  on  the  cultural 
and  historical  context  of  music  making. 


AAS  378  (HST  378) 

three  credits  D 

Slavery  in  the  New  World 

The  trans-Atlantic  slave  trade  and  slavery  in 
the  Americas  from  the  sixteenth  to  the 
nineteenth  century.  Emphasis  on  the 
beginning  and  development  of  the  trans- 
Atlantic  slave  trade;  moral  issues,  econom- 
ics, and  tactics  of  the  trade;  and  compari- 
sons of  the  slave  societies  of  Brazil,  the 
Caribbean,  and  the  United  States. 

AAS  391  (HST  391)  three  credits  G 
Topics  in  African  History 

Prerequisites:  HST  190  or  HST  290  or  written 
permission  of  the  instructor 
Advanced-level  course  for  students  with  a 
background  in  African  history.  Topics  will 
vary  from  year  to  year  and  may  be  repeated 
with  change  of  content.  Research  papers 
will  be  required. 

AAS  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

AAS  196,  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


345 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Gerontology  Certificate  Program  and  Gerontology  Minor 

Gerontology  Faculty 


The  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
offers  a  multidisciplmary  gerontology 
certificate  program  and  a  minor.  The  minor 
is  designed  for  degree  candidates  from  any 
college  in  the  university  who  wish  to 
specialize  in  the  gerontological  aspects  of 
their  own  or  other  disciplines. 

The  Certificate  Program  is  a  multidisciplinary 
program  that  is  open  to  UMass  Dartmouth 
students  or  members  of  the  community, 
regardless  of  whether  they  are  university 
degree  candidates. 

Although  there  is  no  gerontology  major, 
students  may  use  a  concentration  in 
gerontology  as  a  key  element  in  a  self- 
designed  multidisciplinary  studies  major 
program.  See  the  description  of  multidisci- 
plinary studies  elsewhere  in  the  catalog. 

Gerontology  may  serve  as  a  topical  concen- 
tration of  courses  within  the  Humanities/ 
Social  Sciences  major  described  elsewhere  in 
this  catalog. 


Dorothy  Bergeron  (program 
coordinator)  Medical  Laboratory  Science 

Joseph  A.  Bronstad  Fonegn  Languages 

Victor  Caliri  Psychology 

Eleanor  Carlson  Music 

John  A.  Chooporian  Marketing/Business 
Information  Systems 

Philip  Cox  Philosophy 

Phyllis  Currier  Institutional  Nursing 

Laura  B.  Forker  Management/Human 
Resources 

William  Holt  Psychology 

Barbara  Jacobskind  English 

Susan  Leclair  Medical  Laboratory  Science 

Kathy  A.  Miraglia  Art  Education 

Judy  Schaaf  English 


Sonia  M.  Walgreen  Economics 


346 


Certificate  Program  in  Gerontology  Requirements 


Advisors  for  Certificate  Program 
in  Gerontology 


Dorothy  Bergeron  (program  coordina- 
tor) Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory 
Science,  Ext  8584 

Sonia  M.  Walgreen  Visiting  Lecturer  of 
Economics,  Ext  9267 


A  certificate  in  gerontology  is  a  credential 
awarded  upon  completion  of  an  interdisci- 
plinary program  of  study  on  aging  in 
contemporary  society.  The  credential 
requires  twenty-four  credits  including  a 
practicum.  The  program  emphasizes  the 
development  of  positive  attitudes  about 
aging  and  the  aged,  an  analysis  of  the 
impact  of  society  on  aging,  and  the  impact 
of  the  older  population  on  society.  Students 
will  have  direct  contact  with  older  adults 
through  the  practicum  in  order  to  reinforce 
positive  attitudes  toward  the  aging  The 
core  knowledge  of  all  persons  receiving  the 
credential  requires  study  in  the  following 
areas:  demography  of  aging  with  regard  to 
present  and  future  trends  in  the  U.S. 
population,  biology  of  aging,  psychosocial 
issues  affecting  older  adults  and  caregivers, 
public  policy,  ethics,  financing  of  health  care 
for  older  adults,  and  health  promotion  for 
older  adults.  The  certificate  program  in 
gerontology  reflects  the  needs  of  the  older 
population  in  the  community  and  the  local 
service  network  for  older  adults. 

The  certificate  is  designed  for  students 
enrolled  at  UMass  Dartmouth  and  commu- 
nity members  who  are  interested  in 
completing  the  certificate  requirements. 

Admission 

Any  UMass  Dartmouth  student  or  commu- 
nity member  wishing  to  pursue  a  Certificate 
in  Gerontology  should  apply  to  one  of  the 
contact  persons  above. 


A  Certificate  in  Gerontology  will  be  awarded  upon  completion  of  twenty-four  credits  (8 
courses).  These  include  five  required  courses,  a  required  practicum  and  two  electives 
selected  from  the  approved  list.  A  student  must  achieve  a  minimum  of  a  grade  point  average 
of  2.0  in  these  courses. 

Required 


Credits 

GRT  201 

Introduction  to  Gerontology 

3 

GRT/BIO  216 
GRT  301 
GRT  312 
BIO  51 1 

Biology  of  Aging  OR 
Health  Disorders  of  the  Elderly  OR 
Gerontological  Nutrition  OR 
Seminar:  Biological  Aspects  of  Aging 

3 

GRT  300 
GRT  311 
GRT  /ENL346 
GRT/ECO  366 

Aging,  Health  and  Community  Support  OR 
Topics  in  Gerontology  OR 
Wise  Women  OR 
Economics  of  Aging 

3 

GRT  309 
PSY  490 

Mental  Health  and  Aging  OR 

Special  Topics  in  Psychology:  Psychology  of  Aging 

3 

GRT  430 

Senior  Seminar 

3 

GRT  421 

Practicum 

3 

Electives  (from  approved  list) 

6 

Program  total: 


24 


Approved  Electives 


GRT  300  Aging,  Health,  and  Community  Support 

GRT  301  Health  Disorders  of  the  Elderly 

GRT  302  Aging  in  Contemporary  Society 

GRT  309  Mental  Health  and  Aging 

GRT  310  Therapeutic  Activities  in  Long-term  Care 

GRT  31 1  Topics  in  Gerontology 

GRT  312  Gerontological  Nutrition 

GRT  435/AED  435    Art,  Artists,  Aging  and  Enjoyment 

GRT/ECO  366  Economics  of  Aging 

GRT/ENL  346  Wise  Women 

GRT/PHL  317  Ethics  and  Health  Care  Professionals 

GRT/PSY  490  Special  Topics  in  Psychology:  Psychology  of  Aging 

BIO  51 1  Seminar:  Biological  Aspects  of  Aging 

NUR  440/441  Management  in  Long  Term  Care 


347 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Minor  in  Gerontology 


Courses  for  the  Gerontology 
Certificate  Program  and  the  Minor 


Advisor  for  the  Minor 

Dorothy  Bergeron  (program  coordina- 
tor) Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory 
Science,  Ext  8584 


Gerontology  studies  aging,  a  process  that 
may  be  examined  from  the  perspective  of 
many  academic  disciplines — biology, 
psychology,  sociology,  political  science, 
economics,  and  health  sciences  among 
them.  The  gerontology  minor  is  a  multidisci- 
plinary  program  supervised  by  faculty  from 
many  disciplines  and  colleges  within  the 
university. 

The  gerontology  minor  is  intended  to  open 
educational  and  career  opportunities  for 
students  who  have  an  interest  in  aging. 
Participants  will  be  degree  candidates  from 
any  college  in  the  university  who  wish  to 
specialize  in  the  gerontological  aspects  of 
their  own  and  other  disciplines.  The  minor  is 
also  appropriate  for  students  who  want  to 
more  fully  understand  the  aging  process  as 
it  relates  to  the  individual  and  society.  The 
program  is  structured  for  students  without 
previous  experience  or  training  in  gerontol- 
ogy. 

Admission 

Any  undergraduate  degree  candidate  at 
UMass  Dartmouth  who  has  completed  54 
credits  toward  a  baccalaureate  degree  and 
has  at  least  a  2.5  GPA  in  the  major  and  a 
2.0  overall  GPA  may  be  admitted  to  the 
gerontology  minor.  Application  for 
admission  should  be  made  to  the  program 
coordinator.  Special  students  who  are  not 
UMass  Dartmouth  degree  candidates  may 
enroll  in  individual  courses. 


Requirements  for  the  Minor 

Credits 

GRT201  Introduction  to  Gerontology  3 

GRT  430  Senior  Gerontology  Seminar  3 

Electives  (from  the  courses  listed)  12 

Program  total:  18 

At  least  9  of  the  18  credits  must  be  at  the 
upper-division  level. 


GRT  201  three  credits  D 
Introduction  to  Gerontology 

An  overview  of  gerontology  is  presented 
with  emphasis  on  the  integration  of  the 
physical,  biological,  psychological,  social, 
economic  and  political  aspects  of  aging. 
Field  experience  will  include  a  series  of 
interviews  with  an  older  person  to  develop 
an  oral  history. 

GRT  216  (BIO  216)  three  credits  S 
Biology  of  Aging 

Prerequisite:  BIO  101  or  equivalent 
Presents  the  biological  background  to  the 
aging  process.  This  will  include  a  description 
of  the  theories  of  aging  and  the  develop- 
mental and  physiological  changes  that  occur 
throughout  the  aging  process. 

GRT  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences 

GRT  300  three  credits  D 

Aging,  Health  and  Community  Support 

Prerequisite:  GRT  201  or  permission  of 
instructor 

The  course  focuses  on  the  older  adult  who 
resides  in  the  community  Aging  is  pre- 
sented as  a  normal  development  stage  m 
the  life  cycle.  Factors  that  facilitate  the 
achievement  of  old  age  as  an  enjoyable  and 
satisfying  time  of  life  will  be  stressed.  Forces 
that  impact  negatively  on  the  quality  of  life 
of  older  adults  will  be  analyzed.  Relevant 
gerontological  research  will  be  highlighted. 
Support  services  and  available  resources  for 
the  older  adult  will  be  explored  and  provide 
an  opportunity  for  student  involvement  with 
the  elderly. 

GRT  301  three  credits 

Health  Disorders  of  the  Elderly 

Prerequisites:  BIO  101,  102;  or  BIO  221, 
222;  or  permission  of  instructor 
The  course  focuses  on  an  investigation  of 
physiological  and  pathological  changes 
which  may  accompany  the  aging  process  in 
some  individuals. 

GRT  302  three  credits 

Aging  in  Contemporary  Society 

This  course  introduces  students  to  the  study 


of  aging  through  a  focus  on 
the  social  definitions,  structures,  relations, 
and  problems.  The  differential  role  of 
gender,  class,  ethnicity,  race  and  geography 
will  be  explored  in  relation  to  aging  in 
society  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
relationship  between  aging  and  key  social 
institutions  such  as  the  family,  community, 
education,  religion,  government,  industry 
and  health  care.  Students  will  have 
opportunities  to  explore  topics  through  field 
work  and/or  written  assignments. 

GRT  309  three  credits 
Mental  Health  and  Aging 

This  course  will  provide  the  student  with  an 
understanding  of  the  issues  in  mental  health 
and  mental  illness  of  the  aged  individual. 
The  course  presents  an  in  depth  discussion 
of  the  etiology,  symptoms,  and  treatments 
of  those  mental  disorders  most  frequently 
encountered  in  the  elderly. 

GRT  310  three  credits 

Therapeutic  Activities  in  Long-Term  Care 

Prerequisite:  GRT  201  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Therapeutic  recreation  for  the  aging.  Topics 
include:  Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act 
and  Massachusetts  Department  of  Public 
Health  regulations,  calendar  planning, 
program  development,  resources  and 
activity  sharing,  management,  volunteensm, 
professionalism,  and  many  aspects  of 
therapeutic  recreation  with  the  aging 
population  Course  is  applicable  towards 
Massachusetts  Certification  in  Activities  for 
Health  Care  Professionals  and  Day  Care 
Recreational  Professionals. 

GRT  311  three  credits 
Topics  in  Gerontology 

Prerequisite:  GRT  201 

Topics  m  gerontology  not  usually  included  m 
the  gerontology  curriculum  will  be  offered 

GRT  312  three  credits 
Gerontological  Nutrition 

Prerequisite:  NUR  105  or  equivalent 
Nutritional  needs  of  the  older  adult. 
This  course  focuses  on  the  physiological 
changes  that  occur  with  the  aging  process 
and  their  relationship  to  the  nutritional 
requirements  of  the  elderly  Assessment  of 
the  nutritional  status  of  elders  and 
nutritional  services  available  to  this  group 
will  also  be  discussed. 

GRT  317  (PHL  317)  three  credits 
Ethics  and  Health  Care  Professionals 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  in  Medical 
Laboratory  Science,  Nursing,  Psychology  or 


348 


Note:  For  distribution  requirements,  and 
general  education  requirement,  cross-listed 
courses  follow  the  status  they  have  in  their 
offering  department. 


Sociology 

An  examination  of  the  ethical  aspects  of  the 
health  care  professions  and  the  impact  of 
ethical  issues  on  the  professional's  life. 
Topics  include:  responsibility,  conscience, 
professional  codes  of  ethics,  privacy, 
informed  consent,  access  to  health  care,  loss 
and  death. 

GRT  346  (ENL  346)  three  credits  C 
Wise  Women 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 

Presents  a  multi-disciplinary  perspective  of 
the  phenomena  of  women  and  aging  in 
American  society.  The  experiences  of  older 
women  are  explored  through  literature,  oral 
histories,  and  intergenerational  class 
projects  to  determine  the  forces  that  affect 
quality  of  life  and  productivity  in  later  life. 

GRT  366  (ECO  366)  three  credits 
Economics  of  Aging 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Economic  issues  associated  with  "growing 
older"  as  well  as  issues  and  policies  related 
to  "being  older";  including  the  economic 
status  of  the  elderly,  economic  implications 
of  paid  work  or  retirement,  the  economics 
impact  of  social  security,  health  care  needs 
and  costs. 

GRT  421  three  credits 
Practicum 

Prerequisites:  GRT  201  and  minimum  of  one 
other  gerontology  core  course  completed. 
The  practicum,  a  required  course  for  the 
certificate,  provides  the  student  an 
opportunity  to  synthesize  and  apply 
knowledge  about  older  adults  either 
through  supervised  field  experience  or  a 
project  in  gerontology.  The  practicum  is 
planned  to  meet  the  individual  needs  of  the 
student  relative  to  professional  background, 
personal  interests,  and  career  goals 

GRT  430  three  credits 
Senior  Seminar 

Prerequisites:  GRT  201  and  the  completion 
of  at  least  six  (6)  other  credits  in  the  minor. 
A  culminating  and  integrating  seminar  with 
research  components  open  to  those 
accepted  as  candidates  for  the  minor  who 
have  senior  standing  or  to  others  with 
permission  of  the  instructor. 


GRT  435  (AED  435)  three  credits  C 
Art,  Artists,  Aging,  and  Enjoyment 

Prerequisites:  200-300  level  courses  in  Art/ 
Art  Education,  or  12  or  more  credits  in 
Gerontology  courses,  or  GRT  310 
Art  history  as  it  relates  to  the  careers  of 
older  artists;  the  representation  of  age  in 
art;  the  design  of  art  programs  of  use  to 
elders,  and  a  review  and  practice  of 
appropriate  media  will  be  presented  in  a 
combined  lecture  and  studio  format.  May 
satisfy  Humanities  distribution  requirement. 

GRT  440-441  (NUR  440-441)  two  credits 
theory/one  credit  clinical 
Nursing  Management  in  the  Long-Term 
Care  System 

Prerequisite:  Nursing  degree 
The  clinical  management  role  of  the 
professional  nurse  in  the  nursing  care  of 
older  adults.  Nursing  practice  occurs  in 
skilled  nursing  facilities  and  other  settings 
that  provide  students  with  the  opportunity 
for  clinical  decision  making,  health 
promotion,  health  teaching,  and  referral 
within  the  long-term  care  system.  Long-term 
care  system  regulatory  processes,  public 
policy,  legal  and  ethical  issues,  and 
socioeconomic  and  cultural  variables  will  be 
considered  as  they  affect  client  outcomes. 

GRT  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

GRT  196,  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


349 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Honors  Program 


Director  of  Program 


University-wide  honors  activities  are 
available  to  students  who  demonstrate  high 
academic  achievement.  Students  with  an 
excellent  academic  record  receive  an 
invitation  to  participate  in  the  Honors 
Colloquium  Series,  Honors  Essay  Contest, 
the  Annual  Honors  Convocation  and  other 
events  that  recognize  and  encourage  the 
achievement  of  honors  students.  Partici- 
pants may  engage  in  as  few  or  as  many 
activities  as  they  desire. 

Students  with  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  at  or  above  3.2  may  enroll  in 
available  introductory  level  honors  sections 
of  courses  such  as  history,  economics, 
political  science,  sociology,  psychology, 
English,  chemistry,  philosophy,  biology, 
computer  science,  engineering,  mathemat- 
ics, art  history,  philosophy,  and  physics. 
Students  admitted  to  the  university  with  test 
scores  and/or  high  school  records  which 
predict  university  performance  at  honors 
levels  receive  invitations  to  enroll  in  honors 
sections.  Nominations  from  secondary 
school  teachers  or  counselors,  and  from 
faculty  of  the  university  may  also  result  in 
invitations. 

Honors  Residence  Area 

The  Honors  Residence  Area  in  Residence 
Hall  2,  fourth  flour,  offers  housing  to  honors 
students  who  select  this  lifestyles  option. 
Students  live  in  suites  with  other  students 
who  share  an  interest  in  the  challenges 
offered  by  an  honors  program.  The  Honors 
Center  is  located  on  the  first  floor.  It 
includes  offices  of  the  director  and  the 
secretaries,  a  seminar  classroom  where 
some  honors  courses  are  scheduled,  and  a 
lounge  for  honors  students.  The  program 
plans  special  events  programing  for  the 
center. 


Students  who  complete  the  30-credit 
honors  program  graduate  as 
Commonwealth  Scholars 

These  students  must 
• 

complete  at  least  12  credits  of  honors 
courses  outside  the  field  of 
their  major; 
• 

complete  HON  201  Multidisciplinary 
Approaches  to  Research  and  Writing; 
• 

complete  9  credits  of  honors  coursework  in 
the  major,  including  an 
honors  thesis 
• 

complete  6  additional  credits  in  honors 
work. 

Students  may  also  earn  honors  credits  for 
study  abroad,  for  approved  independent 
study,  through  honors  contracts,  and  in 
embedded  honors  courses. 

The  University  Honors  Program  accepts  up 
to  12  transferred  credits  in  honors  courses 
from  other  colleges  and  universities  in  the 
Massachusetts  public  system  of  higher 
education. 

For  further  information  about  the  University 
Honors  or  departmental  honors  programs, 
consult  the  Academic  Regulations  and 
Procedures  chapter  of  this  Catalogue  and 
the  various  departmental  sections 


Janet  Gardner  English 


350 


Honors  Courses 


HON  201  three  credits 
Multidisciplinary  Approaches  to 
Research  and  Writing 

Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  three 
honors  courses;  sophomore  or  junior 
standing;  3.2  or  higher  cumulative  GPA 
Introduction  to  the  models  of  scholarly 
reasoning  and  problem-solving  used  in 
various  academic  disciplines.  This  course 
enables  honors  students  to  develop  their 
critical  thinking  abilities  across  several  fields 
of  inquiry,  including  the  sciences.  Focus  is 
on  a  single  topic. 

ENL  279  three  credits 

Tutoring  Writing:  Theory  and  Methods 

—  Honors 

Prerequisites:  Honors  Program  or  3.20  GPA; 
by  nomination  and  invitation  only 
The  training  course  designed  for  the  Honors 
Writing  Fellows  Program.  The  course 
provides  students  opportunities  to  learn 
about  on-going  theoretical  conversations 
regarding  composition  instruction,  collabo- 
rative tutoring,  and  writing  pedagogy. 
Students  learn  to  use  their  theoretical 
knowledge  to  determine  strategies  for 
assisting  peers  with  their  written  work.  One 
class  hour  per  week  is  devoted  to  applica- 
tion in  the  Writing  Center  or  in  fellowing 
papers  from  a  class,  taping,  and  analyzing 
tutorial  sessions,  and  interviewing  faculty 
members  about  writing  in  the  disciplines. 

HON  395  three  credits 
Honors  As  Writing  Fellow 

Prerequisites:  ENL  279  and  recommendation 
of  ENL  279  instructor 

An  advanced  tutoring  program  for  specially 
selected  and  trained  honors  students 
administered  through  the  Writing/Reading 
Center  and  the  University  Honors  Program. 
Writing  fellows  are  assigned  to  work  with 
students  in  a  variety  of  disciplines  as 
requested  by  instructors.  Fellows  work  with  ' 
about  fifteen  students  in  a  class,  providing 
written  responses  to  first  draft  papers  and 
holding  individual  conferences  with 
students.  Students  may  earn  up  to  6  credits 
by  taking  this  course  twice,  fellowing  for 
two  different  courses. 

HON  396  three  credits 

Honors  As  Writing  Fellow:  Research 

Prerequisites:  ENL  395  and  recommendation 
of  ENL  395  instructor 
A  continuation  of  the  writing  fellows 
program  for  specially  selected  and  trained 
honors  students,  administered  through  the 
Writing/Reading  Center  and  the  University 
Honors  Program.  Writing  fellows  taking  this 
section  are  expected  to  fellow  a  different 


course  than  in  HON  395.  In  addition,  fellows 
serve  as  active  mentors  to  students  in  ENL 
279  and  take  on  a  serious  research  project 
in  the  area  of  tutoring,  collaborative 
learning,  writing  across  the  curricula,  or 
other  writing  program  or  instruction 
research. 

HON  399  one  credit 

Developing  Advanced  Research  Skills 

Prerequisite:  Honors  program  participant  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Seminar  for  honors  students  preparing  to 
write  their  honors  theses.  Specific  topic  will 
vary  with  instructor. 

HON  490/491  three  credits  each  semester 
Honors  Project/Thesis  I,  II 

Research  for  and  preparation  of  an  honors 
thesis  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  University 
Honors  Program  requirements  for  graduation 
as  a  Commonwealth  Scholar,  for  students 
whose  honors  research  is  multi-disciplinary.  -In 
the  first  semester,  the  student  engages  in 
intensive  reading  and  research  appropriate  to 
the  thesis  or  project,  culminating  in  a  formal, 
written  proposal.  During  the  second  semester 
the  student  completes  the  writing  and  other 
preparation  of  the  thesis  or  project.  Students 
must  present  their  results  in  an  appropriate 
public  forum.  Students  typically  register  to 
continue  to  complete  HON  491,  and  an 
intermediate  grade  of  IP  can  be  given  in  HON 
490  until  there  is  a  final  grade  for  HON  491 
which  can  then  also  be  applied  also  to  HON 
490.  On  the  other  hand,  a  final  grade  can  be 
given  at  the  conclusion  of  HON  490. 

HON  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged. 


Honors  Courses  in  the  Disciplines 

Honors  courses  in  the  university's  subject 
disciplines  are  scheduled  each  semester  with 
special  criteria  for  size  and  use  of  a  seminar 
format.  Consult  the  Course  Listings 
publication  each  semester. 


351 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


International  Marketing/French  Certificate  Program 


Director  of  Program 


Certificate  Requirements 


The  Omer  E.  and  Laurette  M.  Boivin  Center 
for  French  Language  and  Culture  offers  a 
Certificate  Program  in  International 
Marketing/French.  Any  UMass  Dartmouth 
student  wishing  to  pursue  the  Certificate 
may  apply  to  The  Boivin  Center  through  its 
Director  for  entrance  into  the  program. 


Mel  Yoken  Foreign  Languages 


Students  must  have  completed  French 
courses  through  French  202,  or  have 
the  equivalent  knowledge  of  French. 
The  Certificate  of  Studies  in  International 
Marketing/French  will  be  awarded  with  the 
diploma  at  graduation,  providing  that  the 
student  has  at  least  a  2.5  grade  point 
average  m  Certificate  courses 


Credits 


Courses  in  French 


FRN  301   French  Composition  and 

Conversation  I  9 

FRN  302  French  Composition  and 
Conversation  ll 

FRN  337  Commercial  French 

Courses  in  Economics  and  Business 

ECO  231  Economics  12 

ECO  232  Economics  II 

MKT  211  Principles  of  Marketing 

ECO  372  International  Finance  OR 

ECO  371  International  Trade 

One  of  the  following  courses 

(Course  substitutions  may  be  made  with 

permission  of  the  director) 

FIN  312    Business  Finance  3 
HST  329  European  Economic  History 
PSC  383  The  Politics  of  International 

Economic  Relations 
FIN  397    Financial  Forecasting  Methods 
FIN  398    Financial  Institutions 
MKT  420  International  Marketing 
ECO  371  International  Trade 
FIN  494    International  Financial 

Management 


Total: 


24 


For  full  course  descriptions  please  consult 
the  appropriate  department  listings. 


352 


Judaic  Studies  Minor 


Judaic  Studies  Committee  Requirements 


The  Judaic  studies  minor  presents  an 
interdisciplinary  focus  for  studies  of  Jews 
and  Judaism,  including  but  not  limited  to 
historical,  literary,  linguistic,  and  philosophi- 
cal perspectives  and  approaches. 

The  primary  educational  goal  of  this  minor  is 
to  provide  students  with  a  clear  idea  of  how 
different  approaches  to  the  framing  and 
answering  of  questions  of  systematic 
learning  deal  with  the  same  social  entity 
over  a  long  period  of  history.  From  this 
minor,  the  student  should  learn  at  least 
three  things: 
• 

some  of  the  facts  of  the  subject;  that  is, 
some  knowledge  of  the  history,  philosophy, 
literature,  and  languages  of  the  Jews; 
• 

some  clear  knowledge  of  how  a  historian, 
philosopher,  literary  critic,  or  scholar  of 
language  frames  humanistic  questions  and 
proceeds  to  answer  them;  and 
• 

some  ideas  of  what  it  means  to  look  at  the 
same  subject  from  different  perspectives. 

Each  student  in  the  Judaic  Studies  minor  is 
required  to  work  closely  with  a  faculty 
member  in  choosing  courses  offered 
through  the  minor.  Although  each  student 
will  have  the  flexibility  to  choose  any  course 
in  the  program,  the  advisers  will  guide  the 
students  so  the  program  does  not  become  a 
non-disciplinary  exercise  in  Jewish  studies, 
but  a  crafted  effort  to  show  how  diverse 
disciplines  within  the  academic  community 
deal  with  a  single  subject.  Those  students 
completing  the  minor  will  receive  recogni- 
tion on  their  transcripts. 


Lewis  Dars  Economics 
Barbara  Jacobskind  English 

Robert  P.  Waxier  (program  director) 

English 


The  Judaic  Studies  minor  is  open  to  any 
interested  student  with  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
at  least  2.0  and  with  a  2.5  or  higher  GPA  in 
the  major. 

Each  student  takes  at  least  six  courses  within 
the  minor,  selected  so  that  at  least  one 
course  is  in  the  area  of  history,  one  is  in 
literature,  one  is  in  philosophy  or  language, 
and  at  least  three  are  upper-division. 

Credits 

JST495    Independent  Study:  3 
interdisciplinary  seminar  or 
other  integrating  topic 

Five  courses  from  the  list  of  Judaic 
Studies  courses  1 5 

Total:  18 


353 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Note  For  distribution  requirements,  and 
general  education  requirement,  cross-listed 
courses  follow  the  status  they  have  in  their 
offering  department. 

Judaic  Studies  Courses 


JST  213  (HST  213)  three  credits  C 
World  of  the  Old  Testament 

An  historical,  sociological,  and  philosophical 
study  of  the  world  of  the  Old  Testament  and 
its  effect  upon  the  development  of  both 
Christianity  and  Islam.  Special  emphasis  is 
placed  upon  recent  archaeological  discover- 
ies which  shed  light  upon  the  interaction  of 
ancient  Israel  with  surrounding  cultures  and 
its  place  m  the  context  of  Middle  Eastern 
civilization.  Lecture  and  discussion  are 
supplemented  with  slide  presentations  and 
the  display  of  various  artifacts  that  reflect 
the  lifestyles  of  the  Biblical  period. 

JST  214  (HST  214)  three  credits  C 
The  Post-Biblical  World 

An  historical,  sociological,  and  philosophical 
study  of  the  post-Biblical  world.  Particular 
emphasis  is  placed  upon  both  the  origins  of 
Christianity  within  the  context  of  Jewish, 
Middle  Eastern,  and  Roman  history  and  the 
parallel  development  of  Rabbinic  Judaism.  In 
addition  to  lecture  and  discussions,  the  class 
participates  in  a  Seder  Meal  where  the  ritual 
practices  of  first-century  Israel  are  recreated 

JST  224  (ENL  224)  three  credits  C 
Jewish  Literature 

Major  written  works  reflecting  Jewish 
themes.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on 
changes  in  Jewish  culture  and  Jewish 
consciousness  suggested  by  these  works 
and  how  these  changes  mirror  universal 
changes  in  the  modern  West. 

JST  260  (HST  260)  three  credits  C 
The  History  of  the  Jewish  People 

A  survey  of  the  social,  political,  and 
economic  history  of  the  Jewish  people  from 
the  first  century  through  the  modern  era. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  Jewish- 
Christian  and  Jewish-Islamic  relations  and 
their  effect  upon  anti-semitism,  the 
Holocaust,  and  the  growth  and  develop- 
ment of  Zionism.  The  student  becomes 
acquainted  with  the  place  of  the  Jewish 
people  in  the  mainstream  of  western  culture 
and  with  the  problem  of  maintaining  ethnic 
and  religious  identify  in  a  basically  hostile 
environment. 

JST  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 


regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences. 

JST  300  three  credits 
Topics  in  Jewish  Studies 

Topic  of  concern  in  Jewish  Studies,  as 
announced  .  May  be  repeated  with  change 
of  topic. 

JST  308/WMS  308  three  credits 
The  Jewish  Woman 

The  diversity  of  Jewish  women's  social, 
cultural  and  religious  experiences  through 
fiction,  poetry,  biography,  history  and 
sociology,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  impact  of 
feminism  on  the  lives  of  Jewish  women. 

JST  356  (HST  356)  three  credits  G 
The  Holocaust 

An  examination  of  the  Holocaust,  including 
the  psychosocial  aspects  of  prejudice;  the 
history  of  anti-semitism  from  Biblical  times; 
the  historical,  political,  racist,  economic, 
social,  psychological,  literary,  legal, 
theological,  and  moral  aspects  of  the 
Holocaust. 

JST  400  (HST  400)  three  credits  C 
Seminar  in  European  History:  A  History 
of  Christian-Jewish  Relations 

An  examination  of  the  fundamental 
structures  of  Judaism  and  Christianity  and 
the  historical  origins  of  the  myths  created  by 
the  conflict  between  Judaism  and  Christian- 
ity. The  course  traces  the  various  ways  these 
myths  have  worked  through  European 
history  and  suggests  some  possible  solutions 
to  the  conflicts. 

JST  495  three  credits 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings,  interdiscipli- 
nary seminar  or  other  integrating  topic. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

JST  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 


354 


Labor  Studies  Minor  and  Certificate  Program 


Labor  Studies  Committee  Advisor  for  the  Minor  and 

Certificate  Program 


A  labor  studies  background  can  help 
students  prepare  for  future  studies  in  labor 
law  and  labor  relations,  offer  an  opportunity 
to  work  for  labor  organizations  and 
advocacy  groups,  and  provide  experience  in 
public  policy  matters  including  employment 
issues  such  as  health  care,  privatization,  and 
new  technology  in  the  workplace. 

The  University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 
offers  both  a  minor  and  a  certificate 
program. 

The  labor  studies  minor  offers  university 
degree-seeking  students  an  interdisciplinary 
approach  to  the  analysis  of  work,  workers, 
and  the  institutions  they  create  to  advance 
their  interests  as  citizens  of  the  workplace, 
the  community,  and  the  nation.  Its  primary 
goal  is  to  focus  the  various  humanistic 
perspectives  derived  from  the  liberal  arts  on 
the  problems  and  conditions  of  labor  in 
society.  Consequently,  it  involves  the  study 
of  labor  history,  political  science,  sociology, 
anthropology,  economics,  psychology, 
philosophy,  and  literature.  It  seeks  to  convey 
to  students  an  understanding  of  labor  as  a 
broad  social  force  with  a  constructive  role  to 
play  in  the  solution  of  national  and 
community  problems. 

The  certificate  in  labor  studies  was  created 
primarily  to  serve  the  needs  of  working 
adults,  with  a  high  school  diploma  or  its 
equivalency,  who  are  interested  in  learning 
more  about  labor  issues.  The  aim  is  to  help 
people  prepare  for  a  career  in  labor 
relations,  advance  in  their  unions,  learn  how 
to  handle  new  issues  in  their  workplace,  or 
simply  better  understand  the  rich  experience 
of  workers  and  unions. 


David  Berger  (program  coordinator) 

Economics 

Philip  Cox  Philosophy 

John  Fobanjong  Political  Science 

Daniel  Georgianna  Economics 

Everett  Hoagland  English 

Betty  Mitchell  History 

Penn  Reeve  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

Jose  A.  Soler  Labor  Education  Center 

Robert  Waxier  English 


David  Berger  Professor  of  Economics 


355 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Minor  Program  in  Labor  Studies 
Requirements 


Students  with  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.0  or  above  and  a  2.5  or  higher  GPA  in  their  majors  are 
invited  to  enter  the  labor  studies  minor.  A  course  of  study  should  be  constructed  around  an 
integrating  theme  such  as  labor  and  socio-economic  theory;  race,  class,  and  gender;  or  labor 
and  American  thought. 

The  minor  requires  the  completion  of  six  courses  (18  credits),  of  which  three  must  be  at  the 
upper-division  level.  There  are  three  required  courses,  and  a  student  may  choose  three 
electives  from  the  list  of  designated  Labor  Studies  courses: 

Credits 

LST/HST  209  History  of  Labor  in  the  United  States  3 

LST/PSC  326  Labor  Relations:  Law,  Practice,  and  Policy  3 

LST  450  Seminar  in  Labor  Studies  3 

Three  electives  from  the  following  list.  One  of  the  elective  courses 

must  be  at  the  upper-division  level.  There  are  three  required  courses, 

and  a  student  may  choose  three  electives  from  the  list  of  designated 

Labor  Studies  courses:  9 

LST  101  Introduction  to  Labor  Studies 

LST/ECO  103  Cities,  Minorities,  and  Poverty 

LST/ECO  1 1 1  Jobs,  Employment,  and  Income 

LST/ENL  200  Studies  in  Literature 

LST/HST  205  African-American  History  I 

LST/HST  206  African-American  History  II 

LST  207/SOC  205  Industrial  Society  and  Human  Problems 

LST/ENL  211  The  American  Dream 

LST/ENL  214  African-American  Literature 

LST/ENL  2 1 8  Literature  and  Society 

LST/PHL  226  Marx 

LST/PSC  242  Ethnic  Politics 

LST  250  Problems  in  Labor  Studies 

LST  298  Experiential  Learning 

LST/SOC  301  Sociology  of  Work 

LST/PSC  303  Cape  Verdean  Politics  and  Society 

LST/SOC  305  Political  Sociology 

LST/PSC  306  Civil  Rights  Movements  in  the  United  States 

LST/HST  310  American's  Working  Women 

LST/PHL  3 1 6  Political  Philosophy 

LST  325/PHL326  Philosophy  of  Law 

LST/PSC  331  Political  Parties  and  Interest  Groups 

LST  340/PSC  342  Public  Administration 

LST/SOC  341  Community  Organizing 

LST/ECO  342  Labor  Economics 

LST/ECO  343  Economics  of  Sex  and  Race  Discrimination 

LST/ECO  344  Work,  Jobs,  and  Income 

LST/ECO  345  Education,  Work,  and  Discrimination 

LST  350  Issues  in  Labor  Studies 

LST/PSC  354  Contemporary  Political  Thought 

LST/SOC  356  Wealth,  Status,  and  Power  in  America 

LST/HST  378  Slavery  in  the  New  World 

LST/SOC  402  Sociological  Theory 

LST/ECO  416  History  of  Economic  Thought 

LST  443/MGT  443  Human  Resources  Development 

LST  451/MGT  452  Human  Resources  Law 

LST/ECO  452  Manpower  and  Regional  Development 

LST/MGT  462  Managing  Diversity 

LST  497  Internship  in  Labor  Studies 

Additional  Political  Science  courses  may  be  available  for  credit  in  the 

Labor  Studies  minor.  Please  check  the  Fall  and  Spring  Course  Listings 

published  by  the  Office  of  University  Records. 


Total: 


18 


356 


Certificate  Program  in  Labor  Studies 


Requirements 


Labor  Studies  Courses 


The  certificate  program  is  open  to  any  UMass  Dartmouth  student  or  community  member. 
Applicants  wishing  to  pursue  a  Certificate  in  Labor  Studies  should  speak  with  David  Berger, 
(508)  999-8256,  or  with  the  Labor  Education  Center  staff,  Group  I  Building,  Room  106, 
(508)  999-8007.  The  certificate  does  not  lead  to  a  formal  university  degree,  but  students 
choosing  to  pursue  a  degree  may  apply  credits  earned  in  the  certificate  program. 

The  certificate  program  requires  the  completion  of  eight  courses  (24  credits).  There  are  five 
required  courses,  and  a  student  may  choose  three  electives  from  the  list  of  designated  Labor 
Studies  courses: 

Credits 


LST  101 
LST/HST  209 
LST  250 
LST  350 

LST451/MGT452 


Introduction  to  Labor  Studies 
History  of  Labor  in  the  United  States 
Problems  in  Labor  Studies 
Issues  in  Labor  Studies 
Human  Resources  Law 


Three  electives  from  the  following  list.  One  of  the  elective  courses 
must  be  at  the  upper-division  level.  There  are  three  required  courses, 
and  a  student  may  choose  three  electives  from  the  list  of  designated 
Labor  Studies  courses: 


LST/ECO  103 
LST/ECO  1 1 1 
LST/ENL  200 
LST/HST  205 
LST  207/SOC  205 
LST/HST  206 
LST/ENL  211 
LST/ENL  214 
LST/ENL  218 
LST/PHL  226 
LST/PSC  242 
LST  298 
LST/SOC  301 
LST/PSC  303 
LST/SOC  305 
LST/PSC  306 
LST/HST  310 
LST/PHL  316 
LST  325/PHL326 
LST/PSC  331 
LST340/PSC  342 
LST/SOC  341 
LST/ECO  342 
LST/ECO  343 
LST/ECO  344 
LST/ECO  345 
LST/PSC  354 
LST/SOC  356 
LST/HST  378 
LST/SOC  402 
LST/ECO  41 6 
LST  443/MGT  443 
LST/ECO  452 
LST  497 


Cities,  Minorities,  and  Poverty 
Jobs,  Employment,  and  Income 
Studies  in  Literature 
African-American  History  I 
Industrial  Society  and  Human  Problems 
African-American  History  II 
The  American  Dream 
African-American  Literature 
Literature  and  Society 
Marx 

Ethnic  Politics 

Experiential  Learning 

Sociology  of  Work 

Cape  Verdean  Politics  and  Society 

Political  Sociology 

Civil  Rights  Movements  in  the  United  States 

American's  Working  Women 

Political  Philosophy 

Philosophy  of  Law 

Political  Parties  and  Interest  Groups 

Public  Administration 

Community  Organizing 

Labor  Economics 

Economics  of  Sex  and  Race  Discrimination 

Work,  Jobs,  and  Income 

Education,  Work,  and  Discrimination 

Contemporary  Political  Thought 

Wealth,  Status,  and  Power  in  America 

Slavery  in  the  New  World 

Sociological  Theory 

History  of  Economic  Thought 

Human  Resources  Development 

Manpower  and  Regional  Development 

Internship  in  Labor  Studies 


Total: 


24 


LST  101  three  credits 
Introduction  to  Labor  Studies 

An  interdisciplinary  introduction  to  the 
analysis  of  work  and  workers.  The  course 
surveys  the  traditional  history  of  American 
labor,  the  legal  framework  of  current  labor- 
management  relations,  the  structure  and 
function  of  trade  unions,  models  of 
collective  bargaining,  and  contemporary 
labor  issues. 

LST  103  (ECO  103)  three  credits  D,  E,  O 
Cities,  Minorities,  and  Poverty 

Review  and  analysis  of  major  social 
problems  faced  by  cities.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  origin,  causes,  and  possible  solutions  for 
poverty  and  minority  problems. 

LST  111  (ECO  111)  three  credits  D,  E,  O 
Jobs  and  Discrimination 

Basic  analysis  of  problems  of  economic 
growth,  job  creation,  and  unemployment; 
structure  of  work  and  jobs  will  be  explored, 
along  with  current  issues  surrounding  the 
government's  impact  on  inflation,  taxation, 
and  economic  planning. 

LST  200  (ENL  200,  AAS  200) 

three  credits  C 

Studies  in  Literature:  Black  Literature 

Applicable  to  LST  minor  when  offered  with 
the  Black  Literature  emphasis.  May  be 
repeated  with  change  of  content. 

LST  205  (HST  205,  AAS  205) 

three  credits  C,  D 
African-American  History  I 

A  survey  of  the  role  of  African-Americans  in 
American  life  and  culture  from  the  colonial 
period  to  the  1890s. 

LST  206  (HST  206,  AAS  206) 

three  credits  C,  D 
African-American  History  II 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  the  role  of 
African-Americans  in  American  history,  from 
the  1890s  to  the  present. 

LST  207  (SOC  205)  three  credits 
Industrial  Society  and  Human  Problems 

An  overview  of  modern  society,  particularly 
our  own,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  problems 
and  possibilities  we  face  today. 

LST  209  (HST  209)  three  credits  C,  D 
History  of  Labor  in  the  United  States 

History  of  the  American  working  class 
throughout  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 
The  course  will  examine  the  experiences  of 
both  organized  labor  and  the  masses  of 
unorganized  workers,  and  highlight  issues 
of  race,  class,  gender,  and  ethnicity. 


357 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Note:  For  distribution  requirements  and 
general  education  requirements,  cross-listed 
courses  follow  the  status  they  have  in  their 
offering  department. 


LST  21 1  (ENL  21 1)  three  credits  C 
The  American  Dream 

A  study  of  the  meaning  of  success  as 
reflected  in  works  ranging  from  those  of 
Benjamin  Franklin  and  Horatio  Alger  to  the 
plays  of  Arthur  Miller. 

LST  214  (ENL  214,  AAS  214,  WMS  214) 

three  credits  C 

African-American  Literature 

Chronological  survey  beginning  with  Gusta- 
vus  Vassa  and  Robert  Hayden's  "Middle 
Passage"  and  continuing  through  contem- 
porary writers.  Toward  the  end  of  the 
course  there  will  be  focus  on  new  women 
writers  and  major  writers  through  the 
1990s. 

LST  218  (ENL  218)  three  credits  C 
Literature  and  Society 

A  study  of  the  relationship  between  the 
individual  and  society  through  readings  in 
modern  literature 

LST  226  (PHL  226)  three  credits  C 
Marx 

An  introduction  to  the  work  of  Karl  Marx  for 
those  students  who  do  not  necessarily  have 
philosophical  backgrounds.  The  thoughts  of 
Marx  will  be  presented  in  two  parts.  At  first, 
the  more  philosophical  thought  of  the 
young  Marx  will  be  examined  in  its  relation 
to  Hegel  and  his  followers  up  to  Marx's 
"settling  of  accounts"  with  German 
philosophy.  The  second  part  will  deal  with 
the  more  scientific  phase  of  Marx's  thought 
expressed  in  Das  Capital.  Marx's  own  works 
will  form  the  reading  in  the  course. 

LST  242  (PSC  242,  AAS  243)  three  credits 
Ethnic  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101 
The  complex  ethnic  structure  of  the 
American  political  landscape.  The  course 
examines  the  role  that  ethnicity  plays  in 
American  politics  in  a  comparative  examina- 
tion of  the  politics  of  major  racial  and  ethnic 
minority  groups.  Previously  offered  as  PSC 
266. 

LST  250  three  credits 
Problems  in  Labor  Studies 

Prerequisite:  LST  101  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Topics  to  be  studied  will  be  drawn  from  the 
following  areas:  Minorities  in  the  Labor 
Movement:  the  role  of  women,  Latinos, 
African-Americans,  and  Asian  Americans  in 
the  development  of  the  U.S.  labor  move- 
ment, exploration  of  the  changing 
workforce  in  the  U.S.  and  how  the  labor 
movement  has  dealt  with  this  new  reality; 


Contract  administration  and  the  law;  Union 
administration,  etc. 

LST  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing, 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 
Other  Learning  Experiences 

LST  301  (SOC  301)  three  credits 
Sociology  of  Work 

Prerequisite:  SOC  101  or  ANT  1 1 1  or  SOC/ 
ANT  1 1 3 

The  analysis  of  work  m  modern  society,  and 
how,  historically,  labor/management 
relations  have  shaped  our  lives 

LST  303  (PSC  303,  AAS  303) 

three  credits  C,  D,  G 

Cape  Verdean  Politics  and  Society 

A  study  of  Cape  Verdeans  as  an  ethnic  sub- 
population  in  the  United  States,  and  as 
comprising  an  independent,  self-governing 
nation-state.  The  historical,  political,  social, 
and  economic  contributions  of  Americans  of 
Cape  Verdean  descent  in  the  United  States 
and  in  Cape  Verde  are  examined 

LST  305  (SOC  305)  three  credits 
Political  Sociology 

Prerequisites:  SOC  101,  SOC/ANT  1 13,  PSC 
101,  102;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Sociological  perspectives  on  the  study  of 
power  relationships,  political  communities, 
political  processes,  and  institutions.  The 
course  addresses  questions  like,  Who 
controls  America's  institutions?  What  are 
the  rights  and  powers  of  ordinary  citizens? 
How  are  decisions  made  about  war  and 
peace ^  About  the  distribution  of  resources? 
What  is  the  relationship  between  political, 
economic,  and  ideological  power? 

LST  306  (PSC  306,  AAS  306) 

three  credits  C,  D 

Civil  Rights  Movements  in  the  United 
States 

A  study  of  the  politics  of  civil  rights  and  the 
various  philosophical  approaches  that  have 
been  used  to  extend  such  rights  to  groups 
that  have  traditionally  had  no  access  to  the 
agenda  setting  processes  within  the 
legislative  system.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
philosophy  of  nonviolence  and  on  the 
political  effectiveness  of  such  organizing 


strategies  as  marches,  sit-ins,  and  public 
demonstrations;  and  how  the  American 
experience  with  civil  rights  has  influenced 
civil  rights  movements  m  other  parts  of  the 
world. 

LST  310  (HST  310)  -.--ee  erects  C,  D 
American's  Working  Women 

The  experience  of  American  working 
women — Black  and  white,  native  and 
immigrant,  organized  and  unorganized — 
from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present  day 
Because  work  is  defined  as  productive  labor, 
this  course  will  examine  women  as  paid  and 
unpaid  workers — in  the  marketplace  as  weli 
as  in  the  home  Some  of  the  areas  of  study 
will  be  women  on  the  frontier,  women  in 
the  mills  and  factories,  labor  union  women, 
women  in  the  professions,  and  the  history 
and  politics  of  housework. 

LST  311  (MGT  311)  three  credits  E,  O 
Organizational  Behavior 

Prerequisites:  ENL  265;  junior  standing 
An  interactive  skills-buildmg  course  to 
improve  managerial  and  team  performance. 
Students  will  develop  an  understanding  of 
themselves  in  relation  to  others  in  an 
organizational  context.  Class  time  will  be 
allocated  among  short  lectures,  exercises, 
discussion,  process  observation,  role  playing, 
and  team  work  research. 

LST  316  (PHL  316)  three  credits 
Political  Philosophy 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
A  study  of  some  of  the  major  themes  and 
problems  traditionally  considered  by  political 
philosophers.  A  consideration  of  wfiat 
constitutes  a  political  problem  and  a 
discussion  of  the  role  of  philosophy  with 
regard  to  such  problems  The  course  thus 
combines  an  analytical  and  an  historical 
approach  m  the  effort  to  relate  traditional 
political  thought  to  contemporary  problems. 

LST  325  (PHL  326)  three  credits 
Philosophy  of  Law 

Prerequisite:  Semester  course  in  Philosophy 
or  consent  of  instructor 
Approaches  to  the  philosophy  of  law.  The 
course  addresses  questions  like.  What  gives 
meaning  to  law?  How  is  the  law  interpreted, 
or  how  are  judicial  interpretations  justified? 
What  is  the  relationship  between  law  and 
morality,  or  law  and  culture  or  custom?  The 
course  examines  a  number  of  state  and 
Supreme  Court  opinions  (on  issues  like  free 
speech  and  expressive  liberties,  reproductive 
issues,  obscenity,  legal  ethics,  jury  nullifica- 
tion, and  hate  crime  legislation)  with  a 


358 


critical  eye  toward  their  philosophical  or 
juridical  soundness.  This  course  is  valuable 
for  those  considering  careers  in  law,  public 
affairs  or  politics. 

LST  326  (PSC  326)  three  credits 
Labor  Relations:  Law,  Practice,  Policy 

An  examination  of  the  political  and  legal 
framework  of  U.S.  labor  relations.  The 
course  will  include  analysis  of  legislation  and 
Supreme  Court  and  NLRB  cases  which  shape 
national  labor  policy  and  define  relations 
among  workers,  employers,  and  the  state. 

LST  331  (PSC  331)  three  credits 
Political  Parties  and  Interest  Groups 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  or  written  permission 
of  instructor;  and  upper-division  standing 
The  development  and  function  of  political 
parties  and  political  interest  groups  in 
American  politics.  Strategies  for  lobbying 
and  for  creating  interest  groups  also 
examined. 

LST  341  (SOC  341)  three  credits 
Community  Organizing 

Analysis  of  the  theory  and  practice  of 
community  organizing  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  development  of  social 
action  and  community  development 
techniques  on  the  grass-roots  level.  This 
course  will  be  conducted  as  a  seminar  with 
student  participation  expected  in  class 
discussions.  In  addition,  mini-lectures,  field 
simulations,  roleplaying,  guest  speakers,  and 
field  observations  will  be  utilized. 

LST  340  (PSC  342)  three  credits 
Public  Administration 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  and  upper-division 
standing 

Examination  of  the  general  nature  of  the 
bureaucracy  in  public  and  private  organiza- 
tion and  in  various  cultural  contexts. 
Attention  is  given  to  administrative 
responsibility. 

LST  342  (ECO  342)  three  credits 
Labor  Economics 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
The  labor  force.  The  following  topics  are 
examined:  wages  in  competitive  and  non- 
competitive markets;  wage  structures; 
inequalities  and  discrimination;  impact  of 
unions  and  social  standards;  indexation, 
inflation,  and  unemployment. 

LST  343  (ECO  343)  three  credits  E 
Economics  of  Sex  and  Race 
Discrimination 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 


The  theory  of  labor  markets  and  the 
problem  of  discrimination.  Current  problems 
facing  women  and  minorities  will  be 
examined.  Existing  programs  and  trends  will 
be  explored. 

LST  344  (ECO  344,  WMS  344)  three  credits 
Work,  Jobs,  and  Income 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Study  of  changes  in  the  labor  force,  the 
impact  of  labor  market  processes  and  how 
they  affect  work  motivation,  job  perfor- 
mance and  income  distribution.  Formerly 
ECO  453  (LST  453,  WMS  453),  and  may  not 
be  repeated  under  this  new  number. 

LST  345  (ECO  345,  WMS  345)  three  credits 
Education,  Work,  and  Discrimination 

Prerequisite:  Any  100  or  200  level  econom- 
ics course;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Examination  of  the  economic  and  social 
issues  associated  with  education  and 
training  which  include  productivity, 
employment,  wages,  and  income  distribu- 
tion. Includes  topics  on  testing,  discrimina- 
tion, poverty,  and  taxation. 

LST  350  three  credits 
Issues  in  Labor  Studies 

Prerequisite:  LST  250  or  permission  of 
instructor 

Examination  of  contemporary  issues  facing 
labor.  Topics  will  depend  on  student 
interests  and  needs.  Examples  of  possible 
topics  include:  Technology  and  Labor;  Jobs 
and  the  Global  Economy;  Occupational 
Safety  and  the  Law;  Labor-Management 
Cooperation;  Productivity  and  Wages. 

LST  354  (PSC  354)  three  credits 
Contemporary  Political  Thought 

Prerequisite:  Upper-division  standing 
Survey  of  the  recent  ideological  currents  in 
advanced  capitalist  societies:  neo-conserva- 
tism,  neo-liberalism,  syndicalism, 
postmarxian  socialism,  eco-anarchism,  and 
corporate  fascism.  The  course  will  focus  on 
political  thinkers  who  have  made  significant 
contributions  to  the  interpretation  of 
contemporary  political  and  economic 
developments. 

LST  356  (SOC  356)  three  credits 
Wealth,  Status,  and  Power  in  America 

The  study  of  the  various  ways  in  which 
different  societies  assign  their  members  to 
higher  and  lower  positions  of  prestige, 
power,  and  possessions.  A  sociological 
analysis  of  the  ways  in  which  a  person's 
stratified  rank  influences  personality  and  life 
opportunities  in  society. 


LST  357  (PSC  357)  three  credits 
Marxian  Political  Theory 

Prerequisites:  PSC  201  or  204,  ECO  232, 
SOC  200;  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
The  basic  concepts  of  'Radical'  political 
economy.  Course  will  include  an  in-depth 
analysis  of  Marx's  Capital,  Vol.  I,  as  well  as  a 
survey  of  current  trends  in  the  development 
of  a  critical  theory  of  the  state. 

LST  365  (MGT  365)  three  credits 
Managing  People:  Theory  and  Practice 

Prerequisites:  MGT  31 1  and  at  least  junior 
standing 

An  examination  of  the  interrelated  concepts 
of  motivation  and  leadership.  Students  will 
explore,  experientially  and  theoretically, 
historical  and  contemporary  theories  of 
supervising,  managing,  leading,  and 
motivating  people  in  organizational 
contexts.  Specific  "real  world"  tools  will  be 
examined  for  their  efficacy  in  supervising 
and  managing  people. 

LST  378  (HST  378)  three  credits  C,  D 
Slavery  in  the  New  World 

The  trans-Atlantic  slave  trade  and  slavery  in 
the  Americas  from  the  sixteenth  to  the 
nineteenth  century.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  beginning  and  development  of  the 
trans-Atlantic  slave  trade;  moral  issues, 
economics,  and  tactics  of  the  trade;  and 
comparisons  of  the  slave  societies  of  Brazil, 
the  Caribbean,  and  the  United  States. 

LST  391  (HST  391,  AAS  391,  WMS  391) 

three  credits  C,  G 

Topics  in  African  History 

Prerequisites:  HST  190  or  HST  290  or  written 
permission  of  the  instructor 
Advanced-level  course  for  students  with  a 
background  in  African  history.  Topics  will 
vary  from  year  to  year.  Research  papers  will 
be  required. 

LST  402  (SOC  402)  three  credits 
Sociological  Theory 

Prerequisites:  SOC  101  or  SOC  113  or  ANT 
1 13;  and  one  advanced  sociology  course 
The  synthesizing  and  integrative  functions  of 
theory  in  the  sociological  enterprise.  The 
course  seeks  to  awaken  an  awareness  of  the 
nature  and  role  of  concepts  in  theory 
construction,  and  to  highlight  the  gains  and 
losses  which  accrue  in  all  linguistic  state- 
ments about  the  world.  The  work  of  Marx, 
Durkheim,  Weber,  Veblen,  Sorokin,  G.H. 
Mead,  and  R.K.  Merton  are  given  special 
attention,  both  as  pioneering  examples  of 
theoretical  innovation  and  as  substantive 
points  of  departure  for  future  inquiry. 


359 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


LST  416  (ECO  416)  three  credits 
History  of  Economic  Thought 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232 
The  development  of  economic  thought  with 
emphasis  on  the  period  beginning  with 
Adam  Smith  and  ending  with  J.M.  Keynes. 
Methodological  issues  in  economics  are  also 
considered,  and  questions  concerning  the 
current  status  and  the  future  directions  of 
the  profession  are  addressed. 

LST  443  (MGT  443)  three  credits 
Human  Resources  Development 

Prerequisites:  MGT  31  1,  336,  365  and 
senior  standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chair 

The  study  of  sets  of  systematic,  planned 
activities  which  organizations  develop  for 
the  purpose  of  providing  people  with  skills/ 
knowledge  appropriate  for  the  current 
health  and  future  positive  growth  of  the 
people  and  organization.  Students  will  learn 
basic  Human  Resources  Management  skills, 
the  roles  of  HRD  professionals,  organiza- 
tional and  individual  needs  assessment  tools/ 
skills;  training  and  development  program 
development  tools;  and  HRD  program 
evaluation  skills/techniques. 

LST  450  three  credits 
Seminar  in  Labor  Studies 

A  seminar  in  contemporary  labor  issues, 
offered  either  as  LST  450  or  as  a  cross-listed 
course  from  an  appropriate  discipline  with 
an  appropriate  topic.  This  seminar  is  to  be 
taken  at  the  end  of  the  student's  work  in 
the  minor.  Each  student  will  be  required  to 
produce  a  research  project. 

LST  451  (MGT  452)  three  credits  D 
Human  Resources  Law 

Prerequisites:  MGT  312,  365;  and  at  least 
junior  standing;  for  business  majors  only,  or 
by  permission  of  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chair 

The  laws,  executive  orders,  and  political  and 
social  factors  external  to  firms  which  affect 
their  human  resources  management 
practices.  Topics  include  ethics  and  social 
responsibility,  regulatory  issues,  EEOC, 
affirmative  action,  performance  appraisal, 
and  discrimination  in  the  workplace. 

LST  452  (ECO  452)  three  credits  D 
Labor  and  Regional  Development 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

Review  of  labor  market  problems  and 
programs  in  growing  and  depressed  regions, 
with  special  emphasis  on  New  England. 
Attention  focused  on  the  impact  of 


education,  training  and  government 
manpower  programs. 

LST  462  (MGT  462)  three  credits  D 
Managing  Diversity 

Prerequisites:  MGT  311,  336,  365;  and  at 
least  junior  standing;  for  business  majors 
only,  or  by  permission  of  the  appropriate 
department  chair 

A  skills-building  course  aimed  at  increasing 
awareness  of  the  issues  related  to  managing 
multicultural  workplaces.  Focus  will  be 
placed  on  the  challenges  and  opportunities 
afforded  leaders/managers  in  dynamic  U  S  - 
based  workplaces.  Personal  exploration  of 
prejudices,  myths/facts,  and  perceptions 
which  shape  effective  leadership  will  be 
central  to  this  course. 

LST  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  Upper-division  standing; 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of 
the  discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions 
and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

LST  196,  296,  396,  496  three  credits 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  in  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged. 

LST  497  three  credits 
Labor  Studies  Internship 

Prerequisites:  6  credits  in  labor  studies, 
upper-division  standing,  and  permission  of 
chair  of  the  Labor  Studies  Committee. 


360 


Individualized  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate         individualized  study  tor  those  who  a/ready 

hold  a  bachelor's  degree 


UMass  Dartmouth  offers  those  who  already 
hold  a  bachelor's  degree  the  opportunity  to 
meet  new  career  or  work  demands  or  satisfy 
personal  goals  through  an  Individualized 
Post-Baccalaureate  Program  (IPBC).  In 
Special  Student  status,  these  students 
pursue  non-degree  study  leading  to  a 
certificate  without  receiving  formal 
admission  to  a  master's  degree  program. 
The  IPBC  candidate  receives  the  advantages 
of  program  planning  with  an  advisor,  a 
departmental  commitment,  and  favorable 
timing  for  class  registration.  Depending  on 
one's  qualifications,  courses  in  an 
individual's  IPBC  may  be  at  the  graduate  or 
undergraduate  levels  or  combine  the  two. 

After  forming  general  plans  about  the 
program  of  studies  desired,  the  student 
applies  to  the  academic  department  in 
which  the  principal  studies  are  to  be 
pursued,  where  her/his  needs  are  discussed 
and  qualifications  reviewed  and  a  program 
of  specific  courses  is  selected.  A  IPBC  may 
be  pursued  in  any  academic  department  of 
the  university  that  chooses  to  participate, 
and  interdepartmental  programs  may  also 
be  proposed.  Some  departments  will 
prepare  "packages"  of  courses  designed  to 
meet  known  needs;  others  will  rely  on 
separate  course  selections  to  meet  each 
candidate's  needs  individually.  In  the 
process  of  formulating  a  student's  IPBC,  the 
advisor  must  consider  the  availability  of 
course  offerings,  in  terms  of  both  antici- 
pated scheduling  and  the  likelihood  of  space 
being  available;  when  more  than  one 
department  is  involved,  the  chairperson  of 
the  other  department  will  be  consulted. 

The  number  of  courses  in  a  IPBC  is  generally 
more  than  three  but  fewer  than  in  a  regular 
undergraduate  minor.  Students  working 
toward  IPBC  certification  must  maintain  a 
minimum  GPA  of  2.0  in  the  listed  courses, 
and  the  department  is  free  to  establish  a 
higher  minimum  level  of  performance.  The 
listing  of  courses  for  the  IPBC  will  be 
maintained  in  the  student's  registrar's  office 
file.  The  department  will  indicate  official 
completion  of  the  IPBC,  which  will  be 
recorded  on  the  transcript,  and  then  issue  a 
letter  of  verification. 

The  IPBC  is  not  a  means  of  pursuing  a 
formal  graduate  degree,  a  second  under- 
graduate major  or  an  undergraduate  minor, 
which  are  available  through  the  regular 
admission/re-admission  programs  of  the 
university. 


Those  interested  may  request  a  IPBC  packet 
at  the  office  of  Graduate  Admissions,  the 
Registrar,  or  an  academic  department.  The 
packet  describes  the  program  and  enroll- 
ment processes,  indicates  the  documenta- 
tion required  from  the  applicant,  and 
includes  all  necessary  forms  Officers  in 
Graduate  Admissions  can  provide  advice 
and  assistance  to  those  making  initial 
inquiries. 

Prospective  IPBC  students  will  bring  the 
completed  form  to  the  department  involved, 
along  with  their  college/university  transcripts 
showing  courses  and  grades  and  completion 
of  a  baccalaureate  degree  (departments 
might  require  other  forms  of  documenta- 
tion, at  their  discretion).  If  agreement  is 
reached  to  establish  a  IPBC  for  an  applicant, 
its  specific  courses  and  requirements  will  be 
recorded  on  a  second  form  and  the 
department  chairperson's  approval  will  be 
obtained  (and  Dean's  if  so  stipulated  for 
that  College).  The  IPBC  thus  serves  like  a 
contract  between  the  student  and  depart- 
ment, establishing  courses  to  be  completed 
and  other  terms  for  the  completion  of  the 
program  and  awarding  of  the  post- 
baccalaureate  certificate. 

If  a  IPBC  is  not  agreed  upon,  the  prospective 
student  can  return  to  the  Graduate  Studies 
Office  for  additional  guidance. 

IPBC  students  may  register  during  the 
previous  semester,  along  with  current 
juniors.  As  a  condition,  IPBC  students  must 
receive  timely  departmental  approval  prior 
to  each  registration,  to  insure  that  advising 
and  progress-monitoring  occur.  Without  this 
approval,  they  must  register  along  with 
other  Special  Students  just  before  the 
beginning  of  the  semester  and  will  receive 
no  priority  of  access  to  registration. 

IPBC  students  will  pay  the  fees  appropriate 
for  Non  Degree  status.  Those  who  register 
the  semester  before  must  pay  their  fees  at 
the  time  of  registration. 


Pre-Med  Individualized  Post-Baccalaure- 
ate Certificate  Program 

The  Pre-Med  Individualized  Post-Baccalaure- 
ate Certificate  Program  is  an  individualized 
program  of  study  designed  for  students  who 
wish  to  pursue  entrance  to  medical  school 
but  lack  all  of  the  prerequisite  pre-med 
courses.  UMass  Dartmouth  utilizes  an 
interdepartmental  committee  (Pre-Med 
Committee)  consisting  of  faculty  members 
from  the  departments  of  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Physics,  and 
Psychology,  who  oversee  the  advising  and 
preparation  of  undergraduate  and  graduate 
students  for  medical  school  admission 
independent  of  their  major  or  previous 
academic  degrees.  By  enrolling  for  the  Pre- 
Med  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate,  students 
avail  themselves  of  appropriate  academic 
advising  and  other  UMass  Dartmouth  pre- 
med  activities. 

Curriculum:  The  actual  selection  of  courses 
and  total  certificate  credits  will  depend  on 
each  student's  previous  academic  record. 
Qualified  post-baccalaureate  pre-medical, 
pre-dental,  or  pre-veterinary  students,  after 
consultation  and  approval  by  the  pre-medical 
certificate  advisor,  select  no  more  than  a  total 
of  32  credits  Of  these,  a  maximum  of  8 
credits  can  be  earned  from  independent/ 
research  study  and/or  a  maximum  of  16 
credits  in  science/math  elective  courses. 

Admission:  Students  interested  m  acceptance 
to  this  program  should  request  a  post- 
baccalaureate  certificate  packet  from  the  Pre- 
Med  Individualized  Post-Baccalaureate 
Certificate  Program  advisor  and  bring  the 
completed  form  to  the  advisor,  along  with  a 
copy  of  all  college/university  transcripts 
showing  courses,  grades,  and  completion  of 
a  baccalaureate  degree.  If  an  agreement  is 
reached,  the  advisor  and  student  will  record 
the  specific  program  courses  on  a  second 
form,  which  is  submitted  for  approval  by  the 
Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic 
Affairs/Graduate  Studies  (Office  of  Graduate 
Studies). 

For  additional  information,  please  contact 
Eileen  Carreiro,  Department  of  Medical 
Laboratory  Science,  508  999-8213  or  by 
email  (ecarreiro@umassd.edu). 


Note:  Regulations  indicate  that  most 
forms  of  financial  aid  are  not  available 
for  this  program,  because  of  its 
individualized,  variable  curriculum. 


361 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Pre-Law 


Pre- Medical 


The  Pre-Law  program  assists  students  who 
are  considering  a  career  in  law  in  making 
informed  decisions  and  appropriate 
preparations  to  achieve  their  professional 
objectives.  The  program  helps  qualified 
students  gain  entry  into  a  quality  law  school 
and  to  assist  them  in  being  well  positioned 
to  succeed  in  their  legal  education. 

There  is  no  specific  Pre-Law  major  at  most 
universities,  including  UMass  Dartmouth. 
Pre-Law  students  should  choose  a  major  in 
which  they  are  interested  and  which  will 
help  them  to  develop  their  reading  and 
analytical  skills.  Popular  majors  among  Pre- 
Law  students  include  Political  Science, 
Psychology,  Economics,  Business,  History, 
and  English.  However,  while  there  is  no 
specific  Pre-Law  major,  there  are  courses 
that  students  should  consider  taking  that 
will  help  them  prepare  for  the  academic 
rigor  of  law  school. 

All  students  considering  law  school  should 
make  an  appointment  to  meet  with  the  Pre- 
Law  advisor,  who  is  available  to  assist 
students  in  evaluating  and  pursing  a  career 
in  law.  The  advisor  provides  information 
about  the  Law  School  Admission  Test 
(LSAT),  and  helps  students  navigate  through 
the  application  process  to  assist  them  in 
their  efforts  to  enter  law  school. 

For  information  on  how  to  contact  the  Pre- 
Law  advisor,  or  to  learn  more  about  the  Pre- 
Law  program,  visit  the  UMass  Dartmouth 
Pre-Law  web  page  at:  www.umassd.edu/ 
prelaw. 


The  university  offers  sound  and  appropriate 
preparation  for  study  at  professional  schools 
which  tram  physicians,  veterinarians, 
dentists,  osteopaths,  podiatrists,  chiroprac- 
tors, nurse  practitioners,  and  physician's 
associates.  Students  may  also  complete 
approximately  two  years  of  a  pre-pharmacy 
program  at  UMass  Dartmouth  before 
transferring  to  an  institution  with  a  college 
of  pharmacy. 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  any  of  these 
careers  should  consult  with  one  of  the  Pre- 
Medical  advisers  as  early  as  possible  An  8- 
member  Faculty  Premedical  Advisory 
Committee  counsels  and  assists  pre-med 
students. 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  admission 
into  graduate  schools  of  medicine  have 
many  options  open  to  them.  By  the 
judicious  use  of  electives,  any  student  can 
satisfy  the  undergraduate  preparatory 
course  requirements  of  most  medical 
schools.  Preparation  for  medical  careers 
requires  the  completion  of  core  courses  in 
biology,  chemistry,  mathematics,  physics, 
and  frequently  psychology.  While  pre- 
medical students  at  UMass  Dartmouth  most 
commonly  major  in  biology  or  chemistry,  the 
core  courses  required  for  preparation  to 
enter  medical  school  can  be  completed  in 
combination  with  any  major  in  the 
University.  Students  contemplating  medical 
careers  are  encouraged  to  major  in 
whatever  discipline  they  find  interesting  and 
satisfying,  but  they  should  do  this  in 
consultation  with  the  pre-medical  faculty 
advisers. 

Some  students  have  completed  a  bachelor's 
degree  but  would  like  to  strengthen  their 
background  in  coursework  preparatory  to 
entrance  to  medical,  dental,  or  veterinary 
school.  For  them  the  university  offers  a  Pre- 
Med  version  of  our  Post-Baccalaureate 
Certificate  Program,  described  on  the 
previous  page. 


Pre-Law  Advisor 

Kenneth  Manning  Political  Science 

Pre-Medical  Advisory  Committee 

Alan  H.  Bates  Chemistry 

Eileen  Carreiro-Lewandowski  Medical 
Laboratory  Science 

Debra  J.  Ellis  Biology 

Robert  Griffith  Biology 

Barry  R.  Haimson  Psychology 

Catherine  Neto  Chemistry 

Kenneth  Oliveira  Biology 

Jay  Wang  Physics 

A  Faculty  Pre-Medical  Advisory  Committee 
assists  all  pre-medical  (pre-medical,  pre- 
dental,  pre-vetennary,  etc.)  students  in  their 
pursuit  of  admission  to  a  professional 
school. 
• 

The  pre-med  students  should  meet  at  least 
once  each  semester  with  an  advisor  from 
the  committee  who  will  review  the  student's 
program  and  progress  and  make  recommen- 
dations. 
• 

The  committee  serves  as  the  principal  source 
of  advice  in  course  selection  for  the  pre- 
medical  program. 
• 

The  committee  actively  seeks  up-to-date 
information  about  medical  school  admission 
requirements  and  makes  direct  contact  with 
the  medical  schools  whenever  possible. 
• 

The  committee  prepares  letters  of  recom- 
mendation going  to  the  medical  schools. 
• 

The  committee  advises  the  Student  Pre- 
medical  Association  and  communicates 
frequently  with  pre-med  students  through 
e-mail  and  a  university  electronic  bulletin 
board. 


362 


Women's  Studies  Minor 


Participating  Faculty  Women's  Studies  Minor 


The  UMass  Dartmouth  Women's  Studies 
Program  provides  students  the  opportunity 
to  study  and  analyze  what  it  means  to  be 
female  in  contemporary  society,  to  discover 
the  historical  factors  that  have  shaped  the 
current  status  of  women  from  all  back- 
grounds and  countries  and  to  explore  paths 
to  achieve  equality  for  all  people.  The 
program's  goal  is  to  investigate  how  the 
notion  of  gender,  the  idea  of  difference 
between  the  sexes,  has  produced  certain 
assumptions,  expectations  and  stereotypes. 
Gender  alone  does  not  yield  a  full  under- 
standing of  women's  lives,  so  Women's 
Studies  courses  also  examine  other  factors, 
such  as  race,  class,  culture,  and  sexuality. 
Students  examine  not  only  the  obstacles  and 
difficulties  that  affect  women,  but  also  the 
courage,  cooperation  and  achievements  that 
can  guide  positive  responses  to  ongoing 
challenges. 

Women's  Studies  constitutes  both  a  subject 
matter  and  an  approach  to  learning.  Students 
receive  close  advising  from  the  program 
director;  a  number  of  courses  utilize  a 
seminar  format  to  allow  the  fullest  possible 
participation  by  all  students;  and  opportuni- 
ties are  available  for  both  independent 
research  and  applications  of  classroom 
learning  to  field  experiences. 


Diane  Barense  Philosophy 

David  Berger  Economics 

Magali  Carrera  Art  History 

Phyllis  Currier  Nursing 

Anne  Foley  Education 

Catherine  Gardner  Philosophy 

Siegal  Gottlieb  Mathematics 

Catherine  Houser  English 

Toby  Huff  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

Barbara  R.  Jacobskind  English 

Lewis  Kamm  Foreign  Literature  and 
Computer  Science 

Gerard  M.  Koot  History 

Susan  Krumholz  Sociology  and 
Anthropology 

Yoon  Soo  Lee  Design 

Betty  L.  Mitchell  History 

Juli  L.  Parker  Women's  Studies 

Geraldine  Phipps  History 

Jeannette  E.  Riley  (program  director) 

English  and  Women's  Studies 


The  Minor  in  Women's  Studies  OnLine 

At  present,  part  of  the  Women's  Studies 
Minor  may  be  completed  by  enrollment  in 
online  Women's  Studies  courses  offered 
through  the  division  of  Continuing  Educa- 
tion. While  the  online  courses  encompass 
the  same  Women's  Studies  academic 
material  as  standard  lecture  course,  they  also 
offer  Women's  Studies  students  advanced 
skills  with  computer-based  learning  and  the 
use  and  assessment  of  Internet  information. 


Students  are  encouraged  to  meet  with  the 
Program  Director  and  program  faculty  to 
plan  a  course  sequence  that  responds  to 
their  individual  interests  and  goals.  A 
student  may  take  WMS  courses  at  any  time, 
although  a  minor  cannot  be  formally 
declared  until  a  student  has  earned  54 
credits. 


Requirements  for  the  Minor 

The  minor  in  Women's  Studies  requires 
completion  of  at  least  18  credits,  of  which 
nine  must  be  at  the  upper-division  level. 
There  are  three  required  courses:  WMS  101 
Introduction  to  Women's  Studies,  WMS  208 
Global  Perspectives  on  Women;  and  WMS 
305  Contemporary  Feminist  Theory  and 
Practice.  Students  must  maintain  an  overall 
GPA  of  2.0  and  a  GPA  in  their  major  of  2.5. 


Multidisciplinary  Studies  and 
Humanities/Social  Sciences  Majors 

Although  there  is  no  Women's  Studies 
major,  as  such,  students  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  interested  in  the 
program  may  elect  to  design  an  individual- 
ized course  of  study  through  the  Multidisci- 
plinary Studies  major  (requirements  for 
which  are  located  elsewhere  in  this 
catalogue).  Students  wishing  to  build  their 
major  around  Women's  Studies  should  see 
the  Director  of  the  Women's  Studies 
Program. 

Humanities/Social  Science  majors  may  also 
develop  a  Women's  Studies  emphasis  as  a 
part  of  that  major.  Students  interested 
should  see  their  Humanities/Social  Sciences 
adviser. 


Distribution  Credit  for  Women's  Studies 
Courses 

WMS  courses  satisfy  distribution  require- 
ments in  the  department  in  which  they  are 
cross-listed  and  as  specified  in  the  course 
description.  Students  can  take  individual 
courses  from  the  Women's  Studies  course 
offerings. 

Some  WMS  courses  that  are  not  cross-listed 
also  satisfy  social  science  or  humanities 
distribution  requirements;  please  see  the 
Director  for  additional  information. 

As  marked,  many  WMS  courses  also  satisfy 
general  elective  requirements. 


363 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Note  For  distribution  requirements,  and 
general  education  requirement,  cross-listed 
courses  follow  the  status  they  have  m  their 
offering  department 

Women's  Studies  Courses 


WMS  101  three  credits  D 
Introduction  to  Women's  Studies 

Basic  concepts  and  perspectives  in  Women's 
Studies,  placing  women's  experience  at  the 
center  of  interpretation.  With  focus  on 
women's  history  and  contemporary  issues, 
the  course  examines  women's  lives  with 
emphasis  on  how  gender  interacts  with 
race,  class,  sexual  orientation,  and  ethnicity. 
The  central  aim  is  to  foster  critical  reading 
and  thinking  about  women's  lives:  how  the 
interlocking  systems  of  oppression, 
colonialism,  racism,  sexism,  and  ethnocen- 
tnsm  shape  women's  lives;  and  how  women 
have  worked  to  resist  these  oppressions 

WMS  102  (PHL  102)  three  credits  C,  W 
Philosophical  Aspects  of  Feminism 

An  introduction  to  philosophical  reasoning, 
analysis  of  arguments  and  developing  of 
critical  skills,  through  a  consideration  of 
various  topics  relevant  to  feminism.  Topics 
may  include:  presuppositions  about 
woman's  nature,  abortion,  sex  equality, 
affirmative  action. 

WMS  103  (ECO  103)  three  credits  D,  E,  O 
Cities,  Minorities,  and  Poverty 

Review  and  analysis  of  major  social 
problems  faced  by  cities;  emphasis  on 
origin,  causes  and  possible  solutions  for 
poverty  and  minority  problems. 

WMS  1 10  three  credits 

Women  in  Contemporary  American 

Society 

This  course  explores  mother-daughter 
relationships,  women  and  religion,  changing 
family  life,  the  impact  of  race  and  ethnicity 
on  women,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to 
women's  experience  in  contemporary 
American  society. 

WMS  111  (ECO  111)  three  credits  D,  E.  O 
Jobs  and  Discrimination 

Basic  analysis  of  problems  of  economic 
growth,  job  creation,  and  unemployment; 
structure  of  work  and  jobs  will  be  explored, 
along  with  current  issues  surrounding  the 
government's  impact  on  inflation,  taxation, 
and  economic  planning. 

WMS  200  three  credits 

Special  Topics  in  Women's  Studies 

Topics  will  be  determined  by  the  faculty 
member  and  will  therefore  vary;  course  may 
be  repeated  with  change  of  content.  This 
course  will  be  cross-listed  with  an  academic 

department. 

WMS  203  (SOC  203)  three  credits 
Social  Welfare  Policy 


Prerequisite  SOC  101  or  102 
Theoretical  framework  and  a  cross-cultural 
perspective  for  understanding  the  role  of 
the  social  services  in  our  society.  An 
exploration  of  the  history,  politics  and 
economics  of  our  social  welfare  system  will 
be  undertaken  through  discussion,  guest 
speakers  and  field  work. 

WMS  204  (PSY  204)  three  crec  t  G 
Social  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PSY  101 

The  study  of  experimental  findings, 

theoretical  and  methodological  issues  in 

understanding  the  individual  in  a  social 

context 

WMS  207  (NUR  207)  three  credits 
Women's'  Health  Issues 

Women's  health  needs  throughout  the  life 
stages  The  course  explores  the  significance 
of  women's  reproductive  capacity,  in  a 
physiological,  psychological,  and  social 
context  and  provides  a  framework  for 
discussion  of  related  issues  The  course 
presents  basic  health  information  to  assist 
students  in  promoting  positive  personal 
health 

WMS  208  three  credits  D,  G 
Global  Perspectives  on  Women 

Prerequisite  WMS  101  recommended 
Cultural,  social,  and  political  issues  involved 
in  women's  movements  for  development  and 
change  around  the  world  explored  through 
history,  political  theory,  sociology,  anthropol- 
ogy, literature,  and  art 

WMS  209  (HST  207)  three  credits  C.  D 
Women's  History  in  the  United  States: 
Colonial  to  the  Present 

Survey  of  the  history  of  women — black  and 
white,  native  and  immigrant,  rich  and 
poor — in  the  U.S.  from  colonial  times  to  the 
present  Among  the  topics  to  be  discussed 
are:  women's  role  in  agrarian  vs.  industrial 
society;  women  and  the  family;  women  in 
the  labor  movement;  female  friendships  and 
organizations,  the  frontier  experience; 
women's  suffrage;  sex  and  sex  roles,  and 
the  birth  and  growth  of  the  feminist 
movement. 

WMS  210  (PSY  210)  three  credits  W,  O 
Research  Methods 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205 

See  course  description  in  Psychology  section. 

WMS  212  (HST  212)  three  credits  C 
The  Case  of  Lizzie  Borden 

3  hours  lecture 

Using  primary  source  documents  such  as 


newspapers,  wills,  city  directories,  the 
federal  census,  etc  ,  students  will  study  the 
fascinating  case  of  Lizzie  Boroen  of  Fall  River 
who  was  accused  of  the  brutal  axe  murder 
of  her  father  and  stepmother.  Students  will 
develop  their  skills  m  historical  methodol- 
ogy, and  participation  in  class  discussions  is 
emphasized 

WMS  214  (ENL  214)  mree  credits  C 
African-American  Literature 

Chronological  survey  beginning  with 
Gustavus  Vassa  and  Robert  Hayden's 
"Middle  Passage"  and  continuing  through 
contemporary  writers.  Toward  the  end  of 
the  course  there  will  be  focus  on  new 
women  writers  and  major  writers  through 
the  1990s 

WMS  228  (SOC  228)  three  credits 
Sex  Roles  and  Sexuality  in 
American  Society 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
The  changing  definitions  of  the  roles  of  men 
and  women  m  American  Society  from  our 
experience  and  from  a  social,  historical,  and 
biological  perspective  The  course  covers  the 
development  of  male  and  female  in  the 
evolutionary  system;  human  sexuality;  cross- 
cultural  sexual  identities;  images  of  male 
and  female  in  American  literature,  movies 
and  the  popular  imagination,  socialization 
and  the  development  of  sexual  identity; 
problems  of  courtship  and  intimacy  Satisfies 
Social  Science  distribution  requirement. 

WMS  245  (ENL  245)  three  credits  C 
Images  of  Women  in  Literature 

Study  of  archetypes  and  stereotypes  of 
women  in  literature  from  the  ancient  world 
to  the  present  in  an  attempt  to  reevaluate 
traditional  literary  criticism  and  how  authors 
have  used  images  of  women  to  create 
character,  plot.  etc. 

WMS  246  (ENL  246)  three  credits  C 
Women  Writers 

Examination  of  the  relationship  between  the 
woman  writer  and  her  work  through  a  study 
of  literature  by  and  about  women. 

WMS  298  one  to  six  credits 
Experiential  Learning 

Prerequisites:  At  least  sophomore  standing; 
permission  of  the  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Work  experience  at  an  elective  level 
supervised  for  academic  credit  by  a  faculty 
member  in  an  appropriate  academic  field. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 
Graded  CR/NC.  For  specific  procedures  and 
regulations,  see  selection  of  catalogue  on 


364 


*When  a  Women's  Studies  project 
is  elected. 


Other  Learning  Experiences. 

WMS  300  three  credits 
Topics  in  Women's  Studies 

Special  topics  m  Women's  Studies. 

The  topics  will  be  determined  Dy  the  faculty 

member  and  will  therefore  vary. 

WMS  305  three  credits  D 
Contemporary  Feminist  Theory 
and  Practice 

The  theoretical  works  of  contemporary 
feminism  (1945-present),  covering  such 
theorists  as  Simone  de  Beauvoir,  Adnenne 
Rich,  Audre  Lorde,  Judith  Butler,  Luce 
Ingaray,  and  Gloria  Anzaldua.  Readings  and 
discussions  examine  feminist  theories  and 
their  applications  to  the  lives  of  individual 
women  and  the  practices  of  women's 
organizations  and  institutions. 

WMS  308/JST  308  three  credits 
The  Jewish  Woman 

The  diversity  of  Jewish  women's  social, 
cultural  and  religious  experiences  through 
fiction,  poetry,  biography,  history  and 
sociology,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  impact  of 
feminism  on  the  lives  of  Jewish  women. 

WMS  310  (HST  310)  three  credits  C,  D 
America's  Working  Women 

This  course  will  examine  the  experience  of 
American  working  women:  black  and  white, 
native  and  immigrant,  organized  and 
unorganized  from  the  colonial  period  to  the 
present  day.  Because  work  is  defined  as 
productive  labor,  this  course  will  examine 
women  as  paid  and  unpaid  workers  in  the 
marketplace  as  well  as  in  the  home.  Some 
of  the  areas  of  study  will  be  women  on  the 
frontier,  women  in  the  mills  and  factories, 
labor  union  women,  women  in  the 
professions,  and  the  history  and  politics  of 
housework. 

WMS  317  (HST  317)  three  credits  C 
History  of  European  Women 

A  survey  of  women's  history  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present  that  critically 
examines  the  recent  scholarship  on  this 
topic.  The  course  will  deal  both  with 
remarkable  and  ordinary  women.  Extensive 
use  will  be  made  of  recent  research  on  the 
history  of  the  family  and  social  demography 
as  well  as  the  more  traditional  areas  of 
political,  inteilectual,  and  economic  history. 
While  emphasizing  Western  Europe,  the 
course  will  .nclude  some  material  from  the 
Americas  and  other  areas. 

WMS  318  (HST  318)  three  credits  C 
Women's  Biography  and  Autobiography 


Examines  the  lives  of  various  women  in  the 
United  States,  Great  Britain,  and  elsewhere 
both  from  a  literary  and  historical  perspec- 
tive. Examples  of  women  whose  lives  are 
studied  are  Charlotte  Bronte,  Sarah  and 
Angelina  Gnmke,  Charlotte  Perkins  Gilman. 

WMS  324  (SOC  324  or  ANT  324) 

three  credits 

Women  in  Contemporary  Society 

The  roles  and  status  of  women  in  contem- 
porary societies  are  examined  using  an 
historical  and  comparative  approach.  The 
course  integrates  theory  of  sexual  inequality 
and  its  relation  to  other  forms  of  social 
inequality  and  empirical  analysis  of  the 
actual  conditions  of  women.  Women's 
participation  in  social  movements  in  the  U.S. 
and  Third  World  countries  is  addressed  as 
part  of  the  analysis  of  the  changing  roles 
and  statuses  of  women.  Satisfies  Social 
Science  distribution  requirement. 

WMS  332  (PSC  332)  three  crec  ts 
Sex  Roles  and  Politics 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101  or  PSC  238  or  WMS 
100,  and  upper-division  standing 
An  examination  of  the  impact  of  gender  as 
a  variable  in  American  politics.  The  course 
analyzes  women  in  the  electorate  as 
candidates,  as  office  holders,  and  as  political 
participants,  including  participation  in 
political  organizations  and  lobbying  groups. 

WMS  333  tnree  crec  ts 
Mothers  and  Daughters 

Prerequisite:  ENL  101 
Mother/daughter  relationships:  biological 
mothers  and  daughters,  adopted  mothers 
and  daughters,  motherless  daughters. 
Explorations  are  based  on  a  multicultural 
perspective.  The  course  examines  how 
culture,  patriarchy,  and  stereotypes  of  the 
family  affect  mother/daughter  relationships. 
Topics  include  competition  between  mothers 
and  daughters,  the  women's  movement  in 
their  lives,  feminist  parenting,  Lesbian 
mothers  or  daughters,  and  motherhood  as  an 
institution. 

WMS  336  (SOC  or  ANT  336)  I  redits 
Women  and  Social  Policy 

Family  policy  issues  in  the  U.S.  such  as  child 
care,  family  leave,  job  equity,  and  marriage 
and  family  relationships.  U.S.  public  policy  is 
compared  with  that  of  other  countries. 

WMS  339  (PSC  339)  three  cred  ts  D 
Women  and  Public  Policy 

Prerequisites:  PSC  101,  and  upper-division 
standing 

Examines  public  policies  and  landmark 


Supreme  Court  opinions  relating  to  gender 
equality  and  women's  interests  in  the  United 
States  Topics  may  include  educational 
policies,  employment  policies,  child  care 
policies,  health  care  policies,  reproductive 
rights,  and  policies  relating  to  women  as 
criminals. 

WMS  341  (SOC  341)  :"ee  :rec  ts 
Community  Organization* 

An  analysis  of  the  theory  and  practice  of 
community  organizing  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  development  of  social 
action  and  community  development 
techniques  on  the  grass-roots  level.  This 
course  will  be  conducted  as  a  seminar  with 
student  participation  expected  in  class 
discussions.  In  addition,  mini-lectures,  field 
simulations,  role-playing,  guest  speakers  and 
field  observations  will  be  used  Satisfies 
Social  Science  distribution  requirement. 

WMS  343  three  re:  ts  D 

Teaching  and  Learning  About  Women 

The  implications  of  gender  and  sex-role 
stereotyping  on  the  educational  aspirations 
and  experiences  of  learners  and  how  these 
intersect  with  class  and  racial  bias  Through 
readings  from  philosophy,  psychology,  and 
literature  students  will  explore  the  roots  of 
gender-based  attitudes  and  consider  if  and 
how  assigned  learning  attributes  should  be 
changed  or  utilized  to  advance  women's 
success  as  learners. 

WMS  344  (ECO  343)  three  credits  E,  G 
The  Economics  of  Sex  and  Race 
Discrimination 

Prerequisites:  ECO  231,  232;  or  permission 
of  instructor 

The  theory  of  labor  markets  and  the 
problem  of  discrimination.  Current  problems 
facing  women  and  minorities  will  be 
examined.  Existing  programs  and  trends  will 
be  explored. 

WMS  346  (ENL  346)  :hree  crec  ts  C 
Wise  Women 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 
Multidisciplinary  perspective  of  the 
phenomena  of  women  and  aging  in 
American  society.  The  experiences  of  older 
women  are  explorea  through  literature,  oral 
histories,  and  intergenerational  class 
projects  to  determine  the  forces  that  affect 
quality  of  life  and  productivity  in  later  life. 

WMS  347  (ENL  347)  three  credits  C 
Special  Topics  in  Women's  Literature 

Advanced  study  of  a  specialized  topic 
chosen  by  the  instructor. 


365 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


•When  a  Women's  Studies  project 
is  elected 


WMS  348  (ENL  348)  three  credits  C.  D 
American  Women  Playwrights 

Prerequisite:  ENL  102 
Analysis,  evaluation,  comparison,  and 
appreciation  of  plays  by  20th-century 
American  women  playwrights  and  insights 
into  their  themes  and  the  images  of  women 
which  they  create 

WMS  350  (SOC/ANT  350)  three  credits 
Readings  in  Sociological  and  Anthropo- 
logical Literature  I* 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 
Directed  readings/analysis  in  selected  topics. 

WMS  355  (SOC  355)  three  credits 
Social  Work  Practice* 

Prerequisite:  SOC  203 
The  knowledge,  values  and  skills  that 
underlie  social  work  practice.  We  will 
consider  the  roles  that  social  workers 
assume,  the  settings  in  which  they  work  and 
the  methods  of  intervention  that  are  used  in 
working  with  individual,  groups,  and 
communities.  Issues  related  to  cross-cultural 
social  work  will  also  be  explored. 

WMS  364  (HST  364)  three  credits  C,  G 
Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Russia 

Topics  pertaining  to  social  classes,  the 
development  of  serfdom,  religion,  and  art 
and  literature  in  Russia  from  the  9th  Century 
to  the  present. 

WMS  370  (ENL  370)  three  credits  W 
Women,  Writing,  and  the  Media 

Prerequisite:  ENL  260 

Studying  and  writing  about  issues  related  to 
gender,  gender-specific  language,  and  the 
representation  of  women  in  various  forms  of 
media  The  course  focuses  on  discovering, 
exploring,  researching,  and  writing  about 
women's  issues. 

WMS  375  (PSY  375)  three  credits 
Psychology  of  Sex  Difference 

Prerequisites:  PSY  101,  205,  210 
Development  of  sex  differences,  socializa- 
tion practices,  attitudes,  values  and  role 
expectations  which  affect  the  self-concept 
and  interpersonal  relationships.  This  course 
is  designed  to  stimulate  discussion  among 
men  as  well  as  women. 

WMS  380  (ARH  380)  three  credits  C,  D,  W 
Feminist  Perspectives  on  Art  History 

Prerequisites:  ARH  101,  102,  WMS  101;  or 
permission  of  instructor 
Analyzes  the  feminist  critique  of  the  history 
of  art.  This  course  will  review  recent 
critiques  of  both  art  and  culture  through  an 
investigation  of  the  production  and 


evaluation  of  art  and  the  role  of  the  artist  in 
Western  and  non-Western  cultures. 

WMS  385  (ARH  385)  three  credits  C 
Women  Artists  and  the  Histories  of  Art 

Provides  knowledge  and  understanding  of 
the  art  made  by  women  from  the  Late 
Medieval  period  through  Contemporary 
periods  of  art.  This  study  will  be  set  in  the 
context  of  specific  social,  familial,  economic, 
and  psychological  conditions  of  the  period 
in  which  the  art  was  made  The  course  will 
familiarize  students  with  recent  feminist 
critiques  of  visual  culture. 

WMS  391  (HST  391)  three  credits  C,  G 
Topics  in  African  History* 

Prerequisites:  HST  190  or  HST  290  or  written 
permission  of  the  instructor 
Advanced-level  course  for  students  with  a 
background  in  African  history  Topics  will 
vary  from  year  to  year  Research  papers  will 
be  required. 

WMS  408  (SOC  408)  three  credits 
Social  Service  Internship* 

Prerequisites:  SOC  203,  355 
This  course  will  provide  students  with  the 
opportunity  to  integrate  social  work  theory 
with  practice.  Students  will  intern  with  an 
agency/organization  in  the  community  or  on 
campus  and  will  meet  as  a  seminar  to 
analyze  and  reflect  upon  their  experiences 
and  to  further  develop  skills  and  knowledge 
about  the  social  services  in  our  society. 

WMS  400-494  (HST  400-494)  tnree  credits 
C 

Seminars  in  History* 

Seminars  will  be  offered  variously  in  such 
fields  as  United  States  history,  European 
history,  English  history,  Russian  history,  Latin 
American  history,  Asian  history,  history  of 
ideas,  and  the  history  of  women.  The 
writing  of  a  substantial  paper  will  be 
required.  Content  will  vary  with  instructor. 

WMS  421  (ENL  421)  three  credits  C 
Seminar:  American  Literature  Theme* 

Seminar  in  an  American  Literature  Theme. 

WMS  490  three  credits 

Advanced  Special  Topic  in  Women's 

Studies 

Special  topics  are  offered  May  be  repeated 
with  change  of  content.  This  course  may  be 
cross-listed  with  an  academic  department. 


WMS  495  variable  credit 
Independent  Study 

Prerequisites  Upper-division  standing, 
permission  of  instructor,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  not  otherwise  part  of  the 
discipline's  course  offerings.  Conditions  and 
hours  to  be  arranged 

WMS  196,  296,  396,  496  variable  credit 
Directed  Study 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor, 
department  chairperson,  and  college  dean 
Study  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  in  an  area  covered  m  a  regular 
course  not  currently  being  offered. 
Conditions  and  hours  to  be  arranged 


366 


UMass  Dartmouth/Southern  New  England  School  of  Law 
Three-Plus-Three  Program 


UMass  Dartmouth  and  the  Southern  New 
England  School  of  Law  (located  3  miles  from 
campus  in  North  Dartmouth)  have  estab- 
lished a  joint  program  that  will  offer 
significant  advantages  to  interested, 
qualifying  students.  This  program  offers  a 
fast  track  to  a  law  degree  in  six  rather  than 
seven  years.  The  program  leads  to  the  award 
of  a  bachelor's  degree  by  UMass  Dartmouth 
and  a  Juris  Doctor  degree  by  the  Southern 
New  England  School  of  Law. 

This  program  allows  qualified  University 
undergraduates  to  substitute  the  first  year  at 
the  Law  School  for  the  senior  year  at  the 
University,  thus  earning  the  Bachelor's 
Degree  and  the  Juris  Doctor  Degree  in  six 
years  instead  of  the  normal  seven.  The 
program  is  aimed  primarily  at  students  who 
enter  the  University  with  a  strong  interest  in 
law  already  formed,  or  who  develop  such  an 
interest  early  on,  and  whose  career  goals  and 
legal  education  needs  can  be  well  served  by 
the  Southern  New  England  School  of  Law. 

Responsibility  for  the  program's  operation 
rests  with  a  Joint  Programs  Committee 
representing  the  two  institutions.  The 
University  membership  shall  include  at  least 
one  faculty  member  from  the  College  of 
Business  and  Industry  and  at  least  one  faculty 
member  from  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  All  faculty  actively  engaged  in  pre- 
law advisement  shall  be  invited  to  serve  on 
the  Committee. 

Program  students  enjoy  library  privileges  at 
both  institutions  throughout  their  residence 
at  either  institution. 

Eligibility  for  Admission  to  the  Law 
School 

University  juniors  who  meet  the  following 
requirements  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the 
Law  School  under  the  terms  of  the  program: 

•  In  compliance  with  American  Bar 
Association  Standard  502(a),  successful 
completion  by  the  end  of  the  junior  year 
of  three-quarters  (i.e.,  no  less  than  90 
credits)  of  the  work  acceptable  for  the 
bachelor's  degree  at  the  University. 

•  60  credits  earned  in  residence  at  the 
University. 

•  Successful  completion  of  all  university, 
college  and  major  requirements  for  the 
bachelor's  degree,  other  than  (a)  free 
electives,  and  (b)  requirements  for  which 
a  first-year  Law  School  course  is  a 
substitute  acceptable  to  the  student's 


major  and  college. 

•  A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0 
or  better. 

•  Submission  with  the  application  for 
admission  to  the  Law  School  of  a  joint 
letter  of  recommendation  from  the 
University  members  of  the  Joint  Programs 
Committee. 

•  Fulfillment  of  all  admissions  requirements 
normally  imposed  by  the  Law  School, 
including  acceptable  performance  on  the 
Law  School  Admission  Test. 

•  At  least  two  semesters  of  undergraduate 
pre-law  advisement,  as  described  below. 

Participation  and  Advisement 

Students  interested  in  the  program  are 
encouraged  to  make  their  interest  known  to 
a  pre-law  adviser  as  early  as  possible, 
preferably  before  the  end  of  the  third 
semester,  to  insure  adequate  advisement  in 
meeting  the  eligibility  requirements  for 
accelerated  admission  to  the  Law  School. 

Participants  in  the  program  are  essentially  a 
self-selected  set  of  pre-law  advisees.  Students 
identify  themselves  as  participants  by 
declaring  themselves  to  the  Joint  Programs 
Committee,  by  agreeing  to  meet  a  pre-law 
adviser  on  a  regular  basis,  and  by  participat- 
ing in  an  orientation  visit  to  the  Law  School 
prior  to  application  for  admission.  The 
purposes  of  advisement  are  to  provide 
information  about  the  program  and  to  review 
the  student's  progress  in  meeting  the 
requirements  for  admission  by  the  end  of  the 
junior  year. 

Each  year  the  University  members  of  the  Joint 
Programs  Committee  shall  make  an 
evaluation  of  all  juniors  in  the  program  and 
prepare  a  joint  letter  of  recommendation  for 
each  student  applying  to  the  Law  School. 

It  is  understood  that  pre-law  advisement  for 
purposes  of  the  program  is  supplementary  to, 
and  not  a  substitute  for,  regular  academic 
advisement  by  faculty  in  the  student's  major 
and  college. 


The  University  Senior  Year/Law  School 
First  Year 

Program  students  normally  will  be  admitted 
only  as  full-time  students  in  the  Law  School 
and  will  follow  the  usual  course  of  study  for 
full-time,  first-year  law  students  (31  credits). 

Upon  successful  completion  of  the  first  year 
at  the  Law  School,  the  31  credits  earned  will 


be  transferred  to  the  University  as  free 
elective  credits  or  appropriate  credit  toward 
requirements,  sufficient  to  complete 
university  requirements  for  the  bachelor's 
degree.  The  student  will  then  graduate  from 
the  University  with  the  rest  of  his  or  her  class. 

The  student's  first-year  law  grades  will  not  be 
included  with  the  student's  University  grades 
in  calculating  the  graduating  grade  point 
average. 

Students  who  fail  to  complete  successfully 
the  first  year  of  law  school,  or  who  elect  for 
other  reasons  to  withdraw,  may  return  the 
next  semester  to  the  University  without 
applying  for  readmission  as  bachelor's  degree 
candidates.  Any  completed  course  work  at 
the  Law  School  will  be  treated  by  the 
University  in  the  same  was  as  other  transfer 
credit. 

University  seniors  in  their  first  year  at  the  Law 
School  will  pay  the  same  tuition  and  fees  to 
the  Law  School  as  do  other  first-year 
students.  Their  status  at  the  University  will  be 
that  of  a  non-resident  degree  candidate,  as  in 
the  case  of  students  studying  abroad.  The 
University,  tuition  and  fees  will  be  waived 
except  for  the  "withdrawn  on  exchange"  fee 
or  other  fee  required  to  maintain  the  status. 


Other  Stipulations 

Participation  in  the  program  is  not  a 
guarantee  of  admission  to  the  Law  School. 
However,  the  intent  of  the  program  is  to 
attract  qualified  students  who  make  a  good 
match  with  the  Law  School's  profile. 

The  Joint  Programs  Committee  will  make 
every  effort  to  insure  that  students  receive 
timely  and  accurate  advisement  at  all  stages 
of  the  program,  however,  it  is  the  participat- 
ing student's  responsibility  to  meet  the 
program's  academic  and  eligibility  require- 
ments, to  prepare  adequately  for  the  Law 
School  Admission  Test,  and  to  comply  with 
all  admission  procedures  required  by  the  Law 
School. 

There  is  nothing  to  prevent  a  program 
student  from  applying  for  early  admission  to 
another  law  school  or  from  transferring  at  a 
later  date  from  Southern  New  England 
School  of  Law  to  another  law  school.  How- 
ever, it  is  the  intent  of  the  program  to  appeal 
to  students  who  make  a  conscientious  choice 
to  attend  Southern  New  England  School  of 
Law  and  complete  their  degree  there. 


367 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Teacher  Education  Program  Facts 


Southern  New  England  School  of  Law 

Southern  New  England  School  of  Law 
iSNESD  is  located  at  Faunce  Corner  Road  in 
North  Dartmouth  in  a  modern,  state-of-the- 
art  facility  SNESL  offers  full  and  part-time 
programs  in  its  day  division  and  a  part-time 
evening/weekend  program.  Students  in  all 
programs  receive  a  comprehensive  legal 
education  that  grounds  them  in  knowledge 
and  understanding  of  the  law,  legal 
institutions,  and  the  responsibilities  of  the 
bar. 

SNESL  is  an  independent,  non-profit, 
educational  institution  approved  by  the 
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  to  award 
the  Juris  Doctor  degree.  Graduates  are 
eligible  to  sit  for  the  Massachusetts  Bar 
Examination  and  can  then  also  be  eligible  to 
take  the  Bar  Examinations  of  certain  other 
states  depending  on  state  requirements. 
SNESL  is  accredited  by  the  New  England 
Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges. 


Contacts 


Massachusetts  and  Federal  law  require  us  to  post  the  success  rates  of  our  teaching  certifica- 
tion candidates  on  the  Massachusetts  Teacher  Test  These  statistics  reflect  policies  m  place 
previously  that  allowed  students  to  enter  and  complete  the  program  before  passing  the 
Teacher  Test. 


University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 

Statistics  about  our  Teacher  Preparation  Program 
2001-2002   Program  Tear 


Massachusetts  Teacher  Test 

UWass 

Dart  mo 

uth 

State 

Program  Completers  -  6* 

Tested 

Passed 

Pass  Rate 

Communications  Literacy.  Reading 

■ 

56 

93% 

98% 

Communications  Literacy.  Writing 

6* 

S4 

89% 

96% 

Aggregate  for  these  Basic  Skills 

61 

52 

8  5  H 

95% 

Elementary 

27 

23 

85% 

93% 

Social  Studies 

6 

84% 

History 

1 

noi  *«o— 

92% 

English 

1 

not  *omr 

94% 

Biology 

1 

not  tfuwn 

88% 

Music 

2 

•w  mm 

76% 

Visual  Art 

14 

13 

93% 

97% 

French 

1 

55% 

Portuguese 

1 

100% 

Aggregate  for  these  Content  Areas 

55 

49 

89% 

93% 

Business 

1 

100% 

Aggregate 

1 

100% 

Summary  Totals  and  Pass  Rates 

61 

«e 

■  ?  M 

91* 

Program  Information 

Students  m  Teacher  Preparation  Program  374 

Students  m  Supervised  Student  Teaching 

78 

Avg  hourv  week  students  Spent  at 

Student  Teaching  Supervrstfig  Faculty 

19 

student  teachng  >  30 

Education/  Art  Education  Faculty 

9 

Other  uMass  Dartmouth  Faculty 

2 

Total  weeks  of  student  teachng  •  1 4 

Part-Tme  Faculty 

6 

4  1  '  tc  on? 

total  *>o-jrs  rea--reo  - 

Strengths  of  Our  Program 

1  An  megrwtmO  approach  u  Teacher  Cartt* 
catajn  based  *»  the  acadwwc  department*  m 

wee  at  an  education  department 

2  A  dose  ahance         arc*  school  dstncts 


e**QrtS.  r*Ty  arV."»~«J  tX>'-"  practice  tneor) 

4  A  faaatr  corrwttad  to  a  standard*  banc 
te*icJ»r  certi*»c*lion  prograrw  M  ts  the* 
students  as  atgawduali 

5  Students  matt  paa*  chc  Bate  Sofa  ten  to 

enter  the  program  ana  the  Comer*  test  *s 
**rte-  student  teachng 


Mission   of  Our  Program 

iMau  Dartmouth  offers  aduiahon  prograaH 
vaiano  tc  e*e*wantar>  nvdoV  and  s«conoar> 


Note   Mrnen  fewer  man  10  persons  loot  ■' 


and  atao  achieve  a  sofed  exedectuat  foundatvr. 
*>  y*  o'ersso***!  *Ouc#TaOT">  through  both  theory 


and  oan  j  genera  twa  education  atao 
Baal  a  rnorouof1  underrrartdang  of  the  roie  of 
the  eJementjry  school  and  rttxnu-t  tc 
'-^■y'rya,  as  wet  as  contemporary  vakan  r- 


Kevin  Hargreaves  History 
UMass  Dartmouth,  508  999-8309 

Kenneth  L.  Manning  Political  Science 
UMass  Dartmouth,  508  999-8366 

Frances  Howell  Rudko  Associate  Professor 
of  Law,  Southern  New  England  School  of 

Law 


Nancy  Fitsimmons  Hebert  Director  of 

Admissions 

Southern  New  England  School  of  Law 

333  Faunce  Corner  Road 
North  Dartmouth,  MA  02747 
508  998-9400  /  800  2 1 3-0060 


368 


369 


Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 


Board  of  Trustees  of  Officers  of  the  Administration 

University  of  Massachusetts 


Grace  K  Fey 

Chairperson 

William  E  Giblin 

Vice  Chairperson 

Michael  J  Agganis 

Dennis  G  Austin 

Timothy  J.  Babineau,  M.D. 

Lawrence  Boyle 

Omar  Bukhari  (student  trustee) 

Edward  A  Dubilo 

Hannah  Fatemi  (student  trustee) 

James  J  Karam 

William  F.  Kennedy 

Rosalyn  M  Lankowski 

James  E  Mahoney 

Robert  M  Mahoney 

Carolina  B.  Marcalo  (student  trustee) 

Robert  McCarthy 

Diane  E  Bissonnette  Moes 

Stacey  R.  Rainey 

Sean  Reed  (student  trustee) 

Robert  K.  Sheridan 

Karl  E  White 

Ellen  M.  Zane 


University  of  Massachusetts 

William  M  Bulger  AB,  JD 

President 

University  of  Massachusetts 
Dartmouth 


Jean  F  MacCormack  BA,  MEd,  EdD 
Chancellor 


Louis  Esposito  BA,  MA,  PhD 

Interim  Provost  and  Vice  Chancellor  for 
Academic  Affairs 

Susan  T  Costa,  BS,  MEd,  EdD 

Interim  Vice  Chancellor,  Student  Affairs 

Robert  Green  BS,  MS,  PhD 

Interim  Vice  Chancellor  for  Library  Services, 
Information  Resources  and  Technology 

Donald  H  Ramsbottom  BS 

Interim  Vice  Chancellor  for  University 
Relations 

Donald  Zekan  MPA,  MSA,  EdD 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Administration  and 

Fiscal  Affairs 


Farhad  Azadivar  BSc,  MSc,  PhD 
Dean,  College  of  Engineering 

Raymond  Jackson  SB,  MBA,  PhD 
Interim  Dean,  Charlton  College  of  Business 

John  Laughton  BA,  MFA,  DMusArts 
Dean,  College  of  Visual  and  Performing 
Arts 

Elisabeth  Pennington  RN,  BS,  MEd,  EdD 
Dean,  College  of  Nursing 

Brian  Rothschild  BS,  MS,  PhD 

Director,  School  for  Marine  Science  and 
Technology 


Laverne  Cawthorne 

Associate  Chancellor 

Thomas  J  Curry  BS,  MS,  PhD 

Director,  Advanced  Technology  and 
Manufacturing  Center 

Richard  T  Burke  BA,  MA.  PhD 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Provost 

Donald  C  Howard  BS,  MA 

Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Alumni  Affairs 

Michael  Laliberte  BS,  MS,  EdD 

Inenm  Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student 
Affairs 

Susan  C  Lane  BA,  MEd,  MBA,  EdD 
Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Continuing 
Education 

Donna  Massano  BA 

Interim  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for 
Computing  and  Information  Technology 
Services 

William  A  Mitchell  BS,  MBA 

Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Finance 

Richard  J  Panofsky  BA,  MA,  PhD 

Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic 
Affairs  and  Graduate  Studies 

George  Smith  BA,  MEd,  EdD 

Assistant  Chancellor  for  Equal  Opportunity. 

Diversity,  and  Outreach 

Paul  Vigeant  BA,  MA 

Assistant  Chancellor  for  Economic 
Development 


Michael  Steinman  BA,  MA,  PhD 

Dean,  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Ann  Montgomery  Smith  BA,  MLS,  MA 
Interim  Dean,  Library  Services 


370 


Faculty 


Aboelela,  Emad  H  Assistant  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (2001), 
BS  1990,  MS  1993,  PhD  1998  University  of 
Miami 

Ahrens,  Scott  B  Assistant  Professor  of 
Design  (1998),  BFA  1994  California  State 
University/Chico,  MFA  1998  Rhode  Island 
School  of  Design 

Allaux,  Jean-Francois  Assistant  Professor 
of  Design  (1999),  BA  1967  Ecole  de 
Garaison,  Pau,  France,  MFA  1973  Ecole 
Nationale  Superieure  des  Beaux  Arts 

Allen,  William  R  Professor  of  Management 
and  Human  Resources  (1 992),  BSc  1960  US 
Coast  Guard  Academy,  MBA  1971,  PhD 
1975  University  of  Florida 

Altabet,  Mark  A  Professor  of  Marine 
Science  and  Technology  (1995),  BS  1979 
State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook, 
PhD  1984  Harvard  University 

Anderson,  Michael  H  Assistant  Professor 
of  Accounting  and  Finance  (1998),  BA  1981 
Michigan  State  University,  MBA  1985 
Michigan  State  University,  PhD  1990  Indiana 
University 

Ankner,  Gina  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Institu- 
tional Nursing,  BSN  1993,  MS  1997  Boston 
College  School  of  Nursing 

Ariguzo,  Godwin  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Marketing  and  Business  (2002),  BBA  1982, 
MBA  1984  Marshall  University,  EdD  2000 
University  of  Massachusetts  Boston 

Azadivar,  Farhad  Dean,  College  of 
Engineering  and  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering  (2000),  BSc  1970,  MSc  1972, 
PhD  1980  Purdue  University 

Bacdayan,  Paul  Assistant  Professor  of 
Management  and  Human  Resources  (1997), 
BA  1982  Yale  University,  MBA  1989 
Dartmouth  College,  PhD  1997  University  of 
Michigan 

Baker,  C.  Richard  Professor  of  Accounting 
and  Finance  (1996),  BA  1968,  MS  1973, 
PhD  1975  University  of  California/Los 
Angeles 

Balasubramanian,  Ramprasad  Assistant 
Professor  of  Computer  and  Information 
Science  (2000),  BSc  1989  University  of 
Madras,  India,  MS  1991  University  of 
Toledo,  MSOperRes  1993  University  of 
Kentucky,  PhD  1999  University  of  South 


Florida 

Banis,  Felix  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Marketing 
and  Business  (2002),  BA  1969  University  of 
Connecticut,  MS  1977  US  Naval  Postgradu- 
ate School,  Monterey,  CA,  MA  1984  US 
Army  Command  and  General  Staff  College, 
BS  2002  University  of  Massachusetts 
Dartmouth,  MEd  2003  Lesley  University 

Barense,  Diane  Professor  of  Philosophy 
(1978),  BA  1970  University  of  Texas,  PhD 
1980  Temple  University 

Barnes,  Nora  Ganim  Chancellor  Professor 
of  Marketing  and  Information  Systems 
(1984),  BA  1972  Rhode  Island  College,  MA 
1 973  University  of  Rhode  Island,  PhD  1 979 
University  of  Connecticut 

Bates,  Alan  H  Professor  of  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  (1971),  BS  1 965  Allegheny 
College,  AM  1966,  PhD  1970  Harvard 
University 

Baum,  Michael  Associate  Professor  of 
Political  Science  (1997),  BA  1987  Gettysburg 
College,  MA  1988  University  of  Toronto, 
PhD  1997  University  of  Connecticut 

Benavides,  Carlos  Assistant  Professor  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages  (1999),  BA 
1986  Universidad  National  Autonoma  de 
Honduras,  MA  1993  University  of  Texas,  El 
Paso 

Bergandy,  Jan  Professor  of  Computer  and 
Information  Science  (1983),  MS  1976 
Technical  University  of  Poznan,  MS  1976 
Adam  Mickiewicz  University,  PhD  1980 
Technical  University  of  Poznan 

Berger,  David  E  Professor  of  Economics 
(1972),  BA  1963  Temple  University,  MBA 
1966  Drexel  University,  MA  1968,  PhD  1972 
Washington  University 

Bergeron,  DoroPthy  A  Associate  Professor 
of  Medical  Laboratory  Science  (1983),  BS 
1970  Rhode  Island  College,  Certified  1970 
Rhode  Island  Hospital  School  of  Medical 
Technology,  MS  1977  University  of  Vermont 

Bergstein,  Paul  L  Associate  Professor  of 
Computer  and  Information  Science  (1998), 
BS  1978,  SUNY  College  of  Environmental 
Science  and  Syracuse  University,  MS  1981 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  MS 
1991,  PhD  1994  Northeastern  University 

Bhowmick,  Sankha  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mechanical  Engineering  (2002),  BE  1992 


Jadavpur  University,  MS  1996  Villanova 
University,  PhD  2000  University  of  Minne- 
sota 

Bianco,  Louis  G  Professor  of  Mathematics 
(1984),  BA  1971  Bradley  University,  MA 
1983,  PhD  1988  Boston  University 

Bisagni,  James  J  Associate  Professor  of 
Physics  and  Marine  Science  and  Technology 
(1997),  BS  1972  University  of  New  York  at 
Stony  Brook,  MS  1976,  PhD  1991  University 
of  Rhode  Island  Graduate  School  of 
Oceanography 

Blasdell,  Nancy  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Adult 
and  Child  Nursing  (2001),  BSN  1988,  MSN 
1993  Old  Dominion  University 

Blitefield,  Jerry  Assistant  Professor  of 
English  (2000),  BA  1980  Manhattanville 
College,  MA  1995  University  of  Massachu- 
setts Dartmouth 

Bobrick,  James  Professor  of  English  (1988), 
BA  1964,  PhD  1973  Boston  University 

Boerth,  Donald  W  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  and  Marine 
Science  and  Technology  (1978),  BS  1969 
North  Dakota  State  University,  PhD  1974 
University  of  Minnesota 

Bohn,  James  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Music 
(2000),  BM  1992  University  of  Wisconsin, 
MM  1993,  DMA  1997  University  of  Illinois 

Borim,  Dario  Assistant  Professor  of 
Portuguese  (2000),  BA  1987  Universidade 
Federal  de  Minas  Gerais,  Brazil,  MA  1991, 
MA  1995,  PhD  1997  University  of 
Minnesota 

Bouchard,  Brenda  Assistant  Professor 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  (2000),  BS  1989 
University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth,  MS 
1995  Salve  Regina  University 

Brekka,  Maria  L  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (1998),  BA  1989,  MA  1991, 
PhD  1998  North  Carolina  State  University 

Brodeur,  Lynne  A  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  (2001),  BS  1989 
Southern  Massachusetts  University  (UMass 
Dartmouth) 

Bronstad,  Joseph  A  Professor  of  Foreign 
Literature  and  Languages  (1973),  BA  1966 
Lawrence  University,  MA  1968  University  of 
Wisconsin,  PhD  1975  University  of 
Connecticut 


371 


Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 


Brown,  David  A  Professor  of  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering  (1995),  BS  1985 
University  of  Rhode  Island,  MS  1988,  PhD 
1991  Naval  Postgraduate  School 

Brown,  Wendell  Professor  of  Marine 
Science  and  Technology  (2000),  BS  1965, 
MS  1967  Brown  University,  PhD  1971 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Buck,  John  R  Associate  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  and 
Marine  Science  and  Technology  (1996),  SB 
1989,  SM  1991,  PhD  1996  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology 

Budinsky,  Nurit  Professor  of  Mathematics 
(1983),  BS  1976  Tel  Aviv  University,  Israel, 
MS  1980,  PhD  1983  Clarkson  College 

Caliri,  Victor  P  Professor  of  Psychology 
(1973),  BS  1953,  EdM  1954,  CAGS  1972 
Boston  University,  MA  1963  Holy  Cross 
College,  PhD  1977  Boston  College 

Calvert,  Paul  Professor  of  Textile  Sciences 
(2003),  BA  1967  Cambridge  University,  PhD 
1971  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Carlson,  Eleanor  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Music  (1973),  BM  1959  Oberlin  Conserva- 
tory, MM  1960  Indiana  University,  DMA 

1974  Boston  University 

Carreiro-Lewandowski,  Eileen  Professor 
of  Medical  Laboratory  Science  (1981),  BS 

1975  Rhode  Island  College,  Certified  1975 
Memorial  Hospital  of  Rhode  Island  School  of 
Medical  Technology,  MS  1979  University  of 
Kentucky 

Carrera,  Magali  M  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Art  History  (1977),  BA  1972  Arizona  State 
University,  MS  1974,  MPhil  1976,  PhD  1977 
Columbia  University 

Carroll,  John  J  Director  of  Academic 
Advising  (1996)  and  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Political  Science  (1966),  BA  1965  Northeast- 
ern University,  MA  1972,  PhD  1977  Brown 
University 

Catalan,  Judith  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Adult 
and  Child  Nursing  (2001),  RN-BSN,  MS  2000 
Northeastern  University 

Chapman,  David  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Design 
(2000),  BFA  1962  Rhode  Island  School  of 
Design 

Chen,  Changsheng  Professor  of  Marine 
Science  and  Technology  (2001),  BS  1979, 


MS  1983  Ocean  University  of  Qmgdao, 
China,  MS  1989,  PhD  1992  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology/Woods  Hole 
Oceanographic  Institute 

Chen,  Chi-Hau  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1968), 
BS  1959  National  Taiwan  University,  Taiwan, 
MS  1962  University  of  Tennessee,  PhD  1965 
Purdue  University 

Cheng,  Linsun  Associate  Professor  of 
History  (1994),  MA  1982  Shanghai  Academy 
of  Social  Sciences,  MA  1991,  PhD  1994 
Washington  University 

Chopoorian,  John  A  Chancellor  Professor 
of  Marketing  and  Business  Information 
Systems  (1977),  BS  1954  Brown  University, 
PhD  1960  Florida  State  University 

Christian,  Ellen  G  Professor  of  Institutional 
Nursing  (1974),  BS  1969  Boston  University, 
MS  1973  University  of  Colorado 

Christopher,  Kimberly  Assistant  Professor 
of  Institutional  Nursing  (1999),  BS  1979 
Boston  College,  MA  1984  Stanford 
University,  MS  1987,  PhD  1998  Boston 
College 

Conboy,  John  K  Professor  of  Psychology 
(1986),  BA  1970  University  of  Rhode  Island, 
MSEd  1974  University  of  Maine,  MS  1976 
Murray  State  University,  PsyD  1982 
Massachusetts  School  of  Professional 
Psychology 

Connor,  Richard  C  Associate  Professor  of 
Biology  (1996),  BA  1982  University  of 
California  at  Santa  Cruz,  PhD  1990 
University  of  Michigan 

Corriveau,  Donald  P  Chancellor  Professor 
of  Psychology  (1980),  BA  1973  Providence 
College,  MA  1975,  PhD  1978  University  of 
Rhode  Island 

Cory,  Lester  W  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1963), 
BS  1963  Bradford  Durfee  College  of 
Technology  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MS  1970 
Northeastern  University,  MEd  1974 
Bndgewater  State  College,  DS  (Hon) 
University  of  Rhode  Island 

Costa,  Antonio  H  Professor  of  Electrical 
and  Computer  Engineering  (1985),  BS  1983, 
MSEE  1985  Southeastern  Massachusetts 
University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  PhD  1994 
University  of  Rhode  Island 


Cox,  Philip  Associate  Professor  of  Philoso- 
phy (1996),  BA  1975  University  of  Texas, 
Austin,  PhD  1987  University  of  Massachu- 
setts Amherst 

Crawford,  Renate  Asociate  Professor  of 
Physics  (1996),  BS  1990,  MA  1991,  PhD 
1993  Kent  State  University 

Crayhon,  Victoria  Visiting  Lectu 
Design  (2000),  BFA  1994  New  York 
University,  MFA  1997  Rhode  Island  School 
of  Design 

Creighton,  Richard  J  Professor  of  Fine  Arts 

(1981)  ,  BA  1975  University  of  New 
Hampshire,  MFA  1981  Pennsylvania  State 
University 

Crowley,  Patricia  Visiting  Lecturer  of 
Education  (2003)  BE  1975  University  of 
Massachusetts  Amherst,  ME  1994  Lesley 
College 

Currier,  Phyllis  Professor  of  Institutional 
Nursing  (1980),  BS  1967  Salve  Regtna 
College,  MS  1972  University  of  Rhode 
Island,  EdD  1991  Boston  University 

Curry,  Thomas  J  Director,  Advanced 
Technology  and  Manufacturing  Center 
(2003)  and  Professor  of  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering  (1983).  BS  1964 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  MS  1966  Worcester 
Polytechnic  Institute,  PhD  1975  University  of 
Rhode  Island 

Dars,  Lewis  Professor  of  Economics  (1999), 
BBA  1961  City  College  of  New  York,  MA 
1964,  PhD  1971  New  School  for  Social 
Research 

Darst,  Robert  Assistant  Professor  of 
Political  Science  (2003),  BA  1984  University 
of  North  Carolina  Chapel  Hill,  MA  1987, 
PhD  1994  University  of  California  Berkeley 

Davenport,  Alma  Professor  of  Design 

(1982)  ,  BFA  1970,  MFA  1975  Rhode  Island 
School  of  Design 

Deck,  Joseph  C  Deputy  Director,  School  for 
Marine  Science  and  Technology  1 1 996)  and 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
(1987),  BS  1960  Duquesne  University,  MS 
1964,  PhD  1966  University  of  Illinois 

Dills,  William  L,  Jr  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  (1982),  BS  1967 
Juniata  College,  PhD  1973  University  of 
Vermont 


372 


DiMassa,  Diane  E  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mechanical  Engineering  (2000),  BS  1989, 
MS  1989,  MEng  1992  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  PhD  1997  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology/Woods  Hole 
Oceanographic  Institute 

DiPippo,  Ronald  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Mechanical  Engineering  (1967),  ScB  1962, 
ScM  1964,  PhD  1966  Brown  University 

Dluhy,  Nancy  Professor  of  Institutional 
Nursing  (1981),  BSN  1967  University  of 
Delaware,  MSN  1981,  PhD  1993  University 
of  Rhode  Island 

Donnelly,  Paul  A  Professor  of  Psychology 
(1979),  BA  1971  Providence  College,  MA 
1974  Assumption  College,  EdD  1980  Boston 
University 

Eberbach,  Eugene  Associate  Professor  of 
Computer  and  Information  Science  (2000), 
MS  1977,  PhD  1982  Technical  University  of 
Warsaw 

Edberg,  William  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil 
and  Environmental  Engineering  (2002), 
BSCE  1993  University  of  Massachusetts, 
MSCE  1995  University  of  Delaware,  PhD 
2001  University  of  Delaware 

Einstein,  Walter  O  Professor  of  Manage- 
ment and  Human  Resources  (1985),  BA 
1955  Fresno  State  College,  MS  1975 
University  of  Southern  California,  PhD  1981 
Syracuse  University 

Elfenbein,  Morton  H  Professor  of 
Psychology  (1970),  AB  1965,  MA  1967,  PhD 
1970  Boston  University 

Elliott,  Kathleen  M  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Institutional  Nursing  (1996),  BS  1990  St. 
Joseph's  College,  MS  1995  University  of 
Massachusetts  Boston 

Elliott,  Willoughby  R  Professor  of  Fine  Arts 
(1967),  BFA  1965  Chouinard  Art  Institute, 
MFA  1967  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design 

Ellis,  Debra  J  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 
(1998),  BA  1983  Wellesley  College,  PhD 
1996  University  of  Maryland 

El  Wakil,  Sherif  D  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Mechanical  Engineering  (1987),  BS  1965 
Cairo  University,  MS  1969  Al-Azhar 
University,  PhD  1972  Birmingham  University, 
England 

Estes,  Lee  Edward  Chancellor  Professor  of 


Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1971), 
BSEE  1965  Southeastern  Massachusetts 
University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MSEE  1967, 
PhD  1969  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

Fain,  Gilbert  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  and 
Marine  Science  and  Technology  (1968), 
BSEE  1958,  MSEE  1961,  PhD  1967 
University  of  Rhode  Island 

Fairbairn,  Janet  A  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Design  (2000),  BFA  1988  Maine  College  of 
Art,  MFA  1991  Yale  University 

Fan,  Qinguo  Assistant  Professor  of  Textile 
Science  (1998),  BS  1982,  MS  1988  China 
Textile  University,  PhD  1995  University  of 
Leeds 

Fater,  Kerry  H  Associate  Professor  of 
Institutional  Nursing  (1992),  BSN  1972 
Villanova  University,  MS  1979  University  of 
Rhode  Island,  PhD  1985  University  of 
Connecticut 

Faulkenberry,  Richard  Associate  Professor 
of  Mathematics  (1990),  BA  1983  Duke 
University,  PhD  1990  University  of  Maryland 

Fennessey,  Neil  M  Associate  Professor  of 
Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering  (1995), 
BS  1975,  BSCE  1983  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts Amherst,  SMCE  1986  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology,  PhD  1994 
Tufts  University 

Fine,  Dana  Professor  of  Mathematics 
(1989),  BS  1983  Stanford  University,  PhD 
1989  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Fisher,  Elaine  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Design  (1973),  BFA  1961  Carnegie-Mellon 
University,  MDesS  1989  Harvard  University 

Fobanjong,  John  Associate  Professor  of 
Political  Science  (2000),  BS  1984  Berea 
College,  MA  1985  California  Lutheran 
University,  PhD  1989  University  of  Arizona 

Foley,  Anne  Assistant  Professor  of 
Education  (2001),  BA  1969  University  of 
Maine  at  Farmingham,  MSLS  Southern 
Connecticut  State  University,  MA  1985  State 
University  of  New  York  Albany,  PhD  1999 
Syracuse  University 

Forker,  Laura  Associate  Professor  of 
Management  and  Human  Resources,  AB 
1981  Cornell  University,  MA  1987  Indiana 
University,  PhD  1993  Arizona  State 
University 


Fortier,  Paul  J  Professor  of  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering  (1994),  BS  1978 
University  of  Lowell  (UMass  Lowell),  MS 
1981  Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  DSc  1993  University  of 
Massachusetts  Lowell 

Fowler,  Alex  J  Associate  Professor  of 
Mechanical  Engineering  (1994),  BA  1987 
Wesleyan  University,  PhD  1993  Duke 
University 

Franko,  Debra  L  Associate  Professor  of 
Psychology  (1994),  BA  1979  University  of 
Michigan,  PhD  1986  McGill  University 

Franz,  Laura  E  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Design 
(1998),  BFA  1991  Western  Michigan 
University,  MFA  1997  Carnegie  Mellon 
University 

Freedman,  Janet  Professor  of  Education 
(1984),  BS  1962,  MS  1966  Simmons 
College,  EdD  1984  Boston  University 

Freyermuth,  Virginia  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Art  Education  (1999),  BFA  1973,  MFA  1975 
Boston  University 

Friedman,  Peter  D  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mechanical  Engineering  (2002),  BS  1984 
Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  MS  1991 
Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  PhD  2001 
Johns  Hopkins  University 

Frost,  Leslie  C  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Institu- 
tional Nursing  (1992),  BS  1978  Salve  Regina 
College,  MS  1985  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Gangopadhyay,  Avijit  Associate  Professor 
of  Physics  and  Marine  Science  and  Technol- 
ogy, BTech  1979  Indian  Institute  of 
Technology,  Kharagpur,  MTech  1982  Indian 
Institute  of  Technology,  New  Delhi,  PhD 
1990  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Gardner,  Catherine  Assistant  Professor  of 
Philosophy  (2001),  BA  1985  University  of 
Leicester,  MA  1989  Univeristy  College  of 
Swansea  in  Wales,  PhD  1996  University  of 
Virginia 

Gardner,  Janet  E  Director  of  Honors 
Programs  (2003)  and  Associate  Professor  of 
English  (1995),  BA  1988,  MA  1990 
California  State  University,  Sacramento,  PhD 
1995  University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst 

Georgianna,  Daniel  L  Chancellor  Professor 
of  Economics  and  Marine  Science  and 
Technology  (1978),  BS  1965  College  of  the 
Holy  Cross,  PhD  1977  University  of 


373 


Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 


Massachusetts  Amherst 

Goldman,  Harvey  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Design  (1977),  BFA  1974  University  of 
Illinois,  MFA  1976  University  of  Massachu- 
setts Amherst 

Golen,  James  A  Professor  of  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  (1976),  BS  1965  Southeastern 
Massachusetts  University  (UMass  Dart- 
mouth), PhD  1970  University  of  Massachu- 
setts Amherst 

Golen,  Richard  F  Assistant  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Programs  in  the  Charlton 
College  of  Business  (1995)  and  Professor  of 
Management  and  Human  Resources  (1984), 
BS  1974  Southeastern  Massachusetts 
University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MBA  1976 
Suffolk  University,  JD  1983  Suffolk  Law 
School 

Goodman,  Louis  Professor  of  Marine 
Science  (2001),  BS  1967,  MS  1969,  PhD 
1971  Drexel  University 

Goodson,  David  Z  Assistant  Professor  of 
Chemistry  (2002),  BA  1980  Pomona 
College,  PhD  1987  harvard  University 

Goodwin,  Thorn  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  (2001),  BA 
1995,  MS  1999  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Gottlieb,  Sigal  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (1999),  ScB  1993,  ScM  1995, 
PhD  1998  Brown  University 

Gramling,  Kathryn  Assistant  Professor  of 
Institutional  Nursing  (2000),  BSN  1966 
Boston  College,  MSN  1985  University  of 
Connecticut,  PhD  1999  University  of 
Colorado 

Green,  Robert  Interim  Vice  Chancellor  for 
Library  Services,  Information  Resources,  and 
Technology  (2003)  and  Professor  of 
Computer  and  Information  Science  and 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1982), 
BS  1968,  MS  1971,  PhD  1972  University  of 
Michigan 

Griffin,  Michael  Visiting  Lecturer  of 
Accounting  and  Finance  (1987),  BS  1980 
Providence  College,  MBA  1982  Bryant 
College 

Griffith,  James  T  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  (1974),  BS  1970 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  Certified  1970  The 
Memorial  Hospital  of  Rhode  Island  School  of 


Medical  Technology,  MS  1976  Southeastern 
Massachusetts  University  (UMass  Dart- 
mouth), PhD  1992  Walden  University 

Griffith,  Robert  Professor  of  Biology 
(1976),  BA  1965  Catawba  College,  MS 
1968,  PhD  1972  Yale  University 

Grzegorczyk,  Ivona  M  Associate  Professor 
of  Mathematics  (1993),  MSc  1982  Warsaw 
University,  PhD  1990  University  of  California 
Berkeley 

Gunasekaran,  Angappa  Asare  Associate 
Professor  of  Management  (1998),  BE  1980, 
ME  1982  University  of  Madras,  PhD  Indian 
Institute  of  Technology 

Guo,  Msolin  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry  (2003),PhD  2002 
University  of  Edinburgh 

Gupta,  Krishan  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Accounting  and  Finance  (1998),  BTech  1973 
Indian  Institute  of  Technology,  MBA  1986 
West  Georgia  College,  MPhil  1997  Baruch 
College,  City  University  of  New  York 

Habicht,  Louise  A  Professor  of  English 
(1966),  BA  1963  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina Greensboro,  PhD  1971  Brown  University 

Haimson,  Barry  R  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Psychology  (1967),  BA  1963  Brandeis 
University,  AM  1965,  PhD  1970  Boston 
University 

Haines,  Severin  Professor  of  Fine  Arts 
(1988),  BFA  1968  Swain  School  of  Design 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  MFA  1972  Yale 
University 

Hamlet,  Susan  Professor  of  Design  (1988), 
BA  1976  Mount  Holyoke  College,  MFA 
1978  Rochester  Institute  of  Technology 

Hammond,  Gerald  B  Professor  of 
Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  (1990),  BS  1975 
Universidad  Catolica  del  Peru,  MS  1979 
University  of  British  Columbia,  PhD  1984 
University  of  Birmingham,  England 

Hankin,  Alan  L  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Biology  (1996),  BA  1971  Boston  University, 
PhD  1984  State  University  of  New  York/ 
Syracuse  University 

Hansberry,  John  W  Professor  of  Mechani- 
cal Engineering  (1969,  1973),  BA  1965, 
BSME  1966  Rice  University,  ScM  1968,  PhD 
1973  Brown  University,  Registered  Profes- 
sional Engineer 


Hargreaves,  Kevin  J  Professor  of  History 

(1972)  ,  BA  1964  Beloit  College,  MA  1966, 
PhD  1974  Brandeis  University 

Harrison,  Stanley  Assistant  Professor  of 
Biology  (2003),  PhD  University  of  Rhode 
Island 

Hart,  Peter  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 
(2003),  BS  1990,  MA  1992  Bridgewater 
State  College,  PhD  1977  University  of 
Maryland 

hartigan,  royal  Assistant  Professor  of 
Music  (1999),  BA  1981  University  of 
Massachusetts  Amherst,  MA  1983.  PhD 
1986  Wesleyan  University 

Hausknecht,  Adam  O  Professor  of 
Mathematics  and  Computer  and  Informa- 
tion Science  (1982),  AA  1968  Marntt  Jr 
College,  AB  1969,  MA  1972,  PhD  1975 
University  of  California/Berkeley 

Hegedus,  Stephen  J  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (2000),  BSc  1994,  PhD  1998 
University  of  Southampton 

Helenon,  Veronique  Assistant  Professor  of 
History  (2002),  DEUG  1986  Sorbonne, 
Diplome  1988  Institut  d'Etudes  in  Sciences 
Sociales,  Pans,  PhD  Ecole  des  Hautes  Etudes 
Politiques  1997 

Helgeland,  Robert  Christian  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1970), 
BSEE  1968  Southeastern  Massachusetts 
University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MSEE  1970 
Northeastern  University,  Registered 
Professional  Engineer 

Hijiya,  James  A  Professor  of  History  (1978), 
BA  1971  Brown  University,  MA  1974,  PhD 
1977  Cornell  University 

Hirshfeld,  Alan  Professor  of  Physics  (1978), 
BA  1973  Princeton  University,  MS  1975, 
PhD  1978  Yale  University 

Hoagland,  Everett  H  Professor  of  English 

(1973)  ,  BA  1964  Lincoln  University,  MA 
1973  Brown  University 

Hogan,  William  V  Professor  of  Economics 
(1978),  BA  1970  Southeastern  Massachu- 
setts University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MA 
1974,  PhD  1976  Cornell  University 

Hojjat,  Mahzad  Assistant  Professor  of 
Psychology  (2000),  BA  1992  University  of 
Connecticut,  MS  1994,  MPhil  1995,  PhD 
1998  Yale  University 


374 


Holloway,  Memory  Associate  Professor  of 
Art  History  (1996),  BA  1968  University  of 
Redlands,  MA  1979,  PhD  1995  Courtault 
Institute  of  Art,  London  University 

Holt,  William  R  Professor  of  Psychology 
(1973),  BA  1967  Williams  College,  MA 
1972,  PhD  1973  Brown  University 

Horch,  Elliott  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
(2002),  BA  1987  University  of  Chicago,  MS 
1989  Yale  University,  PhD  1994  Stanford 
University 

Houser,  Catherine  Professor  of  English 
(1987),  BA  1978,  MFA  1986  Arizona  State 
University 

Howe,  Carole,  J  Assistant  Professor  of 
Community  Nursing  (2000),  BS  1976 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst,  MS 
1981  University  of  Connecticut 

Howes,  Brian  Professor  of  Marine  Science 
and  Technology  (2000),  BA  1974  Rutgers 
University,  MA  1980,  PhD  1984  Boston 
University 

Hsu,  Jong-Ping  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Physics  (1978),  BS  1962  National  Taiwan 
University,  MS  1965  National  Tsmg-Hwa 
University,  PhD  1969  University  of  Rochester 

Hughes,  Peter  Visiting  Lecturer  of 
Management  (2002),  BSEE  1959  University 
of  Liverpool,  MBA  1976  Bryant  College,  PhD 
1967  University  of  Liverpool 

Huff,  Toby  E  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Sociology  and  Anthropology  (1971),  BA 
1965  Northeastern  University,  MA  1967 
Northwestern  University,  PhD  1971  The  New 
School  for  Social  Research 

Hunter,  Susan  M  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Institutional  Nursing  (1989),  BS  1992 
Fitchburg  State  College,  MS  1997  University 
of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 

Hutchinson,  Rebecca  Assistant  Professor  of 
Design  (2000),  BA  1984  Berea  College,  MFA 
1987  University  of  Georgia 

Jackivicz,  Thomas  Paul  Professor  of  Civil 
and  Environmental  Engineering  (1972), 
BSCE  1965,  MS  1969  University  of  Miami, 
PhD  1973  University  of  Massachusetts 
Amherst,  Registered  Professional  Engineer 

Jackson,  Raymond  Interim  Dean  Charlton 
College  of  Business  (2003)  and  Professor  of 
Accounting  and  Finance  (1973),  SB  1958 


Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  MBA 
1960  University  of  Chicago,  PhD  1967 
Boston  University 

Jacobskind,  Barbara  R  Professor  of  English 
(1971),  BA  1966  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  MA  1967,  PhD  1970  Brown 
University 

Jhaveri,  Madhusudan  Professor  of  Civil 
and  Environmental  Engineering  (1974),  BSC 
1963  SW,  Gujarat,  India,  MS  1968  North 
Dakota  State  University,  PhD  1977  New 
Jersey  Institute  of  Technology,  Registered 
Professional  Engineer 

Jones,  Frederick  L  Professor  of  Accounting 
and  Finance  (1982),  BS  1968,  MBA  1978 
University  of  Maryland,  DBA  1991  Boston 
University,  CPA  State  of  Maryland 

Jones,  Robert  Assistant  Professor  of 
Economics  (2000),  BA  1996  University  of 
Massachusetts  Dartmouth,  MA  Clark 
University 

Kamm,  Lewis  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages  (1971),  BA 
1966  Rutgers  University,  MA  1967,  PhD 
1971  Brown  University 

Kaplowitz,  Laurie  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Fine  Arts  (1978),  BFA  1973  Boston 
University,  MFA  1975  American  University 

Kaput,  James  J  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (1968),  BS  1964  Worcester 
Polytechnic  Institute,  MA  1966,  PhD  1968 
Clark  University 

Karakaya,  Fahri  Professor  of  Marketing 
and  Information  Systems  (1987),  BS  1976 
North  Adams  State  College,  MBA  1979 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst,  PhD 
1987  Clemson  University 

Kasilingam,  Dayalan  P  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  and 
Marine  Science  and  Technology  (1993),  BA 
1981  University  of  Cambridge,  England,  MS 
1982,  PhD  1987  California  Institute  of 
Technology 

Kattan,  Ibrahim  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mechanical  Engineering  (1998),  Dip  1967 
University  of  Belgrade,  MSc  University  of 
Birmingham,  MSc  1983  Oklahoma  State 
University,  PhD  1994  Tennessee  Technologi- 
cal University 

Kattan,  Khalid  Visiting  Lecturer  of 
Computer  and  Information  Science  (2001), 


BS  1996  Tennessee  Tech  University,  MS 
2001  University  of  Massachusetts  Dart- 
mouth 

Kazama,  Frederick  Y  Professor  of  Biology 
(1974),  AB  1964  University  of  Nebraska, 
PhD  1969  University  of  California 

Kellerman,  Joan  Assistant  Professor  of 
English  (1981),  BA  1968,  PhD  1977  State 
University  of  New  York/Buffalo 

Kenty,  Janet  Associate  Professor  of 
Community  Nursing  (1987),  BS  1967 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst,  MS 
1979  Boston  University,  PhD  1995  University 
of  Rhode  Island 

Khalil,  Omar  E  M  Professor  of  Marketing 
and  Business  Information  Systems  (1990), 
BCom  1971  Alexandria  University,  MBA 
1981,  PhD  1986  North  Texas  State 
University 

Kim,  Saeja  Oh  Associate  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (1990),  BS  1975  Seoul 
National  University,  MS  1985  Brown 
University,  PhD  1988  University  of  Illinois  at 
Urbana-Champaign 

Kim,  Yong  Ku  Professor  of  Textile  Sciences 
(1981),  BS  1970,  MS  1974  Seoul  National 
University,  Korea,  PhD  1980  North  Carolina 
State  University 

Klimt,  Andrea  C  Assistant  Professor  of 
Sociology  and  Anthropology,  BA  1977 
Brown  University,  PhD  1992  Stanford 
University 

Klobucka,  Anna  Associate  Professor  of 
Portuguese  (2001),  BA,  MA  1986  University 
of  Warsaw,  PhD  1993  Harvard 

Kobu,  Bulent  Professor  of  Management 
and  Human  Resources  (1987),  MSME  1961 
Technical  University  of  Istanbul,  MSIE  1964 
Purdue  University,  PhD  1971  Istanbul 
University 

Koot,  Gerard  M  Chancellor  Professor  of 
History  (1972),  BA  1969  Assumption 
College,  MA  1969,  PhD  1972  State 
University  of  New  York,  Stony  Brook 

Kowalczyk,  Robert  E  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (1975),  BA  1968  Southeastern 
Massachusetts  University  (UMass  Dart- 
mouth), PhD  1972  Brown  University 

Kowalski,  Kellyann  Berube  Assistant 
Professor  of  Management  ( 1 998),  BS  1 987 


375 


Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 


Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  MBA  1990  Northeast- 
ern University,  PhD  1997  University  of 
Rhode  Island 

Kruger,  Cynthia  Professor  of  Education 
(1970),  BS  1964  Bndgewater  State  College, 
MA  1965  Clark  University,  PhD  1971 
Fordham  University 

Krumholz,  Susan  Assistant  Professor  of 
Sociology  and  Anthropology  (1990),  BA 
1975  Keene  State  College,  JD  1978 
University  of  Puget  Sound,  MS  1989,  PhD 
2000  Northeastern  University 

Ladd,  Spencer  Associate  Professor  in 
Design  (1996),  BA  1983  Georgia  Southern 
College,  MFA  1988  Cranbrook  Academy  of 
Art,  MFA  1994  Rhode  Island  School  of 
Design 

LaFond,  Jeanne  H  Assistant  Professor  of 
Accounting  and  Finance  (1992),  BS  1978, 
MS  1985  Bryant  College,  CPA  State  of 
Rhode  Island,  JD  1999  Suffolk  University 
Law  School 

Langley,  Kenneth  D  Chancellor  Professor 
of  Textile  Sciences  (1968),  BS  1964 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  Technological 
Institute  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MS  1968 
Institute  of  Textile  Technology 

Lannon,  John  M  Professor  of  English 
(1979),  BA  1967,  MA  1970,  PhD  1972 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst 

Laoulache,  Raymond  N  Associate 
Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering  (1988), 
ScB  1980,  ScM  1983  Northeastern 
University,  PhD  1987  Brown  University 

Larschan,  Richard  J  Professor  of  English 
(1972),  BA  1964  Colby  College,  MA  1966, 
PhD  1975  University  of  California/Berkeley 

Laughton,  John  Dean  College  of  Visual 
and  Performing  Arts  (1998)  and  Professor  of 
Music  (1998),  BM  1963  University  of  Iowa, 
MM  1972  Catholic  University  of  America, 
DMusArts  1980  University  of  Iowa 

Lawton,  James  B  Associate  Professor  of 
Design  (1998),  BS  1976  Florida  State 
University,  MFA  1980  Louisiana  State 
University 

Leclair,  Susan  J  Professor  of  Medical 
Laboratory  Science  (1980),  BS  1968 
Stonehill  College,  Certified  1968  St. 
Vincent's  Hospital  School  of  Medical 


Technology,  MS  1977  Southeastern 
Massachusetts  University  (UMass  Dart- 
mouth) 

Lee  Yoon  Soo  Associate  Professor  of 
Design  (2001),  BFA  1988,  MFA  1991  Seoul 
National  University,  MFA  1994  Western 
Michigan  University 

Lee,  Deborah  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Foreign 
Literature  and  Languages  (1990),  BA  1984 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  MA  1986,  PhD  1991 
Brown  University 

Leffers,  Jeanne  M  Assistant  Professor  of 
Community  Nursing  (2000),  BA  1970 
Simmons  College,  MS  1985  University  of 
Rhode  Island,  MA  1991,  PhD  1997  Brown 
University 

Lemay,  Gerald  Professor  of  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering  (1978),  BS  1971 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst,  MS 
1978  Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  PhD  1988  University  of 
Rhode  Island 

Leon,  Steven  J  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (1979),  BS  1965  MS  1966, 
PhD  1971  Michigan  State  University 

Leone,  Anne  Associate  Professor  of  Fine 
Arts  (1993),  BFA  1981  Boston  University, 
MFA  1985  University  of  Cincinnati 

Lintala,  Eric  Professor  of  Fine  Arts  (1988), 
BFA  1976,  MFA  1979  Kent  State  University 

Liu,  Hong  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 
and  Computer  Engineering  (1990),  BS  1982, 
MS  1984  Hefei  Polytechnic  University, 
China,  PhD  1989  Polytechnic  University, 
New  York 

Logan,  Lawrence  B  Associate  Professor  of 
Accounting  and  Finance  (1993),  BSBA  1970 
Roosevelt  University,  MBA  1973  University 
of  Chicago,  PhD  1983  University  of 
Wisconsin  Madison 

Longo,  Palma  Assistant  Professor  of 
Biology  (2000),  BS  1969  St.  Bonaventure 
University,  MA  1976  Fairleigh  Dickinson 
University,  PhD  2000  Columbia  University 

MacDonald,  Daniel  Assistant  Professor  of 
Marine  Science  and  Technology  (2003)  BSCE 
1992  University  of  New  Hampshire,  MS 
1996  Cornell  University,  PhD  2002 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology/ 
Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institute  Joint 


Program 

Maddocks,  Bruce  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Design  (2000),  BFA  1983  Rhode  Island 
School  of  Design 

Magrass,  Yale  R  Professor  of  Sociology  and 
Anthropology  (1978),  BA  1976  Brandeis 
University,  MA  1973,  PhD  1978  University  of 
California/Santa  Barbara 

Maher,  Jean  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Commu- 
nity Nursing  (1978),  BS  1966,  MS  1968 
Boston  College 

Mailloux,  Carol  Associate  Professor  of 
Community  Nursing  (1978),  BS  1972  Salve 
Regma  College,  MS  1975  Boston  College 

Makara-Biron,  Christina  Professor  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages  (1988;,  BA 
1979,  MA  1981  University  of  Michigan.  PhD 
1988  Ohio  State  University 

Mallach,  Efrem  Assistant  Professor  of 
Business  Information  Systems  (2003).  MBA 
Boston  University,  PhD  1969  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology 

Mandrioli,  Michele  I  Professor  of  Chemis- 
try and  Biochemistry  (1978),  AB  1971,  MA 
1974,  PhD  1977  Clark  University 

Manning,  Kenneth  Luis  Assistant 
Professor  of  Political  Science  (1999),  BA 
1988  Southwestern  University.  MA  1995, 
PhD  1998  University  of  Houston 

Marlow,  James  E  Professor  of  English 
(1973),  BA  1960  Dartmouth  College,  PhD 

1972  University  of  California/Davis 

Martin,  Gary  Associate  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (1989),  BA  1979  Wesleyan 
University,  PhD  1985  Rutgers  University 

Maskooki,  Kooros  Professor  of  Accounting 
and  Finance  (1981),  BA  1966,  MA  1969 
Western  New  Mexico  University,  MA  1970 
University  of  Arizona,  PhD  1977  University 
of  Nebraska 

Massano,  Giulio  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages  (1974),  BA 
1965  Studium  Theologicum,  MA  1971,  PhD 

1973  Catholic  University  of  America 

McCabe,  Robert  Professor  of  Mathematics 
(1964),  BS  1957  Union  College,  MA  1960 
San  Diego  State  College,  PhD  1971  Boston 
University 


376 


McCurry,  Mary  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Institutional  Nursing  (2000),  BS  1986 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst,  MS 
1996  University  of  Massachusetts 
Dartmouth 

McFarlane,  Bryan  Associate  Professor  of 
Fine  Arts  (1993),  BFA  1981,  MFA  1983 
Massachusetts  College  of  Art 

Melanson,  Philip  H  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Political  Science  (1971),  BA  1966,  MA  1968, 
PhD  1972  University  of  Connecticut 

Mendes,  Victor  Associate  Professor  of 
Portuguese,  DegPhil  1986  University  of 
Lisbon,  EducSci  Qualification  Degree  1992 
Open  University,  Lisbon,  MA  1994  University 
of  Lisbon,  EducSci  Qualification  Degree 
1995  Open  University,  Lisbon,  PhD  1998 
University  of  Lisbon 

Meressi,  Tesfay  Associate  Professor  of 
Mechanical  Engineering  (1993),  BS  1985 
Addis  Ababa  University,  MS  1990  PhD  1993 
University  of  California/Santa  Barbara 

Michel,  Howard  Assistant  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1999), 
BS  1975  New  Jersey  Institute  of  Technology, 
MS  1981  University  of  Southern  California, 
MS  1988  University  of  Massachusetts 
Amherst,  PhD  1999  Wright  State  University 

Mikolajczak,  Boleslaw  Professor  of 
Computer  and  Information  Science  (1987), 
MS  1970  Technical  University  Poznan,  MS 
1972  Adam  Mickiewicz  University,  PhD 
1974,  Dr  Habil  1 979  Technical  University  of 
Poznan 

Miller,  Heather  J  Associate  Professor  of 
Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering  (1994), 
BS  1984  Northeastern  University,  ME  1986 
University  of  Virginia,  PhD  1994  University  - 
of  New  Hampshire,  Registered  Professional 
Engineer 

Miller,  Larry  M  Associate  Professor  of 
Sociology  and  Anthropology  (1978),  BA 
1969,  PhD  1980  Brandeis  University 

Millstein,  Mark  Associate  Professor  of 
Design  (1994),  BFA  1982  Atlanta  College  of 
Art,  MFA  1986  Massachusetts  College  of 
Art 

Miraglia,  Anthony  J  Professor  of  Fine  Arts 
(1975),  BFA  1973  Cleveland  Institute  of  Art, 
MFA  1975  Syracuse  University 

Miraglia,  Kathy  A  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Art 


Education  (2001),  BFA  1977,  MAE  1995 
University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 

Mitchell,  Betty  L  Professor  of  History 
(1978),  AB  1969  Douglass  College,  MA 
1972,  PhD  1979  University  of  Massachusetts 
Amherst 

Mogawer,  Walaa  S  Professor  of  Civil  and 
Environmental  Engineering  (1989),  BSc  1981 
Kuwait  University,  MSc  1984,  PhD  1989 
University  of  Rhode  Island,  Registered 
Professional  Engineer 

Mollo,  Arlene  B  Professor  of  Art  Education 
(1988),  BA  1969  Emmanuel  College,  MS 
1974  Massachusetts  College  of  Art,  PhD 
1995  Northeastern  University 

Msangi,  Ziddi  Assistant  Professor  of  Design 
(1998),  BFA  1993  Boise  State  University, 
MFA  1996  Cranbrook  Academy  of  Art 

Nardone,  Steven  C  Professor  of  Electrical 
and  Computer  Engineering  (1984),  BSEE 
1972,  MSEE  1974,  PhD  1982  University  of 
Rhode  Island 

Nelles,  William  Associate  Professor  of 
English  (1995),  BA  1979,  MA  1981,  PhD 
1987  Northern  Illinois  University 

Neto,  Catherine  C  Assistant  Professor  of 
Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  (1 995),  BS  1983 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  PhD  1987  Brown 
University 

Nevalainen,  Vesa  Assistant  Professor  of 
Chemistry  (2002)  BSc  1982,  MSc  1983, 
PhLic  1985,  PhD  1988  University  of  Joensuu 

Norstrom,  Susan  Assistant  Professor  of 
Psychology  (2000),  BA  1992  Stetson 
University,  PhD  1999  Florida  Atlantic 
University 

Notaros,  Branislav  Assistant  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1999), 
BS  1988,  MS  1992,  PhD  1995  University  of 
Belgrade 

O'Connor,  Nancy  J  Associate  Professor  of 
Biology  and  Marine  Science  and  Technology 
(1993),  BS  1980  Southeastern  Massachu- 
setts University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MS 
1982  University  of  Delaware,  PhD  1990 
North  Carolina  State  University 

Ojadi,  Emmanuel  C  A  Associate  Professor 
of  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  (1988),  BSc 
1 979  University  of  Ife,  MA  1 982,  PhD  1 986 


Brandeis  University 

Oliveira,  Kenneth  Assistant  Professor  of 
Biology  (2000),  BS  1986,  MS  1989 
University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth,  PhD 
1994  University  of  Rhode  Island 

O'Neill,  Eileen  S  Professor  of  Institutional 
Nursing  (1992),  BS  1963  Fitchburg  State 
College,  MS  1972  University  of  Massachu- 
setts Amherst,  PhD  1992  University  of 
Rhode  Island 

Ongardanunkul,  Pornpilai  Visiting 
Lecturer  in  Economics  (2002),  BA  1991 
Thammasat  University,  MA  1997  Cornell 
University,  PhD  2002  Boston  College 

Ordoobadi,  Sharon  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Management  (2000),  BS  1976  Shiraz 
University,  MS  1978,  PhD  1981  Purdue 
University 

O'Reilly,  Grant  Assistant  Professor  of 
Physics  (2002),  BS  1986  University  of 
Melbourne,  PhD  1997  University  of 
Melbourne  ' 

Owens,  Peter  Professor  of  English  (1981), 
AB  1968  Wesleyan  University,  EdM  1980, 
EdD  1982  Harvard  University 

Papakonstantinou,  Christos  Assistant 
Professor  of  Civil  and  Environmental 
Engineering  (2003),  BS  1995  Aristotle 
University  of  Thessaloniki,  MS  2000 
University  of  South  Carollina,  PhD  2002 
Rutgers  State  University 

Papenhausen,  Chris  Assistant  Professor  of 
Management  (2003),  MBA  1990 
Northeastern  University,  PhD  2003 
University  of  Minnesota 

Payton,  Karen  Professor  of  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering  (1989),  BS  1977 
Carnegie-Mellon  University,  MSEE  1981, 
PhD  1986  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Pendergrass,  Nixon  A  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1985), 
BS  1967  University  of  Missoun/Rolla,  MS 
1969  Purdue  University,  PhD  1975  University 
of  California/Berkeley 

Pennington,  Elisabeth  A  Dean  College  of 
Nursing  (1993)  and  Professor  of  Institutional 
Nursing  (1993),  RN  1963  Lawrence 
Memorial  Hospital,  BS  1969  Boston 
University,  MEd  1969,  EdD  1974  Columbia 
University 


377 


Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 


Peters,  Morgan  Assistant  Professor  of 
English  (2003),  MS  Boston  University 

Peterson,  Sonja  Stone  Director  of  General 
Education  (2000)  and  Professor  of  Commu- 
nity Nursing  (1981),  BSN  1972  McGill 
University,  MA  1976  New  York  University, 
EdD  1990  Vanderbilt  University 

Phipps,  Geraldine  M  Chancellor  Professor 
of  History  (1971),  BS  1960,  MA  1961,  PhD 
1971  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Pisarczyk,  Joan  C  Associate  Professor  of 
Community  Nursing  (1976),  BS  1967,  MS 

1970  Boston  University 

Place,  James  Gordon  Professor  of 
Philosophy  (1971),  BA  1964,  MA  1968,  PhD 

1971  Southern  Illinois  University 

Powers,  Theodore  Assistant  Professor  of 
Psychology  (1999),  BA  1980  Columbia 
University,  PhD  1985  McGill  University 

Prentice,  Deborah  Assistant  Professor  of 
Accounting  and  Finance  (2001),  MBA  1992 
Indiana  University  Northwest,  PhD  1999 
University  of  Alabama 

Puri,  Trib  Professor  of  Accounting  and 
Finance  (1998),  BTech  1972  GB  Pant 
University,  India,  MTech  1974  Indian 
Institute  of  Technology,  India,  MA  1985, 
PhD  1985  University  of  Tennessee,  Knoxville 

Puryear,  Marjorie  Durko  Professor  of 
Design  (1977),  BFA  1966  School  of  the  Art 
Institute  of  Chicago,  MFA  1969  Indiana 
University 

Puryear,  Thomas  W  Chancellor  Professor 
of  Art  History  (1970),  BA  1965  Vanderbilt 
University,  MA  1968,  PhD  1975  Indiana 
University 

Rancour,  David  Associate  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (1988), 
BSEE  1978  University  of  Vermont,  MSEE 
1982  Northeastern  University,  PhD  1988 
Purdue  University 

Ranuga,  Thomas  K  Professor  of  Sociology 
and  Anthropology  (1984),  BSc  1977 
Polytechnic  of  North  London,  England,  MA 
1981,  PhD  1983  Brandeis  University 

Read,  Dorothy  Professor  of  Biology  (1978), 
BS  1961  Antioch  College,  PhD  1966 
University  of  California/Berkeley 

Reeve,  R.  Penn  Professor  of  Sociology  and 


Anthropology  (1974),  AB  1963  University  of 
California/Berkeley,  MA  1967  California 
State  University,  PhD  1974  Washington 
University  in  St.  Louis 

Rice,  John  M  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering  (1984),  BA  1974  Northeastern 
University,  MS  1977  Stanford  University, 
PhD  1984  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Riley,  James  B  Professor  of  Psychology 
(1973),  BA  1964  Bowdoin  College,  MA 
1971,  PhD  1974  Boston  College 

Riley,  Jeannette  E  Assistant  Professor  of 
English  (2002),  BA  1990  Colby  College,  MA 
1991  University  of  New  Hampshire,  PhD 
1 998  University  of  New  Mexico 

Rosen,  Alan  R  Professor  of  English  (1968), 
BA  1960  University  of  Hartford,  MA  1962 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

Rothschild,  Brian  Director,  School  of 
Marine  Science  and  Technology  and 
Professor  of  Biology  (1995),  BS  1957 
Rutgers  University,  MS  1959  University  of 
Maine,  PhD  1962  Cornell  University 

Roy,  Matthew  H  Assistant  Professor  of 
Management  (2001),  BS  1986  New  England 
School  of  Liberal  Arts,  MBA  1988  Bryant 
College,  PhD  1999  University  of  Alabama 

Roy,  Tridib  Kumar  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering  (1978),  BS  1963  Bihar  Univer- 
sity, MS  1972  University  of  Hawaii,  PhD 
1977  Texas  Tech  University 

Rudd-Arieta,  Margaret  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Institutional  Nursing  (1999),  BSN  1983 
Salem  State  College,  MSN  1988  Boston 
College 

Savage,  Stacy  Latt  Assistant  Professor  of 
Fine  Arts  (1998),  BA  1990  Wells  College, 
MFA  1996  Cornell  University 

Scarano,  Frank  J  Assistant  Professor  of 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  (1998),  AAS 
1985  State  University  of  New  York 
Agricultural  and  Technical  College  at  Alfred, 
Certified  1985,  BA  1986  Alfred  University, 
MS  1990,  PhD  1993  Albany  Medical 
College,  Certified  2000  Microbiology 

Schaaf,  Judy  Professor  of  English  (1996), 
BA  1971  Rice  University,  MA  1972 
Columbia  University,  PhD  1976  Yale 
University 

Schmidlin,  Dean  J  Professor  of  Electrical 


and  Computer  Engineering  (1982;,  BSE 
1964  Manhattan  College,  MS  1966.  PhD 
1972  New  York  University 

Scott,  Susanne  G  Associate  Professor  of 
Management  (1998),  BBA  1988,  PhD  1993 
University  of  Cincinnati 

Sengupta,  Sukalyan  Associate  Professor  of 
Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering  (1994), 
BS  1985  Calcutta  University,  MS  1991,  PhD 
1994  Lehigh  University,  Registered 
Professional  Engineer 

Sethares,  Kristen  Assistant  Professor  of 
Adult  and  Child  Nursing  (2001),  BSN  1987 
University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth, 
MSN  1993  University  of  Massachusetts 
Boston,  PhD  2002  Boston  College  School  of 
Nursing 

Shadbegian,  Ronald  J  Associate  Professor 
of  Economics  (1993),  BA  1986  Assumption 
College,  MA  1988,  PhD  1991  Clark 
University 

Shafer,  Ann  Visiting  Lecturer  of  Art  History 
(2002)  BA  1984  University  of  Nebraska,  MA 
1986  University  of  Pittsburgh,  MA  1991 
University  of  Chicago,  PhD  1998  Harvard 
University,  MArch  2001  Rhode  Island  School 
of  Design 

Shapiro,  Amy  M  Associate  Professor  of 
Psychology  (1994),  BA  1988,  BS  1988  Tufts 
University,  MSc  1991,  PhD  1993  Brown 
University 

Shaul,  Dennis  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Manage- 
ment (1994),  AB  1960  University  of  Notre 
Dame,  BA/MA  1962  Oxford  University,  LLB 
1996  Harvard  University 

Shea,  Timothy  Associate  Professor  of 
Marketing  and  Business  (2000),  BS  1976 
Boston  College,  MB  1983  Indiana  University, 
DBA  1994  Boston  University 

Silva,  John  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Physics 
(2002),  BS  1969  Fitchburg  State  College,  MS 
1986  Bridgewater  State  College 

Sims-Knight,  Judith  E  Chancellor  Professor 
of  Psychology  (1978),  AB  1965  Brown 
University,  MA  1967  Queens  College,  PhD 
1971  University  of  Minnesota 

Singh,  Bal-Ram  Professor  of  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  and  Marine  Science  and 
Technology  (1990),  BSc  1977  Kamla  Nehru 
Institute  of  Science  and  Technology,  MSc 
1979,  MPhil  1982  Jawaharlal  Nehru 


378 


University,  PhD  1987  Texas  Tech  University 

Sousa,  Frank  Associate  Professor  of 
Portuguese  (1990),  BS  1980  University  of 
Santa  Clara,  MA  1984,  PhD  1992  University 
of  California/Santa  Barbara 

Sousa,  Sandra  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Portuguese  (2000),  Licenciatura  2001 
Universidade  de  Lisboa 

Sousa,  Sharon  Assistant  Professor  of 
Community  Nursing  (1999),  BA  1974 
Johnson  State  College,  MA  1975  University 
of  Vermont,  PhD  1983  Boston  University, 
MS  1997  Northeastern  University 

Srinagesh,  K  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering  (1978),  BS  1957  University  of 
Mysore,  India,  MS  1959,  PhD  1967  Indian 
Institute  of  Science 

Stauder,  Jack  Professor  of  Sociology  and 
Anthropology  (1973),  BA  1962  Harvard 
University,  MA  1964,  PhD  1968  Cambridge 
University 

Steinman,  Michael  Dean,  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  and  Professor  of  Political 
Science  (2001),  BA  1964  George  Washing- 
ton University,  MA  1967,  PhD  1971 
University  of  Chicago 

Stokesbury,  Kevin  Assistant  Professor  of 
Marine  Science  and  Technology  (2000),  BSc 
1984,  MSc  1987  Acadia  University,  Nova 
Scotia,  PhD  1994  Universite  Laval,  Quebec 

St.  Pierre,  Marc  Professor  of  Fine  Arts 
(1988),  BFA  1976  Laval  University,  MFA 
1979  Southern  Illinois  University  at 
Edwardsville 

Stylianou,  Despina  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics  (2000),  BS  1994,  EdM  1995 
Boston  University,  MA  1999  University  of 
Pittsburgh 

Su,  Timothy  C  K  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  (1975),  BA 
1967  Hope  College,  PhD  1971  Wayne  State 
University 

Suchon,  Kathleen  Associate  Professor  of 
Management  and  Human  Resources  (1994), 
BA  University  of  California/Berkeley,  MBA 
1 981 ,  PhD  1 989  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Albany 

Sullivan,  Susan  Visiting  Lecturer  of 
Accounting  and  Finance  (2002),  BA  1965 
University  of  Rhode  Island,  MBA  1985 


Bryant  College 

Sun,  Lulu  C  H  Professor  of  English  (1994), 
BA  1978  University  of  Toronto,  MA  1979 
University  of  Western  Ontario,  MA  1984, 
PhD  1989  University  of  Michigan 

Sundermeyer,  Miles  Assistant  Professor  of 
Marine  Science  and  Technology  (2001),  BA 

1991  University  of  California,  ScM  1995, 
PhD  1998  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology 

Taggie,  Benjamin  F  Professor  of  History 
(1994),  BA  1961  Michigan  State  University, 
MA  1964  Wayne  State  University,  PhD  1972 
Michigan  State  University 

Tandon,  Amit  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
and  Marine  Science  and  technology  (1999), 
BTech  1987  Indian  Institute  of  Technology, 
PhD  1992  Cornell  University 

Tannenwald,  Ronald  Associate  Professor 
of  Mathematics  (1968),  BS  1963  The  City 
College  of  New  York,  PhD  1968  Brown 
University 

Taylor,  Michael  D  Professor  of  Art  History 
(1989),  BA  1963  Swarthmore  College,  MFA 
1965,  PhD  1970  Princeton  University 

Thompson,  Alan  Burton  Associate 
Professor  of  Design  (1988),  BS  1981  State 
University  College  at  Buffalo,  New  York, 
MFA  1987  State  University  of  New  York  at 
New  Paltz 

Thompson,  Edwin  J  Professor  of  English 
(1973),  BA  1969  Southeastern  Massachu- 
setts University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  PhD 
1974  Brown  University 

Tirtiroglu,  Ercan  Associate  Professor  of 
Management  and  Human  Resources  (1989), 
BSc  1975  Middle  East  Technical  University, 
MA  1976  Bosphorus  University,  MS  1980, 
PhD  1989  Union  College  and  University 

Towne,  Shawn  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Design 
(2001)  BFA  1999,  BFA  2000  University  of 
Massachusetts  Dartmouth 

Travers,  Len  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
(1999),  BA  1980  Southeastern  Massachu- 
setts University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  PhD 

1992  Boston  University 

Travers,  Linus  Professor  of  English  (1992), 
BA  1958,  MAT  1959  Yale  University,  PhD 
1972  Boston  University 


Turner,  Jefferson  T  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Biology  and  Marine  Science  and  Technology 
(1979),  BS  1969  Guilford  College,  MA  1972 
University  of  South  Florida,  PhD  1977  Texas 
A  &  M  University 

Twomey,  John  H  Chancellor  Professor  of 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages  (1972),  BA 
1967  Southern  Connecticut  State  College, 
PhD  1973  St.  Louis  University 

Ugbolue,  Samuel  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Textile  Sciences  (1998),  BS  (CtextATI)  1968 
Blackburn  College  of  Technology  and 
Design,  MSc  1971,  PhD  1974  University  of 
Strathclyde 

Upchurch,  Richard  Professor  of  Computer 
and  Information  Science  (1983),  BS  1969, 
MS  1978  New  Mexico  Institute  of  Mining 
and  Technology 

Valova,  Iren  Todorova  Assistant  Professor 
of  Computer  Information  Science  (2000), 
MSc  1991  Technical  University,  Sofia, 
Bulgaria,  PhD  1997  Tokyo  Institute  of 
Technology 

Viall,  Philip  H  Professor  of  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering  (1983),  BSEE  1981, 
MSEE  1983  Southeastern  Massachusetts 
University  (UMass  Dartmouth) 

Vukomanovic,  Dragic  Assistant  Professor 
of  Chemistry  (2000),  BSc  1981  Nish 
University,  Yugoslavia,  MSc  1990,  PhD  1995 
Queen's  University 

Walgreen,  Sonia  Visiting  Lecturer  in 
Economics  (1990),  BA  1960  Regis  College, 
MA  1963  Boston  College 

Wallin,  John  Luther  Professor  of  English 
(1988),  BA  1965  University  of  Mississippi, 
MA  1967  University  of  Alabama,  MFA  1971 
University  of  Iowa,  MA  1988  University  of 
Massachusetts  Amherst 

Wang,  Jianyi  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
(1998),  BSc  1983  Lanzhou  University,  China, 
PhD  1992  University  of  Tennessee,  Knoxville 

Wang,  Shouhong  Professor  of  Marketing 
and  Business  Information  Systems  (1998),  BE 
1970,  MBA  1981  Tsinghua  University, 
Beijing,  China,  PhD  1990  McMaster 
University,  Ontario 

Warner,  Steven  B  Professor  of  Textile 
Sciences  (1994),  SB  1973,  SM  1973,  ScD 
1976  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 


379 


Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 


Librarians 


Waxier,  Robert  P  Professor  of  English 
(1975),  BA  1967  Brown  University,  MA 
1969  Boston  College,  PhD  1975  State 
University  of  New  York 

White,  Charles  William  III  Professor  of 
English  (1966),  BA  1958  Boston  University, 
MA  1961  Tufts  University,  PhD  1967 
Harvard  University 

White,  D  Steven  Associate  Professor  of 
Marketing  (1999),  BS  1985,  MA  1987 
Bowling  Green  State  University,  MBA  1991, 
PhD  1996  Cleveland  State  University 

Whittlesey,  Stephen  Associate  Professor 
of  Design  (1992),  BA  1962,  MFA  1965 
Columbia  University 

Williams,  Brian  Assistant  Professor  of 
History  (2001),  BA  1988  Stetson  University, 
MA  1991,  MA  1992  Indiana  University,  PhD 
1999  University  of  Wisconsin 

Windham,  Howard  Professor  of  Design 
(1973),  BFA  1963  Rhode  Island  School  of 
Design,  MFA  1967  Southeastern  Massachu- 
setts University  (UMass  Dartmouth) 

Wisneski,  Kurt  Professor  of  Fine  Arts 
(1986),  BFA  1971  University  of  Massachu- 
setts Amherst,  MFA  1974  Syracuse 

University 

Wong,  Janine  Professor  of  Design  (1993), 
BArch  1980  Cornell  University,  MFA  1984 
Yale  University 

Xing,  Liudong  Assistant  Professor  of 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering  (2002), 
BE  1996  Zhengzhou  University,  China,  MS 
1998  Chinese  Academy  of  Sciences,  PhD 
2002  University  of  Virginia 

Yandle,  JoAnn  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Design 
(2002),  BFA  1989  Arizona  State  University, 
MFA  1995  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design 

Yoken,  Mel  Chancellor  Professor  of  Foreign 
Literature  and  Languages  (1966),  BBA  1960 
University  of  Massachusetts  Amherst,  MAT 
1961  Brown  University,  PhD  1972  Four- 
College  Program 

Zarrillo,  Marguerite  Assistant  Professor  of 
Physics  (1998),  BS  1978  Purdue  University, 
MS  1981  University  of  Illinois,  PhD  1998 
University  of  Central  Florida 


Zhang,  Xiaoqin  Assistant  Professor  of 
Computer  and  Information  Science  (2002), 
BS  1995  University  of  Science  and  Technol- 
ogy of  China,  MS  1998  University  of 
Massachusetts  Amherst 

Zuo,  Yuegang  Assistant  Professor  of 
Chemistry  and  Marine  Science  and 
Technology  (1999),  BS  1982  Wuhan 
University,  China,  MS  1984  Chinese 
Academy  of  Science,  PhD  1992  Swiss 
Federal  Institute  of  Technology 


Adams,  Mary  Associate  Librarian  for 
Reference/Instruction  (1997),  BA  1963 
Bndgewater  College,  MSW  1969  Virginia 
Commonwealth  University,  MS  1983 
Colombia  University 

Andrews,  Susanne  V  Librarian/Coordina- 
tor, Access  Services  (1982),  BA  1975  lowa 
State  University,  MSLS  1979  Simmons 
College 

Barnes,  Bruce  Librarian/Collection 
Development  (1980),  BA  1973  Southeastern 
Massachusetts  University  (UMass  Dart- 
mouth), MLS  1976  University  of  Rhode 
Island 

Booth,  Jane  Librarian/Head  of  Reference 
(1965),  BS  1965  Southeastern  Massachu- 
setts University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MLS 
1969  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Farrar,  Judy  Associate  Librarian/Archives — 
Special  Collections  (1996),  BFA  1981 
Syracuse  University,  MLS  1992  Simmons 
College 

Fortier-Barnes,  Catherine  A  Librarian/ 
Serials  (1979),  BS  1977  Bndgewater  State 
College,  MLS  1978  University  of  Rhode 
Island 

Gibbs,  Paige  Librarian/Reference  (1976),  BA 
1969  Gordon  College,  MLS  1970  SUNY 
Albany 

Haley,  Kate  Randall  Associate  Librarian/ 
Reference  &  Instruction  (1990).  BFA  1975 
Rockford  College,  MSLIS  1987  Simmons 
College 

McNeil,  Charles  Librarian  Reference  and 
Instruction  (1980),  BA  1974  University  of 
Rhode  Island,  MLS  1977  University  of  Rhode 
Island 

Szatek,  Pearl  Associate  Librarian/Catalog- 
ing (1985),  AD  1976  Bristol  Community 
College,  BA  1978  Southeastern  Massachu- 
setts University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MLS 
1982  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Winiarz,  Elizabeth  Assistant  Librarian/ 
Reference  &  Instruction  (1995),  BSc  1975, 
MLS  1978  McGill  University 

Zieper,  Linda  Associate  Librarian/Reference 
and  Instruction  (1989),  BA  1971  Skidmore 
College,  MA  1975  College  of  William  and 
Mary,  MSLIS  1981  Simmons  College 


380 


Clinical  Faculty  in  Medical  Laboratory  Science 


Almeida,  Claire  Clinical  Associate  Professor 
of  Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Clinical 
Education  Coordinator,  Charlton  Memorial 
Hospital,  BS  1968,  MS  1981  Southeastern 
Massachusetts  University  (UMass  Dart- 
mouth), Certified  1968,  Truesdale  Hospital 
School  of  Medical  Technology 

Cucchiara,  Frank  Clinical  Associate 
Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science, 
Clinical  Education  Coordinator,  South  Shore 
Hospital,  BS  1969  Eastern  Nazarene  College, 
PhD  1976  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Greer,  Garry  R  Clinical  Associate  Professor 
in  Medical  Laboratory  Science,  State 
Laboratory  Training  and  Distance  Learning 
Coordinator,  State  Laboratory  Institute, 
Massachusetts  Department  of  Public  Health, 
BS  1978  Stonehill  College 

Harubin,  Beth  Clinical  Associate  Professor 
of  Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Clinical 
Education  Coordinator,  New  England 
Medical  Center,  BS  1992  Northeastern 
University,  Certified  1995 

Kenney,  Margaret  F  Clinical  Associate 
Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science, 
Assistant  Education  Coordinator,  Rl  Blood 
Center,  BA  1965  Boston  College,  MS  1983 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 
(UMass  Dartmouth),  Certified  1980 
Specialist  in  Blood  Banking 

Khorsand,  Jila  Clinical  Associate  Professor 
of  Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Director  of 
Hematology  and  Blood  Bank,  Roger  Williams 
Medical  Center,  MD  1976  Tehran  University, 
Diplomate  1984  American  Board  of 
Pathology 

O'Hara,  Mary  Susan  Clinical  Associate 
Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science, 
Clinical  Education  Coordinator,  Roger 
Williams  Medical  Center,  BA  1979  Franklin 
Pierce  College 

Resendes,  David  Clinical  Associate 
Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science,  BS 
1983  Bridgewater  State  College,  MS 
1 993University  of  Rhode  Island 

Rubin,  David  K  Clinical  Associate  Professor 
of  Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Clinical 
Laboratory  Services  Director,  Morton 
Hospital  and  Medical  Center,  MD  1960 
Johns  Hopkins  School  of  Medicine, 
Diplomate  1967  American  Board  of 
Pathology 


Sarco,  Maureen  B  Clinical  Associate 
Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science, 
Clinical  Education  Coordinator,  St.  Luke's 
Hospital,  BS  1983  Southeastern  Massachu- 
setts University  (UMass  Dartmouth),  MS 
1995  Lesley  College,  Certified  1983 

Stowell,  Marcia  Clinical  Associate  Professor 
of  Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Clinical 
Education  Advisor,  State  Laboratory 
Institute,  Massachusetts  Department  of 
Public  Health,  BS  1969  Syracuse  University, 
MS  1984  Boston  University,  Certified  1970 

Young,  Carolyn  Te  Clinical  Associate 
Professor  of  Medical  Laboratory  Science, 
Assistant  Medical  Director,  Rhode  Island 
Blood  Center,  MD  1989  University  of 
Florida,  College  of  Medicine,  1990  National 
Board  of  Medical  Examiners 

Zanin,  Barbara  Clinical  Associate  Professor 
of  Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Clinical 
Education  Coordinator,  St.  Anne's  Hospital, 
BS  1963  Trinity  College,  Certified  1963 


381 


Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 


Faculty  Emeriti 


Roberta  Hazen  Aaronson 

Mane  L  Ahearn  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emerita) 
Shaukat  All 

L  Bryce  Andersen  (Dean  Emeritus) 
Gordon  F  Anderson 
Dimitn  Argy 

Naseer  Aruri  (Chancellor  Professor  Emeritus) 

Yukio  Asato 

Nathaniel  Atwater 

Dwight  L  Baker 

Robert  Barry 

Robert  Bento 

Zvi  H  Bar- Yam  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
John  Barylski 

Russell  R  Bessette  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Howard  A  Bndgman 
John  E  Bush 
Martin  Butler 

Ronald  A  Campbell  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Ann  T  Carey 

John  L  Caruso  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Marion  M  Chace 
John  A  Chandy 
Julie  Cleare 

Josef  Cobert  (Chancellor  Professor  Emeritus) 

LeBaron  Colt 

Edward  Cormier 

Alden  Counsell 

David  Creamer 

Herb  Cummings 

Tish  Dace  (Chancellor  Professor  Emerita) 
James  dePagter 
Armand  Desmarais 
Earl  J  Dias 

Mary  Ann  Dillon  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emerita) 
Donald  S  Douglas 

John  Dowd  (Chancellor  Professor  Emeritus) 

Raymond  A  Dumont 

Robert  Kent  Edgar 

Joan  Felder 

Antone  Felix 

John  Fitzgerald 

Pearlee  Freiberg 

Geraldme  Gamburd 

Frederick  V  Gifun 

Howard  Glasser 

Lenine  L  M  Gonsalves 


Fryderyk  E  Gorczyca 
John  W  Gray 
Albert  S  Hill 
Richard  A  Hogan 
Warren  Holt 
Ann  Howe 
Maureen  Hull 
Donna  L  Huse 
Richard  M  Ibara 
Vernon  L  Ingraham 
Anthony  John 
Teresa  Kellerman 
Wolfhard  Kern 

Sat  Dev  Khanna  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Alphee  N  Laflamme 
Helen  La  Francois 
Rudolph  L  LaVault 

Frederick  M  Law  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Robert  Leamnson 
Richard  D  Legault 
George  Leung 

Peter  London  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Vincent  Luti 
Frank  McCoy 
Janice  McKeachern 
Georgette  Macafee 
Theodore  P  Mead 
Katherine  Meyer 
Robert  Michael 
Walter  E  A  Mierzejewski 
Sanford  A  Moss  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Dwight  F  Mowery 

Thomas  Mulvey  (Vice  Chancellor  for  Student 

Services  Emeritus) 
Daniel  Murphy  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
James  M  Nee 
William  P  Nicolet 
Barbara  H  Noel 
Rita  H  O'Neil 
Alexander  Nesbitt 
Paul  J  Parente 

Joyce  Y  Passos  (Dean  Emerita) 

Howard  Pattek 

Ronald  Perry 

John  Reardon 

Norman  Rehg,  Jr 

Richard  Reis 


J  Roland  Richard  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Conrad  P  Richard 
Judith  L  Rizzi 
Peter  A  Rizzi 
Gregory  Rocha 
Antone  Rodil 
Manuel  C  Rosenfeld 
Lynn  Tondat  Ruggen 
John  J  Russell  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Normand  Sasseville 
Joseph  Sauro 
Joseph  N  Scionti,  Jr 
James  R  Sears 
Gene  Sharp 
Catherine  Sheehan 
Thomas  Shen 
T  Noel  Stern 

J  Donald  Smith  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Roger  Sorkin 
Edmund  B  Staples 
Samuel  A  Stone 
Pnscilla  R  Tabachnik 
Dons  Thibault 
Hans  U  Thommen 
Howard  C  Tinkham 
Edward  P  Tognen 
Ann  Tschirch 
Ralph  Tykodi 
Paul  Ukleja 

Sr  Madeleine  Clemence  Vaillot  (Dean 

Emerita) 
Hans  van  den  Biggelaar 
Richard  Walder 

Mary  Louise  Walsh  (Dean  Emerita) 
Richard  J  Ward  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Ida  H  Washington 
Lawrence  M  Washington 
John  M  Werly 
Donald  C  Wetmore 
Ellis  H  Whitaker 

William  C  Wild,  Jr  (Executive  Vice  President 

Emeritus) 
Alton  R  Wilson 
Dietmar  Winkler 
Fred  Wolock 

Chang-Ning  Wu  (Chancellor  Professor 

Emeritus) 
Milton  A  Young 


382 


Directors — Academic,  Administrative,  and  Support 


Barbara  Agee  MSN 

Director,  Health  Services 

Norman  Barber  BA,  MA,  EdD 

Director,  Multicultural  Support  Services 
and  Assessment 

Gail  L  Berman-Martin  BA,  MEd,  EdD 
Director,  Career  Resources  Center 

Donald  Berube  BA,  JD 

Director,  Alumni  Relations 

Steven  T  Briggs  BA,  MEd 

Director,  Admissions,  and  Assistant  to  the 
Provost  for  Enrollment  Planning 

Christina  M  Bruen  BS,  MS 

Coordinator,  International  Students 

John  J  Carroll  BA,  MA,  PhD 

Director,  Academic  Advising 

Thomas  Daigle  BS,  MBA 

Director,  Academic  Resource  Center 

Margaret  Dias  BA,  MBA 

Director,  Educational,  Technical  and 
Support  Services,  Computer  and 
Information  Services 

Kathleen  L  Eubanks  BS 

Bursar 

Lisa  Evaneski  BS,  MEd 

Coordinator,  Student  Judicial  Affairs 

Chris  Frizzell  BA,  MEd,  EdD 
Director,  Counseling  Center 

Janet  Gardner  BA,  MA,  PhD 

Director,  Honors  Programs 

Greer  Gordon  BA,  MA,  PhD 

Director,  Frederick  Douglass  Unity  House 


Deborah  J  Marisi  BS 

Director  of  Grants  and  Contracts 

Robert  Mullen  BS,  MS 

Director,  Athletics 

Freda  Lee  Nason  BS,  MArch 
Director,  Facilities  and  Physical  Plant 

Paul  A  Nolin  BS 

Director,  University  Records 

Bruce  Palmer  BA,  MA,  EdM 

Director,  Financial  Aid 

Juli  Parker  BA,  MA 

Director,  Women's  Resource  Center 

Mark  J  Porter  BS 

Director,  Public  Safety 

Jeffrey  Robinson  BA,  MPA 

Controller 

Bruce  Rose  BA,  MS,  EdD 

Director,  Upward  Bound 

Diane  Sansoucy  BS,  MEd 

Director,  Children's  Learning  Center 

Tammy  Silva  BS 

Assistant  Director,  Institutional  Research 

Carol  Spencer  BA,  MA 

Director,  College  Now  Program 

Todd  B  Swartz  MD,  DDS,  JD 
Director,  Human  Resources 


Roger  Tache  BS 

Executive  Director,  Administrative  Support 
Services 

Antone  C  Vieira  BS,  MS,  EdD 

Executive  Director  for  Corporate  Programs, 
Division  of  Continuing  Education 

Richard  C  Waring  BA,  MA 

Director,  Campus  Center 

John  Wichser  BA,  MEd 

Director,  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residential  Life 


383 


Trustees,  Officers,  and  Faculty 


Index 


A 

absence  for  religious  observance  45 

Academic  Advising  Center  24 

academic  calendar  10 

academic  eligibility  50 

Academic  Eligibility  Appeals/Review 
Committee  50 

Academic  Ethical  Matters  Facilitator  51 

academic  grades  amnesty  policy  45 

academic  honesty  51 

academic  majors  38 

academic  minors  39 

academic  probation  50 

Academic  Resource  Center  24 

academic  support  programs  24 

academic  warning  50 

Accounting  courses  190 

Accounting  Major  189 

adding  courses  44 

administration 
directors  383 
officers  370 

admission    1 1 

admission,  alternative    1 1 

admission,  early  admission  12 

admission,  early  decision    1 1 

admission,  international  applicants  16 

admission,  mid-year  16 

admission,  qualifications  12 

admission  to  Multidisciplinary  Studies    1 5 

admission  to  Nursing,  RN  Track    1 5 

admission  to  teacher  preparation  99 

admission,  transfer  students  13 

admissions  fee  deposit  19 

advanced  and  specialized  courses  39 

advanced  placement  59 

advanced  standing  through  transfer 
credits  14 

Advanced  Technology  &  Manufacturing 
Center  (ATMC)  61 

African  and  African-American  Studies 
courses  344 

African  and  African-American  Studies 
Minor  343 

Alcohol  and  Drug  Education  program  28 

alternative  admission  programs    11,  26 

Alternative  Path  admission  in  Engineer- 
ing 208 

Alumni/ae  Association   34,  60 

Alumni/ae  Association  membership  fee  20 

annual  expenses  18 

Anthropology  courses    1 79 

Anthropology  Minor  179 

Anthropology  Option    1 77 

AP  credit    1 5 

apartments,  student  33 

application  fee  11,19 

application  process    1 1 

Applied  Fiber  Materials  Option  268 

applied  music  course  fee  19 

Aquaculture  Center,  Northeast  Regional  61 


Arnold  M.  Dubin  Labor  Education 

Center  62 
Art  Education  certification  295 
Art  Education  courses  297 
Art  Education  Major  295 
art  gallery  64 
Art  History  courses  302 
Art  History  Major  301 
Art  History  Minor  301 
Artisanry  Certificate  293 
Artisanry  courses  324 
Artisanry  studio  areas  310 
athletics  32 
athletics  fee  17 
attendance  44 
auditing  a  course  47 

B 

bachelor  of  arts  degree  requirements, 

Arts  and  Sciences  68 
bachelor  of  science  degree  requirements, 

Arts  and  Sciences  69 
Biochemistry  Minor  85 
Biochemistry  Option  80 
Biology  courses  72 
Biology  Major 

General  Option  70 

Marine  Biology  Option  70 
Biotechnology  Option,  Medical  laboratory 

Science  149 
blue  light  emergency  telephones  33 
Board  of  Trustees,  University  of  Massachu- 
setts   31,  370 
Boivin  Center  for  French  Language  and 

Culture    62,  352 
books  and  supplies,  costs    18,  20 
Boston  Library  Consortium  25 
Bradford  Durfee  Textile  School  7 
Bristol  Community  College  14 
business  administration  fee  19 
Business  Administration  Minor  187 
business,  change  of  major  to    1 86 
business,  course  transfer  policies  185 
Business  Information  Systems  courses  200 
Business  Information  Systems  Major  199 
business  majors,  general  requirements  185 
Business  Research,  Center  for  63 
Buzzards  Bay    61 ,  336 

C 

calendar  of  academic  dates    1 0 
Campus  Center  31 
campus  center  fee  17 
Campus  Ministry  29 
Campus  Store  34 
campus  visits  11 

Cape  Cod  Community  College  14 
Career  Expo  28 
Career  Resource  Center  28 
catalogue  commitments  36 


catalogue  of  record  36 
Center  for  Business  Research  63 
Center  for  Indie  Studies  63 
Center  for  Jewish  Culture  62 
Center  for  Policy  Analysis  62 
Center  for  Portuguese  Studies  62 
Center  for  Rehabilitation  Engineering  63 
Center  for  Teaching  and  Learning  62 
Center,  Gerontology  63 
Ceramics  Option  311 
Certificate  in  International  Business  188 
certificate,  individualized  post-baccalaure- 
ate 361 
Chancellor's  list  49 
change  of  grade  48 
change  of  major   45,  186 
changing  student  information  38 
Charlton,  Earle  P  185 
Chemistry  courses  87 
Chemistry  Major 

BS-MS  Option  84 

Environmental  Chemistry  Option  82 

General  Option  80 

Premedical  Option  83 
Chemistry  Minor  85 
Cherry  &  Webb  building  61,341 
child  care  31 

Children's  Center  for  Learning  31 

Civil  Engineering  courses  212 

Civil  Engineering  Major   21 1 

class  attendance  44 

class  standing  48 

CLEP  credit    14,  15,  38 

CLEP  examinations  59 

clinical  faculty  in  Medical  Laboratory 

Science  381 
Clinical  Laboratory  Science 

Option    146,  149 
clubs  30 

co-curricular  activities  and  services  31 
co-curncular  organizations,  eligibility  50 
College  Board  identification  number  6 
College  Now  program    12,  26 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Level  1 

program  fee  19 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Level  2 

program  fee  19 
combined  bachelor's/master's  programs  39 
commencement  52 
Commonwealth  Scholar    49,  350 
Commonwealth  Transfer  Compart    13,  14 
community  college/UMass  Dartmouth  joint 

admission  13 
Community  Service  Coordinator  29 
Computer  Engineering  courses  233 
Computer  Engineering  Major  227 
Computer  Engineering  Minor  232 
Computer  Science  courses   2 1 9 
Computer  Science  Major   2 1 7 
Computer  Science  Minor  218 
Computer-Oriented  Mathematics 

Option  139 


384 


Computing  and  Information  Technology 

Services  25 
computing  on  campus  25 
confidentiality  of  records  36 
contact  hours  66 
Continuing  Education,  Division 

of    14,  15,  340 
cooperative  education  in  Engineering  57 
Cooperative  Education  Program,  College  of 

Engineering  207 
correspondence,  directions  for  391 
costs  20 

Counseling  and  Student  Development 

Center  28 
course  credits  66 
course  level  and  number  system  43 
course  load  43 
course  prerequisites  66 
CourseBuilder  26 
crafts  310 
Crapo  Gallery  64 

credit,  experiential  learning    15,  341 
credit,  military  training  15 
credit,  special  types    1 5 
credit  through  standardized  examina- 
tions 59 
credits    39,  43,  66 
crime  statistics  33 
Criminal  Justice  Option  178 
cross-registration,  within  UMass  15 
cross-registration,  regional  59 
cum  laude  49 

cumulative  grade  point  average   39,  48 
curriculum  support  fee  17 
C VPA  specialized  course  support  fee    1 9 
Cytotechnology  Option  148 

D 

DART  shuttle  van  33 
Dean's  list  49 
degree  conferral  52 
degree  requirements   38,  52 
degree  status  38 
deliverables,  quality  27 
Design  studio  areas  305 
Dining  Services  33 

Dion  Science  and  Engineering  Building  7 
directed  study  56 

directions,  correspondence  or  inquiries  391 
directory  information  36 
disabilities,  admission  of  students  with    1 6 
disabilities,  services  for  students  with  27 
Disabled  Student  Services   24,  27 
dismissal  50 

distribution  requirements  38 

Division  of  Continuing  Education    15,  340 

double  majors,  regulations  39 

Drama/Film  Studies  Minor  110 

Drama/Film  Studies  Option    1 1 0 

dropping  courses  44 

Dual  Enrollment  Program    12,  59 


E 

e-mail,  campus  access  25 
early  admission  12 
early  decision  admission    1 1 
Economics  courses  95 
Economics  Major  93 
Economics  Minor  94 
educational  records  37 
Education  programs  98 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

courses  233 
Electrical  Engineering  Major  229 
Electrical  Engineering  Minor  232 
Electronic  Imaging  Option  308 
elementary  education  initial  li- 
cense   100,  101 
emergency  phones  33 
employment,  students  22 
Engineering  core  courses  209 
engineering  equipment  fee  19 
English  courses    1 1 1 
English  Major 

Drama/Film  Studies  Option    1 1 0 

Literature  Option  109 

Writing/Communications  Option  109 
English  Minors  110 
enrollment  services  38 
Environmental  Chemistry  Option  82 
Environmental  Physics  Minor  260 
exchange  programs  58 
exchange  students  16 
experiential  learning    15,  56 

F 

facilities,  recreation  32 

faculty  advisors  24 

faculty  emeriti/ae  382 

faculty  of  the  university  371 

FAFSA  application  for  financial  aid  22 

FAFSA  school  code,  2210    6,  22 

Fall  River  Educational  Center  61 

Family  Business  Center  62 

Family  Education  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 

(FERPA)  36 
FAX  number  of  university  391 
fees    17,  21 
fees,  one-time  19 
FERPA  36 
film  series  64 
Finance  courses  193 
Finance  Major  192 

financial  aid,  continuing  education  341 

financial  aid,  eligibility  51 

Financial  Aid  Services,  Office  of  22 

financial  aid  standards  46 

financial  assistance  22 

fine  and  design  arts  facilities  60 

Fine  Arts  Certificate  294 

Fine  Arts  courses  322 

Fine  Arts  Majors  320 


foreign  language  requirement  for  BA 

degree  68 
Foreign  Literature  and  Languages 

Majors  121 
foundation  program,  studio  arts   291,  292 
Foundation,  University  60 
Frederick  Douglass  Unity  House  29 
Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid 

(FAFSA)  22 
French  courses  122 
French  Language  and  Culture, 

Boivin  Center  for  352 
French  Major  121 
French  Minor  122 
freshman  standing  48 
full-time  student  status  43 

G 

GED,  admission  with  14 

general  education,  key  66 

general  education  requirements   38,  41 

German  courses  123 

German  Minor    1 22 

Gerontology  Center  63 

Gerontology  Certificate  Program    346,  347 

Gerontology  courses  348 

Gerontology  Minor  348 

Golden  Key  International  Honor  Society  31 

Grade  Appeal  Facilitator  48 

grade  appeal  process  48 

grade,  change  48 

grade  point  average  (GPA)  39 

grades  amnesty  policy  45 

grades  system  47 

graduate  admissions  16 

graduate  MBA  Courses  204 

graduation  52 

graduation  fee  20 

graduation  with  distinction  49 

Grants  and  Contracts,  Office  of  60 

Graphic  Design  Option  306 

Greek  affairs  31 

H 

health  fee  17 

health  insurance  19 

Health  Services  Office  29 

History  courses  129 

History  Major  129 

History  Minor  128 

history  of  the  institution  7 

honors,  academic  recognition  49 

Honors  courses  351 

Honors  Program   24,  49,  350 

hours  of  operation  391 

Housing  and  Residential  Life,  Office  of  33 

housing  charges   20,  21 

housing  reservation  deposit  20 

Humanities/Social  Sciences  Major  136 


385 


I 

identification  card    34,  37 
identification  numbers, 
student    16,  38 
Illustration  Option  307 
in-state  tuition  and  fee  charges  20 
incomplete  grade  47 
incubator  61 
independent  study  56 
index  384 

Indie  Studies,  Center  for  63 
individual  counseling  28 
Individualized  Post-Baccalaureate 

Certificate  361 
inquiries  391 

Institutional  Research  Office  60 
Intercampus  Graduate  School, 

Marine  Sciences  and  Technology  337 
interchange  transfer,  within  UMass  14 
intercollegiate  athletics  32 
intercollegiate  athletics,  eligibility  50 
interdisciplinary  minors  342 
international  applicants  16 
International  Business  Certificate  188 
International  Marketing/French  Certificate 

Program  352 
International  Student  Leadership  Institute 

(ISLI)  63 
international  students'  advising  28 
international  study  and  travel  24 
internet  service  25 
internship  experience   56,  57 
internships,  The  Washington  Center  57 
intramural  and  instructional  athletics  32 
Italian  courses  124 

J 

Jewelry/Metals  Option  312 
Jewish  Culture,  Center  for  62 
Joint  Admission  Program  13 
Judaic  Studies  courses  354 
Judaic  Studies  Minor  353 
Judicial  Affairs  Office  28 
junior  standing  48 

K 

Kennedy,  Robert  F.  ,  Assassination 
Archive    61,  63,  341 

L 

Labor  Education  Center  62 

Labor  Studies  Certificate  Program  357 

Labor  Studies  courses  357 

Labor  Studies  Minor  355 

Latin  courses  124 

law,  three-plus-three  program  367 

learning  assistance  24 

learning  disability  16 


learning  disability,  admissions  13 

leave  of  absence  45 

librarians,  list  of  380 

Library  Communications  Center  25 

listings  of  program  requirements  and 

courses  66 
Literature  Minor    1 10 
Literature  Option  109 

M 

magna  cum  laude  49 
major,  academic  38 
Management  courses  195 
Management  Major  194 
mandatory  fees  17 

Manufacturing  Engineering  Option  249 
map  of  campus  390 
Marine  Biology  Option  70 
Marine  Science  and  Technology 

program  337 
Marine  Science  and  Technology,  School 

of   61,  336 
Marketing  courses  203 
Marketing  Major  202 
Massachusetts  Consortium, 

International  Education  58 
Massachusetts  residency  20 
Massachusetts  resident  charges  23 
Massachusetts  Teacher  Test  results  368 
Massasoit  Community  College  14 
MassPIRG  31 
MassPIRG  fee    1 7 
Materials  Science  Option  258 
Math  and  Business  Center  24 
Mathematics  courses  140 
Mathematics  Major 

BA  degree  138 

BS  degree  138 

Computer-Oriented  Mathematics 
Option    1 39 

General  Option    1 38 
Mathematics  Minor  140 
maximum  course  load  43 
MBA  courses  204 
meal  plans  33 

Mechanical  Engineering  courses  250 
Mechanical  Engineering  Major  248 

Manufacturing  Engineering  Option  249 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  courses  149 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  Major 

Biotechnology  Option  149 

Clinical  Laboratory  Science 
Option    146,  149 

Cytotechnology  Option  148 
MFA  program  courses  324 
mid-year  admission  16 
middle/secondary  education 

licensure    102,  103 
military  service  training  59 
minors,  requirements  39 
mission  statement,  UMass  Dartmouth  9 


multicultural  affairs  29 

Multicultural  Support  Services  and 
Assessment  29 

Multidisciplmary  Studies  Major    1 52 

music  audition  15 

Music  courses  330 

music  education  certification  327 

Music  Education  Option  328 

music  lessons  333 

Music  Major  326 

Music  Education  Option  328 
Music  Technology  Option  327 
Western  Music  Option  327 
World  Music/African  American  Music 
Option  327 

Music  Minor  329 

Music  Technology  Option  327 

Music  Therapy  Minor  329 

musical  ensembles  64 

N 

name  change  (Southeastern  Massachusetts 
University)  7 

National  Textile  Center  61 

network  connections  25 

New  Bedford  Textile  School  7 

New  England  Regional  Student  Program, 
reduced  tuition  19 

News  and  Public  Information,  Office  of  60 

non-degree  status    16.  46,  53 

non-resident  tuition  and  fee  charges   20,  23 

Northeast  Regional  Aquaculture  Center  61 

Nursing,  academic  policies  279 

Nursing  courses  284 

Nursing,  goals  and  general  require- 
ments 278 

nursing  instructional  fee  19 

Nursing  Major 

Baccalaureate  Nursing  Track  for  RNs  283 
Combined  BS-MS  for  RNs  283 
general  undergraduate  program  274 

O 

Office  for  International  Students  28 
Office  of  Housing  and  Residential  Life  33 
Office  of  Student  Activities  31 
officers  of  the  administration  370 
"One-Stop"  enrollment  services  24 
organizations,  student   30,  31 
orientation  fee  20 
outreach  programs  60 
outside  work  policy  43 

P 

Painting/2D  Studies  Major  320 
Parents'  Association  63 
parking  on  campus  34 
pass/fail  option  47 
Paul  Rudolph  7 


386 


payment  by  credit  card  17 

payment  financing  20 

payment  policy  17 

Peer  Alcohol  Concerns  Educators  28 

personal  growth  and  support  28 

Philosophy  courses    1  55 

Philosophy  Major    1 54 

Philosophy  Minor  155 

phone  numbers,  key  offices  391 

Photography  Option  309 

Physics  courses  260 

Physics  Major 

Conventional  Option  257 
Materials  Science  Option  258 

Physics  Minor  260 

plagiarism  51 

police  33 

Policy  Analysis,  Center  for  62 
Political  Science  courses  160 
Political  Science  Major    1 59 
Political  Science  Minor  160 
portfolio  option,  studio  arts    1 5 
Portuguese  courses  167 
Portuguese  Major  165 
Portuguese  Minor  166 
Portuguese  Studies,  Center  for  62 
practicum  experience  56 
pre-law  program   24,  362 
pre-medical  program    24,  362 
pre-professional  programs  342 
prerequisites,  courses  66 
prior  learning  credit  59 
priority  filing  date,  financial  aid  22 
probation,  academic  50 
program  continuation  fee  20 
Projects  for  High  Learning  Potential 

program  63 
Psychology 

Combined  BA-MA  171 

General  Option  170 
Psychology  courses  172 
Psychology  Major  170 
Public  Safety,  Department  of  33 

Q 

qualifications  for  admission  12 
R 

RA/  Lucky  Lady  61 

re-admission  after  interruption  of  study  45 

readmission  45 

readmission  fee  20 

records  36 

refund  schedule  21 

refunds,  withdrawal  from  school    1 7 

Regional  Student  Admission, 

Reduced  Tuition  Program    1 5 
Registrar,  Office  of  University    26,  36 
registration  for  courses   44,  53 
Rehabilitation  Engineering,  Center  for  63 


religious  observances   45,  54 
Religious  Resource  Center  29 
repeating  of  courses  44 
residence  halls  33 

residency  for  tuition/fee  charges    17,  23 
residency  requirement,  graduation 

credits  38 
Residential  Network  Operations  Center  25 
RN  Nursing  Track  283 
Robert  F.  Kennedy  Assassination 

Archive    61,  63,  341 
room  and  board  charges    18,  20 
ROTC  (US  Army  Reserve  Officers  Training 

Corps)  29 

S 

SACHEM  regional  agreement  59 
safety  34 

SAT  (Scholastic  Aptitude  Test)    13,  14 

SAT  college  number,  3786  6 

satisfactory  academic  progress  for  financial 
aid  51 

scholarships  22 

scholastic  standing  48 

School  for  Marine  Science  and  Technol- 
ogy  61,  336 

Science  and  Engineering  Center  24 

Sculpture/3D  Studies  Major  320 

second  bachelor's  degree  46 

secondary  education  licensure    102,  103 

secondary  school  record    1 2 

senior  standing  48 

shuttle  van  33 

Small  Business  Development  Center  63 
smoking  33 

Social  Security  number    1 6 
Sociology  courses    1 79 
Sociology  Major 

Anthropology  Option  177 

Criminal  Justice  Option  178 

General  Option  177 
Sociology  Minor  179 
Software  Engineering  Minor  218 
sophomore  standing  48 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  Technological 

Institute  7 
Southeastern  Massachusetts  University  7 
Southern  New  England  School  of  Law  367 
Spanish  courses  125 
Spanish  Major  121 
Spanish  Minor  122 
special  learning  opportunities  56 
Spotlight  Program  63 
Star  Store  64 
Start  Program  12 

student  access,  e-mail  and  internet  25 
Student  Activities  Board    3 1 
Student  Affairs,  Division  of  27 
student  athletics  32 
student  clubs  and  organizations    30,  31 
Student  Employment  Office  22 


student  fee    1 7 
Student  Financial  Services  17 
student  government  31 
student  ID  number  16 
Student  Senate  31 
study  abroad   45,  58 
study  away    45,  58 
study  on  exchange  status  58 
summa  cum  laude  49 
summer  events  64 
Swain  School  of  Design  7 
System  Software  Minor   2 1 8 

T 

tables  of  tuition  and  fee  charges   2 1 

teacher  education  statistics  368 

teacher  licensure   98,  100,  101,  102,  103 

temporary  interchange,  within  UMass  15 

textbooks  34 

Textile  Center,  National  61 

Textile  Chemistry  courses  273 

Textile  Chemistry  Major  272 

Textile  Design/Fiber  Arts  Major   3 1 3 

Textile  Science  courses  270 

Textile  Science  Major 

Applied  Fiber  Materials  Option  268 

General  Option  267 
Theatre  Company  64 
TOEFL  admissions  requirement    1 6 
transcript  fee  20 
transcript  requests  37 
transfer  admission  13 
transfer  agreements  in  Engineering  206 
Transfer  Compact  13 
transfer  credit,  special  types    1 5 
transfer  of  credit    14,  38,  44 
transfer  policy  in  Business  185 
transfer,  within  UMass  14 
travel  to  university  390 
TRIO  program  25 
Trustees  of  the  University  370 
tuition  and  fee  charges    17,  18,  21 
tuition  reduction  program  22 
tuition  residency  policy  23 
tuition  waiver,  senior  citizens  19 
tuition  waiver,  state  workers    1 9 
tuition  waiver,  veterans  19 
tuition  waivers,  financial  aid  26 

U 

UMass  Dartmouth  mission  and  vision 

statements  9 
UMass  Dartmouth/SNESL  3+3  program  367 
UMass  Pass,  student  identification   34,  37 
UMDAnnounce,  UMDNotify,  and 

UMDAIert  25 
UMDNet  25 

undergraduate  admission  11 
undergraduate  degree  requirements  38 
Unity  House  29 


387 


university  directors  383 
University  Enrollment  Center  24 
University  Honors  Program  24 
University  Library  25 
University  of  Lowell  7 
University  of  Massachusetts  7 
University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth  7 
University  One-Card,  identification  card  34 
University  Registrar  26 
Upward  Bound  program  27 

V 

veterans,  services  26 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs  27 
Virtual  Catalog  Project  (library)  25 
visas  28 

vision  statement,  UMass  Dartmouth  9 
visiting  students    16,  53 
visiting  the  campus    11,  390 
Visual  and  Performing  Arts,  academic 

policies  291 
visual  arts  events  64 
Visual  Design  courses  314,324 
Visual  Design  Major 

Ceramics  Option  311 

Electronic  Imaging  Option  308 

Graphic  Design  Option  306 

Illustration  Option  307 

Jewelry/Metals  Option  312 

Photography  Option  309 

W 

W  grade  44 
warning  50 

Western  Music  Option  327 
withdrawal  from  courses  44 
withdrawal  from  university   44,  46 
withdrawn  on  exchange  fee  20 
Women's  Resource  Center  31 
Women's  Studies  courses  364 
Women's  Studies  Minor  363 
work  outside  of  class  43 
World  Music/African  American  Music 

Option  327 
Writing/Communication  Minor  110 
Writing/Communications  Option  109 
Writing/Reading  Center  24 


388 


Campus  Visits 

Directions  to  UMass  Dartmouth  by  car 


From  Boston  and  points  north 

Route  128/93  to  Route  24  south;  at  exit  12  take  Route  140 
south  to  exit  2,  Route  1-195  west  to  exit  12A  (See  below) 

From  Providence,  Rl  and  points  west 

Route  1-195  east  through  Fall  River,  MA  to  exit  12  (See 
below) 

From  Cape  Cod  and  points  east 

Route  1-195  west  through  New  Bedford  to  exit  12A  (See 
below) 


From  Exits  12  or  12A  to  the  UMass  Dartmouth  campus 

Take  right  off  exit  onto  Faunce  Corner  Road.  Proceed  south, 
traveling  across  Route  6  onto  Old  Westport  Road.  At  fork, 
bear  right,  staying  on  Old  Westport  Road.  Campus  is  one 
mile  on  left. 


Follow  signs  to  visitor  parking  lot  4. 


KEY 


B 
C 
D 
E 
F 

G 
H 


J 

K 

L 

M 

N 

O 

P 
Q 

R 

S 


Information  Booth 
at  entrance 
Auditorium  Annex 
Residence  Halls 
Resident  Dining  Hall 
Campus  Center 
Liberal  Arts  &  Business 
(GROUP  I) 
Dion  Building 
Observatory 
Science  &  Engineering 
(GROUP  II) 
Violette  Building 
Textile  Building 
Library 

Campanile  (Tower) 
Foster  Administration 
Visual  &  Performing  Arts 
(GROUP  VI) 
Cedar  Dell  Village 
Tripp  Athletic  & 
Fitness  Center 
Campus  Police 
Athletic  Fields  & 
Tennis  Courts 


UMASS  Dartmouth 


3  2922  00506  905  6 

Directions  for  Correspondence  or  Inquiries 


By  mail 

By  phone 

Office  hours 

The  departments  of  the  university 

The  university  has  both  a  central  switch- 

University office  hours  are  generally 

receive  mail  through  a  central  post 

board  and  direct-dial  phone  lines.  The 

8:30  to  4:30,  Monday  thro 

ugh  Friday, 

office.  Address  correspondence  to  a 

partial  listing  given  below  will  assist  one 

extending  into  evening  hours  for  key 

specific  individual  or  department  as 

in  finding  key  people;  but  the  switch- 

offices that  work  with  evening 

follows: 

board  staff  are  always  ready  to  assist, 

students,  until  7  pm,  and  with  a 

weekdays  7:00-6:00  pm.  University 

broader  schedule  of  hours  for  the 

Name  of  Individual 

police  answer  the  central  phone  after 

library.  We  recommend  that  you  call 

iMdiiie  ot  uepdiuneru 

inese  nours. 

ahead  for  an  appointment. 

University  of  Massachusetts  Dartmouth 

Central  phone  number 

285  Old  Westport  Road 

The  university  has  a  voice  mail  system; 

North  Dartmouth,  MA  02747-2300 

(switchboard):  508-999-8000 

please  leave  a  message  for  your  party 

Central  FAX  number:  508-999-8901 

if  calling  after  hours. 

INTERNET  addresses: 

[<first  initialxlastname>]@UMASSD.EDU 

Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to  the  following  offices  or  officers: 

Topic 

Officer  or  Office 

Phone 

FAX 

508-999-XXXX  508-999-XXXX 

Office  of  Academic  Affairs 

-8024 

-8375 

Arte  rinH  ^ripnrp<; 

Dean,  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

-8268;-  8352 

-9125 

Business 

Dean,  Charlton  College  of  Business 

-8432 

-8776 

Engineering 

Dean,  College  of  Engineering 

-8539 

-9137 

Nursing 

Dean,  College  of  Nursing 

-8586 

-9127 

Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

Dean,  College  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts  -8564 

-9126 

Marine  Science  and  Technology 

Director,  School  of  Marine  Science  STechnology  -8193 

-8197 

Academic  Advising  (undergraduate) 

Director,  Academic  Advising 

-8519 

-8850 

Accounts — Student 

Bursar 

-8087 

910-6643 

Administration  and  Finance 

Fiscal  Affairs  Division 

-9130 

-9138 

Admission,  Alternative  (undergraduate) 

Director,  College  Now  Program 

-8704 

-9257 

Admission,  Graduate 

Office  of  Graduate  Studies 

-8604 

-8183 

Admission,  Undergraduate 

Admissions  Office 

-8605 

-8755 

Alumni  Affairs 

Director,  Alumni  Affairs 

-8031 

-8773 

Chancellor 

Office  of  the  Chancellor 

-8004 

-8860 

Continuing  Education,  Extension 

Dean,  Division  of  Continuing  Education 

-8071 

-8621 

Equal  Opportunity,  Diversity,  &  Outreach 

Assistant  Chancellor 

910-6405 

-9201 

Facilities,  Plant,  Grounds 

Director,  Physical  Plant  and  Facilities 

-8100 

-9103 

Financial  Assistance 

Director,  Office  of  Financial  Aid 

-8632 

-8935 

Foundation 

Executive  Director,  UMass  Dartmouth  Foundation           -801 1 

-8773 

Graduate  Studies 

Office  of  Graduate  Studies 

-8025 

-8183 

Grants  and  Contracts 

Office  of  Grants  and  Contracts 

-8942 

-8868 

Housing 

Associate  Director  of  Housing 

-8140 

-8949 

Information  Resources  and  Technology 

Vice  Chancellor,  Library  Services,  Information  -8260 

-8987 

Resources  and  Technology 

International  Students 

Coordinator,  International  Student  Services 

910-6633 

910-641 1 

Library 

Dean  of  Library  Services 

-8663 

-8987 

News  and  General  Information 

Director,  News/Public  Information 

-8015 

-9200 

Personnel 

Director,  Human  Resources 

-8060 

-8869 

Police,  Safety,  Security 

Chief  of  Safety  and  Security 

-8107 

-8122 

Registration,  Records,  Courses 

Office  of  University  Records 

-8615 

-8183 

Student  Affairs,  General 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 

-8600 

-8626 

Student  Life,  Activities 

Associate  Dean  of  Students 

-6402 

910-641 1 

Transcripts 

University  Registrar 

-8615 

-8183